(window_loop): In DELETE_BUFFER_WINDOWS case, reset
[bpt/emacs.git] / doc / misc / calc.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
3 @c smallbook
4 @setfilename ../../info/calc
5 @c [title]
6 @settitle GNU Emacs Calc Manual
7 @setchapternewpage odd
8 @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
9
10 @c The following macros are used for conditional output for single lines.
11 @c @texline foo
12 @c `foo' will appear only in TeX output
13 @c @infoline foo
14 @c `foo' will appear only in non-TeX output
15
16 @c @expr{expr} will typeset an expression;
17 @c $x$ in TeX, @samp{x} otherwise.
18
19 @iftex
20 @macro texline
21 @end macro
22 @alias infoline=comment
23 @alias expr=math
24 @alias tfn=code
25 @alias mathit=expr
26 @alias summarykey=key
27 @macro cpi{}
28 @math{@pi{}}
29 @end macro
30 @macro cpiover{den}
31 @math{@pi/\den\}
32 @end macro
33 @end iftex
34
35 @ifnottex
36 @alias texline=comment
37 @macro infoline{stuff}
38 \stuff\
39 @end macro
40 @alias expr=samp
41 @alias tfn=t
42 @alias mathit=i
43 @macro summarykey{ky}
44 \ky\
45 @end macro
46 @macro cpi{}
47 @expr{pi}
48 @end macro
49 @macro cpiover{den}
50 @expr{pi/\den\}
51 @end macro
52 @end ifnottex
53
54
55 @tex
56 % Suggested by Karl Berry <karl@@freefriends.org>
57 \gdef\!{\mskip-\thinmuskip}
58 @end tex
59
60 @c Fix some other things specifically for this manual.
61 @iftex
62 @finalout
63 @mathcode`@:=`@: @c Make Calc fractions come out right in math mode
64 @tex
65 \gdef\coloneq{\mathrel{\mathord:\mathord=}}
66
67 \gdef\beforedisplay{\vskip-10pt}
68 \gdef\afterdisplay{\vskip-5pt}
69 \gdef\beforedisplayh{\vskip-25pt}
70 \gdef\afterdisplayh{\vskip-10pt}
71 @end tex
72 @newdimen@kyvpos @kyvpos=0pt
73 @newdimen@kyhpos @kyhpos=0pt
74 @newcount@calcclubpenalty @calcclubpenalty=1000
75 @ignore
76 @newcount@calcpageno
77 @newtoks@calcoldeverypar @calcoldeverypar=@everypar
78 @everypar={@calceverypar@the@calcoldeverypar}
79 @ifx@turnoffactive@undefinedzzz@def@turnoffactive{}@fi
80 @ifx@ninett@undefinedzzz@font@ninett=cmtt9@fi
81 @catcode`@\=0 \catcode`\@=11
82 \r@ggedbottomtrue
83 \catcode`\@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
84 @end ignore
85 @end iftex
86
87 @copying
88 @ifinfo
89 This file documents Calc, the GNU Emacs calculator.
90 @end ifinfo
91 @ifnotinfo
92 This file documents Calc, the GNU Emacs calculator, included with GNU Emacs 23.1.
93 @end ifnotinfo
94
95 Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
96 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
97
98 @quotation
99 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
100 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
101 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
102 Invariant Sections being just ``GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE'', with the
103 Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover
104 Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
105 entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.''
106
107 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to copy and
108 modify this GNU manual. Buying copies from the FSF supports it in
109 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
110 @end quotation
111 @end copying
112
113 @dircategory Emacs
114 @direntry
115 * Calc: (calc). Advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool.
116 @end direntry
117
118 @titlepage
119 @sp 6
120 @center @titlefont{Calc Manual}
121 @sp 4
122 @center GNU Emacs Calc
123 @c [volume]
124 @sp 5
125 @center Dave Gillespie
126 @center daveg@@synaptics.com
127 @page
128
129 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
130 Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
131 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
132 @insertcopying
133 @end titlepage
134
135
136 @summarycontents
137
138 @c [end]
139
140 @contents
141
142 @c [begin]
143 @ifnottex
144 @node Top, Getting Started, (dir), (dir)
145 @chapter The GNU Emacs Calculator
146
147 @noindent
148 @dfn{Calc} is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool
149 written by Dave Gillespie that runs as part of the GNU Emacs environment.
150
151 This manual, also written (mostly) by Dave Gillespie, is divided into
152 three major parts: ``Getting Started,'' the ``Calc Tutorial,'' and the
153 ``Calc Reference.'' The Tutorial introduces all the major aspects of
154 Calculator use in an easy, hands-on way. The remainder of the manual is
155 a complete reference to the features of the Calculator.
156 @end ifnottex
157
158 @ifinfo
159 For help in the Emacs Info system (which you are using to read this
160 file), type @kbd{?}. (You can also type @kbd{h} to run through a
161 longer Info tutorial.)
162 @end ifinfo
163
164 @menu
165 * Getting Started:: General description and overview.
166 @ifinfo
167 * Interactive Tutorial::
168 @end ifinfo
169 * Tutorial:: A step-by-step introduction for beginners.
170
171 * Introduction:: Introduction to the Calc reference manual.
172 * Data Types:: Types of objects manipulated by Calc.
173 * Stack and Trail:: Manipulating the stack and trail buffers.
174 * Mode Settings:: Adjusting display format and other modes.
175 * Arithmetic:: Basic arithmetic functions.
176 * Scientific Functions:: Transcendentals and other scientific functions.
177 * Matrix Functions:: Operations on vectors and matrices.
178 * Algebra:: Manipulating expressions algebraically.
179 * Units:: Operations on numbers with units.
180 * Store and Recall:: Storing and recalling variables.
181 * Graphics:: Commands for making graphs of data.
182 * Kill and Yank:: Moving data into and out of Calc.
183 * Keypad Mode:: Operating Calc from a keypad.
184 * Embedded Mode:: Working with formulas embedded in a file.
185 * Programming:: Calc as a programmable calculator.
186
187 * Copying:: How you can copy and share Calc.
188 * GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation.
189 * Customizing Calc:: Customizing Calc.
190 * Reporting Bugs:: How to report bugs and make suggestions.
191
192 * Summary:: Summary of Calc commands and functions.
193
194 * Key Index:: The standard Calc key sequences.
195 * Command Index:: The interactive Calc commands.
196 * Function Index:: Functions (in algebraic formulas).
197 * Concept Index:: General concepts.
198 * Variable Index:: Variables used by Calc (both user and internal).
199 * Lisp Function Index:: Internal Lisp math functions.
200 @end menu
201
202 @ifinfo
203 @node Getting Started, Interactive Tutorial, Top, Top
204 @end ifinfo
205 @ifnotinfo
206 @node Getting Started, Tutorial, Top, Top
207 @end ifnotinfo
208 @chapter Getting Started
209 @noindent
210 This chapter provides a general overview of Calc, the GNU Emacs
211 Calculator: What it is, how to start it and how to exit from it,
212 and what are the various ways that it can be used.
213
214 @menu
215 * What is Calc::
216 * About This Manual::
217 * Notations Used in This Manual::
218 * Demonstration of Calc::
219 * Using Calc::
220 * History and Acknowledgements::
221 @end menu
222
223 @node What is Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started, Getting Started
224 @section What is Calc?
225
226 @noindent
227 @dfn{Calc} is an advanced calculator and mathematical tool that runs as
228 part of the GNU Emacs environment. Very roughly based on the HP-28/48
229 series of calculators, its many features include:
230
231 @itemize @bullet
232 @item
233 Choice of algebraic or RPN (stack-based) entry of calculations.
234
235 @item
236 Arbitrary precision integers and floating-point numbers.
237
238 @item
239 Arithmetic on rational numbers, complex numbers (rectangular and polar),
240 error forms with standard deviations, open and closed intervals, vectors
241 and matrices, dates and times, infinities, sets, quantities with units,
242 and algebraic formulas.
243
244 @item
245 Mathematical operations such as logarithms and trigonometric functions.
246
247 @item
248 Programmer's features (bitwise operations, non-decimal numbers).
249
250 @item
251 Financial functions such as future value and internal rate of return.
252
253 @item
254 Number theoretical features such as prime factorization and arithmetic
255 modulo @var{m} for any @var{m}.
256
257 @item
258 Algebraic manipulation features, including symbolic calculus.
259
260 @item
261 Moving data to and from regular editing buffers.
262
263 @item
264 Embedded mode for manipulating Calc formulas and data directly
265 inside any editing buffer.
266
267 @item
268 Graphics using GNUPLOT, a versatile (and free) plotting program.
269
270 @item
271 Easy programming using keyboard macros, algebraic formulas,
272 algebraic rewrite rules, or extended Emacs Lisp.
273 @end itemize
274
275 Calc tries to include a little something for everyone; as a result it is
276 large and might be intimidating to the first-time user. If you plan to
277 use Calc only as a traditional desk calculator, all you really need to
278 read is the ``Getting Started'' chapter of this manual and possibly the
279 first few sections of the tutorial. As you become more comfortable with
280 the program you can learn its additional features. Calc does not
281 have the scope and depth of a fully-functional symbolic math package,
282 but Calc has the advantages of convenience, portability, and freedom.
283
284 @node About This Manual, Notations Used in This Manual, What is Calc, Getting Started
285 @section About This Manual
286
287 @noindent
288 This document serves as a complete description of the GNU Emacs
289 Calculator. It works both as an introduction for novices, and as
290 a reference for experienced users. While it helps to have some
291 experience with GNU Emacs in order to get the most out of Calc,
292 this manual ought to be readable even if you don't know or use Emacs
293 regularly.
294
295 The manual is divided into three major parts:@: the ``Getting
296 Started'' chapter you are reading now, the Calc tutorial (chapter 2),
297 and the Calc reference manual (the remaining chapters and appendices).
298 @c [when-split]
299 @c This manual has been printed in two volumes, the @dfn{Tutorial} and the
300 @c @dfn{Reference}. Both volumes include a copy of the ``Getting Started''
301 @c chapter.
302
303 If you are in a hurry to use Calc, there is a brief ``demonstration''
304 below which illustrates the major features of Calc in just a couple of
305 pages. If you don't have time to go through the full tutorial, this
306 will show you everything you need to know to begin.
307 @xref{Demonstration of Calc}.
308
309 The tutorial chapter walks you through the various parts of Calc
310 with lots of hands-on examples and explanations. If you are new
311 to Calc and you have some time, try going through at least the
312 beginning of the tutorial. The tutorial includes about 70 exercises
313 with answers. These exercises give you some guided practice with
314 Calc, as well as pointing out some interesting and unusual ways
315 to use its features.
316
317 The reference section discusses Calc in complete depth. You can read
318 the reference from start to finish if you want to learn every aspect
319 of Calc. Or, you can look in the table of contents or the Concept
320 Index to find the parts of the manual that discuss the things you
321 need to know.
322
323 @c @cindex Marginal notes
324 Every Calc keyboard command is listed in the Calc Summary, and also
325 in the Key Index. Algebraic functions, @kbd{M-x} commands, and
326 variables also have their own indices.
327 @c @texline Each
328 @c @infoline In the printed manual, each
329 @c paragraph that is referenced in the Key or Function Index is marked
330 @c in the margin with its index entry.
331
332 @c [fix-ref Help Commands]
333 You can access this manual on-line at any time within Calc by
334 pressing the @kbd{h i} key sequence. Outside of the Calc window,
335 you can press @kbd{C-x * i} to read the manual on-line. Also, you
336 can jump directly to the Tutorial by pressing @kbd{h t} or @kbd{C-x * t},
337 or to the Summary by pressing @kbd{h s} or @kbd{C-x * s}. Within Calc,
338 you can also go to the part of the manual describing any Calc key,
339 function, or variable using @w{@kbd{h k}}, @kbd{h f}, or @kbd{h v},
340 respectively. @xref{Help Commands}.
341
342 @ifnottex
343 The Calc manual can be printed, but because the manual is so large, you
344 should only make a printed copy if you really need it. To print the
345 manual, you will need the @TeX{} typesetting program (this is a free
346 program by Donald Knuth at Stanford University) as well as the
347 @file{texindex} program and @file{texinfo.tex} file, both of which can
348 be obtained from the FSF as part of the @code{texinfo} package.
349 To print the Calc manual in one huge tome, you will need the
350 source code to this manual, @file{calc.texi}, available as part of the
351 Emacs source. Once you have this file, type @kbd{texi2dvi calc.texi}.
352 Alternatively, change to the @file{man} subdirectory of the Emacs
353 source distribution, and type @kbd{make calc.dvi}. (Don't worry if you
354 get some ``overfull box'' warnings while @TeX{} runs.)
355 The result will be a device-independent output file called
356 @file{calc.dvi}, which you must print in whatever way is right
357 for your system. On many systems, the command is
358
359 @example
360 lpr -d calc.dvi
361 @end example
362
363 @noindent
364 or
365
366 @example
367 dvips calc.dvi
368 @end example
369 @end ifnottex
370 @c Printed copies of this manual are also available from the Free Software
371 @c Foundation.
372
373 @node Notations Used in This Manual, Demonstration of Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started
374 @section Notations Used in This Manual
375
376 @noindent
377 This section describes the various notations that are used
378 throughout the Calc manual.
379
380 In keystroke sequences, uppercase letters mean you must hold down
381 the shift key while typing the letter. Keys pressed with Control
382 held down are shown as @kbd{C-x}. Keys pressed with Meta held down
383 are shown as @kbd{M-x}. Other notations are @key{RET} for the
384 Return key, @key{SPC} for the space bar, @key{TAB} for the Tab key,
385 @key{DEL} for the Delete key, and @key{LFD} for the Line-Feed key.
386 The @key{DEL} key is called Backspace on some keyboards, it is
387 whatever key you would use to correct a simple typing error when
388 regularly using Emacs.
389
390 (If you don't have the @key{LFD} or @key{TAB} keys on your keyboard,
391 the @kbd{C-j} and @kbd{C-i} keys are equivalent to them, respectively.
392 If you don't have a Meta key, look for Alt or Extend Char. You can
393 also press @key{ESC} or @kbd{C-[} first to get the same effect, so
394 that @kbd{M-x}, @kbd{@key{ESC} x}, and @kbd{C-[ x} are all equivalent.)
395
396 Sometimes the @key{RET} key is not shown when it is ``obvious''
397 that you must press @key{RET} to proceed. For example, the @key{RET}
398 is usually omitted in key sequences like @kbd{M-x calc-keypad @key{RET}}.
399
400 Commands are generally shown like this: @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision})
401 or @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}). This means that the command is
402 normally used by pressing the @kbd{p} key or @kbd{C-x * k} key sequence,
403 but it also has the full-name equivalent shown, e.g., @kbd{M-x calc-precision}.
404
405 Commands that correspond to functions in algebraic notation
406 are written: @kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}]. This means
407 the @kbd{C} key is equivalent to @kbd{M-x calc-cos}, and that
408 the corresponding function in an algebraic-style formula would
409 be @samp{cos(@var{x})}.
410
411 A few commands don't have key equivalents: @code{calc-sincos}
412 [@code{sincos}].
413
414 @node Demonstration of Calc, Using Calc, Notations Used in This Manual, Getting Started
415 @section A Demonstration of Calc
416
417 @noindent
418 @cindex Demonstration of Calc
419 This section will show some typical small problems being solved with
420 Calc. The focus is more on demonstration than explanation, but
421 everything you see here will be covered more thoroughly in the
422 Tutorial.
423
424 To begin, start Emacs if necessary (usually the command @code{emacs}
425 does this), and type @kbd{C-x * c} to start the
426 Calculator. (You can also use @kbd{M-x calc} if this doesn't work.
427 @xref{Starting Calc}, for various ways of starting the Calculator.)
428
429 Be sure to type all the sample input exactly, especially noting the
430 difference between lower-case and upper-case letters. Remember,
431 @key{RET}, @key{TAB}, @key{DEL}, and @key{SPC} are the Return, Tab,
432 Delete, and Space keys.
433
434 @strong{RPN calculation.} In RPN, you type the input number(s) first,
435 then the command to operate on the numbers.
436
437 @noindent
438 Type @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 + Q} to compute
439 @texline @math{\sqrt{2+3} = 2.2360679775}.
440 @infoline the square root of 2+3, which is 2.2360679775.
441
442 @noindent
443 Type @kbd{P 2 ^} to compute
444 @texline @math{\pi^2 = 9.86960440109}.
445 @infoline the value of `pi' squared, 9.86960440109.
446
447 @noindent
448 Type @key{TAB} to exchange the order of these two results.
449
450 @noindent
451 Type @kbd{- I H S} to subtract these results and compute the Inverse
452 Hyperbolic sine of the difference, 2.72996136574.
453
454 @noindent
455 Type @key{DEL} to erase this result.
456
457 @strong{Algebraic calculation.} You can also enter calculations using
458 conventional ``algebraic'' notation. To enter an algebraic formula,
459 use the apostrophe key.
460
461 @noindent
462 Type @kbd{' sqrt(2+3) @key{RET}} to compute
463 @texline @math{\sqrt{2+3}}.
464 @infoline the square root of 2+3.
465
466 @noindent
467 Type @kbd{' pi^2 @key{RET}} to enter
468 @texline @math{\pi^2}.
469 @infoline `pi' squared.
470 To evaluate this symbolic formula as a number, type @kbd{=}.
471
472 @noindent
473 Type @kbd{' arcsinh($ - $$) @key{RET}} to subtract the second-most-recent
474 result from the most-recent and compute the Inverse Hyperbolic sine.
475
476 @strong{Keypad mode.} If you are using the X window system, press
477 @w{@kbd{C-x * k}} to get Keypad mode. (If you don't use X, skip to
478 the next section.)
479
480 @noindent
481 Click on the @key{2}, @key{ENTER}, @key{3}, @key{+}, and @key{SQRT}
482 ``buttons'' using your left mouse button.
483
484 @noindent
485 Click on @key{PI}, @key{2}, and @tfn{y^x}.
486
487 @noindent
488 Click on @key{INV}, then @key{ENTER} to swap the two results.
489
490 @noindent
491 Click on @key{-}, @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, and @key{SIN}.
492
493 @noindent
494 Click on @key{<-} to erase the result, then click @key{OFF} to turn
495 the Keypad Calculator off.
496
497 @strong{Grabbing data.} Type @kbd{C-x * x} if necessary to exit Calc.
498 Now select the following numbers as an Emacs region: ``Mark'' the
499 front of the list by typing @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} or @kbd{C-@@} there,
500 then move to the other end of the list. (Either get this list from
501 the on-line copy of this manual, accessed by @w{@kbd{C-x * i}}, or just
502 type these numbers into a scratch file.) Now type @kbd{C-x * g} to
503 ``grab'' these numbers into Calc.
504
505 @example
506 @group
507 1.23 1.97
508 1.6 2
509 1.19 1.08
510 @end group
511 @end example
512
513 @noindent
514 The result @samp{[1.23, 1.97, 1.6, 2, 1.19, 1.08]} is a Calc ``vector.''
515 Type @w{@kbd{V R +}} to compute the sum of these numbers.
516
517 @noindent
518 Type @kbd{U} to Undo this command, then type @kbd{V R *} to compute
519 the product of the numbers.
520
521 @noindent
522 You can also grab data as a rectangular matrix. Place the cursor on
523 the upper-leftmost @samp{1} and set the mark, then move to just after
524 the lower-right @samp{8} and press @kbd{C-x * r}.
525
526 @noindent
527 Type @kbd{v t} to transpose this
528 @texline @math{3\times2}
529 @infoline 3x2
530 matrix into a
531 @texline @math{2\times3}
532 @infoline 2x3
533 matrix. Type @w{@kbd{v u}} to unpack the rows into two separate
534 vectors. Now type @w{@kbd{V R + @key{TAB} V R +}} to compute the sums
535 of the two original columns. (There is also a special
536 grab-and-sum-columns command, @kbd{C-x * :}.)
537
538 @strong{Units conversion.} Units are entered algebraically.
539 Type @w{@kbd{' 43 mi/hr @key{RET}}} to enter the quantity 43 miles-per-hour.
540 Type @w{@kbd{u c km/hr @key{RET}}}. Type @w{@kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}}}.
541
542 @strong{Date arithmetic.} Type @kbd{t N} to get the current date and
543 time. Type @kbd{90 +} to find the date 90 days from now. Type
544 @kbd{' <25 dec 87> @key{RET}} to enter a date, then @kbd{- 7 /} to see how
545 many weeks have passed since then.
546
547 @strong{Algebra.} Algebraic entries can also include formulas
548 or equations involving variables. Type @kbd{@w{' [x + y} = a, x y = 1] @key{RET}}
549 to enter a pair of equations involving three variables.
550 (Note the leading apostrophe in this example; also, note that the space
551 between @samp{x y} is required.) Type @w{@kbd{a S x,y @key{RET}}} to solve
552 these equations for the variables @expr{x} and @expr{y}.
553
554 @noindent
555 Type @kbd{d B} to view the solutions in more readable notation.
556 Type @w{@kbd{d C}} to view them in C language notation, @kbd{d T}
557 to view them in the notation for the @TeX{} typesetting system,
558 and @kbd{d L} to view them in the notation for the La@TeX{} typesetting
559 system. Type @kbd{d N} to return to normal notation.
560
561 @noindent
562 Type @kbd{7.5}, then @kbd{s l a @key{RET}} to let @expr{a = 7.5} in these formulas.
563 (That's a letter @kbd{l}, not a numeral @kbd{1}.)
564
565 @ifnotinfo
566 @strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
567 manual. Type @kbd{C-x * c} to return to Calc after each of these
568 commands: @kbd{h k t N} to read about the @kbd{t N} command,
569 @kbd{h f sqrt @key{RET}} to read about the @code{sqrt} function, and
570 @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
571 @end ifnotinfo
572 @ifinfo
573 @strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
574 manual. Remember to type the letter @kbd{l}, then @kbd{C-x * c}, to
575 return here after each of these commands: @w{@kbd{h k t N}} to read
576 about the @w{@kbd{t N}} command, @kbd{h f sqrt @key{RET}} to read about the
577 @code{sqrt} function, and @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
578 @end ifinfo
579
580 Press @key{DEL} repeatedly to remove any leftover results from the stack.
581 To exit from Calc, press @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} again.
582
583 @node Using Calc, History and Acknowledgements, Demonstration of Calc, Getting Started
584 @section Using Calc
585
586 @noindent
587 Calc has several user interfaces that are specialized for
588 different kinds of tasks. As well as Calc's standard interface,
589 there are Quick mode, Keypad mode, and Embedded mode.
590
591 @menu
592 * Starting Calc::
593 * The Standard Interface::
594 * Quick Mode Overview::
595 * Keypad Mode Overview::
596 * Standalone Operation::
597 * Embedded Mode Overview::
598 * Other C-x * Commands::
599 @end menu
600
601 @node Starting Calc, The Standard Interface, Using Calc, Using Calc
602 @subsection Starting Calc
603
604 @noindent
605 On most systems, you can type @kbd{C-x *} to start the Calculator.
606 The key sequence @kbd{C-x *} is bound to the command @code{calc-dispatch},
607 which can be rebound if convenient (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
608
609 When you press @kbd{C-x *}, Emacs waits for you to press a second key to
610 complete the command. In this case, you will follow @kbd{C-x *} with a
611 letter (upper- or lower-case, it doesn't matter for @kbd{C-x *}) that says
612 which Calc interface you want to use.
613
614 To get Calc's standard interface, type @kbd{C-x * c}. To get
615 Keypad mode, type @kbd{C-x * k}. Type @kbd{C-x * ?} to get a brief
616 list of the available options, and type a second @kbd{?} to get
617 a complete list.
618
619 To ease typing, @kbd{C-x * *} also works to start Calc. It starts the
620 same interface (either @kbd{C-x * c} or @w{@kbd{C-x * k}}) that you last
621 used, selecting the @kbd{C-x * c} interface by default.
622
623 If @kbd{C-x *} doesn't work for you, you can always type explicit
624 commands like @kbd{M-x calc} (for the standard user interface) or
625 @w{@kbd{M-x calc-keypad}} (for Keypad mode). First type @kbd{M-x}
626 (that's Meta with the letter @kbd{x}), then, at the prompt,
627 type the full command (like @kbd{calc-keypad}) and press Return.
628
629 The same commands (like @kbd{C-x * c} or @kbd{C-x * *}) that start
630 the Calculator also turn it off if it is already on.
631
632 @node The Standard Interface, Quick Mode Overview, Starting Calc, Using Calc
633 @subsection The Standard Calc Interface
634
635 @noindent
636 @cindex Standard user interface
637 Calc's standard interface acts like a traditional RPN calculator,
638 operated by the normal Emacs keyboard. When you type @kbd{C-x * c}
639 to start the Calculator, the Emacs screen splits into two windows
640 with the file you were editing on top and Calc on the bottom.
641
642 @smallexample
643 @group
644
645 ...
646 --**-Emacs: myfile (Fundamental)----All----------------------
647 --- Emacs Calculator Mode --- |Emacs Calculator Trail
648 2: 17.3 | 17.3
649 1: -5 | 3
650 . | 2
651 | 4
652 | * 8
653 | ->-5
654 |
655 --%*-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All----- --%*- *Calc Trail*
656 @end group
657 @end smallexample
658
659 In this figure, the mode-line for @file{myfile} has moved up and the
660 ``Calculator'' window has appeared below it. As you can see, Calc
661 actually makes two windows side-by-side. The lefthand one is
662 called the @dfn{stack window} and the righthand one is called the
663 @dfn{trail window.} The stack holds the numbers involved in the
664 calculation you are currently performing. The trail holds a complete
665 record of all calculations you have done. In a desk calculator with
666 a printer, the trail corresponds to the paper tape that records what
667 you do.
668
669 In this case, the trail shows that four numbers (17.3, 3, 2, and 4)
670 were first entered into the Calculator, then the 2 and 4 were
671 multiplied to get 8, then the 3 and 8 were subtracted to get @mathit{-5}.
672 (The @samp{>} symbol shows that this was the most recent calculation.)
673 The net result is the two numbers 17.3 and @mathit{-5} sitting on the stack.
674
675 Most Calculator commands deal explicitly with the stack only, but
676 there is a set of commands that allow you to search back through
677 the trail and retrieve any previous result.
678
679 Calc commands use the digits, letters, and punctuation keys.
680 Shifted (i.e., upper-case) letters are different from lowercase
681 letters. Some letters are @dfn{prefix} keys that begin two-letter
682 commands. For example, @kbd{e} means ``enter exponent'' and shifted
683 @kbd{E} means @expr{e^x}. With the @kbd{d} (``display modes'') prefix
684 the letter ``e'' takes on very different meanings: @kbd{d e} means
685 ``engineering notation'' and @kbd{d E} means ``@dfn{eqn} language mode.''
686
687 There is nothing stopping you from switching out of the Calc
688 window and back into your editing window, say by using the Emacs
689 @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window}) command. When the cursor is
690 inside a regular window, Emacs acts just like normal. When the
691 cursor is in the Calc stack or trail windows, keys are interpreted
692 as Calc commands.
693
694 When you quit by pressing @kbd{C-x * c} a second time, the Calculator
695 windows go away but the actual Stack and Trail are not gone, just
696 hidden. When you press @kbd{C-x * c} once again you will get the
697 same stack and trail contents you had when you last used the
698 Calculator.
699
700 The Calculator does not remember its state between Emacs sessions.
701 Thus if you quit Emacs and start it again, @kbd{C-x * c} will give you
702 a fresh stack and trail. There is a command (@kbd{m m}) that lets
703 you save your favorite mode settings between sessions, though.
704 One of the things it saves is which user interface (standard or
705 Keypad) you last used; otherwise, a freshly started Emacs will
706 always treat @kbd{C-x * *} the same as @kbd{C-x * c}.
707
708 The @kbd{q} key is another equivalent way to turn the Calculator off.
709
710 If you type @kbd{C-x * b} first and then @kbd{C-x * c}, you get a
711 full-screen version of Calc (@code{full-calc}) in which the stack and
712 trail windows are still side-by-side but are now as tall as the whole
713 Emacs screen. When you press @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} again to quit,
714 the file you were editing before reappears. The @kbd{C-x * b} key
715 switches back and forth between ``big'' full-screen mode and the
716 normal partial-screen mode.
717
718 Finally, @kbd{C-x * o} (@code{calc-other-window}) is like @kbd{C-x * c}
719 except that the Calc window is not selected. The buffer you were
720 editing before remains selected instead. @kbd{C-x * o} is a handy
721 way to switch out of Calc momentarily to edit your file; type
722 @kbd{C-x * c} to switch back into Calc when you are done.
723
724 @node Quick Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, The Standard Interface, Using Calc
725 @subsection Quick Mode (Overview)
726
727 @noindent
728 @dfn{Quick mode} is a quick way to use Calc when you don't need the
729 full complexity of the stack and trail. To use it, type @kbd{C-x * q}
730 (@code{quick-calc}) in any regular editing buffer.
731
732 Quick mode is very simple: It prompts you to type any formula in
733 standard algebraic notation (like @samp{4 - 2/3}) and then displays
734 the result at the bottom of the Emacs screen (@mathit{3.33333333333}
735 in this case). You are then back in the same editing buffer you
736 were in before, ready to continue editing or to type @kbd{C-x * q}
737 again to do another quick calculation. The result of the calculation
738 will also be in the Emacs ``kill ring'' so that a @kbd{C-y} command
739 at this point will yank the result into your editing buffer.
740
741 Calc mode settings affect Quick mode, too, though you will have to
742 go into regular Calc (with @kbd{C-x * c}) to change the mode settings.
743
744 @c [fix-ref Quick Calculator mode]
745 @xref{Quick Calculator}, for further information.
746
747 @node Keypad Mode Overview, Standalone Operation, Quick Mode Overview, Using Calc
748 @subsection Keypad Mode (Overview)
749
750 @noindent
751 @dfn{Keypad mode} is a mouse-based interface to the Calculator.
752 It is designed for use with terminals that support a mouse. If you
753 don't have a mouse, you will have to operate Keypad mode with your
754 arrow keys (which is probably more trouble than it's worth).
755
756 Type @kbd{C-x * k} to turn Keypad mode on or off. Once again you
757 get two new windows, this time on the righthand side of the screen
758 instead of at the bottom. The upper window is the familiar Calc
759 Stack; the lower window is a picture of a typical calculator keypad.
760
761 @tex
762 \dimen0=\pagetotal%
763 \advance \dimen0 by 24\baselineskip%
764 \ifdim \dimen0>\pagegoal \vfill\eject \fi%
765 \medskip
766 @end tex
767 @smallexample
768 @group
769 |--- Emacs Calculator Mode ---
770 |2: 17.3
771 |1: -5
772 | .
773 |--%*-Calc: 12 Deg (Calcul
774 |----+----+--Calc---+----+----1
775 |FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
776 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
777 | LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
778 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
779 |SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
780 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
781 | ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
782 |-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
783 | INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
784 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
785 | HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
786 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
787 |EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
788 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
789 | OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
790 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
791 @end group
792 @end smallexample
793
794 Keypad mode is much easier for beginners to learn, because there
795 is no need to memorize lots of obscure key sequences. But not all
796 commands in regular Calc are available on the Keypad. You can
797 always switch the cursor into the Calc stack window to use
798 standard Calc commands if you need. Serious Calc users, though,
799 often find they prefer the standard interface over Keypad mode.
800
801 To operate the Calculator, just click on the ``buttons'' of the
802 keypad using your left mouse button. To enter the two numbers
803 shown here you would click @w{@kbd{1 7 .@: 3 ENTER 5 +/- ENTER}}; to
804 add them together you would then click @kbd{+} (to get 12.3 on
805 the stack).
806
807 If you click the right mouse button, the top three rows of the
808 keypad change to show other sets of commands, such as advanced
809 math functions, vector operations, and operations on binary
810 numbers.
811
812 Because Keypad mode doesn't use the regular keyboard, Calc leaves
813 the cursor in your original editing buffer. You can type in
814 this buffer in the usual way while also clicking on the Calculator
815 keypad. One advantage of Keypad mode is that you don't need an
816 explicit command to switch between editing and calculating.
817
818 If you press @kbd{C-x * b} first, you get a full-screen Keypad mode
819 (@code{full-calc-keypad}) with three windows: The keypad in the lower
820 left, the stack in the lower right, and the trail on top.
821
822 @c [fix-ref Keypad Mode]
823 @xref{Keypad Mode}, for further information.
824
825 @node Standalone Operation, Embedded Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, Using Calc
826 @subsection Standalone Operation
827
828 @noindent
829 @cindex Standalone Operation
830 If you are not in Emacs at the moment but you wish to use Calc,
831 you must start Emacs first. If all you want is to run Calc, you
832 can give the commands:
833
834 @example
835 emacs -f full-calc
836 @end example
837
838 @noindent
839 or
840
841 @example
842 emacs -f full-calc-keypad
843 @end example
844
845 @noindent
846 which run a full-screen Calculator (as if by @kbd{C-x * b C-x * c}) or
847 a full-screen X-based Calculator (as if by @kbd{C-x * b C-x * k}).
848 In standalone operation, quitting the Calculator (by pressing
849 @kbd{q} or clicking on the keypad @key{EXIT} button) quits Emacs
850 itself.
851
852 @node Embedded Mode Overview, Other C-x * Commands, Standalone Operation, Using Calc
853 @subsection Embedded Mode (Overview)
854
855 @noindent
856 @dfn{Embedded mode} is a way to use Calc directly from inside an
857 editing buffer. Suppose you have a formula written as part of a
858 document like this:
859
860 @smallexample
861 @group
862 The derivative of
863
864 ln(ln(x))
865
866 is
867 @end group
868 @end smallexample
869
870 @noindent
871 and you wish to have Calc compute and format the derivative for
872 you and store this derivative in the buffer automatically. To
873 do this with Embedded mode, first copy the formula down to where
874 you want the result to be:
875
876 @smallexample
877 @group
878 The derivative of
879
880 ln(ln(x))
881
882 is
883
884 ln(ln(x))
885 @end group
886 @end smallexample
887
888 Now, move the cursor onto this new formula and press @kbd{C-x * e}.
889 Calc will read the formula (using the surrounding blank lines to
890 tell how much text to read), then push this formula (invisibly)
891 onto the Calc stack. The cursor will stay on the formula in the
892 editing buffer, but the buffer's mode line will change to look
893 like the Calc mode line (with mode indicators like @samp{12 Deg}
894 and so on). Even though you are still in your editing buffer,
895 the keyboard now acts like the Calc keyboard, and any new result
896 you get is copied from the stack back into the buffer. To take
897 the derivative, you would type @kbd{a d x @key{RET}}.
898
899 @smallexample
900 @group
901 The derivative of
902
903 ln(ln(x))
904
905 is
906
907 1 / ln(x) x
908 @end group
909 @end smallexample
910
911 To make this look nicer, you might want to press @kbd{d =} to center
912 the formula, and even @kbd{d B} to use Big display mode.
913
914 @smallexample
915 @group
916 The derivative of
917
918 ln(ln(x))
919
920 is
921 % [calc-mode: justify: center]
922 % [calc-mode: language: big]
923
924 1
925 -------
926 ln(x) x
927 @end group
928 @end smallexample
929
930 Calc has added annotations to the file to help it remember the modes
931 that were used for this formula. They are formatted like comments
932 in the @TeX{} typesetting language, just in case you are using @TeX{} or
933 La@TeX{}. (In this example @TeX{} is not being used, so you might want
934 to move these comments up to the top of the file or otherwise put them
935 out of the way.)
936
937 As an extra flourish, we can add an equation number using a
938 righthand label: Type @kbd{d @} (1) @key{RET}}.
939
940 @smallexample
941 @group
942 % [calc-mode: justify: center]
943 % [calc-mode: language: big]
944 % [calc-mode: right-label: " (1)"]
945
946 1
947 ------- (1)
948 ln(x) x
949 @end group
950 @end smallexample
951
952 To leave Embedded mode, type @kbd{C-x * e} again. The mode line
953 and keyboard will revert to the way they were before.
954
955 The related command @kbd{C-x * w} operates on a single word, which
956 generally means a single number, inside text. It searches for an
957 expression which ``looks'' like a number containing the point.
958 Here's an example of its use:
959
960 @smallexample
961 A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 1 degrees.
962 @end smallexample
963
964 Place the cursor on the @samp{1}, then type @kbd{C-x * w} to enable
965 Embedded mode on that number. Now type @kbd{3 /} (to get one-third),
966 and @kbd{I T} (the Inverse Tangent converts a slope into an angle),
967 then @w{@kbd{C-x * w}} again to exit Embedded mode.
968
969 @smallexample
970 A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 18.4349488229 degrees.
971 @end smallexample
972
973 @c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
974 @xref{Embedded Mode}, for full details.
975
976 @node Other C-x * Commands, , Embedded Mode Overview, Using Calc
977 @subsection Other @kbd{C-x *} Commands
978
979 @noindent
980 Two more Calc-related commands are @kbd{C-x * g} and @kbd{C-x * r},
981 which ``grab'' data from a selected region of a buffer into the
982 Calculator. The region is defined in the usual Emacs way, by
983 a ``mark'' placed at one end of the region, and the Emacs
984 cursor or ``point'' placed at the other.
985
986 The @kbd{C-x * g} command reads the region in the usual left-to-right,
987 top-to-bottom order. The result is packaged into a Calc vector
988 of numbers and placed on the stack. Calc (in its standard
989 user interface) is then started. Type @kbd{v u} if you want
990 to unpack this vector into separate numbers on the stack. Also,
991 @kbd{C-u C-x * g} interprets the region as a single number or
992 formula.
993
994 The @kbd{C-x * r} command reads a rectangle, with the point and
995 mark defining opposite corners of the rectangle. The result
996 is a matrix of numbers on the Calculator stack.
997
998 Complementary to these is @kbd{C-x * y}, which ``yanks'' the
999 value at the top of the Calc stack back into an editing buffer.
1000 If you type @w{@kbd{C-x * y}} while in such a buffer, the value is
1001 yanked at the current position. If you type @kbd{C-x * y} while
1002 in the Calc buffer, Calc makes an educated guess as to which
1003 editing buffer you want to use. The Calc window does not have
1004 to be visible in order to use this command, as long as there
1005 is something on the Calc stack.
1006
1007 Here, for reference, is the complete list of @kbd{C-x *} commands.
1008 The shift, control, and meta keys are ignored for the keystroke
1009 following @kbd{C-x *}.
1010
1011 @noindent
1012 Commands for turning Calc on and off:
1013
1014 @table @kbd
1015 @item *
1016 Turn Calc on or off, employing the same user interface as last time.
1017
1018 @item =, +, -, /, \, &, #
1019 Alternatives for @kbd{*}.
1020
1021 @item C
1022 Turn Calc on or off using its standard bottom-of-the-screen
1023 interface. If Calc is already turned on but the cursor is not
1024 in the Calc window, move the cursor into the window.
1025
1026 @item O
1027 Same as @kbd{C}, but don't select the new Calc window. If
1028 Calc is already turned on and the cursor is in the Calc window,
1029 move it out of that window.
1030
1031 @item B
1032 Control whether @kbd{C-x * c} and @kbd{C-x * k} use the full screen.
1033
1034 @item Q
1035 Use Quick mode for a single short calculation.
1036
1037 @item K
1038 Turn Calc Keypad mode on or off.
1039
1040 @item E
1041 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current formula.
1042
1043 @item J
1044 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off, select the interesting part.
1045
1046 @item W
1047 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current word (number).
1048
1049 @item Z
1050 Turn Calc on in a user-defined way, as defined by a @kbd{Z I} command.
1051
1052 @item X
1053 Quit Calc; turn off standard, Keypad, or Embedded mode if on.
1054 (This is like @kbd{q} or @key{OFF} inside of Calc.)
1055 @end table
1056 @iftex
1057 @sp 2
1058 @end iftex
1059
1060 @noindent
1061 Commands for moving data into and out of the Calculator:
1062
1063 @table @kbd
1064 @item G
1065 Grab the region into the Calculator as a vector.
1066
1067 @item R
1068 Grab the rectangular region into the Calculator as a matrix.
1069
1070 @item :
1071 Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its columns.
1072
1073 @item _
1074 Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its rows.
1075
1076 @item Y
1077 Yank a value from the Calculator into the current editing buffer.
1078 @end table
1079 @iftex
1080 @sp 2
1081 @end iftex
1082
1083 @noindent
1084 Commands for use with Embedded mode:
1085
1086 @table @kbd
1087 @item A
1088 ``Activate'' the current buffer. Locate all formulas that
1089 contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols and record their locations
1090 so that they can be updated automatically as variables are changed.
1091
1092 @item D
1093 Duplicate the current formula immediately below and select
1094 the duplicate.
1095
1096 @item F
1097 Insert a new formula at the current point.
1098
1099 @item N
1100 Move the cursor to the next active formula in the buffer.
1101
1102 @item P
1103 Move the cursor to the previous active formula in the buffer.
1104
1105 @item U
1106 Update (i.e., as if by the @kbd{=} key) the formula at the current point.
1107
1108 @item `
1109 Edit (as if by @code{calc-edit}) the formula at the current point.
1110 @end table
1111 @iftex
1112 @sp 2
1113 @end iftex
1114
1115 @noindent
1116 Miscellaneous commands:
1117
1118 @table @kbd
1119 @item I
1120 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc manual.
1121 (This is the same as @kbd{h i} inside of Calc.)
1122
1123 @item T
1124 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Tutorial.
1125
1126 @item S
1127 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Summary.
1128
1129 @item L
1130 Load Calc entirely into memory. (Normally the various parts
1131 are loaded only as they are needed.)
1132
1133 @item M
1134 Read a region of written keystroke names (like @kbd{C-n a b c @key{RET}})
1135 and record them as the current keyboard macro.
1136
1137 @item 0
1138 (This is the ``zero'' digit key.) Reset the Calculator to
1139 its initial state: Empty stack, and initial mode settings.
1140 @end table
1141
1142 @node History and Acknowledgements, , Using Calc, Getting Started
1143 @section History and Acknowledgements
1144
1145 @noindent
1146 Calc was originally started as a two-week project to occupy a lull
1147 in the author's schedule. Basically, a friend asked if I remembered
1148 the value of
1149 @texline @math{2^{32}}.
1150 @infoline @expr{2^32}.
1151 I didn't offhand, but I said, ``that's easy, just call up an
1152 @code{xcalc}.'' @code{Xcalc} duly reported that the answer to our
1153 question was @samp{4.294967e+09}---with no way to see the full ten
1154 digits even though we knew they were there in the program's memory! I
1155 was so annoyed, I vowed to write a calculator of my own, once and for
1156 all.
1157
1158 I chose Emacs Lisp, a) because I had always been curious about it
1159 and b) because, being only a text editor extension language after
1160 all, Emacs Lisp would surely reach its limits long before the project
1161 got too far out of hand.
1162
1163 To make a long story short, Emacs Lisp turned out to be a distressingly
1164 solid implementation of Lisp, and the humble task of calculating
1165 turned out to be more open-ended than one might have expected.
1166
1167 Emacs Lisp didn't have built-in floating point math (now it does), so
1168 this had to be simulated in software. In fact, Emacs integers would
1169 only comfortably fit six decimal digits or so---not enough for a decent
1170 calculator. So I had to write my own high-precision integer code as
1171 well, and once I had this I figured that arbitrary-size integers were
1172 just as easy as large integers. Arbitrary floating-point precision was
1173 the logical next step. Also, since the large integer arithmetic was
1174 there anyway it seemed only fair to give the user direct access to it,
1175 which in turn made it practical to support fractions as well as floats.
1176 All these features inspired me to look around for other data types that
1177 might be worth having.
1178
1179 Around this time, my friend Rick Koshi showed me his nifty new HP-28
1180 calculator. It allowed the user to manipulate formulas as well as
1181 numerical quantities, and it could also operate on matrices. I
1182 decided that these would be good for Calc to have, too. And once
1183 things had gone this far, I figured I might as well take a look at
1184 serious algebra systems for further ideas. Since these systems did
1185 far more than I could ever hope to implement, I decided to focus on
1186 rewrite rules and other programming features so that users could
1187 implement what they needed for themselves.
1188
1189 Rick complained that matrices were hard to read, so I put in code to
1190 format them in a 2D style. Once these routines were in place, Big mode
1191 was obligatory. Gee, what other language modes would be useful?
1192
1193 Scott Hemphill and Allen Knutson, two friends with a strong mathematical
1194 bent, contributed ideas and algorithms for a number of Calc features
1195 including modulo forms, primality testing, and float-to-fraction conversion.
1196
1197 Units were added at the eager insistence of Mass Sivilotti. Later,
1198 Ulrich Mueller at CERN and Przemek Klosowski at NIST provided invaluable
1199 expert assistance with the units table. As far as I can remember, the
1200 idea of using algebraic formulas and variables to represent units dates
1201 back to an ancient article in Byte magazine about muMath, an early
1202 algebra system for microcomputers.
1203
1204 Many people have contributed to Calc by reporting bugs and suggesting
1205 features, large and small. A few deserve special mention: Tim Peters,
1206 who helped develop the ideas that led to the selection commands, rewrite
1207 rules, and many other algebra features;
1208 @texline Fran\c{c}ois
1209 @infoline Francois
1210 Pinard, who contributed an early prototype of the Calc Summary appendix
1211 as well as providing valuable suggestions in many other areas of Calc;
1212 Carl Witty, whose eagle eyes discovered many typographical and factual
1213 errors in the Calc manual; Tim Kay, who drove the development of
1214 Embedded mode; Ove Ewerlid, who made many suggestions relating to the
1215 algebra commands and contributed some code for polynomial operations;
1216 Randal Schwartz, who suggested the @code{calc-eval} function; Juha
1217 Sarlin, who first worked out how to split Calc into quickly-loading
1218 parts; Bob Weiner, who helped immensely with the Lucid Emacs port; and
1219 Robert J. Chassell, who suggested the Calc Tutorial and exercises as
1220 well as many other things.
1221
1222 @cindex Bibliography
1223 @cindex Knuth, Art of Computer Programming
1224 @cindex Numerical Recipes
1225 @c Should these be expanded into more complete references?
1226 Among the books used in the development of Calc were Knuth's @emph{Art
1227 of Computer Programming} (especially volume II, @emph{Seminumerical
1228 Algorithms}); @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky,
1229 and Vetterling; Bevington's @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis
1230 for the Physical Sciences}; @emph{Concrete Mathematics} by Graham,
1231 Knuth, and Patashnik; Steele's @emph{Common Lisp, the Language}; the
1232 @emph{CRC Standard Math Tables} (William H. Beyer, ed.); and
1233 Abramowitz and Stegun's venerable @emph{Handbook of Mathematical
1234 Functions}. Also, of course, Calc could not have been written without
1235 the excellent @emph{GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, by Bil Lewis and
1236 Dan LaLiberte.
1237
1238 Final thanks go to Richard Stallman, without whose fine implementations
1239 of the Emacs editor, language, and environment, Calc would have been
1240 finished in two weeks.
1241
1242 @c [tutorial]
1243
1244 @ifinfo
1245 @c This node is accessed by the `C-x * t' command.
1246 @node Interactive Tutorial, Tutorial, Getting Started, Top
1247 @chapter Tutorial
1248
1249 @noindent
1250 Some brief instructions on using the Emacs Info system for this tutorial:
1251
1252 Press the space bar and Delete keys to go forward and backward in a
1253 section by screenfuls (or use the regular Emacs scrolling commands
1254 for this).
1255
1256 Press @kbd{n} or @kbd{p} to go to the Next or Previous section.
1257 If the section has a @dfn{menu}, press a digit key like @kbd{1}
1258 or @kbd{2} to go to a sub-section from the menu. Press @kbd{u} to
1259 go back up from a sub-section to the menu it is part of.
1260
1261 Exercises in the tutorial all have cross-references to the
1262 appropriate page of the ``answers'' section. Press @kbd{f}, then
1263 the exercise number, to see the answer to an exercise. After
1264 you have followed a cross-reference, you can press the letter
1265 @kbd{l} to return to where you were before.
1266
1267 You can press @kbd{?} at any time for a brief summary of Info commands.
1268
1269 Press @kbd{1} now to enter the first section of the Tutorial.
1270
1271 @menu
1272 * Tutorial::
1273 @end menu
1274
1275 @node Tutorial, Introduction, Interactive Tutorial, Top
1276 @end ifinfo
1277 @ifnotinfo
1278 @node Tutorial, Introduction, Getting Started, Top
1279 @end ifnotinfo
1280 @chapter Tutorial
1281
1282 @noindent
1283 This chapter explains how to use Calc and its many features, in
1284 a step-by-step, tutorial way. You are encouraged to run Calc and
1285 work along with the examples as you read (@pxref{Starting Calc}).
1286 If you are already familiar with advanced calculators, you may wish
1287 @c [not-split]
1288 to skip on to the rest of this manual.
1289 @c [when-split]
1290 @c to skip on to volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}.
1291
1292 @c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
1293 This tutorial describes the standard user interface of Calc only.
1294 The Quick mode and Keypad mode interfaces are fairly
1295 self-explanatory. @xref{Embedded Mode}, for a description of
1296 the Embedded mode interface.
1297
1298 The easiest way to read this tutorial on-line is to have two windows on
1299 your Emacs screen, one with Calc and one with the Info system. (If you
1300 have a printed copy of the manual you can use that instead.) Press
1301 @kbd{C-x * c} to turn Calc on or to switch into the Calc window, and
1302 press @kbd{C-x * i} to start the Info system or to switch into its window.
1303
1304 This tutorial is designed to be done in sequence. But the rest of this
1305 manual does not assume you have gone through the tutorial. The tutorial
1306 does not cover everything in the Calculator, but it touches on most
1307 general areas.
1308
1309 @ifnottex
1310 You may wish to print out a copy of the Calc Summary and keep notes on
1311 it as you learn Calc. @xref{About This Manual}, to see how to make a
1312 printed summary. @xref{Summary}.
1313 @end ifnottex
1314 @iftex
1315 The Calc Summary at the end of the reference manual includes some blank
1316 space for your own use. You may wish to keep notes there as you learn
1317 Calc.
1318 @end iftex
1319
1320 @menu
1321 * Basic Tutorial::
1322 * Arithmetic Tutorial::
1323 * Vector/Matrix Tutorial::
1324 * Types Tutorial::
1325 * Algebra Tutorial::
1326 * Programming Tutorial::
1327
1328 * Answers to Exercises::
1329 @end menu
1330
1331 @node Basic Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial, Tutorial
1332 @section Basic Tutorial
1333
1334 @noindent
1335 In this section, we learn how RPN and algebraic-style calculations
1336 work, how to undo and redo an operation done by mistake, and how
1337 to control various modes of the Calculator.
1338
1339 @menu
1340 * RPN Tutorial:: Basic operations with the stack.
1341 * Algebraic Tutorial:: Algebraic entry; variables.
1342 * Undo Tutorial:: If you make a mistake: Undo and the trail.
1343 * Modes Tutorial:: Common mode-setting commands.
1344 @end menu
1345
1346 @node RPN Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
1347 @subsection RPN Calculations and the Stack
1348
1349 @cindex RPN notation
1350 @ifnottex
1351 @noindent
1352 Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1353 system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1354 (Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1355 Jan Lukasiewicz.)
1356 @end ifnottex
1357 @tex
1358 \noindent
1359 Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1360 system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1361 (Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1362 Jan \L ukasiewicz.)
1363 @end tex
1364
1365 The central component of an RPN calculator is the @dfn{stack}. A
1366 calculator stack is like a stack of dishes. New dishes (numbers) are
1367 added at the top of the stack, and numbers are normally only removed
1368 from the top of the stack.
1369
1370 @cindex Operators
1371 @cindex Operands
1372 In an operation like @expr{2+3}, the 2 and 3 are called the @dfn{operands}
1373 and the @expr{+} is the @dfn{operator}. In an RPN calculator you always
1374 enter the operands first, then the operator. Each time you type a
1375 number, Calc adds or @dfn{pushes} it onto the top of the Stack.
1376 When you press an operator key like @kbd{+}, Calc @dfn{pops} the appropriate
1377 number of operands from the stack and pushes back the result.
1378
1379 Thus we could add the numbers 2 and 3 in an RPN calculator by typing:
1380 @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} +}. (The @key{RET} key, Return, corresponds to
1381 the @key{ENTER} key on traditional RPN calculators.) Try this now if
1382 you wish; type @kbd{C-x * c} to switch into the Calc window (you can type
1383 @kbd{C-x * c} again or @kbd{C-x * o} to switch back to the Tutorial window).
1384 The first four keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 2 and 3 onto the stack.
1385 The @kbd{+} key ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
1386 and pushes the result (5) back onto the stack. Here's how the stack
1387 will look at various points throughout the calculation:
1388
1389 @smallexample
1390 @group
1391 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1392 . 1: 3 .
1393 .
1394
1395 C-x * c 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} + @key{DEL}
1396 @end group
1397 @end smallexample
1398
1399 The @samp{.} symbol is a marker that represents the top of the stack.
1400 Note that the ``top'' of the stack is really shown at the bottom of
1401 the Stack window. This may seem backwards, but it turns out to be
1402 less distracting in regular use.
1403
1404 @cindex Stack levels
1405 @cindex Levels of stack
1406 The numbers @samp{1:} and @samp{2:} on the left are @dfn{stack level
1407 numbers}. Old RPN calculators always had four stack levels called
1408 @expr{x}, @expr{y}, @expr{z}, and @expr{t}. Calc's stack can grow
1409 as large as you like, so it uses numbers instead of letters. Some
1410 stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric argument that says
1411 which stack level to work on. Normal commands like @kbd{+} always
1412 work on the top few levels of the stack.
1413
1414 @c [fix-ref Truncating the Stack]
1415 The Stack buffer is just an Emacs buffer, and you can move around in
1416 it using the regular Emacs motion commands. But no matter where the
1417 cursor is, even if you have scrolled the @samp{.} marker out of
1418 view, most Calc commands always move the cursor back down to level 1
1419 before doing anything. It is possible to move the @samp{.} marker
1420 upwards through the stack, temporarily ``hiding'' some numbers from
1421 commands like @kbd{+}. This is called @dfn{stack truncation} and
1422 we will not cover it in this tutorial; @pxref{Truncating the Stack},
1423 if you are interested.
1424
1425 You don't really need the second @key{RET} in @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3
1426 @key{RET} +}. That's because if you type any operator name or
1427 other non-numeric key when you are entering a number, the Calculator
1428 automatically enters that number and then does the requested command.
1429 Thus @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +} will work just as well.
1430
1431 Examples in this tutorial will often omit @key{RET} even when the
1432 stack displays shown would only happen if you did press @key{RET}:
1433
1434 @smallexample
1435 @group
1436 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5
1437 . 1: 3 .
1438 .
1439
1440 2 @key{RET} 3 +
1441 @end group
1442 @end smallexample
1443
1444 @noindent
1445 Here, after pressing @kbd{3} the stack would really show @samp{1: 2}
1446 with @samp{Calc:@: 3} in the minibuffer. In these situations, you can
1447 press the optional @key{RET} to see the stack as the figure shows.
1448
1449 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} (This tutorial will include exercises
1450 at various points. Try them if you wish. Answers to all the exercises
1451 are located at the end of the Tutorial chapter. Each exercise will
1452 include a cross-reference to its particular answer. If you are
1453 reading with the Emacs Info system, press @kbd{f} and the
1454 exercise number to go to the answer, then the letter @kbd{l} to
1455 return to where you were.)
1456
1457 @noindent
1458 Here's the first exercise: What will the keystrokes @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2
1459 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -} compute? (@samp{*} is the symbol for
1460 multiplication.) Figure it out by hand, then try it with Calc to see
1461 if you're right. @xref{RPN Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
1462
1463 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Compute
1464 @texline @math{(2\times4) + (7\times9.4) + {5\over4}}
1465 @infoline @expr{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4}
1466 using the stack. @xref{RPN Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
1467
1468 The @key{DEL} key is called Backspace on some keyboards. It is
1469 whatever key you would use to correct a simple typing error when
1470 regularly using Emacs. The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the
1471 top value on the stack. (You can still get that value back from
1472 the Trail if you should need it later on.) There are many places
1473 in this tutorial where we assume you have used @key{DEL} to erase the
1474 results of the previous example at the beginning of a new example.
1475 In the few places where it is really important to use @key{DEL} to
1476 clear away old results, the text will remind you to do so.
1477
1478 (It won't hurt to let things accumulate on the stack, except that
1479 whenever you give a display-mode-changing command Calc will have to
1480 spend a long time reformatting such a large stack.)
1481
1482 Since the @kbd{-} key is also an operator (it subtracts the top two
1483 stack elements), how does one enter a negative number? Calc uses
1484 the @kbd{_} (underscore) key to act like the minus sign in a number.
1485 So, typing @kbd{-5 @key{RET}} won't work because the @kbd{-} key
1486 will try to do a subtraction, but @kbd{_5 @key{RET}} works just fine.
1487
1488 You can also press @kbd{n}, which means ``change sign.'' It changes
1489 the number at the top of the stack (or the number being entered)
1490 from positive to negative or vice-versa: @kbd{5 n @key{RET}}.
1491
1492 @cindex Duplicating a stack entry
1493 If you press @key{RET} when you're not entering a number, the effect
1494 is to duplicate the top number on the stack. Consider this calculation:
1495
1496 @smallexample
1497 @group
1498 1: 3 2: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 81
1499 . 1: 3 . 1: 9 .
1500 . .
1501
1502 3 @key{RET} @key{RET} * @key{RET} *
1503 @end group
1504 @end smallexample
1505
1506 @noindent
1507 (Of course, an easier way to do this would be @kbd{3 @key{RET} 4 ^},
1508 to raise 3 to the fourth power.)
1509
1510 The space-bar key (denoted @key{SPC} here) performs the same function
1511 as @key{RET}; you could replace all three occurrences of @key{RET} in
1512 the above example with @key{SPC} and the effect would be the same.
1513
1514 @cindex Exchanging stack entries
1515 Another stack manipulation key is @key{TAB}. This exchanges the top
1516 two stack entries. Suppose you have computed @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +}
1517 to get 5, and then you realize what you really wanted to compute
1518 was @expr{20 / (2+3)}.
1519
1520 @smallexample
1521 @group
1522 1: 5 2: 5 2: 20 1: 4
1523 . 1: 20 1: 5 .
1524 . .
1525
1526 2 @key{RET} 3 + 20 @key{TAB} /
1527 @end group
1528 @end smallexample
1529
1530 @noindent
1531 Planning ahead, the calculation would have gone like this:
1532
1533 @smallexample
1534 @group
1535 1: 20 2: 20 3: 20 2: 20 1: 4
1536 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1537 . 1: 3 .
1538 .
1539
1540 20 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 + /
1541 @end group
1542 @end smallexample
1543
1544 A related stack command is @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (hold @key{META} and type
1545 @key{TAB}). It rotates the top three elements of the stack upward,
1546 bringing the object in level 3 to the top.
1547
1548 @smallexample
1549 @group
1550 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 20 3: 30
1551 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 30 2: 10
1552 . 1: 30 1: 10 1: 20
1553 . . .
1554
1555 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB}
1556 @end group
1557 @end smallexample
1558
1559 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Suppose the numbers 10, 20, and 30 are
1560 on the stack. Figure out how to add one to the number in level 2
1561 without affecting the rest of the stack. Also figure out how to add
1562 one to the number in level 3. @xref{RPN Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
1563
1564 Operations like @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/}, and @kbd{^} pop two
1565 arguments from the stack and push a result. Operations like @kbd{n} and
1566 @kbd{Q} (square root) pop a single number and push the result. You can
1567 think of them as simply operating on the top element of the stack.
1568
1569 @smallexample
1570 @group
1571 1: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 25 1: 5
1572 . . 1: 16 . .
1573 .
1574
1575 3 @key{RET} @key{RET} * 4 @key{RET} @key{RET} * + Q
1576 @end group
1577 @end smallexample
1578
1579 @noindent
1580 (Note that capital @kbd{Q} means to hold down the Shift key while
1581 typing @kbd{q}. Remember, plain unshifted @kbd{q} is the Quit command.)
1582
1583 @cindex Pythagorean Theorem
1584 Here we've used the Pythagorean Theorem to determine the hypotenuse of a
1585 right triangle. Calc actually has a built-in command for that called
1586 @kbd{f h}, but let's suppose we can't remember the necessary keystrokes.
1587 We can still enter it by its full name using @kbd{M-x} notation:
1588
1589 @smallexample
1590 @group
1591 1: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1592 . 1: 4 .
1593 .
1594
1595 3 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET} M-x calc-hypot
1596 @end group
1597 @end smallexample
1598
1599 All Calculator commands begin with the word @samp{calc-}. Since it
1600 gets tiring to type this, Calc provides an @kbd{x} key which is just
1601 like the regular Emacs @kbd{M-x} key except that it types the @samp{calc-}
1602 prefix for you:
1603
1604 @smallexample
1605 @group
1606 1: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1607 . 1: 4 .
1608 .
1609
1610 3 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET} x hypot
1611 @end group
1612 @end smallexample
1613
1614 What happens if you take the square root of a negative number?
1615
1616 @smallexample
1617 @group
1618 1: 4 1: -4 1: (0, 2)
1619 . . .
1620
1621 4 @key{RET} n Q
1622 @end group
1623 @end smallexample
1624
1625 @noindent
1626 The notation @expr{(a, b)} represents a complex number.
1627 Complex numbers are more traditionally written @expr{a + b i};
1628 Calc can display in this format, too, but for now we'll stick to the
1629 @expr{(a, b)} notation.
1630
1631 If you don't know how complex numbers work, you can safely ignore this
1632 feature. Complex numbers only arise from operations that would be
1633 errors in a calculator that didn't have complex numbers. (For example,
1634 taking the square root or logarithm of a negative number produces a
1635 complex result.)
1636
1637 Complex numbers are entered in the notation shown. The @kbd{(} and
1638 @kbd{,} and @kbd{)} keys manipulate ``incomplete complex numbers.''
1639
1640 @smallexample
1641 @group
1642 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
1643 . 1: 2 . 3 .
1644 . .
1645
1646 ( 2 , 3 )
1647 @end group
1648 @end smallexample
1649
1650 You can perform calculations while entering parts of incomplete objects.
1651 However, an incomplete object cannot actually participate in a calculation:
1652
1653 @smallexample
1654 @group
1655 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 3: ( ... 1: ( ... 1: ( ...
1656 . 1: 2 2: 2 5 5
1657 . 1: 3 . .
1658 .
1659 (error)
1660 ( 2 @key{RET} 3 + +
1661 @end group
1662 @end smallexample
1663
1664 @noindent
1665 Adding 5 to an incomplete object makes no sense, so the last command
1666 produces an error message and leaves the stack the same.
1667
1668 Incomplete objects can't participate in arithmetic, but they can be
1669 moved around by the regular stack commands.
1670
1671 @smallexample
1672 @group
1673 2: 2 3: 2 3: 3 1: ( ... 1: (2, 3)
1674 1: 3 2: 3 2: ( ... 2 .
1675 . 1: ( ... 1: 2 3
1676 . . .
1677
1678 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} ( M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} )
1679 @end group
1680 @end smallexample
1681
1682 @noindent
1683 Note that the @kbd{,} (comma) key did not have to be used here.
1684 When you press @kbd{)} all the stack entries between the incomplete
1685 entry and the top are collected, so there's never really a reason
1686 to use the comma. It's up to you.
1687
1688 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} To enter the complex number @expr{(2, 3)},
1689 your friend Joe typed @kbd{( 2 , @key{SPC} 3 )}. What happened?
1690 (Joe thought of a clever way to correct his mistake in only two
1691 keystrokes, but it didn't quite work. Try it to find out why.)
1692 @xref{RPN Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
1693
1694 Vectors are entered the same way as complex numbers, but with square
1695 brackets in place of parentheses. We'll meet vectors again later in
1696 the tutorial.
1697
1698 Any Emacs command can be given a @dfn{numeric prefix argument} by
1699 typing a series of @key{META}-digits beforehand. If @key{META} is
1700 awkward for you, you can instead type @kbd{C-u} followed by the
1701 necessary digits. Numeric prefix arguments can be negative, as in
1702 @kbd{M-- M-3 M-5} or @w{@kbd{C-u - 3 5}}. Calc commands use numeric
1703 prefix arguments in a variety of ways. For example, a numeric prefix
1704 on the @kbd{+} operator adds any number of stack entries at once:
1705
1706 @smallexample
1707 @group
1708 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 1: 60
1709 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 .
1710 . 1: 30 1: 30
1711 . .
1712
1713 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} C-u 3 +
1714 @end group
1715 @end smallexample
1716
1717 For stack manipulation commands like @key{RET}, a positive numeric
1718 prefix argument operates on the top @var{n} stack entries at once. A
1719 negative argument operates on the entry in level @var{n} only. An
1720 argument of zero operates on the entire stack. In this example, we copy
1721 the second-to-top element of the stack:
1722
1723 @smallexample
1724 @group
1725 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10
1726 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 3: 20
1727 . 1: 30 1: 30 2: 30
1728 . . 1: 20
1729 .
1730
1731 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} C-u -2 @key{RET}
1732 @end group
1733 @end smallexample
1734
1735 @cindex Clearing the stack
1736 @cindex Emptying the stack
1737 Another common idiom is @kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}}, which clears the stack.
1738 (The @kbd{M-0} numeric prefix tells @key{DEL} to operate on the
1739 entire stack.)
1740
1741 @node Algebraic Tutorial, Undo Tutorial, RPN Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
1742 @subsection Algebraic-Style Calculations
1743
1744 @noindent
1745 If you are not used to RPN notation, you may prefer to operate the
1746 Calculator in Algebraic mode, which is closer to the way
1747 non-RPN calculators work. In Algebraic mode, you enter formulas
1748 in traditional @expr{2+3} notation.
1749
1750 @strong{Warning:} Note that @samp{/} has lower precedence than
1751 @samp{*}, so that @samp{a/b*c} is interpreted as @samp{a/(b*c)}. See
1752 below for details.
1753
1754 You don't really need any special ``mode'' to enter algebraic formulas.
1755 You can enter a formula at any time by pressing the apostrophe (@kbd{'})
1756 key. Answer the prompt with the desired formula, then press @key{RET}.
1757 The formula is evaluated and the result is pushed onto the RPN stack.
1758 If you don't want to think in RPN at all, you can enter your whole
1759 computation as a formula, read the result from the stack, then press
1760 @key{DEL} to delete it from the stack.
1761
1762 Try pressing the apostrophe key, then @kbd{2+3+4}, then @key{RET}.
1763 The result should be the number 9.
1764
1765 Algebraic formulas use the operators @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*},
1766 @samp{/}, and @samp{^}. You can use parentheses to make the order
1767 of evaluation clear. In the absence of parentheses, @samp{^} is
1768 evaluated first, then @samp{*}, then @samp{/}, then finally
1769 @samp{+} and @samp{-}. For example, the expression
1770
1771 @example
1772 2 + 3*4*5 / 6*7^8 - 9
1773 @end example
1774
1775 @noindent
1776 is equivalent to
1777
1778 @example
1779 2 + ((3*4*5) / (6*(7^8)) - 9
1780 @end example
1781
1782 @noindent
1783 or, in large mathematical notation,
1784
1785 @ifnottex
1786 @example
1787 @group
1788 3 * 4 * 5
1789 2 + --------- - 9
1790 8
1791 6 * 7
1792 @end group
1793 @end example
1794 @end ifnottex
1795 @tex
1796 \turnoffactive
1797 \beforedisplay
1798 $$ 2 + { 3 \times 4 \times 5 \over 6 \times 7^8 } - 9 $$
1799 \afterdisplay
1800 @end tex
1801
1802 @noindent
1803 The result of this expression will be the number @mathit{-6.99999826533}.
1804
1805 Calc's order of evaluation is the same as for most computer languages,
1806 except that @samp{*} binds more strongly than @samp{/}, as the above
1807 example shows. As in normal mathematical notation, the @samp{*} symbol
1808 can often be omitted: @samp{2 a} is the same as @samp{2*a}.
1809
1810 Operators at the same level are evaluated from left to right, except
1811 that @samp{^} is evaluated from right to left. Thus, @samp{2-3-4} is
1812 equivalent to @samp{(2-3)-4} or @mathit{-5}, whereas @samp{2^3^4} is equivalent
1813 to @samp{2^(3^4)} (a very large integer; try it!).
1814
1815 If you tire of typing the apostrophe all the time, there is
1816 Algebraic mode, where Calc automatically senses
1817 when you are about to type an algebraic expression. To enter this
1818 mode, press the two letters @w{@kbd{m a}}. (An @samp{Alg} indicator
1819 should appear in the Calc window's mode line.)
1820
1821 Press @kbd{m a}, then @kbd{2+3+4} with no apostrophe, then @key{RET}.
1822
1823 In Algebraic mode, when you press any key that would normally begin
1824 entering a number (such as a digit, a decimal point, or the @kbd{_}
1825 key), or if you press @kbd{(} or @kbd{[}, Calc automatically begins
1826 an algebraic entry.
1827
1828 Functions which do not have operator symbols like @samp{+} and @samp{*}
1829 must be entered in formulas using function-call notation. For example,
1830 the function name corresponding to the square-root key @kbd{Q} is
1831 @code{sqrt}. To compute a square root in a formula, you would use
1832 the notation @samp{sqrt(@var{x})}.
1833
1834 Press the apostrophe, then type @kbd{sqrt(5*2) - 3}. The result should
1835 be @expr{0.16227766017}.
1836
1837 Note that if the formula begins with a function name, you need to use
1838 the apostrophe even if you are in Algebraic mode. If you type @kbd{arcsin}
1839 out of the blue, the @kbd{a r} will be taken as an Algebraic Rewrite
1840 command, and the @kbd{csin} will be taken as the name of the rewrite
1841 rule to use!
1842
1843 Some people prefer to enter complex numbers and vectors in algebraic
1844 form because they find RPN entry with incomplete objects to be too
1845 distracting, even though they otherwise use Calc as an RPN calculator.
1846
1847 Still in Algebraic mode, type:
1848
1849 @smallexample
1850 @group
1851 1: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (8, -1) 2: (8, -1) 1: (9, -1)
1852 . 1: (1, -2) . 1: 1 .
1853 . .
1854
1855 (2,3) @key{RET} (1,-2) @key{RET} * 1 @key{RET} +
1856 @end group
1857 @end smallexample
1858
1859 Algebraic mode allows us to enter complex numbers without pressing
1860 an apostrophe first, but it also means we need to press @key{RET}
1861 after every entry, even for a simple number like @expr{1}.
1862
1863 (You can type @kbd{C-u m a} to enable a special Incomplete Algebraic
1864 mode in which the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys use algebraic entry even
1865 though regular numeric keys still use RPN numeric entry. There is also
1866 Total Algebraic mode, started by typing @kbd{m t}, in which all
1867 normal keys begin algebraic entry. You must then use the @key{META} key
1868 to type Calc commands: @kbd{M-m t} to get back out of Total Algebraic
1869 mode, @kbd{M-q} to quit, etc.)
1870
1871 If you're still in Algebraic mode, press @kbd{m a} again to turn it off.
1872
1873 Actual non-RPN calculators use a mixture of algebraic and RPN styles.
1874 In general, operators of two numbers (like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*})
1875 use algebraic form, but operators of one number (like @kbd{n} and @kbd{Q})
1876 use RPN form. Also, a non-RPN calculator allows you to see the
1877 intermediate results of a calculation as you go along. You can
1878 accomplish this in Calc by performing your calculation as a series
1879 of algebraic entries, using the @kbd{$} sign to tie them together.
1880 In an algebraic formula, @kbd{$} represents the number on the top
1881 of the stack. Here, we perform the calculation
1882 @texline @math{\sqrt{2\times4+1}},
1883 @infoline @expr{sqrt(2*4+1)},
1884 which on a traditional calculator would be done by pressing
1885 @kbd{2 * 4 + 1 =} and then the square-root key.
1886
1887 @smallexample
1888 @group
1889 1: 8 1: 9 1: 3
1890 . . .
1891
1892 ' 2*4 @key{RET} $+1 @key{RET} Q
1893 @end group
1894 @end smallexample
1895
1896 @noindent
1897 Notice that we didn't need to press an apostrophe for the @kbd{$+1},
1898 because the dollar sign always begins an algebraic entry.
1899
1900 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} How could you get the same effect as
1901 pressing @kbd{Q} but using an algebraic entry instead? How about
1902 if the @kbd{Q} key on your keyboard were broken?
1903 @xref{Algebraic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
1904
1905 The notations @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on stand for higher stack
1906 entries. For example, @kbd{' $$+$ @key{RET}} is just like typing @kbd{+}.
1907
1908 Algebraic formulas can include @dfn{variables}. To store in a
1909 variable, press @kbd{s s}, then type the variable name, then press
1910 @key{RET}. (There are actually two flavors of store command:
1911 @kbd{s s} stores a number in a variable but also leaves the number
1912 on the stack, while @w{@kbd{s t}} removes a number from the stack and
1913 stores it in the variable.) A variable name should consist of one
1914 or more letters or digits, beginning with a letter.
1915
1916 @smallexample
1917 @group
1918 1: 17 . 1: a + a^2 1: 306
1919 . . .
1920
1921 17 s t a @key{RET} ' a+a^2 @key{RET} =
1922 @end group
1923 @end smallexample
1924
1925 @noindent
1926 The @kbd{=} key @dfn{evaluates} a formula by replacing all its
1927 variables by the values that were stored in them.
1928
1929 For RPN calculations, you can recall a variable's value on the
1930 stack either by entering its name as a formula and pressing @kbd{=},
1931 or by using the @kbd{s r} command.
1932
1933 @smallexample
1934 @group
1935 1: 17 2: 17 3: 17 2: 17 1: 306
1936 . 1: 17 2: 17 1: 289 .
1937 . 1: 2 .
1938 .
1939
1940 s r a @key{RET} ' a @key{RET} = 2 ^ +
1941 @end group
1942 @end smallexample
1943
1944 If you press a single digit for a variable name (as in @kbd{s t 3}, you
1945 get one of ten @dfn{quick variables} @code{q0} through @code{q9}.
1946 They are ``quick'' simply because you don't have to type the letter
1947 @code{q} or the @key{RET} after their names. In fact, you can type
1948 simply @kbd{s 3} as a shorthand for @kbd{s s 3}, and likewise for
1949 @kbd{t 3} and @w{@kbd{r 3}}.
1950
1951 Any variables in an algebraic formula for which you have not stored
1952 values are left alone, even when you evaluate the formula.
1953
1954 @smallexample
1955 @group
1956 1: 2 a + 2 b 1: 34 + 2 b
1957 . .
1958
1959 ' 2a+2b @key{RET} =
1960 @end group
1961 @end smallexample
1962
1963 Calls to function names which are undefined in Calc are also left
1964 alone, as are calls for which the value is undefined.
1965
1966 @smallexample
1967 @group
1968 1: 2 + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5, 6) + foo(3)
1969 .
1970
1971 ' log10(100) + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5,6) + foo(3) @key{RET}
1972 @end group
1973 @end smallexample
1974
1975 @noindent
1976 In this example, the first call to @code{log10} works, but the other
1977 calls are not evaluated. In the second call, the logarithm is
1978 undefined for that value of the argument; in the third, the argument
1979 is symbolic, and in the fourth, there are too many arguments. In the
1980 fifth case, there is no function called @code{foo}. You will see a
1981 ``Wrong number of arguments'' message referring to @samp{log10(5,6)}.
1982 Press the @kbd{w} (``why'') key to see any other messages that may
1983 have arisen from the last calculation. In this case you will get
1984 ``logarithm of zero,'' then ``number expected: @code{x}''. Calc
1985 automatically displays the first message only if the message is
1986 sufficiently important; for example, Calc considers ``wrong number
1987 of arguments'' and ``logarithm of zero'' to be important enough to
1988 report automatically, while a message like ``number expected: @code{x}''
1989 will only show up if you explicitly press the @kbd{w} key.
1990
1991 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Joe entered the formula @samp{2 x y},
1992 stored 5 in @code{x}, pressed @kbd{=}, and got the expected result,
1993 @samp{10 y}. He then tried the same for the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)},
1994 expecting @samp{10 (1+y)}, but it didn't work. Why not?
1995 @xref{Algebraic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
1996
1997 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} What result would you expect
1998 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} to give? What if you then type @kbd{0 *}?
1999 @xref{Algebraic Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2000
2001 One interesting way to work with variables is to use the
2002 @dfn{evaluates-to} (@samp{=>}) operator. It works like this:
2003 Enter a formula algebraically in the usual way, but follow
2004 the formula with an @samp{=>} symbol. (There is also an @kbd{s =}
2005 command which builds an @samp{=>} formula using the stack.) On
2006 the stack, you will see two copies of the formula with an @samp{=>}
2007 between them. The lefthand formula is exactly like you typed it;
2008 the righthand formula has been evaluated as if by typing @kbd{=}.
2009
2010 @smallexample
2011 @group
2012 2: 2 + 3 => 5 2: 2 + 3 => 5
2013 1: 2 a + 2 b => 34 + 2 b 1: 2 a + 2 b => 20 + 2 b
2014 . .
2015
2016 ' 2+3 => @key{RET} ' 2a+2b @key{RET} s = 10 s t a @key{RET}
2017 @end group
2018 @end smallexample
2019
2020 @noindent
2021 Notice that the instant we stored a new value in @code{a}, all
2022 @samp{=>} operators already on the stack that referred to @expr{a}
2023 were updated to use the new value. With @samp{=>}, you can push a
2024 set of formulas on the stack, then change the variables experimentally
2025 to see the effects on the formulas' values.
2026
2027 You can also ``unstore'' a variable when you are through with it:
2028
2029 @smallexample
2030 @group
2031 2: 2 + 5 => 5
2032 1: 2 a + 2 b => 2 a + 2 b
2033 .
2034
2035 s u a @key{RET}
2036 @end group
2037 @end smallexample
2038
2039 We will encounter formulas involving variables and functions again
2040 when we discuss the algebra and calculus features of the Calculator.
2041
2042 @node Undo Tutorial, Modes Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2043 @subsection Undo and Redo
2044
2045 @noindent
2046 If you make a mistake, you can usually correct it by pressing shift-@kbd{U},
2047 the ``undo'' command. First, clear the stack (@kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}}) and exit
2048 and restart Calc (@kbd{C-x * * C-x * *}) to make sure things start off
2049 with a clean slate. Now:
2050
2051 @smallexample
2052 @group
2053 1: 2 2: 2 1: 8 2: 2 1: 6
2054 . 1: 3 . 1: 3 .
2055 . .
2056
2057 2 @key{RET} 3 ^ U *
2058 @end group
2059 @end smallexample
2060
2061 You can undo any number of times. Calc keeps a complete record of
2062 all you have done since you last opened the Calc window. After the
2063 above example, you could type:
2064
2065 @smallexample
2066 @group
2067 1: 6 2: 2 1: 2 . .
2068 . 1: 3 .
2069 .
2070 (error)
2071 U U U U
2072 @end group
2073 @end smallexample
2074
2075 You can also type @kbd{D} to ``redo'' a command that you have undone
2076 mistakenly.
2077
2078 @smallexample
2079 @group
2080 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 6 1: 6
2081 . 1: 3 . .
2082 .
2083 (error)
2084 D D D D
2085 @end group
2086 @end smallexample
2087
2088 @noindent
2089 It was not possible to redo past the @expr{6}, since that was placed there
2090 by something other than an undo command.
2091
2092 @cindex Time travel
2093 You can think of undo and redo as a sort of ``time machine.'' Press
2094 @kbd{U} to go backward in time, @kbd{D} to go forward. If you go
2095 backward and do something (like @kbd{*}) then, as any science fiction
2096 reader knows, you have changed your future and you cannot go forward
2097 again. Thus, the inability to redo past the @expr{6} even though there
2098 was an earlier undo command.
2099
2100 You can always recall an earlier result using the Trail. We've ignored
2101 the trail so far, but it has been faithfully recording everything we
2102 did since we loaded the Calculator. If the Trail is not displayed,
2103 press @kbd{t d} now to turn it on.
2104
2105 Let's try grabbing an earlier result. The @expr{8} we computed was
2106 undone by a @kbd{U} command, and was lost even to Redo when we pressed
2107 @kbd{*}, but it's still there in the trail. There should be a little
2108 @samp{>} arrow (the @dfn{trail pointer}) resting on the last trail
2109 entry. If there isn't, press @kbd{t ]} to reset the trail pointer.
2110 Now, press @w{@kbd{t p}} to move the arrow onto the line containing
2111 @expr{8}, and press @w{@kbd{t y}} to ``yank'' that number back onto the
2112 stack.
2113
2114 If you press @kbd{t ]} again, you will see that even our Yank command
2115 went into the trail.
2116
2117 Let's go further back in time. Earlier in the tutorial we computed
2118 a huge integer using the formula @samp{2^3^4}. We don't remember
2119 what it was, but the first digits were ``241''. Press @kbd{t r}
2120 (which stands for trail-search-reverse), then type @kbd{241}.
2121 The trail cursor will jump back to the next previous occurrence of
2122 the string ``241'' in the trail. This is just a regular Emacs
2123 incremental search; you can now press @kbd{C-s} or @kbd{C-r} to
2124 continue the search forwards or backwards as you like.
2125
2126 To finish the search, press @key{RET}. This halts the incremental
2127 search and leaves the trail pointer at the thing we found. Now we
2128 can type @kbd{t y} to yank that number onto the stack. If we hadn't
2129 remembered the ``241'', we could simply have searched for @kbd{2^3^4},
2130 then pressed @kbd{@key{RET} t n} to halt and then move to the next item.
2131
2132 You may have noticed that all the trail-related commands begin with
2133 the letter @kbd{t}. (The store-and-recall commands, on the other hand,
2134 all began with @kbd{s}.) Calc has so many commands that there aren't
2135 enough keys for all of them, so various commands are grouped into
2136 two-letter sequences where the first letter is called the @dfn{prefix}
2137 key. If you type a prefix key by accident, you can press @kbd{C-g}
2138 to cancel it. (In fact, you can press @kbd{C-g} to cancel almost
2139 anything in Emacs.) To get help on a prefix key, press that key
2140 followed by @kbd{?}. Some prefixes have several lines of help,
2141 so you need to press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see them all.
2142 You can also type @kbd{h h} to see all the help at once.
2143
2144 Try pressing @kbd{t ?} now. You will see a line of the form,
2145
2146 @smallexample
2147 trail/time: Display; Fwd, Back; Next, Prev, Here, [, ]; Yank: [MORE] t-
2148 @end smallexample
2149
2150 @noindent
2151 The word ``trail'' indicates that the @kbd{t} prefix key contains
2152 trail-related commands. Each entry on the line shows one command,
2153 with a single capital letter showing which letter you press to get
2154 that command. We have used @kbd{t n}, @kbd{t p}, @kbd{t ]}, and
2155 @kbd{t y} so far. The @samp{[MORE]} means you can press @kbd{?}
2156 again to see more @kbd{t}-prefix commands. Notice that the commands
2157 are roughly divided (by semicolons) into related groups.
2158
2159 When you are in the help display for a prefix key, the prefix is
2160 still active. If you press another key, like @kbd{y} for example,
2161 it will be interpreted as a @kbd{t y} command. If all you wanted
2162 was to look at the help messages, press @kbd{C-g} afterwards to cancel
2163 the prefix.
2164
2165 One more way to correct an error is by editing the stack entries.
2166 The actual Stack buffer is marked read-only and must not be edited
2167 directly, but you can press @kbd{`} (the backquote or accent grave)
2168 to edit a stack entry.
2169
2170 Try entering @samp{3.141439} now. If this is supposed to represent
2171 @cpi{}, it's got several errors. Press @kbd{`} to edit this number.
2172 Now use the normal Emacs cursor motion and editing keys to change
2173 the second 4 to a 5, and to transpose the 3 and the 9. When you
2174 press @key{RET}, the number on the stack will be replaced by your
2175 new number. This works for formulas, vectors, and all other types
2176 of values you can put on the stack. The @kbd{`} key also works
2177 during entry of a number or algebraic formula.
2178
2179 @node Modes Tutorial, , Undo Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2180 @subsection Mode-Setting Commands
2181
2182 @noindent
2183 Calc has many types of @dfn{modes} that affect the way it interprets
2184 your commands or the way it displays data. We have already seen one
2185 mode, namely Algebraic mode. There are many others, too; we'll
2186 try some of the most common ones here.
2187
2188 Perhaps the most fundamental mode in Calc is the current @dfn{precision}.
2189 Notice the @samp{12} on the Calc window's mode line:
2190
2191 @smallexample
2192 --%*-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All------
2193 @end smallexample
2194
2195 @noindent
2196 Most of the symbols there are Emacs things you don't need to worry
2197 about, but the @samp{12} and the @samp{Deg} are mode indicators.
2198 The @samp{12} means that calculations should always be carried to
2199 12 significant figures. That is why, when we type @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /},
2200 we get @expr{0.142857142857} with exactly 12 digits, not counting
2201 leading and trailing zeros.
2202
2203 You can set the precision to anything you like by pressing @kbd{p},
2204 then entering a suitable number. Try pressing @kbd{p 30 @key{RET}},
2205 then doing @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /} again:
2206
2207 @smallexample
2208 @group
2209 1: 0.142857142857
2210 2: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2211 .
2212 @end group
2213 @end smallexample
2214
2215 Although the precision can be set arbitrarily high, Calc always
2216 has to have @emph{some} value for the current precision. After
2217 all, the true value @expr{1/7} is an infinitely repeating decimal;
2218 Calc has to stop somewhere.
2219
2220 Of course, calculations are slower the more digits you request.
2221 Press @w{@kbd{p 12}} now to set the precision back down to the default.
2222
2223 Calculations always use the current precision. For example, even
2224 though we have a 30-digit value for @expr{1/7} on the stack, if
2225 we use it in a calculation in 12-digit mode it will be rounded
2226 down to 12 digits before it is used. Try it; press @key{RET} to
2227 duplicate the number, then @w{@kbd{1 +}}. Notice that the @key{RET}
2228 key didn't round the number, because it doesn't do any calculation.
2229 But the instant we pressed @kbd{+}, the number was rounded down.
2230
2231 @smallexample
2232 @group
2233 1: 0.142857142857
2234 2: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2235 3: 1.14285714286
2236 .
2237 @end group
2238 @end smallexample
2239
2240 @noindent
2241 In fact, since we added a digit on the left, we had to lose one
2242 digit on the right from even the 12-digit value of @expr{1/7}.
2243
2244 How did we get more than 12 digits when we computed @samp{2^3^4}? The
2245 answer is that Calc makes a distinction between @dfn{integers} and
2246 @dfn{floating-point} numbers, or @dfn{floats}. An integer is a number
2247 that does not contain a decimal point. There is no such thing as an
2248 ``infinitely repeating fraction integer,'' so Calc doesn't have to limit
2249 itself. If you asked for @samp{2^10000} (don't try this!), you would
2250 have to wait a long time but you would eventually get an exact answer.
2251 If you ask for @samp{2.^10000}, you will quickly get an answer which is
2252 correct only to 12 places. The decimal point tells Calc that it should
2253 use floating-point arithmetic to get the answer, not exact integer
2254 arithmetic.
2255
2256 You can use the @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) command to convert a
2257 floating-point value to an integer, and @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float})
2258 to convert an integer to floating-point form.
2259
2260 Let's try entering that last calculation:
2261
2262 @smallexample
2263 @group
2264 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311689e3010
2265 . 1: 10000 .
2266 .
2267
2268 2.0 @key{RET} 10000 @key{RET} ^
2269 @end group
2270 @end smallexample
2271
2272 @noindent
2273 @cindex Scientific notation, entry of
2274 Notice the letter @samp{e} in there. It represents ``times ten to the
2275 power of,'' and is used by Calc automatically whenever writing the
2276 number out fully would introduce more extra zeros than you probably
2277 want to see. You can enter numbers in this notation, too.
2278
2279 @smallexample
2280 @group
2281 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311678e3010
2282 . 1: 10000. .
2283 .
2284
2285 2.0 @key{RET} 1e4 @key{RET} ^
2286 @end group
2287 @end smallexample
2288
2289 @cindex Round-off errors
2290 @noindent
2291 Hey, the answer is different! Look closely at the middle columns
2292 of the two examples. In the first, the stack contained the
2293 exact integer @expr{10000}, but in the second it contained
2294 a floating-point value with a decimal point. When you raise a
2295 number to an integer power, Calc uses repeated squaring and
2296 multiplication to get the answer. When you use a floating-point
2297 power, Calc uses logarithms and exponentials. As you can see,
2298 a slight error crept in during one of these methods. Which
2299 one should we trust? Let's raise the precision a bit and find
2300 out:
2301
2302 @smallexample
2303 @group
2304 . 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.995063116880828e3010
2305 . 1: 10000. .
2306 .
2307
2308 p 16 @key{RET} 2. @key{RET} 1e4 ^ p 12 @key{RET}
2309 @end group
2310 @end smallexample
2311
2312 @noindent
2313 @cindex Guard digits
2314 Presumably, it doesn't matter whether we do this higher-precision
2315 calculation using an integer or floating-point power, since we
2316 have added enough ``guard digits'' to trust the first 12 digits
2317 no matter what. And the verdict is@dots{} Integer powers were more
2318 accurate; in fact, the result was only off by one unit in the
2319 last place.
2320
2321 @cindex Guard digits
2322 Calc does many of its internal calculations to a slightly higher
2323 precision, but it doesn't always bump the precision up enough.
2324 In each case, Calc added about two digits of precision during
2325 its calculation and then rounded back down to 12 digits
2326 afterward. In one case, it was enough; in the other, it
2327 wasn't. If you really need @var{x} digits of precision, it
2328 never hurts to do the calculation with a few extra guard digits.
2329
2330 What if we want guard digits but don't want to look at them?
2331 We can set the @dfn{float format}. Calc supports four major
2332 formats for floating-point numbers, called @dfn{normal},
2333 @dfn{fixed-point}, @dfn{scientific notation}, and @dfn{engineering
2334 notation}. You get them by pressing @w{@kbd{d n}}, @kbd{d f},
2335 @kbd{d s}, and @kbd{d e}, respectively. In each case, you can
2336 supply a numeric prefix argument which says how many digits
2337 should be displayed. As an example, let's put a few numbers
2338 onto the stack and try some different display modes. First,
2339 use @kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}} to clear the stack, then enter the four
2340 numbers shown here:
2341
2342 @smallexample
2343 @group
2344 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
2345 3: 12345. 3: 12300. 3: 1.2345e4 3: 1.23e4 3: 12345.000
2346 2: 123.45 2: 123. 2: 1.2345e2 2: 1.23e2 2: 123.450
2347 1: 12.345 1: 12.3 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.23e1 1: 12.345
2348 . . . . .
2349
2350 d n M-3 d n d s M-3 d s M-3 d f
2351 @end group
2352 @end smallexample
2353
2354 @noindent
2355 Notice that when we typed @kbd{M-3 d n}, the numbers were rounded down
2356 to three significant digits, but then when we typed @kbd{d s} all
2357 five significant figures reappeared. The float format does not
2358 affect how numbers are stored, it only affects how they are
2359 displayed. Only the current precision governs the actual rounding
2360 of numbers in the Calculator's memory.
2361
2362 Engineering notation, not shown here, is like scientific notation
2363 except the exponent (the power-of-ten part) is always adjusted to be
2364 a multiple of three (as in ``kilo,'' ``micro,'' etc.). As a result
2365 there will be one, two, or three digits before the decimal point.
2366
2367 Whenever you change a display-related mode, Calc redraws everything
2368 in the stack. This may be slow if there are many things on the stack,
2369 so Calc allows you to type shift-@kbd{H} before any mode command to
2370 prevent it from updating the stack. Anything Calc displays after the
2371 mode-changing command will appear in the new format.
2372
2373 @smallexample
2374 @group
2375 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
2376 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 1.2345e4 3: 12345.
2377 2: 123.450 2: 123.450 2: 1.2345e1 2: 1.2345e1 2: 123.45
2378 1: 12.345 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.2345e2 1: 1.2345e2 1: 12.345
2379 . . . . .
2380
2381 H d s @key{DEL} U @key{TAB} d @key{SPC} d n
2382 @end group
2383 @end smallexample
2384
2385 @noindent
2386 Here the @kbd{H d s} command changes to scientific notation but without
2387 updating the screen. Deleting the top stack entry and undoing it back
2388 causes it to show up in the new format; swapping the top two stack
2389 entries reformats both entries. The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} command refreshes the
2390 whole stack. The @kbd{d n} command changes back to the normal float
2391 format; since it doesn't have an @kbd{H} prefix, it also updates all
2392 the stack entries to be in @kbd{d n} format.
2393
2394 Notice that the integer @expr{12345} was not affected by any
2395 of the float formats. Integers are integers, and are always
2396 displayed exactly.
2397
2398 @cindex Large numbers, readability
2399 Large integers have their own problems. Let's look back at
2400 the result of @kbd{2^3^4}.
2401
2402 @example
2403 2417851639229258349412352
2404 @end example
2405
2406 @noindent
2407 Quick---how many digits does this have? Try typing @kbd{d g}:
2408
2409 @example
2410 2,417,851,639,229,258,349,412,352
2411 @end example
2412
2413 @noindent
2414 Now how many digits does this have? It's much easier to tell!
2415 We can actually group digits into clumps of any size. Some
2416 people prefer @kbd{M-5 d g}:
2417
2418 @example
2419 24178,51639,22925,83494,12352
2420 @end example
2421
2422 Let's see what happens to floating-point numbers when they are grouped.
2423 First, type @kbd{p 25 @key{RET}} to make sure we have enough precision
2424 to get ourselves into trouble. Now, type @kbd{1e13 /}:
2425
2426 @example
2427 24,17851,63922.9258349412352
2428 @end example
2429
2430 @noindent
2431 The integer part is grouped but the fractional part isn't. Now try
2432 @kbd{M-- M-5 d g} (that's meta-minus-sign, meta-five):
2433
2434 @example
2435 24,17851,63922.92583,49412,352
2436 @end example
2437
2438 If you find it hard to tell the decimal point from the commas, try
2439 changing the grouping character to a space with @kbd{d , @key{SPC}}:
2440
2441 @example
2442 24 17851 63922.92583 49412 352
2443 @end example
2444
2445 Type @kbd{d , ,} to restore the normal grouping character, then
2446 @kbd{d g} again to turn grouping off. Also, press @kbd{p 12} to
2447 restore the default precision.
2448
2449 Press @kbd{U} enough times to get the original big integer back.
2450 (Notice that @kbd{U} does not undo each mode-setting command; if
2451 you want to undo a mode-setting command, you have to do it yourself.)
2452 Now, type @kbd{d r 16 @key{RET}}:
2453
2454 @example
2455 16#200000000000000000000
2456 @end example
2457
2458 @noindent
2459 The number is now displayed in @dfn{hexadecimal}, or ``base-16'' form.
2460 Suddenly it looks pretty simple; this should be no surprise, since we
2461 got this number by computing a power of two, and 16 is a power of 2.
2462 In fact, we can use @w{@kbd{d r 2 @key{RET}}} to see it in actual binary
2463 form:
2464
2465 @example
2466 2#1000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 @dots{}
2467 @end example
2468
2469 @noindent
2470 We don't have enough space here to show all the zeros! They won't
2471 fit on a typical screen, either, so you will have to use horizontal
2472 scrolling to see them all. Press @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} to scroll the
2473 stack window left and right by half its width. Another way to view
2474 something large is to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the top of
2475 stack in a separate window. (Press @kbd{C-c C-c} when you are done.)
2476
2477 You can enter non-decimal numbers using the @kbd{#} symbol, too.
2478 Let's see what the hexadecimal number @samp{5FE} looks like in
2479 binary. Type @kbd{16#5FE} (the letters can be typed in upper or
2480 lower case; they will always appear in upper case). It will also
2481 help to turn grouping on with @kbd{d g}:
2482
2483 @example
2484 2#101,1111,1110
2485 @end example
2486
2487 Notice that @kbd{d g} groups by fours by default if the display radix
2488 is binary or hexadecimal, but by threes if it is decimal, octal, or any
2489 other radix.
2490
2491 Now let's see that number in decimal; type @kbd{d r 10}:
2492
2493 @example
2494 1,534
2495 @end example
2496
2497 Numbers are not @emph{stored} with any particular radix attached. They're
2498 just numbers; they can be entered in any radix, and are always displayed
2499 in whatever radix you've chosen with @kbd{d r}. The current radix applies
2500 to integers, fractions, and floats.
2501
2502 @cindex Roundoff errors, in non-decimal numbers
2503 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Your friend Joe tried to enter one-third
2504 as @samp{3#0.1} in @kbd{d r 3} mode with a precision of 12. He got
2505 @samp{3#0.0222222...} (with 25 2's) in the display. When he multiplied
2506 that by three, he got @samp{3#0.222222...} instead of the expected
2507 @samp{3#1}. Next, Joe entered @samp{3#0.2} and, to his great relief,
2508 saw @samp{3#0.2} on the screen. But when he typed @kbd{2 /}, he got
2509 @samp{3#0.10000001} (some zeros omitted). What's going on here?
2510 @xref{Modes Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2511
2512 @cindex Scientific notation, in non-decimal numbers
2513 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Scientific notation works in non-decimal
2514 modes in the natural way (the exponent is a power of the radix instead of
2515 a power of ten, although the exponent itself is always written in decimal).
2516 Thus @samp{8#1.23e3 = 8#1230.0}. Suppose we have the hexadecimal number
2517 @samp{f.e8f} times 16 to the 15th power: We write @samp{16#f.e8fe15}.
2518 What is wrong with this picture? What could we write instead that would
2519 work better? @xref{Modes Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2520
2521 The @kbd{m} prefix key has another set of modes, relating to the way
2522 Calc interprets your inputs and does computations. Whereas @kbd{d}-prefix
2523 modes generally affect the way things look, @kbd{m}-prefix modes affect
2524 the way they are actually computed.
2525
2526 The most popular @kbd{m}-prefix mode is the @dfn{angular mode}. Notice
2527 the @samp{Deg} indicator in the mode line. This means that if you use
2528 a command that interprets a number as an angle, it will assume the
2529 angle is measured in degrees. For example,
2530
2531 @smallexample
2532 @group
2533 1: 45 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001 1: 0.5
2534 . . . .
2535
2536 45 S 2 ^ c 1
2537 @end group
2538 @end smallexample
2539
2540 @noindent
2541 The shift-@kbd{S} command computes the sine of an angle. The sine
2542 of 45 degrees is
2543 @texline @math{\sqrt{2}/2};
2544 @infoline @expr{sqrt(2)/2};
2545 squaring this yields @expr{2/4 = 0.5}. However, there has been a slight
2546 roundoff error because the representation of
2547 @texline @math{\sqrt{2}/2}
2548 @infoline @expr{sqrt(2)/2}
2549 wasn't exact. The @kbd{c 1} command is a handy way to clean up numbers
2550 in this case; it temporarily reduces the precision by one digit while it
2551 re-rounds the number on the top of the stack.
2552
2553 @cindex Roundoff errors, examples
2554 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe computed the sine
2555 of 45 degrees as shown above, then, hoping to avoid an inexact
2556 result, he increased the precision to 16 digits before squaring.
2557 What happened? @xref{Modes Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2558
2559 To do this calculation in radians, we would type @kbd{m r} first.
2560 (The indicator changes to @samp{Rad}.) 45 degrees corresponds to
2561 @cpiover{4} radians. To get @cpi{}, press the @kbd{P} key. (Once
2562 again, this is a shifted capital @kbd{P}. Remember, unshifted
2563 @kbd{p} sets the precision.)
2564
2565 @smallexample
2566 @group
2567 1: 3.14159265359 1: 0.785398163398 1: 0.707106781187
2568 . . .
2569
2570 P 4 / m r S
2571 @end group
2572 @end smallexample
2573
2574 Likewise, inverse trigonometric functions generate results in
2575 either radians or degrees, depending on the current angular mode.
2576
2577 @smallexample
2578 @group
2579 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.785398163398 1: 45.
2580 . . .
2581
2582 .5 Q m r I S m d U I S
2583 @end group
2584 @end smallexample
2585
2586 @noindent
2587 Here we compute the Inverse Sine of
2588 @texline @math{\sqrt{0.5}},
2589 @infoline @expr{sqrt(0.5)},
2590 first in radians, then in degrees.
2591
2592 Use @kbd{c d} and @kbd{c r} to convert a number from radians to degrees
2593 and vice-versa.
2594
2595 @smallexample
2596 @group
2597 1: 45 1: 0.785398163397 1: 45.
2598 . . .
2599
2600 45 c r c d
2601 @end group
2602 @end smallexample
2603
2604 Another interesting mode is @dfn{Fraction mode}. Normally,
2605 dividing two integers produces a floating-point result if the
2606 quotient can't be expressed as an exact integer. Fraction mode
2607 causes integer division to produce a fraction, i.e., a rational
2608 number, instead.
2609
2610 @smallexample
2611 @group
2612 2: 12 1: 1.33333333333 1: 4:3
2613 1: 9 . .
2614 .
2615
2616 12 @key{RET} 9 / m f U / m f
2617 @end group
2618 @end smallexample
2619
2620 @noindent
2621 In the first case, we get an approximate floating-point result.
2622 In the second case, we get an exact fractional result (four-thirds).
2623
2624 You can enter a fraction at any time using @kbd{:} notation.
2625 (Calc uses @kbd{:} instead of @kbd{/} as the fraction separator
2626 because @kbd{/} is already used to divide the top two stack
2627 elements.) Calculations involving fractions will always
2628 produce exact fractional results; Fraction mode only says
2629 what to do when dividing two integers.
2630
2631 @cindex Fractions vs. floats
2632 @cindex Floats vs. fractions
2633 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} If fractional arithmetic is exact,
2634 why would you ever use floating-point numbers instead?
2635 @xref{Modes Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
2636
2637 Typing @kbd{m f} doesn't change any existing values in the stack.
2638 In the above example, we had to Undo the division and do it over
2639 again when we changed to Fraction mode. But if you use the
2640 evaluates-to operator you can get commands like @kbd{m f} to
2641 recompute for you.
2642
2643 @smallexample
2644 @group
2645 1: 12 / 9 => 1.33333333333 1: 12 / 9 => 1.333 1: 12 / 9 => 4:3
2646 . . .
2647
2648 ' 12/9 => @key{RET} p 4 @key{RET} m f
2649 @end group
2650 @end smallexample
2651
2652 @noindent
2653 In this example, the righthand side of the @samp{=>} operator
2654 on the stack is recomputed when we change the precision, then
2655 again when we change to Fraction mode. All @samp{=>} expressions
2656 on the stack are recomputed every time you change any mode that
2657 might affect their values.
2658
2659 @node Arithmetic Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Tutorial
2660 @section Arithmetic Tutorial
2661
2662 @noindent
2663 In this section, we explore the arithmetic and scientific functions
2664 available in the Calculator.
2665
2666 The standard arithmetic commands are @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/},
2667 and @kbd{^}. Each normally takes two numbers from the top of the stack
2668 and pushes back a result. The @kbd{n} and @kbd{&} keys perform
2669 change-sign and reciprocal operations, respectively.
2670
2671 @smallexample
2672 @group
2673 1: 5 1: 0.2 1: 5. 1: -5. 1: 5.
2674 . . . . .
2675
2676 5 & & n n
2677 @end group
2678 @end smallexample
2679
2680 @cindex Binary operators
2681 You can apply a ``binary operator'' like @kbd{+} across any number of
2682 stack entries by giving it a numeric prefix. You can also apply it
2683 pairwise to several stack elements along with the top one if you use
2684 a negative prefix.
2685
2686 @smallexample
2687 @group
2688 3: 2 1: 9 3: 2 4: 2 3: 12
2689 2: 3 . 2: 3 3: 3 2: 13
2690 1: 4 1: 4 2: 4 1: 14
2691 . . 1: 10 .
2692 .
2693
2694 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 M-3 + U 10 M-- M-3 +
2695 @end group
2696 @end smallexample
2697
2698 @cindex Unary operators
2699 You can apply a ``unary operator'' like @kbd{&} to the top @var{n}
2700 stack entries with a numeric prefix, too.
2701
2702 @smallexample
2703 @group
2704 3: 2 3: 0.5 3: 0.5
2705 2: 3 2: 0.333333333333 2: 3.
2706 1: 4 1: 0.25 1: 4.
2707 . . .
2708
2709 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 M-3 & M-2 &
2710 @end group
2711 @end smallexample
2712
2713 Notice that the results here are left in floating-point form.
2714 We can convert them back to integers by pressing @kbd{F}, the
2715 ``floor'' function. This function rounds down to the next lower
2716 integer. There is also @kbd{R}, which rounds to the nearest
2717 integer.
2718
2719 @smallexample
2720 @group
2721 7: 2. 7: 2 7: 2
2722 6: 2.4 6: 2 6: 2
2723 5: 2.5 5: 2 5: 3
2724 4: 2.6 4: 2 4: 3
2725 3: -2. 3: -2 3: -2
2726 2: -2.4 2: -3 2: -2
2727 1: -2.6 1: -3 1: -3
2728 . . .
2729
2730 M-7 F U M-7 R
2731 @end group
2732 @end smallexample
2733
2734 Since dividing-and-flooring (i.e., ``integer quotient'') is such a
2735 common operation, Calc provides a special command for that purpose, the
2736 backslash @kbd{\}. Another common arithmetic operator is @kbd{%}, which
2737 computes the remainder that would arise from a @kbd{\} operation, i.e.,
2738 the ``modulo'' of two numbers. For example,
2739
2740 @smallexample
2741 @group
2742 2: 1234 1: 12 2: 1234 1: 34
2743 1: 100 . 1: 100 .
2744 . .
2745
2746 1234 @key{RET} 100 \ U %
2747 @end group
2748 @end smallexample
2749
2750 These commands actually work for any real numbers, not just integers.
2751
2752 @smallexample
2753 @group
2754 2: 3.1415 1: 3 2: 3.1415 1: 0.1415
2755 1: 1 . 1: 1 .
2756 . .
2757
2758 3.1415 @key{RET} 1 \ U %
2759 @end group
2760 @end smallexample
2761
2762 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The @kbd{\} command would appear to be a
2763 frill, since you could always do the same thing with @kbd{/ F}. Think
2764 of a situation where this is not true---@kbd{/ F} would be inadequate.
2765 Now think of a way you could get around the problem if Calc didn't
2766 provide a @kbd{\} command. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2767
2768 We've already seen the @kbd{Q} (square root) and @kbd{S} (sine)
2769 commands. Other commands along those lines are @kbd{C} (cosine),
2770 @kbd{T} (tangent), @kbd{E} (@expr{e^x}) and @kbd{L} (natural
2771 logarithm). These can be modified by the @kbd{I} (inverse) and
2772 @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix keys.
2773
2774 Let's compute the sine and cosine of an angle, and verify the
2775 identity
2776 @texline @math{\sin^2x + \cos^2x = 1}.
2777 @infoline @expr{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}.
2778 We'll arbitrarily pick @mathit{-64} degrees as a good value for @expr{x}.
2779 With the angular mode set to degrees (type @w{@kbd{m d}}), do:
2780
2781 @smallexample
2782 @group
2783 2: -64 2: -64 2: -0.89879 2: -0.89879 1: 1.
2784 1: -64 1: -0.89879 1: -64 1: 0.43837 .
2785 . . . .
2786
2787 64 n @key{RET} @key{RET} S @key{TAB} C f h
2788 @end group
2789 @end smallexample
2790
2791 @noindent
2792 (For brevity, we're showing only five digits of the results here.
2793 You can of course do these calculations to any precision you like.)
2794
2795 Remember, @kbd{f h} is the @code{calc-hypot}, or square-root of sum
2796 of squares, command.
2797
2798 Another identity is
2799 @texline @math{\displaystyle\tan x = {\sin x \over \cos x}}.
2800 @infoline @expr{tan(x) = sin(x) / cos(x)}.
2801 @smallexample
2802 @group
2803
2804 2: -0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
2805 1: 0.43837 . .
2806 .
2807
2808 U / I T
2809 @end group
2810 @end smallexample
2811
2812 A physical interpretation of this calculation is that if you move
2813 @expr{0.89879} units downward and @expr{0.43837} units to the right,
2814 your direction of motion is @mathit{-64} degrees from horizontal. Suppose
2815 we move in the opposite direction, up and to the left:
2816
2817 @smallexample
2818 @group
2819 2: -0.89879 2: 0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
2820 1: 0.43837 1: -0.43837 . .
2821 . .
2822
2823 U U M-2 n / I T
2824 @end group
2825 @end smallexample
2826
2827 @noindent
2828 How can the angle be the same? The answer is that the @kbd{/} operation
2829 loses information about the signs of its inputs. Because the quotient
2830 is negative, we know exactly one of the inputs was negative, but we
2831 can't tell which one. There is an @kbd{f T} [@code{arctan2}] function which
2832 computes the inverse tangent of the quotient of a pair of numbers.
2833 Since you feed it the two original numbers, it has enough information
2834 to give you a full 360-degree answer.
2835
2836 @smallexample
2837 @group
2838 2: 0.89879 1: 116. 3: 116. 2: 116. 1: 180.
2839 1: -0.43837 . 2: -0.89879 1: -64. .
2840 . 1: 0.43837 .
2841 .
2842
2843 U U f T M-@key{RET} M-2 n f T -
2844 @end group
2845 @end smallexample
2846
2847 @noindent
2848 The resulting angles differ by 180 degrees; in other words, they
2849 point in opposite directions, just as we would expect.
2850
2851 The @key{META}-@key{RET} we used in the third step is the
2852 ``last-arguments'' command. It is sort of like Undo, except that it
2853 restores the arguments of the last command to the stack without removing
2854 the command's result. It is useful in situations like this one,
2855 where we need to do several operations on the same inputs. We could
2856 have accomplished the same thing by using @kbd{M-2 @key{RET}} to duplicate
2857 the top two stack elements right after the @kbd{U U}, then a pair of
2858 @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} commands to cycle the 116 up around the duplicates.
2859
2860 A similar identity is supposed to hold for hyperbolic sines and cosines,
2861 except that it is the @emph{difference}
2862 @texline @math{\cosh^2x - \sinh^2x}
2863 @infoline @expr{cosh(x)^2 - sinh(x)^2}
2864 that always equals one. Let's try to verify this identity.
2865
2866 @smallexample
2867 @group
2868 2: -64 2: -64 2: -64 2: 9.7192e54 2: 9.7192e54
2869 1: -64 1: -3.1175e27 1: 9.7192e54 1: -64 1: 9.7192e54
2870 . . . . .
2871
2872 64 n @key{RET} @key{RET} H C 2 ^ @key{TAB} H S 2 ^
2873 @end group
2874 @end smallexample
2875
2876 @noindent
2877 @cindex Roundoff errors, examples
2878 Something's obviously wrong, because when we subtract these numbers
2879 the answer will clearly be zero! But if you think about it, if these
2880 numbers @emph{did} differ by one, it would be in the 55th decimal
2881 place. The difference we seek has been lost entirely to roundoff
2882 error.
2883
2884 We could verify this hypothesis by doing the actual calculation with,
2885 say, 60 decimal places of precision. This will be slow, but not
2886 enormously so. Try it if you wish; sure enough, the answer is
2887 0.99999, reasonably close to 1.
2888
2889 Of course, a more reasonable way to verify the identity is to use
2890 a more reasonable value for @expr{x}!
2891
2892 @cindex Common logarithm
2893 Some Calculator commands use the Hyperbolic prefix for other purposes.
2894 The logarithm and exponential functions, for example, work to the base
2895 @expr{e} normally but use base-10 instead if you use the Hyperbolic
2896 prefix.
2897
2898 @smallexample
2899 @group
2900 1: 1000 1: 6.9077 1: 1000 1: 3
2901 . . . .
2902
2903 1000 L U H L
2904 @end group
2905 @end smallexample
2906
2907 @noindent
2908 First, we mistakenly compute a natural logarithm. Then we undo
2909 and compute a common logarithm instead.
2910
2911 The @kbd{B} key computes a general base-@var{b} logarithm for any
2912 value of @var{b}.
2913
2914 @smallexample
2915 @group
2916 2: 1000 1: 3 1: 1000. 2: 1000. 1: 6.9077
2917 1: 10 . . 1: 2.71828 .
2918 . .
2919
2920 1000 @key{RET} 10 B H E H P B
2921 @end group
2922 @end smallexample
2923
2924 @noindent
2925 Here we first use @kbd{B} to compute the base-10 logarithm, then use
2926 the ``hyperbolic'' exponential as a cheap hack to recover the number
2927 1000, then use @kbd{B} again to compute the natural logarithm. Note
2928 that @kbd{P} with the hyperbolic prefix pushes the constant @expr{e}
2929 onto the stack.
2930
2931 You may have noticed that both times we took the base-10 logarithm
2932 of 1000, we got an exact integer result. Calc always tries to give
2933 an exact rational result for calculations involving rational numbers
2934 where possible. But when we used @kbd{H E}, the result was a
2935 floating-point number for no apparent reason. In fact, if we had
2936 computed @kbd{10 @key{RET} 3 ^} we @emph{would} have gotten an
2937 exact integer 1000. But the @kbd{H E} command is rigged to generate
2938 a floating-point result all of the time so that @kbd{1000 H E} will
2939 not waste time computing a thousand-digit integer when all you
2940 probably wanted was @samp{1e1000}.
2941
2942 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Find a pair of integer inputs to
2943 the @kbd{B} command for which Calc could find an exact rational
2944 result but doesn't. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2945
2946 The Calculator also has a set of functions relating to combinatorics
2947 and statistics. You may be familiar with the @dfn{factorial} function,
2948 which computes the product of all the integers up to a given number.
2949
2950 @smallexample
2951 @group
2952 1: 100 1: 93326215443... 1: 100. 1: 9.3326e157
2953 . . . .
2954
2955 100 ! U c f !
2956 @end group
2957 @end smallexample
2958
2959 @noindent
2960 Recall, the @kbd{c f} command converts the integer or fraction at the
2961 top of the stack to floating-point format. If you take the factorial
2962 of a floating-point number, you get a floating-point result
2963 accurate to the current precision. But if you give @kbd{!} an
2964 exact integer, you get an exact integer result (158 digits long
2965 in this case).
2966
2967 If you take the factorial of a non-integer, Calc uses a generalized
2968 factorial function defined in terms of Euler's Gamma function
2969 @texline @math{\Gamma(n)}
2970 @infoline @expr{gamma(n)}
2971 (which is itself available as the @kbd{f g} command).
2972
2973 @smallexample
2974 @group
2975 3: 4. 3: 24. 1: 5.5 1: 52.342777847
2976 2: 4.5 2: 52.3427777847 . .
2977 1: 5. 1: 120.
2978 . .
2979
2980 M-3 ! M-0 @key{DEL} 5.5 f g
2981 @end group
2982 @end smallexample
2983
2984 @noindent
2985 Here we verify the identity
2986 @texline @math{n! = \Gamma(n+1)}.
2987 @infoline @expr{@var{n}!@: = gamma(@var{n}+1)}.
2988
2989 The binomial coefficient @var{n}-choose-@var{m}
2990 @texline or @math{\displaystyle {n \choose m}}
2991 is defined by
2992 @texline @math{\displaystyle {n! \over m! \, (n-m)!}}
2993 @infoline @expr{n!@: / m!@: (n-m)!}
2994 for all reals @expr{n} and @expr{m}. The intermediate results in this
2995 formula can become quite large even if the final result is small; the
2996 @kbd{k c} command computes a binomial coefficient in a way that avoids
2997 large intermediate values.
2998
2999 The @kbd{k} prefix key defines several common functions out of
3000 combinatorics and number theory. Here we compute the binomial
3001 coefficient 30-choose-20, then determine its prime factorization.
3002
3003 @smallexample
3004 @group
3005 2: 30 1: 30045015 1: [3, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 23, 29]
3006 1: 20 . .
3007 .
3008
3009 30 @key{RET} 20 k c k f
3010 @end group
3011 @end smallexample
3012
3013 @noindent
3014 You can verify these prime factors by using @kbd{V R *} to multiply
3015 together the elements of this vector. The result is the original
3016 number, 30045015.
3017
3018 @cindex Hash tables
3019 Suppose a program you are writing needs a hash table with at least
3020 10000 entries. It's best to use a prime number as the actual size
3021 of a hash table. Calc can compute the next prime number after 10000:
3022
3023 @smallexample
3024 @group
3025 1: 10000 1: 10007 1: 9973
3026 . . .
3027
3028 10000 k n I k n
3029 @end group
3030 @end smallexample
3031
3032 @noindent
3033 Just for kicks we've also computed the next prime @emph{less} than
3034 10000.
3035
3036 @c [fix-ref Financial Functions]
3037 @xref{Financial Functions}, for a description of the Calculator
3038 commands that deal with business and financial calculations (functions
3039 like @code{pv}, @code{rate}, and @code{sln}).
3040
3041 @c [fix-ref Binary Number Functions]
3042 @xref{Binary Functions}, to read about the commands for operating
3043 on binary numbers (like @code{and}, @code{xor}, and @code{lsh}).
3044
3045 @node Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial
3046 @section Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3047
3048 @noindent
3049 A @dfn{vector} is a list of numbers or other Calc data objects.
3050 Calc provides a large set of commands that operate on vectors. Some
3051 are familiar operations from vector analysis. Others simply treat
3052 a vector as a list of objects.
3053
3054 @menu
3055 * Vector Analysis Tutorial::
3056 * Matrix Tutorial::
3057 * List Tutorial::
3058 @end menu
3059
3060 @node Vector Analysis Tutorial, Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3061 @subsection Vector Analysis
3062
3063 @noindent
3064 If you add two vectors, the result is a vector of the sums of the
3065 elements, taken pairwise.
3066
3067 @smallexample
3068 @group
3069 1: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [8, 8, 3]
3070 . 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3071 .
3072
3073 [1,2,3] s 1 [7 6 0] s 2 +
3074 @end group
3075 @end smallexample
3076
3077 @noindent
3078 Note that we can separate the vector elements with either commas or
3079 spaces. This is true whether we are using incomplete vectors or
3080 algebraic entry. The @kbd{s 1} and @kbd{s 2} commands save these
3081 vectors so we can easily reuse them later.
3082
3083 If you multiply two vectors, the result is the sum of the products
3084 of the elements taken pairwise. This is called the @dfn{dot product}
3085 of the vectors.
3086
3087 @smallexample
3088 @group
3089 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: 19
3090 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3091 .
3092
3093 r 1 r 2 *
3094 @end group
3095 @end smallexample
3096
3097 @cindex Dot product
3098 The dot product of two vectors is equal to the product of their
3099 lengths times the cosine of the angle between them. (Here the vector
3100 is interpreted as a line from the origin @expr{(0,0,0)} to the
3101 specified point in three-dimensional space.) The @kbd{A}
3102 (absolute value) command can be used to compute the length of a
3103 vector.
3104
3105 @smallexample
3106 @group
3107 3: 19 3: 19 1: 0.550782 1: 56.579
3108 2: [1, 2, 3] 2: 3.741657 . .
3109 1: [7, 6, 0] 1: 9.219544
3110 . .
3111
3112 M-@key{RET} M-2 A * / I C
3113 @end group
3114 @end smallexample
3115
3116 @noindent
3117 First we recall the arguments to the dot product command, then
3118 we compute the absolute values of the top two stack entries to
3119 obtain the lengths of the vectors, then we divide the dot product
3120 by the product of the lengths to get the cosine of the angle.
3121 The inverse cosine finds that the angle between the vectors
3122 is about 56 degrees.
3123
3124 @cindex Cross product
3125 @cindex Perpendicular vectors
3126 The @dfn{cross product} of two vectors is a vector whose length
3127 is the product of the lengths of the inputs times the sine of the
3128 angle between them, and whose direction is perpendicular to both
3129 input vectors. Unlike the dot product, the cross product is
3130 defined only for three-dimensional vectors. Let's double-check
3131 our computation of the angle using the cross product.
3132
3133 @smallexample
3134 @group
3135 2: [1, 2, 3] 3: [-18, 21, -8] 1: [-0.52, 0.61, -0.23] 1: 56.579
3136 1: [7, 6, 0] 2: [1, 2, 3] . .
3137 . 1: [7, 6, 0]
3138 .
3139
3140 r 1 r 2 V C s 3 M-@key{RET} M-2 A * / A I S
3141 @end group
3142 @end smallexample
3143
3144 @noindent
3145 First we recall the original vectors and compute their cross product,
3146 which we also store for later reference. Now we divide the vector
3147 by the product of the lengths of the original vectors. The length of
3148 this vector should be the sine of the angle; sure enough, it is!
3149
3150 @c [fix-ref General Mode Commands]
3151 Vector-related commands generally begin with the @kbd{v} prefix key.
3152 Some are uppercase letters and some are lowercase. To make it easier
3153 to type these commands, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix key acts the same as
3154 the @kbd{v} key. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to make all
3155 prefix keys have this property.)
3156
3157 If we take the dot product of two perpendicular vectors we expect
3158 to get zero, since the cosine of 90 degrees is zero. Let's check
3159 that the cross product is indeed perpendicular to both inputs:
3160
3161 @smallexample
3162 @group
3163 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: 0 2: [7, 6, 0] 1: 0
3164 1: [-18, 21, -8] . 1: [-18, 21, -8] .
3165 . .
3166
3167 r 1 r 3 * @key{DEL} r 2 r 3 *
3168 @end group
3169 @end smallexample
3170
3171 @cindex Normalizing a vector
3172 @cindex Unit vectors
3173 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Given a vector on the top of the
3174 stack, what keystrokes would you use to @dfn{normalize} the
3175 vector, i.e., to reduce its length to one without changing its
3176 direction? @xref{Vector Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3177
3178 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Suppose a certain particle can be
3179 at any of several positions along a ruler. You have a list of
3180 those positions in the form of a vector, and another list of the
3181 probabilities for the particle to be at the corresponding positions.
3182 Find the average position of the particle.
3183 @xref{Vector Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3184
3185 @node Matrix Tutorial, List Tutorial, Vector Analysis Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3186 @subsection Matrices
3187
3188 @noindent
3189 A @dfn{matrix} is just a vector of vectors, all the same length.
3190 This means you can enter a matrix using nested brackets. You can
3191 also use the semicolon character to enter a matrix. We'll show
3192 both methods here:
3193
3194 @smallexample
3195 @group
3196 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3197 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3198 . .
3199
3200 [[1 2 3] [4 5 6]] ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6] @key{RET}
3201 @end group
3202 @end smallexample
3203
3204 @noindent
3205 We'll be using this matrix again, so type @kbd{s 4} to save it now.
3206
3207 Note that semicolons work with incomplete vectors, but they work
3208 better in algebraic entry. That's why we use the apostrophe in
3209 the second example.
3210
3211 When two matrices are multiplied, the lefthand matrix must have
3212 the same number of columns as the righthand matrix has rows.
3213 Row @expr{i}, column @expr{j} of the result is effectively the
3214 dot product of row @expr{i} of the left matrix by column @expr{j}
3215 of the right matrix.
3216
3217 If we try to duplicate this matrix and multiply it by itself,
3218 the dimensions are wrong and the multiplication cannot take place:
3219
3220 @smallexample
3221 @group
3222 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] * [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3223 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3224 .
3225
3226 @key{RET} *
3227 @end group
3228 @end smallexample
3229
3230 @noindent
3231 Though rather hard to read, this is a formula which shows the product
3232 of two matrices. The @samp{*} function, having invalid arguments, has
3233 been left in symbolic form.
3234
3235 We can multiply the matrices if we @dfn{transpose} one of them first.
3236
3237 @smallexample
3238 @group
3239 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 14, 32 ] 1: [ [ 17, 22, 27 ]
3240 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 32, 77 ] ] [ 22, 29, 36 ]
3241 1: [ [ 1, 4 ] . [ 27, 36, 45 ] ]
3242 [ 2, 5 ] .
3243 [ 3, 6 ] ]
3244 .
3245
3246 U v t * U @key{TAB} *
3247 @end group
3248 @end smallexample
3249
3250 Matrix multiplication is not commutative; indeed, switching the
3251 order of the operands can even change the dimensions of the result
3252 matrix, as happened here!
3253
3254 If you multiply a plain vector by a matrix, it is treated as a
3255 single row or column depending on which side of the matrix it is
3256 on. The result is a plain vector which should also be interpreted
3257 as a row or column as appropriate.
3258
3259 @smallexample
3260 @group
3261 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [14, 32]
3262 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] .
3263 1: [1, 2, 3]
3264 .
3265
3266 r 4 r 1 *
3267 @end group
3268 @end smallexample
3269
3270 Multiplying in the other order wouldn't work because the number of
3271 rows in the matrix is different from the number of elements in the
3272 vector.
3273
3274 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Use @samp{*} to sum along the rows
3275 of the above
3276 @texline @math{2\times3}
3277 @infoline 2x3
3278 matrix to get @expr{[6, 15]}. Now use @samp{*} to sum along the columns
3279 to get @expr{[5, 7, 9]}.
3280 @xref{Matrix Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3281
3282 @cindex Identity matrix
3283 An @dfn{identity matrix} is a square matrix with ones along the
3284 diagonal and zeros elsewhere. It has the property that multiplication
3285 by an identity matrix, on the left or on the right, always produces
3286 the original matrix.
3287
3288 @smallexample
3289 @group
3290 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3291 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3292 . 1: [ [ 1, 0, 0 ] .
3293 [ 0, 1, 0 ]
3294 [ 0, 0, 1 ] ]
3295 .
3296
3297 r 4 v i 3 @key{RET} *
3298 @end group
3299 @end smallexample
3300
3301 If a matrix is square, it is often possible to find its @dfn{inverse},
3302 that is, a matrix which, when multiplied by the original matrix, yields
3303 an identity matrix. The @kbd{&} (reciprocal) key also computes the
3304 inverse of a matrix.
3305
3306 @smallexample
3307 @group
3308 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ -2.4, 1.2, -0.2 ]
3309 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2.8, -1.4, 0.4 ]
3310 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ -0.73333, 0.53333, -0.2 ] ]
3311 . .
3312
3313 r 4 r 2 | s 5 &
3314 @end group
3315 @end smallexample
3316
3317 @noindent
3318 The vertical bar @kbd{|} @dfn{concatenates} numbers, vectors, and
3319 matrices together. Here we have used it to add a new row onto
3320 our matrix to make it square.
3321
3322 We can multiply these two matrices in either order to get an identity.
3323
3324 @smallexample
3325 @group
3326 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ] 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ]
3327 [ 0., 1., 0. ] [ 0., 1., 0. ]
3328 [ 0., 0., 1. ] ] [ 0., 0., 1. ] ]
3329 . .
3330
3331 M-@key{RET} * U @key{TAB} *
3332 @end group
3333 @end smallexample
3334
3335 @cindex Systems of linear equations
3336 @cindex Linear equations, systems of
3337 Matrix inverses are related to systems of linear equations in algebra.
3338 Suppose we had the following set of equations:
3339
3340 @ifnottex
3341 @group
3342 @example
3343 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3344 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3345 7a + 6b = 3
3346 @end example
3347 @end group
3348 @end ifnottex
3349 @tex
3350 \turnoffactive
3351 \beforedisplayh
3352 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3353 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3354 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3355 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3356 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3357 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3358 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3359 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr}
3360 $$
3361 \afterdisplayh
3362 @end tex
3363
3364 @noindent
3365 This can be cast into the matrix equation,
3366
3367 @ifnottex
3368 @group
3369 @example
3370 [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] [ [ a ] [ [ 6 ]
3371 [ 4, 5, 6 ] * [ b ] = [ 2 ]
3372 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ c ] ] [ 3 ] ]
3373 @end example
3374 @end group
3375 @end ifnottex
3376 @tex
3377 \turnoffactive
3378 \beforedisplay
3379 $$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 \cr 4 & 5 & 6 \cr 7 & 6 & 0 }
3380 \times
3381 \pmatrix{ a \cr b \cr c } = \pmatrix{ 6 \cr 2 \cr 3 }
3382 $$
3383 \afterdisplay
3384 @end tex
3385
3386 We can solve this system of equations by multiplying both sides by the
3387 inverse of the matrix. Calc can do this all in one step:
3388
3389 @smallexample
3390 @group
3391 2: [6, 2, 3] 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3392 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
3393 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
3394 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3395 .
3396
3397 [6,2,3] r 5 /
3398 @end group
3399 @end smallexample
3400
3401 @noindent
3402 The result is the @expr{[a, b, c]} vector that solves the equations.
3403 (Dividing by a square matrix is equivalent to multiplying by its
3404 inverse.)
3405
3406 Let's verify this solution:
3407
3408 @smallexample
3409 @group
3410 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [6., 2., 3.]
3411 [ 4, 5, 6 ] .
3412 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3413 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3414 .
3415
3416 r 5 @key{TAB} *
3417 @end group
3418 @end smallexample
3419
3420 @noindent
3421 Note that we had to be careful about the order in which we multiplied
3422 the matrix and vector. If we multiplied in the other order, Calc would
3423 assume the vector was a row vector in order to make the dimensions
3424 come out right, and the answer would be incorrect. If you
3425 don't feel safe letting Calc take either interpretation of your
3426 vectors, use explicit
3427 @texline @math{N\times1}
3428 @infoline Nx1
3429 or
3430 @texline @math{1\times N}
3431 @infoline 1xN
3432 matrices instead. In this case, you would enter the original column
3433 vector as @samp{[[6], [2], [3]]} or @samp{[6; 2; 3]}.
3434
3435 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Algebraic entry allows you to make
3436 vectors and matrices that include variables. Solve the following
3437 system of equations to get expressions for @expr{x} and @expr{y}
3438 in terms of @expr{a} and @expr{b}.
3439
3440 @ifnottex
3441 @group
3442 @example
3443 x + a y = 6
3444 x + b y = 10
3445 @end example
3446 @end group
3447 @end ifnottex
3448 @tex
3449 \turnoffactive
3450 \beforedisplay
3451 $$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
3452 x &+ b y = 10}
3453 $$
3454 \afterdisplay
3455 @end tex
3456
3457 @noindent
3458 @xref{Matrix Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3459
3460 @cindex Least-squares for over-determined systems
3461 @cindex Over-determined systems of equations
3462 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} A system of equations is ``over-determined''
3463 if it has more equations than variables. It is often the case that
3464 there are no values for the variables that will satisfy all the
3465 equations at once, but it is still useful to find a set of values
3466 which ``nearly'' satisfy all the equations. In terms of matrix equations,
3467 you can't solve @expr{A X = B} directly because the matrix @expr{A}
3468 is not square for an over-determined system. Matrix inversion works
3469 only for square matrices. One common trick is to multiply both sides
3470 on the left by the transpose of @expr{A}:
3471 @ifnottex
3472 @samp{trn(A)*A*X = trn(A)*B}.
3473 @end ifnottex
3474 @tex
3475 \turnoffactive
3476 $A^T A \, X = A^T B$, where $A^T$ is the transpose \samp{trn(A)}.
3477 @end tex
3478 Now
3479 @texline @math{A^T A}
3480 @infoline @expr{trn(A)*A}
3481 is a square matrix so a solution is possible. It turns out that the
3482 @expr{X} vector you compute in this way will be a ``least-squares''
3483 solution, which can be regarded as the ``closest'' solution to the set
3484 of equations. Use Calc to solve the following over-determined
3485 system:
3486
3487 @ifnottex
3488 @group
3489 @example
3490 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3491 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3492 7a + 6b = 3
3493 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
3494 @end example
3495 @end group
3496 @end ifnottex
3497 @tex
3498 \turnoffactive
3499 \beforedisplayh
3500 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3501 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3502 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3503 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3504 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3505 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3506 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3507 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
3508 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
3509 $$
3510 \afterdisplayh
3511 @end tex
3512
3513 @noindent
3514 @xref{Matrix Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
3515
3516 @node List Tutorial, , Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3517 @subsection Vectors as Lists
3518
3519 @noindent
3520 @cindex Lists
3521 Although Calc has a number of features for manipulating vectors and
3522 matrices as mathematical objects, you can also treat vectors as
3523 simple lists of values. For example, we saw that the @kbd{k f}
3524 command returns a vector which is a list of the prime factors of a
3525 number.
3526
3527 You can pack and unpack stack entries into vectors:
3528
3529 @smallexample
3530 @group
3531 3: 10 1: [10, 20, 30] 3: 10
3532 2: 20 . 2: 20
3533 1: 30 1: 30
3534 . .
3535
3536 M-3 v p v u
3537 @end group
3538 @end smallexample
3539
3540 You can also build vectors out of consecutive integers, or out
3541 of many copies of a given value:
3542
3543 @smallexample
3544 @group
3545 1: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4]
3546 . 1: 17 1: [17, 17, 17, 17]
3547 . .
3548
3549 v x 4 @key{RET} 17 v b 4 @key{RET}
3550 @end group
3551 @end smallexample
3552
3553 You can apply an operator to every element of a vector using the
3554 @dfn{map} command.
3555
3556 @smallexample
3557 @group
3558 1: [17, 34, 51, 68] 1: [289, 1156, 2601, 4624] 1: [17, 34, 51, 68]
3559 . . .
3560
3561 V M * 2 V M ^ V M Q
3562 @end group
3563 @end smallexample
3564
3565 @noindent
3566 In the first step, we multiply the vector of integers by the vector
3567 of 17's elementwise. In the second step, we raise each element to
3568 the power two. (The general rule is that both operands must be
3569 vectors of the same length, or else one must be a vector and the
3570 other a plain number.) In the final step, we take the square root
3571 of each element.
3572
3573 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Compute a vector of powers of two
3574 from
3575 @texline @math{2^{-4}}
3576 @infoline @expr{2^-4}
3577 to @expr{2^4}. @xref{List Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3578
3579 You can also @dfn{reduce} a binary operator across a vector.
3580 For example, reducing @samp{*} computes the product of all the
3581 elements in the vector:
3582
3583 @smallexample
3584 @group
3585 1: 123123 1: [3, 7, 11, 13, 41] 1: 123123
3586 . . .
3587
3588 123123 k f V R *
3589 @end group
3590 @end smallexample
3591
3592 @noindent
3593 In this example, we decompose 123123 into its prime factors, then
3594 multiply those factors together again to yield the original number.
3595
3596 We could compute a dot product ``by hand'' using mapping and
3597 reduction:
3598
3599 @smallexample
3600 @group
3601 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [7, 12, 0] 1: 19
3602 1: [7, 6, 0] . .
3603 .
3604
3605 r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
3606 @end group
3607 @end smallexample
3608
3609 @noindent
3610 Recalling two vectors from the previous section, we compute the
3611 sum of pairwise products of the elements to get the same answer
3612 for the dot product as before.
3613
3614 A slight variant of vector reduction is the @dfn{accumulate} operation,
3615 @kbd{V U}. This produces a vector of the intermediate results from
3616 a corresponding reduction. Here we compute a table of factorials:
3617
3618 @smallexample
3619 @group
3620 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] 1: [1, 2, 6, 24, 120, 720]
3621 . .
3622
3623 v x 6 @key{RET} V U *
3624 @end group
3625 @end smallexample
3626
3627 Calc allows vectors to grow as large as you like, although it gets
3628 rather slow if vectors have more than about a hundred elements.
3629 Actually, most of the time is spent formatting these large vectors
3630 for display, not calculating on them. Try the following experiment
3631 (if your computer is very fast you may need to substitute a larger
3632 vector size).
3633
3634 @smallexample
3635 @group
3636 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, ... 1: [2, 3, 4, 5, ...
3637 . .
3638
3639 v x 500 @key{RET} 1 V M +
3640 @end group
3641 @end smallexample
3642
3643 Now press @kbd{v .} (the letter @kbd{v}, then a period) and try the
3644 experiment again. In @kbd{v .} mode, long vectors are displayed
3645 ``abbreviated'' like this:
3646
3647 @smallexample
3648 @group
3649 1: [1, 2, 3, ..., 500] 1: [2, 3, 4, ..., 501]
3650 . .
3651
3652 v x 500 @key{RET} 1 V M +
3653 @end group
3654 @end smallexample
3655
3656 @noindent
3657 (where now the @samp{...} is actually part of the Calc display).
3658 You will find both operations are now much faster. But notice that
3659 even in @w{@kbd{v .}} mode, the full vectors are still shown in the Trail.
3660 Type @w{@kbd{t .}} to cause the trail to abbreviate as well, and try the
3661 experiment one more time. Operations on long vectors are now quite
3662 fast! (But of course if you use @kbd{t .} you will lose the ability
3663 to get old vectors back using the @kbd{t y} command.)
3664
3665 An easy way to view a full vector when @kbd{v .} mode is active is
3666 to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the vector; editing always works
3667 with the full, unabbreviated value.
3668
3669 @cindex Least-squares for fitting a straight line
3670 @cindex Fitting data to a line
3671 @cindex Line, fitting data to
3672 @cindex Data, extracting from buffers
3673 @cindex Columns of data, extracting
3674 As a larger example, let's try to fit a straight line to some data,
3675 using the method of least squares. (Calc has a built-in command for
3676 least-squares curve fitting, but we'll do it by hand here just to
3677 practice working with vectors.) Suppose we have the following list
3678 of values in a file we have loaded into Emacs:
3679
3680 @smallexample
3681 x y
3682 --- ---
3683 1.34 0.234
3684 1.41 0.298
3685 1.49 0.402
3686 1.56 0.412
3687 1.64 0.466
3688 1.73 0.473
3689 1.82 0.601
3690 1.91 0.519
3691 2.01 0.603
3692 2.11 0.637
3693 2.22 0.645
3694 2.33 0.705
3695 2.45 0.917
3696 2.58 1.009
3697 2.71 0.971
3698 2.85 1.062
3699 3.00 1.148
3700 3.15 1.157
3701 3.32 1.354
3702 @end smallexample
3703
3704 @noindent
3705 If you are reading this tutorial in printed form, you will find it
3706 easiest to press @kbd{C-x * i} to enter the on-line Info version of
3707 the manual and find this table there. (Press @kbd{g}, then type
3708 @kbd{List Tutorial}, to jump straight to this section.)
3709
3710 Position the cursor at the upper-left corner of this table, just
3711 to the left of the @expr{1.34}. Press @kbd{C-@@} to set the mark.
3712 (On your system this may be @kbd{C-2}, @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}, or @kbd{NUL}.)
3713 Now position the cursor to the lower-right, just after the @expr{1.354}.
3714 You have now defined this region as an Emacs ``rectangle.'' Still
3715 in the Info buffer, type @kbd{C-x * r}. This command
3716 (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) will pop you back into the Calculator, with
3717 the contents of the rectangle you specified in the form of a matrix.
3718
3719 @smallexample
3720 @group
3721 1: [ [ 1.34, 0.234 ]
3722 [ 1.41, 0.298 ]
3723 @dots{}
3724 @end group
3725 @end smallexample
3726
3727 @noindent
3728 (You may wish to use @kbd{v .} mode to abbreviate the display of this
3729 large matrix.)
3730
3731 We want to treat this as a pair of lists. The first step is to
3732 transpose this matrix into a pair of rows. Remember, a matrix is
3733 just a vector of vectors. So we can unpack the matrix into a pair
3734 of row vectors on the stack.
3735
3736 @smallexample
3737 @group
3738 1: [ [ 1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3739 [ 0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ] ] 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
3740 . .
3741
3742 v t v u
3743 @end group
3744 @end smallexample
3745
3746 @noindent
3747 Let's store these in quick variables 1 and 2, respectively.
3748
3749 @smallexample
3750 @group
3751 1: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] .
3752 .
3753
3754 t 2 t 1
3755 @end group
3756 @end smallexample
3757
3758 @noindent
3759 (Recall that @kbd{t 2} is a variant of @kbd{s 2} that removes the
3760 stored value from the stack.)
3761
3762 In a least squares fit, the slope @expr{m} is given by the formula
3763
3764 @ifnottex
3765 @example
3766 m = (N sum(x y) - sum(x) sum(y)) / (N sum(x^2) - sum(x)^2)
3767 @end example
3768 @end ifnottex
3769 @tex
3770 \turnoffactive
3771 \beforedisplay
3772 $$ m = {N \sum x y - \sum x \sum y \over
3773 N \sum x^2 - \left( \sum x \right)^2} $$
3774 \afterdisplay
3775 @end tex
3776
3777 @noindent
3778 where
3779 @texline @math{\sum x}
3780 @infoline @expr{sum(x)}
3781 represents the sum of all the values of @expr{x}. While there is an
3782 actual @code{sum} function in Calc, it's easier to sum a vector using a
3783 simple reduction. First, let's compute the four different sums that
3784 this formula uses.
3785
3786 @smallexample
3787 @group
3788 1: 41.63 1: 98.0003
3789 . .
3790
3791 r 1 V R + t 3 r 1 2 V M ^ V R + t 4
3792
3793 @end group
3794 @end smallexample
3795 @noindent
3796 @smallexample
3797 @group
3798 1: 13.613 1: 33.36554
3799 . .
3800
3801 r 2 V R + t 5 r 1 r 2 V M * V R + t 6
3802 @end group
3803 @end smallexample
3804
3805 @ifnottex
3806 @noindent
3807 These are @samp{sum(x)}, @samp{sum(x^2)}, @samp{sum(y)}, and @samp{sum(x y)},
3808 respectively. (We could have used @kbd{*} to compute @samp{sum(x^2)} and
3809 @samp{sum(x y)}.)
3810 @end ifnottex
3811 @tex
3812 \turnoffactive
3813 These are $\sum x$, $\sum x^2$, $\sum y$, and $\sum x y$,
3814 respectively. (We could have used \kbd{*} to compute $\sum x^2$ and
3815 $\sum x y$.)
3816 @end tex
3817
3818 Finally, we also need @expr{N}, the number of data points. This is just
3819 the length of either of our lists.
3820
3821 @smallexample
3822 @group
3823 1: 19
3824 .
3825
3826 r 1 v l t 7
3827 @end group
3828 @end smallexample
3829
3830 @noindent
3831 (That's @kbd{v} followed by a lower-case @kbd{l}.)
3832
3833 Now we grind through the formula:
3834
3835 @smallexample
3836 @group
3837 1: 633.94526 2: 633.94526 1: 67.23607
3838 . 1: 566.70919 .
3839 .
3840
3841 r 7 r 6 * r 3 r 5 * -
3842
3843 @end group
3844 @end smallexample
3845 @noindent
3846 @smallexample
3847 @group
3848 2: 67.23607 3: 67.23607 2: 67.23607 1: 0.52141679
3849 1: 1862.0057 2: 1862.0057 1: 128.9488 .
3850 . 1: 1733.0569 .
3851 .
3852
3853 r 7 r 4 * r 3 2 ^ - / t 8
3854 @end group
3855 @end smallexample
3856
3857 That gives us the slope @expr{m}. The y-intercept @expr{b} can now
3858 be found with the simple formula,
3859
3860 @ifnottex
3861 @example
3862 b = (sum(y) - m sum(x)) / N
3863 @end example
3864 @end ifnottex
3865 @tex
3866 \turnoffactive
3867 \beforedisplay
3868 $$ b = {\sum y - m \sum x \over N} $$
3869 \afterdisplay
3870 \vskip10pt
3871 @end tex
3872
3873 @smallexample
3874 @group
3875 1: 13.613 2: 13.613 1: -8.09358 1: -0.425978
3876 . 1: 21.70658 . .
3877 .
3878
3879 r 5 r 8 r 3 * - r 7 / t 9
3880 @end group
3881 @end smallexample
3882
3883 Let's ``plot'' this straight line approximation,
3884 @texline @math{y \approx m x + b},
3885 @infoline @expr{m x + b},
3886 and compare it with the original data.
3887
3888 @smallexample
3889 @group
3890 1: [0.699, 0.735, ... ] 1: [0.273, 0.309, ... ]
3891 . .
3892
3893 r 1 r 8 * r 9 + s 0
3894 @end group
3895 @end smallexample
3896
3897 @noindent
3898 Notice that multiplying a vector by a constant, and adding a constant
3899 to a vector, can be done without mapping commands since these are
3900 common operations from vector algebra. As far as Calc is concerned,
3901 we've just been doing geometry in 19-dimensional space!
3902
3903 We can subtract this vector from our original @expr{y} vector to get
3904 a feel for the error of our fit. Let's find the maximum error:
3905
3906 @smallexample
3907 @group
3908 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: 0.0897
3909 . . .
3910
3911 r 2 - V M A V R X
3912 @end group
3913 @end smallexample
3914
3915 @noindent
3916 First we compute a vector of differences, then we take the absolute
3917 values of these differences, then we reduce the @code{max} function
3918 across the vector. (The @code{max} function is on the two-key sequence
3919 @kbd{f x}; because it is so common to use @code{max} in a vector
3920 operation, the letters @kbd{X} and @kbd{N} are also accepted for
3921 @code{max} and @code{min} in this context. In general, you answer
3922 the @kbd{V M} or @kbd{V R} prompt with the actual key sequence that
3923 invokes the function you want. You could have typed @kbd{V R f x} or
3924 even @kbd{V R x max @key{RET}} if you had preferred.)
3925
3926 If your system has the GNUPLOT program, you can see graphs of your
3927 data and your straight line to see how well they match. (If you have
3928 GNUPLOT 3.0 or higher, the following instructions will work regardless
3929 of the kind of display you have. Some GNUPLOT 2.0, non-X-windows systems
3930 may require additional steps to view the graphs.)
3931
3932 Let's start by plotting the original data. Recall the ``@var{x}'' and ``@var{y}''
3933 vectors onto the stack and press @kbd{g f}. This ``fast'' graphing
3934 command does everything you need to do for simple, straightforward
3935 plotting of data.
3936
3937 @smallexample
3938 @group
3939 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3940 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
3941 .
3942
3943 r 1 r 2 g f
3944 @end group
3945 @end smallexample
3946
3947 If all goes well, you will shortly get a new window containing a graph
3948 of the data. (If not, contact your GNUPLOT or Calc installer to find
3949 out what went wrong.) In the X window system, this will be a separate
3950 graphics window. For other kinds of displays, the default is to
3951 display the graph in Emacs itself using rough character graphics.
3952 Press @kbd{q} when you are done viewing the character graphics.
3953
3954 Next, let's add the line we got from our least-squares fit.
3955 @ifinfo
3956 (If you are reading this tutorial on-line while running Calc, typing
3957 @kbd{g a} may cause the tutorial to disappear from its window and be
3958 replaced by a buffer named @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}. The tutorial
3959 will reappear when you terminate GNUPLOT by typing @kbd{g q}.)
3960 @end ifinfo
3961
3962 @smallexample
3963 @group
3964 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3965 1: [0.273, 0.309, 0.351, ... ]
3966 .
3967
3968 @key{DEL} r 0 g a g p
3969 @end group
3970 @end smallexample
3971
3972 It's not very useful to get symbols to mark the data points on this
3973 second curve; you can type @kbd{g S g p} to remove them. Type @kbd{g q}
3974 when you are done to remove the X graphics window and terminate GNUPLOT.
3975
3976 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} An earlier exercise showed how to do
3977 least squares fitting to a general system of equations. Our 19 data
3978 points are really 19 equations of the form @expr{y_i = m x_i + b} for
3979 different pairs of @expr{(x_i,y_i)}. Use the matrix-transpose method
3980 to solve for @expr{m} and @expr{b}, duplicating the above result.
3981 @xref{List Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3982
3983 @cindex Geometric mean
3984 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} If the input data do not form a
3985 rectangle, you can use @w{@kbd{C-x * g}} (@code{calc-grab-region})
3986 to grab the data the way Emacs normally works with regions---it reads
3987 left-to-right, top-to-bottom, treating line breaks the same as spaces.
3988 Use this command to find the geometric mean of the following numbers.
3989 (The geometric mean is the @var{n}th root of the product of @var{n} numbers.)
3990
3991 @example
3992 2.3 6 22 15.1 7
3993 15 14 7.5
3994 2.5
3995 @end example
3996
3997 @noindent
3998 The @kbd{C-x * g} command accepts numbers separated by spaces or commas,
3999 with or without surrounding vector brackets.
4000 @xref{List Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4001
4002 @ifnottex
4003 As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4004 us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4005 @var{n}-choose-0 minus @var{n}-choose-1 plus @var{n}-choose-2, and so
4006 on up to @var{n}-choose-@var{n},
4007 always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4008 for @expr{n=6}.
4009 @end ifnottex
4010 @tex
4011 As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4012 us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4013 ${n \choose 0} - {n \choose 1} + {n \choose 2} - \cdots \pm {n \choose n}$
4014 always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4015 for \cite{n=6}.
4016 @end tex
4017
4018 @smallexample
4019 @group
4020 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
4021 . .
4022
4023 v x 7 @key{RET} 1 -
4024
4025 @end group
4026 @end smallexample
4027 @noindent
4028 @smallexample
4029 @group
4030 1: [1, -6, 15, -20, 15, -6, 1] 1: 0
4031 . .
4032
4033 V M ' (-1)^$ choose(6,$) @key{RET} V R +
4034 @end group
4035 @end smallexample
4036
4037 The @kbd{V M '} command prompts you to enter any algebraic expression
4038 to define the function to map over the vector. The symbol @samp{$}
4039 inside this expression represents the argument to the function.
4040 The Calculator applies this formula to each element of the vector,
4041 substituting each element's value for the @samp{$} sign(s) in turn.
4042
4043 To define a two-argument function, use @samp{$$} for the first
4044 argument and @samp{$} for the second: @kbd{V M ' $$-$ @key{RET}} is
4045 equivalent to @kbd{V M -}. This is analogous to regular algebraic
4046 entry, where @samp{$$} would refer to the next-to-top stack entry
4047 and @samp{$} would refer to the top stack entry, and @kbd{' $$-$ @key{RET}}
4048 would act exactly like @kbd{-}.
4049
4050 Notice that the @kbd{V M '} command has recorded two things in the
4051 trail: The result, as usual, and also a funny-looking thing marked
4052 @samp{oper} that represents the operator function you typed in.
4053 The function is enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets, and the argument is
4054 denoted by a @samp{#} sign. If there were several arguments, they
4055 would be shown as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on. (For example,
4056 @kbd{V M ' $$-$} will put the function @samp{<#1 - #2>} on the
4057 trail.) This object is a ``nameless function''; you can use nameless
4058 @w{@samp{< >}} notation to answer the @kbd{V M '} prompt if you like.
4059 Nameless function notation has the interesting, occasionally useful
4060 property that a nameless function is not actually evaluated until
4061 it is used. For example, @kbd{V M ' $+random(2.0)} evaluates
4062 @samp{random(2.0)} once and adds that random number to all elements
4063 of the vector, but @kbd{V M ' <#+random(2.0)>} evaluates the
4064 @samp{random(2.0)} separately for each vector element.
4065
4066 Another group of operators that are often useful with @kbd{V M} are
4067 the relational operators: @kbd{a =}, for example, compares two numbers
4068 and gives the result 1 if they are equal, or 0 if not. Similarly,
4069 @w{@kbd{a <}} checks for one number being less than another.
4070
4071 Other useful vector operations include @kbd{v v}, to reverse a
4072 vector end-for-end; @kbd{V S}, to sort the elements of a vector
4073 into increasing order; and @kbd{v r} and @w{@kbd{v c}}, to extract
4074 one row or column of a matrix, or (in both cases) to extract one
4075 element of a plain vector. With a negative argument, @kbd{v r}
4076 and @kbd{v c} instead delete one row, column, or vector element.
4077
4078 @cindex Divisor functions
4079 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The @expr{k}th @dfn{divisor function}
4080 @tex
4081 $\sigma_k(n)$
4082 @end tex
4083 is the sum of the @expr{k}th powers of all the divisors of an
4084 integer @expr{n}. Figure out a method for computing the divisor
4085 function for reasonably small values of @expr{n}. As a test,
4086 the 0th and 1st divisor functions of 30 are 8 and 72, respectively.
4087 @xref{List Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4088
4089 @cindex Square-free numbers
4090 @cindex Duplicate values in a list
4091 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @kbd{k f} command produces a
4092 list of prime factors for a number. Sometimes it is important to
4093 know that a number is @dfn{square-free}, i.e., that no prime occurs
4094 more than once in its list of prime factors. Find a sequence of
4095 keystrokes to tell if a number is square-free; your method should
4096 leave 1 on the stack if it is, or 0 if it isn't.
4097 @xref{List Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4098
4099 @cindex Triangular lists
4100 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Build a list of lists that looks
4101 like the following diagram. (You may wish to use the @kbd{v /}
4102 command to enable multi-line display of vectors.)
4103
4104 @smallexample
4105 @group
4106 1: [ [1],
4107 [1, 2],
4108 [1, 2, 3],
4109 [1, 2, 3, 4],
4110 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5],
4111 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] ]
4112 @end group
4113 @end smallexample
4114
4115 @noindent
4116 @xref{List Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4117
4118 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Build the following list of lists.
4119
4120 @smallexample
4121 @group
4122 1: [ [0],
4123 [1, 2],
4124 [3, 4, 5],
4125 [6, 7, 8, 9],
4126 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
4127 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
4128 @end group
4129 @end smallexample
4130
4131 @noindent
4132 @xref{List Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4133
4134 @cindex Maximizing a function over a list of values
4135 @c [fix-ref Numerical Solutions]
4136 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} Compute a list of values of Bessel's
4137 @texline @math{J_1(x)}
4138 @infoline @expr{J1}
4139 function @samp{besJ(1,x)} for @expr{x} from 0 to 5 in steps of 0.25.
4140 Find the value of @expr{x} (from among the above set of values) for
4141 which @samp{besJ(1,x)} is a maximum. Use an ``automatic'' method,
4142 i.e., just reading along the list by hand to find the largest value
4143 is not allowed! (There is an @kbd{a X} command which does this kind
4144 of thing automatically; @pxref{Numerical Solutions}.)
4145 @xref{List Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
4146
4147 @cindex Digits, vectors of
4148 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} You are given an integer in the range
4149 @texline @math{0 \le N < 10^m}
4150 @infoline @expr{0 <= N < 10^m}
4151 for @expr{m=12} (i.e., an integer of less than
4152 twelve digits). Convert this integer into a vector of @expr{m}
4153 digits, each in the range from 0 to 9. In vector-of-digits notation,
4154 add one to this integer to produce a vector of @expr{m+1} digits
4155 (since there could be a carry out of the most significant digit).
4156 Convert this vector back into a regular integer. A good integer
4157 to try is 25129925999. @xref{List Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4158
4159 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Your friend Joe tried to use
4160 @kbd{V R a =} to test if all numbers in a list were equal. What
4161 happened? How would you do this test? @xref{List Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4162
4163 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The area of a circle of radius one
4164 is @cpi{}. The area of the
4165 @texline @math{2\times2}
4166 @infoline 2x2
4167 square that encloses that circle is 4. So if we throw @var{n} darts at
4168 random points in the square, about @cpiover{4} of them will land inside
4169 the circle. This gives us an entertaining way to estimate the value of
4170 @cpi{}. The @w{@kbd{k r}}
4171 command picks a random number between zero and the value on the stack.
4172 We could get a random floating-point number between @mathit{-1} and 1 by typing
4173 @w{@kbd{2.0 k r 1 -}}. Build a vector of 100 random @expr{(x,y)} points in
4174 this square, then use vector mapping and reduction to count how many
4175 points lie inside the unit circle. Hint: Use the @kbd{v b} command.
4176 @xref{List Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4177
4178 @cindex Matchstick problem
4179 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} The @dfn{matchstick problem} provides
4180 another way to calculate @cpi{}. Say you have an infinite field
4181 of vertical lines with a spacing of one inch. Toss a one-inch matchstick
4182 onto the field. The probability that the matchstick will land crossing
4183 a line turns out to be
4184 @texline @math{2/\pi}.
4185 @infoline @expr{2/pi}.
4186 Toss 100 matchsticks to estimate @cpi{}. (If you want still more fun,
4187 the probability that the GCD (@w{@kbd{k g}}) of two large integers is
4188 one turns out to be
4189 @texline @math{6/\pi^2}.
4190 @infoline @expr{6/pi^2}.
4191 That provides yet another way to estimate @cpi{}.)
4192 @xref{List Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4193
4194 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} An algebraic entry of a string in
4195 double-quote marks, @samp{"hello"}, creates a vector of the numerical
4196 (ASCII) codes of the characters (here, @expr{[104, 101, 108, 108, 111]}).
4197 Sometimes it is convenient to compute a @dfn{hash code} of a string,
4198 which is just an integer that represents the value of that string.
4199 Two equal strings have the same hash code; two different strings
4200 @dfn{probably} have different hash codes. (For example, Calc has
4201 over 400 function names, but Emacs can quickly find the definition for
4202 any given name because it has sorted the functions into ``buckets'' by
4203 their hash codes. Sometimes a few names will hash into the same bucket,
4204 but it is easier to search among a few names than among all the names.)
4205 One popular hash function is computed as follows: First set @expr{h = 0}.
4206 Then, for each character from the string in turn, set @expr{h = 3h + c_i}
4207 where @expr{c_i} is the character's ASCII code. If we have 511 buckets,
4208 we then take the hash code modulo 511 to get the bucket number. Develop a
4209 simple command or commands for converting string vectors into hash codes.
4210 The hash code for @samp{"Testing, 1, 2, 3"} is 1960915098, which modulo
4211 511 is 121. @xref{List Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
4212
4213 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} The @kbd{H V R} and @kbd{H V U}
4214 commands do nested function evaluations. @kbd{H V U} takes a starting
4215 value and a number of steps @var{n} from the stack; it then applies the
4216 function you give to the starting value 0, 1, 2, up to @var{n} times
4217 and returns a vector of the results. Use this command to create a
4218 ``random walk'' of 50 steps. Start with the two-dimensional point
4219 @expr{(0,0)}; then take one step a random distance between @mathit{-1} and 1
4220 in both @expr{x} and @expr{y}; then take another step, and so on. Use the
4221 @kbd{g f} command to display this random walk. Now modify your random
4222 walk to walk a unit distance, but in a random direction, at each step.
4223 (Hint: The @code{sincos} function returns a vector of the cosine and
4224 sine of an angle.) @xref{List Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
4225
4226 @node Types Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Tutorial
4227 @section Types Tutorial
4228
4229 @noindent
4230 Calc understands a variety of data types as well as simple numbers.
4231 In this section, we'll experiment with each of these types in turn.
4232
4233 The numbers we've been using so far have mainly been either @dfn{integers}
4234 or @dfn{floats}. We saw that floats are usually a good approximation to
4235 the mathematical concept of real numbers, but they are only approximations
4236 and are susceptible to roundoff error. Calc also supports @dfn{fractions},
4237 which can exactly represent any rational number.
4238
4239 @smallexample
4240 @group
4241 1: 3628800 2: 3628800 1: 518400:7 1: 518414:7 1: 7:518414
4242 . 1: 49 . . .
4243 .
4244
4245 10 ! 49 @key{RET} : 2 + &
4246 @end group
4247 @end smallexample
4248
4249 @noindent
4250 The @kbd{:} command divides two integers to get a fraction; @kbd{/}
4251 would normally divide integers to get a floating-point result.
4252 Notice we had to type @key{RET} between the @kbd{49} and the @kbd{:}
4253 since the @kbd{:} would otherwise be interpreted as part of a
4254 fraction beginning with 49.
4255
4256 You can convert between floating-point and fractional format using
4257 @kbd{c f} and @kbd{c F}:
4258
4259 @smallexample
4260 @group
4261 1: 1.35027217629e-5 1: 7:518414
4262 . .
4263
4264 c f c F
4265 @end group
4266 @end smallexample
4267
4268 The @kbd{c F} command replaces a floating-point number with the
4269 ``simplest'' fraction whose floating-point representation is the
4270 same, to within the current precision.
4271
4272 @smallexample
4273 @group
4274 1: 3.14159265359 1: 1146408:364913 1: 3.1416 1: 355:113
4275 . . . .
4276
4277 P c F @key{DEL} p 5 @key{RET} P c F
4278 @end group
4279 @end smallexample
4280
4281 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} A calculation has produced the
4282 result 1.26508260337. You suspect it is the square root of the
4283 product of @cpi{} and some rational number. Is it? (Be sure
4284 to allow for roundoff error!) @xref{Types Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
4285
4286 @dfn{Complex numbers} can be stored in both rectangular and polar form.
4287
4288 @smallexample
4289 @group
4290 1: -9 1: (0, 3) 1: (3; 90.) 1: (6; 90.) 1: (2.4495; 45.)
4291 . . . . .
4292
4293 9 n Q c p 2 * Q
4294 @end group
4295 @end smallexample
4296
4297 @noindent
4298 The square root of @mathit{-9} is by default rendered in rectangular form
4299 (@w{@expr{0 + 3i}}), but we can convert it to polar form (3 with a
4300 phase angle of 90 degrees). All the usual arithmetic and scientific
4301 operations are defined on both types of complex numbers.
4302
4303 Another generalized kind of number is @dfn{infinity}. Infinity
4304 isn't really a number, but it can sometimes be treated like one.
4305 Calc uses the symbol @code{inf} to represent positive infinity,
4306 i.e., a value greater than any real number. Naturally, you can
4307 also write @samp{-inf} for minus infinity, a value less than any
4308 real number. The word @code{inf} can only be input using
4309 algebraic entry.
4310
4311 @smallexample
4312 @group
4313 2: inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 1: nan
4314 1: -17 1: -inf 1: -inf 1: inf .
4315 . . . .
4316
4317 ' inf @key{RET} 17 n * @key{RET} 72 + A +
4318 @end group
4319 @end smallexample
4320
4321 @noindent
4322 Since infinity is infinitely large, multiplying it by any finite
4323 number (like @mathit{-17}) has no effect, except that since @mathit{-17}
4324 is negative, it changes a plus infinity to a minus infinity.
4325 (``A huge positive number, multiplied by @mathit{-17}, yields a huge
4326 negative number.'') Adding any finite number to infinity also
4327 leaves it unchanged. Taking an absolute value gives us plus
4328 infinity again. Finally, we add this plus infinity to the minus
4329 infinity we had earlier. If you work it out, you might expect
4330 the answer to be @mathit{-72} for this. But the 72 has been completely
4331 lost next to the infinities; by the time we compute @w{@samp{inf - inf}}
4332 the finite difference between them, if any, is undetectable.
4333 So we say the result is @dfn{indeterminate}, which Calc writes
4334 with the symbol @code{nan} (for Not A Number).
4335
4336 Dividing by zero is normally treated as an error, but you can get
4337 Calc to write an answer in terms of infinity by pressing @kbd{m i}
4338 to turn on Infinite mode.
4339
4340 @smallexample
4341 @group
4342 3: nan 2: nan 2: nan 2: nan 1: nan
4343 2: 1 1: 1 / 0 1: uinf 1: uinf .
4344 1: 0 . . .
4345 .
4346
4347 1 @key{RET} 0 / m i U / 17 n * +
4348 @end group
4349 @end smallexample
4350
4351 @noindent
4352 Dividing by zero normally is left unevaluated, but after @kbd{m i}
4353 it instead gives an infinite result. The answer is actually
4354 @code{uinf}, ``undirected infinity.'' If you look at a graph of
4355 @expr{1 / x} around @w{@expr{x = 0}}, you'll see that it goes toward
4356 plus infinity as you approach zero from above, but toward minus
4357 infinity as you approach from below. Since we said only @expr{1 / 0},
4358 Calc knows that the answer is infinite but not in which direction.
4359 That's what @code{uinf} means. Notice that multiplying @code{uinf}
4360 by a negative number still leaves plain @code{uinf}; there's no
4361 point in saying @samp{-uinf} because the sign of @code{uinf} is
4362 unknown anyway. Finally, we add @code{uinf} to our @code{nan},
4363 yielding @code{nan} again. It's easy to see that, because
4364 @code{nan} means ``totally unknown'' while @code{uinf} means
4365 ``unknown sign but known to be infinite,'' the more mysterious
4366 @code{nan} wins out when it is combined with @code{uinf}, or, for
4367 that matter, with anything else.
4368
4369 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Predict what Calc will answer
4370 for each of these formulas: @samp{inf / inf}, @samp{exp(inf)},
4371 @samp{exp(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(uinf)},
4372 @samp{abs(uinf)}, @samp{ln(0)}.
4373 @xref{Types Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4374
4375 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} We saw that @samp{inf - inf = nan},
4376 which stands for an unknown value. Can @code{nan} stand for
4377 a complex number? Can it stand for infinity?
4378 @xref{Types Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4379
4380 @dfn{HMS forms} represent a value in terms of hours, minutes, and
4381 seconds.
4382
4383 @smallexample
4384 @group
4385 1: 2@@ 30' 0" 1: 3@@ 30' 0" 2: 3@@ 30' 0" 1: 2.
4386 . . 1: 1@@ 45' 0." .
4387 .
4388
4389 2@@ 30' @key{RET} 1 + @key{RET} 2 / /
4390 @end group
4391 @end smallexample
4392
4393 HMS forms can also be used to hold angles in degrees, minutes, and
4394 seconds.
4395
4396 @smallexample
4397 @group
4398 1: 0.5 1: 26.56505 1: 26@@ 33' 54.18" 1: 0.44721
4399 . . . .
4400
4401 0.5 I T c h S
4402 @end group
4403 @end smallexample
4404
4405 @noindent
4406 First we convert the inverse tangent of 0.5 to degrees-minutes-seconds
4407 form, then we take the sine of that angle. Note that the trigonometric
4408 functions will accept HMS forms directly as input.
4409
4410 @cindex Beatles
4411 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The Beatles' @emph{Abbey Road} is
4412 47 minutes and 26 seconds long, and contains 17 songs. What is the
4413 average length of a song on @emph{Abbey Road}? If the Extended Disco
4414 Version of @emph{Abbey Road} added 20 seconds to the length of each
4415 song, how long would the album be? @xref{Types Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4416
4417 A @dfn{date form} represents a date, or a date and time. Dates must
4418 be entered using algebraic entry. Date forms are surrounded by
4419 @samp{< >} symbols; most standard formats for dates are recognized.
4420
4421 @smallexample
4422 @group
4423 2: <Sun Jan 13, 1991> 1: 2.25
4424 1: <6:00pm Thu Jan 10, 1991> .
4425 .
4426
4427 ' <13 Jan 1991>, <1/10/91, 6pm> @key{RET} -
4428 @end group
4429 @end smallexample
4430
4431 @noindent
4432 In this example, we enter two dates, then subtract to find the
4433 number of days between them. It is also possible to add an
4434 HMS form or a number (of days) to a date form to get another
4435 date form.
4436
4437 @smallexample
4438 @group
4439 1: <4:45:59pm Mon Jan 14, 1991> 1: <2:50:59am Thu Jan 17, 1991>
4440 . .
4441
4442 t N 2 + 10@@ 5' +
4443 @end group
4444 @end smallexample
4445
4446 @c [fix-ref Date Arithmetic]
4447 @noindent
4448 The @kbd{t N} (``now'') command pushes the current date and time on the
4449 stack; then we add two days, ten hours and five minutes to the date and
4450 time. Other date-and-time related commands include @kbd{t J}, which
4451 does Julian day conversions, @kbd{t W}, which finds the beginning of
4452 the week in which a date form lies, and @kbd{t I}, which increments a
4453 date by one or several months. @xref{Date Arithmetic}, for more.
4454
4455 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} How many days until the next
4456 Friday the 13th? @xref{Types Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4457
4458 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} How many leap years will there be
4459 between now and the year 10001 A.D.? @xref{Types Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4460
4461 @cindex Slope and angle of a line
4462 @cindex Angle and slope of a line
4463 An @dfn{error form} represents a mean value with an attached standard
4464 deviation, or error estimate. Suppose our measurements indicate that
4465 a certain telephone pole is about 30 meters away, with an estimated
4466 error of 1 meter, and 8 meters tall, with an estimated error of 0.2
4467 meters. What is the slope of a line from here to the top of the
4468 pole, and what is the equivalent angle in degrees?
4469
4470 @smallexample
4471 @group
4472 1: 8 +/- 0.2 2: 8 +/- 0.2 1: 0.266 +/- 0.011 1: 14.93 +/- 0.594
4473 . 1: 30 +/- 1 . .
4474 .
4475
4476 8 p .2 @key{RET} 30 p 1 / I T
4477 @end group
4478 @end smallexample
4479
4480 @noindent
4481 This means that the angle is about 15 degrees, and, assuming our
4482 original error estimates were valid standard deviations, there is about
4483 a 60% chance that the result is correct within 0.59 degrees.
4484
4485 @cindex Torus, volume of
4486 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} The volume of a torus (a donut shape) is
4487 @texline @math{2 \pi^2 R r^2}
4488 @infoline @w{@expr{2 pi^2 R r^2}}
4489 where @expr{R} is the radius of the circle that
4490 defines the center of the tube and @expr{r} is the radius of the tube
4491 itself. Suppose @expr{R} is 20 cm and @expr{r} is 4 cm, each known to
4492 within 5 percent. What is the volume and the relative uncertainty of
4493 the volume? @xref{Types Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4494
4495 An @dfn{interval form} represents a range of values. While an
4496 error form is best for making statistical estimates, intervals give
4497 you exact bounds on an answer. Suppose we additionally know that
4498 our telephone pole is definitely between 28 and 31 meters away,
4499 and that it is between 7.7 and 8.1 meters tall.
4500
4501 @smallexample
4502 @group
4503 1: [7.7 .. 8.1] 2: [7.7 .. 8.1] 1: [0.24 .. 0.28] 1: [13.9 .. 16.1]
4504 . 1: [28 .. 31] . .
4505 .
4506
4507 [ 7.7 .. 8.1 ] [ 28 .. 31 ] / I T
4508 @end group
4509 @end smallexample
4510
4511 @noindent
4512 If our bounds were correct, then the angle to the top of the pole
4513 is sure to lie in the range shown.
4514
4515 The square brackets around these intervals indicate that the endpoints
4516 themselves are allowable values. In other words, the distance to the
4517 telephone pole is between 28 and 31, @emph{inclusive}. You can also
4518 make an interval that is exclusive of its endpoints by writing
4519 parentheses instead of square brackets. You can even make an interval
4520 which is inclusive (``closed'') on one end and exclusive (``open'') on
4521 the other.
4522
4523 @smallexample
4524 @group
4525 1: [1 .. 10) 1: (0.1 .. 1] 2: (0.1 .. 1] 1: (0.2 .. 3)
4526 . . 1: [2 .. 3) .
4527 .
4528
4529 [ 1 .. 10 ) & [ 2 .. 3 ) *
4530 @end group
4531 @end smallexample
4532
4533 @noindent
4534 The Calculator automatically keeps track of which end values should
4535 be open and which should be closed. You can also make infinite or
4536 semi-infinite intervals by using @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} for one
4537 or both endpoints.
4538
4539 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} What answer would you expect from
4540 @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(0 .. 10)}}? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 0)}}? What
4541 about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{[0 .. 10]}} (where the interval actually includes
4542 zero)? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 10)}}?
4543 @xref{Types Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
4544
4545 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} Two easy ways of squaring a number
4546 are @kbd{@key{RET} *} and @w{@kbd{2 ^}}. Normally these produce the same
4547 answer. Would you expect this still to hold true for interval forms?
4548 If not, which of these will result in a larger interval?
4549 @xref{Types Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4550
4551 A @dfn{modulo form} is used for performing arithmetic modulo @var{m}.
4552 For example, arithmetic involving time is generally done modulo 12
4553 or 24 hours.
4554
4555 @smallexample
4556 @group
4557 1: 17 mod 24 1: 3 mod 24 1: 21 mod 24 1: 9 mod 24
4558 . . . .
4559
4560 17 M 24 @key{RET} 10 + n 5 /
4561 @end group
4562 @end smallexample
4563
4564 @noindent
4565 In this last step, Calc has divided by 5 modulo 24; i.e., it has found a
4566 new number which, when multiplied by 5 modulo 24, produces the original
4567 number, 21. If @var{m} is prime and the divisor is not a multiple of
4568 @var{m}, it is always possible to find such a number. For non-prime
4569 @var{m} like 24, it is only sometimes possible.
4570
4571 @smallexample
4572 @group
4573 1: 10 mod 24 1: 16 mod 24 1: 1000000... 1: 16
4574 . . . .
4575
4576 10 M 24 @key{RET} 100 ^ 10 @key{RET} 100 ^ 24 %
4577 @end group
4578 @end smallexample
4579
4580 @noindent
4581 These two calculations get the same answer, but the first one is
4582 much more efficient because it avoids the huge intermediate value
4583 that arises in the second one.
4584
4585 @cindex Fermat, primality test of
4586 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} A theorem of Pierre de Fermat
4587 says that
4588 @texline @w{@math{x^{n-1} \bmod n = 1}}
4589 @infoline @expr{x^(n-1) mod n = 1}
4590 if @expr{n} is a prime number and @expr{x} is an integer less than
4591 @expr{n}. If @expr{n} is @emph{not} a prime number, this will
4592 @emph{not} be true for most values of @expr{x}. Thus we can test
4593 informally if a number is prime by trying this formula for several
4594 values of @expr{x}. Use this test to tell whether the following numbers
4595 are prime: 811749613, 15485863. @xref{Types Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4596
4597 It is possible to use HMS forms as parts of error forms, intervals,
4598 modulo forms, or as the phase part of a polar complex number.
4599 For example, the @code{calc-time} command pushes the current time
4600 of day on the stack as an HMS/modulo form.
4601
4602 @smallexample
4603 @group
4604 1: 17@@ 34' 45" mod 24@@ 0' 0" 1: 6@@ 22' 15" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
4605 . .
4606
4607 x time @key{RET} n
4608 @end group
4609 @end smallexample
4610
4611 @noindent
4612 This calculation tells me it is six hours and 22 minutes until midnight.
4613
4614 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} A rule of thumb is that one year
4615 is about
4616 @texline @math{\pi \times 10^7}
4617 @infoline @w{@expr{pi * 10^7}}
4618 seconds. What time will it be that many seconds from right now?
4619 @xref{Types Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4620
4621 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} You are preparing to order packaging
4622 for the CD release of the Extended Disco Version of @emph{Abbey Road}.
4623 You are told that the songs will actually be anywhere from 20 to 60
4624 seconds longer than the originals. One CD can hold about 75 minutes
4625 of music. Should you order single or double packages?
4626 @xref{Types Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4627
4628 Another kind of data the Calculator can manipulate is numbers with
4629 @dfn{units}. This isn't strictly a new data type; it's simply an
4630 application of algebraic expressions, where we use variables with
4631 suggestive names like @samp{cm} and @samp{in} to represent units
4632 like centimeters and inches.
4633
4634 @smallexample
4635 @group
4636 1: 2 in 1: 5.08 cm 1: 0.027778 fath 1: 0.0508 m
4637 . . . .
4638
4639 ' 2in @key{RET} u c cm @key{RET} u c fath @key{RET} u b
4640 @end group
4641 @end smallexample
4642
4643 @noindent
4644 We enter the quantity ``2 inches'' (actually an algebraic expression
4645 which means two times the variable @samp{in}), then we convert it
4646 first to centimeters, then to fathoms, then finally to ``base'' units,
4647 which in this case means meters.
4648
4649 @smallexample
4650 @group
4651 1: 9 acre 1: 3 sqrt(acre) 1: 190.84 m 1: 190.84 m + 30 cm
4652 . . . .
4653
4654 ' 9 acre @key{RET} Q u s ' $+30 cm @key{RET}
4655
4656 @end group
4657 @end smallexample
4658 @noindent
4659 @smallexample
4660 @group
4661 1: 191.14 m 1: 36536.3046 m^2 1: 365363046 cm^2
4662 . . .
4663
4664 u s 2 ^ u c cgs
4665 @end group
4666 @end smallexample
4667
4668 @noindent
4669 Since units expressions are really just formulas, taking the square
4670 root of @samp{acre} is undefined. After all, @code{acre} might be an
4671 algebraic variable that you will someday assign a value. We use the
4672 ``units-simplify'' command to simplify the expression with variables
4673 being interpreted as unit names.
4674
4675 In the final step, we have converted not to a particular unit, but to a
4676 units system. The ``cgs'' system uses centimeters instead of meters
4677 as its standard unit of length.
4678
4679 There is a wide variety of units defined in the Calculator.
4680
4681 @smallexample
4682 @group
4683 1: 55 mph 1: 88.5139 kph 1: 88.5139 km / hr 1: 8.201407e-8 c
4684 . . . .
4685
4686 ' 55 mph @key{RET} u c kph @key{RET} u c km/hr @key{RET} u c c @key{RET}
4687 @end group
4688 @end smallexample
4689
4690 @noindent
4691 We express a speed first in miles per hour, then in kilometers per
4692 hour, then again using a slightly more explicit notation, then
4693 finally in terms of fractions of the speed of light.
4694
4695 Temperature conversions are a bit more tricky. There are two ways to
4696 interpret ``20 degrees Fahrenheit''---it could mean an actual
4697 temperature, or it could mean a change in temperature. For normal
4698 units there is no difference, but temperature units have an offset
4699 as well as a scale factor and so there must be two explicit commands
4700 for them.
4701
4702 @smallexample
4703 @group
4704 1: 20 degF 1: 11.1111 degC 1: -20:3 degC 1: -6.666 degC
4705 . . . .
4706
4707 ' 20 degF @key{RET} u c degC @key{RET} U u t degC @key{RET} c f
4708 @end group
4709 @end smallexample
4710
4711 @noindent
4712 First we convert a change of 20 degrees Fahrenheit into an equivalent
4713 change in degrees Celsius (or Centigrade). Then, we convert the
4714 absolute temperature 20 degrees Fahrenheit into Celsius. Since
4715 this comes out as an exact fraction, we then convert to floating-point
4716 for easier comparison with the other result.
4717
4718 For simple unit conversions, you can put a plain number on the stack.
4719 Then @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u t} will prompt for both old and new units.
4720 When you use this method, you're responsible for remembering which
4721 numbers are in which units:
4722
4723 @smallexample
4724 @group
4725 1: 55 1: 88.5139 1: 8.201407e-8
4726 . . .
4727
4728 55 u c mph @key{RET} kph @key{RET} u c km/hr @key{RET} c @key{RET}
4729 @end group
4730 @end smallexample
4731
4732 To see a complete list of built-in units, type @kbd{u v}. Press
4733 @w{@kbd{C-x * c}} again to re-enter the Calculator when you're done looking
4734 at the units table.
4735
4736 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} How many seconds are there really
4737 in a year? @xref{Types Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
4738
4739 @cindex Speed of light
4740 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} Supercomputer designs are limited by
4741 the speed of light (and of electricity, which is nearly as fast).
4742 Suppose a computer has a 4.1 ns (nanosecond) clock cycle, and its
4743 cabinet is one meter across. Is speed of light going to be a
4744 significant factor in its design? @xref{Types Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
4745
4746 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 15.} Sam the Slug normally travels about
4747 five yards in an hour. He has obtained a supply of Power Pills; each
4748 Power Pill he eats doubles his speed. How many Power Pills can he
4749 swallow and still travel legally on most US highways?
4750 @xref{Types Answer 15, 15}. (@bullet{})
4751
4752 @node Algebra Tutorial, Programming Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Tutorial
4753 @section Algebra and Calculus Tutorial
4754
4755 @noindent
4756 This section shows how to use Calc's algebra facilities to solve
4757 equations, do simple calculus problems, and manipulate algebraic
4758 formulas.
4759
4760 @menu
4761 * Basic Algebra Tutorial::
4762 * Rewrites Tutorial::
4763 @end menu
4764
4765 @node Basic Algebra Tutorial, Rewrites Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
4766 @subsection Basic Algebra
4767
4768 @noindent
4769 If you enter a formula in Algebraic mode that refers to variables,
4770 the formula itself is pushed onto the stack. You can manipulate
4771 formulas as regular data objects.
4772
4773 @smallexample
4774 @group
4775 1: 2 x^2 - 6 1: 6 - 2 x^2 1: (6 - 2 x^2) (3 x^2 + y)
4776 . . .
4777
4778 ' 2x^2-6 @key{RET} n ' 3x^2+y @key{RET} *
4779 @end group
4780 @end smallexample
4781
4782 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Do @kbd{' x @key{RET} Q 2 ^} and
4783 @kbd{' x @key{RET} 2 ^ Q} both wind up with the same result (@samp{x})?
4784 Why or why not? @xref{Algebra Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
4785
4786 There are also commands for doing common algebraic operations on
4787 formulas. Continuing with the formula from the last example,
4788
4789 @smallexample
4790 @group
4791 1: 18 x^2 + 6 y - 6 x^4 - 2 x^2 y 1: (18 - 2 y) x^2 - 6 x^4 + 6 y
4792 . .
4793
4794 a x a c x @key{RET}
4795 @end group
4796 @end smallexample
4797
4798 @noindent
4799 First we ``expand'' using the distributive law, then we ``collect''
4800 terms involving like powers of @expr{x}.
4801
4802 Let's find the value of this expression when @expr{x} is 2 and @expr{y}
4803 is one-half.
4804
4805 @smallexample
4806 @group
4807 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: -25
4808 . .
4809
4810 1:2 s l y @key{RET} 2 s l x @key{RET}
4811 @end group
4812 @end smallexample
4813
4814 @noindent
4815 The @kbd{s l} command means ``let''; it takes a number from the top of
4816 the stack and temporarily assigns it as the value of the variable
4817 you specify. It then evaluates (as if by the @kbd{=} key) the
4818 next expression on the stack. After this command, the variable goes
4819 back to its original value, if any.
4820
4821 (An earlier exercise in this tutorial involved storing a value in the
4822 variable @code{x}; if this value is still there, you will have to
4823 unstore it with @kbd{s u x @key{RET}} before the above example will work
4824 properly.)
4825
4826 @cindex Maximum of a function using Calculus
4827 Let's find the maximum value of our original expression when @expr{y}
4828 is one-half and @expr{x} ranges over all possible values. We can
4829 do this by taking the derivative with respect to @expr{x} and examining
4830 values of @expr{x} for which the derivative is zero. If the second
4831 derivative of the function at that value of @expr{x} is negative,
4832 the function has a local maximum there.
4833
4834 @smallexample
4835 @group
4836 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
4837 . .
4838
4839 U @key{DEL} s 1 a d x @key{RET} s 2
4840 @end group
4841 @end smallexample
4842
4843 @noindent
4844 Well, the derivative is clearly zero when @expr{x} is zero. To find
4845 the other root(s), let's divide through by @expr{x} and then solve:
4846
4847 @smallexample
4848 @group
4849 1: (34 x - 24 x^3) / x 1: 34 x / x - 24 x^3 / x 1: 34 - 24 x^2
4850 . . .
4851
4852 ' x @key{RET} / a x a s
4853
4854 @end group
4855 @end smallexample
4856 @noindent
4857 @smallexample
4858 @group
4859 1: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023
4860 . .
4861
4862 0 a = s 3 a S x @key{RET}
4863 @end group
4864 @end smallexample
4865
4866 @noindent
4867 Notice the use of @kbd{a s} to ``simplify'' the formula. When the
4868 default algebraic simplifications don't do enough, you can use
4869 @kbd{a s} to tell Calc to spend more time on the job.
4870
4871 Now we compute the second derivative and plug in our values of @expr{x}:
4872
4873 @smallexample
4874 @group
4875 1: 1.19023 2: 1.19023 2: 1.19023
4876 . 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: 34 - 72 x^2
4877 . .
4878
4879 a . r 2 a d x @key{RET} s 4
4880 @end group
4881 @end smallexample
4882
4883 @noindent
4884 (The @kbd{a .} command extracts just the righthand side of an equation.
4885 Another method would have been to use @kbd{v u} to unpack the equation
4886 @w{@samp{x = 1.19}} to @samp{x} and @samp{1.19}, then use @kbd{M-- M-2 @key{DEL}}
4887 to delete the @samp{x}.)
4888
4889 @smallexample
4890 @group
4891 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: -68. 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: 34
4892 1: 1.19023 . 1: 0 .
4893 . .
4894
4895 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET} U @key{DEL} 0 s l x @key{RET}
4896 @end group
4897 @end smallexample
4898
4899 @noindent
4900 The first of these second derivatives is negative, so we know the function
4901 has a maximum value at @expr{x = 1.19023}. (The function also has a
4902 local @emph{minimum} at @expr{x = 0}.)
4903
4904 When we solved for @expr{x}, we got only one value even though
4905 @expr{34 - 24 x^2 = 0} is a quadratic equation that ought to have
4906 two solutions. The reason is that @w{@kbd{a S}} normally returns a
4907 single ``principal'' solution. If it needs to come up with an
4908 arbitrary sign (as occurs in the quadratic formula) it picks @expr{+}.
4909 If it needs an arbitrary integer, it picks zero. We can get a full
4910 solution by pressing @kbd{H} (the Hyperbolic flag) before @kbd{a S}.
4911
4912 @smallexample
4913 @group
4914 1: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023 s1 1: x = -1.19023
4915 . . .
4916
4917 r 3 H a S x @key{RET} s 5 1 n s l s1 @key{RET}
4918 @end group
4919 @end smallexample
4920
4921 @noindent
4922 Calc has invented the variable @samp{s1} to represent an unknown sign;
4923 it is supposed to be either @mathit{+1} or @mathit{-1}. Here we have used
4924 the ``let'' command to evaluate the expression when the sign is negative.
4925 If we plugged this into our second derivative we would get the same,
4926 negative, answer, so @expr{x = -1.19023} is also a maximum.
4927
4928 To find the actual maximum value, we must plug our two values of @expr{x}
4929 into the original formula.
4930
4931 @smallexample
4932 @group
4933 2: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 24.08333 s1^2 - 12.04166 s1^4 + 3
4934 1: x = 1.19023 s1 .
4935 .
4936
4937 r 1 r 5 s l @key{RET}
4938 @end group
4939 @end smallexample
4940
4941 @noindent
4942 (Here we see another way to use @kbd{s l}; if its input is an equation
4943 with a variable on the lefthand side, then @kbd{s l} treats the equation
4944 like an assignment to that variable if you don't give a variable name.)
4945
4946 It's clear that this will have the same value for either sign of
4947 @code{s1}, but let's work it out anyway, just for the exercise:
4948
4949 @smallexample
4950 @group
4951 2: [-1, 1] 1: [15.04166, 15.04166]
4952 1: 24.08333 s1^2 ... .
4953 .
4954
4955 [ 1 n , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}
4956 @end group
4957 @end smallexample
4958
4959 @noindent
4960 Here we have used a vector mapping operation to evaluate the function
4961 at several values of @samp{s1} at once. @kbd{V M $} is like @kbd{V M '}
4962 except that it takes the formula from the top of the stack. The
4963 formula is interpreted as a function to apply across the vector at the
4964 next-to-top stack level. Since a formula on the stack can't contain
4965 @samp{$} signs, Calc assumes the variables in the formula stand for
4966 different arguments. It prompts you for an @dfn{argument list}, giving
4967 the list of all variables in the formula in alphabetical order as the
4968 default list. In this case the default is @samp{(s1)}, which is just
4969 what we want so we simply press @key{RET} at the prompt.
4970
4971 If there had been several different values, we could have used
4972 @w{@kbd{V R X}} to find the global maximum.
4973
4974 Calc has a built-in @kbd{a P} command that solves an equation using
4975 @w{@kbd{H a S}} and returns a vector of all the solutions. It simply
4976 automates the job we just did by hand. Applied to our original
4977 cubic polynomial, it would produce the vector of solutions
4978 @expr{[1.19023, -1.19023, 0]}. (There is also an @kbd{a X} command
4979 which finds a local maximum of a function. It uses a numerical search
4980 method rather than examining the derivatives, and thus requires you
4981 to provide some kind of initial guess to show it where to look.)
4982
4983 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Given a vector of the roots of a
4984 polynomial (such as the output of an @kbd{a P} command), what
4985 sequence of commands would you use to reconstruct the original
4986 polynomial? (The answer will be unique to within a constant
4987 multiple; choose the solution where the leading coefficient is one.)
4988 @xref{Algebra Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4989
4990 The @kbd{m s} command enables Symbolic mode, in which formulas
4991 like @samp{sqrt(5)} that can't be evaluated exactly are left in
4992 symbolic form rather than giving a floating-point approximate answer.
4993 Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}) is also useful when doing algebra.
4994
4995 @smallexample
4996 @group
4997 2: 34 x - 24 x^3 2: 34 x - 24 x^3
4998 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0]
4999 . .
5000
5001 r 2 @key{RET} m s m f a P x @key{RET}
5002 @end group
5003 @end smallexample
5004
5005 One more mode that makes reading formulas easier is Big mode.
5006
5007 @smallexample
5008 @group
5009 3
5010 2: 34 x - 24 x
5011
5012 ____ ____
5013 V 51 V 51
5014 1: [-----, -----, 0]
5015 6 -6
5016
5017 .
5018
5019 d B
5020 @end group
5021 @end smallexample
5022
5023 Here things like powers, square roots, and quotients and fractions
5024 are displayed in a two-dimensional pictorial form. Calc has other
5025 language modes as well, such as C mode, FORTRAN mode, @TeX{} mode
5026 and La@TeX{} mode.
5027
5028 @smallexample
5029 @group
5030 2: 34*x - 24*pow(x, 3) 2: 34*x - 24*x**3
5031 1: @{sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0@} 1: /sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0/
5032 . .
5033
5034 d C d F
5035
5036 @end group
5037 @end smallexample
5038 @noindent
5039 @smallexample
5040 @group
5041 3: 34 x - 24 x^3
5042 2: [@{\sqrt@{51@} \over 6@}, @{\sqrt@{51@} \over -6@}, 0]
5043 1: @{2 \over 3@} \sqrt@{5@}
5044 .
5045
5046 d T ' 2 \sqrt@{5@} \over 3 @key{RET}
5047 @end group
5048 @end smallexample
5049
5050 @noindent
5051 As you can see, language modes affect both entry and display of
5052 formulas. They affect such things as the names used for built-in
5053 functions, the set of arithmetic operators and their precedences,
5054 and notations for vectors and matrices.
5055
5056 Notice that @samp{sqrt(51)} may cause problems with older
5057 implementations of C and FORTRAN, which would require something more
5058 like @samp{sqrt(51.0)}. It is always wise to check over the formulas
5059 produced by the various language modes to make sure they are fully
5060 correct.
5061
5062 Type @kbd{m s}, @kbd{m f}, and @kbd{d N} to reset these modes. (You
5063 may prefer to remain in Big mode, but all the examples in the tutorial
5064 are shown in normal mode.)
5065
5066 @cindex Area under a curve
5067 What is the area under the portion of this curve from @expr{x = 1} to @expr{2}?
5068 This is simply the integral of the function:
5069
5070 @smallexample
5071 @group
5072 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 5.6666 x^3 - 1.2 x^5 + 3 x
5073 . .
5074
5075 r 1 a i x
5076 @end group
5077 @end smallexample
5078
5079 @noindent
5080 We want to evaluate this at our two values for @expr{x} and subtract.
5081 One way to do it is again with vector mapping and reduction:
5082
5083 @smallexample
5084 @group
5085 2: [2, 1] 1: [12.93333, 7.46666] 1: 5.46666
5086 1: 5.6666 x^3 ... . .
5087
5088 [ 2 , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET} V R -
5089 @end group
5090 @end smallexample
5091
5092 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Find the integral from 1 to @expr{y}
5093 of
5094 @texline @math{x \sin \pi x}
5095 @infoline @w{@expr{x sin(pi x)}}
5096 (where the sine is calculated in radians). Find the values of the
5097 integral for integers @expr{y} from 1 to 5. @xref{Algebra Answer 3,
5098 3}. (@bullet{})
5099
5100 Calc's integrator can do many simple integrals symbolically, but many
5101 others are beyond its capabilities. Suppose we wish to find the area
5102 under the curve
5103 @texline @math{\sin x \ln x}
5104 @infoline @expr{sin(x) ln(x)}
5105 over the same range of @expr{x}. If you entered this formula and typed
5106 @kbd{a i x @key{RET}} (don't bother to try this), Calc would work for a
5107 long time but would be unable to find a solution. In fact, there is no
5108 closed-form solution to this integral. Now what do we do?
5109
5110 @cindex Integration, numerical
5111 @cindex Numerical integration
5112 One approach would be to do the integral numerically. It is not hard
5113 to do this by hand using vector mapping and reduction. It is rather
5114 slow, though, since the sine and logarithm functions take a long time.
5115 We can save some time by reducing the working precision.
5116
5117 @smallexample
5118 @group
5119 3: 10 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9]
5120 2: 1 .
5121 1: 0.1
5122 .
5123
5124 10 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} .1 @key{RET} C-u v x
5125 @end group
5126 @end smallexample
5127
5128 @noindent
5129 (Note that we have used the extended version of @kbd{v x}; we could
5130 also have used plain @kbd{v x} as follows: @kbd{v x 10 @key{RET} 9 + .1 *}.)
5131
5132 @smallexample
5133 @group
5134 2: [1, 1.1, ... ] 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
5135 1: sin(x) ln(x) .
5136 .
5137
5138 ' sin(x) ln(x) @key{RET} s 1 m r p 5 @key{RET} V M $ @key{RET}
5139
5140 @end group
5141 @end smallexample
5142 @noindent
5143 @smallexample
5144 @group
5145 1: 3.4195 0.34195
5146 . .
5147
5148 V R + 0.1 *
5149 @end group
5150 @end smallexample
5151
5152 @noindent
5153 (If you got wildly different results, did you remember to switch
5154 to Radians mode?)
5155
5156 Here we have divided the curve into ten segments of equal width;
5157 approximating these segments as rectangular boxes (i.e., assuming
5158 the curve is nearly flat at that resolution), we compute the areas
5159 of the boxes (height times width), then sum the areas. (It is
5160 faster to sum first, then multiply by the width, since the width
5161 is the same for every box.)
5162
5163 The true value of this integral turns out to be about 0.374, so
5164 we're not doing too well. Let's try another approach.
5165
5166 @smallexample
5167 @group
5168 1: sin(x) ln(x) 1: 0.84147 x - 0.84147 + 0.11957 (x - 1)^2 - ...
5169 . .
5170
5171 r 1 a t x=1 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET}
5172 @end group
5173 @end smallexample
5174
5175 @noindent
5176 Here we have computed the Taylor series expansion of the function
5177 about the point @expr{x=1}. We can now integrate this polynomial
5178 approximation, since polynomials are easy to integrate.
5179
5180 @smallexample
5181 @group
5182 1: 0.42074 x^2 + ... 1: [-0.0446, -0.42073] 1: 0.3761
5183 . . .
5184
5185 a i x @key{RET} [ 2 , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET} V R -
5186 @end group
5187 @end smallexample
5188
5189 @noindent
5190 Better! By increasing the precision and/or asking for more terms
5191 in the Taylor series, we can get a result as accurate as we like.
5192 (Taylor series converge better away from singularities in the
5193 function such as the one at @code{ln(0)}, so it would also help to
5194 expand the series about the points @expr{x=2} or @expr{x=1.5} instead
5195 of @expr{x=1}.)
5196
5197 @cindex Simpson's rule
5198 @cindex Integration by Simpson's rule
5199 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Our first method approximated the
5200 curve by stairsteps of width 0.1; the total area was then the sum
5201 of the areas of the rectangles under these stairsteps. Our second
5202 method approximated the function by a polynomial, which turned out
5203 to be a better approximation than stairsteps. A third method is
5204 @dfn{Simpson's rule}, which is like the stairstep method except
5205 that the steps are not required to be flat. Simpson's rule boils
5206 down to the formula,
5207
5208 @ifnottex
5209 @example
5210 (h/3) * (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + ...
5211 + 2 f(a+(n-2)*h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)*h) + f(a+n*h))
5212 @end example
5213 @end ifnottex
5214 @tex
5215 \turnoffactive
5216 \beforedisplay
5217 $$ \displaylines{
5218 \qquad {h \over 3} (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + \cdots
5219 \hfill \cr \hfill {} + 2 f(a+(n-2)h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)h) + f(a+n h)) \qquad
5220 } $$
5221 \afterdisplay
5222 @end tex
5223
5224 @noindent
5225 where @expr{n} (which must be even) is the number of slices and @expr{h}
5226 is the width of each slice. These are 10 and 0.1 in our example.
5227 For reference, here is the corresponding formula for the stairstep
5228 method:
5229
5230 @ifnottex
5231 @example
5232 h * (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + ...
5233 + f(a+(n-2)*h) + f(a+(n-1)*h))
5234 @end example
5235 @end ifnottex
5236 @tex
5237 \turnoffactive
5238 \beforedisplay
5239 $$ h (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + \cdots
5240 + f(a+(n-2)h) + f(a+(n-1)h)) $$
5241 \afterdisplay
5242 @end tex
5243
5244 Compute the integral from 1 to 2 of
5245 @texline @math{\sin x \ln x}
5246 @infoline @expr{sin(x) ln(x)}
5247 using Simpson's rule with 10 slices.
5248 @xref{Algebra Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5249
5250 Calc has a built-in @kbd{a I} command for doing numerical integration.
5251 It uses @dfn{Romberg's method}, which is a more sophisticated cousin
5252 of Simpson's rule. In particular, it knows how to keep refining the
5253 result until the current precision is satisfied.
5254
5255 @c [fix-ref Selecting Sub-Formulas]
5256 Aside from the commands we've seen so far, Calc also provides a
5257 large set of commands for operating on parts of formulas. You
5258 indicate the desired sub-formula by placing the cursor on any part
5259 of the formula before giving a @dfn{selection} command. Selections won't
5260 be covered in the tutorial; @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}, for
5261 details and examples.
5262
5263 @c hard exercise: simplify (2^(n r) - 2^(r*(n - 1))) / (2^r - 1) 2^(n - 1)
5264 @c to 2^((n-1)*(r-1)).
5265
5266 @node Rewrites Tutorial, , Basic Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
5267 @subsection Rewrite Rules
5268
5269 @noindent
5270 No matter how many built-in commands Calc provided for doing algebra,
5271 there would always be something you wanted to do that Calc didn't have
5272 in its repertoire. So Calc also provides a @dfn{rewrite rule} system
5273 that you can use to define your own algebraic manipulations.
5274
5275 Suppose we want to simplify this trigonometric formula:
5276
5277 @smallexample
5278 @group
5279 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x)
5280 .
5281
5282 ' 1/cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) @key{RET} s 1
5283 @end group
5284 @end smallexample
5285
5286 @noindent
5287 If we were simplifying this by hand, we'd probably replace the
5288 @samp{tan} with a @samp{sin/cos} first, then combine over a common
5289 denominator. There is no Calc command to do the former; the @kbd{a n}
5290 algebra command will do the latter but we'll do both with rewrite
5291 rules just for practice.
5292
5293 Rewrite rules are written with the @samp{:=} symbol.
5294
5295 @smallexample
5296 @group
5297 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x)^2 / cos(x)
5298 .
5299
5300 a r tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a) @key{RET}
5301 @end group
5302 @end smallexample
5303
5304 @noindent
5305 (The ``assignment operator'' @samp{:=} has several uses in Calc. All
5306 by itself the formula @samp{tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a)} doesn't do anything,
5307 but when it is given to the @kbd{a r} command, that command interprets
5308 it as a rewrite rule.)
5309
5310 The lefthand side, @samp{tan(a)}, is called the @dfn{pattern} of the
5311 rewrite rule. Calc searches the formula on the stack for parts that
5312 match the pattern. Variables in a rewrite pattern are called
5313 @dfn{meta-variables}, and when matching the pattern each meta-variable
5314 can match any sub-formula. Here, the meta-variable @samp{a} matched
5315 the actual variable @samp{x}.
5316
5317 When the pattern part of a rewrite rule matches a part of the formula,
5318 that part is replaced by the righthand side with all the meta-variables
5319 substituted with the things they matched. So the result is
5320 @samp{sin(x) / cos(x)}. Calc's normal algebraic simplifications then
5321 mix this in with the rest of the original formula.
5322
5323 To merge over a common denominator, we can use another simple rule:
5324
5325 @smallexample
5326 @group
5327 1: (1 - sin(x)^2) / cos(x)
5328 .
5329
5330 a r a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x @key{RET}
5331 @end group
5332 @end smallexample
5333
5334 This rule points out several interesting features of rewrite patterns.
5335 First, if a meta-variable appears several times in a pattern, it must
5336 match the same thing everywhere. This rule detects common denominators
5337 because the same meta-variable @samp{x} is used in both of the
5338 denominators.
5339
5340 Second, meta-variable names are independent from variables in the
5341 target formula. Notice that the meta-variable @samp{x} here matches
5342 the subformula @samp{cos(x)}; Calc never confuses the two meanings of
5343 @samp{x}.
5344
5345 And third, rewrite patterns know a little bit about the algebraic
5346 properties of formulas. The pattern called for a sum of two quotients;
5347 Calc was able to match a difference of two quotients by matching
5348 @samp{a = 1}, @samp{b = -sin(x)^2}, and @samp{x = cos(x)}.
5349
5350 @c [fix-ref Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules]
5351 We could just as easily have written @samp{a/x - b/x := (a-b)/x} for
5352 the rule. It would have worked just the same in all cases. (If we
5353 really wanted the rule to apply only to @samp{+} or only to @samp{-},
5354 we could have used the @code{plain} symbol. @xref{Algebraic Properties
5355 of Rewrite Rules}, for some examples of this.)
5356
5357 One more rewrite will complete the job. We want to use the identity
5358 @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}, but of course we must first rearrange
5359 the identity in a way that matches our formula. The obvious rule
5360 would be @samp{@w{1 - sin(x)^2} := cos(x)^2}, but a little thought shows
5361 that the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2} will also work. The
5362 latter rule has a more general pattern so it will work in many other
5363 situations, too.
5364
5365 @smallexample
5366 @group
5367 1: (1 + cos(x)^2 - 1) / cos(x) 1: cos(x)
5368 . .
5369
5370 a r sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 @key{RET} a s
5371 @end group
5372 @end smallexample
5373
5374 You may ask, what's the point of using the most general rule if you
5375 have to type it in every time anyway? The answer is that Calc allows
5376 you to store a rewrite rule in a variable, then give the variable
5377 name in the @kbd{a r} command. In fact, this is the preferred way to
5378 use rewrites. For one, if you need a rule once you'll most likely
5379 need it again later. Also, if the rule doesn't work quite right you
5380 can simply Undo, edit the variable, and run the rule again without
5381 having to retype it.
5382
5383 @smallexample
5384 @group
5385 ' tan(x) := sin(x)/cos(x) @key{RET} s t tsc @key{RET}
5386 ' a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x @key{RET} s t merge @key{RET}
5387 ' sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 @key{RET} s t sinsqr @key{RET}
5388
5389 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) 1: cos(x)
5390 . .
5391
5392 r 1 a r tsc @key{RET} a r merge @key{RET} a r sinsqr @key{RET} a s
5393 @end group
5394 @end smallexample
5395
5396 To edit a variable, type @kbd{s e} and the variable name, use regular
5397 Emacs editing commands as necessary, then type @kbd{C-c C-c} to store
5398 the edited value back into the variable.
5399 You can also use @w{@kbd{s e}} to create a new variable if you wish.
5400
5401 Notice that the first time you use each rule, Calc puts up a ``compiling''
5402 message briefly. The pattern matcher converts rules into a special
5403 optimized pattern-matching language rather than using them directly.
5404 This allows @kbd{a r} to apply even rather complicated rules very
5405 efficiently. If the rule is stored in a variable, Calc compiles it
5406 only once and stores the compiled form along with the variable. That's
5407 another good reason to store your rules in variables rather than
5408 entering them on the fly.
5409
5410 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Type @kbd{m s} to get Symbolic
5411 mode, then enter the formula @samp{@w{(2 + sqrt(2))} / @w{(1 + sqrt(2))}}.
5412 Using a rewrite rule, simplify this formula by multiplying the top and
5413 bottom by the conjugate @w{@samp{1 - sqrt(2)}}. The result will have
5414 to be expanded by the distributive law; do this with another
5415 rewrite. @xref{Rewrites Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5416
5417 The @kbd{a r} command can also accept a vector of rewrite rules, or
5418 a variable containing a vector of rules.
5419
5420 @smallexample
5421 @group
5422 1: [tsc, merge, sinsqr] 1: [tan(x) := sin(x) / cos(x), ... ]
5423 . .
5424
5425 ' [tsc,merge,sinsqr] @key{RET} =
5426
5427 @end group
5428 @end smallexample
5429 @noindent
5430 @smallexample
5431 @group
5432 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) 1: cos(x)
5433 . .
5434
5435 s t trig @key{RET} r 1 a r trig @key{RET} a s
5436 @end group
5437 @end smallexample
5438
5439 @c [fix-ref Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules]
5440 Calc tries all the rules you give against all parts of the formula,
5441 repeating until no further change is possible. (The exact order in
5442 which things are tried is rather complex, but for simple rules like
5443 the ones we've used here the order doesn't really matter.
5444 @xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.)
5445
5446 Calc actually repeats only up to 100 times, just in case your rule set
5447 has gotten into an infinite loop. You can give a numeric prefix argument
5448 to @kbd{a r} to specify any limit. In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} does
5449 only one rewrite at a time.
5450
5451 @smallexample
5452 @group
5453 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x)^2 / cos(x) 1: (1 - sin(x)^2) / cos(x)
5454 . .
5455
5456 r 1 M-1 a r trig @key{RET} M-1 a r trig @key{RET}
5457 @end group
5458 @end smallexample
5459
5460 You can type @kbd{M-0 a r} if you want no limit at all on the number
5461 of rewrites that occur.
5462
5463 Rewrite rules can also be @dfn{conditional}. Simply follow the rule
5464 with a @samp{::} symbol and the desired condition. For example,
5465
5466 @smallexample
5467 @group
5468 1: exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i)
5469 .
5470
5471 ' exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i) @key{RET}
5472
5473 @end group
5474 @end smallexample
5475 @noindent
5476 @smallexample
5477 @group
5478 1: 1 + exp(3 pi i) + 1
5479 .
5480
5481 a r exp(k pi i) := 1 :: k % 2 = 0 @key{RET}
5482 @end group
5483 @end smallexample
5484
5485 @noindent
5486 (Recall, @samp{k % 2} is the remainder from dividing @samp{k} by 2,
5487 which will be zero only when @samp{k} is an even integer.)
5488
5489 An interesting point is that the variables @samp{pi} and @samp{i}
5490 were matched literally rather than acting as meta-variables.
5491 This is because they are special-constant variables. The special
5492 constants @samp{e}, @samp{phi}, and so on also match literally.
5493 A common error with rewrite
5494 rules is to write, say, @samp{f(a,b,c,d,e) := g(a+b+c+d+e)}, expecting
5495 to match any @samp{f} with five arguments but in fact matching
5496 only when the fifth argument is literally @samp{e}!
5497
5498 @cindex Fibonacci numbers
5499 @ignore
5500 @starindex
5501 @end ignore
5502 @tindex fib
5503 Rewrite rules provide an interesting way to define your own functions.
5504 Suppose we want to define @samp{fib(n)} to produce the @var{n}th
5505 Fibonacci number. The first two Fibonacci numbers are each 1;
5506 later numbers are formed by summing the two preceding numbers in
5507 the sequence. This is easy to express in a set of three rules:
5508
5509 @smallexample
5510 @group
5511 ' [fib(1) := 1, fib(2) := 1, fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2)] @key{RET} s t fib
5512
5513 1: fib(7) 1: 13
5514 . .
5515
5516 ' fib(7) @key{RET} a r fib @key{RET}
5517 @end group
5518 @end smallexample
5519
5520 One thing that is guaranteed about the order that rewrites are tried
5521 is that, for any given subformula, earlier rules in the rule set will
5522 be tried for that subformula before later ones. So even though the
5523 first and third rules both match @samp{fib(1)}, we know the first will
5524 be used preferentially.
5525
5526 This rule set has one dangerous bug: Suppose we apply it to the
5527 formula @samp{fib(x)}? (Don't actually try this.) The third rule
5528 will match @samp{fib(x)} and replace it with @w{@samp{fib(x-1) + fib(x-2)}}.
5529 Each of these will then be replaced to get @samp{fib(x-2) + 2 fib(x-3) +
5530 fib(x-4)}, and so on, expanding forever. What we really want is to apply
5531 the third rule only when @samp{n} is an integer greater than two. Type
5532 @w{@kbd{s e fib @key{RET}}}, then edit the third rule to:
5533
5534 @smallexample
5535 fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2
5536 @end smallexample
5537
5538 @noindent
5539 Now:
5540
5541 @smallexample
5542 @group
5543 1: fib(6) + fib(x) + fib(0) 1: 8 + fib(x) + fib(0)
5544 . .
5545
5546 ' fib(6)+fib(x)+fib(0) @key{RET} a r fib @key{RET}
5547 @end group
5548 @end smallexample
5549
5550 @noindent
5551 We've created a new function, @code{fib}, and a new command,
5552 @w{@kbd{a r fib @key{RET}}}, which means ``evaluate all @code{fib} calls in
5553 this formula.'' To make things easier still, we can tell Calc to
5554 apply these rules automatically by storing them in the special
5555 variable @code{EvalRules}.
5556
5557 @smallexample
5558 @group
5559 1: [fib(1) := ...] . 1: [8, 13]
5560 . .
5561
5562 s r fib @key{RET} s t EvalRules @key{RET} ' [fib(6), fib(7)] @key{RET}
5563 @end group
5564 @end smallexample
5565
5566 It turns out that this rule set has the problem that it does far
5567 more work than it needs to when @samp{n} is large. Consider the
5568 first few steps of the computation of @samp{fib(6)}:
5569
5570 @smallexample
5571 @group
5572 fib(6) =
5573 fib(5) + fib(4) =
5574 fib(4) + fib(3) + fib(3) + fib(2) =
5575 fib(3) + fib(2) + fib(2) + fib(1) + fib(2) + fib(1) + 1 = ...
5576 @end group
5577 @end smallexample
5578
5579 @noindent
5580 Note that @samp{fib(3)} appears three times here. Unless Calc's
5581 algebraic simplifier notices the multiple @samp{fib(3)}s and combines
5582 them (and, as it happens, it doesn't), this rule set does lots of
5583 needless recomputation. To cure the problem, type @code{s e EvalRules}
5584 to edit the rules (or just @kbd{s E}, a shorthand command for editing
5585 @code{EvalRules}) and add another condition:
5586
5587 @smallexample
5588 fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2 :: remember
5589 @end smallexample
5590
5591 @noindent
5592 If a @samp{:: remember} condition appears anywhere in a rule, then if
5593 that rule succeeds Calc will add another rule that describes that match
5594 to the front of the rule set. (Remembering works in any rule set, but
5595 for technical reasons it is most effective in @code{EvalRules}.) For
5596 example, if the rule rewrites @samp{fib(7)} to something that evaluates
5597 to 13, then the rule @samp{fib(7) := 13} will be added to the rule set.
5598
5599 Type @kbd{' fib(8) @key{RET}} to compute the eighth Fibonacci number, then
5600 type @kbd{s E} again to see what has happened to the rule set.
5601
5602 With the @code{remember} feature, our rule set can now compute
5603 @samp{fib(@var{n})} in just @var{n} steps. In the process it builds
5604 up a table of all Fibonacci numbers up to @var{n}. After we have
5605 computed the result for a particular @var{n}, we can get it back
5606 (and the results for all smaller @var{n}) later in just one step.
5607
5608 All Calc operations will run somewhat slower whenever @code{EvalRules}
5609 contains any rules. You should type @kbd{s u EvalRules @key{RET}} now to
5610 un-store the variable.
5611
5612 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Sometimes it is possible to reformulate
5613 a problem to reduce the amount of recursion necessary to solve it.
5614 Create a rule that, in about @var{n} simple steps and without recourse
5615 to the @code{remember} option, replaces @samp{fib(@var{n}, 1, 1)} with
5616 @samp{fib(1, @var{x}, @var{y})} where @var{x} and @var{y} are the
5617 @var{n}th and @var{n+1}st Fibonacci numbers, respectively. This rule is
5618 rather clunky to use, so add a couple more rules to make the ``user
5619 interface'' the same as for our first version: enter @samp{fib(@var{n})},
5620 get back a plain number. @xref{Rewrites Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5621
5622 There are many more things that rewrites can do. For example, there
5623 are @samp{&&&} and @samp{|||} pattern operators that create ``and''
5624 and ``or'' combinations of rules. As one really simple example, we
5625 could combine our first two Fibonacci rules thusly:
5626
5627 @example
5628 [fib(1 ||| 2) := 1, fib(n) := ... ]
5629 @end example
5630
5631 @noindent
5632 That means ``@code{fib} of something matching either 1 or 2 rewrites
5633 to 1.''
5634
5635 You can also make meta-variables optional by enclosing them in @code{opt}.
5636 For example, the pattern @samp{a + b x} matches @samp{2 + 3 x} but not
5637 @samp{2 + x} or @samp{3 x} or @samp{x}. The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x}
5638 matches all of these forms, filling in a default of zero for @samp{a}
5639 and one for @samp{b}.
5640
5641 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe had @samp{2 + 3 x}
5642 on the stack and tried to use the rule
5643 @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x := f(a, b, x)}. What happened?
5644 @xref{Rewrites Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5645
5646 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Starting with a positive integer @expr{a},
5647 divide @expr{a} by two if it is even, otherwise compute @expr{3 a + 1}.
5648 Now repeat this step over and over. A famous unproved conjecture
5649 is that for any starting @expr{a}, the sequence always eventually
5650 reaches 1. Given the formula @samp{seq(@var{a}, 0)}, write a set of
5651 rules that convert this into @samp{seq(1, @var{n})} where @var{n}
5652 is the number of steps it took the sequence to reach the value 1.
5653 Now enhance the rules to accept @samp{seq(@var{a})} as a starting
5654 configuration, and to stop with just the number @var{n} by itself.
5655 Now make the result be a vector of values in the sequence, from @var{a}
5656 to 1. (The formula @samp{@var{x}|@var{y}} appends the vectors @var{x}
5657 and @var{y}.) For example, rewriting @samp{seq(6)} should yield the
5658 vector @expr{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
5659 @xref{Rewrites Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5660
5661 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} Define, using rewrite rules, a function
5662 @samp{nterms(@var{x})} that returns the number of terms in the sum
5663 @var{x}, or 1 if @var{x} is not a sum. (A @dfn{sum} for our purposes
5664 is one or more non-sum terms separated by @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
5665 so that @expr{2 - 3 (x + y) + x y} is a sum of three terms.)
5666 @xref{Rewrites Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
5667
5668 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} A Taylor series for a function is an
5669 infinite series that exactly equals the value of that function at
5670 values of @expr{x} near zero.
5671
5672 @ifnottex
5673 @example
5674 cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + x^4 / 4! - x^6 / 6! + ...
5675 @end example
5676 @end ifnottex
5677 @tex
5678 \turnoffactive
5679 \beforedisplay
5680 $$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + {x^4 \over 4!} - {x^6 \over 6!} + \cdots $$
5681 \afterdisplay
5682 @end tex
5683
5684 The @kbd{a t} command produces a @dfn{truncated Taylor series} which
5685 is obtained by dropping all the terms higher than, say, @expr{x^2}.
5686 Calc represents the truncated Taylor series as a polynomial in @expr{x}.
5687 Mathematicians often write a truncated series using a ``big-O'' notation
5688 that records what was the lowest term that was truncated.
5689
5690 @ifnottex
5691 @example
5692 cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + O(x^3)
5693 @end example
5694 @end ifnottex
5695 @tex
5696 \turnoffactive
5697 \beforedisplay
5698 $$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + O(x^3) $$
5699 \afterdisplay
5700 @end tex
5701
5702 @noindent
5703 The meaning of @expr{O(x^3)} is ``a quantity which is negligibly small
5704 if @expr{x^3} is considered negligibly small as @expr{x} goes to zero.''
5705
5706 The exercise is to create rewrite rules that simplify sums and products of
5707 power series represented as @samp{@var{polynomial} + O(@var{var}^@var{n})}.
5708 For example, given @samp{1 - x^2 / 2 + O(x^3)} and @samp{x - x^3 / 6 + O(x^4)}
5709 on the stack, we want to be able to type @kbd{*} and get the result
5710 @samp{x - 2:3 x^3 + O(x^4)}. Don't worry if the terms of the sum are
5711 rearranged or if @kbd{a s} needs to be typed after rewriting. (This one
5712 is rather tricky; the solution at the end of this chapter uses 6 rewrite
5713 rules. Hint: The @samp{constant(x)} condition tests whether @samp{x} is
5714 a number.) @xref{Rewrites Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
5715
5716 Just for kicks, try adding the rule @code{2+3 := 6} to @code{EvalRules}.
5717 What happens? (Be sure to remove this rule afterward, or you might get
5718 a nasty surprise when you use Calc to balance your checkbook!)
5719
5720 @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for the whole story on rewrite rules.
5721
5722 @node Programming Tutorial, Answers to Exercises, Algebra Tutorial, Tutorial
5723 @section Programming Tutorial
5724
5725 @noindent
5726 The Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, a highly extensible
5727 language. If you know Lisp, you can program the Calculator to do
5728 anything you like. Rewrite rules also work as a powerful programming
5729 system. But Lisp and rewrite rules take a while to master, and often
5730 all you want to do is define a new function or repeat a command a few
5731 times. Calc has features that allow you to do these things easily.
5732
5733 One very limited form of programming is defining your own functions.
5734 Calc's @kbd{Z F} command allows you to define a function name and
5735 key sequence to correspond to any formula. Programming commands use
5736 the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix; the user commands they create use the lower
5737 case @kbd{z} prefix.
5738
5739 @smallexample
5740 @group
5741 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6
5742 . .
5743
5744 ' 1 + x + x^2/2! + x^3/3! @key{RET} Z F e myexp @key{RET} @key{RET} @key{RET} y
5745 @end group
5746 @end smallexample
5747
5748 This polynomial is a Taylor series approximation to @samp{exp(x)}.
5749 The @kbd{Z F} command asks a number of questions. The above answers
5750 say that the key sequence for our function should be @kbd{z e}; the
5751 @kbd{M-x} equivalent should be @code{calc-myexp}; the name of the
5752 function in algebraic formulas should also be @code{myexp}; the
5753 default argument list @samp{(x)} is acceptable; and finally @kbd{y}
5754 answers the question ``leave it in symbolic form for non-constant
5755 arguments?''
5756
5757 @smallexample
5758 @group
5759 1: 1.3495 2: 1.3495 3: 1.3495
5760 . 1: 1.34986 2: 1.34986
5761 . 1: myexp(a + 1)
5762 .
5763
5764 .3 z e .3 E ' a+1 @key{RET} z e
5765 @end group
5766 @end smallexample
5767
5768 @noindent
5769 First we call our new @code{exp} approximation with 0.3 as an
5770 argument, and compare it with the true @code{exp} function. Then
5771 we note that, as requested, if we try to give @kbd{z e} an
5772 argument that isn't a plain number, it leaves the @code{myexp}
5773 function call in symbolic form. If we had answered @kbd{n} to the
5774 final question, @samp{myexp(a + 1)} would have evaluated by plugging
5775 in @samp{a + 1} for @samp{x} in the defining formula.
5776
5777 @cindex Sine integral Si(x)
5778 @ignore
5779 @starindex
5780 @end ignore
5781 @tindex Si
5782 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The ``sine integral'' function
5783 @texline @math{{\rm Si}(x)}
5784 @infoline @expr{Si(x)}
5785 is defined as the integral of @samp{sin(t)/t} for
5786 @expr{t = 0} to @expr{x} in radians. (It was invented because this
5787 integral has no solution in terms of basic functions; if you give it
5788 to Calc's @kbd{a i} command, it will ponder it for a long time and then
5789 give up.) We can use the numerical integration command, however,
5790 which in algebraic notation is written like @samp{ninteg(f(t), t, 0, x)}
5791 with any integrand @samp{f(t)}. Define a @kbd{z s} command and
5792 @code{Si} function that implement this. You will need to edit the
5793 default argument list a bit. As a test, @samp{Si(1)} should return
5794 0.946083. (If you don't get this answer, you might want to check that
5795 Calc is in Radians mode. Also, @code{ninteg} will run a lot faster if
5796 you reduce the precision to, say, six digits beforehand.)
5797 @xref{Programming Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5798
5799 The simplest way to do real ``programming'' of Emacs is to define a
5800 @dfn{keyboard macro}. A keyboard macro is simply a sequence of
5801 keystrokes which Emacs has stored away and can play back on demand.
5802 For example, if you find yourself typing @kbd{H a S x @key{RET}} often,
5803 you may wish to program a keyboard macro to type this for you.
5804
5805 @smallexample
5806 @group
5807 1: y = sqrt(x) 1: x = y^2
5808 . .
5809
5810 ' y=sqrt(x) @key{RET} C-x ( H a S x @key{RET} C-x )
5811
5812 1: y = cos(x) 1: x = s1 arccos(y) + 2 pi n1
5813 . .
5814
5815 ' y=cos(x) @key{RET} X
5816 @end group
5817 @end smallexample
5818
5819 @noindent
5820 When you type @kbd{C-x (}, Emacs begins recording. But it is also
5821 still ready to execute your keystrokes, so you're really ``training''
5822 Emacs by walking it through the procedure once. When you type
5823 @w{@kbd{C-x )}}, the macro is recorded. You can now type @kbd{X} to
5824 re-execute the same keystrokes.
5825
5826 You can give a name to your macro by typing @kbd{Z K}.
5827
5828 @smallexample
5829 @group
5830 1: . 1: y = x^4 1: x = s2 sqrt(s1 sqrt(y))
5831 . .
5832
5833 Z K x @key{RET} ' y=x^4 @key{RET} z x
5834 @end group
5835 @end smallexample
5836
5837 @noindent
5838 Notice that we use shift-@kbd{Z} to define the command, and lower-case
5839 @kbd{z} to call it up.
5840
5841 Keyboard macros can call other macros.
5842
5843 @smallexample
5844 @group
5845 1: abs(x) 1: x = s1 y 1: 2 / x 1: x = 2 / y
5846 . . . .
5847
5848 ' abs(x) @key{RET} C-x ( ' y @key{RET} a = z x C-x ) ' 2/x @key{RET} X
5849 @end group
5850 @end smallexample
5851
5852 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Define a keyboard macro to negate
5853 the item in level 3 of the stack, without disturbing the rest of
5854 the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5855
5856 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Define keyboard macros to compute
5857 the following functions:
5858
5859 @enumerate
5860 @item
5861 Compute
5862 @texline @math{\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}},
5863 @infoline @expr{sin(x) / x},
5864 where @expr{x} is the number on the top of the stack.
5865
5866 @item
5867 Compute the base-@expr{b} logarithm, just like the @kbd{B} key except
5868 the arguments are taken in the opposite order.
5869
5870 @item
5871 Produce a vector of integers from 1 to the integer on the top of
5872 the stack.
5873 @end enumerate
5874 @noindent
5875 @xref{Programming Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5876
5877 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Define a keyboard macro to compute
5878 the average (mean) value of a list of numbers.
5879 @xref{Programming Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5880
5881 In many programs, some of the steps must execute several times.
5882 Calc has @dfn{looping} commands that allow this. Loops are useful
5883 inside keyboard macros, but actually work at any time.
5884
5885 @smallexample
5886 @group
5887 1: x^6 2: x^6 1: 360 x^2
5888 . 1: 4 .
5889 .
5890
5891 ' x^6 @key{RET} 4 Z < a d x @key{RET} Z >
5892 @end group
5893 @end smallexample
5894
5895 @noindent
5896 Here we have computed the fourth derivative of @expr{x^6} by
5897 enclosing a derivative command in a ``repeat loop'' structure.
5898 This structure pops a repeat count from the stack, then
5899 executes the body of the loop that many times.
5900
5901 If you make a mistake while entering the body of the loop,
5902 type @w{@kbd{Z C-g}} to cancel the loop command.
5903
5904 @cindex Fibonacci numbers
5905 Here's another example:
5906
5907 @smallexample
5908 @group
5909 3: 1 2: 10946
5910 2: 1 1: 17711
5911 1: 20 .
5912 .
5913
5914 1 @key{RET} @key{RET} 20 Z < @key{TAB} C-j + Z >
5915 @end group
5916 @end smallexample
5917
5918 @noindent
5919 The numbers in levels 2 and 1 should be the 21st and 22nd Fibonacci
5920 numbers, respectively. (To see what's going on, try a few repetitions
5921 of the loop body by hand; @kbd{C-j}, also on the Line-Feed or @key{LFD}
5922 key if you have one, makes a copy of the number in level 2.)
5923
5924 @cindex Golden ratio
5925 @cindex Phi, golden ratio
5926 A fascinating property of the Fibonacci numbers is that the @expr{n}th
5927 Fibonacci number can be found directly by computing
5928 @texline @math{\phi^n / \sqrt{5}}
5929 @infoline @expr{phi^n / sqrt(5)}
5930 and then rounding to the nearest integer, where
5931 @texline @math{\phi} (``phi''),
5932 @infoline @expr{phi},
5933 the ``golden ratio,'' is
5934 @texline @math{(1 + \sqrt{5}) / 2}.
5935 @infoline @expr{(1 + sqrt(5)) / 2}.
5936 (For convenience, this constant is available from the @code{phi}
5937 variable, or the @kbd{I H P} command.)
5938
5939 @smallexample
5940 @group
5941 1: 1.61803 1: 24476.0000409 1: 10945.9999817 1: 10946
5942 . . . .
5943
5944 I H P 21 ^ 5 Q / R
5945 @end group
5946 @end smallexample
5947
5948 @cindex Continued fractions
5949 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @dfn{continued fraction}
5950 representation of
5951 @texline @math{\phi}
5952 @infoline @expr{phi}
5953 is
5954 @texline @math{1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( \ldots )))}.
5955 @infoline @expr{1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( ...@: )))}.
5956 We can compute an approximate value by carrying this however far
5957 and then replacing the innermost
5958 @texline @math{1/( \ldots )}
5959 @infoline @expr{1/( ...@: )}
5960 by 1. Approximate
5961 @texline @math{\phi}
5962 @infoline @expr{phi}
5963 using a twenty-term continued fraction.
5964 @xref{Programming Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
5965
5966 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Linear recurrences like the one for
5967 Fibonacci numbers can be expressed in terms of matrices. Given a
5968 vector @w{@expr{[a, b]}} determine a matrix which, when multiplied by this
5969 vector, produces the vector @expr{[b, c]}, where @expr{a}, @expr{b} and
5970 @expr{c} are three successive Fibonacci numbers. Now write a program
5971 that, given an integer @expr{n}, computes the @expr{n}th Fibonacci number
5972 using matrix arithmetic. @xref{Programming Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
5973
5974 @cindex Harmonic numbers
5975 A more sophisticated kind of loop is the @dfn{for} loop. Suppose
5976 we wish to compute the 20th ``harmonic'' number, which is equal to
5977 the sum of the reciprocals of the integers from 1 to 20.
5978
5979 @smallexample
5980 @group
5981 3: 0 1: 3.597739
5982 2: 1 .
5983 1: 20
5984 .
5985
5986 0 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 20 Z ( & + 1 Z )
5987 @end group
5988 @end smallexample
5989
5990 @noindent
5991 The ``for'' loop pops two numbers, the lower and upper limits, then
5992 repeats the body of the loop as an internal counter increases from
5993 the lower limit to the upper one. Just before executing the loop
5994 body, it pushes the current loop counter. When the loop body
5995 finishes, it pops the ``step,'' i.e., the amount by which to
5996 increment the loop counter. As you can see, our loop always
5997 uses a step of one.
5998
5999 This harmonic number function uses the stack to hold the running
6000 total as well as for the various loop housekeeping functions. If
6001 you find this disorienting, you can sum in a variable instead:
6002
6003 @smallexample
6004 @group
6005 1: 0 2: 1 . 1: 3.597739
6006 . 1: 20 .
6007 .
6008
6009 0 t 7 1 @key{RET} 20 Z ( & s + 7 1 Z ) r 7
6010 @end group
6011 @end smallexample
6012
6013 @noindent
6014 The @kbd{s +} command adds the top-of-stack into the value in a
6015 variable (and removes that value from the stack).
6016
6017 It's worth noting that many jobs that call for a ``for'' loop can
6018 also be done more easily by Calc's high-level operations. Two
6019 other ways to compute harmonic numbers are to use vector mapping
6020 and reduction (@kbd{v x 20}, then @w{@kbd{V M &}}, then @kbd{V R +}),
6021 or to use the summation command @kbd{a +}. Both of these are
6022 probably easier than using loops. However, there are some
6023 situations where loops really are the way to go:
6024
6025 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Use a ``for'' loop to find the first
6026 harmonic number which is greater than 4.0.
6027 @xref{Programming Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
6028
6029 Of course, if we're going to be using variables in our programs,
6030 we have to worry about the programs clobbering values that the
6031 caller was keeping in those same variables. This is easy to
6032 fix, though:
6033
6034 @smallexample
6035 @group
6036 . 1: 0.6667 1: 0.6667 3: 0.6667
6037 . . 2: 3.597739
6038 1: 0.6667
6039 .
6040
6041 Z ` p 4 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 / s 7 s s a @key{RET} Z ' r 7 s r a @key{RET}
6042 @end group
6043 @end smallexample
6044
6045 @noindent
6046 When we type @kbd{Z `} (that's a back-quote character), Calc saves
6047 its mode settings and the contents of the ten ``quick variables''
6048 for later reference. When we type @kbd{Z '} (that's an apostrophe
6049 now), Calc restores those saved values. Thus the @kbd{p 4} and
6050 @kbd{s 7} commands have no effect outside this sequence. Wrapping
6051 this around the body of a keyboard macro ensures that it doesn't
6052 interfere with what the user of the macro was doing. Notice that
6053 the contents of the stack, and the values of named variables,
6054 survive past the @kbd{Z '} command.
6055
6056 @cindex Bernoulli numbers, approximate
6057 The @dfn{Bernoulli numbers} are a sequence with the interesting
6058 property that all of the odd Bernoulli numbers are zero, and the
6059 even ones, while difficult to compute, can be roughly approximated
6060 by the formula
6061 @texline @math{\displaystyle{2 n! \over (2 \pi)^n}}.
6062 @infoline @expr{2 n!@: / (2 pi)^n}.
6063 Let's write a keyboard macro to compute (approximate) Bernoulli numbers.
6064 (Calc has a command, @kbd{k b}, to compute exact Bernoulli numbers, but
6065 this command is very slow for large @expr{n} since the higher Bernoulli
6066 numbers are very large fractions.)
6067
6068 @smallexample
6069 @group
6070 1: 10 1: 0.0756823
6071 . .
6072
6073 10 C-x ( @key{RET} 2 % Z [ @key{DEL} 0 Z : ' 2 $! / (2 pi)^$ @key{RET} = Z ] C-x )
6074 @end group
6075 @end smallexample
6076
6077 @noindent
6078 You can read @kbd{Z [} as ``then,'' @kbd{Z :} as ``else,'' and
6079 @kbd{Z ]} as ``end-if.'' There is no need for an explicit ``if''
6080 command. For the purposes of @w{@kbd{Z [}}, the condition is ``true''
6081 if the value it pops from the stack is a nonzero number, or ``false''
6082 if it pops zero or something that is not a number (like a formula).
6083 Here we take our integer argument modulo 2; this will be nonzero
6084 if we're asking for an odd Bernoulli number.
6085
6086 The actual tenth Bernoulli number is @expr{5/66}.
6087
6088 @smallexample
6089 @group
6090 3: 0.0756823 1: 0 1: 0.25305 1: 0 1: 1.16659
6091 2: 5:66 . . . .
6092 1: 0.0757575
6093 .
6094
6095 10 k b @key{RET} c f M-0 @key{DEL} 11 X @key{DEL} 12 X @key{DEL} 13 X @key{DEL} 14 X
6096 @end group
6097 @end smallexample
6098
6099 Just to exercise loops a bit more, let's compute a table of even
6100 Bernoulli numbers.
6101
6102 @smallexample
6103 @group
6104 3: [] 1: [0.10132, 0.03079, 0.02340, 0.033197, ...]
6105 2: 2 .
6106 1: 30
6107 .
6108
6109 [ ] 2 @key{RET} 30 Z ( X | 2 Z )
6110 @end group
6111 @end smallexample
6112
6113 @noindent
6114 The vertical-bar @kbd{|} is the vector-concatenation command. When
6115 we execute it, the list we are building will be in stack level 2
6116 (initially this is an empty list), and the next Bernoulli number
6117 will be in level 1. The effect is to append the Bernoulli number
6118 onto the end of the list. (To create a table of exact fractional
6119 Bernoulli numbers, just replace @kbd{X} with @kbd{k b} in the above
6120 sequence of keystrokes.)
6121
6122 With loops and conditionals, you can program essentially anything
6123 in Calc. One other command that makes looping easier is @kbd{Z /},
6124 which takes a condition from the stack and breaks out of the enclosing
6125 loop if the condition is true (non-zero). You can use this to make
6126 ``while'' and ``until'' style loops.
6127
6128 If you make a mistake when entering a keyboard macro, you can edit
6129 it using @kbd{Z E}. First, you must attach it to a key with @kbd{Z K}.
6130 One technique is to enter a throwaway dummy definition for the macro,
6131 then enter the real one in the edit command.
6132
6133 @smallexample
6134 @group
6135 1: 3 1: 3 Calc Macro Edit Mode.
6136 . . Original keys: 1 <return> 2 +
6137
6138 1 ;; calc digits
6139 RET ;; calc-enter
6140 2 ;; calc digits
6141 + ;; calc-plus
6142
6143 C-x ( 1 @key{RET} 2 + C-x ) Z K h @key{RET} Z E h
6144 @end group
6145 @end smallexample
6146
6147 @noindent
6148 A keyboard macro is stored as a pure keystroke sequence. The
6149 @file{edmacro} package (invoked by @kbd{Z E}) scans along the
6150 macro and tries to decode it back into human-readable steps.
6151 Descriptions of the keystrokes are given as comments, which begin with
6152 @samp{;;}, and which are ignored when the edited macro is saved.
6153 Spaces and line breaks are also ignored when the edited macro is saved.
6154 To enter a space into the macro, type @code{SPC}. All the special
6155 characters @code{RET}, @code{LFD}, @code{TAB}, @code{SPC}, @code{DEL},
6156 and @code{NUL} must be written in all uppercase, as must the prefixes
6157 @code{C-} and @code{M-}.
6158
6159 Let's edit in a new definition, for computing harmonic numbers.
6160 First, erase the four lines of the old definition. Then, type
6161 in the new definition (or use Emacs @kbd{M-w} and @kbd{C-y} commands
6162 to copy it from this page of the Info file; you can of course skip
6163 typing the comments, which begin with @samp{;;}).
6164
6165 @smallexample
6166 Z` ;; calc-kbd-push (Save local values)
6167 0 ;; calc digits (Push a zero onto the stack)
6168 st ;; calc-store-into (Store it in the following variable)
6169 1 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6170 1 ;; calc digits (Initial value for the loop)
6171 TAB ;; calc-roll-down (Swap initial and final)
6172 Z( ;; calc-kbd-for (Begin the "for" loop)
6173 & ;; calc-inv (Take the reciprocal)
6174 s+ ;; calc-store-plus (Add to the following variable)
6175 1 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6176 1 ;; calc digits (The loop step is 1)
6177 Z) ;; calc-kbd-end-for (End the "for" loop)
6178 sr ;; calc-recall (Recall the final accumulated value)
6179 1 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6180 Z' ;; calc-kbd-pop (Restore values)
6181 @end smallexample
6182
6183 @noindent
6184 Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and return to the Calculator.
6185
6186 @smallexample
6187 @group
6188 1: 20 1: 3.597739
6189 . .
6190
6191 20 z h
6192 @end group
6193 @end smallexample
6194
6195 The @file{edmacro} package defines a handy @code{read-kbd-macro} command
6196 which reads the current region of the current buffer as a sequence of
6197 keystroke names, and defines that sequence on the @kbd{X}
6198 (and @kbd{C-x e}) key. Because this is so useful, Calc puts this
6199 command on the @kbd{C-x * m} key. Try reading in this macro in the
6200 following form: Press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}) at
6201 one end of the text below, then type @kbd{C-x * m} at the other.
6202
6203 @example
6204 @group
6205 Z ` 0 t 1
6206 1 TAB
6207 Z ( & s + 1 1 Z )
6208 r 1
6209 Z '
6210 @end group
6211 @end example
6212
6213 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} A general algorithm for solving
6214 equations numerically is @dfn{Newton's Method}. Given the equation
6215 @expr{f(x) = 0} for any function @expr{f}, and an initial guess
6216 @expr{x_0} which is reasonably close to the desired solution, apply
6217 this formula over and over:
6218
6219 @ifnottex
6220 @example
6221 new_x = x - f(x)/f'(x)
6222 @end example
6223 @end ifnottex
6224 @tex
6225 \beforedisplay
6226 $$ x_{\rm new} = x - {f(x) \over f'(x)} $$
6227 \afterdisplay
6228 @end tex
6229
6230 @noindent
6231 where @expr{f'(x)} is the derivative of @expr{f}. The @expr{x}
6232 values will quickly converge to a solution, i.e., eventually
6233 @texline @math{x_{\rm new}}
6234 @infoline @expr{new_x}
6235 and @expr{x} will be equal to within the limits
6236 of the current precision. Write a program which takes a formula
6237 involving the variable @expr{x}, and an initial guess @expr{x_0},
6238 on the stack, and produces a value of @expr{x} for which the formula
6239 is zero. Use it to find a solution of
6240 @texline @math{\sin(\cos x) = 0.5}
6241 @infoline @expr{sin(cos(x)) = 0.5}
6242 near @expr{x = 4.5}. (Use angles measured in radians.) Note that
6243 the built-in @w{@kbd{a R}} (@code{calc-find-root}) command uses Newton's
6244 method when it is able. @xref{Programming Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
6245
6246 @cindex Digamma function
6247 @cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
6248 @cindex Euler's gamma constant
6249 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} The @dfn{digamma} function
6250 @texline @math{\psi(z) (``psi'')}
6251 @infoline @expr{psi(z)}
6252 is defined as the derivative of
6253 @texline @math{\ln \Gamma(z)}.
6254 @infoline @expr{ln(gamma(z))}.
6255 For large values of @expr{z}, it can be approximated by the infinite sum
6256
6257 @ifnottex
6258 @example
6259 psi(z) ~= ln(z) - 1/2z - sum(bern(2 n) / 2 n z^(2 n), n, 1, inf)
6260 @end example
6261 @end ifnottex
6262 @tex
6263 \beforedisplay
6264 $$ \psi(z) \approx \ln z - {1\over2z} -
6265 \sum_{n=1}^\infty {\code{bern}(2 n) \over 2 n z^{2n}}
6266 $$
6267 \afterdisplay
6268 @end tex
6269
6270 @noindent
6271 where
6272 @texline @math{\sum}
6273 @infoline @expr{sum}
6274 represents the sum over @expr{n} from 1 to infinity
6275 (or to some limit high enough to give the desired accuracy), and
6276 the @code{bern} function produces (exact) Bernoulli numbers.
6277 While this sum is not guaranteed to converge, in practice it is safe.
6278 An interesting mathematical constant is Euler's gamma, which is equal
6279 to about 0.5772. One way to compute it is by the formula,
6280 @texline @math{\gamma = -\psi(1)}.
6281 @infoline @expr{gamma = -psi(1)}.
6282 Unfortunately, 1 isn't a large enough argument
6283 for the above formula to work (5 is a much safer value for @expr{z}).
6284 Fortunately, we can compute
6285 @texline @math{\psi(1)}
6286 @infoline @expr{psi(1)}
6287 from
6288 @texline @math{\psi(5)}
6289 @infoline @expr{psi(5)}
6290 using the recurrence
6291 @texline @math{\psi(z+1) = \psi(z) + {1 \over z}}.
6292 @infoline @expr{psi(z+1) = psi(z) + 1/z}.
6293 Your task: Develop a program to compute
6294 @texline @math{\psi(z)};
6295 @infoline @expr{psi(z)};
6296 it should ``pump up'' @expr{z}
6297 if necessary to be greater than 5, then use the above summation
6298 formula. Use looping commands to compute the sum. Use your function
6299 to compute
6300 @texline @math{\gamma}
6301 @infoline @expr{gamma}
6302 to twelve decimal places. (Calc has a built-in command
6303 for Euler's constant, @kbd{I P}, which you can use to check your answer.)
6304 @xref{Programming Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
6305
6306 @cindex Polynomial, list of coefficients
6307 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Given a polynomial in @expr{x} and
6308 a number @expr{m} on the stack, where the polynomial is of degree
6309 @expr{m} or less (i.e., does not have any terms higher than @expr{x^m}),
6310 write a program to convert the polynomial into a list-of-coefficients
6311 notation. For example, @expr{5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2} with @expr{m = 6}
6312 should produce the list @expr{[1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]}. Also develop
6313 a way to convert from this form back to the standard algebraic form.
6314 @xref{Programming Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
6315
6316 @cindex Recursion
6317 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The @dfn{Stirling numbers of the
6318 first kind} are defined by the recurrences,
6319
6320 @ifnottex
6321 @example
6322 s(n,n) = 1 for n >= 0,
6323 s(n,0) = 0 for n > 0,
6324 s(n+1,m) = s(n,m-1) - n s(n,m) for n >= m >= 1.
6325 @end example
6326 @end ifnottex
6327 @tex
6328 \turnoffactive
6329 \beforedisplay
6330 $$ \eqalign{ s(n,n) &= 1 \qquad \hbox{for } n \ge 0, \cr
6331 s(n,0) &= 0 \qquad \hbox{for } n > 0, \cr
6332 s(n+1,m) &= s(n,m-1) - n \, s(n,m) \qquad
6333 \hbox{for } n \ge m \ge 1.}
6334 $$
6335 \afterdisplay
6336 \vskip5pt
6337 (These numbers are also sometimes written $\displaystyle{n \brack m}$.)
6338 @end tex
6339
6340 This can be implemented using a @dfn{recursive} program in Calc; the
6341 program must invoke itself in order to calculate the two righthand
6342 terms in the general formula. Since it always invokes itself with
6343 ``simpler'' arguments, it's easy to see that it must eventually finish
6344 the computation. Recursion is a little difficult with Emacs keyboard
6345 macros since the macro is executed before its definition is complete.
6346 So here's the recommended strategy: Create a ``dummy macro'' and assign
6347 it to a key with, e.g., @kbd{Z K s}. Now enter the true definition,
6348 using the @kbd{z s} command to call itself recursively, then assign it
6349 to the same key with @kbd{Z K s}. Now the @kbd{z s} command will run
6350 the complete recursive program. (Another way is to use @w{@kbd{Z E}}
6351 or @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the whole macro at once,
6352 thus avoiding the ``training'' phase.) The task: Write a program
6353 that computes Stirling numbers of the first kind, given @expr{n} and
6354 @expr{m} on the stack. Test it with @emph{small} inputs like
6355 @expr{s(4,2)}. (There is a built-in command for Stirling numbers,
6356 @kbd{k s}, which you can use to check your answers.)
6357 @xref{Programming Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
6358
6359 The programming commands we've seen in this part of the tutorial
6360 are low-level, general-purpose operations. Often you will find
6361 that a higher-level function, such as vector mapping or rewrite
6362 rules, will do the job much more easily than a detailed, step-by-step
6363 program can:
6364
6365 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} Write another program for
6366 computing Stirling numbers of the first kind, this time using
6367 rewrite rules. Once again, @expr{n} and @expr{m} should be taken
6368 from the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
6369
6370 @example
6371
6372 @end example
6373 This ends the tutorial section of the Calc manual. Now you know enough
6374 about Calc to use it effectively for many kinds of calculations. But
6375 Calc has many features that were not even touched upon in this tutorial.
6376 @c [not-split]
6377 The rest of this manual tells the whole story.
6378 @c [when-split]
6379 @c Volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}, tells the whole story.
6380
6381 @page
6382 @node Answers to Exercises, , Programming Tutorial, Tutorial
6383 @section Answers to Exercises
6384
6385 @noindent
6386 This section includes answers to all the exercises in the Calc tutorial.
6387
6388 @menu
6389 * RPN Answer 1:: 1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -
6390 * RPN Answer 2:: 2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4
6391 * RPN Answer 3:: Operating on levels 2 and 3
6392 * RPN Answer 4:: Joe's complex problems
6393 * Algebraic Answer 1:: Simulating Q command
6394 * Algebraic Answer 2:: Joe's algebraic woes
6395 * Algebraic Answer 3:: 1 / 0
6396 * Modes Answer 1:: 3#0.1 = 3#0.0222222?
6397 * Modes Answer 2:: 16#f.e8fe15
6398 * Modes Answer 3:: Joe's rounding bug
6399 * Modes Answer 4:: Why floating point?
6400 * Arithmetic Answer 1:: Why the \ command?
6401 * Arithmetic Answer 2:: Tripping up the B command
6402 * Vector Answer 1:: Normalizing a vector
6403 * Vector Answer 2:: Average position
6404 * Matrix Answer 1:: Row and column sums
6405 * Matrix Answer 2:: Symbolic system of equations
6406 * Matrix Answer 3:: Over-determined system
6407 * List Answer 1:: Powers of two
6408 * List Answer 2:: Least-squares fit with matrices
6409 * List Answer 3:: Geometric mean
6410 * List Answer 4:: Divisor function
6411 * List Answer 5:: Duplicate factors
6412 * List Answer 6:: Triangular list
6413 * List Answer 7:: Another triangular list
6414 * List Answer 8:: Maximum of Bessel function
6415 * List Answer 9:: Integers the hard way
6416 * List Answer 10:: All elements equal
6417 * List Answer 11:: Estimating pi with darts
6418 * List Answer 12:: Estimating pi with matchsticks
6419 * List Answer 13:: Hash codes
6420 * List Answer 14:: Random walk
6421 * Types Answer 1:: Square root of pi times rational
6422 * Types Answer 2:: Infinities
6423 * Types Answer 3:: What can "nan" be?
6424 * Types Answer 4:: Abbey Road
6425 * Types Answer 5:: Friday the 13th
6426 * Types Answer 6:: Leap years
6427 * Types Answer 7:: Erroneous donut
6428 * Types Answer 8:: Dividing intervals
6429 * Types Answer 9:: Squaring intervals
6430 * Types Answer 10:: Fermat's primality test
6431 * Types Answer 11:: pi * 10^7 seconds
6432 * Types Answer 12:: Abbey Road on CD
6433 * Types Answer 13:: Not quite pi * 10^7 seconds
6434 * Types Answer 14:: Supercomputers and c
6435 * Types Answer 15:: Sam the Slug
6436 * Algebra Answer 1:: Squares and square roots
6437 * Algebra Answer 2:: Building polynomial from roots
6438 * Algebra Answer 3:: Integral of x sin(pi x)
6439 * Algebra Answer 4:: Simpson's rule
6440 * Rewrites Answer 1:: Multiplying by conjugate
6441 * Rewrites Answer 2:: Alternative fib rule
6442 * Rewrites Answer 3:: Rewriting opt(a) + opt(b) x
6443 * Rewrites Answer 4:: Sequence of integers
6444 * Rewrites Answer 5:: Number of terms in sum
6445 * Rewrites Answer 6:: Truncated Taylor series
6446 * Programming Answer 1:: Fresnel's C(x)
6447 * Programming Answer 2:: Negate third stack element
6448 * Programming Answer 3:: Compute sin(x) / x, etc.
6449 * Programming Answer 4:: Average value of a list
6450 * Programming Answer 5:: Continued fraction phi
6451 * Programming Answer 6:: Matrix Fibonacci numbers
6452 * Programming Answer 7:: Harmonic number greater than 4
6453 * Programming Answer 8:: Newton's method
6454 * Programming Answer 9:: Digamma function
6455 * Programming Answer 10:: Unpacking a polynomial
6456 * Programming Answer 11:: Recursive Stirling numbers
6457 * Programming Answer 12:: Stirling numbers with rewrites
6458 @end menu
6459
6460 @c The following kludgery prevents the individual answers from
6461 @c being entered on the table of contents.
6462 @tex
6463 \global\let\oldwrite=\write
6464 \gdef\skipwrite#1#2{\let\write=\oldwrite}
6465 \global\let\oldchapternofonts=\chapternofonts
6466 \gdef\chapternofonts{\let\write=\skipwrite\oldchapternofonts}
6467 @end tex
6468
6469 @node RPN Answer 1, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises, Answers to Exercises
6470 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 1
6471
6472 @noindent
6473 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -}
6474
6475 The result is
6476 @texline @math{1 - (2 \times (3 + 4)) = -13}.
6477 @infoline @expr{1 - (2 * (3 + 4)) = -13}.
6478
6479 @node RPN Answer 2, RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6480 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 2
6481
6482 @noindent
6483 @texline @math{2\times4 + 7\times9.5 + {5\over4} = 75.75}
6484 @infoline @expr{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4 = 75.75}
6485
6486 After computing the intermediate term
6487 @texline @math{2\times4 = 8},
6488 @infoline @expr{2*4 = 8},
6489 you can leave that result on the stack while you compute the second
6490 term. With both of these results waiting on the stack you can then
6491 compute the final term, then press @kbd{+ +} to add everything up.
6492
6493 @smallexample
6494 @group
6495 2: 2 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8
6496 1: 4 . 2: 7 1: 66.5
6497 . 1: 9.5 .
6498 .
6499
6500 2 @key{RET} 4 * 7 @key{RET} 9.5 *
6501
6502 @end group
6503 @end smallexample
6504 @noindent
6505 @smallexample
6506 @group
6507 4: 8 3: 8 2: 8 1: 75.75
6508 3: 66.5 2: 66.5 1: 67.75 .
6509 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6510 1: 4 .
6511 .
6512
6513 5 @key{RET} 4 / + +
6514 @end group
6515 @end smallexample
6516
6517 Alternatively, you could add the first two terms before going on
6518 with the third term.
6519
6520 @smallexample
6521 @group
6522 2: 8 1: 74.5 3: 74.5 2: 74.5 1: 75.75
6523 1: 66.5 . 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6524 . 1: 4 .
6525 .
6526
6527 ... + 5 @key{RET} 4 / +
6528 @end group
6529 @end smallexample
6530
6531 On an old-style RPN calculator this second method would have the
6532 advantage of using only three stack levels. But since Calc's stack
6533 can grow arbitrarily large this isn't really an issue. Which method
6534 you choose is purely a matter of taste.
6535
6536 @node RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 4, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6537 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 3
6538
6539 @noindent
6540 The @key{TAB} key provides a way to operate on the number in level 2.
6541
6542 @smallexample
6543 @group
6544 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10 3: 10 3: 10
6545 2: 20 2: 30 3: 30 2: 30 2: 21
6546 1: 30 1: 20 2: 20 1: 21 1: 30
6547 . . 1: 1 . .
6548 .
6549
6550 @key{TAB} 1 + @key{TAB}
6551 @end group
6552 @end smallexample
6553
6554 Similarly, @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} gives you access to the number in level 3.
6555
6556 @smallexample
6557 @group
6558 3: 10 3: 21 3: 21 3: 30 3: 11
6559 2: 21 2: 30 2: 30 2: 11 2: 21
6560 1: 30 1: 10 1: 11 1: 21 1: 30
6561 . . . . .
6562
6563 M-@key{TAB} 1 + M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB}
6564 @end group
6565 @end smallexample
6566
6567 @node RPN Answer 4, Algebraic Answer 1, RPN Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6568 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 4
6569
6570 @noindent
6571 Either @kbd{( 2 , 3 )} or @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )} would have worked,
6572 but using both the comma and the space at once yields:
6573
6574 @smallexample
6575 @group
6576 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 2: (2, ... 2: (2, ...
6577 . 1: 2 . 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
6578 . . .
6579
6580 ( 2 , @key{SPC} 3 )
6581 @end group
6582 @end smallexample
6583
6584 Joe probably tried to type @kbd{@key{TAB} @key{DEL}} to swap the
6585 extra incomplete object to the top of the stack and delete it.
6586 But a feature of Calc is that @key{DEL} on an incomplete object
6587 deletes just one component out of that object, so he had to press
6588 @key{DEL} twice to finish the job.
6589
6590 @smallexample
6591 @group
6592 2: (2, ... 2: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (2, 3)
6593 1: (2, 3) 1: (2, ... 1: ( ... .
6594 . . .
6595
6596 @key{TAB} @key{DEL} @key{DEL}
6597 @end group
6598 @end smallexample
6599
6600 (As it turns out, deleting the second-to-top stack entry happens often
6601 enough that Calc provides a special key, @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}, to do just that.
6602 @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} is just like @kbd{@key{TAB} @key{DEL}}, except that it doesn't exhibit
6603 the ``feature'' that tripped poor Joe.)
6604
6605 @node Algebraic Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, RPN Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
6606 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 1
6607
6608 @noindent
6609 Type @kbd{' sqrt($) @key{RET}}.
6610
6611 If the @kbd{Q} key is broken, you could use @kbd{' $^0.5 @key{RET}}.
6612 Or, RPN style, @kbd{0.5 ^}.
6613
6614 (Actually, @samp{$^1:2}, using the fraction one-half as the power, is
6615 a closer equivalent, since @samp{9^0.5} yields @expr{3.0} whereas
6616 @samp{sqrt(9)} and @samp{9^1:2} yield the exact integer @expr{3}.)
6617
6618 @node Algebraic Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Algebraic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6619 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 2
6620
6621 @noindent
6622 In the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)}, @samp{x} was interpreted as a function
6623 name with @samp{1+y} as its argument. Assigning a value to a variable
6624 has no relation to a function by the same name. Joe needed to use an
6625 explicit @samp{*} symbol here: @samp{2 x*(1+y)}.
6626
6627 @node Algebraic Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6628 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 3
6629
6630 @noindent
6631 The result from @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} will be the formula @expr{1 / 0}.
6632 The ``function'' @samp{/} cannot be evaluated when its second argument
6633 is zero, so it is left in symbolic form. When you now type @kbd{0 *},
6634 the result will be zero because Calc uses the general rule that ``zero
6635 times anything is zero.''
6636
6637 @c [fix-ref Infinities]
6638 The @kbd{m i} command enables an @dfn{Infinite mode} in which @expr{1 / 0}
6639 results in a special symbol that represents ``infinity.'' If you
6640 multiply infinity by zero, Calc uses another special new symbol to
6641 show that the answer is ``indeterminate.'' @xref{Infinities}, for
6642 further discussion of infinite and indeterminate values.
6643
6644 @node Modes Answer 1, Modes Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6645 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 1
6646
6647 @noindent
6648 Calc always stores its numbers in decimal, so even though one-third has
6649 an exact base-3 representation (@samp{3#0.1}), it is still stored as
6650 0.3333333 (chopped off after 12 or however many decimal digits) inside
6651 the calculator's memory. When this inexact number is converted back
6652 to base 3 for display, it may still be slightly inexact. When we
6653 multiply this number by 3, we get 0.999999, also an inexact value.
6654
6655 When Calc displays a number in base 3, it has to decide how many digits
6656 to show. If the current precision is 12 (decimal) digits, that corresponds
6657 to @samp{12 / log10(3) = 25.15} base-3 digits. Because 25.15 is not an
6658 exact integer, Calc shows only 25 digits, with the result that stored
6659 numbers carry a little bit of extra information that may not show up on
6660 the screen. When Joe entered @samp{3#0.2}, the stored number 0.666666
6661 happened to round to a pleasing value when it lost that last 0.15 of a
6662 digit, but it was still inexact in Calc's memory. When he divided by 2,
6663 he still got the dreaded inexact value 0.333333. (Actually, he divided
6664 0.666667 by 2 to get 0.333334, which is why he got something a little
6665 higher than @code{3#0.1} instead of a little lower.)
6666
6667 If Joe didn't want to be bothered with all this, he could have typed
6668 @kbd{M-24 d n} to display with one less digit than the default. (If
6669 you give @kbd{d n} a negative argument, it uses default-minus-that,
6670 so @kbd{M-- d n} would be an easier way to get the same effect.) Those
6671 inexact results would still be lurking there, but they would now be
6672 rounded to nice, natural-looking values for display purposes. (Remember,
6673 @samp{0.022222} in base 3 is like @samp{0.099999} in base 10; rounding
6674 off one digit will round the number up to @samp{0.1}.) Depending on the
6675 nature of your work, this hiding of the inexactness may be a benefit or
6676 a danger. With the @kbd{d n} command, Calc gives you the choice.
6677
6678 Incidentally, another consequence of all this is that if you type
6679 @kbd{M-30 d n} to display more digits than are ``really there,''
6680 you'll see garbage digits at the end of the number. (In decimal
6681 display mode, with decimally-stored numbers, these garbage digits are
6682 always zero so they vanish and you don't notice them.) Because Calc
6683 rounds off that 0.15 digit, there is the danger that two numbers could
6684 be slightly different internally but still look the same. If you feel
6685 uneasy about this, set the @kbd{d n} precision to be a little higher
6686 than normal; you'll get ugly garbage digits, but you'll always be able
6687 to tell two distinct numbers apart.
6688
6689 An interesting side note is that most computers store their
6690 floating-point numbers in binary, and convert to decimal for display.
6691 Thus everyday programs have the same problem: Decimal 0.1 cannot be
6692 represented exactly in binary (try it: @kbd{0.1 d 2}), so @samp{0.1 * 10}
6693 comes out as an inexact approximation to 1 on some machines (though
6694 they generally arrange to hide it from you by rounding off one digit as
6695 we did above). Because Calc works in decimal instead of binary, you can
6696 be sure that numbers that look exact @emph{are} exact as long as you stay
6697 in decimal display mode.
6698
6699 It's not hard to show that any number that can be represented exactly
6700 in binary, octal, or hexadecimal is also exact in decimal, so the kinds
6701 of problems we saw in this exercise are likely to be severe only when
6702 you use a relatively unusual radix like 3.
6703
6704 @node Modes Answer 2, Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6705 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 2
6706
6707 If the radix is 15 or higher, we can't use the letter @samp{e} to mark
6708 the exponent because @samp{e} is interpreted as a digit. When Calc
6709 needs to display scientific notation in a high radix, it writes
6710 @samp{16#F.E8F*16.^15}. You can enter a number like this as an
6711 algebraic entry. Also, pressing @kbd{e} without any digits before it
6712 normally types @kbd{1e}, but in a high radix it types @kbd{16.^} and
6713 puts you in algebraic entry: @kbd{16#f.e8f @key{RET} e 15 @key{RET} *} is another
6714 way to enter this number.
6715
6716 The reason Calc puts a decimal point in the @samp{16.^} is to prevent
6717 huge integers from being generated if the exponent is large (consider
6718 @samp{16#1.23*16^1000}, where we compute @samp{16^1000} as a giant
6719 exact integer and then throw away most of the digits when we multiply
6720 it by the floating-point @samp{16#1.23}). While this wouldn't normally
6721 matter for display purposes, it could give you a nasty surprise if you
6722 copied that number into a file and later moved it back into Calc.
6723
6724 @node Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 4, Modes Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6725 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 3
6726
6727 @noindent
6728 The answer he got was @expr{0.5000000000006399}.
6729
6730 The problem is not that the square operation is inexact, but that the
6731 sine of 45 that was already on the stack was accurate to only 12 places.
6732 Arbitrary-precision calculations still only give answers as good as
6733 their inputs.
6734
6735 The real problem is that there is no 12-digit number which, when
6736 squared, comes out to 0.5 exactly. The @kbd{f [} and @kbd{f ]}
6737 commands decrease or increase a number by one unit in the last
6738 place (according to the current precision). They are useful for
6739 determining facts like this.
6740
6741 @smallexample
6742 @group
6743 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001
6744 . .
6745
6746 45 S 2 ^
6747
6748 @end group
6749 @end smallexample
6750 @noindent
6751 @smallexample
6752 @group
6753 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.707106781186 1: 0.499999999999
6754 . . .
6755
6756 U @key{DEL} f [ 2 ^
6757 @end group
6758 @end smallexample
6759
6760 A high-precision calculation must be carried out in high precision
6761 all the way. The only number in the original problem which was known
6762 exactly was the quantity 45 degrees, so the precision must be raised
6763 before anything is done after the number 45 has been entered in order
6764 for the higher precision to be meaningful.
6765
6766 @node Modes Answer 4, Arithmetic Answer 1, Modes Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6767 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 4
6768
6769 @noindent
6770 Many calculations involve real-world quantities, like the width and
6771 height of a piece of wood or the volume of a jar. Such quantities
6772 can't be measured exactly anyway, and if the data that is input to
6773 a calculation is inexact, doing exact arithmetic on it is a waste
6774 of time.
6775
6776 Fractions become unwieldy after too many calculations have been
6777 done with them. For example, the sum of the reciprocals of the
6778 integers from 1 to 10 is 7381:2520. The sum from 1 to 30 is
6779 9304682830147:2329089562800. After a point it will take a long
6780 time to add even one more term to this sum, but a floating-point
6781 calculation of the sum will not have this problem.
6782
6783 Also, rational numbers cannot express the results of all calculations.
6784 There is no fractional form for the square root of two, so if you type
6785 @w{@kbd{2 Q}}, Calc has no choice but to give you a floating-point answer.
6786
6787 @node Arithmetic Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 2, Modes Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
6788 @subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 1
6789
6790 @noindent
6791 Dividing two integers that are larger than the current precision may
6792 give a floating-point result that is inaccurate even when rounded
6793 down to an integer. Consider @expr{123456789 / 2} when the current
6794 precision is 6 digits. The true answer is @expr{61728394.5}, but
6795 with a precision of 6 this will be rounded to
6796 @texline @math{12345700.0/2.0 = 61728500.0}.
6797 @infoline @expr{12345700.@: / 2.@: = 61728500.}.
6798 The result, when converted to an integer, will be off by 106.
6799
6800 Here are two solutions: Raise the precision enough that the
6801 floating-point round-off error is strictly to the right of the
6802 decimal point. Or, convert to Fraction mode so that @expr{123456789 / 2}
6803 produces the exact fraction @expr{123456789:2}, which can be rounded
6804 down by the @kbd{F} command without ever switching to floating-point
6805 format.
6806
6807 @node Arithmetic Answer 2, Vector Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6808 @subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 2
6809
6810 @noindent
6811 @kbd{27 @key{RET} 9 B} could give the exact result @expr{3:2}, but it
6812 does a floating-point calculation instead and produces @expr{1.5}.
6813
6814 Calc will find an exact result for a logarithm if the result is an integer
6815 or (when in Fraction mode) the reciprocal of an integer. But there is
6816 no efficient way to search the space of all possible rational numbers
6817 for an exact answer, so Calc doesn't try.
6818
6819 @node Vector Answer 1, Vector Answer 2, Arithmetic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6820 @subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 1
6821
6822 @noindent
6823 Duplicate the vector, compute its length, then divide the vector
6824 by its length: @kbd{@key{RET} A /}.
6825
6826 @smallexample
6827 @group
6828 1: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [0.27, 0.53, 0.80] 1: 1.
6829 . 1: 3.74165738677 . .
6830 .
6831
6832 r 1 @key{RET} A / A
6833 @end group
6834 @end smallexample
6835
6836 The final @kbd{A} command shows that the normalized vector does
6837 indeed have unit length.
6838
6839 @node Vector Answer 2, Matrix Answer 1, Vector Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6840 @subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 2
6841
6842 @noindent
6843 The average position is equal to the sum of the products of the
6844 positions times their corresponding probabilities. This is the
6845 definition of the dot product operation. So all you need to do
6846 is to put the two vectors on the stack and press @kbd{*}.
6847
6848 @node Matrix Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Vector Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6849 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 1
6850
6851 @noindent
6852 The trick is to multiply by a vector of ones. Use @kbd{r 4 [1 1 1] *} to
6853 get the row sum. Similarly, use @kbd{[1 1] r 4 *} to get the column sum.
6854
6855 @node Matrix Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Matrix Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6856 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 2
6857
6858 @ifnottex
6859 @example
6860 @group
6861 x + a y = 6
6862 x + b y = 10
6863 @end group
6864 @end example
6865 @end ifnottex
6866 @tex
6867 \turnoffactive
6868 \beforedisplay
6869 $$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
6870 x &+ b y = 10}
6871 $$
6872 \afterdisplay
6873 @end tex
6874
6875 Just enter the righthand side vector, then divide by the lefthand side
6876 matrix as usual.
6877
6878 @smallexample
6879 @group
6880 1: [6, 10] 2: [6, 10] 1: [6 - 4 a / (b - a), 4 / (b - a) ]
6881 . 1: [ [ 1, a ] .
6882 [ 1, b ] ]
6883 .
6884
6885 ' [6 10] @key{RET} ' [1 a; 1 b] @key{RET} /
6886 @end group
6887 @end smallexample
6888
6889 This can be made more readable using @kbd{d B} to enable Big display
6890 mode:
6891
6892 @smallexample
6893 @group
6894 4 a 4
6895 1: [6 - -----, -----]
6896 b - a b - a
6897 @end group
6898 @end smallexample
6899
6900 Type @kbd{d N} to return to Normal display mode afterwards.
6901
6902 @node Matrix Answer 3, List Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6903 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 3
6904
6905 @noindent
6906 To solve
6907 @texline @math{A^T A \, X = A^T B},
6908 @infoline @expr{trn(A) * A * X = trn(A) * B},
6909 first we compute
6910 @texline @math{A' = A^T A}
6911 @infoline @expr{A2 = trn(A) * A}
6912 and
6913 @texline @math{B' = A^T B};
6914 @infoline @expr{B2 = trn(A) * B};
6915 now, we have a system
6916 @texline @math{A' X = B'}
6917 @infoline @expr{A2 * X = B2}
6918 which we can solve using Calc's @samp{/} command.
6919
6920 @ifnottex
6921 @example
6922 @group
6923 a + 2b + 3c = 6
6924 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
6925 7a + 6b = 3
6926 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
6927 @end group
6928 @end example
6929 @end ifnottex
6930 @tex
6931 \turnoffactive
6932 \beforedisplayh
6933 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
6934 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
6935 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
6936 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
6937 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
6938 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
6939 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
6940 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
6941 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
6942 $$
6943 \afterdisplayh
6944 @end tex
6945
6946 The first step is to enter the coefficient matrix. We'll store it in
6947 quick variable number 7 for later reference. Next, we compute the
6948 @texline @math{B'}
6949 @infoline @expr{B2}
6950 vector.
6951
6952 @smallexample
6953 @group
6954 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 4, 7, 2 ] 1: [57, 84, 96]
6955 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2, 5, 6, 4 ] .
6956 [ 7, 6, 0 ] [ 3, 6, 0, 6 ] ]
6957 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ] 1: [6, 2, 3, 11]
6958 . .
6959
6960 ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6; 7 6 0; 2 4 6] @key{RET} s 7 v t [6 2 3 11] *
6961 @end group
6962 @end smallexample
6963
6964 @noindent
6965 Now we compute the matrix
6966 @texline @math{A'}
6967 @infoline @expr{A2}
6968 and divide.
6969
6970 @smallexample
6971 @group
6972 2: [57, 84, 96] 1: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64]
6973 1: [ [ 70, 72, 39 ] .
6974 [ 72, 81, 60 ]
6975 [ 39, 60, 81 ] ]
6976 .
6977
6978 r 7 v t r 7 * /
6979 @end group
6980 @end smallexample
6981
6982 @noindent
6983 (The actual computed answer will be slightly inexact due to
6984 round-off error.)
6985
6986 Notice that the answers are similar to those for the
6987 @texline @math{3\times3}
6988 @infoline 3x3
6989 system solved in the text. That's because the fourth equation that was
6990 added to the system is almost identical to the first one multiplied
6991 by two. (If it were identical, we would have gotten the exact same
6992 answer since the
6993 @texline @math{4\times3}
6994 @infoline 4x3
6995 system would be equivalent to the original
6996 @texline @math{3\times3}
6997 @infoline 3x3
6998 system.)
6999
7000 Since the first and fourth equations aren't quite equivalent, they
7001 can't both be satisfied at once. Let's plug our answers back into
7002 the original system of equations to see how well they match.
7003
7004 @smallexample
7005 @group
7006 2: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64] 1: [5.6, 2., 3., 11.2]
7007 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
7008 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
7009 [ 7, 6, 0 ]
7010 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ]
7011 .
7012
7013 r 7 @key{TAB} *
7014 @end group
7015 @end smallexample
7016
7017 @noindent
7018 This is reasonably close to our original @expr{B} vector,
7019 @expr{[6, 2, 3, 11]}.
7020
7021 @node List Answer 1, List Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7022 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 1
7023
7024 @noindent
7025 We can use @kbd{v x} to build a vector of integers. This needs to be
7026 adjusted to get the range of integers we desire. Mapping @samp{-}
7027 across the vector will accomplish this, although it turns out the
7028 plain @samp{-} key will work just as well.
7029
7030 @smallexample
7031 @group
7032 2: 2 2: 2
7033 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9] 1: [-4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4]
7034 . .
7035
7036 2 v x 9 @key{RET} 5 V M - or 5 -
7037 @end group
7038 @end smallexample
7039
7040 @noindent
7041 Now we use @kbd{V M ^} to map the exponentiation operator across the
7042 vector.
7043
7044 @smallexample
7045 @group
7046 1: [0.0625, 0.125, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16]
7047 .
7048
7049 V M ^
7050 @end group
7051 @end smallexample
7052
7053 @node List Answer 2, List Answer 3, List Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
7054 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 2
7055
7056 @noindent
7057 Given @expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors in quick variables 1 and 2 as before,
7058 the first job is to form the matrix that describes the problem.
7059
7060 @ifnottex
7061 @example
7062 m*x + b*1 = y
7063 @end example
7064 @end ifnottex
7065 @tex
7066 \turnoffactive
7067 \beforedisplay
7068 $$ m \times x + b \times 1 = y $$
7069 \afterdisplay
7070 @end tex
7071
7072 Thus we want a
7073 @texline @math{19\times2}
7074 @infoline 19x2
7075 matrix with our @expr{x} vector as one column and
7076 ones as the other column. So, first we build the column of ones, then
7077 we combine the two columns to form our @expr{A} matrix.
7078
7079 @smallexample
7080 @group
7081 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 1: [ [ 1.34, 1 ]
7082 1: [1, 1, 1, ...] [ 1.41, 1 ]
7083 . [ 1.49, 1 ]
7084 @dots{}
7085
7086 r 1 1 v b 19 @key{RET} M-2 v p v t s 3
7087 @end group
7088 @end smallexample
7089
7090 @noindent
7091 Now we compute
7092 @texline @math{A^T y}
7093 @infoline @expr{trn(A) * y}
7094 and
7095 @texline @math{A^T A}
7096 @infoline @expr{trn(A) * A}
7097 and divide.
7098
7099 @smallexample
7100 @group
7101 1: [33.36554, 13.613] 2: [33.36554, 13.613]
7102 . 1: [ [ 98.0003, 41.63 ]
7103 [ 41.63, 19 ] ]
7104 .
7105
7106 v t r 2 * r 3 v t r 3 *
7107 @end group
7108 @end smallexample
7109
7110 @noindent
7111 (Hey, those numbers look familiar!)
7112
7113 @smallexample
7114 @group
7115 1: [0.52141679, -0.425978]
7116 .
7117
7118 /
7119 @end group
7120 @end smallexample
7121
7122 Since we were solving equations of the form
7123 @texline @math{m \times x + b \times 1 = y},
7124 @infoline @expr{m*x + b*1 = y},
7125 these numbers should be @expr{m} and @expr{b}, respectively. Sure
7126 enough, they agree exactly with the result computed using @kbd{V M} and
7127 @kbd{V R}!
7128
7129 The moral of this story: @kbd{V M} and @kbd{V R} will probably solve
7130 your problem, but there is often an easier way using the higher-level
7131 arithmetic functions!
7132
7133 @c [fix-ref Curve Fitting]
7134 In fact, there is a built-in @kbd{a F} command that does least-squares
7135 fits. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
7136
7137 @node List Answer 3, List Answer 4, List Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
7138 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 3
7139
7140 @noindent
7141 Move to one end of the list and press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} or
7142 whatever) to set the mark, then move to the other end of the list
7143 and type @w{@kbd{C-x * g}}.
7144
7145 @smallexample
7146 @group
7147 1: [2.3, 6, 22, 15.1, 7, 15, 14, 7.5, 2.5]
7148 .
7149 @end group
7150 @end smallexample
7151
7152 To make things interesting, let's assume we don't know at a glance
7153 how many numbers are in this list. Then we could type:
7154
7155 @smallexample
7156 @group
7157 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ]
7158 1: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 126356422.5
7159 . .
7160
7161 @key{RET} V R *
7162
7163 @end group
7164 @end smallexample
7165 @noindent
7166 @smallexample
7167 @group
7168 2: 126356422.5 2: 126356422.5 1: 7.94652913734
7169 1: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 9 .
7170 . .
7171
7172 @key{TAB} v l I ^
7173 @end group
7174 @end smallexample
7175
7176 @noindent
7177 (The @kbd{I ^} command computes the @var{n}th root of a number.
7178 You could also type @kbd{& ^} to take the reciprocal of 9 and
7179 then raise the number to that power.)
7180
7181 @node List Answer 4, List Answer 5, List Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7182 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 4
7183
7184 @noindent
7185 A number @expr{j} is a divisor of @expr{n} if
7186 @texline @math{n \mathbin{\hbox{\code{\%}}} j = 0}.
7187 @infoline @samp{n % j = 0}.
7188 The first step is to get a vector that identifies the divisors.
7189
7190 @smallexample
7191 @group
7192 2: 30 2: [0, 0, 0, 2, ...] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...]
7193 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: 0 .
7194 . .
7195
7196 30 @key{RET} v x 30 @key{RET} s 1 V M % 0 V M a = s 2
7197 @end group
7198 @end smallexample
7199
7200 @noindent
7201 This vector has 1's marking divisors of 30 and 0's marking non-divisors.
7202
7203 The zeroth divisor function is just the total number of divisors.
7204 The first divisor function is the sum of the divisors.
7205
7206 @smallexample
7207 @group
7208 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8 2: 8
7209 2: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: [1, 2, 3, 0, ...] 1: 72
7210 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...] . .
7211 .
7212
7213 V R + r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
7214 @end group
7215 @end smallexample
7216
7217 @noindent
7218 Once again, the last two steps just compute a dot product for which
7219 a simple @kbd{*} would have worked equally well.
7220
7221 @node List Answer 5, List Answer 6, List Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
7222 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 5
7223
7224 @noindent
7225 The obvious first step is to obtain the list of factors with @kbd{k f}.
7226 This list will always be in sorted order, so if there are duplicates
7227 they will be right next to each other. A suitable method is to compare
7228 the list with a copy of itself shifted over by one.
7229
7230 @smallexample
7231 @group
7232 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0]
7233 . 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0] 1: [0, 3, 7, 7, 7, 19]
7234 . .
7235
7236 19551 k f @key{RET} 0 | @key{TAB} 0 @key{TAB} |
7237
7238 @end group
7239 @end smallexample
7240 @noindent
7241 @smallexample
7242 @group
7243 1: [0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0] 1: 2 1: 0
7244 . . .
7245
7246 V M a = V R + 0 a =
7247 @end group
7248 @end smallexample
7249
7250 @noindent
7251 Note that we have to arrange for both vectors to have the same length
7252 so that the mapping operation works; no prime factor will ever be
7253 zero, so adding zeros on the left and right is safe. From then on
7254 the job is pretty straightforward.
7255
7256 Incidentally, Calc provides the
7257 @texline @dfn{M@"obius} @math{\mu}
7258 @infoline @dfn{Moebius mu}
7259 function which is zero if and only if its argument is square-free. It
7260 would be a much more convenient way to do the above test in practice.
7261
7262 @node List Answer 6, List Answer 7, List Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
7263 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 6
7264
7265 @noindent
7266 First use @kbd{v x 6 @key{RET}} to get a list of integers, then @kbd{V M v x}
7267 to get a list of lists of integers!
7268
7269 @node List Answer 7, List Answer 8, List Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
7270 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 7
7271
7272 @noindent
7273 Here's one solution. First, compute the triangular list from the previous
7274 exercise and type @kbd{1 -} to subtract one from all the elements.
7275
7276 @smallexample
7277 @group
7278 1: [ [0],
7279 [0, 1],
7280 [0, 1, 2],
7281 @dots{}
7282
7283 1 -
7284 @end group
7285 @end smallexample
7286
7287 The numbers down the lefthand edge of the list we desire are called
7288 the ``triangular numbers'' (now you know why!). The @expr{n}th
7289 triangular number is the sum of the integers from 1 to @expr{n}, and
7290 can be computed directly by the formula
7291 @texline @math{n (n+1) \over 2}.
7292 @infoline @expr{n * (n+1) / 2}.
7293
7294 @smallexample
7295 @group
7296 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
7297 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7298 . .
7299
7300 v x 6 @key{RET} 1 - V M ' $ ($+1)/2 @key{RET}
7301 @end group
7302 @end smallexample
7303
7304 @noindent
7305 Adding this list to the above list of lists produces the desired
7306 result:
7307
7308 @smallexample
7309 @group
7310 1: [ [0],
7311 [1, 2],
7312 [3, 4, 5],
7313 [6, 7, 8, 9],
7314 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
7315 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
7316 .
7317
7318 V M +
7319 @end group
7320 @end smallexample
7321
7322 If we did not know the formula for triangular numbers, we could have
7323 computed them using a @kbd{V U +} command. We could also have
7324 gotten them the hard way by mapping a reduction across the original
7325 triangular list.
7326
7327 @smallexample
7328 @group
7329 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
7330 1: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7331 . .
7332
7333 @key{RET} V M V R +
7334 @end group
7335 @end smallexample
7336
7337 @noindent
7338 (This means ``map a @kbd{V R +} command across the vector,'' and
7339 since each element of the main vector is itself a small vector,
7340 @kbd{V R +} computes the sum of its elements.)
7341
7342 @node List Answer 8, List Answer 9, List Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
7343 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 8
7344
7345 @noindent
7346 The first step is to build a list of values of @expr{x}.
7347
7348 @smallexample
7349 @group
7350 1: [1, 2, 3, ..., 21] 1: [0, 1, 2, ..., 20] 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ..., 5]
7351 . . .
7352
7353 v x 21 @key{RET} 1 - 4 / s 1
7354 @end group
7355 @end smallexample
7356
7357 Next, we compute the Bessel function values.
7358
7359 @smallexample
7360 @group
7361 1: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ..., -0.328]
7362 .
7363
7364 V M ' besJ(1,$) @key{RET}
7365 @end group
7366 @end smallexample
7367
7368 @noindent
7369 (Another way to do this would be @kbd{1 @key{TAB} V M f j}.)
7370
7371 A way to isolate the maximum value is to compute the maximum using
7372 @kbd{V R X}, then compare all the Bessel values with that maximum.
7373
7374 @smallexample
7375 @group
7376 2: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ]
7377 1: 0.5801562 . 1: 1
7378 . .
7379
7380 @key{RET} V R X V M a = @key{RET} V R + @key{DEL}
7381 @end group
7382 @end smallexample
7383
7384 @noindent
7385 It's a good idea to verify, as in the last step above, that only
7386 one value is equal to the maximum. (After all, a plot of
7387 @texline @math{\sin x}
7388 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}
7389 might have many points all equal to the maximum value, 1.)
7390
7391 The vector we have now has a single 1 in the position that indicates
7392 the maximum value of @expr{x}. Now it is a simple matter to convert
7393 this back into the corresponding value itself.
7394
7395 @smallexample
7396 @group
7397 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0., 0., ... ] 1: 1.75
7398 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ... ] . .
7399 .
7400
7401 r 1 V M * V R +
7402 @end group
7403 @end smallexample
7404
7405 If @kbd{a =} had produced more than one @expr{1} value, this method
7406 would have given the sum of all maximum @expr{x} values; not very
7407 useful! In this case we could have used @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector})
7408 instead. This command deletes all elements of a ``data'' vector that
7409 correspond to zeros in a ``mask'' vector, leaving us with, in this
7410 example, a vector of maximum @expr{x} values.
7411
7412 The built-in @kbd{a X} command maximizes a function using more
7413 efficient methods. Just for illustration, let's use @kbd{a X}
7414 to maximize @samp{besJ(1,x)} over this same interval.
7415
7416 @smallexample
7417 @group
7418 2: besJ(1, x) 1: [1.84115, 0.581865]
7419 1: [0 .. 5] .
7420 .
7421
7422 ' besJ(1,x), [0..5] @key{RET} a X x @key{RET}
7423 @end group
7424 @end smallexample
7425
7426 @noindent
7427 The output from @kbd{a X} is a vector containing the value of @expr{x}
7428 that maximizes the function, and the function's value at that maximum.
7429 As you can see, our simple search got quite close to the right answer.
7430
7431 @node List Answer 9, List Answer 10, List Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
7432 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 9
7433
7434 @noindent
7435 Step one is to convert our integer into vector notation.
7436
7437 @smallexample
7438 @group
7439 1: 25129925999 3: 25129925999
7440 . 2: 10
7441 1: [11, 10, 9, ..., 1, 0]
7442 .
7443
7444 25129925999 @key{RET} 10 @key{RET} 12 @key{RET} v x 12 @key{RET} -
7445
7446 @end group
7447 @end smallexample
7448 @noindent
7449 @smallexample
7450 @group
7451 1: 25129925999 1: [0, 2, 25, 251, 2512, ... ]
7452 2: [100000000000, ... ] .
7453 .
7454
7455 V M ^ s 1 V M \
7456 @end group
7457 @end smallexample
7458
7459 @noindent
7460 (Recall, the @kbd{\} command computes an integer quotient.)
7461
7462 @smallexample
7463 @group
7464 1: [0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 5, 9, 9, 9]
7465 .
7466
7467 10 V M % s 2
7468 @end group
7469 @end smallexample
7470
7471 Next we must increment this number. This involves adding one to
7472 the last digit, plus handling carries. There is a carry to the
7473 left out of a digit if that digit is a nine and all the digits to
7474 the right of it are nines.
7475
7476 @smallexample
7477 @group
7478 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, ... ]
7479 . .
7480
7481 9 V M a = v v
7482
7483 @end group
7484 @end smallexample
7485 @noindent
7486 @smallexample
7487 @group
7488 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1]
7489 . .
7490
7491 V U * v v 1 |
7492 @end group
7493 @end smallexample
7494
7495 @noindent
7496 Accumulating @kbd{*} across a vector of ones and zeros will preserve
7497 only the initial run of ones. These are the carries into all digits
7498 except the rightmost digit. Concatenating a one on the right takes
7499 care of aligning the carries properly, and also adding one to the
7500 rightmost digit.
7501
7502 @smallexample
7503 @group
7504 2: [0, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 6, 0, 0, 0]
7505 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] .
7506 .
7507
7508 0 r 2 | V M + 10 V M %
7509 @end group
7510 @end smallexample
7511
7512 @noindent
7513 Here we have concatenated 0 to the @emph{left} of the original number;
7514 this takes care of shifting the carries by one with respect to the
7515 digits that generated them.
7516
7517 Finally, we must convert this list back into an integer.
7518
7519 @smallexample
7520 @group
7521 3: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ]
7522 2: 1000000000000 1: [1000000000000, 100000000000, ... ]
7523 1: [100000000000, ... ] .
7524 .
7525
7526 10 @key{RET} 12 ^ r 1 |
7527
7528 @end group
7529 @end smallexample
7530 @noindent
7531 @smallexample
7532 @group
7533 1: [0, 0, 20000000000, 5000000000, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7534 . .
7535
7536 V M * V R +
7537 @end group
7538 @end smallexample
7539
7540 @noindent
7541 Another way to do this final step would be to reduce the formula
7542 @w{@samp{10 $$ + $}} across the vector of digits.
7543
7544 @smallexample
7545 @group
7546 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7547 . .
7548
7549 V R ' 10 $$ + $ @key{RET}
7550 @end group
7551 @end smallexample
7552
7553 @node List Answer 10, List Answer 11, List Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
7554 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 10
7555
7556 @noindent
7557 For the list @expr{[a, b, c, d]}, the result is @expr{((a = b) = c) = d},
7558 which will compare @expr{a} and @expr{b} to produce a 1 or 0, which is
7559 then compared with @expr{c} to produce another 1 or 0, which is then
7560 compared with @expr{d}. This is not at all what Joe wanted.
7561
7562 Here's a more correct method:
7563
7564 @smallexample
7565 @group
7566 1: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7] 2: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7]
7567 . 1: 7
7568 .
7569
7570 ' [7,7,7,8,7] @key{RET} @key{RET} v r 1 @key{RET}
7571
7572 @end group
7573 @end smallexample
7574 @noindent
7575 @smallexample
7576 @group
7577 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 1] 1: 0
7578 . .
7579
7580 V M a = V R *
7581 @end group
7582 @end smallexample
7583
7584 @node List Answer 11, List Answer 12, List Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
7585 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 11
7586
7587 @noindent
7588 The circle of unit radius consists of those points @expr{(x,y)} for which
7589 @expr{x^2 + y^2 < 1}. We start by generating a vector of @expr{x^2}
7590 and a vector of @expr{y^2}.
7591
7592 We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7593 commands.
7594
7595 @smallexample
7596 @group
7597 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.]
7598 1: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [1.16, 1.98, ..., 0.81]
7599 . .
7600
7601 v . t . 2. v b 100 @key{RET} @key{RET} V M k r
7602
7603 @end group
7604 @end smallexample
7605 @noindent
7606 @smallexample
7607 @group
7608 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036]
7609 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036] 2: [0.53, 0.81, ..., 0.094]
7610 . .
7611
7612 1 - 2 V M ^ @key{TAB} V M k r 1 - 2 V M ^
7613 @end group
7614 @end smallexample
7615
7616 Now we sum the @expr{x^2} and @expr{y^2} values, compare with 1 to
7617 get a vector of 1/0 truth values, then sum the truth values.
7618
7619 @smallexample
7620 @group
7621 1: [0.56, 1.78, ..., 0.13] 1: [1, 0, ..., 1] 1: 84
7622 . . .
7623
7624 + 1 V M a < V R +
7625 @end group
7626 @end smallexample
7627
7628 @noindent
7629 The ratio @expr{84/100} should approximate the ratio @cpiover{4}.
7630
7631 @smallexample
7632 @group
7633 1: 0.84 1: 3.36 2: 3.36 1: 1.0695
7634 . . 1: 3.14159 .
7635
7636 100 / 4 * P /
7637 @end group
7638 @end smallexample
7639
7640 @noindent
7641 Our estimate, 3.36, is off by about 7%. We could get a better estimate
7642 by taking more points (say, 1000), but it's clear that this method is
7643 not very efficient!
7644
7645 (Naturally, since this example uses random numbers your own answer
7646 will be slightly different from the one shown here!)
7647
7648 If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
7649 return to full-sized display of vectors.
7650
7651 @node List Answer 12, List Answer 13, List Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
7652 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 12
7653
7654 @noindent
7655 This problem can be made a lot easier by taking advantage of some
7656 symmetries. First of all, after some thought it's clear that the
7657 @expr{y} axis can be ignored altogether. Just pick a random @expr{x}
7658 component for one end of the match, pick a random direction
7659 @texline @math{\theta},
7660 @infoline @expr{theta},
7661 and see if @expr{x} and
7662 @texline @math{x + \cos \theta}
7663 @infoline @expr{x + cos(theta)}
7664 (which is the @expr{x} coordinate of the other endpoint) cross a line.
7665 The lines are at integer coordinates, so this happens when the two
7666 numbers surround an integer.
7667
7668 Since the two endpoints are equivalent, we may as well choose the leftmost
7669 of the two endpoints as @expr{x}. Then @expr{theta} is an angle pointing
7670 to the right, in the range -90 to 90 degrees. (We could use radians, but
7671 it would feel like cheating to refer to @cpiover{2} radians while trying
7672 to estimate @cpi{}!)
7673
7674 In fact, since the field of lines is infinite we can choose the
7675 coordinates 0 and 1 for the lines on either side of the leftmost
7676 endpoint. The rightmost endpoint will be between 0 and 1 if the
7677 match does not cross a line, or between 1 and 2 if it does. So:
7678 Pick random @expr{x} and
7679 @texline @math{\theta},
7680 @infoline @expr{theta},
7681 compute
7682 @texline @math{x + \cos \theta},
7683 @infoline @expr{x + cos(theta)},
7684 and count how many of the results are greater than one. Simple!
7685
7686 We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7687 commands.
7688
7689 @smallexample
7690 @group
7691 1: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72]
7692 . 1: [78.4, 64.5, ..., -42.9]
7693 .
7694
7695 v . t . 1. v b 100 @key{RET} V M k r 180. v b 100 @key{RET} V M k r 90 -
7696 @end group
7697 @end smallexample
7698
7699 @noindent
7700 (The next step may be slow, depending on the speed of your computer.)
7701
7702 @smallexample
7703 @group
7704 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 1: [0.72, 1.14, ..., 1.45]
7705 1: [0.20, 0.43, ..., 0.73] .
7706 .
7707
7708 m d V M C +
7709
7710 @end group
7711 @end smallexample
7712 @noindent
7713 @smallexample
7714 @group
7715 1: [0, 1, ..., 1] 1: 0.64 1: 3.125
7716 . . .
7717
7718 1 V M a > V R + 100 / 2 @key{TAB} /
7719 @end group
7720 @end smallexample
7721
7722 Let's try the third method, too. We'll use random integers up to
7723 one million. The @kbd{k r} command with an integer argument picks
7724 a random integer.
7725
7726 @smallexample
7727 @group
7728 2: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 2: [78489, 527587, ..., 814975]
7729 1: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 1: [324014, 358783, ..., 955450]
7730 . .
7731
7732 1000000 v b 100 @key{RET} @key{RET} V M k r @key{TAB} V M k r
7733
7734 @end group
7735 @end smallexample
7736 @noindent
7737 @smallexample
7738 @group
7739 1: [1, 1, ..., 25] 1: [1, 1, ..., 0] 1: 0.56
7740 . . .
7741
7742 V M k g 1 V M a = V R + 100 /
7743
7744 @end group
7745 @end smallexample
7746 @noindent
7747 @smallexample
7748 @group
7749 1: 10.714 1: 3.273
7750 . .
7751
7752 6 @key{TAB} / Q
7753 @end group
7754 @end smallexample
7755
7756 For a proof of this property of the GCD function, see section 4.5.2,
7757 exercise 10, of Knuth's @emph{Art of Computer Programming}, volume II.
7758
7759 If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
7760 return to full-sized display of vectors.
7761
7762 @node List Answer 13, List Answer 14, List Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
7763 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 13
7764
7765 @noindent
7766 First, we put the string on the stack as a vector of ASCII codes.
7767
7768 @smallexample
7769 @group
7770 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
7771 .
7772
7773 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET}
7774 @end group
7775 @end smallexample
7776
7777 @noindent
7778 Note that the @kbd{"} key, like @kbd{$}, initiates algebraic entry so
7779 there was no need to type an apostrophe. Also, Calc didn't mind that
7780 we omitted the closing @kbd{"}. (The same goes for all closing delimiters
7781 like @kbd{)} and @kbd{]} at the end of a formula.
7782
7783 We'll show two different approaches here. In the first, we note that
7784 if the input vector is @expr{[a, b, c, d]}, then the hash code is
7785 @expr{3 (3 (3a + b) + c) + d = 27a + 9b + 3c + d}. In other words,
7786 it's a sum of descending powers of three times the ASCII codes.
7787
7788 @smallexample
7789 @group
7790 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
7791 1: 16 1: [15, 14, 13, ..., 0]
7792 . .
7793
7794 @key{RET} v l v x 16 @key{RET} -
7795
7796 @end group
7797 @end smallexample
7798 @noindent
7799 @smallexample
7800 @group
7801 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098 1: 121
7802 1: [14348907, ..., 1] . .
7803 .
7804
7805 3 @key{TAB} V M ^ * 511 %
7806 @end group
7807 @end smallexample
7808
7809 @noindent
7810 Once again, @kbd{*} elegantly summarizes most of the computation.
7811 But there's an even more elegant approach: Reduce the formula
7812 @kbd{3 $$ + $} across the vector. Recall that this represents a
7813 function of two arguments that computes its first argument times three
7814 plus its second argument.
7815
7816 @smallexample
7817 @group
7818 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098
7819 . .
7820
7821 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET} V R ' 3$$+$ @key{RET}
7822 @end group
7823 @end smallexample
7824
7825 @noindent
7826 If you did the decimal arithmetic exercise, this will be familiar.
7827 Basically, we're turning a base-3 vector of digits into an integer,
7828 except that our ``digits'' are much larger than real digits.
7829
7830 Instead of typing @kbd{511 %} again to reduce the result, we can be
7831 cleverer still and notice that rather than computing a huge integer
7832 and taking the modulo at the end, we can take the modulo at each step
7833 without affecting the result. While this means there are more
7834 arithmetic operations, the numbers we operate on remain small so
7835 the operations are faster.
7836
7837 @smallexample
7838 @group
7839 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 121
7840 . .
7841
7842 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET} V R ' (3$$+$)%511 @key{RET}
7843 @end group
7844 @end smallexample
7845
7846 Why does this work? Think about a two-step computation:
7847 @w{@expr{3 (3a + b) + c}}. Taking a result modulo 511 basically means
7848 subtracting off enough 511's to put the result in the desired range.
7849 So the result when we take the modulo after every step is,
7850
7851 @ifnottex
7852 @example
7853 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n
7854 @end example
7855 @end ifnottex
7856 @tex
7857 \turnoffactive
7858 \beforedisplay
7859 $$ 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n $$
7860 \afterdisplay
7861 @end tex
7862
7863 @noindent
7864 for some suitable integers @expr{m} and @expr{n}. Expanding out by
7865 the distributive law yields
7866
7867 @ifnottex
7868 @example
7869 9 a + 3 b + c - 511*3 m - 511 n
7870 @end example
7871 @end ifnottex
7872 @tex
7873 \turnoffactive
7874 \beforedisplay
7875 $$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511\times3 m - 511 n $$
7876 \afterdisplay
7877 @end tex
7878
7879 @noindent
7880 The @expr{m} term in the latter formula is redundant because any
7881 contribution it makes could just as easily be made by the @expr{n}
7882 term. So we can take it out to get an equivalent formula with
7883 @expr{n' = 3m + n},
7884
7885 @ifnottex
7886 @example
7887 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n'
7888 @end example
7889 @end ifnottex
7890 @tex
7891 \turnoffactive
7892 \beforedisplay
7893 $$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n' $$
7894 \afterdisplay
7895 @end tex
7896
7897 @noindent
7898 which is just the formula for taking the modulo only at the end of
7899 the calculation. Therefore the two methods are essentially the same.
7900
7901 Later in the tutorial we will encounter @dfn{modulo forms}, which
7902 basically automate the idea of reducing every intermediate result
7903 modulo some value @var{m}.
7904
7905 @node List Answer 14, Types Answer 1, List Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
7906 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 14
7907
7908 We want to use @kbd{H V U} to nest a function which adds a random
7909 step to an @expr{(x,y)} coordinate. The function is a bit long, but
7910 otherwise the problem is quite straightforward.
7911
7912 @smallexample
7913 @group
7914 2: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
7915 1: 50 [ 0.4288, -0.1695 ]
7916 . [ -0.4787, -0.9027 ]
7917 ...
7918
7919 [0,0] 50 H V U ' <# + [random(2.0)-1, random(2.0)-1]> @key{RET}
7920 @end group
7921 @end smallexample
7922
7923 Just as the text recommended, we used @samp{< >} nameless function
7924 notation to keep the two @code{random} calls from being evaluated
7925 before nesting even begins.
7926
7927 We now have a vector of @expr{[x, y]} sub-vectors, which by Calc's
7928 rules acts like a matrix. We can transpose this matrix and unpack
7929 to get a pair of vectors, @expr{x} and @expr{y}, suitable for graphing.
7930
7931 @smallexample
7932 @group
7933 2: [ 0, 0.4288, -0.4787, ... ]
7934 1: [ 0, -0.1696, -0.9027, ... ]
7935 .
7936
7937 v t v u g f
7938 @end group
7939 @end smallexample
7940
7941 Incidentally, because the @expr{x} and @expr{y} are completely
7942 independent in this case, we could have done two separate commands
7943 to create our @expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors of numbers directly.
7944
7945 To make a random walk of unit steps, we note that @code{sincos} of
7946 a random direction exactly gives us an @expr{[x, y]} step of unit
7947 length; in fact, the new nesting function is even briefer, though
7948 we might want to lower the precision a bit for it.
7949
7950 @smallexample
7951 @group
7952 2: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
7953 1: 50 [ 0.1318, 0.9912 ]
7954 . [ -0.5965, 0.3061 ]
7955 ...
7956
7957 [0,0] 50 m d p 6 @key{RET} H V U ' <# + sincos(random(360.0))> @key{RET}
7958 @end group
7959 @end smallexample
7960
7961 Another @kbd{v t v u g f} sequence will graph this new random walk.
7962
7963 An interesting twist on these random walk functions would be to use
7964 complex numbers instead of 2-vectors to represent points on the plane.
7965 In the first example, we'd use something like @samp{random + random*(0,1)},
7966 and in the second we could use polar complex numbers with random phase
7967 angles. (This exercise was first suggested in this form by Randal
7968 Schwartz.)
7969
7970 @node Types Answer 1, Types Answer 2, List Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
7971 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 1
7972
7973 @noindent
7974 If the number is the square root of @cpi{} times a rational number,
7975 then its square, divided by @cpi{}, should be a rational number.
7976
7977 @smallexample
7978 @group
7979 1: 1.26508260337 1: 0.509433962268 1: 2486645810:4881193627
7980 . . .
7981
7982 2 ^ P / c F
7983 @end group
7984 @end smallexample
7985
7986 @noindent
7987 Technically speaking this is a rational number, but not one that is
7988 likely to have arisen in the original problem. More likely, it just
7989 happens to be the fraction which most closely represents some
7990 irrational number to within 12 digits.
7991
7992 But perhaps our result was not quite exact. Let's reduce the
7993 precision slightly and try again:
7994
7995 @smallexample
7996 @group
7997 1: 0.509433962268 1: 27:53
7998 . .
7999
8000 U p 10 @key{RET} c F
8001 @end group
8002 @end smallexample
8003
8004 @noindent
8005 Aha! It's unlikely that an irrational number would equal a fraction
8006 this simple to within ten digits, so our original number was probably
8007 @texline @math{\sqrt{27 \pi / 53}}.
8008 @infoline @expr{sqrt(27 pi / 53)}.
8009
8010 Notice that we didn't need to re-round the number when we reduced the
8011 precision. Remember, arithmetic operations always round their inputs
8012 to the current precision before they begin.
8013
8014 @node Types Answer 2, Types Answer 3, Types Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8015 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 2
8016
8017 @noindent
8018 @samp{inf / inf = nan}. Perhaps @samp{1} is the ``obvious'' answer.
8019 But if @w{@samp{17 inf = inf}}, then @samp{17 inf / inf = inf / inf = 17}, too.
8020
8021 @samp{exp(inf) = inf}. It's tempting to say that the exponential
8022 of infinity must be ``bigger'' than ``regular'' infinity, but as
8023 far as Calc is concerned all infinities are as just as big.
8024 In other words, as @expr{x} goes to infinity, @expr{e^x} also goes
8025 to infinity, but the fact the @expr{e^x} grows much faster than
8026 @expr{x} is not relevant here.
8027
8028 @samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. Here we have a finite answer even though
8029 the input is infinite.
8030
8031 @samp{sqrt(-inf) = (0, 1) inf}. Remember that @expr{(0, 1)}
8032 represents the imaginary number @expr{i}. Here's a derivation:
8033 @samp{sqrt(-inf) = @w{sqrt((-1) * inf)} = sqrt(-1) * sqrt(inf)}.
8034 The first part is, by definition, @expr{i}; the second is @code{inf}
8035 because, once again, all infinities are the same size.
8036
8037 @samp{sqrt(uinf) = uinf}. In fact, we do know something about the
8038 direction because @code{sqrt} is defined to return a value in the
8039 right half of the complex plane. But Calc has no notation for this,
8040 so it settles for the conservative answer @code{uinf}.
8041
8042 @samp{abs(uinf) = inf}. No matter which direction @expr{x} points,
8043 @samp{abs(x)} always points along the positive real axis.
8044
8045 @samp{ln(0) = -inf}. Here we have an infinite answer to a finite
8046 input. As in the @expr{1 / 0} case, Calc will only use infinities
8047 here if you have turned on Infinite mode. Otherwise, it will
8048 treat @samp{ln(0)} as an error.
8049
8050 @node Types Answer 3, Types Answer 4, Types Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8051 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 3
8052
8053 @noindent
8054 We can make @samp{inf - inf} be any real number we like, say,
8055 @expr{a}, just by claiming that we added @expr{a} to the first
8056 infinity but not to the second. This is just as true for complex
8057 values of @expr{a}, so @code{nan} can stand for a complex number.
8058 (And, similarly, @code{uinf} can stand for an infinity that points
8059 in any direction in the complex plane, such as @samp{(0, 1) inf}).
8060
8061 In fact, we can multiply the first @code{inf} by two. Surely
8062 @w{@samp{2 inf - inf = inf}}, but also @samp{2 inf - inf = inf - inf = nan}.
8063 So @code{nan} can even stand for infinity. Obviously it's just
8064 as easy to make it stand for minus infinity as for plus infinity.
8065
8066 The moral of this story is that ``infinity'' is a slippery fish
8067 indeed, and Calc tries to handle it by having a very simple model
8068 for infinities (only the direction counts, not the ``size''); but
8069 Calc is careful to write @code{nan} any time this simple model is
8070 unable to tell what the true answer is.
8071
8072 @node Types Answer 4, Types Answer 5, Types Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8073 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 4
8074
8075 @smallexample
8076 @group
8077 2: 0@@ 47' 26" 1: 0@@ 2' 47.411765"
8078 1: 17 .
8079 .
8080
8081 0@@ 47' 26" @key{RET} 17 /
8082 @end group
8083 @end smallexample
8084
8085 @noindent
8086 The average song length is two minutes and 47.4 seconds.
8087
8088 @smallexample
8089 @group
8090 2: 0@@ 2' 47.411765" 1: 0@@ 3' 7.411765" 1: 0@@ 53' 6.000005"
8091 1: 0@@ 0' 20" . .
8092 .
8093
8094 20" + 17 *
8095 @end group
8096 @end smallexample
8097
8098 @noindent
8099 The album would be 53 minutes and 6 seconds long.
8100
8101 @node Types Answer 5, Types Answer 6, Types Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8102 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 5
8103
8104 @noindent
8105 Let's suppose it's January 14, 1991. The easiest thing to do is
8106 to keep trying 13ths of months until Calc reports a Friday.
8107 We can do this by manually entering dates, or by using @kbd{t I}:
8108
8109 @smallexample
8110 @group
8111 1: <Wed Feb 13, 1991> 1: <Wed Mar 13, 1991> 1: <Sat Apr 13, 1991>
8112 . . .
8113
8114 ' <2/13> @key{RET} @key{DEL} ' <3/13> @key{RET} t I
8115 @end group
8116 @end smallexample
8117
8118 @noindent
8119 (Calc assumes the current year if you don't say otherwise.)
8120
8121 This is getting tedious---we can keep advancing the date by typing
8122 @kbd{t I} over and over again, but let's automate the job by using
8123 vector mapping. The @kbd{t I} command actually takes a second
8124 ``how-many-months'' argument, which defaults to one. This
8125 argument is exactly what we want to map over:
8126
8127 @smallexample
8128 @group
8129 2: <Sat Apr 13, 1991> 1: [<Mon May 13, 1991>, <Thu Jun 13, 1991>,
8130 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] <Sat Jul 13, 1991>, <Tue Aug 13, 1991>,
8131 . <Fri Sep 13, 1991>, <Sun Oct 13, 1991>]
8132 .
8133
8134 v x 6 @key{RET} V M t I
8135 @end group
8136 @end smallexample
8137
8138 @noindent
8139 Et voil@`a, September 13, 1991 is a Friday.
8140
8141 @smallexample
8142 @group
8143 1: 242
8144 .
8145
8146 ' <sep 13> - <jan 14> @key{RET}
8147 @end group
8148 @end smallexample
8149
8150 @noindent
8151 And the answer to our original question: 242 days to go.
8152
8153 @node Types Answer 6, Types Answer 7, Types Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
8154 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 6
8155
8156 @noindent
8157 The full rule for leap years is that they occur in every year divisible
8158 by four, except that they don't occur in years divisible by 100, except
8159 that they @emph{do} in years divisible by 400. We could work out the
8160 answer by carefully counting the years divisible by four and the
8161 exceptions, but there is a much simpler way that works even if we
8162 don't know the leap year rule.
8163
8164 Let's assume the present year is 1991. Years have 365 days, except
8165 that leap years (whenever they occur) have 366 days. So let's count
8166 the number of days between now and then, and compare that to the
8167 number of years times 365. The number of extra days we find must be
8168 equal to the number of leap years there were.
8169
8170 @smallexample
8171 @group
8172 1: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 2: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 1: 2925593
8173 . 1: <Tue Jan 1, 1991> .
8174 .
8175
8176 ' <jan 1 10001> @key{RET} ' <jan 1 1991> @key{RET} -
8177
8178 @end group
8179 @end smallexample
8180 @noindent
8181 @smallexample
8182 @group
8183 3: 2925593 2: 2925593 2: 2925593 1: 1943
8184 2: 10001 1: 8010 1: 2923650 .
8185 1: 1991 . .
8186 .
8187
8188 10001 @key{RET} 1991 - 365 * -
8189 @end group
8190 @end smallexample
8191
8192 @c [fix-ref Date Forms]
8193 @noindent
8194 There will be 1943 leap years before the year 10001. (Assuming,
8195 of course, that the algorithm for computing leap years remains
8196 unchanged for that long. @xref{Date Forms}, for some interesting
8197 background information in that regard.)
8198
8199 @node Types Answer 7, Types Answer 8, Types Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
8200 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 7
8201
8202 @noindent
8203 The relative errors must be converted to absolute errors so that
8204 @samp{+/-} notation may be used.
8205
8206 @smallexample
8207 @group
8208 1: 1. 2: 1.
8209 . 1: 0.2
8210 .
8211
8212 20 @key{RET} .05 * 4 @key{RET} .05 *
8213 @end group
8214 @end smallexample
8215
8216 Now we simply chug through the formula.
8217
8218 @smallexample
8219 @group
8220 1: 19.7392088022 1: 394.78 +/- 19.739 1: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8221 . . .
8222
8223 2 P 2 ^ * 20 p 1 * 4 p .2 @key{RET} 2 ^ *
8224 @end group
8225 @end smallexample
8226
8227 It turns out the @kbd{v u} command will unpack an error form as
8228 well as a vector. This saves us some retyping of numbers.
8229
8230 @smallexample
8231 @group
8232 3: 6316.5 +/- 706.21 2: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8233 2: 6316.5 1: 0.1118
8234 1: 706.21 .
8235 .
8236
8237 @key{RET} v u @key{TAB} /
8238 @end group
8239 @end smallexample
8240
8241 @noindent
8242 Thus the volume is 6316 cubic centimeters, within about 11 percent.
8243
8244 @node Types Answer 8, Types Answer 9, Types Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
8245 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 8
8246
8247 @noindent
8248 The first answer is pretty simple: @samp{1 / (0 .. 10) = (0.1 .. inf)}.
8249 Since a number in the interval @samp{(0 .. 10)} can get arbitrarily
8250 close to zero, its reciprocal can get arbitrarily large, so the answer
8251 is an interval that effectively means, ``any number greater than 0.1''
8252 but with no upper bound.
8253
8254 The second answer, similarly, is @samp{1 / (-10 .. 0) = (-inf .. -0.1)}.
8255
8256 Calc normally treats division by zero as an error, so that the formula
8257 @w{@samp{1 / 0}} is left unsimplified. Our third problem,
8258 @w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 10]}}, also (potentially) divides by zero because zero
8259 is now a member of the interval. So Calc leaves this one unevaluated, too.
8260
8261 If you turn on Infinite mode by pressing @kbd{m i}, you will
8262 instead get the answer @samp{[0.1 .. inf]}, which includes infinity
8263 as a possible value.
8264
8265 The fourth calculation, @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}, has the same problem.
8266 Zero is buried inside the interval, but it's still a possible value.
8267 It's not hard to see that the actual result of @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}
8268 will be either greater than @mathit{0.1}, or less than @mathit{-0.1}. Thus
8269 the interval goes from minus infinity to plus infinity, with a ``hole''
8270 in it from @mathit{-0.1} to @mathit{0.1}. Calc doesn't have any way to
8271 represent this, so it just reports @samp{[-inf .. inf]} as the answer.
8272 It may be disappointing to hear ``the answer lies somewhere between
8273 minus infinity and plus infinity, inclusive,'' but that's the best
8274 that interval arithmetic can do in this case.
8275
8276 @node Types Answer 9, Types Answer 10, Types Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
8277 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 9
8278
8279 @smallexample
8280 @group
8281 1: [-3 .. 3] 2: [-3 .. 3] 2: [0 .. 9]
8282 . 1: [0 .. 9] 1: [-9 .. 9]
8283 . .
8284
8285 [ 3 n .. 3 ] @key{RET} 2 ^ @key{TAB} @key{RET} *
8286 @end group
8287 @end smallexample
8288
8289 @noindent
8290 In the first case the result says, ``if a number is between @mathit{-3} and
8291 3, its square is between 0 and 9.'' The second case says, ``the product
8292 of two numbers each between @mathit{-3} and 3 is between @mathit{-9} and 9.''
8293
8294 An interval form is not a number; it is a symbol that can stand for
8295 many different numbers. Two identical-looking interval forms can stand
8296 for different numbers.
8297
8298 The same issue arises when you try to square an error form.
8299
8300 @node Types Answer 10, Types Answer 11, Types Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
8301 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 10
8302
8303 @noindent
8304 Testing the first number, we might arbitrarily choose 17 for @expr{x}.
8305
8306 @smallexample
8307 @group
8308 1: 17 mod 811749613 2: 17 mod 811749613 1: 533694123 mod 811749613
8309 . 811749612 .
8310 .
8311
8312 17 M 811749613 @key{RET} 811749612 ^
8313 @end group
8314 @end smallexample
8315
8316 @noindent
8317 Since 533694123 is (considerably) different from 1, the number 811749613
8318 must not be prime.
8319
8320 It's awkward to type the number in twice as we did above. There are
8321 various ways to avoid this, and algebraic entry is one. In fact, using
8322 a vector mapping operation we can perform several tests at once. Let's
8323 use this method to test the second number.
8324
8325 @smallexample
8326 @group
8327 2: [17, 42, 100000] 1: [1 mod 15485863, 1 mod ... ]
8328 1: 15485863 .
8329 .
8330
8331 [17 42 100000] 15485863 @key{RET} V M ' ($$ mod $)^($-1) @key{RET}
8332 @end group
8333 @end smallexample
8334
8335 @noindent
8336 The result is three ones (modulo @expr{n}), so it's very probable that
8337 15485863 is prime. (In fact, this number is the millionth prime.)
8338
8339 Note that the functions @samp{($$^($-1)) mod $} or @samp{$$^($-1) % $}
8340 would have been hopelessly inefficient, since they would have calculated
8341 the power using full integer arithmetic.
8342
8343 Calc has a @kbd{k p} command that does primality testing. For small
8344 numbers it does an exact test; for large numbers it uses a variant
8345 of the Fermat test we used here. You can use @kbd{k p} repeatedly
8346 to prove that a large integer is prime with any desired probability.
8347
8348 @node Types Answer 11, Types Answer 12, Types Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
8349 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 11
8350
8351 @noindent
8352 There are several ways to insert a calculated number into an HMS form.
8353 One way to convert a number of seconds to an HMS form is simply to
8354 multiply the number by an HMS form representing one second:
8355
8356 @smallexample
8357 @group
8358 1: 31415926.5359 2: 31415926.5359 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8359 . 1: 0@@ 0' 1" .
8360 .
8361
8362 P 1e7 * 0@@ 0' 1" *
8363
8364 @end group
8365 @end smallexample
8366 @noindent
8367 @smallexample
8368 @group
8369 2: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359" 1: 6@@ 6' 2.5359" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
8370 1: 15@@ 27' 16" mod 24@@ 0' 0" .
8371 .
8372
8373 x time @key{RET} +
8374 @end group
8375 @end smallexample
8376
8377 @noindent
8378 It will be just after six in the morning.
8379
8380 The algebraic @code{hms} function can also be used to build an
8381 HMS form:
8382
8383 @smallexample
8384 @group
8385 1: hms(0, 0, 10000000. pi) 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8386 . .
8387
8388 ' hms(0, 0, 1e7 pi) @key{RET} =
8389 @end group
8390 @end smallexample
8391
8392 @noindent
8393 The @kbd{=} key is necessary to evaluate the symbol @samp{pi} to
8394 the actual number 3.14159...
8395
8396 @node Types Answer 12, Types Answer 13, Types Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
8397 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 12
8398
8399 @noindent
8400 As we recall, there are 17 songs of about 2 minutes and 47 seconds
8401 each.
8402
8403 @smallexample
8404 @group
8405 2: 0@@ 2' 47" 1: [0@@ 3' 7" .. 0@@ 3' 47"]
8406 1: [0@@ 0' 20" .. 0@@ 1' 0"] .
8407 .
8408
8409 [ 0@@ 20" .. 0@@ 1' ] +
8410
8411 @end group
8412 @end smallexample
8413 @noindent
8414 @smallexample
8415 @group
8416 1: [0@@ 52' 59." .. 1@@ 4' 19."]
8417 .
8418
8419 17 *
8420 @end group
8421 @end smallexample
8422
8423 @noindent
8424 No matter how long it is, the album will fit nicely on one CD.
8425
8426 @node Types Answer 13, Types Answer 14, Types Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
8427 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 13
8428
8429 @noindent
8430 Type @kbd{' 1 yr @key{RET} u c s @key{RET}}. The answer is 31557600 seconds.
8431
8432 @node Types Answer 14, Types Answer 15, Types Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
8433 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 14
8434
8435 @noindent
8436 How long will it take for a signal to get from one end of the computer
8437 to the other?
8438
8439 @smallexample
8440 @group
8441 1: m / c 1: 3.3356 ns
8442 . .
8443
8444 ' 1 m / c @key{RET} u c ns @key{RET}
8445 @end group
8446 @end smallexample
8447
8448 @noindent
8449 (Recall, @samp{c} is a ``unit'' corresponding to the speed of light.)
8450
8451 @smallexample
8452 @group
8453 1: 3.3356 ns 1: 0.81356 ns / ns 1: 0.81356
8454 2: 4.1 ns . .
8455 .
8456
8457 ' 4.1 ns @key{RET} / u s
8458 @end group
8459 @end smallexample
8460
8461 @noindent
8462 Thus a signal could take up to 81 percent of a clock cycle just to
8463 go from one place to another inside the computer, assuming the signal
8464 could actually attain the full speed of light. Pretty tight!
8465
8466 @node Types Answer 15, Algebra Answer 1, Types Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
8467 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 15
8468
8469 @noindent
8470 The speed limit is 55 miles per hour on most highways. We want to
8471 find the ratio of Sam's speed to the US speed limit.
8472
8473 @smallexample
8474 @group
8475 1: 55 mph 2: 55 mph 3: 11 hr mph / yd
8476 . 1: 5 yd / hr .
8477 .
8478
8479 ' 55 mph @key{RET} ' 5 yd/hr @key{RET} /
8480 @end group
8481 @end smallexample
8482
8483 The @kbd{u s} command cancels out these units to get a plain
8484 number. Now we take the logarithm base two to find the final
8485 answer, assuming that each successive pill doubles his speed.
8486
8487 @smallexample
8488 @group
8489 1: 19360. 2: 19360. 1: 14.24
8490 . 1: 2 .
8491 .
8492
8493 u s 2 B
8494 @end group
8495 @end smallexample
8496
8497 @noindent
8498 Thus Sam can take up to 14 pills without a worry.
8499
8500 @node Algebra Answer 1, Algebra Answer 2, Types Answer 15, Answers to Exercises
8501 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 1
8502
8503 @noindent
8504 @c [fix-ref Declarations]
8505 The result @samp{sqrt(x)^2} is simplified back to @expr{x} by the
8506 Calculator, but @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is not. (Consider what happens
8507 if @w{@expr{x = -4}}.) If @expr{x} is real, this formula could be
8508 simplified to @samp{abs(x)}, but for general complex arguments even
8509 that is not safe. (@xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell Calc
8510 that @expr{x} is known to be real.)
8511
8512 @node Algebra Answer 2, Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8513 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 2
8514
8515 @noindent
8516 Suppose our roots are @expr{[a, b, c]}. We want a polynomial which
8517 is zero when @expr{x} is any of these values. The trivial polynomial
8518 @expr{x-a} is zero when @expr{x=a}, so the product @expr{(x-a)(x-b)(x-c)}
8519 will do the job. We can use @kbd{a c x} to write this in a more
8520 familiar form.
8521
8522 @smallexample
8523 @group
8524 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [1.19023, -1.19023, 0]
8525 . .
8526
8527 r 2 a P x @key{RET}
8528
8529 @end group
8530 @end smallexample
8531 @noindent
8532 @smallexample
8533 @group
8534 1: [x - 1.19023, x + 1.19023, x] 1: (x - 1.19023) (x + 1.19023) x
8535 . .
8536
8537 V M ' x-$ @key{RET} V R *
8538
8539 @end group
8540 @end smallexample
8541 @noindent
8542 @smallexample
8543 @group
8544 1: x^3 - 1.41666 x 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
8545 . .
8546
8547 a c x @key{RET} 24 n * a x
8548 @end group
8549 @end smallexample
8550
8551 @noindent
8552 Sure enough, our answer (multiplied by a suitable constant) is the
8553 same as the original polynomial.
8554
8555 @node Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 4, Algebra Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8556 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 3
8557
8558 @smallexample
8559 @group
8560 1: x sin(pi x) 1: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8561 . .
8562
8563 ' x sin(pi x) @key{RET} m r a i x @key{RET}
8564
8565 @end group
8566 @end smallexample
8567 @noindent
8568 @smallexample
8569 @group
8570 1: [y, 1]
8571 2: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8572 .
8573
8574 ' [y,1] @key{RET} @key{TAB}
8575
8576 @end group
8577 @end smallexample
8578 @noindent
8579 @smallexample
8580 @group
8581 1: [(sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2, (sin(pi) - pi cos(pi)) / pi^2]
8582 .
8583
8584 V M $ @key{RET}
8585
8586 @end group
8587 @end smallexample
8588 @noindent
8589 @smallexample
8590 @group
8591 1: (sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2 + (pi cos(pi) - sin(pi)) / pi^2
8592 .
8593
8594 V R -
8595
8596 @end group
8597 @end smallexample
8598 @noindent
8599 @smallexample
8600 @group
8601 1: (sin(3.14159 y) - 3.14159 y cos(3.14159 y)) / 9.8696 - 0.3183
8602 .
8603
8604 =
8605
8606 @end group
8607 @end smallexample
8608 @noindent
8609 @smallexample
8610 @group
8611 1: [0., -0.95493, 0.63662, -1.5915, 1.2732]
8612 .
8613
8614 v x 5 @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}
8615 @end group
8616 @end smallexample
8617
8618 @node Algebra Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 1, Algebra Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8619 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 4
8620
8621 @noindent
8622 The hard part is that @kbd{V R +} is no longer sufficient to add up all
8623 the contributions from the slices, since the slices have varying
8624 coefficients. So first we must come up with a vector of these
8625 coefficients. Here's one way:
8626
8627 @smallexample
8628 @group
8629 2: -1 2: 3 1: [4, 2, ..., 4]
8630 1: [1, 2, ..., 9] 1: [-1, 1, ..., -1] .
8631 . .
8632
8633 1 n v x 9 @key{RET} V M ^ 3 @key{TAB} -
8634
8635 @end group
8636 @end smallexample
8637 @noindent
8638 @smallexample
8639 @group
8640 1: [4, 2, ..., 4, 1] 1: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8641 . .
8642
8643 1 | 1 @key{TAB} |
8644 @end group
8645 @end smallexample
8646
8647 @noindent
8648 Now we compute the function values. Note that for this method we need
8649 eleven values, including both endpoints of the desired interval.
8650
8651 @smallexample
8652 @group
8653 2: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8654 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9, 2.]
8655 .
8656
8657 11 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} .1 @key{RET} C-u v x
8658
8659 @end group
8660 @end smallexample
8661 @noindent
8662 @smallexample
8663 @group
8664 2: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8665 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
8666 .
8667
8668 ' sin(x) ln(x) @key{RET} m r p 5 @key{RET} V M $ @key{RET}
8669 @end group
8670 @end smallexample
8671
8672 @noindent
8673 Once again this calls for @kbd{V M * V R +}; a simple @kbd{*} does the
8674 same thing.
8675
8676 @smallexample
8677 @group
8678 1: 11.22 1: 1.122 1: 0.374
8679 . . .
8680
8681 * .1 * 3 /
8682 @end group
8683 @end smallexample
8684
8685 @noindent
8686 Wow! That's even better than the result from the Taylor series method.
8687
8688 @node Rewrites Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 2, Algebra Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8689 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 1
8690
8691 @noindent
8692 We'll use Big mode to make the formulas more readable.
8693
8694 @smallexample
8695 @group
8696 ___
8697 2 + V 2
8698 1: (2 + sqrt(2)) / (1 + sqrt(2)) 1: --------
8699 . ___
8700 1 + V 2
8701
8702 .
8703
8704 ' (2+sqrt(2)) / (1+sqrt(2)) @key{RET} d B
8705 @end group
8706 @end smallexample
8707
8708 @noindent
8709 Multiplying by the conjugate helps because @expr{(a+b) (a-b) = a^2 - b^2}.
8710
8711 @smallexample
8712 @group
8713 ___ ___
8714 1: (2 + V 2 ) (V 2 - 1)
8715 .
8716
8717 a r a/(b+c) := a*(b-c) / (b^2-c^2) @key{RET}
8718
8719 @end group
8720 @end smallexample
8721 @noindent
8722 @smallexample
8723 @group
8724 ___ ___
8725 1: 2 + V 2 - 2 1: V 2
8726 . .
8727
8728 a r a*(b+c) := a*b + a*c a s
8729 @end group
8730 @end smallexample
8731
8732 @noindent
8733 (We could have used @kbd{a x} instead of a rewrite rule for the
8734 second step.)
8735
8736 The multiply-by-conjugate rule turns out to be useful in many
8737 different circumstances, such as when the denominator involves
8738 sines and cosines or the imaginary constant @code{i}.
8739
8740 @node Rewrites Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8741 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 2
8742
8743 @noindent
8744 Here is the rule set:
8745
8746 @smallexample
8747 @group
8748 [ fib(n) := fib(n, 1, 1) :: integer(n) :: n >= 1,
8749 fib(1, x, y) := x,
8750 fib(n, x, y) := fib(n-1, y, x+y) ]
8751 @end group
8752 @end smallexample
8753
8754 @noindent
8755 The first rule turns a one-argument @code{fib} that people like to write
8756 into a three-argument @code{fib} that makes computation easier. The
8757 second rule converts back from three-argument form once the computation
8758 is done. The third rule does the computation itself. It basically
8759 says that if @expr{x} and @expr{y} are two consecutive Fibonacci numbers,
8760 then @expr{y} and @expr{x+y} are the next (overlapping) pair of Fibonacci
8761 numbers.
8762
8763 Notice that because the number @expr{n} was ``validated'' by the
8764 conditions on the first rule, there is no need to put conditions on
8765 the other rules because the rule set would never get that far unless
8766 the input were valid. That further speeds computation, since no
8767 extra conditions need to be checked at every step.
8768
8769 Actually, a user with a nasty sense of humor could enter a bad
8770 three-argument @code{fib} call directly, say, @samp{fib(0, 1, 1)},
8771 which would get the rules into an infinite loop. One thing that would
8772 help keep this from happening by accident would be to use something like
8773 @samp{ZzFib} instead of @code{fib} as the name of the three-argument
8774 function.
8775
8776 @node Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8777 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 3
8778
8779 @noindent
8780 He got an infinite loop. First, Calc did as expected and rewrote
8781 @w{@samp{2 + 3 x}} to @samp{f(2, 3, x)}. Then it looked for ways to
8782 apply the rule again, and found that @samp{f(2, 3, x)} looks like
8783 @samp{a + b x} with @w{@samp{a = 0}} and @samp{b = 1}, so it rewrote to
8784 @samp{f(0, 1, f(2, 3, x))}. It then wrapped another @samp{f(0, 1, ...)}
8785 around that, and so on, ad infinitum. Joe should have used @kbd{M-1 a r}
8786 to make sure the rule applied only once.
8787
8788 (Actually, even the first step didn't work as he expected. What Calc
8789 really gives for @kbd{M-1 a r} in this situation is @samp{f(3 x, 1, 2)},
8790 treating 2 as the ``variable,'' and @samp{3 x} as a constant being added
8791 to it. While this may seem odd, it's just as valid a solution as the
8792 ``obvious'' one. One way to fix this would be to add the condition
8793 @samp{:: variable(x)} to the rule, to make sure the thing that matches
8794 @samp{x} is indeed a variable, or to change @samp{x} to @samp{quote(x)}
8795 on the lefthand side, so that the rule matches the actual variable
8796 @samp{x} rather than letting @samp{x} stand for something else.)
8797
8798 @node Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8799 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 4
8800
8801 @noindent
8802 @ignore
8803 @starindex
8804 @end ignore
8805 @tindex seq
8806 Here is a suitable set of rules to solve the first part of the problem:
8807
8808 @smallexample
8809 @group
8810 [ seq(n, c) := seq(n/2, c+1) :: n%2 = 0,
8811 seq(n, c) := seq(3n+1, c+1) :: n%2 = 1 :: n > 1 ]
8812 @end group
8813 @end smallexample
8814
8815 Given the initial formula @samp{seq(6, 0)}, application of these
8816 rules produces the following sequence of formulas:
8817
8818 @example
8819 seq( 3, 1)
8820 seq(10, 2)
8821 seq( 5, 3)
8822 seq(16, 4)
8823 seq( 8, 5)
8824 seq( 4, 6)
8825 seq( 2, 7)
8826 seq( 1, 8)
8827 @end example
8828
8829 @noindent
8830 whereupon neither of the rules match, and rewriting stops.
8831
8832 We can pretty this up a bit with a couple more rules:
8833
8834 @smallexample
8835 @group
8836 [ seq(n) := seq(n, 0),
8837 seq(1, c) := c,
8838 ... ]
8839 @end group
8840 @end smallexample
8841
8842 @noindent
8843 Now, given @samp{seq(6)} as the starting configuration, we get 8
8844 as the result.
8845
8846 The change to return a vector is quite simple:
8847
8848 @smallexample
8849 @group
8850 [ seq(n) := seq(n, []) :: integer(n) :: n > 0,
8851 seq(1, v) := v | 1,
8852 seq(n, v) := seq(n/2, v | n) :: n%2 = 0,
8853 seq(n, v) := seq(3n+1, v | n) :: n%2 = 1 ]
8854 @end group
8855 @end smallexample
8856
8857 @noindent
8858 Given @samp{seq(6)}, the result is @samp{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
8859
8860 Notice that the @expr{n > 1} guard is no longer necessary on the last
8861 rule since the @expr{n = 1} case is now detected by another rule.
8862 But a guard has been added to the initial rule to make sure the
8863 initial value is suitable before the computation begins.
8864
8865 While still a good idea, this guard is not as vitally important as it
8866 was for the @code{fib} function, since calling, say, @samp{seq(x, [])}
8867 will not get into an infinite loop. Calc will not be able to prove
8868 the symbol @samp{x} is either even or odd, so none of the rules will
8869 apply and the rewrites will stop right away.
8870
8871 @node Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 6, Rewrites Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8872 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 5
8873
8874 @noindent
8875 @ignore
8876 @starindex
8877 @end ignore
8878 @tindex nterms
8879 If @expr{x} is the sum @expr{a + b}, then `@tfn{nterms(}@var{x}@tfn{)}' must
8880 be `@tfn{nterms(}@var{a}@tfn{)}' plus `@tfn{nterms(}@var{b}@tfn{)}'. If @expr{x}
8881 is not a sum, then `@tfn{nterms(}@var{x}@tfn{)}' = 1.
8882
8883 @smallexample
8884 @group
8885 [ nterms(a + b) := nterms(a) + nterms(b),
8886 nterms(x) := 1 ]
8887 @end group
8888 @end smallexample
8889
8890 @noindent
8891 Here we have taken advantage of the fact that earlier rules always
8892 match before later rules; @samp{nterms(x)} will only be tried if we
8893 already know that @samp{x} is not a sum.
8894
8895 @node Rewrites Answer 6, Programming Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
8896 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 6
8897
8898 @noindent
8899 Here is a rule set that will do the job:
8900
8901 @smallexample
8902 @group
8903 [ a*(b + c) := a*b + a*c,
8904 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) O(x^m) := O(x^n) :: n <= m
8905 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
8906 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) x^m := O(x^n) :: n <= m
8907 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
8908 a O(x^n) := O(x^n) :: constant(a),
8909 x^opt(m) O(x^n) := O(x^(n+m)),
8910 O(x^n) O(x^m) := O(x^(n+m)) ]
8911 @end group
8912 @end smallexample
8913
8914 If we really want the @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} keys to operate naturally
8915 on power series, we should put these rules in @code{EvalRules}. For
8916 testing purposes, it is better to put them in a different variable,
8917 say, @code{O}, first.
8918
8919 The first rule just expands products of sums so that the rest of the
8920 rules can assume they have an expanded-out polynomial to work with.
8921 Note that this rule does not mention @samp{O} at all, so it will
8922 apply to any product-of-sum it encounters---this rule may surprise
8923 you if you put it into @code{EvalRules}!
8924
8925 In the second rule, the sum of two O's is changed to the smaller O.
8926 The optional constant coefficients are there mostly so that
8927 @samp{O(x^2) - O(x^3)} and @samp{O(x^3) - O(x^2)} are handled
8928 as well as @samp{O(x^2) + O(x^3)}.
8929
8930 The third rule absorbs higher powers of @samp{x} into O's.
8931
8932 The fourth rule says that a constant times a negligible quantity
8933 is still negligible. (This rule will also match @samp{O(x^3) / 4},
8934 with @samp{a = 1/4}.)
8935
8936 The fifth rule rewrites, for example, @samp{x^2 O(x^3)} to @samp{O(x^5)}.
8937 (It is easy to see that if one of these forms is negligible, the other
8938 is, too.) Notice the @samp{x^opt(m)} to pick up terms like
8939 @w{@samp{x O(x^3)}}. Optional powers will match @samp{x} as @samp{x^1}
8940 but not 1 as @samp{x^0}. This turns out to be exactly what we want here.
8941
8942 The sixth rule is the corresponding rule for products of two O's.
8943
8944 Another way to solve this problem would be to create a new ``data type''
8945 that represents truncated power series. We might represent these as
8946 function calls @samp{series(@var{coefs}, @var{x})} where @var{coefs} is
8947 a vector of coefficients for @expr{x^0}, @expr{x^1}, @expr{x^2}, and so
8948 on. Rules would exist for sums and products of such @code{series}
8949 objects, and as an optional convenience could also know how to combine a
8950 @code{series} object with a normal polynomial. (With this, and with a
8951 rule that rewrites @samp{O(x^n)} to the equivalent @code{series} form,
8952 you could still enter power series in exactly the same notation as
8953 before.) Operations on such objects would probably be more efficient,
8954 although the objects would be a bit harder to read.
8955
8956 @c [fix-ref Compositions]
8957 Some other symbolic math programs provide a power series data type
8958 similar to this. Mathematica, for example, has an object that looks
8959 like @samp{PowerSeries[@var{x}, @var{x0}, @var{coefs}, @var{nmin},
8960 @var{nmax}, @var{den}]}, where @var{x0} is the point about which the
8961 power series is taken (we've been assuming this was always zero),
8962 and @var{nmin}, @var{nmax}, and @var{den} allow pseudo-power-series
8963 with fractional or negative powers. Also, the @code{PowerSeries}
8964 objects have a special display format that makes them look like
8965 @samp{2 x^2 + O(x^4)} when they are printed out. (@xref{Compositions},
8966 for a way to do this in Calc, although for something as involved as
8967 this it would probably be better to write the formatting routine
8968 in Lisp.)
8969
8970 @node Programming Answer 1, Programming Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
8971 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 1
8972
8973 @noindent
8974 Just enter the formula @samp{ninteg(sin(t)/t, t, 0, x)}, type
8975 @kbd{Z F}, and answer the questions. Since this formula contains two
8976 variables, the default argument list will be @samp{(t x)}. We want to
8977 change this to @samp{(x)} since @expr{t} is really a dummy variable
8978 to be used within @code{ninteg}.
8979
8980 The exact keystrokes are @kbd{Z F s Si @key{RET} @key{RET} C-b C-b @key{DEL} @key{DEL} @key{RET} y}.
8981 (The @kbd{C-b C-b @key{DEL} @key{DEL}} are what fix the argument list.)
8982
8983 @node Programming Answer 2, Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8984 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 2
8985
8986 @noindent
8987 One way is to move the number to the top of the stack, operate on
8988 it, then move it back: @kbd{C-x ( M-@key{TAB} n M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} C-x )}.
8989
8990 Another way is to negate the top three stack entries, then negate
8991 again the top two stack entries: @kbd{C-x ( M-3 n M-2 n C-x )}.
8992
8993 Finally, it turns out that a negative prefix argument causes a
8994 command like @kbd{n} to operate on the specified stack entry only,
8995 which is just what we want: @kbd{C-x ( M-- 3 n C-x )}.
8996
8997 Just for kicks, let's also do it algebraically:
8998 @w{@kbd{C-x ( ' -$$$, $$, $ @key{RET} C-x )}}.
8999
9000 @node Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
9001 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 3
9002
9003 @noindent
9004 Each of these functions can be computed using the stack, or using
9005 algebraic entry, whichever way you prefer:
9006
9007 @noindent
9008 Computing
9009 @texline @math{\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}}:
9010 @infoline @expr{sin(x) / x}:
9011
9012 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( @key{RET} S @key{TAB} / C-x )}.
9013
9014 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' sin($)/$ @key{RET} C-x )}.
9015
9016 @noindent
9017 Computing the logarithm:
9018
9019 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( @key{TAB} B C-x )}
9020
9021 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' log($,$$) @key{RET} C-x )}.
9022
9023 @noindent
9024 Computing the vector of integers:
9025
9026 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( 1 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x C-x )}. (Recall that
9027 @kbd{C-u v x} takes the vector size, starting value, and increment
9028 from the stack.)
9029
9030 Alternatively: @kbd{C-x ( ~ v x C-x )}. (The @kbd{~} key pops a
9031 number from the stack and uses it as the prefix argument for the
9032 next command.)
9033
9034 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' index($) @key{RET} C-x )}.
9035
9036 @node Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
9037 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 4
9038
9039 @noindent
9040 Here's one way: @kbd{C-x ( @key{RET} V R + @key{TAB} v l / C-x )}.
9041
9042 @node Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
9043 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 5
9044
9045 @smallexample
9046 @group
9047 2: 1 1: 1.61803398502 2: 1.61803398502
9048 1: 20 . 1: 1.61803398875
9049 . .
9050
9051 1 @key{RET} 20 Z < & 1 + Z > I H P
9052 @end group
9053 @end smallexample
9054
9055 @noindent
9056 This answer is quite accurate.
9057
9058 @node Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
9059 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 6
9060
9061 @noindent
9062 Here is the matrix:
9063
9064 @example
9065 [ [ 0, 1 ] * [a, b] = [b, a + b]
9066 [ 1, 1 ] ]
9067 @end example
9068
9069 @noindent
9070 Thus @samp{[0, 1; 1, 1]^n * [1, 1]} computes Fibonacci numbers @expr{n+1}
9071 and @expr{n+2}. Here's one program that does the job:
9072
9073 @example
9074 C-x ( ' [0, 1; 1, 1] ^ ($-1) * [1, 1] @key{RET} v u @key{DEL} C-x )
9075 @end example
9076
9077 @noindent
9078 This program is quite efficient because Calc knows how to raise a
9079 matrix (or other value) to the power @expr{n} in only
9080 @texline @math{\log_2 n}
9081 @infoline @expr{log(n,2)}
9082 steps. For example, this program can compute the 1000th Fibonacci
9083 number (a 209-digit integer!) in about 10 steps; even though the
9084 @kbd{Z < ... Z >} solution had much simpler steps, it would have
9085 required so many steps that it would not have been practical.
9086
9087 @node Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
9088 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 7
9089
9090 @noindent
9091 The trick here is to compute the harmonic numbers differently, so that
9092 the loop counter itself accumulates the sum of reciprocals. We use
9093 a separate variable to hold the integer counter.
9094
9095 @smallexample
9096 @group
9097 1: 1 2: 1 1: .
9098 . 1: 4
9099 .
9100
9101 1 t 1 1 @key{RET} 4 Z ( t 2 r 1 1 + s 1 & Z )
9102 @end group
9103 @end smallexample
9104
9105 @noindent
9106 The body of the loop goes as follows: First save the harmonic sum
9107 so far in variable 2. Then delete it from the stack; the for loop
9108 itself will take care of remembering it for us. Next, recall the
9109 count from variable 1, add one to it, and feed its reciprocal to
9110 the for loop to use as the step value. The for loop will increase
9111 the ``loop counter'' by that amount and keep going until the
9112 loop counter exceeds 4.
9113
9114 @smallexample
9115 @group
9116 2: 31 3: 31
9117 1: 3.99498713092 2: 3.99498713092
9118 . 1: 4.02724519544
9119 .
9120
9121 r 1 r 2 @key{RET} 31 & +
9122 @end group
9123 @end smallexample
9124
9125 Thus we find that the 30th harmonic number is 3.99, and the 31st
9126 harmonic number is 4.02.
9127
9128 @node Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
9129 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 8
9130
9131 @noindent
9132 The first step is to compute the derivative @expr{f'(x)} and thus
9133 the formula
9134 @texline @math{\displaystyle{x - {f(x) \over f'(x)}}}.
9135 @infoline @expr{x - f(x)/f'(x)}.
9136
9137 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9138 below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9139 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9140 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9141 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9142 just for purposes of illustration.)
9143
9144 @smallexample
9145 @group
9146 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5 3: 4.5
9147 1: 4.5 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5
9148 . 1: -(sin(x) cos(cos(x)))
9149 .
9150
9151 ' sin(cos(x))-0.5 @key{RET} 4.5 m r C-x ( Z ` @key{TAB} @key{RET} a d x @key{RET}
9152
9153 @end group
9154 @end smallexample
9155 @noindent
9156 @smallexample
9157 @group
9158 2: 4.5
9159 1: x + (sin(cos(x)) - 0.5) / sin(x) cos(cos(x))
9160 .
9161
9162 / ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} - t 1
9163 @end group
9164 @end smallexample
9165
9166 Now, we enter the loop. We'll use a repeat loop with a 20-repetition
9167 limit just in case the method fails to converge for some reason.
9168 (Normally, the @w{@kbd{Z /}} command will stop the loop before all 20
9169 repetitions are done.)
9170
9171 @smallexample
9172 @group
9173 1: 4.5 3: 4.5 2: 4.5
9174 . 2: x + (sin(cos(x)) ... 1: 5.24196456928
9175 1: 4.5 .
9176 .
9177
9178 20 Z < @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET}
9179 @end group
9180 @end smallexample
9181
9182 This is the new guess for @expr{x}. Now we compare it with the
9183 old one to see if we've converged.
9184
9185 @smallexample
9186 @group
9187 3: 5.24196 2: 5.24196 1: 5.24196 1: 5.26345856348
9188 2: 5.24196 1: 0 . .
9189 1: 4.5 .
9190 .
9191
9192 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z / Z > Z ' C-x )
9193 @end group
9194 @end smallexample
9195
9196 The loop converges in just a few steps to this value. To check
9197 the result, we can simply substitute it back into the equation.
9198
9199 @smallexample
9200 @group
9201 2: 5.26345856348
9202 1: 0.499999999997
9203 .
9204
9205 @key{RET} ' sin(cos($)) @key{RET}
9206 @end group
9207 @end smallexample
9208
9209 Let's test the new definition again:
9210
9211 @smallexample
9212 @group
9213 2: x^2 - 9 1: 3.
9214 1: 1 .
9215 .
9216
9217 ' x^2-9 @key{RET} 1 X
9218 @end group
9219 @end smallexample
9220
9221 Once again, here's the full Newton's Method definition:
9222
9223 @example
9224 @group
9225 C-x ( Z ` @key{TAB} @key{RET} a d x @key{RET} / ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} - t 1
9226 20 Z < @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET}
9227 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z /
9228 Z >
9229 Z '
9230 C-x )
9231 @end group
9232 @end example
9233
9234 @c [fix-ref Nesting and Fixed Points]
9235 It turns out that Calc has a built-in command for applying a formula
9236 repeatedly until it converges to a number. @xref{Nesting and Fixed Points},
9237 to see how to use it.
9238
9239 @c [fix-ref Root Finding]
9240 Also, of course, @kbd{a R} is a built-in command that uses Newton's
9241 method (among others) to look for numerical solutions to any equation.
9242 @xref{Root Finding}.
9243
9244 @node Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
9245 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 9
9246
9247 @noindent
9248 The first step is to adjust @expr{z} to be greater than 5. A simple
9249 ``for'' loop will do the job here. If @expr{z} is less than 5, we
9250 reduce the problem using
9251 @texline @math{\psi(z) = \psi(z+1) - 1/z}.
9252 @infoline @expr{psi(z) = psi(z+1) - 1/z}. We go
9253 on to compute
9254 @texline @math{\psi(z+1)},
9255 @infoline @expr{psi(z+1)},
9256 and remember to add back a factor of @expr{-1/z} when we're done. This
9257 step is repeated until @expr{z > 5}.
9258
9259 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9260 below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9261 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9262 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9263 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9264 just for purposes of illustration.)
9265
9266 @smallexample
9267 @group
9268 1: 1. 1: 1.
9269 . .
9270
9271 1.0 @key{RET} C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9272 @end group
9273 @end smallexample
9274
9275 Here, variable 1 holds @expr{z} and variable 2 holds the adjustment
9276 factor. If @expr{z < 5}, we use a loop to increase it.
9277
9278 (By the way, we started with @samp{1.0} instead of the integer 1 because
9279 otherwise the calculation below will try to do exact fractional arithmetic,
9280 and will never converge because fractions compare equal only if they
9281 are exactly equal, not just equal to within the current precision.)
9282
9283 @smallexample
9284 @group
9285 3: 1. 2: 1. 1: 6.
9286 2: 1. 1: 1 .
9287 1: 5 .
9288 .
9289
9290 @key{RET} 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9291 @end group
9292 @end smallexample
9293
9294 Now we compute the initial part of the sum:
9295 @texline @math{\ln z - {1 \over 2z}}
9296 @infoline @expr{ln(z) - 1/2z}
9297 minus the adjustment factor.
9298
9299 @smallexample
9300 @group
9301 2: 1.79175946923 2: 1.7084261359 1: -0.57490719743
9302 1: 0.0833333333333 1: 2.28333333333 .
9303 . .
9304
9305 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9306 @end group
9307 @end smallexample
9308
9309 Now we evaluate the series. We'll use another ``for'' loop counting
9310 up the value of @expr{2 n}. (Calc does have a summation command,
9311 @kbd{a +}, but we'll use loops just to get more practice with them.)
9312
9313 @smallexample
9314 @group
9315 3: -0.5749 3: -0.5749 4: -0.5749 2: -0.5749
9316 2: 2 2: 1:6 3: 1:6 1: 2.3148e-3
9317 1: 40 1: 2 2: 2 .
9318 . . 1: 36.
9319 .
9320
9321 2 @key{RET} 40 Z ( @key{RET} k b @key{TAB} @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} ^ * /
9322
9323 @end group
9324 @end smallexample
9325 @noindent
9326 @smallexample
9327 @group
9328 3: -0.5749 3: -0.5772 2: -0.5772 1: -0.577215664892
9329 2: -0.5749 2: -0.5772 1: 0 .
9330 1: 2.3148e-3 1: -0.5749 .
9331 . .
9332
9333 @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} - @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z / 2 Z ) Z ' C-x )
9334 @end group
9335 @end smallexample
9336
9337 This is the value of
9338 @texline @math{-\gamma},
9339 @infoline @expr{- gamma},
9340 with a slight bit of roundoff error. To get a full 12 digits, let's use
9341 a higher precision:
9342
9343 @smallexample
9344 @group
9345 2: -0.577215664892 2: -0.577215664892
9346 1: 1. 1: -0.577215664901532
9347
9348 1. @key{RET} p 16 @key{RET} X
9349 @end group
9350 @end smallexample
9351
9352 Here's the complete sequence of keystrokes:
9353
9354 @example
9355 @group
9356 C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9357 @key{RET} 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9358 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9359 2 @key{RET} 40 Z ( @key{RET} k b @key{TAB} @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} ^ * /
9360 @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} - @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z /
9361 2 Z )
9362 Z '
9363 C-x )
9364 @end group
9365 @end example
9366
9367 @node Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
9368 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 10
9369
9370 @noindent
9371 Taking the derivative of a term of the form @expr{x^n} will produce
9372 a term like
9373 @texline @math{n x^{n-1}}.
9374 @infoline @expr{n x^(n-1)}.
9375 Taking the derivative of a constant
9376 produces zero. From this it is easy to see that the @expr{n}th
9377 derivative of a polynomial, evaluated at @expr{x = 0}, will equal the
9378 coefficient on the @expr{x^n} term times @expr{n!}.
9379
9380 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9381 below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9382 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9383 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9384 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9385 just for purposes of illustration.)
9386
9387 @smallexample
9388 @group
9389 2: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2 3: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2
9390 1: 6 2: 0
9391 . 1: 6
9392 .
9393
9394 ' 5 x^4 + (x+1)^2 @key{RET} 6 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 @key{TAB}
9395 @end group
9396 @end smallexample
9397
9398 @noindent
9399 Variable 1 will accumulate the vector of coefficients.
9400
9401 @smallexample
9402 @group
9403 2: 0 3: 0 2: 5 x^4 + ...
9404 1: 5 x^4 + ... 2: 5 x^4 + ... 1: 1
9405 . 1: 1 .
9406 .
9407
9408 Z ( @key{TAB} @key{RET} 0 s l x @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} ! / s | 1
9409 @end group
9410 @end smallexample
9411
9412 @noindent
9413 Note that @kbd{s | 1} appends the top-of-stack value to the vector
9414 in a variable; it is completely analogous to @kbd{s + 1}. We could
9415 have written instead, @kbd{r 1 @key{TAB} | t 1}.
9416
9417 @smallexample
9418 @group
9419 1: 20 x^3 + 2 x + 2 1: 0 1: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9420 . . .
9421
9422 a d x @key{RET} 1 Z ) @key{DEL} r 1 Z ' C-x )
9423 @end group
9424 @end smallexample
9425
9426 To convert back, a simple method is just to map the coefficients
9427 against a table of powers of @expr{x}.
9428
9429 @smallexample
9430 @group
9431 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9432 1: 6 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
9433 . .
9434
9435 6 @key{RET} 1 + 0 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x
9436
9437 @end group
9438 @end smallexample
9439 @noindent
9440 @smallexample
9441 @group
9442 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: 1 + 2 x + x^2 + 5 x^4
9443 1: [1, x, x^2, x^3, ... ] .
9444 .
9445
9446 ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M ^ *
9447 @end group
9448 @end smallexample
9449
9450 Once again, here are the whole polynomial to/from vector programs:
9451
9452 @example
9453 @group
9454 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 @key{TAB}
9455 Z ( @key{TAB} @key{RET} 0 s l x @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} ! / s | 1
9456 a d x @key{RET}
9457 1 Z ) r 1
9458 Z '
9459 C-x )
9460
9461 C-x ( 1 + 0 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M ^ * C-x )
9462 @end group
9463 @end example
9464
9465 @node Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 12, Programming Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
9466 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 11
9467
9468 @noindent
9469 First we define a dummy program to go on the @kbd{z s} key. The true
9470 @w{@kbd{z s}} key is supposed to take two numbers from the stack and
9471 return one number, so @key{DEL} as a dummy definition will make
9472 sure the stack comes out right.
9473
9474 @smallexample
9475 @group
9476 2: 4 1: 4 2: 4
9477 1: 2 . 1: 2
9478 . .
9479
9480 4 @key{RET} 2 C-x ( @key{DEL} C-x ) Z K s @key{RET} 2
9481 @end group
9482 @end smallexample
9483
9484 The last step replaces the 2 that was eaten during the creation
9485 of the dummy @kbd{z s} command. Now we move on to the real
9486 definition. The recurrence needs to be rewritten slightly,
9487 to the form @expr{s(n,m) = s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m)}.
9488
9489 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9490 below. You can use @kbd{C-x * m} to load it from there.)
9491
9492 @smallexample
9493 @group
9494 2: 4 4: 4 3: 4 2: 4
9495 1: 2 3: 2 2: 2 1: 2
9496 . 2: 4 1: 0 .
9497 1: 2 .
9498 .
9499
9500 C-x ( M-2 @key{RET} a = Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 1 Z :
9501
9502 @end group
9503 @end smallexample
9504 @noindent
9505 @smallexample
9506 @group
9507 4: 4 2: 4 2: 3 4: 3 4: 3 3: 3
9508 3: 2 1: 2 1: 2 3: 2 3: 2 2: 2
9509 2: 2 . . 2: 3 2: 3 1: 3
9510 1: 0 1: 2 1: 1 .
9511 . . .
9512
9513 @key{RET} 0 a = Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 0 Z : @key{TAB} 1 - @key{TAB} M-2 @key{RET} 1 - z s
9514 @end group
9515 @end smallexample
9516
9517 @noindent
9518 (Note that the value 3 that our dummy @kbd{z s} produces is not correct;
9519 it is merely a placeholder that will do just as well for now.)
9520
9521 @smallexample
9522 @group
9523 3: 3 4: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: -6
9524 2: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: 9 .
9525 1: 2 2: 3 1: 3 .
9526 . 1: 2 .
9527 .
9528
9529 M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} z s * -
9530
9531 @end group
9532 @end smallexample
9533 @noindent
9534 @smallexample
9535 @group
9536 1: -6 2: 4 1: 11 2: 11
9537 . 1: 2 . 1: 11
9538 . .
9539
9540 Z ] Z ] C-x ) Z K s @key{RET} @key{DEL} 4 @key{RET} 2 z s M-@key{RET} k s
9541 @end group
9542 @end smallexample
9543
9544 Even though the result that we got during the definition was highly
9545 bogus, once the definition is complete the @kbd{z s} command gets
9546 the right answers.
9547
9548 Here's the full program once again:
9549
9550 @example
9551 @group
9552 C-x ( M-2 @key{RET} a =
9553 Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 1
9554 Z : @key{RET} 0 a =
9555 Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 0
9556 Z : @key{TAB} 1 - @key{TAB} M-2 @key{RET} 1 - z s
9557 M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} z s * -
9558 Z ]
9559 Z ]
9560 C-x )
9561 @end group
9562 @end example
9563
9564 You can read this definition using @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro})
9565 followed by @kbd{Z K s}, without having to make a dummy definition
9566 first, because @code{read-kbd-macro} doesn't need to execute the
9567 definition as it reads it in. For this reason, @code{C-x * m} is often
9568 the easiest way to create recursive programs in Calc.
9569
9570 @node Programming Answer 12, , Programming Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
9571 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 12
9572
9573 @noindent
9574 This turns out to be a much easier way to solve the problem. Let's
9575 denote Stirling numbers as calls of the function @samp{s}.
9576
9577 First, we store the rewrite rules corresponding to the definition of
9578 Stirling numbers in a convenient variable:
9579
9580 @smallexample
9581 s e StirlingRules @key{RET}
9582 [ s(n,n) := 1 :: n >= 0,
9583 s(n,0) := 0 :: n > 0,
9584 s(n,m) := s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m) :: n >= m :: m >= 1 ]
9585 C-c C-c
9586 @end smallexample
9587
9588 Now, it's just a matter of applying the rules:
9589
9590 @smallexample
9591 @group
9592 2: 4 1: s(4, 2) 1: 11
9593 1: 2 . .
9594 .
9595
9596 4 @key{RET} 2 C-x ( ' s($$,$) @key{RET} a r StirlingRules @key{RET} C-x )
9597 @end group
9598 @end smallexample
9599
9600 As in the case of the @code{fib} rules, it would be useful to put these
9601 rules in @code{EvalRules} and to add a @samp{:: remember} condition to
9602 the last rule.
9603
9604 @c This ends the table-of-contents kludge from above:
9605 @tex
9606 \global\let\chapternofonts=\oldchapternofonts
9607 @end tex
9608
9609 @c [reference]
9610
9611 @node Introduction, Data Types, Tutorial, Top
9612 @chapter Introduction
9613
9614 @noindent
9615 This chapter is the beginning of the Calc reference manual.
9616 It covers basic concepts such as the stack, algebraic and
9617 numeric entry, undo, numeric prefix arguments, etc.
9618
9619 @c [when-split]
9620 @c (Chapter 2, the Tutorial, has been printed in a separate volume.)
9621
9622 @menu
9623 * Basic Commands::
9624 * Help Commands::
9625 * Stack Basics::
9626 * Numeric Entry::
9627 * Algebraic Entry::
9628 * Quick Calculator::
9629 * Prefix Arguments::
9630 * Undo::
9631 * Error Messages::
9632 * Multiple Calculators::
9633 * Troubleshooting Commands::
9634 @end menu
9635
9636 @node Basic Commands, Help Commands, Introduction, Introduction
9637 @section Basic Commands
9638
9639 @noindent
9640 @pindex calc
9641 @pindex calc-mode
9642 @cindex Starting the Calculator
9643 @cindex Running the Calculator
9644 To start the Calculator in its standard interface, type @kbd{M-x calc}.
9645 By default this creates a pair of small windows, @samp{*Calculator*}
9646 and @samp{*Calc Trail*}. The former displays the contents of the
9647 Calculator stack and is manipulated exclusively through Calc commands.
9648 It is possible (though not usually necessary) to create several Calc
9649 mode buffers each of which has an independent stack, undo list, and
9650 mode settings. There is exactly one Calc Trail buffer; it records a
9651 list of the results of all calculations that have been done. The
9652 Calc Trail buffer uses a variant of Calc mode, so Calculator commands
9653 still work when the trail buffer's window is selected. It is possible
9654 to turn the trail window off, but the @samp{*Calc Trail*} buffer itself
9655 still exists and is updated silently. @xref{Trail Commands}.
9656
9657 @kindex C-x * c
9658 @kindex C-x * *
9659 @ignore
9660 @mindex @null
9661 @end ignore
9662 In most installations, the @kbd{C-x * c} key sequence is a more
9663 convenient way to start the Calculator. Also, @kbd{C-x * *}
9664 is a synonym for @kbd{C-x * c} unless you last used Calc
9665 in its Keypad mode.
9666
9667 @kindex x
9668 @kindex M-x
9669 @pindex calc-execute-extended-command
9670 Most Calc commands use one or two keystrokes. Lower- and upper-case
9671 letters are distinct. Commands may also be entered in full @kbd{M-x} form;
9672 for some commands this is the only form. As a convenience, the @kbd{x}
9673 key (@code{calc-execute-extended-command})
9674 is like @kbd{M-x} except that it enters the initial string @samp{calc-}
9675 for you. For example, the following key sequences are equivalent:
9676 @kbd{S}, @kbd{M-x calc-sin @key{RET}}, @kbd{x sin @key{RET}}.
9677
9678 Although Calc is designed to be used from the keyboard, some of
9679 Calc's more common commands are available from a menu. In the menu, the
9680 arguments to the functions are given by referring to their stack level
9681 numbers.
9682
9683 @cindex Extensions module
9684 @cindex @file{calc-ext} module
9685 The Calculator exists in many parts. When you type @kbd{C-x * c}, the
9686 Emacs ``auto-load'' mechanism will bring in only the first part, which
9687 contains the basic arithmetic functions. The other parts will be
9688 auto-loaded the first time you use the more advanced commands like trig
9689 functions or matrix operations. This is done to improve the response time
9690 of the Calculator in the common case when all you need to do is a
9691 little arithmetic. If for some reason the Calculator fails to load an
9692 extension module automatically, you can force it to load all the
9693 extensions by using the @kbd{C-x * L} (@code{calc-load-everything})
9694 command. @xref{Mode Settings}.
9695
9696 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} or @kbd{C-x * c} with any numeric prefix argument,
9697 the Calculator is loaded if necessary, but it is not actually started.
9698 If the argument is positive, the @file{calc-ext} extensions are also
9699 loaded if necessary. User-written Lisp code that wishes to make use
9700 of Calc's arithmetic routines can use @samp{(calc 0)} or @samp{(calc 1)}
9701 to auto-load the Calculator.
9702
9703 @kindex C-x * b
9704 @pindex full-calc
9705 If you type @kbd{C-x * b}, then next time you use @kbd{C-x * c} you
9706 will get a Calculator that uses the full height of the Emacs screen.
9707 When full-screen mode is on, @kbd{C-x * c} runs the @code{full-calc}
9708 command instead of @code{calc}. From the Unix shell you can type
9709 @samp{emacs -f full-calc} to start a new Emacs specifically for use
9710 as a calculator. When Calc is started from the Emacs command line
9711 like this, Calc's normal ``quit'' commands actually quit Emacs itself.
9712
9713 @kindex C-x * o
9714 @pindex calc-other-window
9715 The @kbd{C-x * o} command is like @kbd{C-x * c} except that the Calc
9716 window is not actually selected. If you are already in the Calc
9717 window, @kbd{C-x * o} switches you out of it. (The regular Emacs
9718 @kbd{C-x o} command would also work for this, but it has a
9719 tendency to drop you into the Calc Trail window instead, which
9720 @kbd{C-x * o} takes care not to do.)
9721
9722 @ignore
9723 @mindex C-x * q
9724 @end ignore
9725 For one quick calculation, you can type @kbd{C-x * q} (@code{quick-calc})
9726 which prompts you for a formula (like @samp{2+3/4}). The result is
9727 displayed at the bottom of the Emacs screen without ever creating
9728 any special Calculator windows. @xref{Quick Calculator}.
9729
9730 @ignore
9731 @mindex C-x * k
9732 @end ignore
9733 Finally, if you are using the X window system you may want to try
9734 @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}) which runs Calc with a
9735 ``calculator keypad'' picture as well as a stack display. Click on
9736 the keys with the mouse to operate the calculator. @xref{Keypad Mode}.
9737
9738 @kindex q
9739 @pindex calc-quit
9740 @cindex Quitting the Calculator
9741 @cindex Exiting the Calculator
9742 The @kbd{q} key (@code{calc-quit}) exits Calc mode and closes the
9743 Calculator's window(s). It does not delete the Calculator buffers.
9744 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} again, the Calculator will reappear with the
9745 contents of the stack intact. Typing @kbd{C-x * c} or @kbd{C-x * *}
9746 again from inside the Calculator buffer is equivalent to executing
9747 @code{calc-quit}; you can think of @kbd{C-x * *} as toggling the
9748 Calculator on and off.
9749
9750 @kindex C-x * x
9751 The @kbd{C-x * x} command also turns the Calculator off, no matter which
9752 user interface (standard, Keypad, or Embedded) is currently active.
9753 It also cancels @code{calc-edit} mode if used from there.
9754
9755 @kindex d @key{SPC}
9756 @pindex calc-refresh
9757 @cindex Refreshing a garbled display
9758 @cindex Garbled displays, refreshing
9759 The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} key sequence (@code{calc-refresh}) redraws the contents
9760 of the Calculator buffer from memory. Use this if the contents of the
9761 buffer have been damaged somehow.
9762
9763 @ignore
9764 @mindex o
9765 @end ignore
9766 The @kbd{o} key (@code{calc-realign}) moves the cursor back to its
9767 ``home'' position at the bottom of the Calculator buffer.
9768
9769 @kindex <
9770 @kindex >
9771 @pindex calc-scroll-left
9772 @pindex calc-scroll-right
9773 @cindex Horizontal scrolling
9774 @cindex Scrolling
9775 @cindex Wide text, scrolling
9776 The @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-left} and
9777 @code{calc-scroll-right}. These are just like the normal horizontal
9778 scrolling commands except that they scroll one half-screen at a time by
9779 default. (Calc formats its output to fit within the bounds of the
9780 window whenever it can.)
9781
9782 @kindex @{
9783 @kindex @}
9784 @pindex calc-scroll-down
9785 @pindex calc-scroll-up
9786 @cindex Vertical scrolling
9787 The @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-down}
9788 and @code{calc-scroll-up}. They scroll up or down by one-half the
9789 height of the Calc window.
9790
9791 @kindex C-x * 0
9792 @pindex calc-reset
9793 The @kbd{C-x * 0} command (@code{calc-reset}; that's @kbd{C-x *} followed
9794 by a zero) resets the Calculator to its initial state. This clears
9795 the stack, resets all the modes to their initial values (the values
9796 that were saved with @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes})), clears the
9797 caches (@pxref{Caches}), and so on. (It does @emph{not} erase the
9798 values of any variables.) With an argument of 0, Calc will be reset to
9799 its default state; namely, the modes will be given their default values.
9800 With a positive prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * 0} preserves the contents of
9801 the stack but resets everything else to its initial state; with a
9802 negative prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * 0} preserves the contents of the
9803 stack but resets everything else to its default state.
9804
9805 @node Help Commands, Stack Basics, Basic Commands, Introduction
9806 @section Help Commands
9807
9808 @noindent
9809 @cindex Help commands
9810 @kindex ?
9811 @pindex calc-help
9812 The @kbd{?} key (@code{calc-help}) displays a series of brief help messages.
9813 Some keys (such as @kbd{b} and @kbd{d}) are prefix keys, like Emacs'
9814 @key{ESC} and @kbd{C-x} prefixes. You can type
9815 @kbd{?} after a prefix to see a list of commands beginning with that
9816 prefix. (If the message includes @samp{[MORE]}, press @kbd{?} again
9817 to see additional commands for that prefix.)
9818
9819 @kindex h h
9820 @pindex calc-full-help
9821 The @kbd{h h} (@code{calc-full-help}) command displays all the @kbd{?}
9822 responses at once. When printed, this makes a nice, compact (three pages)
9823 summary of Calc keystrokes.
9824
9825 In general, the @kbd{h} key prefix introduces various commands that
9826 provide help within Calc. Many of the @kbd{h} key functions are
9827 Calc-specific analogues to the @kbd{C-h} functions for Emacs help.
9828
9829 @kindex h i
9830 @kindex C-x * i
9831 @kindex i
9832 @pindex calc-info
9833 The @kbd{h i} (@code{calc-info}) command runs the Emacs Info system
9834 to read this manual on-line. This is basically the same as typing
9835 @kbd{C-h i} (the regular way to run the Info system), then, if Info
9836 is not already in the Calc manual, selecting the beginning of the
9837 manual. The @kbd{C-x * i} command is another way to read the Calc
9838 manual; it is different from @kbd{h i} in that it works any time,
9839 not just inside Calc. The plain @kbd{i} key is also equivalent to
9840 @kbd{h i}, though this key is obsolete and may be replaced with a
9841 different command in a future version of Calc.
9842
9843 @kindex h t
9844 @kindex C-x * t
9845 @pindex calc-tutorial
9846 The @kbd{h t} (@code{calc-tutorial}) command runs the Info system on
9847 the Tutorial section of the Calc manual. It is like @kbd{h i},
9848 except that it selects the starting node of the tutorial rather
9849 than the beginning of the whole manual. (It actually selects the
9850 node ``Interactive Tutorial'' which tells a few things about
9851 using the Info system before going on to the actual tutorial.)
9852 The @kbd{C-x * t} key is equivalent to @kbd{h t} (but it works at
9853 all times).
9854
9855 @kindex h s
9856 @kindex C-x * s
9857 @pindex calc-info-summary
9858 The @kbd{h s} (@code{calc-info-summary}) command runs the Info system
9859 on the Summary node of the Calc manual. @xref{Summary}. The @kbd{C-x * s}
9860 key is equivalent to @kbd{h s}.
9861
9862 @kindex h k
9863 @pindex calc-describe-key
9864 The @kbd{h k} (@code{calc-describe-key}) command looks up a key
9865 sequence in the Calc manual. For example, @kbd{h k H a S} looks
9866 up the documentation on the @kbd{H a S} (@code{calc-solve-for})
9867 command. This works by looking up the textual description of
9868 the key(s) in the Key Index of the manual, then jumping to the
9869 node indicated by the index.
9870
9871 Most Calc commands do not have traditional Emacs documentation
9872 strings, since the @kbd{h k} command is both more convenient and
9873 more instructive. This means the regular Emacs @kbd{C-h k}
9874 (@code{describe-key}) command will not be useful for Calc keystrokes.
9875
9876 @kindex h c
9877 @pindex calc-describe-key-briefly
9878 The @kbd{h c} (@code{calc-describe-key-briefly}) command reads a
9879 key sequence and displays a brief one-line description of it at
9880 the bottom of the screen. It looks for the key sequence in the
9881 Summary node of the Calc manual; if it doesn't find the sequence
9882 there, it acts just like its regular Emacs counterpart @kbd{C-h c}
9883 (@code{describe-key-briefly}). For example, @kbd{h c H a S}
9884 gives the description:
9885
9886 @smallexample
9887 H a S runs calc-solve-for: a `H a S' v => fsolve(a,v) (?=notes)
9888 @end smallexample
9889
9890 @noindent
9891 which means the command @kbd{H a S} or @kbd{H M-x calc-solve-for}
9892 takes a value @expr{a} from the stack, prompts for a value @expr{v},
9893 then applies the algebraic function @code{fsolve} to these values.
9894 The @samp{?=notes} message means you can now type @kbd{?} to see
9895 additional notes from the summary that apply to this command.
9896
9897 @kindex h f
9898 @pindex calc-describe-function
9899 The @kbd{h f} (@code{calc-describe-function}) command looks up an
9900 algebraic function or a command name in the Calc manual. Enter an
9901 algebraic function name to look up that function in the Function
9902 Index or enter a command name beginning with @samp{calc-} to look it
9903 up in the Command Index. This command will also look up operator
9904 symbols that can appear in algebraic formulas, like @samp{%} and
9905 @samp{=>}.
9906
9907 @kindex h v
9908 @pindex calc-describe-variable
9909 The @kbd{h v} (@code{calc-describe-variable}) command looks up a
9910 variable in the Calc manual. Enter a variable name like @code{pi} or
9911 @code{PlotRejects}.
9912
9913 @kindex h b
9914 @pindex describe-bindings
9915 The @kbd{h b} (@code{calc-describe-bindings}) command is just like
9916 @kbd{C-h b}, except that only local (Calc-related) key bindings are
9917 listed.
9918
9919 @kindex h n
9920 The @kbd{h n} or @kbd{h C-n} (@code{calc-view-news}) command displays
9921 the ``news'' or change history of Calc. This is kept in the file
9922 @file{README}, which Calc looks for in the same directory as the Calc
9923 source files.
9924
9925 @kindex h C-c
9926 @kindex h C-d
9927 @kindex h C-w
9928 The @kbd{h C-c}, @kbd{h C-d}, and @kbd{h C-w} keys display copying,
9929 distribution, and warranty information about Calc. These work by
9930 pulling up the appropriate parts of the ``Copying'' or ``Reporting
9931 Bugs'' sections of the manual.
9932
9933 @node Stack Basics, Numeric Entry, Help Commands, Introduction
9934 @section Stack Basics
9935
9936 @noindent
9937 @cindex Stack basics
9938 @c [fix-tut RPN Calculations and the Stack]
9939 Calc uses RPN notation. If you are not familiar with RPN, @pxref{RPN
9940 Tutorial}.
9941
9942 To add the numbers 1 and 2 in Calc you would type the keys:
9943 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 +}.
9944 (@key{RET} corresponds to the @key{ENTER} key on most calculators.)
9945 The first three keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 1 and 2 onto the stack. The
9946 @kbd{+} key always ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
9947 and pushes the result (3) back onto the stack. This number is ready for
9948 further calculations: @kbd{5 -} pushes 5 onto the stack, then pops the
9949 3 and 5, subtracts them, and pushes the result (@mathit{-2}).
9950
9951 Note that the ``top'' of the stack actually appears at the @emph{bottom}
9952 of the buffer. A line containing a single @samp{.} character signifies
9953 the end of the buffer; Calculator commands operate on the number(s)
9954 directly above this line. The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack})
9955 command allows you to move the @samp{.} marker up and down in the stack;
9956 @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
9957
9958 @kindex d l
9959 @pindex calc-line-numbering
9960 Stack elements are numbered consecutively, with number 1 being the top of
9961 the stack. These line numbers are ordinarily displayed on the lefthand side
9962 of the window. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) command controls
9963 whether these numbers appear. (Line numbers may be turned off since they
9964 slow the Calculator down a bit and also clutter the display.)
9965
9966 @kindex o
9967 @pindex calc-realign
9968 The unshifted letter @kbd{o} (@code{calc-realign}) command repositions
9969 the cursor to its top-of-stack ``home'' position. It also undoes any
9970 horizontal scrolling in the window. If you give it a numeric prefix
9971 argument, it instead moves the cursor to the specified stack element.
9972
9973 The @key{RET} (or equivalent @key{SPC}) key is only required to separate
9974 two consecutive numbers.
9975 (After all, if you typed @kbd{1 2} by themselves the Calculator
9976 would enter the number 12.) If you press @key{RET} or @key{SPC} @emph{not}
9977 right after typing a number, the key duplicates the number on the top of
9978 the stack. @kbd{@key{RET} *} is thus a handy way to square a number.
9979
9980 The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the top number on the stack.
9981 The @key{TAB} key swaps the top two objects on the stack.
9982 @xref{Stack and Trail}, for descriptions of these and other stack-related
9983 commands.
9984
9985 @node Numeric Entry, Algebraic Entry, Stack Basics, Introduction
9986 @section Numeric Entry
9987
9988 @noindent
9989 @kindex 0-9
9990 @kindex .
9991 @kindex e
9992 @cindex Numeric entry
9993 @cindex Entering numbers
9994 Pressing a digit or other numeric key begins numeric entry using the
9995 minibuffer. The number is pushed on the stack when you press the @key{RET}
9996 or @key{SPC} keys. If you press any other non-numeric key, the number is
9997 pushed onto the stack and the appropriate operation is performed. If
9998 you press a numeric key which is not valid, the key is ignored.
9999
10000 @cindex Minus signs
10001 @cindex Negative numbers, entering
10002 @kindex _
10003 There are three different concepts corresponding to the word ``minus,''
10004 typified by @expr{a-b} (subtraction), @expr{-x}
10005 (change-sign), and @expr{-5} (negative number). Calc uses three
10006 different keys for these operations, respectively:
10007 @kbd{-}, @kbd{n}, and @kbd{_} (the underscore). The @kbd{-} key subtracts
10008 the two numbers on the top of the stack. The @kbd{n} key changes the sign
10009 of the number on the top of the stack or the number currently being entered.
10010 The @kbd{_} key begins entry of a negative number or changes the sign of
10011 the number currently being entered. The following sequences all enter the
10012 number @mathit{-5} onto the stack: @kbd{0 @key{RET} 5 -}, @kbd{5 n @key{RET}},
10013 @kbd{5 @key{RET} n}, @kbd{_ 5 @key{RET}}, @kbd{5 _ @key{RET}}.
10014
10015 Some other keys are active during numeric entry, such as @kbd{#} for
10016 non-decimal numbers, @kbd{:} for fractions, and @kbd{@@} for HMS forms.
10017 These notations are described later in this manual with the corresponding
10018 data types. @xref{Data Types}.
10019
10020 During numeric entry, the only editing key available is @key{DEL}.
10021
10022 @node Algebraic Entry, Quick Calculator, Numeric Entry, Introduction
10023 @section Algebraic Entry
10024
10025 @noindent
10026 @kindex '
10027 @pindex calc-algebraic-entry
10028 @cindex Algebraic notation
10029 @cindex Formulas, entering
10030 The @kbd{'} (@code{calc-algebraic-entry}) command can be used to enter
10031 calculations in algebraic form. This is accomplished by typing the
10032 apostrophe key, ', followed by the expression in standard format:
10033
10034 @example
10035 ' 2+3*4 @key{RET}.
10036 @end example
10037
10038 @noindent
10039 This will compute
10040 @texline @math{2+(3\times4) = 14}
10041 @infoline @expr{2+(3*4) = 14}
10042 and push it on the stack. If you wish you can
10043 ignore the RPN aspect of Calc altogether and simply enter algebraic
10044 expressions in this way. You may want to use @key{DEL} every so often to
10045 clear previous results off the stack.
10046
10047 You can press the apostrophe key during normal numeric entry to switch
10048 the half-entered number into Algebraic entry mode. One reason to do
10049 this would be to fix a typo, as the full Emacs cursor motion and editing
10050 keys are available during algebraic entry but not during numeric entry.
10051
10052 In the same vein, during either numeric or algebraic entry you can
10053 press @kbd{`} (backquote) to switch to @code{calc-edit} mode, where
10054 you complete your half-finished entry in a separate buffer.
10055 @xref{Editing Stack Entries}.
10056
10057 @kindex m a
10058 @pindex calc-algebraic-mode
10059 @cindex Algebraic Mode
10060 If you prefer algebraic entry, you can use the command @kbd{m a}
10061 (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) to set Algebraic mode. In this mode,
10062 digits and other keys that would normally start numeric entry instead
10063 start full algebraic entry; as long as your formula begins with a digit
10064 you can omit the apostrophe. Open parentheses and square brackets also
10065 begin algebraic entry. You can still do RPN calculations in this mode,
10066 but you will have to press @key{RET} to terminate every number:
10067 @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} * 4 @key{RET} +} would accomplish the same
10068 thing as @kbd{2*3+4 @key{RET}}.
10069
10070 @cindex Incomplete Algebraic Mode
10071 If you give a numeric prefix argument like @kbd{C-u} to the @kbd{m a}
10072 command, it enables Incomplete Algebraic mode; this is like regular
10073 Algebraic mode except that it applies to the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys
10074 only. Numeric keys still begin a numeric entry in this mode.
10075
10076 @kindex m t
10077 @pindex calc-total-algebraic-mode
10078 @cindex Total Algebraic Mode
10079 The @kbd{m t} (@code{calc-total-algebraic-mode}) gives you an even
10080 stronger algebraic-entry mode, in which @emph{all} regular letter and
10081 punctuation keys begin algebraic entry. Use this if you prefer typing
10082 @w{@kbd{sqrt( )}} instead of @kbd{Q}, @w{@kbd{factor( )}} instead of
10083 @kbd{a f}, and so on. To type regular Calc commands when you are in
10084 Total Algebraic mode, hold down the @key{META} key. Thus @kbd{M-q}
10085 is the command to quit Calc, @kbd{M-p} sets the precision, and
10086 @kbd{M-m t} (or @kbd{M-m M-t}, if you prefer) turns Total Algebraic
10087 mode back off again. Meta keys also terminate algebraic entry, so
10088 that @kbd{2+3 M-S} is equivalent to @kbd{2+3 @key{RET} M-S}. The symbol
10089 @samp{Alg*} will appear in the mode line whenever you are in this mode.
10090
10091 Pressing @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) a second time re-enters the previous
10092 algebraic formula. You can then use the normal Emacs editing keys to
10093 modify this formula to your liking before pressing @key{RET}.
10094
10095 @kindex $
10096 @cindex Formulas, referring to stack
10097 Within a formula entered from the keyboard, the symbol @kbd{$}
10098 represents the number on the top of the stack. If an entered formula
10099 contains any @kbd{$} characters, the Calculator replaces the top of
10100 stack with that formula rather than simply pushing the formula onto the
10101 stack. Thus, @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3 on the stack, and @kbd{$*2
10102 @key{RET}} replaces it with 6. Note that the @kbd{$} key always
10103 initiates algebraic entry; the @kbd{'} is unnecessary if @kbd{$} is the
10104 first character in the new formula.
10105
10106 Higher stack elements can be accessed from an entered formula with the
10107 symbols @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on. The number of stack elements
10108 removed (to be replaced by the entered values) equals the number of dollar
10109 signs in the longest such symbol in the formula. For example, @samp{$$+$$$}
10110 adds the second and third stack elements, replacing the top three elements
10111 with the answer. (All information about the top stack element is thus lost
10112 since no single @samp{$} appears in this formula.)
10113
10114 A slightly different way to refer to stack elements is with a dollar
10115 sign followed by a number: @samp{$1}, @samp{$2}, and so on are much
10116 like @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, etc., except that stack entries referred
10117 to numerically are not replaced by the algebraic entry. That is, while
10118 @samp{$+1} replaces 5 on the stack with 6, @samp{$1+1} leaves the 5
10119 on the stack and pushes an additional 6.
10120
10121 If a sequence of formulas are entered separated by commas, each formula
10122 is pushed onto the stack in turn. For example, @samp{1,2,3} pushes
10123 those three numbers onto the stack (leaving the 3 at the top), and
10124 @samp{$+1,$-1} replaces a 5 on the stack with 4 followed by 6. Also,
10125 @samp{$,$$} exchanges the top two elements of the stack, just like the
10126 @key{TAB} key.
10127
10128 You can finish an algebraic entry with @kbd{M-=} or @kbd{M-@key{RET}} instead
10129 of @key{RET}. This uses @kbd{=} to evaluate the variables in each
10130 formula that goes onto the stack. (Thus @kbd{' pi @key{RET}} pushes
10131 the variable @samp{pi}, but @kbd{' pi M-@key{RET}} pushes 3.1415.)
10132
10133 If you finish your algebraic entry by pressing @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j})
10134 instead of @key{RET}, Calc disables the default simplifications
10135 (as if by @kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}) while the entry
10136 is being pushed on the stack. Thus @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3
10137 on the stack, but @kbd{' 1+2 @key{LFD}} pushes the formula @expr{1+2};
10138 you might then press @kbd{=} when it is time to evaluate this formula.
10139
10140 @node Quick Calculator, Prefix Arguments, Algebraic Entry, Introduction
10141 @section ``Quick Calculator'' Mode
10142
10143 @noindent
10144 @kindex C-x * q
10145 @pindex quick-calc
10146 @cindex Quick Calculator
10147 There is another way to invoke the Calculator if all you need to do
10148 is make one or two quick calculations. Type @kbd{C-x * q} (or
10149 @kbd{M-x quick-calc}), then type any formula as an algebraic entry.
10150 The Calculator will compute the result and display it in the echo
10151 area, without ever actually putting up a Calc window.
10152
10153 You can use the @kbd{$} character in a Quick Calculator formula to
10154 refer to the previous Quick Calculator result. Older results are
10155 not retained; the Quick Calculator has no effect on the full
10156 Calculator's stack or trail. If you compute a result and then
10157 forget what it was, just run @code{C-x * q} again and enter
10158 @samp{$} as the formula.
10159
10160 If this is the first time you have used the Calculator in this Emacs
10161 session, the @kbd{C-x * q} command will create the @code{*Calculator*}
10162 buffer and perform all the usual initializations; it simply will
10163 refrain from putting that buffer up in a new window. The Quick
10164 Calculator refers to the @code{*Calculator*} buffer for all mode
10165 settings. Thus, for example, to set the precision that the Quick
10166 Calculator uses, simply run the full Calculator momentarily and use
10167 the regular @kbd{p} command.
10168
10169 If you use @code{C-x * q} from inside the Calculator buffer, the
10170 effect is the same as pressing the apostrophe key (algebraic entry).
10171
10172 The result of a Quick calculation is placed in the Emacs ``kill ring''
10173 as well as being displayed. A subsequent @kbd{C-y} command will
10174 yank the result into the editing buffer. You can also use this
10175 to yank the result into the next @kbd{C-x * q} input line as a more
10176 explicit alternative to @kbd{$} notation, or to yank the result
10177 into the Calculator stack after typing @kbd{C-x * c}.
10178
10179 If you finish your formula by typing @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j}) instead
10180 of @key{RET}, the result is inserted immediately into the current
10181 buffer rather than going into the kill ring.
10182
10183 Quick Calculator results are actually evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
10184 key (which replaces variable names by their stored values, if any).
10185 If the formula you enter is an assignment to a variable using the
10186 @samp{:=} operator, say, @samp{foo := 2 + 3} or @samp{foo := foo + 1},
10187 then the result of the evaluation is stored in that Calc variable.
10188 @xref{Store and Recall}.
10189
10190 If the result is an integer and the current display radix is decimal,
10191 the number will also be displayed in hex, octal and binary formats. If
10192 the integer is in the range from 1 to 126, it will also be displayed as
10193 an ASCII character.
10194
10195 For example, the quoted character @samp{"x"} produces the vector
10196 result @samp{[120]} (because 120 is the ASCII code of the lower-case
10197 `x'; @pxref{Strings}). Since this is a vector, not an integer, it
10198 is displayed only according to the current mode settings. But
10199 running Quick Calc again and entering @samp{120} will produce the
10200 result @samp{120 (16#78, 8#170, x)} which shows the number in its
10201 decimal, hexadecimal, octal, and ASCII forms.
10202
10203 Please note that the Quick Calculator is not any faster at loading
10204 or computing the answer than the full Calculator; the name ``quick''
10205 merely refers to the fact that it's much less hassle to use for
10206 small calculations.
10207
10208 @node Prefix Arguments, Undo, Quick Calculator, Introduction
10209 @section Numeric Prefix Arguments
10210
10211 @noindent
10212 Many Calculator commands use numeric prefix arguments. Some, such as
10213 @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}), set a parameter to the value of
10214 the prefix argument or use a default if you don't use a prefix.
10215 Others (like @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation})) require an argument
10216 and prompt for a number if you don't give one as a prefix.
10217
10218 As a rule, stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric prefix argument
10219 which is interpreted as an index into the stack. A positive argument
10220 operates on the top @var{n} stack entries; a negative argument operates
10221 on the @var{n}th stack entry in isolation; and a zero argument operates
10222 on the entire stack.
10223
10224 Most commands that perform computations (such as the arithmetic and
10225 scientific functions) accept a numeric prefix argument that allows the
10226 operation to be applied across many stack elements. For unary operations
10227 (that is, functions of one argument like absolute value or complex
10228 conjugate), a positive prefix argument applies that function to the top
10229 @var{n} stack entries simultaneously, and a negative argument applies it
10230 to the @var{n}th stack entry only. For binary operations (functions of
10231 two arguments like addition, GCD, and vector concatenation), a positive
10232 prefix argument ``reduces'' the function across the top @var{n}
10233 stack elements (for example, @kbd{C-u 5 +} sums the top 5 stack entries;
10234 @pxref{Reducing and Mapping}), and a negative argument maps the next-to-top
10235 @var{n} stack elements with the top stack element as a second argument
10236 (for example, @kbd{7 c-u -5 +} adds 7 to the top 5 stack elements).
10237 This feature is not available for operations which use the numeric prefix
10238 argument for some other purpose.
10239
10240 Numeric prefixes are specified the same way as always in Emacs: Press
10241 a sequence of @key{META}-digits, or press @key{ESC} followed by digits,
10242 or press @kbd{C-u} followed by digits. Some commands treat plain
10243 @kbd{C-u} (without any actual digits) specially.
10244
10245 @kindex ~
10246 @pindex calc-num-prefix
10247 You can type @kbd{~} (@code{calc-num-prefix}) to pop an integer from the
10248 top of the stack and enter it as the numeric prefix for the next command.
10249 For example, @kbd{C-u 16 p} sets the precision to 16 digits; an alternate
10250 (silly) way to do this would be @kbd{2 @key{RET} 4 ^ ~ p}, i.e., compute 2
10251 to the fourth power and set the precision to that value.
10252
10253 Conversely, if you have typed a numeric prefix argument the @kbd{~} key
10254 pushes it onto the stack in the form of an integer.
10255
10256 @node Undo, Error Messages, Prefix Arguments, Introduction
10257 @section Undoing Mistakes
10258
10259 @noindent
10260 @kindex U
10261 @kindex C-_
10262 @pindex calc-undo
10263 @cindex Mistakes, undoing
10264 @cindex Undoing mistakes
10265 @cindex Errors, undoing
10266 The shift-@kbd{U} key (@code{calc-undo}) undoes the most recent operation.
10267 If that operation added or dropped objects from the stack, those objects
10268 are removed or restored. If it was a ``store'' operation, you are
10269 queried whether or not to restore the variable to its original value.
10270 The @kbd{U} key may be pressed any number of times to undo successively
10271 farther back in time; with a numeric prefix argument it undoes a
10272 specified number of operations. The undo history is cleared only by the
10273 @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command. (Recall that @kbd{C-x * c} is
10274 synonymous with @code{calc-quit} while inside the Calculator; this
10275 also clears the undo history.)
10276
10277 Currently the mode-setting commands (like @code{calc-precision}) are not
10278 undoable. You can undo past a point where you changed a mode, but you
10279 will need to reset the mode yourself.
10280
10281 @kindex D
10282 @pindex calc-redo
10283 @cindex Redoing after an Undo
10284 The shift-@kbd{D} key (@code{calc-redo}) redoes an operation that was
10285 mistakenly undone. Pressing @kbd{U} with a negative prefix argument is
10286 equivalent to executing @code{calc-redo}. You can redo any number of
10287 times, up to the number of recent consecutive undo commands. Redo
10288 information is cleared whenever you give any command that adds new undo
10289 information, i.e., if you undo, then enter a number on the stack or make
10290 any other change, then it will be too late to redo.
10291
10292 @kindex M-@key{RET}
10293 @pindex calc-last-args
10294 @cindex Last-arguments feature
10295 @cindex Arguments, restoring
10296 The @kbd{M-@key{RET}} key (@code{calc-last-args}) is like undo in that
10297 it restores the arguments of the most recent command onto the stack;
10298 however, it does not remove the result of that command. Given a numeric
10299 prefix argument, this command applies to the @expr{n}th most recent
10300 command which removed items from the stack; it pushes those items back
10301 onto the stack.
10302
10303 The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command provides a related function
10304 to @kbd{M-@key{RET}}. @xref{Stack and Trail}.
10305
10306 It is also possible to recall previous results or inputs using the trail.
10307 @xref{Trail Commands}.
10308
10309 The standard Emacs @kbd{C-_} undo key is recognized as a synonym for @kbd{U}.
10310
10311 @node Error Messages, Multiple Calculators, Undo, Introduction
10312 @section Error Messages
10313
10314 @noindent
10315 @kindex w
10316 @pindex calc-why
10317 @cindex Errors, messages
10318 @cindex Why did an error occur?
10319 Many situations that would produce an error message in other calculators
10320 simply create unsimplified formulas in the Emacs Calculator. For example,
10321 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} pushes the formula @expr{1 / 0}; @w{@kbd{0 L}} pushes
10322 the formula @samp{ln(0)}. Floating-point overflow and underflow are also
10323 reasons for this to happen.
10324
10325 When a function call must be left in symbolic form, Calc usually
10326 produces a message explaining why. Messages that are probably
10327 surprising or indicative of user errors are displayed automatically.
10328 Other messages are simply kept in Calc's memory and are displayed only
10329 if you type @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why}). You can also press @kbd{w} if
10330 the same computation results in several messages. (The first message
10331 will end with @samp{[w=more]} in this case.)
10332
10333 @kindex d w
10334 @pindex calc-auto-why
10335 The @kbd{d w} (@code{calc-auto-why}) command controls when error messages
10336 are displayed automatically. (Calc effectively presses @kbd{w} for you
10337 after your computation finishes.) By default, this occurs only for
10338 ``important'' messages. The other possible modes are to report
10339 @emph{all} messages automatically, or to report none automatically (so
10340 that you must always press @kbd{w} yourself to see the messages).
10341
10342 @node Multiple Calculators, Troubleshooting Commands, Error Messages, Introduction
10343 @section Multiple Calculators
10344
10345 @noindent
10346 @pindex another-calc
10347 It is possible to have any number of Calc mode buffers at once.
10348 Usually this is done by executing @kbd{M-x another-calc}, which
10349 is similar to @kbd{C-x * c} except that if a @samp{*Calculator*}
10350 buffer already exists, a new, independent one with a name of the
10351 form @samp{*Calculator*<@var{n}>} is created. You can also use the
10352 command @code{calc-mode} to put any buffer into Calculator mode, but
10353 this would ordinarily never be done.
10354
10355 The @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command does not destroy a Calculator buffer;
10356 it only closes its window. Use @kbd{M-x kill-buffer} to destroy a
10357 Calculator buffer.
10358
10359 Each Calculator buffer keeps its own stack, undo list, and mode settings
10360 such as precision, angular mode, and display formats. In Emacs terms,
10361 variables such as @code{calc-stack} are buffer-local variables. The
10362 global default values of these variables are used only when a new
10363 Calculator buffer is created. The @code{calc-quit} command saves
10364 the stack and mode settings of the buffer being quit as the new defaults.
10365
10366 There is only one trail buffer, @samp{*Calc Trail*}, used by all
10367 Calculator buffers.
10368
10369 @node Troubleshooting Commands, , Multiple Calculators, Introduction
10370 @section Troubleshooting Commands
10371
10372 @noindent
10373 This section describes commands you can use in case a computation
10374 incorrectly fails or gives the wrong answer.
10375
10376 @xref{Reporting Bugs}, if you find a problem that appears to be due
10377 to a bug or deficiency in Calc.
10378
10379 @menu
10380 * Autoloading Problems::
10381 * Recursion Depth::
10382 * Caches::
10383 * Debugging Calc::
10384 @end menu
10385
10386 @node Autoloading Problems, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands, Troubleshooting Commands
10387 @subsection Autoloading Problems
10388
10389 @noindent
10390 The Calc program is split into many component files; components are
10391 loaded automatically as you use various commands that require them.
10392 Occasionally Calc may lose track of when a certain component is
10393 necessary; typically this means you will type a command and it won't
10394 work because some function you've never heard of was undefined.
10395
10396 @kindex C-x * L
10397 @pindex calc-load-everything
10398 If this happens, the easiest workaround is to type @kbd{C-x * L}
10399 (@code{calc-load-everything}) to force all the parts of Calc to be
10400 loaded right away. This will cause Emacs to take up a lot more
10401 memory than it would otherwise, but it's guaranteed to fix the problem.
10402
10403 @node Recursion Depth, Caches, Autoloading Problems, Troubleshooting Commands
10404 @subsection Recursion Depth
10405
10406 @noindent
10407 @kindex M
10408 @kindex I M
10409 @pindex calc-more-recursion-depth
10410 @pindex calc-less-recursion-depth
10411 @cindex Recursion depth
10412 @cindex ``Computation got stuck'' message
10413 @cindex @code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10414 @cindex @code{max-specpdl-size}
10415 Calc uses recursion in many of its calculations. Emacs Lisp keeps a
10416 variable @code{max-lisp-eval-depth} which limits the amount of recursion
10417 possible in an attempt to recover from program bugs. If a calculation
10418 ever halts incorrectly with the message ``Computation got stuck or
10419 ran too long,'' use the @kbd{M} command (@code{calc-more-recursion-depth})
10420 to increase this limit. (Of course, this will not help if the
10421 calculation really did get stuck due to some problem inside Calc.)
10422
10423 The limit is always increased (multiplied) by a factor of two. There
10424 is also an @kbd{I M} (@code{calc-less-recursion-depth}) command which
10425 decreases this limit by a factor of two, down to a minimum value of 200.
10426 The default value is 1000.
10427
10428 These commands also double or halve @code{max-specpdl-size}, another
10429 internal Lisp recursion limit. The minimum value for this limit is 600.
10430
10431 @node Caches, Debugging Calc, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands
10432 @subsection Caches
10433
10434 @noindent
10435 @cindex Caches
10436 @cindex Flushing caches
10437 Calc saves certain values after they have been computed once. For
10438 example, the @kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}) command initially ``knows'' the
10439 constant @cpi{} to about 20 decimal places; if the current precision
10440 is greater than this, it will recompute @cpi{} using a series
10441 approximation. This value will not need to be recomputed ever again
10442 unless you raise the precision still further. Many operations such as
10443 logarithms and sines make use of similarly cached values such as
10444 @cpiover{4} and
10445 @texline @math{\ln 2}.
10446 @infoline @expr{ln(2)}.
10447 The visible effect of caching is that
10448 high-precision computations may seem to do extra work the first time.
10449 Other things cached include powers of two (for the binary arithmetic
10450 functions), matrix inverses and determinants, symbolic integrals, and
10451 data points computed by the graphing commands.
10452
10453 @pindex calc-flush-caches
10454 If you suspect a Calculator cache has become corrupt, you can use the
10455 @code{calc-flush-caches} command to reset all caches to the empty state.
10456 (This should only be necessary in the event of bugs in the Calculator.)
10457 The @kbd{C-x * 0} (with the zero key) command also resets caches along
10458 with all other aspects of the Calculator's state.
10459
10460 @node Debugging Calc, , Caches, Troubleshooting Commands
10461 @subsection Debugging Calc
10462
10463 @noindent
10464 A few commands exist to help in the debugging of Calc commands.
10465 @xref{Programming}, to see the various ways that you can write
10466 your own Calc commands.
10467
10468 @kindex Z T
10469 @pindex calc-timing
10470 The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing}) command turns on and off a mode
10471 in which the timing of slow commands is reported in the Trail.
10472 Any Calc command that takes two seconds or longer writes a line
10473 to the Trail showing how many seconds it took. This value is
10474 accurate only to within one second.
10475
10476 All steps of executing a command are included; in particular, time
10477 taken to format the result for display in the stack and trail is
10478 counted. Some prompts also count time taken waiting for them to
10479 be answered, while others do not; this depends on the exact
10480 implementation of the command. For best results, if you are timing
10481 a sequence that includes prompts or multiple commands, define a
10482 keyboard macro to run the whole sequence at once. Calc's @kbd{X}
10483 command (@pxref{Keyboard Macros}) will then report the time taken
10484 to execute the whole macro.
10485
10486 Another advantage of the @kbd{X} command is that while it is
10487 executing, the stack and trail are not updated from step to step.
10488 So if you expect the output of your test sequence to leave a result
10489 that may take a long time to format and you don't wish to count
10490 this formatting time, end your sequence with a @key{DEL} keystroke
10491 to clear the result from the stack. When you run the sequence with
10492 @kbd{X}, Calc will never bother to format the large result.
10493
10494 Another thing @kbd{Z T} does is to increase the Emacs variable
10495 @code{gc-cons-threshold} to a much higher value (two million; the
10496 usual default in Calc is 250,000) for the duration of each command.
10497 This generally prevents garbage collection during the timing of
10498 the command, though it may cause your Emacs process to grow
10499 abnormally large. (Garbage collection time is a major unpredictable
10500 factor in the timing of Emacs operations.)
10501
10502 Another command that is useful when debugging your own Lisp
10503 extensions to Calc is @kbd{M-x calc-pass-errors}, which disables
10504 the error handler that changes the ``@code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10505 exceeded'' message to the much more friendly ``Computation got
10506 stuck or ran too long.'' This handler interferes with the Emacs
10507 Lisp debugger's @code{debug-on-error} mode. Errors are reported
10508 in the handler itself rather than at the true location of the
10509 error. After you have executed @code{calc-pass-errors}, Lisp
10510 errors will be reported correctly but the user-friendly message
10511 will be lost.
10512
10513 @node Data Types, Stack and Trail, Introduction, Top
10514 @chapter Data Types
10515
10516 @noindent
10517 This chapter discusses the various types of objects that can be placed
10518 on the Calculator stack, how they are displayed, and how they are
10519 entered. (@xref{Data Type Formats}, for information on how these data
10520 types are represented as underlying Lisp objects.)
10521
10522 Integers, fractions, and floats are various ways of describing real
10523 numbers. HMS forms also for many purposes act as real numbers. These
10524 types can be combined to form complex numbers, modulo forms, error forms,
10525 or interval forms. (But these last four types cannot be combined
10526 arbitrarily:@: error forms may not contain modulo forms, for example.)
10527 Finally, all these types of numbers may be combined into vectors,
10528 matrices, or algebraic formulas.
10529
10530 @menu
10531 * Integers:: The most basic data type.
10532 * Fractions:: This and above are called @dfn{rationals}.
10533 * Floats:: This and above are called @dfn{reals}.
10534 * Complex Numbers:: This and above are called @dfn{numbers}.
10535 * Infinities::
10536 * Vectors and Matrices::
10537 * Strings::
10538 * HMS Forms::
10539 * Date Forms::
10540 * Modulo Forms::
10541 * Error Forms::
10542 * Interval Forms::
10543 * Incomplete Objects::
10544 * Variables::
10545 * Formulas::
10546 @end menu
10547
10548 @node Integers, Fractions, Data Types, Data Types
10549 @section Integers
10550
10551 @noindent
10552 @cindex Integers
10553 The Calculator stores integers to arbitrary precision. Addition,
10554 subtraction, and multiplication of integers always yields an exact
10555 integer result. (If the result of a division or exponentiation of
10556 integers is not an integer, it is expressed in fractional or
10557 floating-point form according to the current Fraction mode.
10558 @xref{Fraction Mode}.)
10559
10560 A decimal integer is represented as an optional sign followed by a
10561 sequence of digits. Grouping (@pxref{Grouping Digits}) can be used to
10562 insert a comma at every third digit for display purposes, but you
10563 must not type commas during the entry of numbers.
10564
10565 @kindex #
10566 A non-decimal integer is represented as an optional sign, a radix
10567 between 2 and 36, a @samp{#} symbol, and one or more digits. For radix 11
10568 and above, the letters A through Z (upper- or lower-case) count as
10569 digits and do not terminate numeric entry mode. @xref{Radix Modes}, for how
10570 to set the default radix for display of integers. Numbers of any radix
10571 may be entered at any time. If you press @kbd{#} at the beginning of a
10572 number, the current display radix is used.
10573
10574 @node Fractions, Floats, Integers, Data Types
10575 @section Fractions
10576
10577 @noindent
10578 @cindex Fractions
10579 A @dfn{fraction} is a ratio of two integers. Fractions are traditionally
10580 written ``2/3'' but Calc uses the notation @samp{2:3}. (The @kbd{/} key
10581 performs RPN division; the following two sequences push the number
10582 @samp{2:3} on the stack: @kbd{2 :@: 3 @key{RET}}, or @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 /}
10583 assuming Fraction mode has been enabled.)
10584 When the Calculator produces a fractional result it always reduces it to
10585 simplest form, which may in fact be an integer.
10586
10587 Fractions may also be entered in a three-part form, where @samp{2:3:4}
10588 represents two-and-three-quarters. @xref{Fraction Formats}, for fraction
10589 display formats.
10590
10591 Non-decimal fractions are entered and displayed as
10592 @samp{@var{radix}#@var{num}:@var{denom}} (or in the analogous three-part
10593 form). The numerator and denominator always use the same radix.
10594
10595 @node Floats, Complex Numbers, Fractions, Data Types
10596 @section Floats
10597
10598 @noindent
10599 @cindex Floating-point numbers
10600 A floating-point number or @dfn{float} is a number stored in scientific
10601 notation. The number of significant digits in the fractional part is
10602 governed by the current floating precision (@pxref{Precision}). The
10603 range of acceptable values is from
10604 @texline @math{10^{-3999999}}
10605 @infoline @expr{10^-3999999}
10606 (inclusive) to
10607 @texline @math{10^{4000000}}
10608 @infoline @expr{10^4000000}
10609 (exclusive), plus the corresponding negative values and zero.
10610
10611 Calculations that would exceed the allowable range of values (such
10612 as @samp{exp(exp(20))}) are left in symbolic form by Calc. The
10613 messages ``floating-point overflow'' or ``floating-point underflow''
10614 indicate that during the calculation a number would have been produced
10615 that was too large or too close to zero, respectively, to be represented
10616 by Calc. This does not necessarily mean the final result would have
10617 overflowed, just that an overflow occurred while computing the result.
10618 (In fact, it could report an underflow even though the final result
10619 would have overflowed!)
10620
10621 If a rational number and a float are mixed in a calculation, the result
10622 will in general be expressed as a float. Commands that require an integer
10623 value (such as @kbd{k g} [@code{gcd}]) will also accept integer-valued
10624 floats, i.e., floating-point numbers with nothing after the decimal point.
10625
10626 Floats are identified by the presence of a decimal point and/or an
10627 exponent. In general a float consists of an optional sign, digits
10628 including an optional decimal point, and an optional exponent consisting
10629 of an @samp{e}, an optional sign, and up to seven exponent digits.
10630 For example, @samp{23.5e-2} is 23.5 times ten to the minus-second power,
10631 or 0.235.
10632
10633 Floating-point numbers are normally displayed in decimal notation with
10634 all significant figures shown. Exceedingly large or small numbers are
10635 displayed in scientific notation. Various other display options are
10636 available. @xref{Float Formats}.
10637
10638 @cindex Accuracy of calculations
10639 Floating-point numbers are stored in decimal, not binary. The result
10640 of each operation is rounded to the nearest value representable in the
10641 number of significant digits specified by the current precision,
10642 rounding away from zero in the case of a tie. Thus (in the default
10643 display mode) what you see is exactly what you get. Some operations such
10644 as square roots and transcendental functions are performed with several
10645 digits of extra precision and then rounded down, in an effort to make the
10646 final result accurate to the full requested precision. However,
10647 accuracy is not rigorously guaranteed. If you suspect the validity of a
10648 result, try doing the same calculation in a higher precision. The
10649 Calculator's arithmetic is not intended to be IEEE-conformant in any
10650 way.
10651
10652 While floats are always @emph{stored} in decimal, they can be entered
10653 and displayed in any radix just like integers and fractions. Since a
10654 float that is entered in a radix other that 10 will be converted to
10655 decimal, the number that Calc stores may not be exactly the number that
10656 was entered, it will be the closest decimal approximation given the
10657 current precison. The notation @samp{@var{radix}#@var{ddd}.@var{ddd}}
10658 is a floating-point number whose digits are in the specified radix.
10659 Note that the @samp{.} is more aptly referred to as a ``radix point''
10660 than as a decimal point in this case. The number @samp{8#123.4567} is
10661 defined as @samp{8#1234567 * 8^-4}. If the radix is 14 or less, you can
10662 use @samp{e} notation to write a non-decimal number in scientific
10663 notation. The exponent is written in decimal, and is considered to be a
10664 power of the radix: @samp{8#1234567e-4}. If the radix is 15 or above,
10665 the letter @samp{e} is a digit, so scientific notation must be written
10666 out, e.g., @samp{16#123.4567*16^2}. The first two exercises of the
10667 Modes Tutorial explore some of the properties of non-decimal floats.
10668
10669 @node Complex Numbers, Infinities, Floats, Data Types
10670 @section Complex Numbers
10671
10672 @noindent
10673 @cindex Complex numbers
10674 There are two supported formats for complex numbers: rectangular and
10675 polar. The default format is rectangular, displayed in the form
10676 @samp{(@var{real},@var{imag})} where @var{real} is the real part and
10677 @var{imag} is the imaginary part, each of which may be any real number.
10678 Rectangular complex numbers can also be displayed in @samp{@var{a}+@var{b}i}
10679 notation; @pxref{Complex Formats}.
10680
10681 Polar complex numbers are displayed in the form
10682 @texline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@math{\theta}@tfn{)}'
10683 @infoline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@var{theta}@tfn{)}'
10684 where @var{r} is the nonnegative magnitude and
10685 @texline @math{\theta}
10686 @infoline @var{theta}
10687 is the argument or phase angle. The range of
10688 @texline @math{\theta}
10689 @infoline @var{theta}
10690 depends on the current angular mode (@pxref{Angular Modes}); it is
10691 generally between @mathit{-180} and @mathit{+180} degrees or the equivalent range
10692 in radians.
10693
10694 Complex numbers are entered in stages using incomplete objects.
10695 @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
10696
10697 Operations on rectangular complex numbers yield rectangular complex
10698 results, and similarly for polar complex numbers. Where the two types
10699 are mixed, or where new complex numbers arise (as for the square root of
10700 a negative real), the current @dfn{Polar mode} is used to determine the
10701 type. @xref{Polar Mode}.
10702
10703 A complex result in which the imaginary part is zero (or the phase angle
10704 is 0 or 180 degrees or @cpi{} radians) is automatically converted to a real
10705 number.
10706
10707 @node Infinities, Vectors and Matrices, Complex Numbers, Data Types
10708 @section Infinities
10709
10710 @noindent
10711 @cindex Infinity
10712 @cindex @code{inf} variable
10713 @cindex @code{uinf} variable
10714 @cindex @code{nan} variable
10715 @vindex inf
10716 @vindex uinf
10717 @vindex nan
10718 The word @code{inf} represents the mathematical concept of @dfn{infinity}.
10719 Calc actually has three slightly different infinity-like values:
10720 @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan}. These are just regular
10721 variable names (@pxref{Variables}); you should avoid using these
10722 names for your own variables because Calc gives them special
10723 treatment. Infinities, like all variable names, are normally
10724 entered using algebraic entry.
10725
10726 Mathematically speaking, it is not rigorously correct to treat
10727 ``infinity'' as if it were a number, but mathematicians often do
10728 so informally. When they say that @samp{1 / inf = 0}, what they
10729 really mean is that @expr{1 / x}, as @expr{x} becomes larger and
10730 larger, becomes arbitrarily close to zero. So you can imagine
10731 that if @expr{x} got ``all the way to infinity,'' then @expr{1 / x}
10732 would go all the way to zero. Similarly, when they say that
10733 @samp{exp(inf) = inf}, they mean that
10734 @texline @math{e^x}
10735 @infoline @expr{exp(x)}
10736 grows without bound as @expr{x} grows. The symbol @samp{-inf} likewise
10737 stands for an infinitely negative real value; for example, we say that
10738 @samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. You can have an infinity pointing in any
10739 direction on the complex plane: @samp{sqrt(-inf) = i inf}.
10740
10741 The same concept of limits can be used to define @expr{1 / 0}. We
10742 really want the value that @expr{1 / x} approaches as @expr{x}
10743 approaches zero. But if all we have is @expr{1 / 0}, we can't
10744 tell which direction @expr{x} was coming from. If @expr{x} was
10745 positive and decreasing toward zero, then we should say that
10746 @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. But if @expr{x} was negative and increasing
10747 toward zero, the answer is @samp{1 / 0 = -inf}. In fact, @expr{x}
10748 could be an imaginary number, giving the answer @samp{i inf} or
10749 @samp{-i inf}. Calc uses the special symbol @samp{uinf} to mean
10750 @dfn{undirected infinity}, i.e., a value which is infinitely
10751 large but with an unknown sign (or direction on the complex plane).
10752
10753 Calc actually has three modes that say how infinities are handled.
10754 Normally, infinities never arise from calculations that didn't
10755 already have them. Thus, @expr{1 / 0} is treated simply as an
10756 error and left unevaluated. The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode})
10757 command (@pxref{Infinite Mode}) enables a mode in which
10758 @expr{1 / 0} evaluates to @code{uinf} instead. There is also
10759 an alternative type of infinite mode which says to treat zeros
10760 as if they were positive, so that @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. While this
10761 is less mathematically correct, it may be the answer you want in
10762 some cases.
10763
10764 Since all infinities are ``as large'' as all others, Calc simplifies,
10765 e.g., @samp{5 inf} to @samp{inf}. Another example is
10766 @samp{5 - inf = -inf}, where the @samp{-inf} is so large that
10767 adding a finite number like five to it does not affect it.
10768 Note that @samp{a - inf} also results in @samp{-inf}; Calc assumes
10769 that variables like @code{a} always stand for finite quantities.
10770 Just to show that infinities really are all the same size,
10771 note that @samp{sqrt(inf) = inf^2 = exp(inf) = inf} in Calc's
10772 notation.
10773
10774 It's not so easy to define certain formulas like @samp{0 * inf} and
10775 @samp{inf / inf}. Depending on where these zeros and infinities
10776 came from, the answer could be literally anything. The latter
10777 formula could be the limit of @expr{x / x} (giving a result of one),
10778 or @expr{2 x / x} (giving two), or @expr{x^2 / x} (giving @code{inf}),
10779 or @expr{x / x^2} (giving zero). Calc uses the symbol @code{nan}
10780 to represent such an @dfn{indeterminate} value. (The name ``nan''
10781 comes from analogy with the ``NAN'' concept of IEEE standard
10782 arithmetic; it stands for ``Not A Number.'' This is somewhat of a
10783 misnomer, since @code{nan} @emph{does} stand for some number or
10784 infinity, it's just that @emph{which} number it stands for
10785 cannot be determined.) In Calc's notation, @samp{0 * inf = nan}
10786 and @samp{inf / inf = nan}. A few other common indeterminate
10787 expressions are @samp{inf - inf} and @samp{inf ^ 0}. Also,
10788 @samp{0 / 0 = nan} if you have turned on Infinite mode
10789 (as described above).
10790
10791 Infinities are especially useful as parts of @dfn{intervals}.
10792 @xref{Interval Forms}.
10793
10794 @node Vectors and Matrices, Strings, Infinities, Data Types
10795 @section Vectors and Matrices
10796
10797 @noindent
10798 @cindex Vectors
10799 @cindex Plain vectors
10800 @cindex Matrices
10801 The @dfn{vector} data type is flexible and general. A vector is simply a
10802 list of zero or more data objects. When these objects are numbers, the
10803 whole is a vector in the mathematical sense. When these objects are
10804 themselves vectors of equal (nonzero) length, the whole is a @dfn{matrix}.
10805 A vector which is not a matrix is referred to here as a @dfn{plain vector}.
10806
10807 A vector is displayed as a list of values separated by commas and enclosed
10808 in square brackets: @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Thus the following is a 2 row by
10809 3 column matrix: @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}. Vectors, like complex
10810 numbers, are entered as incomplete objects. @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
10811 During algebraic entry, vectors are entered all at once in the usual
10812 brackets-and-commas form. Matrices may be entered algebraically as nested
10813 vectors, or using the shortcut notation @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3; 4, 5, 6]}},
10814 with rows separated by semicolons. The commas may usually be omitted
10815 when entering vectors: @samp{[1 2 3]}. Curly braces may be used in
10816 place of brackets: @samp{@{1, 2, 3@}}, but the commas are required in
10817 this case.
10818
10819 Traditional vector and matrix arithmetic is also supported;
10820 @pxref{Basic Arithmetic} and @pxref{Matrix Functions}.
10821 Many other operations are applied to vectors element-wise. For example,
10822 the complex conjugate of a vector is a vector of the complex conjugates
10823 of its elements.
10824
10825 @ignore
10826 @starindex
10827 @end ignore
10828 @tindex vec
10829 Algebraic functions for building vectors include @samp{vec(a, b, c)}
10830 to build @samp{[a, b, c]}, @samp{cvec(a, n, m)} to build an
10831 @texline @math{n\times m}
10832 @infoline @var{n}x@var{m}
10833 matrix of @samp{a}s, and @samp{index(n)} to build a vector of integers
10834 from 1 to @samp{n}.
10835
10836 @node Strings, HMS Forms, Vectors and Matrices, Data Types
10837 @section Strings
10838
10839 @noindent
10840 @kindex "
10841 @cindex Strings
10842 @cindex Character strings
10843 Character strings are not a special data type in the Calculator.
10844 Rather, a string is represented simply as a vector all of whose
10845 elements are integers in the range 0 to 255 (ASCII codes). You can
10846 enter a string at any time by pressing the @kbd{"} key. Quotation
10847 marks and backslashes are written @samp{\"} and @samp{\\}, respectively,
10848 inside strings. Other notations introduced by backslashes are:
10849
10850 @example
10851 @group
10852 \a 7 \^@@ 0
10853 \b 8 \^a-z 1-26
10854 \e 27 \^[ 27
10855 \f 12 \^\\ 28
10856 \n 10 \^] 29
10857 \r 13 \^^ 30
10858 \t 9 \^_ 31
10859 \^? 127
10860 @end group
10861 @end example
10862
10863 @noindent
10864 Finally, a backslash followed by three octal digits produces any
10865 character from its ASCII code.
10866
10867 @kindex d "
10868 @pindex calc-display-strings
10869 Strings are normally displayed in vector-of-integers form. The
10870 @w{@kbd{d "}} (@code{calc-display-strings}) command toggles a mode in
10871 which any vectors of small integers are displayed as quoted strings
10872 instead.
10873
10874 The backslash notations shown above are also used for displaying
10875 strings. Characters 128 and above are not translated by Calc; unless
10876 you have an Emacs modified for 8-bit fonts, these will show up in
10877 backslash-octal-digits notation. For characters below 32, and
10878 for character 127, Calc uses the backslash-letter combination if
10879 there is one, or otherwise uses a @samp{\^} sequence.
10880
10881 The only Calc feature that uses strings is @dfn{compositions};
10882 @pxref{Compositions}. Strings also provide a convenient
10883 way to do conversions between ASCII characters and integers.
10884
10885 @ignore
10886 @starindex
10887 @end ignore
10888 @tindex string
10889 There is a @code{string} function which provides a different display
10890 format for strings. Basically, @samp{string(@var{s})}, where @var{s}
10891 is a vector of integers in the proper range, is displayed as the
10892 corresponding string of characters with no surrounding quotation
10893 marks or other modifications. Thus @samp{string("ABC")} (or
10894 @samp{string([65 66 67])}) will look like @samp{ABC} on the stack.
10895 This happens regardless of whether @w{@kbd{d "}} has been used. The
10896 only way to turn it off is to use @kbd{d U} (unformatted language
10897 mode) which will display @samp{string("ABC")} instead.
10898
10899 Control characters are displayed somewhat differently by @code{string}.
10900 Characters below 32, and character 127, are shown using @samp{^} notation
10901 (same as shown above, but without the backslash). The quote and
10902 backslash characters are left alone, as are characters 128 and above.
10903
10904 @ignore
10905 @starindex
10906 @end ignore
10907 @tindex bstring
10908 The @code{bstring} function is just like @code{string} except that
10909 the resulting string is breakable across multiple lines if it doesn't
10910 fit all on one line. Potential break points occur at every space
10911 character in the string.
10912
10913 @node HMS Forms, Date Forms, Strings, Data Types
10914 @section HMS Forms
10915
10916 @noindent
10917 @cindex Hours-minutes-seconds forms
10918 @cindex Degrees-minutes-seconds forms
10919 @dfn{HMS} stands for Hours-Minutes-Seconds; when used as an angular
10920 argument, the interpretation is Degrees-Minutes-Seconds. All functions
10921 that operate on angles accept HMS forms. These are interpreted as
10922 degrees regardless of the current angular mode. It is also possible to
10923 use HMS as the angular mode so that calculated angles are expressed in
10924 degrees, minutes, and seconds.
10925
10926 @kindex @@
10927 @ignore
10928 @mindex @null
10929 @end ignore
10930 @kindex ' (HMS forms)
10931 @ignore
10932 @mindex @null
10933 @end ignore
10934 @kindex " (HMS forms)
10935 @ignore
10936 @mindex @null
10937 @end ignore
10938 @kindex h (HMS forms)
10939 @ignore
10940 @mindex @null
10941 @end ignore
10942 @kindex o (HMS forms)
10943 @ignore
10944 @mindex @null
10945 @end ignore
10946 @kindex m (HMS forms)
10947 @ignore
10948 @mindex @null
10949 @end ignore
10950 @kindex s (HMS forms)
10951 The default format for HMS values is
10952 @samp{@var{hours}@@ @var{mins}' @var{secs}"}. During entry, the letters
10953 @samp{h} (for ``hours'') or
10954 @samp{o} (approximating the ``degrees'' symbol) are accepted as well as
10955 @samp{@@}, @samp{m} is accepted in place of @samp{'}, and @samp{s} is
10956 accepted in place of @samp{"}.
10957 The @var{hours} value is an integer (or integer-valued float).
10958 The @var{mins} value is an integer or integer-valued float between 0 and 59.
10959 The @var{secs} value is a real number between 0 (inclusive) and 60
10960 (exclusive). A positive HMS form is interpreted as @var{hours} +
10961 @var{mins}/60 + @var{secs}/3600. A negative HMS form is interpreted
10962 as @mathit{- @var{hours}} @mathit{-} @var{mins}/60 @mathit{-} @var{secs}/3600.
10963 Display format for HMS forms is quite flexible. @xref{HMS Formats}.
10964
10965 HMS forms can be added and subtracted. When they are added to numbers,
10966 the numbers are interpreted according to the current angular mode. HMS
10967 forms can also be multiplied and divided by real numbers. Dividing
10968 two HMS forms produces a real-valued ratio of the two angles.
10969
10970 @pindex calc-time
10971 @cindex Time of day
10972 Just for kicks, @kbd{M-x calc-time} pushes the current time of day on
10973 the stack as an HMS form.
10974
10975 @node Date Forms, Modulo Forms, HMS Forms, Data Types
10976 @section Date Forms
10977
10978 @noindent
10979 @cindex Date forms
10980 A @dfn{date form} represents a date and possibly an associated time.
10981 Simple date arithmetic is supported: Adding a number to a date
10982 produces a new date shifted by that many days; adding an HMS form to
10983 a date shifts it by that many hours. Subtracting two date forms
10984 computes the number of days between them (represented as a simple
10985 number). Many other operations, such as multiplying two date forms,
10986 are nonsensical and are not allowed by Calc.
10987
10988 Date forms are entered and displayed enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets.
10989 The default format is, e.g., @samp{<Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates,
10990 or @samp{<3:32:20pm Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates with times.
10991 Input is flexible; date forms can be entered in any of the usual
10992 notations for dates and times. @xref{Date Formats}.
10993
10994 Date forms are stored internally as numbers, specifically the number
10995 of days since midnight on the morning of January 1 of the year 1 AD.
10996 If the internal number is an integer, the form represents a date only;
10997 if the internal number is a fraction or float, the form represents
10998 a date and time. For example, @samp{<6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991>}
10999 is represented by the number 726842.25. The standard precision of
11000 12 decimal digits is enough to ensure that a (reasonable) date and
11001 time can be stored without roundoff error.
11002
11003 If the current precision is greater than 12, date forms will keep
11004 additional digits in the seconds position. For example, if the
11005 precision is 15, the seconds will keep three digits after the
11006 decimal point. Decreasing the precision below 12 may cause the
11007 time part of a date form to become inaccurate. This can also happen
11008 if astronomically high years are used, though this will not be an
11009 issue in everyday (or even everymillennium) use. Note that date
11010 forms without times are stored as exact integers, so roundoff is
11011 never an issue for them.
11012
11013 You can use the @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) and @kbd{v u}
11014 (@code{calc-unpack}) commands to get at the numerical representation
11015 of a date form. @xref{Packing and Unpacking}.
11016
11017 Date forms can go arbitrarily far into the future or past. Negative
11018 year numbers represent years BC. Calc uses a combination of the
11019 Gregorian and Julian calendars, following the history of Great
11020 Britain and the British colonies. This is the same calendar that
11021 is used by the @code{cal} program in most Unix implementations.
11022
11023 @cindex Julian calendar
11024 @cindex Gregorian calendar
11025 Some historical background: The Julian calendar was created by
11026 Julius Caesar in the year 46 BC as an attempt to fix the gradual
11027 drift caused by the lack of leap years in the calendar used
11028 until that time. The Julian calendar introduced an extra day in
11029 all years divisible by four. After some initial confusion, the
11030 calendar was adopted around the year we call 8 AD. Some centuries
11031 later it became apparent that the Julian year of 365.25 days was
11032 itself not quite right. In 1582 Pope Gregory XIII introduced the
11033 Gregorian calendar, which added the new rule that years divisible
11034 by 100, but not by 400, were not to be considered leap years
11035 despite being divisible by four. Many countries delayed adoption
11036 of the Gregorian calendar because of religious differences;
11037 in Britain it was put off until the year 1752, by which time
11038 the Julian calendar had fallen eleven days behind the true
11039 seasons. So the switch to the Gregorian calendar in early
11040 September 1752 introduced a discontinuity: The day after
11041 Sep 2, 1752 is Sep 14, 1752. Calc follows this convention.
11042 To take another example, Russia waited until 1918 before
11043 adopting the new calendar, and thus needed to remove thirteen
11044 days (between Feb 1, 1918 and Feb 14, 1918). This means that
11045 Calc's reckoning will be inconsistent with Russian history between
11046 1752 and 1918, and similarly for various other countries.
11047
11048 Today's timekeepers introduce an occasional ``leap second'' as
11049 well, but Calc does not take these minor effects into account.
11050 (If it did, it would have to report a non-integer number of days
11051 between, say, @samp{<12:00am Mon Jan 1, 1900>} and
11052 @samp{<12:00am Sat Jan 1, 2000>}.)
11053
11054 Calc uses the Julian calendar for all dates before the year 1752,
11055 including dates BC when the Julian calendar technically had not
11056 yet been invented. Thus the claim that day number @mathit{-10000} is
11057 called ``August 16, 28 BC'' should be taken with a grain of salt.
11058
11059 Please note that there is no ``year 0''; the day before
11060 @samp{<Sat Jan 1, +1>} is @samp{<Fri Dec 31, -1>}. These are
11061 days 0 and @mathit{-1} respectively in Calc's internal numbering scheme.
11062
11063 @cindex Julian day counting
11064 Another day counting system in common use is, confusingly, also called
11065 ``Julian.'' The Julian day number is the numbers of days since
11066 12:00 noon (GMT) on Jan 1, 4713 BC, which in Calc's scheme (in GMT)
11067 is @mathit{-1721423.5} (recall that Calc starts at midnight instead
11068 of noon). Thus to convert a Calc date code obtained by unpacking a
11069 date form into a Julian day number, simply add 1721423.5 after
11070 compensating for the time zone difference. The built-in @kbd{t J}
11071 command performs this conversion for you.
11072
11073 The Julian day number is based on the Julian cycle, which was invented
11074 in 1583 by Joseph Justus Scaliger. Scaliger named it the Julian cycle
11075 since it is involves the Julian calendar, but some have suggested that
11076 Scaliger named it in honor of his father, Julius Caesar Scaliger. The
11077 Julian cycle is based it on three other cycles: the indiction cycle,
11078 the Metonic cycle, and the solar cycle. The indiction cycle is a 15
11079 year cycle originally used by the Romans for tax purposes but later
11080 used to date medieval documents. The Metonic cycle is a 19 year
11081 cycle; 19 years is close to being a common multiple of a solar year
11082 and a lunar month, and so every 19 years the phases of the moon will
11083 occur on the same days of the year. The solar cycle is a 28 year
11084 cycle; the Julian calendar repeats itself every 28 years. The
11085 smallest time period which contains multiples of all three cycles is
11086 the least common multiple of 15 years, 19 years and 28 years, which
11087 (since they're pairwise relatively prime) is
11088 @texline @math{15\times 19\times 28 = 7980} years.
11089 @infoline 15*19*28 = 7980 years.
11090 This is the length of a Julian cycle. Working backwards, the previous
11091 year in which all three cycles began was 4713 BC, and so Scalinger
11092 chose that year as the beginning of a Julian cycle. Since at the time
11093 there were no historical records from before 4713 BC, using this year
11094 as a starting point had the advantage of avoiding negative year
11095 numbers. In 1849, the astronomer John Herschel (son of William
11096 Herschel) suggested using the number of days since the beginning of
11097 the Julian cycle as an astronomical dating system; this idea was taken
11098 up by other astronomers. (At the time, noon was the start of the
11099 astronomical day. Herschel originally suggested counting the days
11100 since Jan 1, 4713 BC at noon Alexandria time; this was later amended to
11101 noon GMT.) Julian day numbering is largely used in astronomy.
11102
11103 @cindex Unix time format
11104 The Unix operating system measures time as an integer number of
11105 seconds since midnight, Jan 1, 1970. To convert a Calc date
11106 value into a Unix time stamp, first subtract 719164 (the code
11107 for @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}), then multiply by 86400 (the number of
11108 seconds in a day) and press @kbd{R} to round to the nearest
11109 integer. If you have a date form, you can simply subtract the
11110 day @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>} instead of unpacking and subtracting
11111 719164. Likewise, divide by 86400 and add @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}
11112 to convert from Unix time to a Calc date form. (Note that
11113 Unix normally maintains the time in the GMT time zone; you may
11114 need to subtract five hours to get New York time, or eight hours
11115 for California time. The same is usually true of Julian day
11116 counts.) The built-in @kbd{t U} command performs these
11117 conversions.
11118
11119 @node Modulo Forms, Error Forms, Date Forms, Data Types
11120 @section Modulo Forms
11121
11122 @noindent
11123 @cindex Modulo forms
11124 A @dfn{modulo form} is a real number which is taken modulo (i.e., within
11125 an integer multiple of) some value @var{M}. Arithmetic modulo @var{M}
11126 often arises in number theory. Modulo forms are written
11127 `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}',
11128 where @var{a} and @var{M} are real numbers or HMS forms, and
11129 @texline @math{0 \le a < M}.
11130 @infoline @expr{0 <= a < @var{M}}.
11131 In many applications @expr{a} and @expr{M} will be
11132 integers but this is not required.
11133
11134 @ignore
11135 @mindex M
11136 @end ignore
11137 @kindex M (modulo forms)
11138 @ignore
11139 @mindex mod
11140 @end ignore
11141 @tindex mod (operator)
11142 To create a modulo form during numeric entry, press the shift-@kbd{M}
11143 key to enter the word @samp{mod}. As a special convenience, pressing
11144 shift-@kbd{M} a second time automatically enters the value of @expr{M}
11145 that was most recently used before. During algebraic entry, either
11146 type @samp{mod} by hand or press @kbd{M-m} (that's @kbd{@key{META}-m}).
11147 Once again, pressing this a second time enters the current modulo.
11148
11149 Modulo forms are not to be confused with the modulo operator @samp{%}.
11150 The expression @samp{27 % 10} means to compute 27 modulo 10 to produce
11151 the result 7. Further computations treat this 7 as just a regular integer.
11152 The expression @samp{27 mod 10} produces the result @samp{7 mod 10};
11153 further computations with this value are again reduced modulo 10 so that
11154 the result always lies in the desired range.
11155
11156 When two modulo forms with identical @expr{M}'s are added or multiplied,
11157 the Calculator simply adds or multiplies the values, then reduces modulo
11158 @expr{M}. If one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number,
11159 the plain number is treated like a compatible modulo form. It is also
11160 possible to raise modulo forms to powers; the result is the value raised
11161 to the power, then reduced modulo @expr{M}. (When all values involved
11162 are integers, this calculation is done much more efficiently than
11163 actually computing the power and then reducing.)
11164
11165 @cindex Modulo division
11166 Two modulo forms `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}' and `@var{b} @tfn{mod} @var{M}'
11167 can be divided if @expr{a}, @expr{b}, and @expr{M} are all
11168 integers. The result is the modulo form which, when multiplied by
11169 `@var{b} @tfn{mod} @var{M}', produces `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}'. If
11170 there is no solution to this equation (which can happen only when
11171 @expr{M} is non-prime), or if any of the arguments are non-integers, the
11172 division is left in symbolic form. Other operations, such as square
11173 roots, are not yet supported for modulo forms. (Note that, although
11174 @w{`@tfn{(}@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}@tfn{)^.5}'} will compute a ``modulo square root''
11175 in the sense of reducing
11176 @texline @math{\sqrt a}
11177 @infoline @expr{sqrt(a)}
11178 modulo @expr{M}, this is not a useful definition from the
11179 number-theoretical point of view.)
11180
11181 It is possible to mix HMS forms and modulo forms. For example, an
11182 HMS form modulo 24 could be used to manipulate clock times; an HMS
11183 form modulo 360 would be suitable for angles. Making the modulo @expr{M}
11184 also be an HMS form eliminates troubles that would arise if the angular
11185 mode were inadvertently set to Radians, in which case
11186 @w{@samp{2@@ 0' 0" mod 24}} would be interpreted as two degrees modulo
11187 24 radians!
11188
11189 Modulo forms cannot have variables or formulas for components. If you
11190 enter the formula @samp{(x + 2) mod 5}, Calc propagates the modulus
11191 to each of the coefficients: @samp{(1 mod 5) x + (2 mod 5)}.
11192
11193 You can use @kbd{v p} and @kbd{%} to modify modulo forms.
11194 @xref{Packing and Unpacking}. @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
11195
11196 @ignore
11197 @starindex
11198 @end ignore
11199 @tindex makemod
11200 The algebraic function @samp{makemod(a, m)} builds the modulo form
11201 @w{@samp{a mod m}}.
11202
11203 @node Error Forms, Interval Forms, Modulo Forms, Data Types
11204 @section Error Forms
11205
11206 @noindent
11207 @cindex Error forms
11208 @cindex Standard deviations
11209 An @dfn{error form} is a number with an associated standard
11210 deviation, as in @samp{2.3 +/- 0.12}. The notation
11211 @texline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}'
11212 @infoline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} sigma'
11213 stands for an uncertain value which follows
11214 a normal or Gaussian distribution of mean @expr{x} and standard
11215 deviation or ``error''
11216 @texline @math{\sigma}.
11217 @infoline @expr{sigma}.
11218 Both the mean and the error can be either numbers or
11219 formulas. Generally these are real numbers but the mean may also be
11220 complex. If the error is negative or complex, it is changed to its
11221 absolute value. An error form with zero error is converted to a
11222 regular number by the Calculator.
11223
11224 All arithmetic and transcendental functions accept error forms as input.
11225 Operations on the mean-value part work just like operations on regular
11226 numbers. The error part for any function @expr{f(x)} (such as
11227 @texline @math{\sin x}
11228 @infoline @expr{sin(x)})
11229 is defined by the error of @expr{x} times the derivative of @expr{f}
11230 evaluated at the mean value of @expr{x}. For a two-argument function
11231 @expr{f(x,y)} (such as addition) the error is the square root of the sum
11232 of the squares of the errors due to @expr{x} and @expr{y}.
11233 @tex
11234 $$ \eqalign{
11235 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma)
11236 &= f(x) \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma \left| {df(x) \over dx} \right| \cr
11237 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_x, y \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_y)
11238 &= f(x,y) \hbox{\code{ +/- }}
11239 \sqrt{\left(\sigma_x \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial x}
11240 \right| \right)^2
11241 +\left(\sigma_y \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial y}
11242 \right| \right)^2 } \cr
11243 } $$
11244 @end tex
11245 Note that this
11246 definition assumes the errors in @expr{x} and @expr{y} are uncorrelated.
11247 A side effect of this definition is that @samp{(2 +/- 1) * (2 +/- 1)}
11248 is not the same as @samp{(2 +/- 1)^2}; the former represents the product
11249 of two independent values which happen to have the same probability
11250 distributions, and the latter is the product of one random value with itself.
11251 The former will produce an answer with less error, since on the average
11252 the two independent errors can be expected to cancel out.
11253
11254 Consult a good text on error analysis for a discussion of the proper use
11255 of standard deviations. Actual errors often are neither Gaussian-distributed
11256 nor uncorrelated, and the above formulas are valid only when errors
11257 are small. As an example, the error arising from
11258 @texline `@tfn{sin(}@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}@tfn{)}'
11259 @infoline `@tfn{sin(}@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @var{sigma}@tfn{)}'
11260 is
11261 @texline `@math{\sigma} @tfn{abs(cos(}@var{x}@tfn{))}'.
11262 @infoline `@var{sigma} @tfn{abs(cos(}@var{x}@tfn{))}'.
11263 When @expr{x} is close to zero,
11264 @texline @math{\cos x}
11265 @infoline @expr{cos(x)}
11266 is close to one so the error in the sine is close to
11267 @texline @math{\sigma};
11268 @infoline @expr{sigma};
11269 this makes sense, since
11270 @texline @math{\sin x}
11271 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}
11272 is approximately @expr{x} near zero, so a given error in @expr{x} will
11273 produce about the same error in the sine. Likewise, near 90 degrees
11274 @texline @math{\cos x}
11275 @infoline @expr{cos(x)}
11276 is nearly zero and so the computed error is
11277 small: The sine curve is nearly flat in that region, so an error in @expr{x}
11278 has relatively little effect on the value of
11279 @texline @math{\sin x}.
11280 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}.
11281 However, consider @samp{sin(90 +/- 1000)}. The cosine of 90 is zero, so
11282 Calc will report zero error! We get an obviously wrong result because
11283 we have violated the small-error approximation underlying the error
11284 analysis. If the error in @expr{x} had been small, the error in
11285 @texline @math{\sin x}
11286 @infoline @expr{sin(x)}
11287 would indeed have been negligible.
11288
11289 @ignore
11290 @mindex p
11291 @end ignore
11292 @kindex p (error forms)
11293 @tindex +/-
11294 To enter an error form during regular numeric entry, use the @kbd{p}
11295 (``plus-or-minus'') key to type the @samp{+/-} symbol. (If you try actually
11296 typing @samp{+/-} the @kbd{+} key will be interpreted as the Calculator's
11297 @kbd{+} command!) Within an algebraic formula, you can press @kbd{M-+} to
11298 type the @samp{+/-} symbol, or type it out by hand.
11299
11300 Error forms and complex numbers can be mixed; the formulas shown above
11301 are used for complex numbers, too; note that if the error part evaluates
11302 to a complex number its absolute value (or the square root of the sum of
11303 the squares of the absolute values of the two error contributions) is
11304 used. Mathematically, this corresponds to a radially symmetric Gaussian
11305 distribution of numbers on the complex plane. However, note that Calc
11306 considers an error form with real components to represent a real number,
11307 not a complex distribution around a real mean.
11308
11309 Error forms may also be composed of HMS forms. For best results, both
11310 the mean and the error should be HMS forms if either one is.
11311
11312 @ignore
11313 @starindex
11314 @end ignore
11315 @tindex sdev
11316 The algebraic function @samp{sdev(a, b)} builds the error form @samp{a +/- b}.
11317
11318 @node Interval Forms, Incomplete Objects, Error Forms, Data Types
11319 @section Interval Forms
11320
11321 @noindent
11322 @cindex Interval forms
11323 An @dfn{interval} is a subset of consecutive real numbers. For example,
11324 the interval @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} represents all the numbers from 2 to 4,
11325 inclusive. If you multiply it by the interval @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]} you
11326 obtain @samp{[1 ..@: 8]}. This calculation represents the fact that if
11327 you multiply some number in the range @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} by some other
11328 number in the range @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]}, your result will lie in the range
11329 from 1 to 8. Interval arithmetic is used to get a worst-case estimate
11330 of the possible range of values a computation will produce, given the
11331 set of possible values of the input.
11332
11333 @ifnottex
11334 Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including @dfn{closed}
11335 intervals of the type shown above, @dfn{open} intervals such as
11336 @samp{(2 ..@: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11337 @emph{exclusive}, and @dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11338 uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11339 terms,
11340 @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} means @expr{2 <= x <= 4}, whereas
11341 @samp{[2 ..@: 4)} represents @expr{2 <= x < 4},
11342 @samp{(2 ..@: 4]} represents @expr{2 < x <= 4}, and
11343 @samp{(2 ..@: 4)} represents @expr{2 < x < 4}.
11344 @end ifnottex
11345 @tex
11346 Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including \dfn{closed}
11347 intervals of the type shown above, \dfn{open} intervals such as
11348 \samp{(2 ..\: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11349 \emph{exclusive}, and \dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11350 uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11351 terms,
11352 $$ \eqalign{
11353 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x \le 4 \cr
11354 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x < 4 \cr
11355 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x \le 4 \cr
11356 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x < 4 \cr
11357 } $$
11358 @end tex
11359
11360 The lower and upper limits of an interval must be either real numbers
11361 (or HMS or date forms), or symbolic expressions which are assumed to be
11362 real-valued, or @samp{-inf} and @samp{inf}. In general the lower limit
11363 must be less than the upper limit. A closed interval containing only
11364 one value, @samp{[3 ..@: 3]}, is converted to a plain number (3)
11365 automatically. An interval containing no values at all (such as
11366 @samp{[3 ..@: 2]} or @samp{[2 ..@: 2)}) can be represented but is not
11367 guaranteed to behave well when used in arithmetic. Note that the
11368 interval @samp{[3 .. inf)} represents all real numbers greater than
11369 or equal to 3, and @samp{(-inf .. inf)} represents all real numbers.
11370 In fact, @samp{[-inf .. inf]} represents all real numbers including
11371 the real infinities.
11372
11373 Intervals are entered in the notation shown here, either as algebraic
11374 formulas, or using incomplete forms. (@xref{Incomplete Objects}.)
11375 In algebraic formulas, multiple periods in a row are collected from
11376 left to right, so that @samp{1...1e2} is interpreted as @samp{1.0 ..@: 1e2}
11377 rather than @samp{1 ..@: 0.1e2}. Add spaces or zeros if you want to
11378 get the other interpretation. If you omit the lower or upper limit,
11379 a default of @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} (respectively) is furnished.
11380
11381 Infinite mode also affects operations on intervals
11382 (@pxref{Infinities}). Calc will always introduce an open infinity,
11383 as in @samp{1 / (0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf)}. But closed infinities,
11384 @w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf]}}, arise only in Infinite mode;
11385 otherwise they are left unevaluated. Note that the ``direction'' of
11386 a zero is not an issue in this case since the zero is always assumed
11387 to be continuous with the rest of the interval. For intervals that
11388 contain zero inside them Calc is forced to give the result,
11389 @samp{1 / (-2 .. 2) = [-inf .. inf]}.
11390
11391 While it may seem that intervals and error forms are similar, they are
11392 based on entirely different concepts of inexact quantities. An error
11393 form
11394 @texline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}'
11395 @infoline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @var{sigma}'
11396 means a variable is random, and its value could
11397 be anything but is ``probably'' within one
11398 @texline @math{\sigma}
11399 @infoline @var{sigma}
11400 of the mean value @expr{x}. An interval
11401 `@tfn{[}@var{a} @tfn{..@:} @var{b}@tfn{]}' means a
11402 variable's value is unknown, but guaranteed to lie in the specified
11403 range. Error forms are statistical or ``average case'' approximations;
11404 interval arithmetic tends to produce ``worst case'' bounds on an
11405 answer.
11406
11407 Intervals may not contain complex numbers, but they may contain
11408 HMS forms or date forms.
11409
11410 @xref{Set Operations}, for commands that interpret interval forms
11411 as subsets of the set of real numbers.
11412
11413 @ignore
11414 @starindex
11415 @end ignore
11416 @tindex intv
11417 The algebraic function @samp{intv(n, a, b)} builds an interval form
11418 from @samp{a} to @samp{b}; @samp{n} is an integer code which must
11419 be 0 for @samp{(..)}, 1 for @samp{(..]}, 2 for @samp{[..)}, or
11420 3 for @samp{[..]}.
11421
11422 Please note that in fully rigorous interval arithmetic, care would be
11423 taken to make sure that the computation of the lower bound rounds toward
11424 minus infinity, while upper bound computations round toward plus
11425 infinity. Calc's arithmetic always uses a round-to-nearest mode,
11426 which means that roundoff errors could creep into an interval
11427 calculation to produce intervals slightly smaller than they ought to
11428 be. For example, entering @samp{[1..2]} and pressing @kbd{Q 2 ^}
11429 should yield the interval @samp{[1..2]} again, but in fact it yields the
11430 (slightly too small) interval @samp{[1..1.9999999]} due to roundoff
11431 error.
11432
11433 @node Incomplete Objects, Variables, Interval Forms, Data Types
11434 @section Incomplete Objects
11435
11436 @noindent
11437 @ignore
11438 @mindex [ ]
11439 @end ignore
11440 @kindex [
11441 @ignore
11442 @mindex ( )
11443 @end ignore
11444 @kindex (
11445 @kindex ,
11446 @ignore
11447 @mindex @null
11448 @end ignore
11449 @kindex ]
11450 @ignore
11451 @mindex @null
11452 @end ignore
11453 @kindex )
11454 @cindex Incomplete vectors
11455 @cindex Incomplete complex numbers
11456 @cindex Incomplete interval forms
11457 When @kbd{(} or @kbd{[} is typed to begin entering a complex number or
11458 vector, respectively, the effect is to push an @dfn{incomplete} complex
11459 number or vector onto the stack. The @kbd{,} key adds the value(s) at
11460 the top of the stack onto the current incomplete object. The @kbd{)}
11461 and @kbd{]} keys ``close'' the incomplete object after adding any values
11462 on the top of the stack in front of the incomplete object.
11463
11464 As a result, the sequence of keystrokes @kbd{[ 2 , 3 @key{RET} 2 * , 9 ]}
11465 pushes the vector @samp{[2, 6, 9]} onto the stack. Likewise, @kbd{( 1 , 2 Q )}
11466 pushes the complex number @samp{(1, 1.414)} (approximately).
11467
11468 If several values lie on the stack in front of the incomplete object,
11469 all are collected and appended to the object. Thus the @kbd{,} key
11470 is redundant: @kbd{[ 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 2 * 9 ]}. Some people
11471 prefer the equivalent @key{SPC} key to @key{RET}.
11472
11473 As a special case, typing @kbd{,} immediately after @kbd{(}, @kbd{[}, or
11474 @kbd{,} adds a zero or duplicates the preceding value in the list being
11475 formed. Typing @key{DEL} during incomplete entry removes the last item
11476 from the list.
11477
11478 @kindex ;
11479 The @kbd{;} key is used in the same way as @kbd{,} to create polar complex
11480 numbers: @kbd{( 1 ; 2 )}. When entering a vector, @kbd{;} is useful for
11481 creating a matrix. In particular, @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ; 3 , 4 ; 5 , 6 ] ]} is
11482 equivalent to @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ] , [ 3 , 4 ] , [ 5 , 6 ] ]}.
11483
11484 @kindex ..
11485 @pindex calc-dots
11486 Incomplete entry is also used to enter intervals. For example,
11487 @kbd{[ 2 ..@: 4 )} enters a semi-open interval. Note that when you type
11488 the first period, it will be interpreted as a decimal point, but when
11489 you type a second period immediately afterward, it is re-interpreted as
11490 part of the interval symbol. Typing @kbd{..} corresponds to executing
11491 the @code{calc-dots} command.
11492
11493 If you find incomplete entry distracting, you may wish to enter vectors
11494 and complex numbers as algebraic formulas by pressing the apostrophe key.
11495
11496 @node Variables, Formulas, Incomplete Objects, Data Types
11497 @section Variables
11498
11499 @noindent
11500 @cindex Variables, in formulas
11501 A @dfn{variable} is somewhere between a storage register on a conventional
11502 calculator, and a variable in a programming language. (In fact, a Calc
11503 variable is really just an Emacs Lisp variable that contains a Calc number
11504 or formula.) A variable's name is normally composed of letters and digits.
11505 Calc also allows apostrophes and @code{#} signs in variable names.
11506 (The Calc variable @code{foo} corresponds to the Emacs Lisp variable
11507 @code{var-foo}, but unless you access the variable from within Emacs
11508 Lisp, you don't need to worry about it. Variable names in algebraic
11509 formulas implicitly have @samp{var-} prefixed to their names. The
11510 @samp{#} character in variable names used in algebraic formulas
11511 corresponds to a dash @samp{-} in the Lisp variable name. If the name
11512 contains any dashes, the prefix @samp{var-} is @emph{not} automatically
11513 added. Thus the two formulas @samp{foo + 1} and @samp{var#foo + 1} both
11514 refer to the same variable.)
11515
11516 In a command that takes a variable name, you can either type the full
11517 name of a variable, or type a single digit to use one of the special
11518 convenience variables @code{q0} through @code{q9}. For example,
11519 @kbd{3 s s 2} stores the number 3 in variable @code{q2}, and
11520 @w{@kbd{3 s s foo @key{RET}}} stores that number in variable
11521 @code{foo}.
11522
11523 To push a variable itself (as opposed to the variable's value) on the
11524 stack, enter its name as an algebraic expression using the apostrophe
11525 (@key{'}) key.
11526
11527 @kindex =
11528 @pindex calc-evaluate
11529 @cindex Evaluation of variables in a formula
11530 @cindex Variables, evaluation
11531 @cindex Formulas, evaluation
11532 The @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) key ``evaluates'' a formula by
11533 replacing all variables in the formula which have been given values by a
11534 @code{calc-store} or @code{calc-let} command by their stored values.
11535 Other variables are left alone. Thus a variable that has not been
11536 stored acts like an abstract variable in algebra; a variable that has
11537 been stored acts more like a register in a traditional calculator.
11538 With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{=} evaluates the top
11539 @var{n} stack entries; with a negative argument, @kbd{=} evaluates
11540 the @var{n}th stack entry.
11541
11542 @cindex @code{e} variable
11543 @cindex @code{pi} variable
11544 @cindex @code{i} variable
11545 @cindex @code{phi} variable
11546 @cindex @code{gamma} variable
11547 @vindex e
11548 @vindex pi
11549 @vindex i
11550 @vindex phi
11551 @vindex gamma
11552 A few variables are called @dfn{special constants}. Their names are
11553 @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi}, and @samp{gamma}.
11554 (@xref{Scientific Functions}.) When they are evaluated with @kbd{=},
11555 their values are calculated if necessary according to the current precision
11556 or complex polar mode. If you wish to use these symbols for other purposes,
11557 simply undefine or redefine them using @code{calc-store}.
11558
11559 The variables @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} stand for
11560 infinite or indeterminate values. It's best not to use them as
11561 regular variables, since Calc uses special algebraic rules when
11562 it manipulates them. Calc displays a warning message if you store
11563 a value into any of these special variables.
11564
11565 @xref{Store and Recall}, for a discussion of commands dealing with variables.
11566
11567 @node Formulas, , Variables, Data Types
11568 @section Formulas
11569
11570 @noindent
11571 @cindex Formulas
11572 @cindex Expressions
11573 @cindex Operators in formulas
11574 @cindex Precedence of operators
11575 When you press the apostrophe key you may enter any expression or formula
11576 in algebraic form. (Calc uses the terms ``expression'' and ``formula''
11577 interchangeably.) An expression is built up of numbers, variable names,
11578 and function calls, combined with various arithmetic operators.
11579 Parentheses may
11580 be used to indicate grouping. Spaces are ignored within formulas, except
11581 that spaces are not permitted within variable names or numbers.
11582 Arithmetic operators, in order from highest to lowest precedence, and
11583 with their equivalent function names, are:
11584
11585 @samp{_} [@code{subscr}] (subscripts);
11586
11587 postfix @samp{%} [@code{percent}] (as in @samp{25% = 0.25});
11588
11589 prefix @samp{!} [@code{lnot}] (logical ``not,'' as in @samp{!x});
11590
11591 @samp{+/-} [@code{sdev}] (the standard deviation symbol) and
11592 @samp{mod} [@code{makemod}] (the symbol for modulo forms);
11593
11594 postfix @samp{!} [@code{fact}] (factorial, as in @samp{n!})
11595 and postfix @samp{!!} [@code{dfact}] (double factorial);
11596
11597 @samp{^} [@code{pow}] (raised-to-the-power-of);
11598
11599 prefix @samp{+} and @samp{-} [@code{neg}] (as in @samp{-x});
11600
11601 @samp{*} [@code{mul}];
11602
11603 @samp{/} [@code{div}], @samp{%} [@code{mod}] (modulo), and
11604 @samp{\} [@code{idiv}] (integer division);
11605
11606 infix @samp{+} [@code{add}] and @samp{-} [@code{sub}] (as in @samp{x-y});
11607
11608 @samp{|} [@code{vconcat}] (vector concatenation);
11609
11610 relations @samp{=} [@code{eq}], @samp{!=} [@code{neq}], @samp{<} [@code{lt}],
11611 @samp{>} [@code{gt}], @samp{<=} [@code{leq}], and @samp{>=} [@code{geq}];
11612
11613 @samp{&&} [@code{land}] (logical ``and'');
11614
11615 @samp{||} [@code{lor}] (logical ``or'');
11616
11617 the C-style ``if'' operator @samp{a?b:c} [@code{if}];
11618
11619 @samp{!!!} [@code{pnot}] (rewrite pattern ``not'');
11620
11621 @samp{&&&} [@code{pand}] (rewrite pattern ``and'');
11622
11623 @samp{|||} [@code{por}] (rewrite pattern ``or'');
11624
11625 @samp{:=} [@code{assign}] (for assignments and rewrite rules);
11626
11627 @samp{::} [@code{condition}] (rewrite pattern condition);
11628
11629 @samp{=>} [@code{evalto}].
11630
11631 Note that, unlike in usual computer notation, multiplication binds more
11632 strongly than division: @samp{a*b/c*d} is equivalent to
11633 @texline @math{a b \over c d}.
11634 @infoline @expr{(a*b)/(c*d)}.
11635
11636 @cindex Multiplication, implicit
11637 @cindex Implicit multiplication
11638 The multiplication sign @samp{*} may be omitted in many cases. In particular,
11639 if the righthand side is a number, variable name, or parenthesized
11640 expression, the @samp{*} may be omitted. Implicit multiplication has the
11641 same precedence as the explicit @samp{*} operator. The one exception to
11642 the rule is that a variable name followed by a parenthesized expression,
11643 as in @samp{f(x)},
11644 is interpreted as a function call, not an implicit @samp{*}. In many
11645 cases you must use a space if you omit the @samp{*}: @samp{2a} is the
11646 same as @samp{2*a}, and @samp{a b} is the same as @samp{a*b}, but @samp{ab}
11647 is a variable called @code{ab}, @emph{not} the product of @samp{a} and
11648 @samp{b}! Also note that @samp{f (x)} is still a function call.
11649
11650 @cindex Implicit comma in vectors
11651 The rules are slightly different for vectors written with square brackets.
11652 In vectors, the space character is interpreted (like the comma) as a
11653 separator of elements of the vector. Thus @w{@samp{[ 2a b+c d ]}} is
11654 equivalent to @samp{[2*a, b+c, d]}, whereas @samp{2a b+c d} is equivalent
11655 to @samp{2*a*b + c*d}.
11656 Note that spaces around the brackets, and around explicit commas, are
11657 ignored. To force spaces to be interpreted as multiplication you can
11658 enclose a formula in parentheses as in @samp{[(a b) 2(c d)]}, which is
11659 interpreted as @samp{[a*b, 2*c*d]}. An implicit comma is also inserted
11660 between @samp{][}, as in the matrix @samp{[[1 2][3 4]]}.
11661
11662 Vectors that contain commas (not embedded within nested parentheses or
11663 brackets) do not treat spaces specially: @samp{[a b, 2 c d]} is a vector
11664 of two elements. Also, if it would be an error to treat spaces as
11665 separators, but not otherwise, then Calc will ignore spaces:
11666 @w{@samp{[a - b]}} is a vector of one element, but @w{@samp{[a -b]}} is
11667 a vector of two elements. Finally, vectors entered with curly braces
11668 instead of square brackets do not give spaces any special treatment.
11669 When Calc displays a vector that does not contain any commas, it will
11670 insert parentheses if necessary to make the meaning clear:
11671 @w{@samp{[(a b)]}}.
11672
11673 The expression @samp{5%-2} is ambiguous; is this five-percent minus two,
11674 or five modulo minus-two? Calc always interprets the leftmost symbol as
11675 an infix operator preferentially (modulo, in this case), so you would
11676 need to write @samp{(5%)-2} to get the former interpretation.
11677
11678 @cindex Function call notation
11679 A function call is, e.g., @samp{sin(1+x)}. (The Calc algebraic function
11680 @code{foo} corresponds to the Emacs Lisp function @code{calcFunc-foo},
11681 but unless you access the function from within Emacs Lisp, you don't
11682 need to worry about it.) Most mathematical Calculator commands like
11683 @code{calc-sin} have function equivalents like @code{sin}.
11684 If no Lisp function is defined for a function called by a formula, the
11685 call is left as it is during algebraic manipulation: @samp{f(x+y)} is
11686 left alone. Beware that many innocent-looking short names like @code{in}
11687 and @code{re} have predefined meanings which could surprise you; however,
11688 single letters or single letters followed by digits are always safe to
11689 use for your own function names. @xref{Function Index}.
11690
11691 In the documentation for particular commands, the notation @kbd{H S}
11692 (@code{calc-sinh}) [@code{sinh}] means that the key sequence @kbd{H S}, the
11693 command @kbd{M-x calc-sinh}, and the algebraic function @code{sinh(x)} all
11694 represent the same operation.
11695
11696 Commands that interpret (``parse'') text as algebraic formulas include
11697 algebraic entry (@kbd{'}), editing commands like @kbd{`} which parse
11698 the contents of the editing buffer when you finish, the @kbd{C-x * g}
11699 and @w{@kbd{C-x * r}} commands, the @kbd{C-y} command, the X window system
11700 ``paste'' mouse operation, and Embedded mode. All of these operations
11701 use the same rules for parsing formulas; in particular, language modes
11702 (@pxref{Language Modes}) affect them all in the same way.
11703
11704 When you read a large amount of text into the Calculator (say a vector
11705 which represents a big set of rewrite rules; @pxref{Rewrite Rules}),
11706 you may wish to include comments in the text. Calc's formula parser
11707 ignores the symbol @samp{%%} and anything following it on a line:
11708
11709 @example
11710 [ a + b, %% the sum of "a" and "b"
11711 c + d,
11712 %% last line is coming up:
11713 e + f ]
11714 @end example
11715
11716 @noindent
11717 This is parsed exactly the same as @samp{[ a + b, c + d, e + f ]}.
11718
11719 @xref{Syntax Tables}, for a way to create your own operators and other
11720 input notations. @xref{Compositions}, for a way to create new display
11721 formats.
11722
11723 @xref{Algebra}, for commands for manipulating formulas symbolically.
11724
11725 @node Stack and Trail, Mode Settings, Data Types, Top
11726 @chapter Stack and Trail Commands
11727
11728 @noindent
11729 This chapter describes the Calc commands for manipulating objects on the
11730 stack and in the trail buffer. (These commands operate on objects of any
11731 type, such as numbers, vectors, formulas, and incomplete objects.)
11732
11733 @menu
11734 * Stack Manipulation::
11735 * Editing Stack Entries::
11736 * Trail Commands::
11737 * Keep Arguments::
11738 @end menu
11739
11740 @node Stack Manipulation, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail, Stack and Trail
11741 @section Stack Manipulation Commands
11742
11743 @noindent
11744 @kindex @key{RET}
11745 @kindex @key{SPC}
11746 @pindex calc-enter
11747 @cindex Duplicating stack entries
11748 To duplicate the top object on the stack, press @key{RET} or @key{SPC}
11749 (two equivalent keys for the @code{calc-enter} command).
11750 Given a positive numeric prefix argument, these commands duplicate
11751 several elements at the top of the stack.
11752 Given a negative argument,
11753 these commands duplicate the specified element of the stack.
11754 Given an argument of zero, they duplicate the entire stack.
11755 For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11756 @key{RET} creates @samp{10 20 30 30},
11757 @kbd{C-u 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20 30},
11758 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20}, and
11759 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 10 20 30}.
11760
11761 @kindex @key{LFD}
11762 @pindex calc-over
11763 The @key{LFD} (@code{calc-over}) command (on a key marked Line-Feed if you
11764 have it, else on @kbd{C-j}) is like @code{calc-enter}
11765 except that the sign of the numeric prefix argument is interpreted
11766 oppositely. Also, with no prefix argument the default argument is 2.
11767 Thus with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack, @key{LFD} and @kbd{C-u 2 @key{LFD}}
11768 are both equivalent to @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}}, producing
11769 @samp{10 20 30 20}.
11770
11771 @kindex @key{DEL}
11772 @kindex C-d
11773 @pindex calc-pop
11774 @cindex Removing stack entries
11775 @cindex Deleting stack entries
11776 To remove the top element from the stack, press @key{DEL} (@code{calc-pop}).
11777 The @kbd{C-d} key is a synonym for @key{DEL}.
11778 (If the top element is an incomplete object with at least one element, the
11779 last element is removed from it.) Given a positive numeric prefix argument,
11780 several elements are removed. Given a negative argument, the specified
11781 element of the stack is deleted. Given an argument of zero, the entire
11782 stack is emptied.
11783 For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11784 @key{DEL} leaves @samp{10 20},
11785 @kbd{C-u 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10},
11786 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10 30}, and
11787 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{DEL}} leaves an empty stack.
11788
11789 @kindex M-@key{DEL}
11790 @pindex calc-pop-above
11791 The @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} (@code{calc-pop-above}) command is to @key{DEL} what
11792 @key{LFD} is to @key{RET}: It interprets the sign of the numeric
11793 prefix argument in the opposite way, and the default argument is 2.
11794 Thus @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} by itself removes the second-from-top stack element,
11795 leaving the first, third, fourth, and so on; @kbd{M-3 M-@key{DEL}} deletes
11796 the third stack element.
11797
11798 @kindex @key{TAB}
11799 @pindex calc-roll-down
11800 To exchange the top two elements of the stack, press @key{TAB}
11801 (@code{calc-roll-down}). Given a positive numeric prefix argument, the
11802 specified number of elements at the top of the stack are rotated downward.
11803 Given a negative argument, the entire stack is rotated downward the specified
11804 number of times. Given an argument of zero, the entire stack is reversed
11805 top-for-bottom.
11806 For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11807 @key{TAB} creates @samp{10 20 30 50 40},
11808 @kbd{C-u 3 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 20 50 30 40},
11809 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{40 50 10 20 30}, and
11810 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.
11811
11812 @kindex M-@key{TAB}
11813 @pindex calc-roll-up
11814 The command @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{calc-roll-up}) is analogous to @key{TAB}
11815 except that it rotates upward instead of downward. Also, the default
11816 with no prefix argument is to rotate the top 3 elements.
11817 For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11818 @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 20 40 50 30},
11819 @kbd{C-u 4 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 30 40 50 20},
11820 @kbd{C-u - 2 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{30 40 50 10 20}, and
11821 @kbd{C-u 0 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.
11822
11823 A good way to view the operation of @key{TAB} and @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} is in
11824 terms of moving a particular element to a new position in the stack.
11825 With a positive argument @var{n}, @key{TAB} moves the top stack
11826 element down to level @var{n}, making room for it by pulling all the
11827 intervening stack elements toward the top. @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} moves the
11828 element at level @var{n} up to the top. (Compare with @key{LFD},
11829 which copies instead of moving the element in level @var{n}.)
11830
11831 With a negative argument @mathit{-@var{n}}, @key{TAB} rotates the stack
11832 to move the object in level @var{n} to the deepest place in the
11833 stack, and the object in level @mathit{@var{n}+1} to the top. @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}
11834 rotates the deepest stack element to be in level @mathit{n}, also
11835 putting the top stack element in level @mathit{@var{n}+1}.
11836
11837 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for a way to apply these commands to
11838 any portion of a vector or formula on the stack.
11839
11840 @node Editing Stack Entries, Trail Commands, Stack Manipulation, Stack and Trail
11841 @section Editing Stack Entries
11842
11843 @noindent
11844 @kindex `
11845 @pindex calc-edit
11846 @pindex calc-edit-finish
11847 @cindex Editing the stack with Emacs
11848 The @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command creates a temporary buffer
11849 (@samp{*Calc Edit*}) for editing the top-of-stack value using regular
11850 Emacs commands. Note that @kbd{`} is a backquote, not a quote. With a
11851 numeric prefix argument, it edits the specified number of stack entries
11852 at once. (An argument of zero edits the entire stack; a negative
11853 argument edits one specific stack entry.)
11854
11855 When you are done editing, press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish and return
11856 to Calc. The @key{RET} and @key{LFD} keys also work to finish most
11857 sorts of editing, though in some cases Calc leaves @key{RET} with its
11858 usual meaning (``insert a newline'') if it's a situation where you
11859 might want to insert new lines into the editing buffer.
11860
11861 When you finish editing, the Calculator parses the lines of text in
11862 the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer as numbers or formulas, replaces the
11863 original stack elements in the original buffer with these new values,
11864 then kills the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. The original Calculator buffer
11865 continues to exist during editing, but for best results you should be
11866 careful not to change it until you have finished the edit. You can
11867 also cancel the edit by killing the buffer with @kbd{C-x k}.
11868
11869 The formula is normally reevaluated as it is put onto the stack.
11870 For example, editing @samp{a + 2} to @samp{3 + 2} and pressing
11871 @kbd{C-c C-c} will push 5 on the stack. If you use @key{LFD} to
11872 finish, Calc will put the result on the stack without evaluating it.
11873
11874 If you give a prefix argument to @kbd{C-c C-c},
11875 Calc will not kill the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. You can switch
11876 back to that buffer and continue editing if you wish. However, you
11877 should understand that if you initiated the edit with @kbd{`}, the
11878 @kbd{C-c C-c} operation will be programmed to replace the top of the
11879 stack with the new edited value, and it will do this even if you have
11880 rearranged the stack in the meanwhile. This is not so much of a problem
11881 with other editing commands, though, such as @kbd{s e}
11882 (@code{calc-edit-variable}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}).
11883
11884 If the @code{calc-edit} command involves more than one stack entry,
11885 each line of the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer is interpreted as a
11886 separate formula. Otherwise, the entire buffer is interpreted as
11887 one formula, with line breaks ignored. (You can use @kbd{C-o} or
11888 @kbd{C-q C-j} to insert a newline in the buffer without pressing @key{RET}.)
11889
11890 The @kbd{`} key also works during numeric or algebraic entry. The
11891 text entered so far is moved to the @code{*Calc Edit*} buffer for
11892 more extensive editing than is convenient in the minibuffer.
11893
11894 @node Trail Commands, Keep Arguments, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail
11895 @section Trail Commands
11896
11897 @noindent
11898 @cindex Trail buffer
11899 The commands for manipulating the Calc Trail buffer are two-key sequences
11900 beginning with the @kbd{t} prefix.
11901
11902 @kindex t d
11903 @pindex calc-trail-display
11904 The @kbd{t d} (@code{calc-trail-display}) command turns display of the
11905 trail on and off. Normally the trail display is toggled on if it was off,
11906 off if it was on. With a numeric prefix of zero, this command always
11907 turns the trail off; with a prefix of one, it always turns the trail on.
11908 The other trail-manipulation commands described here automatically turn
11909 the trail on. Note that when the trail is off values are still recorded
11910 there; they are simply not displayed. To set Emacs to turn the trail
11911 off by default, type @kbd{t d} and then save the mode settings with
11912 @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}).
11913
11914 @kindex t i
11915 @pindex calc-trail-in
11916 @kindex t o
11917 @pindex calc-trail-out
11918 The @kbd{t i} (@code{calc-trail-in}) and @kbd{t o}
11919 (@code{calc-trail-out}) commands switch the cursor into and out of the
11920 Calc Trail window. In practice they are rarely used, since the commands
11921 shown below are a more convenient way to move around in the
11922 trail, and they work ``by remote control'' when the cursor is still
11923 in the Calculator window.
11924
11925 @cindex Trail pointer
11926 There is a @dfn{trail pointer} which selects some entry of the trail at
11927 any given time. The trail pointer looks like a @samp{>} symbol right
11928 before the selected number. The following commands operate on the
11929 trail pointer in various ways.
11930
11931 @kindex t y
11932 @pindex calc-trail-yank
11933 @cindex Retrieving previous results
11934 The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command reads the selected value in
11935 the trail and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. It allows you to
11936 re-use any previously computed value without retyping. With a numeric
11937 prefix argument @var{n}, it yanks the value @var{n} lines above the current
11938 trail pointer.
11939
11940 @kindex t <
11941 @pindex calc-trail-scroll-left
11942 @kindex t >
11943 @pindex calc-trail-scroll-right
11944 The @kbd{t <} (@code{calc-trail-scroll-left}) and @kbd{t >}
11945 (@code{calc-trail-scroll-right}) commands horizontally scroll the trail
11946 window left or right by one half of its width.
11947
11948 @kindex t n
11949 @pindex calc-trail-next
11950 @kindex t p
11951 @pindex calc-trail-previous
11952 @kindex t f
11953 @pindex calc-trail-forward
11954 @kindex t b
11955 @pindex calc-trail-backward
11956 The @kbd{t n} (@code{calc-trail-next}) and @kbd{t p}
11957 (@code{calc-trail-previous)} commands move the trail pointer down or up
11958 one line. The @kbd{t f} (@code{calc-trail-forward}) and @kbd{t b}
11959 (@code{calc-trail-backward}) commands move the trail pointer down or up
11960 one screenful at a time. All of these commands accept numeric prefix
11961 arguments to move several lines or screenfuls at a time.
11962
11963 @kindex t [
11964 @pindex calc-trail-first
11965 @kindex t ]
11966 @pindex calc-trail-last
11967 @kindex t h
11968 @pindex calc-trail-here
11969 The @kbd{t [} (@code{calc-trail-first}) and @kbd{t ]}
11970 (@code{calc-trail-last}) commands move the trail pointer to the first or
11971 last line of the trail. The @kbd{t h} (@code{calc-trail-here}) command
11972 moves the trail pointer to the cursor position; unlike the other trail
11973 commands, @kbd{t h} works only when Calc Trail is the selected window.
11974
11975 @kindex t s
11976 @pindex calc-trail-isearch-forward
11977 @kindex t r
11978 @pindex calc-trail-isearch-backward
11979 @ifnottex
11980 The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
11981 (@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) commands perform an incremental
11982 search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
11983 to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
11984 If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
11985 it was when the search began.
11986 @end ifnottex
11987 @tex
11988 The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
11989 (@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) com\-mands perform an incremental
11990 search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
11991 to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
11992 If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
11993 it was when the search began.
11994 @end tex
11995
11996 @kindex t m
11997 @pindex calc-trail-marker
11998 The @kbd{t m} (@code{calc-trail-marker}) command allows you to enter a
11999 line of text of your own choosing into the trail. The text is inserted
12000 after the line containing the trail pointer; this usually means it is
12001 added to the end of the trail. Trail markers are useful mainly as the
12002 targets for later incremental searches in the trail.
12003
12004 @kindex t k
12005 @pindex calc-trail-kill
12006 The @kbd{t k} (@code{calc-trail-kill}) command removes the selected line
12007 from the trail. The line is saved in the Emacs kill ring suitable for
12008 yanking into another buffer, but it is not easy to yank the text back
12009 into the trail buffer. With a numeric prefix argument, this command
12010 kills the @var{n} lines below or above the selected one.
12011
12012 The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command is described
12013 elsewhere; @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.
12014
12015 @node Keep Arguments, , Trail Commands, Stack and Trail
12016 @section Keep Arguments
12017
12018 @noindent
12019 @kindex K
12020 @pindex calc-keep-args
12021 The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command acts like a prefix for
12022 the following command. It prevents that command from removing its
12023 arguments from the stack. For example, after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +},
12024 the stack contains the sole number 5, but after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K +},
12025 the stack contains the arguments and the result: @samp{2 3 5}.
12026
12027 With the exception of keyboard macros, this works for all commands that
12028 take arguments off the stack. (To avoid potentially unpleasant behavior,
12029 a @kbd{K} prefix before a keyboard macro will be ignored. A @kbd{K}
12030 prefix called @emph{within} the keyboard macro will still take effect.)
12031 As another example, @kbd{K a s} simplifies a formula, pushing the
12032 simplified version of the formula onto the stack after the original
12033 formula (rather than replacing the original formula). Note that you
12034 could get the same effect by typing @kbd{@key{RET} a s}, copying the
12035 formula and then simplifying the copy. One difference is that for a very
12036 large formula the time taken to format the intermediate copy in
12037 @kbd{@key{RET} a s} could be noticeable; @kbd{K a s} would avoid this
12038 extra work.
12039
12040 Even stack manipulation commands are affected. @key{TAB} works by
12041 popping two values and pushing them back in the opposite order,
12042 so @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K @key{TAB}} produces @samp{2 3 3 2}.
12043
12044 A few Calc commands provide other ways of doing the same thing.
12045 For example, @kbd{' sin($)} replaces the number on the stack with
12046 its sine using algebraic entry; to push the sine and keep the
12047 original argument you could use either @kbd{' sin($1)} or
12048 @kbd{K ' sin($)}. @xref{Algebraic Entry}. Also, the @kbd{s s}
12049 command is effectively the same as @kbd{K s t}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
12050
12051 If you execute a command and then decide you really wanted to keep
12052 the argument, you can press @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
12053 This command pushes the last arguments that were popped by any command
12054 onto the stack. Note that the order of things on the stack will be
12055 different than with @kbd{K}: @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 + M-@key{RET}} leaves
12056 @samp{5 2 3} on the stack instead of @samp{2 3 5}. @xref{Undo}.
12057
12058 @node Mode Settings, Arithmetic, Stack and Trail, Top
12059 @chapter Mode Settings
12060
12061 @noindent
12062 This chapter describes commands that set modes in the Calculator.
12063 They do not affect the contents of the stack, although they may change
12064 the @emph{appearance} or @emph{interpretation} of the stack's contents.
12065
12066 @menu
12067 * General Mode Commands::
12068 * Precision::
12069 * Inverse and Hyperbolic::
12070 * Calculation Modes::
12071 * Simplification Modes::
12072 * Declarations::
12073 * Display Modes::
12074 * Language Modes::
12075 * Modes Variable::
12076 * Calc Mode Line::
12077 @end menu
12078
12079 @node General Mode Commands, Precision, Mode Settings, Mode Settings
12080 @section General Mode Commands
12081
12082 @noindent
12083 @kindex m m
12084 @pindex calc-save-modes
12085 @cindex Continuous memory
12086 @cindex Saving mode settings
12087 @cindex Permanent mode settings
12088 @cindex Calc init file, mode settings
12089 You can save all of the current mode settings in your Calc init file
12090 (the file given by the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically
12091 @file{~/.calc.el}) with the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}) command.
12092 This will cause Emacs to reestablish these modes each time it starts up.
12093 The modes saved in the file include everything controlled by the @kbd{m}
12094 and @kbd{d} prefix keys, the current precision and binary word size,
12095 whether or not the trail is displayed, the current height of the Calc
12096 window, and more. The current interface (used when you type @kbd{C-x * *})
12097 is also saved. If there were already saved mode settings in the
12098 file, they are replaced. Otherwise, the new mode information is
12099 appended to the end of the file.
12100
12101 @kindex m R
12102 @pindex calc-mode-record-mode
12103 The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command tells Calc to
12104 record all the mode settings (as if by pressing @kbd{m m}) every
12105 time a mode setting changes. If the modes are saved this way, then this
12106 ``automatic mode recording'' mode is also saved.
12107 Type @kbd{m R} again to disable this method of recording the mode
12108 settings. To turn it off permanently, the @kbd{m m} command will also be
12109 necessary. (If Embedded mode is enabled, other options for recording
12110 the modes are available; @pxref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}.)
12111
12112 @kindex m F
12113 @pindex calc-settings-file-name
12114 The @kbd{m F} (@code{calc-settings-file-name}) command allows you to
12115 choose a different file than the current value of @code{calc-settings-file}
12116 for @kbd{m m}, @kbd{Z P}, and similar commands to save permanent information.
12117 You are prompted for a file name. All Calc modes are then reset to
12118 their default values, then settings from the file you named are loaded
12119 if this file exists, and this file becomes the one that Calc will
12120 use in the future for commands like @kbd{m m}. The default settings
12121 file name is @file{~/.calc.el}. You can see the current file name by
12122 giving a blank response to the @kbd{m F} prompt. See also the
12123 discussion of the @code{calc-settings-file} variable; @pxref{Customizing Calc}.
12124
12125 If the file name you give is your user init file (typically
12126 @file{~/.emacs}), @kbd{m F} will not automatically load the new file. This
12127 is because your user init file may contain other things you don't want
12128 to reread. You can give
12129 a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{m F} to force it to read the
12130 file no matter what. Conversely, an argument of @mathit{-1} tells
12131 @kbd{m F} @emph{not} to read the new file. An argument of 2 or @mathit{-2}
12132 tells @kbd{m F} not to reset the modes to their defaults beforehand,
12133 which is useful if you intend your new file to have a variant of the
12134 modes present in the file you were using before.
12135
12136 @kindex m x
12137 @pindex calc-always-load-extensions
12138 The @kbd{m x} (@code{calc-always-load-extensions}) command enables a mode
12139 in which the first use of Calc loads the entire program, including all
12140 extensions modules. Otherwise, the extensions modules will not be loaded
12141 until the various advanced Calc features are used. Since this mode only
12142 has effect when Calc is first loaded, @kbd{m x} is usually followed by
12143 @kbd{m m} to make the mode-setting permanent. To load all of Calc just
12144 once, rather than always in the future, you can press @kbd{C-x * L}.
12145
12146 @kindex m S
12147 @pindex calc-shift-prefix
12148 The @kbd{m S} (@code{calc-shift-prefix}) command enables a mode in which
12149 all of Calc's letter prefix keys may be typed shifted as well as unshifted.
12150 If you are typing, say, @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) quite often
12151 you might find it easier to turn this mode on so that you can type
12152 @kbd{A S} instead. When this mode is enabled, the commands that used to
12153 be on those single shifted letters (e.g., @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs})) can
12154 now be invoked by pressing the shifted letter twice: @kbd{A A}. Note
12155 that the @kbd{v} prefix key always works both shifted and unshifted, and
12156 the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z} prefix keys are always distinct. Also, the @kbd{h}
12157 prefix is not affected by this mode. Press @kbd{m S} again to disable
12158 shifted-prefix mode.
12159
12160 @node Precision, Inverse and Hyperbolic, General Mode Commands, Mode Settings
12161 @section Precision
12162
12163 @noindent
12164 @kindex p
12165 @pindex calc-precision
12166 @cindex Precision of calculations
12167 The @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision}) command controls the precision to
12168 which floating-point calculations are carried. The precision must be
12169 at least 3 digits and may be arbitrarily high, within the limits of
12170 memory and time. This affects only floats: Integer and rational
12171 calculations are always carried out with as many digits as necessary.
12172
12173 The @kbd{p} key prompts for the current precision. If you wish you
12174 can instead give the precision as a numeric prefix argument.
12175
12176 Many internal calculations are carried to one or two digits higher
12177 precision than normal. Results are rounded down afterward to the
12178 current precision. Unless a special display mode has been selected,
12179 floats are always displayed with their full stored precision, i.e.,
12180 what you see is what you get. Reducing the current precision does not
12181 round values already on the stack, but those values will be rounded
12182 down before being used in any calculation. The @kbd{c 0} through
12183 @kbd{c 9} commands (@pxref{Conversions}) can be used to round an
12184 existing value to a new precision.
12185
12186 @cindex Accuracy of calculations
12187 It is important to distinguish the concepts of @dfn{precision} and
12188 @dfn{accuracy}. In the normal usage of these words, the number
12189 123.4567 has a precision of 7 digits but an accuracy of 4 digits.
12190 The precision is the total number of digits not counting leading
12191 or trailing zeros (regardless of the position of the decimal point).
12192 The accuracy is simply the number of digits after the decimal point
12193 (again not counting trailing zeros). In Calc you control the precision,
12194 not the accuracy of computations. If you were to set the accuracy
12195 instead, then calculations like @samp{exp(100)} would generate many
12196 more digits than you would typically need, while @samp{exp(-100)} would
12197 probably round to zero! In Calc, both these computations give you
12198 exactly 12 (or the requested number of) significant digits.
12199
12200 The only Calc features that deal with accuracy instead of precision
12201 are fixed-point display mode for floats (@kbd{d f}; @pxref{Float Formats}),
12202 and the rounding functions like @code{floor} and @code{round}
12203 (@pxref{Integer Truncation}). Also, @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}
12204 deal with both precision and accuracy depending on the magnitudes
12205 of the numbers involved.
12206
12207 If you need to work with a particular fixed accuracy (say, dollars and
12208 cents with two digits after the decimal point), one solution is to work
12209 with integers and an ``implied'' decimal point. For example, $8.99
12210 divided by 6 would be entered @kbd{899 @key{RET} 6 /}, yielding 149.833
12211 (actually $1.49833 with our implied decimal point); pressing @kbd{R}
12212 would round this to 150 cents, i.e., $1.50.
12213
12214 @xref{Floats}, for still more on floating-point precision and related
12215 issues.
12216
12217 @node Inverse and Hyperbolic, Calculation Modes, Precision, Mode Settings
12218 @section Inverse and Hyperbolic Flags
12219
12220 @noindent
12221 @kindex I
12222 @pindex calc-inverse
12223 There is no single-key equivalent to the @code{calc-arcsin} function.
12224 Instead, you must first press @kbd{I} (@code{calc-inverse}) to set
12225 the @dfn{Inverse Flag}, then press @kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}).
12226 The @kbd{I} key actually toggles the Inverse Flag. When this flag
12227 is set, the word @samp{Inv} appears in the mode line.
12228
12229 @kindex H
12230 @pindex calc-hyperbolic
12231 Likewise, the @kbd{H} key (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) sets or clears the
12232 Hyperbolic Flag, which transforms @code{calc-sin} into @code{calc-sinh}.
12233 If both of these flags are set at once, the effect will be
12234 @code{calc-arcsinh}. (The Hyperbolic flag is also used by some
12235 non-trigonometric commands; for example @kbd{H L} computes a base-10,
12236 instead of base-@mathit{e}, logarithm.)
12237
12238 Command names like @code{calc-arcsin} are provided for completeness, and
12239 may be executed with @kbd{x} or @kbd{M-x}. Their effect is simply to
12240 toggle the Inverse and/or Hyperbolic flags and then execute the
12241 corresponding base command (@code{calc-sin} in this case).
12242
12243 The Inverse and Hyperbolic flags apply only to the next Calculator
12244 command, after which they are automatically cleared. (They are also
12245 cleared if the next keystroke is not a Calc command.) Digits you
12246 type after @kbd{I} or @kbd{H} (or @kbd{K}) are treated as prefix
12247 arguments for the next command, not as numeric entries. The same
12248 is true of @kbd{C-u}, but not of the minus sign (@kbd{K -} means to
12249 subtract and keep arguments).
12250
12251 The third Calc prefix flag, @kbd{K} (keep-arguments), is discussed
12252 elsewhere. @xref{Keep Arguments}.
12253
12254 @node Calculation Modes, Simplification Modes, Inverse and Hyperbolic, Mode Settings
12255 @section Calculation Modes
12256
12257 @noindent
12258 The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with
12259 the @kbd{m} prefix. (That's the letter @kbd{m}, not the @key{META} key.)
12260 The @samp{m a} (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) command is described elsewhere
12261 (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
12262
12263 @menu
12264 * Angular Modes::
12265 * Polar Mode::
12266 * Fraction Mode::
12267 * Infinite Mode::
12268 * Symbolic Mode::
12269 * Matrix Mode::
12270 * Automatic Recomputation::
12271 * Working Message::
12272 @end menu
12273
12274 @node Angular Modes, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes, Calculation Modes
12275 @subsection Angular Modes
12276
12277 @noindent
12278 @cindex Angular mode
12279 The Calculator supports three notations for angles: radians, degrees,
12280 and degrees-minutes-seconds. When a number is presented to a function
12281 like @code{sin} that requires an angle, the current angular mode is
12282 used to interpret the number as either radians or degrees. If an HMS
12283 form is presented to @code{sin}, it is always interpreted as
12284 degrees-minutes-seconds.
12285
12286 Functions that compute angles produce a number in radians, a number in
12287 degrees, or an HMS form depending on the current angular mode. If the
12288 result is a complex number and the current mode is HMS, the number is
12289 instead expressed in degrees. (Complex-number calculations would
12290 normally be done in Radians mode, though. Complex numbers are converted
12291 to degrees by calculating the complex result in radians and then
12292 multiplying by 180 over @cpi{}.)
12293
12294 @kindex m r
12295 @pindex calc-radians-mode
12296 @kindex m d
12297 @pindex calc-degrees-mode
12298 @kindex m h
12299 @pindex calc-hms-mode
12300 The @kbd{m r} (@code{calc-radians-mode}), @kbd{m d} (@code{calc-degrees-mode}),
12301 and @kbd{m h} (@code{calc-hms-mode}) commands control the angular mode.
12302 The current angular mode is displayed on the Emacs mode line.
12303 The default angular mode is Degrees.
12304
12305 @node Polar Mode, Fraction Mode, Angular Modes, Calculation Modes
12306 @subsection Polar Mode
12307
12308 @noindent
12309 @cindex Polar mode
12310 The Calculator normally ``prefers'' rectangular complex numbers in the
12311 sense that rectangular form is used when the proper form can not be
12312 decided from the input. This might happen by multiplying a rectangular
12313 number by a polar one, by taking the square root of a negative real
12314 number, or by entering @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )}.
12315
12316 @kindex m p
12317 @pindex calc-polar-mode
12318 The @kbd{m p} (@code{calc-polar-mode}) command toggles complex-number
12319 preference between rectangular and polar forms. In Polar mode, all
12320 of the above example situations would produce polar complex numbers.
12321
12322 @node Fraction Mode, Infinite Mode, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes
12323 @subsection Fraction Mode
12324
12325 @noindent
12326 @cindex Fraction mode
12327 @cindex Division of integers
12328 Division of two integers normally yields a floating-point number if the
12329 result cannot be expressed as an integer. In some cases you would
12330 rather get an exact fractional answer. One way to accomplish this is
12331 to use the @kbd{:} (@code{calc-fdiv}) [@code{fdiv}] command, which
12332 divides the two integers on the top of the stack to produce a fraction:
12333 @kbd{6 @key{RET} 4 :} produces @expr{3:2} even though
12334 @kbd{6 @key{RET} 4 /} produces @expr{1.5}.
12335
12336 @kindex m f
12337 @pindex calc-frac-mode
12338 To set the Calculator to produce fractional results for normal integer
12339 divisions, use the @kbd{m f} (@code{calc-frac-mode}) command.
12340 For example, @expr{8/4} produces @expr{2} in either mode,
12341 but @expr{6/4} produces @expr{3:2} in Fraction mode, @expr{1.5} in
12342 Float mode.
12343
12344 At any time you can use @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) to convert a
12345 fraction to a float, or @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) to convert a
12346 float to a fraction. @xref{Conversions}.
12347
12348 @node Infinite Mode, Symbolic Mode, Fraction Mode, Calculation Modes
12349 @subsection Infinite Mode
12350
12351 @noindent
12352 @cindex Infinite mode
12353 The Calculator normally treats results like @expr{1 / 0} as errors;
12354 formulas like this are left in unsimplified form. But Calc can be
12355 put into a mode where such calculations instead produce ``infinite''
12356 results.
12357
12358 @kindex m i
12359 @pindex calc-infinite-mode
12360 The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode}) command turns this mode
12361 on and off. When the mode is off, infinities do not arise except
12362 in calculations that already had infinities as inputs. (One exception
12363 is that infinite open intervals like @samp{[0 .. inf)} can be
12364 generated; however, intervals closed at infinity (@samp{[0 .. inf]})
12365 will not be generated when Infinite mode is off.)
12366
12367 With Infinite mode turned on, @samp{1 / 0} will generate @code{uinf},
12368 an undirected infinity. @xref{Infinities}, for a discussion of the
12369 difference between @code{inf} and @code{uinf}. Also, @expr{0 / 0}
12370 evaluates to @code{nan}, the ``indeterminate'' symbol. Various other
12371 functions can also return infinities in this mode; for example,
12372 @samp{ln(0) = -inf}, and @samp{gamma(-7) = uinf}. Once again,
12373 note that @samp{exp(inf) = inf} regardless of Infinite mode because
12374 this calculation has infinity as an input.
12375
12376 @cindex Positive Infinite mode
12377 The @kbd{m i} command with a numeric prefix argument of zero,
12378 i.e., @kbd{C-u 0 m i}, turns on a Positive Infinite mode in
12379 which zero is treated as positive instead of being directionless.
12380 Thus, @samp{1 / 0 = inf} and @samp{-1 / 0 = -inf} in this mode.
12381 Note that zero never actually has a sign in Calc; there are no
12382 separate representations for @mathit{+0} and @mathit{-0}. Positive
12383 Infinite mode merely changes the interpretation given to the
12384 single symbol, @samp{0}. One consequence of this is that, while
12385 you might expect @samp{1 / -0 = -inf}, actually @samp{1 / -0}
12386 is equivalent to @samp{1 / 0}, which is equal to positive @code{inf}.
12387
12388 @node Symbolic Mode, Matrix Mode, Infinite Mode, Calculation Modes
12389 @subsection Symbolic Mode
12390
12391 @noindent
12392 @cindex Symbolic mode
12393 @cindex Inexact results
12394 Calculations are normally performed numerically wherever possible.
12395 For example, the @code{calc-sqrt} command, or @code{sqrt} function in an
12396 algebraic expression, produces a numeric answer if the argument is a
12397 number or a symbolic expression if the argument is an expression:
12398 @kbd{2 Q} pushes 1.4142 but @kbd{@key{'} x+1 @key{RET} Q} pushes @samp{sqrt(x+1)}.
12399
12400 @kindex m s
12401 @pindex calc-symbolic-mode
12402 In @dfn{Symbolic mode}, controlled by the @kbd{m s} (@code{calc-symbolic-mode})
12403 command, functions which would produce inexact, irrational results are
12404 left in symbolic form. Thus @kbd{16 Q} pushes 4, but @kbd{2 Q} pushes
12405 @samp{sqrt(2)}.
12406
12407 @kindex N
12408 @pindex calc-eval-num
12409 The shift-@kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) command evaluates numerically
12410 the expression at the top of the stack, by temporarily disabling
12411 @code{calc-symbolic-mode} and executing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
12412 Given a numeric prefix argument, it also
12413 sets the floating-point precision to the specified value for the duration
12414 of the command.
12415
12416 To evaluate a formula numerically without expanding the variables it
12417 contains, you can use the key sequence @kbd{m s a v m s} (this uses
12418 @code{calc-alg-evaluate}, which resimplifies but doesn't evaluate
12419 variables.)
12420
12421 @node Matrix Mode, Automatic Recomputation, Symbolic Mode, Calculation Modes
12422 @subsection Matrix and Scalar Modes
12423
12424 @noindent
12425 @cindex Matrix mode
12426 @cindex Scalar mode
12427 Calc sometimes makes assumptions during algebraic manipulation that
12428 are awkward or incorrect when vectors and matrices are involved.
12429 Calc has two modes, @dfn{Matrix mode} and @dfn{Scalar mode}, which
12430 modify its behavior around vectors in useful ways.
12431
12432 @kindex m v
12433 @pindex calc-matrix-mode
12434 Press @kbd{m v} (@code{calc-matrix-mode}) once to enter Matrix mode.
12435 In this mode, all objects are assumed to be matrices unless provably
12436 otherwise. One major effect is that Calc will no longer consider
12437 multiplication to be commutative. (Recall that in matrix arithmetic,
12438 @samp{A*B} is not the same as @samp{B*A}.) This assumption affects
12439 rewrite rules and algebraic simplification. Another effect of this
12440 mode is that calculations that would normally produce constants like
12441 0 and 1 (e.g., @expr{a - a} and @expr{a / a}, respectively) will now
12442 produce function calls that represent ``generic'' zero or identity
12443 matrices: @samp{idn(0)}, @samp{idn(1)}. The @code{idn} function
12444 @samp{idn(@var{a},@var{n})} returns @var{a} times an @var{n}x@var{n}
12445 identity matrix; if @var{n} is omitted, it doesn't know what
12446 dimension to use and so the @code{idn} call remains in symbolic
12447 form. However, if this generic identity matrix is later combined
12448 with a matrix whose size is known, it will be converted into
12449 a true identity matrix of the appropriate size. On the other hand,
12450 if it is combined with a scalar (as in @samp{idn(1) + 2}), Calc
12451 will assume it really was a scalar after all and produce, e.g., 3.
12452
12453 Press @kbd{m v} a second time to get Scalar mode. Here, objects are
12454 assumed @emph{not} to be vectors or matrices unless provably so.
12455 For example, normally adding a variable to a vector, as in
12456 @samp{[x, y, z] + a}, will leave the sum in symbolic form because
12457 as far as Calc knows, @samp{a} could represent either a number or
12458 another 3-vector. In Scalar mode, @samp{a} is assumed to be a
12459 non-vector, and the addition is evaluated to @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]}.
12460
12461 Press @kbd{m v} a third time to return to the normal mode of operation.
12462
12463 If you press @kbd{m v} with a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, you
12464 get a special ``dimensioned'' Matrix mode in which matrices of
12465 unknown size are assumed to be @var{n}x@var{n} square matrices.
12466 Then, the function call @samp{idn(1)} will expand into an actual
12467 matrix rather than representing a ``generic'' matrix. Simply typing
12468 @kbd{C-u m v} will get you a square Matrix mode, in which matrices of
12469 unknown size are assumed to be square matrices of unspecified size.
12470
12471 @cindex Declaring scalar variables
12472 Of course these modes are approximations to the true state of
12473 affairs, which is probably that some quantities will be matrices
12474 and others will be scalars. One solution is to ``declare''
12475 certain variables or functions to be scalar-valued.
12476 @xref{Declarations}, to see how to make declarations in Calc.
12477
12478 There is nothing stopping you from declaring a variable to be
12479 scalar and then storing a matrix in it; however, if you do, the
12480 results you get from Calc may not be valid. Suppose you let Calc
12481 get the result @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]} shown above, and then stored
12482 @samp{[1, 2, 3]} in @samp{a}. The result would not be the same as
12483 for @samp{[x, y, z] + [1, 2, 3]}, but that's because you have broken
12484 your earlier promise to Calc that @samp{a} would be scalar.
12485
12486 Another way to mix scalars and matrices is to use selections
12487 (@pxref{Selecting Subformulas}). Use Matrix mode when operating on
12488 your formula normally; then, to apply Scalar mode to a certain part
12489 of the formula without affecting the rest just select that part,
12490 change into Scalar mode and press @kbd{=} to resimplify the part
12491 under this mode, then change back to Matrix mode before deselecting.
12492
12493 @node Automatic Recomputation, Working Message, Matrix Mode, Calculation Modes
12494 @subsection Automatic Recomputation
12495
12496 @noindent
12497 The @dfn{evaluates-to} operator, @samp{=>}, has the special
12498 property that any @samp{=>} formulas on the stack are recomputed
12499 whenever variable values or mode settings that might affect them
12500 are changed. @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}.
12501
12502 @kindex m C
12503 @pindex calc-auto-recompute
12504 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns this
12505 automatic recomputation on and off. If you turn it off, Calc will
12506 not update @samp{=>} operators on the stack (nor those in the
12507 attached Embedded mode buffer, if there is one). They will not
12508 be updated unless you explicitly do so by pressing @kbd{=} or until
12509 you press @kbd{m C} to turn recomputation back on. (While automatic
12510 recomputation is off, you can think of @kbd{m C m C} as a command
12511 to update all @samp{=>} operators while leaving recomputation off.)
12512
12513 To update @samp{=>} operators in an Embedded buffer while
12514 automatic recomputation is off, use @w{@kbd{C-x * u}}.
12515 @xref{Embedded Mode}.
12516
12517 @node Working Message, , Automatic Recomputation, Calculation Modes
12518 @subsection Working Messages
12519
12520 @noindent
12521 @cindex Performance
12522 @cindex Working messages
12523 Since the Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, which is not
12524 designed for heavy numerical work, many operations are quite slow.
12525 The Calculator normally displays the message @samp{Working...} in the
12526 echo area during any command that may be slow. In addition, iterative
12527 operations such as square roots and trigonometric functions display the
12528 intermediate result at each step. Both of these types of messages can
12529 be disabled if you find them distracting.
12530
12531 @kindex m w
12532 @pindex calc-working
12533 Type @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) with a numeric prefix of 0 to
12534 disable all ``working'' messages. Use a numeric prefix of 1 to enable
12535 only the plain @samp{Working...} message. Use a numeric prefix of 2 to
12536 see intermediate results as well. With no numeric prefix this displays
12537 the current mode.
12538
12539 While it may seem that the ``working'' messages will slow Calc down
12540 considerably, experiments have shown that their impact is actually
12541 quite small. But if your terminal is slow you may find that it helps
12542 to turn the messages off.
12543
12544 @node Simplification Modes, Declarations, Calculation Modes, Mode Settings
12545 @section Simplification Modes
12546
12547 @noindent
12548 The current @dfn{simplification mode} controls how numbers and formulas
12549 are ``normalized'' when being taken from or pushed onto the stack.
12550 Some normalizations are unavoidable, such as rounding floating-point
12551 results to the current precision, and reducing fractions to simplest
12552 form. Others, such as simplifying a formula like @expr{a+a} (or @expr{2+3}),
12553 are done by default but can be turned off when necessary.
12554
12555 When you press a key like @kbd{+} when @expr{2} and @expr{3} are on the
12556 stack, Calc pops these numbers, normalizes them, creates the formula
12557 @expr{2+3}, normalizes it, and pushes the result. Of course the standard
12558 rules for normalizing @expr{2+3} will produce the result @expr{5}.
12559
12560 Simplification mode commands consist of the lower-case @kbd{m} prefix key
12561 followed by a shifted letter.
12562
12563 @kindex m O
12564 @pindex calc-no-simplify-mode
12565 The @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) command turns off all optional
12566 simplifications. These would leave a formula like @expr{2+3} alone. In
12567 fact, nothing except simple numbers are ever affected by normalization
12568 in this mode.
12569
12570 @kindex m N
12571 @pindex calc-num-simplify-mode
12572 The @kbd{m N} (@code{calc-num-simplify-mode}) command turns off simplification
12573 of any formulas except those for which all arguments are constants. For
12574 example, @expr{1+2} is simplified to @expr{3}, and @expr{a+(2-2)} is
12575 simplified to @expr{a+0} but no further, since one argument of the sum
12576 is not a constant. Unfortunately, @expr{(a+2)-2} is @emph{not} simplified
12577 because the top-level @samp{-} operator's arguments are not both
12578 constant numbers (one of them is the formula @expr{a+2}).
12579 A constant is a number or other numeric object (such as a constant
12580 error form or modulo form), or a vector all of whose
12581 elements are constant.
12582
12583 @kindex m D
12584 @pindex calc-default-simplify-mode
12585 The @kbd{m D} (@code{calc-default-simplify-mode}) command restores the
12586 default simplifications for all formulas. This includes many easy and
12587 fast algebraic simplifications such as @expr{a+0} to @expr{a}, and
12588 @expr{a + 2 a} to @expr{3 a}, as well as evaluating functions like
12589 @expr{@tfn{deriv}(x^2, x)} to @expr{2 x}.
12590
12591 @kindex m B
12592 @pindex calc-bin-simplify-mode
12593 The @kbd{m B} (@code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}) mode applies the default
12594 simplifications to a result and then, if the result is an integer,
12595 uses the @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip}) command to clip the integer according
12596 to the current binary word size. @xref{Binary Functions}. Real numbers
12597 are rounded to the nearest integer and then clipped; other kinds of
12598 results (after the default simplifications) are left alone.
12599
12600 @kindex m A
12601 @pindex calc-alg-simplify-mode
12602 The @kbd{m A} (@code{calc-alg-simplify-mode}) mode does algebraic
12603 simplification; it applies all the default simplifications, and also
12604 the more powerful (and slower) simplifications made by @kbd{a s}
12605 (@code{calc-simplify}). @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
12606
12607 @kindex m E
12608 @pindex calc-ext-simplify-mode
12609 The @kbd{m E} (@code{calc-ext-simplify-mode}) mode does ``extended''
12610 algebraic simplification, as by the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended})
12611 command. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
12612
12613 @kindex m U
12614 @pindex calc-units-simplify-mode
12615 The @kbd{m U} (@code{calc-units-simplify-mode}) mode does units
12616 simplification; it applies the command @kbd{u s}
12617 (@code{calc-simplify-units}), which in turn
12618 is a superset of @kbd{a s}. In this mode, variable names which
12619 are identifiable as unit names (like @samp{mm} for ``millimeters'')
12620 are simplified with their unit definitions in mind.
12621
12622 A common technique is to set the simplification mode down to the lowest
12623 amount of simplification you will allow to be applied automatically, then
12624 use manual commands like @kbd{a s} and @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) to
12625 perform higher types of simplifications on demand. @xref{Algebraic
12626 Definitions}, for another sample use of No-Simplification mode.
12627
12628 @node Declarations, Display Modes, Simplification Modes, Mode Settings
12629 @section Declarations
12630
12631 @noindent
12632 A @dfn{declaration} is a statement you make that promises you will
12633 use a certain variable or function in a restricted way. This may
12634 give Calc the freedom to do things that it couldn't do if it had to
12635 take the fully general situation into account.
12636
12637 @menu
12638 * Declaration Basics::
12639 * Kinds of Declarations::
12640 * Functions for Declarations::
12641 @end menu
12642
12643 @node Declaration Basics, Kinds of Declarations, Declarations, Declarations
12644 @subsection Declaration Basics
12645
12646 @noindent
12647 @kindex s d
12648 @pindex calc-declare-variable
12649 The @kbd{s d} (@code{calc-declare-variable}) command is the easiest
12650 way to make a declaration for a variable. This command prompts for
12651 the variable name, then prompts for the declaration. The default
12652 at the declaration prompt is the previous declaration, if any.
12653 You can edit this declaration, or press @kbd{C-k} to erase it and
12654 type a new declaration. (Or, erase it and press @key{RET} to clear
12655 the declaration, effectively ``undeclaring'' the variable.)
12656
12657 A declaration is in general a vector of @dfn{type symbols} and
12658 @dfn{range} values. If there is only one type symbol or range value,
12659 you can write it directly rather than enclosing it in a vector.
12660 For example, @kbd{s d foo @key{RET} real @key{RET}} declares @code{foo} to
12661 be a real number, and @kbd{s d bar @key{RET} [int, const, [1..6]] @key{RET}}
12662 declares @code{bar} to be a constant integer between 1 and 6.
12663 (Actually, you can omit the outermost brackets and Calc will
12664 provide them for you: @kbd{s d bar @key{RET} int, const, [1..6] @key{RET}}.)
12665
12666 @cindex @code{Decls} variable
12667 @vindex Decls
12668 Declarations in Calc are kept in a special variable called @code{Decls}.
12669 This variable encodes the set of all outstanding declarations in
12670 the form of a matrix. Each row has two elements: A variable or
12671 vector of variables declared by that row, and the declaration
12672 specifier as described above. You can use the @kbd{s D} command to
12673 edit this variable if you wish to see all the declarations at once.
12674 @xref{Operations on Variables}, for a description of this command
12675 and the @kbd{s p} command that allows you to save your declarations
12676 permanently if you wish.
12677
12678 Items being declared can also be function calls. The arguments in
12679 the call are ignored; the effect is to say that this function returns
12680 values of the declared type for any valid arguments. The @kbd{s d}
12681 command declares only variables, so if you wish to make a function
12682 declaration you will have to edit the @code{Decls} matrix yourself.
12683
12684 For example, the declaration matrix
12685
12686 @smallexample
12687 @group
12688 [ [ foo, real ]
12689 [ [j, k, n], int ]
12690 [ f(1,2,3), [0 .. inf) ] ]
12691 @end group
12692 @end smallexample
12693
12694 @noindent
12695 declares that @code{foo} represents a real number, @code{j}, @code{k}
12696 and @code{n} represent integers, and the function @code{f} always
12697 returns a real number in the interval shown.
12698
12699 @vindex All
12700 If there is a declaration for the variable @code{All}, then that
12701 declaration applies to all variables that are not otherwise declared.
12702 It does not apply to function names. For example, using the row
12703 @samp{[All, real]} says that all your variables are real unless they
12704 are explicitly declared without @code{real} in some other row.
12705 The @kbd{s d} command declares @code{All} if you give a blank
12706 response to the variable-name prompt.
12707
12708 @node Kinds of Declarations, Functions for Declarations, Declaration Basics, Declarations
12709 @subsection Kinds of Declarations
12710
12711 @noindent
12712 The type-specifier part of a declaration (that is, the second prompt
12713 in the @kbd{s d} command) can be a type symbol, an interval, or a
12714 vector consisting of zero or more type symbols followed by zero or
12715 more intervals or numbers that represent the set of possible values
12716 for the variable.
12717
12718 @smallexample
12719 @group
12720 [ [ a, [1, 2, 3, 4, 5] ]
12721 [ b, [1 .. 5] ]
12722 [ c, [int, 1 .. 5] ] ]
12723 @end group
12724 @end smallexample
12725
12726 Here @code{a} is declared to contain one of the five integers shown;
12727 @code{b} is any number in the interval from 1 to 5 (any real number
12728 since we haven't specified), and @code{c} is any integer in that
12729 interval. Thus the declarations for @code{a} and @code{c} are
12730 nearly equivalent (see below).
12731
12732 The type-specifier can be the empty vector @samp{[]} to say that
12733 nothing is known about a given variable's value. This is the same
12734 as not declaring the variable at all except that it overrides any
12735 @code{All} declaration which would otherwise apply.
12736
12737 The initial value of @code{Decls} is the empty vector @samp{[]}.
12738 If @code{Decls} has no stored value or if the value stored in it
12739 is not valid, it is ignored and there are no declarations as far
12740 as Calc is concerned. (The @kbd{s d} command will replace such a
12741 malformed value with a fresh empty matrix, @samp{[]}, before recording
12742 the new declaration.) Unrecognized type symbols are ignored.
12743
12744 The following type symbols describe what sorts of numbers will be
12745 stored in a variable:
12746
12747 @table @code
12748 @item int
12749 Integers.
12750 @item numint
12751 Numerical integers. (Integers or integer-valued floats.)
12752 @item frac
12753 Fractions. (Rational numbers which are not integers.)
12754 @item rat
12755 Rational numbers. (Either integers or fractions.)
12756 @item float
12757 Floating-point numbers.
12758 @item real
12759 Real numbers. (Integers, fractions, or floats. Actually,
12760 intervals and error forms with real components also count as
12761 reals here.)
12762 @item pos
12763 Positive real numbers. (Strictly greater than zero.)
12764 @item nonneg
12765 Nonnegative real numbers. (Greater than or equal to zero.)
12766 @item number
12767 Numbers. (Real or complex.)
12768 @end table
12769
12770 Calc uses this information to determine when certain simplifications
12771 of formulas are safe. For example, @samp{(x^y)^z} cannot be
12772 simplified to @samp{x^(y z)} in general; for example,
12773 @samp{((-3)^2)^1:2} is 3, but @samp{(-3)^(2*1:2) = (-3)^1} is @mathit{-3}.
12774 However, this simplification @emph{is} safe if @code{z} is known
12775 to be an integer, or if @code{x} is known to be a nonnegative
12776 real number. If you have given declarations that allow Calc to
12777 deduce either of these facts, Calc will perform this simplification
12778 of the formula.
12779
12780 Calc can apply a certain amount of logic when using declarations.
12781 For example, @samp{(x^y)^(2n+1)} will be simplified if @code{n}
12782 has been declared @code{int}; Calc knows that an integer times an
12783 integer, plus an integer, must always be an integer. (In fact,
12784 Calc would simplify @samp{(-x)^(2n+1)} to @samp{-(x^(2n+1))} since
12785 it is able to determine that @samp{2n+1} must be an odd integer.)
12786
12787 Similarly, @samp{(abs(x)^y)^z} will be simplified to @samp{abs(x)^(y z)}
12788 because Calc knows that the @code{abs} function always returns a
12789 nonnegative real. If you had a @code{myabs} function that also had
12790 this property, you could get Calc to recognize it by adding the row
12791 @samp{[myabs(), nonneg]} to the @code{Decls} matrix.
12792
12793 One instance of this simplification is @samp{sqrt(x^2)} (since the
12794 @code{sqrt} function is effectively a one-half power). Normally
12795 Calc leaves this formula alone. After the command
12796 @kbd{s d x @key{RET} real @key{RET}}, however, it can simplify the formula to
12797 @samp{abs(x)}. And after @kbd{s d x @key{RET} nonneg @key{RET}}, Calc can
12798 simplify this formula all the way to @samp{x}.
12799
12800 If there are any intervals or real numbers in the type specifier,
12801 they comprise the set of possible values that the variable or
12802 function being declared can have. In particular, the type symbol
12803 @code{real} is effectively the same as the range @samp{[-inf .. inf]}
12804 (note that infinity is included in the range of possible values);
12805 @code{pos} is the same as @samp{(0 .. inf]}, and @code{nonneg} is
12806 the same as @samp{[0 .. inf]}. Saying @samp{[real, [-5 .. 5]]} is
12807 redundant because the fact that the variable is real can be
12808 deduced just from the interval, but @samp{[int, [-5 .. 5]]} and
12809 @samp{[rat, [-5 .. 5]]} are useful combinations.
12810
12811 Note that the vector of intervals or numbers is in the same format
12812 used by Calc's set-manipulation commands. @xref{Set Operations}.
12813
12814 The type specifier @samp{[1, 2, 3]} is equivalent to
12815 @samp{[numint, 1, 2, 3]}, @emph{not} to @samp{[int, 1, 2, 3]}.
12816 In other words, the range of possible values means only that
12817 the variable's value must be numerically equal to a number in
12818 that range, but not that it must be equal in type as well.
12819 Calc's set operations act the same way; @samp{in(2, [1., 2., 3.])}
12820 and @samp{in(1.5, [1:2, 3:2, 5:2])} both report ``true.''
12821
12822 If you use a conflicting combination of type specifiers, the
12823 results are unpredictable. An example is @samp{[pos, [0 .. 5]]},
12824 where the interval does not lie in the range described by the
12825 type symbol.
12826
12827 ``Real'' declarations mostly affect simplifications involving powers
12828 like the one described above. Another case where they are used
12829 is in the @kbd{a P} command which returns a list of all roots of a
12830 polynomial; if the variable has been declared real, only the real
12831 roots (if any) will be included in the list.
12832
12833 ``Integer'' declarations are used for simplifications which are valid
12834 only when certain values are integers (such as @samp{(x^y)^z}
12835 shown above).
12836
12837 Another command that makes use of declarations is @kbd{a s}, when
12838 simplifying equations and inequalities. It will cancel @code{x}
12839 from both sides of @samp{a x = b x} only if it is sure @code{x}
12840 is non-zero, say, because it has a @code{pos} declaration.
12841 To declare specifically that @code{x} is real and non-zero,
12842 use @samp{[[-inf .. 0), (0 .. inf]]}. (There is no way in the
12843 current notation to say that @code{x} is nonzero but not necessarily
12844 real.) The @kbd{a e} command does ``unsafe'' simplifications,
12845 including cancelling @samp{x} from the equation when @samp{x} is
12846 not known to be nonzero.
12847
12848 Another set of type symbols distinguish between scalars and vectors.
12849
12850 @table @code
12851 @item scalar
12852 The value is not a vector.
12853 @item vector
12854 The value is a vector.
12855 @item matrix
12856 The value is a matrix (a rectangular vector of vectors).
12857 @item sqmatrix
12858 The value is a square matrix.
12859 @end table
12860
12861 These type symbols can be combined with the other type symbols
12862 described above; @samp{[int, matrix]} describes an object which
12863 is a matrix of integers.
12864
12865 Scalar/vector declarations are used to determine whether certain
12866 algebraic operations are safe. For example, @samp{[a, b, c] + x}
12867 is normally not simplified to @samp{[a + x, b + x, c + x]}, but
12868 it will be if @code{x} has been declared @code{scalar}. On the
12869 other hand, multiplication is usually assumed to be commutative,
12870 but the terms in @samp{x y} will never be exchanged if both @code{x}
12871 and @code{y} are known to be vectors or matrices. (Calc currently
12872 never distinguishes between @code{vector} and @code{matrix}
12873 declarations.)
12874
12875 @xref{Matrix Mode}, for a discussion of Matrix mode and
12876 Scalar mode, which are similar to declaring @samp{[All, matrix]}
12877 or @samp{[All, scalar]} but much more convenient.
12878
12879 One more type symbol that is recognized is used with the @kbd{H a d}
12880 command for taking total derivatives of a formula. @xref{Calculus}.
12881
12882 @table @code
12883 @item const
12884 The value is a constant with respect to other variables.
12885 @end table
12886
12887 Calc does not check the declarations for a variable when you store
12888 a value in it. However, storing @mathit{-3.5} in a variable that has
12889 been declared @code{pos}, @code{int}, or @code{matrix} may have
12890 unexpected effects; Calc may evaluate @samp{sqrt(x^2)} to @expr{3.5}
12891 if it substitutes the value first, or to @expr{-3.5} if @code{x}
12892 was declared @code{pos} and the formula @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is
12893 simplified to @samp{x} before the value is substituted. Before
12894 using a variable for a new purpose, it is best to use @kbd{s d}
12895 or @kbd{s D} to check to make sure you don't still have an old
12896 declaration for the variable that will conflict with its new meaning.
12897
12898 @node Functions for Declarations, , Kinds of Declarations, Declarations
12899 @subsection Functions for Declarations
12900
12901 @noindent
12902 Calc has a set of functions for accessing the current declarations
12903 in a convenient manner. These functions return 1 if the argument
12904 can be shown to have the specified property, or 0 if the argument
12905 can be shown @emph{not} to have that property; otherwise they are
12906 left unevaluated. These functions are suitable for use with rewrite
12907 rules (@pxref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}) or programming constructs
12908 (@pxref{Conditionals in Macros}). They can be entered only using
12909 algebraic notation. @xref{Logical Operations}, for functions
12910 that perform other tests not related to declarations.
12911
12912 For example, @samp{dint(17)} returns 1 because 17 is an integer, as
12913 do @samp{dint(n)} and @samp{dint(2 n - 3)} if @code{n} has been declared
12914 @code{int}, but @samp{dint(2.5)} and @samp{dint(n + 0.5)} return 0.
12915 Calc consults knowledge of its own built-in functions as well as your
12916 own declarations: @samp{dint(floor(x))} returns 1.
12917
12918 @ignore
12919 @starindex
12920 @end ignore
12921 @tindex dint
12922 @ignore
12923 @starindex
12924 @end ignore
12925 @tindex dnumint
12926 @ignore
12927 @starindex
12928 @end ignore
12929 @tindex dnatnum
12930 The @code{dint} function checks if its argument is an integer.
12931 The @code{dnatnum} function checks if its argument is a natural
12932 number, i.e., a nonnegative integer. The @code{dnumint} function
12933 checks if its argument is numerically an integer, i.e., either an
12934 integer or an integer-valued float. Note that these and the other
12935 data type functions also accept vectors or matrices composed of
12936 suitable elements, and that real infinities @samp{inf} and @samp{-inf}
12937 are considered to be integers for the purposes of these functions.
12938
12939 @ignore
12940 @starindex
12941 @end ignore
12942 @tindex drat
12943 The @code{drat} function checks if its argument is rational, i.e.,
12944 an integer or fraction. Infinities count as rational, but intervals
12945 and error forms do not.
12946
12947 @ignore
12948 @starindex
12949 @end ignore
12950 @tindex dreal
12951 The @code{dreal} function checks if its argument is real. This
12952 includes integers, fractions, floats, real error forms, and intervals.
12953
12954 @ignore
12955 @starindex
12956 @end ignore
12957 @tindex dimag
12958 The @code{dimag} function checks if its argument is imaginary,
12959 i.e., is mathematically equal to a real number times @expr{i}.
12960
12961 @ignore
12962 @starindex
12963 @end ignore
12964 @tindex dpos
12965 @ignore
12966 @starindex
12967 @end ignore
12968 @tindex dneg
12969 @ignore
12970 @starindex
12971 @end ignore
12972 @tindex dnonneg
12973 The @code{dpos} function checks for positive (but nonzero) reals.
12974 The @code{dneg} function checks for negative reals. The @code{dnonneg}
12975 function checks for nonnegative reals, i.e., reals greater than or
12976 equal to zero. Note that the @kbd{a s} command can simplify an
12977 expression like @expr{x > 0} to 1 or 0 using @code{dpos}, and that
12978 @kbd{a s} is effectively applied to all conditions in rewrite rules,
12979 so the actual functions @code{dpos}, @code{dneg}, and @code{dnonneg}
12980 are rarely necessary.
12981
12982 @ignore
12983 @starindex
12984 @end ignore
12985 @tindex dnonzero
12986 The @code{dnonzero} function checks that its argument is nonzero.
12987 This includes all nonzero real or complex numbers, all intervals that
12988 do not include zero, all nonzero modulo forms, vectors all of whose
12989 elements are nonzero, and variables or formulas whose values can be
12990 deduced to be nonzero. It does not include error forms, since they
12991 represent values which could be anything including zero. (This is
12992 also the set of objects considered ``true'' in conditional contexts.)
12993
12994 @ignore
12995 @starindex
12996 @end ignore
12997 @tindex deven
12998 @ignore
12999 @starindex
13000 @end ignore
13001 @tindex dodd
13002 The @code{deven} function returns 1 if its argument is known to be
13003 an even integer (or integer-valued float); it returns 0 if its argument
13004 is known not to be even (because it is known to be odd or a non-integer).
13005 The @kbd{a s} command uses this to simplify a test of the form
13006 @samp{x % 2 = 0}. There is also an analogous @code{dodd} function.
13007
13008 @ignore
13009 @starindex
13010 @end ignore
13011 @tindex drange
13012 The @code{drange} function returns a set (an interval or a vector
13013 of intervals and/or numbers; @pxref{Set Operations}) that describes
13014 the set of possible values of its argument. If the argument is
13015 a variable or a function with a declaration, the range is copied
13016 from the declaration. Otherwise, the possible signs of the
13017 expression are determined using a method similar to @code{dpos},
13018 etc., and a suitable set like @samp{[0 .. inf]} is returned. If
13019 the expression is not provably real, the @code{drange} function
13020 remains unevaluated.
13021
13022 @ignore
13023 @starindex
13024 @end ignore
13025 @tindex dscalar
13026 The @code{dscalar} function returns 1 if its argument is provably
13027 scalar, or 0 if its argument is provably non-scalar. It is left
13028 unevaluated if this cannot be determined. (If Matrix mode or Scalar
13029 mode is in effect, this function returns 1 or 0, respectively,
13030 if it has no other information.) When Calc interprets a condition
13031 (say, in a rewrite rule) it considers an unevaluated formula to be
13032 ``false.'' Thus, @samp{dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a} is
13033 provably scalar, and @samp{!dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a}
13034 is provably non-scalar; both are ``false'' if there is insufficient
13035 information to tell.
13036
13037 @node Display Modes, Language Modes, Declarations, Mode Settings
13038 @section Display Modes
13039
13040 @noindent
13041 The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with the
13042 @kbd{d} prefix. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) and @kbd{d b}
13043 (@code{calc-line-breaking}) commands are described elsewhere;
13044 @pxref{Stack Basics} and @pxref{Normal Language Modes}, respectively.
13045 Display formats for vectors and matrices are also covered elsewhere;
13046 @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.
13047
13048 One thing all display modes have in common is their treatment of the
13049 @kbd{H} prefix. This prefix causes any mode command that would normally
13050 refresh the stack to leave the stack display alone. The word ``Dirty''
13051 will appear in the mode line when Calc thinks the stack display may not
13052 reflect the latest mode settings.
13053
13054 @kindex d @key{RET}
13055 @pindex calc-refresh-top
13056 The @kbd{d @key{RET}} (@code{calc-refresh-top}) command reformats the
13057 top stack entry according to all the current modes. Positive prefix
13058 arguments reformat the top @var{n} entries; negative prefix arguments
13059 reformat the specified entry, and a prefix of zero is equivalent to
13060 @kbd{d @key{SPC}} (@code{calc-refresh}), which reformats the entire stack.
13061 For example, @kbd{H d s M-2 d @key{RET}} changes to scientific notation
13062 but reformats only the top two stack entries in the new mode.
13063
13064 The @kbd{I} prefix has another effect on the display modes. The mode
13065 is set only temporarily; the top stack entry is reformatted according
13066 to that mode, then the original mode setting is restored. In other
13067 words, @kbd{I d s} is equivalent to @kbd{H d s d @key{RET} H d (@var{old mode})}.
13068
13069 @menu
13070 * Radix Modes::
13071 * Grouping Digits::
13072 * Float Formats::
13073 * Complex Formats::
13074 * Fraction Formats::
13075 * HMS Formats::
13076 * Date Formats::
13077 * Truncating the Stack::
13078 * Justification::
13079 * Labels::
13080 @end menu
13081
13082 @node Radix Modes, Grouping Digits, Display Modes, Display Modes
13083 @subsection Radix Modes
13084
13085 @noindent
13086 @cindex Radix display
13087 @cindex Non-decimal numbers
13088 @cindex Decimal and non-decimal numbers
13089 Calc normally displays numbers in decimal (@dfn{base-10} or @dfn{radix-10})
13090 notation. Calc can actually display in any radix from two (binary) to 36.
13091 When the radix is above 10, the letters @code{A} to @code{Z} are used as
13092 digits. When entering such a number, letter keys are interpreted as
13093 potential digits rather than terminating numeric entry mode.
13094
13095 @kindex d 2
13096 @kindex d 8
13097 @kindex d 6
13098 @kindex d 0
13099 @cindex Hexadecimal integers
13100 @cindex Octal integers
13101 The key sequences @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, @kbd{d 6}, and @kbd{d 0} select
13102 binary, octal, hexadecimal, and decimal as the current display radix,
13103 respectively. Numbers can always be entered in any radix, though the
13104 current radix is used as a default if you press @kbd{#} without any initial
13105 digits. A number entered without a @kbd{#} is @emph{always} interpreted
13106 as decimal.
13107
13108 @kindex d r
13109 @pindex calc-radix
13110 To set the radix generally, use @kbd{d r} (@code{calc-radix}) and enter
13111 an integer from 2 to 36. You can specify the radix as a numeric prefix
13112 argument; otherwise you will be prompted for it.
13113
13114 @kindex d z
13115 @pindex calc-leading-zeros
13116 @cindex Leading zeros
13117 Integers normally are displayed with however many digits are necessary to
13118 represent the integer and no more. The @kbd{d z} (@code{calc-leading-zeros})
13119 command causes integers to be padded out with leading zeros according to the
13120 current binary word size. (@xref{Binary Functions}, for a discussion of
13121 word size.) If the absolute value of the word size is @expr{w}, all integers
13122 are displayed with at least enough digits to represent
13123 @texline @math{2^w-1}
13124 @infoline @expr{(2^w)-1}
13125 in the current radix. (Larger integers will still be displayed in their
13126 entirety.)
13127
13128 @node Grouping Digits, Float Formats, Radix Modes, Display Modes
13129 @subsection Grouping Digits
13130
13131 @noindent
13132 @kindex d g
13133 @pindex calc-group-digits
13134 @cindex Grouping digits
13135 @cindex Digit grouping
13136 Long numbers can be hard to read if they have too many digits. For
13137 example, the factorial of 30 is 33 digits long! Press @kbd{d g}
13138 (@code{calc-group-digits}) to enable @dfn{Grouping} mode, in which digits
13139 are displayed in clumps of 3 or 4 (depending on the current radix)
13140 separated by commas.
13141
13142 The @kbd{d g} command toggles grouping on and off.
13143 With a numeric prefix of 0, this command displays the current state of
13144 the grouping flag; with an argument of minus one it disables grouping;
13145 with a positive argument @expr{N} it enables grouping on every @expr{N}
13146 digits. For floating-point numbers, grouping normally occurs only
13147 before the decimal point. A negative prefix argument @expr{-N} enables
13148 grouping every @expr{N} digits both before and after the decimal point.
13149
13150 @kindex d ,
13151 @pindex calc-group-char
13152 The @kbd{d ,} (@code{calc-group-char}) command allows you to choose any
13153 character as the grouping separator. The default is the comma character.
13154 If you find it difficult to read vectors of large integers grouped with
13155 commas, you may wish to use spaces or some other character instead.
13156 This command takes the next character you type, whatever it is, and
13157 uses it as the digit separator. As a special case, @kbd{d , \} selects
13158 @samp{\,} (@TeX{}'s thin-space symbol) as the digit separator.
13159
13160 Please note that grouped numbers will not generally be parsed correctly
13161 if re-read in textual form, say by the use of @kbd{C-x * y} and @kbd{C-x * g}.
13162 (@xref{Kill and Yank}, for details on these commands.) One exception is
13163 the @samp{\,} separator, which doesn't interfere with parsing because it
13164 is ignored by @TeX{} language mode.
13165
13166 @node Float Formats, Complex Formats, Grouping Digits, Display Modes
13167 @subsection Float Formats
13168
13169 @noindent
13170 Floating-point quantities are normally displayed in standard decimal
13171 form, with scientific notation used if the exponent is especially high
13172 or low. All significant digits are normally displayed. The commands
13173 in this section allow you to choose among several alternative display
13174 formats for floats.
13175
13176 @kindex d n
13177 @pindex calc-normal-notation
13178 The @kbd{d n} (@code{calc-normal-notation}) command selects the normal
13179 display format. All significant figures in a number are displayed.
13180 With a positive numeric prefix, numbers are rounded if necessary to
13181 that number of significant digits. With a negative numerix prefix,
13182 the specified number of significant digits less than the current
13183 precision is used. (Thus @kbd{C-u -2 d n} displays 10 digits if the
13184 current precision is 12.)
13185
13186 @kindex d f
13187 @pindex calc-fix-notation
13188 The @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation}) command selects fixed-point
13189 notation. The numeric argument is the number of digits after the
13190 decimal point, zero or more. This format will relax into scientific
13191 notation if a nonzero number would otherwise have been rounded all the
13192 way to zero. Specifying a negative number of digits is the same as
13193 for a positive number, except that small nonzero numbers will be rounded
13194 to zero rather than switching to scientific notation.
13195
13196 @kindex d s
13197 @pindex calc-sci-notation
13198 @cindex Scientific notation, display of
13199 The @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}) command selects scientific
13200 notation. A positive argument sets the number of significant figures
13201 displayed, of which one will be before and the rest after the decimal
13202 point. A negative argument works the same as for @kbd{d n} format.
13203 The default is to display all significant digits.
13204
13205 @kindex d e
13206 @pindex calc-eng-notation
13207 @cindex Engineering notation, display of
13208 The @kbd{d e} (@code{calc-eng-notation}) command selects engineering
13209 notation. This is similar to scientific notation except that the
13210 exponent is rounded down to a multiple of three, with from one to three
13211 digits before the decimal point. An optional numeric prefix sets the
13212 number of significant digits to display, as for @kbd{d s}.
13213
13214 It is important to distinguish between the current @emph{precision} and
13215 the current @emph{display format}. After the commands @kbd{C-u 10 p}
13216 and @kbd{C-u 6 d n} the Calculator computes all results to ten
13217 significant figures but displays only six. (In fact, intermediate
13218 calculations are often carried to one or two more significant figures,
13219 but values placed on the stack will be rounded down to ten figures.)
13220 Numbers are never actually rounded to the display precision for storage,
13221 except by commands like @kbd{C-k} and @kbd{C-x * y} which operate on the
13222 actual displayed text in the Calculator buffer.
13223
13224 @kindex d .
13225 @pindex calc-point-char
13226 The @kbd{d .} (@code{calc-point-char}) command selects the character used
13227 as a decimal point. Normally this is a period; users in some countries
13228 may wish to change this to a comma. Note that this is only a display
13229 style; on entry, periods must always be used to denote floating-point
13230 numbers, and commas to separate elements in a list.
13231
13232 @node Complex Formats, Fraction Formats, Float Formats, Display Modes
13233 @subsection Complex Formats
13234
13235 @noindent
13236 @kindex d c
13237 @pindex calc-complex-notation
13238 There are three supported notations for complex numbers in rectangular
13239 form. The default is as a pair of real numbers enclosed in parentheses
13240 and separated by a comma: @samp{(a,b)}. The @kbd{d c}
13241 (@code{calc-complex-notation}) command selects this style.
13242
13243 @kindex d i
13244 @pindex calc-i-notation
13245 @kindex d j
13246 @pindex calc-j-notation
13247 The other notations are @kbd{d i} (@code{calc-i-notation}), in which
13248 numbers are displayed in @samp{a+bi} form, and @kbd{d j}
13249 (@code{calc-j-notation}) which displays the form @samp{a+bj} preferred
13250 in some disciplines.
13251
13252 @cindex @code{i} variable
13253 @vindex i
13254 Complex numbers are normally entered in @samp{(a,b)} format.
13255 If you enter @samp{2+3i} as an algebraic formula, it will be stored as
13256 the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i}. However, if you use @kbd{=} to evaluate
13257 this formula and you have not changed the variable @samp{i}, the @samp{i}
13258 will be interpreted as @samp{(0,1)} and the formula will be simplified
13259 to @samp{(2,3)}. Other commands (like @code{calc-sin}) will @emph{not}
13260 interpret the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i} as a complex number.
13261 @xref{Variables}, under ``special constants.''
13262
13263 @node Fraction Formats, HMS Formats, Complex Formats, Display Modes
13264 @subsection Fraction Formats
13265
13266 @noindent
13267 @kindex d o
13268 @pindex calc-over-notation
13269 Display of fractional numbers is controlled by the @kbd{d o}
13270 (@code{calc-over-notation}) command. By default, a number like
13271 eight thirds is displayed in the form @samp{8:3}. The @kbd{d o} command
13272 prompts for a one- or two-character format. If you give one character,
13273 that character is used as the fraction separator. Common separators are
13274 @samp{:} and @samp{/}. (During input of numbers, the @kbd{:} key must be
13275 used regardless of the display format; in particular, the @kbd{/} is used
13276 for RPN-style division, @emph{not} for entering fractions.)
13277
13278 If you give two characters, fractions use ``integer-plus-fractional-part''
13279 notation. For example, the format @samp{+/} would display eight thirds
13280 as @samp{2+2/3}. If two colons are present in a number being entered,
13281 the number is interpreted in this form (so that the entries @kbd{2:2:3}
13282 and @kbd{8:3} are equivalent).
13283
13284 It is also possible to follow the one- or two-character format with
13285 a number. For example: @samp{:10} or @samp{+/3}. In this case,
13286 Calc adjusts all fractions that are displayed to have the specified
13287 denominator, if possible. Otherwise it adjusts the denominator to
13288 be a multiple of the specified value. For example, in @samp{:6} mode
13289 the fraction @expr{1:6} will be unaffected, but @expr{2:3} will be
13290 displayed as @expr{4:6}, @expr{1:2} will be displayed as @expr{3:6},
13291 and @expr{1:8} will be displayed as @expr{3:24}. Integers are also
13292 affected by this mode: 3 is displayed as @expr{18:6}. Note that the
13293 format @samp{:1} writes fractions the same as @samp{:}, but it writes
13294 integers as @expr{n:1}.
13295
13296 The fraction format does not affect the way fractions or integers are
13297 stored, only the way they appear on the screen. The fraction format
13298 never affects floats.
13299
13300 @node HMS Formats, Date Formats, Fraction Formats, Display Modes
13301 @subsection HMS Formats
13302
13303 @noindent
13304 @kindex d h
13305 @pindex calc-hms-notation
13306 The @kbd{d h} (@code{calc-hms-notation}) command controls the display of
13307 HMS (hours-minutes-seconds) forms. It prompts for a string which
13308 consists basically of an ``hours'' marker, optional punctuation, a
13309 ``minutes'' marker, more optional punctuation, and a ``seconds'' marker.
13310 Punctuation is zero or more spaces, commas, or semicolons. The hours
13311 marker is one or more non-punctuation characters. The minutes and
13312 seconds markers must be single non-punctuation characters.
13313
13314 The default HMS format is @samp{@@ ' "}, producing HMS values of the form
13315 @samp{23@@ 30' 15.75"}. The format @samp{deg, ms} would display this same
13316 value as @samp{23deg, 30m15.75s}. During numeric entry, the @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}
13317 keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{@@} regardless of display format.
13318 The @kbd{m} and @kbd{s} keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{'} and
13319 @kbd{"}, respectively, but only if an @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}) has
13320 already been typed; otherwise, they have their usual meanings
13321 (@kbd{m-} prefix and @kbd{s-} prefix). Thus, @kbd{5 "}, @kbd{0 @@ 5 "}, and
13322 @kbd{0 h 5 s} are some of the ways to enter the quantity ``five seconds.''
13323 The @kbd{'} key is recognized as ``minutes'' only if @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or
13324 @kbd{o}) has already been pressed; otherwise it means to switch to algebraic
13325 entry.
13326
13327 @node Date Formats, Truncating the Stack, HMS Formats, Display Modes
13328 @subsection Date Formats
13329
13330 @noindent
13331 @kindex d d
13332 @pindex calc-date-notation
13333 The @kbd{d d} (@code{calc-date-notation}) command controls the display
13334 of date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). It prompts for a string which
13335 contains letters that represent the various parts of a date and time.
13336 To show which parts should be omitted when the form represents a pure
13337 date with no time, parts of the string can be enclosed in @samp{< >}
13338 marks. If you don't include @samp{< >} markers in the format, Calc
13339 guesses at which parts, if any, should be omitted when formatting
13340 pure dates.
13341
13342 The default format is: @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY}.
13343 An example string in this format is @samp{3:32pm Wed Jan 9, 1991}.
13344 If you enter a blank format string, this default format is
13345 reestablished.
13346
13347 Calc uses @samp{< >} notation for nameless functions as well as for
13348 dates. @xref{Specifying Operators}. To avoid confusion with nameless
13349 functions, your date formats should avoid using the @samp{#} character.
13350
13351 @menu
13352 * Date Formatting Codes::
13353 * Free-Form Dates::
13354 * Standard Date Formats::
13355 @end menu
13356
13357 @node Date Formatting Codes, Free-Form Dates, Date Formats, Date Formats
13358 @subsubsection Date Formatting Codes
13359
13360 @noindent
13361 When displaying a date, the current date format is used. All
13362 characters except for letters and @samp{<} and @samp{>} are
13363 copied literally when dates are formatted. The portion between
13364 @samp{< >} markers is omitted for pure dates, or included for
13365 date/time forms. Letters are interpreted according to the table
13366 below.
13367
13368 When dates are read in during algebraic entry, Calc first tries to
13369 match the input string to the current format either with or without
13370 the time part. The punctuation characters (including spaces) must
13371 match exactly; letter fields must correspond to suitable text in
13372 the input. If this doesn't work, Calc checks if the input is a
13373 simple number; if so, the number is interpreted as a number of days
13374 since Jan 1, 1 AD. Otherwise, Calc tries a much more relaxed and
13375 flexible algorithm which is described in the next section.
13376
13377 Weekday names are ignored during reading.
13378
13379 Two-digit year numbers are interpreted as lying in the range
13380 from 1941 to 2039. Years outside that range are always
13381 entered and displayed in full. Year numbers with a leading
13382 @samp{+} sign are always interpreted exactly, allowing the
13383 entry and display of the years 1 through 99 AD.
13384
13385 Here is a complete list of the formatting codes for dates:
13386
13387 @table @asis
13388 @item Y
13389 Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13390 @item YY
13391 Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``07'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13392 @item BY
13393 Year: ``91'' for 1991, `` 7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13394 @item YYY
13395 Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``23'' for 23 AD.
13396 @item YYYY
13397 Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13398 @item aa
13399 Year: ``ad'' or blank.
13400 @item AA
13401 Year: ``AD'' or blank.
13402 @item aaa
13403 Year: ``ad '' or blank. (Note trailing space.)
13404 @item AAA
13405 Year: ``AD '' or blank.
13406 @item aaaa
13407 Year: ``a.d.'' or blank.
13408 @item AAAA
13409 Year: ``A.D.'' or blank.
13410 @item bb
13411 Year: ``bc'' or blank.
13412 @item BB
13413 Year: ``BC'' or blank.
13414 @item bbb
13415 Year: `` bc'' or blank. (Note leading space.)
13416 @item BBB
13417 Year: `` BC'' or blank.
13418 @item bbbb
13419 Year: ``b.c.'' or blank.
13420 @item BBBB
13421 Year: ``B.C.'' or blank.
13422 @item M
13423 Month: ``8'' for August.
13424 @item MM
13425 Month: ``08'' for August.
13426 @item BM
13427 Month: `` 8'' for August.
13428 @item MMM
13429 Month: ``AUG'' for August.
13430 @item Mmm
13431 Month: ``Aug'' for August.
13432 @item mmm
13433 Month: ``aug'' for August.
13434 @item MMMM
13435 Month: ``AUGUST'' for August.
13436 @item Mmmm
13437 Month: ``August'' for August.
13438 @item D
13439 Day: ``7'' for 7th day of month.
13440 @item DD
13441 Day: ``07'' for 7th day of month.
13442 @item BD
13443 Day: `` 7'' for 7th day of month.
13444 @item W
13445 Weekday: ``0'' for Sunday, ``6'' for Saturday.
13446 @item WWW
13447 Weekday: ``SUN'' for Sunday.
13448 @item Www
13449 Weekday: ``Sun'' for Sunday.
13450 @item www
13451 Weekday: ``sun'' for Sunday.
13452 @item WWWW
13453 Weekday: ``SUNDAY'' for Sunday.
13454 @item Wwww
13455 Weekday: ``Sunday'' for Sunday.
13456 @item d
13457 Day of year: ``34'' for Feb. 3.
13458 @item ddd
13459 Day of year: ``034'' for Feb. 3.
13460 @item bdd
13461 Day of year: `` 34'' for Feb. 3.
13462 @item h
13463 Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13464 @item hh
13465 Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13466 @item bh
13467 Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13468 @item H
13469 Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13470 @item HH
13471 Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13472 @item BH
13473 Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13474 @item p
13475 AM/PM: ``a'' or ``p''.
13476 @item P
13477 AM/PM: ``A'' or ``P''.
13478 @item pp
13479 AM/PM: ``am'' or ``pm''.
13480 @item PP
13481 AM/PM: ``AM'' or ``PM''.
13482 @item pppp
13483 AM/PM: ``a.m.'' or ``p.m.''.
13484 @item PPPP
13485 AM/PM: ``A.M.'' or ``P.M.''.
13486 @item m
13487 Minutes: ``7'' for 7.
13488 @item mm
13489 Minutes: ``07'' for 7.
13490 @item bm
13491 Minutes: `` 7'' for 7.
13492 @item s
13493 Seconds: ``7'' for 7; ``7.23'' for 7.23.
13494 @item ss
13495 Seconds: ``07'' for 7; ``07.23'' for 7.23.
13496 @item bs
13497 Seconds: `` 7'' for 7; `` 7.23'' for 7.23.
13498 @item SS
13499 Optional seconds: ``07'' for 7; blank for 0.
13500 @item BS
13501 Optional seconds: `` 7'' for 7; blank for 0.
13502 @item N
13503 Numeric date/time: ``726842.25'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13504 @item n
13505 Numeric date: ``726842'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13506 @item J
13507 Julian date/time: ``2448265.75'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13508 @item j
13509 Julian date: ``2448266'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13510 @item U
13511 Unix time: ``663400800'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13512 @item X
13513 Brackets suppression. An ``X'' at the front of the format
13514 causes the surrounding @w{@samp{< >}} delimiters to be omitted
13515 when formatting dates. Note that the brackets are still
13516 required for algebraic entry.
13517 @end table
13518
13519 If ``SS'' or ``BS'' (optional seconds) is preceded by a colon, the
13520 colon is also omitted if the seconds part is zero.
13521
13522 If ``bb,'' ``bbb'' or ``bbbb'' or their upper-case equivalents
13523 appear in the format, then negative year numbers are displayed
13524 without a minus sign. Note that ``aa'' and ``bb'' are mutually
13525 exclusive. Some typical usages would be @samp{YYYY AABB};
13526 @samp{AAAYYYYBBB}; @samp{YYYYBBB}.
13527
13528 The formats ``YY,'' ``YYYY,'' ``MM,'' ``DD,'' ``ddd,'' ``hh,'' ``HH,''
13529 ``mm,'' ``ss,'' and ``SS'' actually match any number of digits during
13530 reading unless several of these codes are strung together with no
13531 punctuation in between, in which case the input must have exactly as
13532 many digits as there are letters in the format.
13533
13534 The ``j,'' ``J,'' and ``U'' formats do not make any time zone
13535 adjustment. They effectively use @samp{julian(x,0)} and
13536 @samp{unixtime(x,0)} to make the conversion; @pxref{Date Arithmetic}.
13537
13538 @node Free-Form Dates, Standard Date Formats, Date Formatting Codes, Date Formats
13539 @subsubsection Free-Form Dates
13540
13541 @noindent
13542 When reading a date form during algebraic entry, Calc falls back
13543 on the algorithm described here if the input does not exactly
13544 match the current date format. This algorithm generally
13545 ``does the right thing'' and you don't have to worry about it,
13546 but it is described here in full detail for the curious.
13547
13548 Calc does not distinguish between upper- and lower-case letters
13549 while interpreting dates.
13550
13551 First, the time portion, if present, is located somewhere in the
13552 text and then removed. The remaining text is then interpreted as
13553 the date.
13554
13555 A time is of the form @samp{hh:mm:ss}, possibly with the seconds
13556 part omitted and possibly with an AM/PM indicator added to indicate
13557 12-hour time. If the AM/PM is present, the minutes may also be
13558 omitted. The AM/PM part may be any of the words @samp{am},
13559 @samp{pm}, @samp{noon}, or @samp{midnight}; each of these may be
13560 abbreviated to one letter, and the alternate forms @samp{a.m.},
13561 @samp{p.m.}, and @samp{mid} are also understood. Obviously
13562 @samp{noon} and @samp{midnight} are allowed only on 12:00:00.
13563 The words @samp{noon}, @samp{mid}, and @samp{midnight} are also
13564 recognized with no number attached.
13565
13566 If there is no AM/PM indicator, the time is interpreted in 24-hour
13567 format.
13568
13569 To read the date portion, all words and numbers are isolated
13570 from the string; other characters are ignored. All words must
13571 be either month names or day-of-week names (the latter of which
13572 are ignored). Names can be written in full or as three-letter
13573 abbreviations.
13574
13575 Large numbers, or numbers with @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
13576 are interpreted as years. If one of the other numbers is
13577 greater than 12, then that must be the day and the remaining
13578 number in the input is therefore the month. Otherwise, Calc
13579 assumes the month, day and year are in the same order that they
13580 appear in the current date format. If the year is omitted, the
13581 current year is taken from the system clock.
13582
13583 If there are too many or too few numbers, or any unrecognizable
13584 words, then the input is rejected.
13585
13586 If there are any large numbers (of five digits or more) other than
13587 the year, they are ignored on the assumption that they are something
13588 like Julian dates that were included along with the traditional
13589 date components when the date was formatted.
13590
13591 One of the words @samp{ad}, @samp{a.d.}, @samp{bc}, or @samp{b.c.}
13592 may optionally be used; the latter two are equivalent to a
13593 minus sign on the year value.
13594
13595 If you always enter a four-digit year, and use a name instead
13596 of a number for the month, there is no danger of ambiguity.
13597
13598 @node Standard Date Formats, , Free-Form Dates, Date Formats
13599 @subsubsection Standard Date Formats
13600
13601 @noindent
13602 There are actually ten standard date formats, numbered 0 through 9.
13603 Entering a blank line at the @kbd{d d} command's prompt gives
13604 you format number 1, Calc's usual format. You can enter any digit
13605 to select the other formats.
13606
13607 To create your own standard date formats, give a numeric prefix
13608 argument from 0 to 9 to the @w{@kbd{d d}} command. The format you
13609 enter will be recorded as the new standard format of that
13610 number, as well as becoming the new current date format.
13611 You can save your formats permanently with the @w{@kbd{m m}}
13612 command (@pxref{Mode Settings}).
13613
13614 @table @asis
13615 @item 0
13616 @samp{N} (Numerical format)
13617 @item 1
13618 @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY} (American format)
13619 @item 2
13620 @samp{D Mmm YYYY<, h:mm:SS>} (European format)
13621 @item 3
13622 @samp{Www Mmm BD< hh:mm:ss> YYYY} (Unix written date format)
13623 @item 4
13624 @samp{M/D/Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American slashed format)
13625 @item 5
13626 @samp{D.M.Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dotted format)
13627 @item 6
13628 @samp{M-D-Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American dashed format)
13629 @item 7
13630 @samp{D-M-Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dashed format)
13631 @item 8
13632 @samp{j<, h:mm:ss>} (Julian day plus time)
13633 @item 9
13634 @samp{YYddd< hh:mm:ss>} (Year-day format)
13635 @end table
13636
13637 @node Truncating the Stack, Justification, Date Formats, Display Modes
13638 @subsection Truncating the Stack
13639
13640 @noindent
13641 @kindex d t
13642 @pindex calc-truncate-stack
13643 @cindex Truncating the stack
13644 @cindex Narrowing the stack
13645 The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack}) command moves the @samp{.}@:
13646 line that marks the top-of-stack up or down in the Calculator buffer.
13647 The number right above that line is considered to the be at the top of
13648 the stack. Any numbers below that line are ``hidden'' from all stack
13649 operations (although still visible to the user). This is similar to the
13650 Emacs ``narrowing'' feature, except that the values below the @samp{.}
13651 are @emph{visible}, just temporarily frozen. This feature allows you to
13652 keep several independent calculations running at once in different parts
13653 of the stack, or to apply a certain command to an element buried deep in
13654 the stack.
13655
13656 Pressing @kbd{d t} by itself moves the @samp{.} to the line the cursor
13657 is on. Thus, this line and all those below it become hidden. To un-hide
13658 these lines, move down to the end of the buffer and press @w{@kbd{d t}}.
13659 With a positive numeric prefix argument @expr{n}, @kbd{d t} hides the
13660 bottom @expr{n} values in the buffer. With a negative argument, it hides
13661 all but the top @expr{n} values. With an argument of zero, it hides zero
13662 values, i.e., moves the @samp{.} all the way down to the bottom.
13663
13664 @kindex d [
13665 @pindex calc-truncate-up
13666 @kindex d ]
13667 @pindex calc-truncate-down
13668 The @kbd{d [} (@code{calc-truncate-up}) and @kbd{d ]}
13669 (@code{calc-truncate-down}) commands move the @samp{.} up or down one
13670 line at a time (or several lines with a prefix argument).
13671
13672 @node Justification, Labels, Truncating the Stack, Display Modes
13673 @subsection Justification
13674
13675 @noindent
13676 @kindex d <
13677 @pindex calc-left-justify
13678 @kindex d =
13679 @pindex calc-center-justify
13680 @kindex d >
13681 @pindex calc-right-justify
13682 Values on the stack are normally left-justified in the window. You can
13683 control this arrangement by typing @kbd{d <} (@code{calc-left-justify}),
13684 @kbd{d >} (@code{calc-right-justify}), or @kbd{d =}
13685 (@code{calc-center-justify}). For example, in Right-Justification mode,
13686 stack entries are displayed flush-right against the right edge of the
13687 window.
13688
13689 If you change the width of the Calculator window you may have to type
13690 @kbd{d @key{SPC}} (@code{calc-refresh}) to re-align right-justified or centered
13691 text.
13692
13693 Right-justification is especially useful together with fixed-point
13694 notation (see @code{d f}; @code{calc-fix-notation}). With these modes
13695 together, the decimal points on numbers will always line up.
13696
13697 With a numeric prefix argument, the justification commands give you
13698 a little extra control over the display. The argument specifies the
13699 horizontal ``origin'' of a display line. It is also possible to
13700 specify a maximum line width using the @kbd{d b} command (@pxref{Normal
13701 Language Modes}). For reference, the precise rules for formatting and
13702 breaking lines are given below. Notice that the interaction between
13703 origin and line width is slightly different in each justification
13704 mode.
13705
13706 In Left-Justified mode, the line is indented by a number of spaces
13707 given by the origin (default zero). If the result is longer than the
13708 maximum line width, if given, or too wide to fit in the Calc window
13709 otherwise, then it is broken into lines which will fit; each broken
13710 line is indented to the origin.
13711
13712 In Right-Justified mode, lines are shifted right so that the rightmost
13713 character is just before the origin, or just before the current
13714 window width if no origin was specified. If the line is too long
13715 for this, then it is broken; the current line width is used, if
13716 specified, or else the origin is used as a width if that is
13717 specified, or else the line is broken to fit in the window.
13718
13719 In Centering mode, the origin is the column number of the center of
13720 each stack entry. If a line width is specified, lines will not be
13721 allowed to go past that width; Calc will either indent less or
13722 break the lines if necessary. If no origin is specified, half the
13723 line width or Calc window width is used.
13724
13725 Note that, in each case, if line numbering is enabled the display
13726 is indented an additional four spaces to make room for the line
13727 number. The width of the line number is taken into account when
13728 positioning according to the current Calc window width, but not
13729 when positioning by explicit origins and widths. In the latter
13730 case, the display is formatted as specified, and then uniformly
13731 shifted over four spaces to fit the line numbers.
13732
13733 @node Labels, , Justification, Display Modes
13734 @subsection Labels
13735
13736 @noindent
13737 @kindex d @{
13738 @pindex calc-left-label
13739 The @kbd{d @{} (@code{calc-left-label}) command prompts for a string,
13740 then displays that string to the left of every stack entry. If the
13741 entries are left-justified (@pxref{Justification}), then they will
13742 appear immediately after the label (unless you specified an origin
13743 greater than the length of the label). If the entries are centered
13744 or right-justified, the label appears on the far left and does not
13745 affect the horizontal position of the stack entry.
13746
13747 Give a blank string (with @kbd{d @{ @key{RET}}) to turn the label off.
13748
13749 @kindex d @}
13750 @pindex calc-right-label
13751 The @kbd{d @}} (@code{calc-right-label}) command similarly adds a
13752 label on the righthand side. It does not affect positioning of
13753 the stack entries unless they are right-justified. Also, if both
13754 a line width and an origin are given in Right-Justified mode, the
13755 stack entry is justified to the origin and the righthand label is
13756 justified to the line width.
13757
13758 One application of labels would be to add equation numbers to
13759 formulas you are manipulating in Calc and then copying into a
13760 document (possibly using Embedded mode). The equations would
13761 typically be centered, and the equation numbers would be on the
13762 left or right as you prefer.
13763
13764 @node Language Modes, Modes Variable, Display Modes, Mode Settings
13765 @section Language Modes
13766
13767 @noindent
13768 The commands in this section change Calc to use a different notation for
13769 entry and display of formulas, corresponding to the conventions of some
13770 other common language such as Pascal or La@TeX{}. Objects displayed on the
13771 stack or yanked from the Calculator to an editing buffer will be formatted
13772 in the current language; objects entered in algebraic entry or yanked from
13773 another buffer will be interpreted according to the current language.
13774
13775 The current language has no effect on things written to or read from the
13776 trail buffer, nor does it affect numeric entry. Only algebraic entry is
13777 affected. You can make even algebraic entry ignore the current language
13778 and use the standard notation by giving a numeric prefix, e.g., @kbd{C-u '}.
13779
13780 For example, suppose the formula @samp{2*a[1] + atan(a[2])} occurs in a C
13781 program; elsewhere in the program you need the derivatives of this formula
13782 with respect to @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}. First, type @kbd{d C}
13783 to switch to C notation. Now use @code{C-u C-x * g} to grab the formula
13784 into the Calculator, @kbd{a d a[1] @key{RET}} to differentiate with respect
13785 to the first variable, and @kbd{C-x * y} to yank the formula for the derivative
13786 back into your C program. Press @kbd{U} to undo the differentiation and
13787 repeat with @kbd{a d a[2] @key{RET}} for the other derivative.
13788
13789 Without being switched into C mode first, Calc would have misinterpreted
13790 the brackets in @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}, would not have known that
13791 @code{atan} was equivalent to Calc's built-in @code{arctan} function,
13792 and would have written the formula back with notations (like implicit
13793 multiplication) which would not have been valid for a C program.
13794
13795 As another example, suppose you are maintaining a C program and a La@TeX{}
13796 document, each of which needs a copy of the same formula. You can grab the
13797 formula from the program in C mode, switch to La@TeX{} mode, and yank the
13798 formula into the document in La@TeX{} math-mode format.
13799
13800 Language modes are selected by typing the letter @kbd{d} followed by a
13801 shifted letter key.
13802
13803 @menu
13804 * Normal Language Modes::
13805 * C FORTRAN Pascal::
13806 * TeX and LaTeX Language Modes::
13807 * Eqn Language Mode::
13808 * Yacas Language Mode::
13809 * Maxima Language Mode::
13810 * Giac Language Mode::
13811 * Mathematica Language Mode::
13812 * Maple Language Mode::
13813 * Compositions::
13814 * Syntax Tables::
13815 @end menu
13816
13817 @node Normal Language Modes, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes, Language Modes
13818 @subsection Normal Language Modes
13819
13820 @noindent
13821 @kindex d N
13822 @pindex calc-normal-language
13823 The @kbd{d N} (@code{calc-normal-language}) command selects the usual
13824 notation for Calc formulas, as described in the rest of this manual.
13825 Matrices are displayed in a multi-line tabular format, but all other
13826 objects are written in linear form, as they would be typed from the
13827 keyboard.
13828
13829 @kindex d O
13830 @pindex calc-flat-language
13831 @cindex Matrix display
13832 The @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) command selects a language
13833 identical with the normal one, except that matrices are written in
13834 one-line form along with everything else. In some applications this
13835 form may be more suitable for yanking data into other buffers.
13836
13837 @kindex d b
13838 @pindex calc-line-breaking
13839 @cindex Line breaking
13840 @cindex Breaking up long lines
13841 Even in one-line mode, long formulas or vectors will still be split
13842 across multiple lines if they exceed the width of the Calculator window.
13843 The @kbd{d b} (@code{calc-line-breaking}) command turns this line-breaking
13844 feature on and off. (It works independently of the current language.)
13845 If you give a numeric prefix argument of five or greater to the @kbd{d b}
13846 command, that argument will specify the line width used when breaking
13847 long lines.
13848
13849 @kindex d B
13850 @pindex calc-big-language
13851 The @kbd{d B} (@code{calc-big-language}) command selects a language
13852 which uses textual approximations to various mathematical notations,
13853 such as powers, quotients, and square roots:
13854
13855 @example
13856 ____________
13857 | a + 1 2
13858 | ----- + c
13859 \| b
13860 @end example
13861
13862 @noindent
13863 in place of @samp{sqrt((a+1)/b + c^2)}.
13864
13865 Subscripts like @samp{a_i} are displayed as actual subscripts in Big
13866 mode. Double subscripts, @samp{a_i_j} (@samp{subscr(subscr(a, i), j)})
13867 are displayed as @samp{a} with subscripts separated by commas:
13868 @samp{i, j}. They must still be entered in the usual underscore
13869 notation.
13870
13871 One slight ambiguity of Big notation is that
13872
13873 @example
13874 3
13875 - -
13876 4
13877 @end example
13878
13879 @noindent
13880 can represent either the negative rational number @expr{-3:4}, or the
13881 actual expression @samp{-(3/4)}; but the latter formula would normally
13882 never be displayed because it would immediately be evaluated to
13883 @expr{-3:4} or @expr{-0.75}, so this ambiguity is not a problem in
13884 typical use.
13885
13886 Non-decimal numbers are displayed with subscripts. Thus there is no
13887 way to tell the difference between @samp{16#C2} and @samp{C2_16},
13888 though generally you will know which interpretation is correct.
13889 Logarithms @samp{log(x,b)} and @samp{log10(x)} also use subscripts
13890 in Big mode.
13891
13892 In Big mode, stack entries often take up several lines. To aid
13893 readability, stack entries are separated by a blank line in this mode.
13894 You may find it useful to expand the Calc window's height using
13895 @kbd{C-x ^} (@code{enlarge-window}) or to make the Calc window the only
13896 one on the screen with @kbd{C-x 1} (@code{delete-other-windows}).
13897
13898 Long lines are currently not rearranged to fit the window width in
13899 Big mode, so you may need to use the @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys
13900 to scroll across a wide formula. For really big formulas, you may
13901 even need to use @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} to scroll up and down.
13902
13903 @kindex d U
13904 @pindex calc-unformatted-language
13905 The @kbd{d U} (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) command altogether disables
13906 the use of operator notation in formulas. In this mode, the formula
13907 shown above would be displayed:
13908
13909 @example
13910 sqrt(add(div(add(a, 1), b), pow(c, 2)))
13911 @end example
13912
13913 These four modes differ only in display format, not in the format
13914 expected for algebraic entry. The standard Calc operators work in
13915 all four modes, and unformatted notation works in any language mode
13916 (except that Mathematica mode expects square brackets instead of
13917 parentheses).
13918
13919 @node C FORTRAN Pascal, TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Normal Language Modes, Language Modes
13920 @subsection C, FORTRAN, and Pascal Modes
13921
13922 @noindent
13923 @kindex d C
13924 @pindex calc-c-language
13925 @cindex C language
13926 The @kbd{d C} (@code{calc-c-language}) command selects the conventions
13927 of the C language for display and entry of formulas. This differs from
13928 the normal language mode in a variety of (mostly minor) ways. In
13929 particular, C language operators and operator precedences are used in
13930 place of Calc's usual ones. For example, @samp{a^b} means @samp{xor(a,b)}
13931 in C mode; a value raised to a power is written as a function call,
13932 @samp{pow(a,b)}.
13933
13934 In C mode, vectors and matrices use curly braces instead of brackets.
13935 Octal and hexadecimal values are written with leading @samp{0} or @samp{0x}
13936 rather than using the @samp{#} symbol. Array subscripting is
13937 translated into @code{subscr} calls, so that @samp{a[i]} in C
13938 mode is the same as @samp{a_i} in Normal mode. Assignments
13939 turn into the @code{assign} function, which Calc normally displays
13940 using the @samp{:=} symbol.
13941
13942 The variables @code{pi} and @code{e} would be displayed @samp{pi}
13943 and @samp{e} in Normal mode, but in C mode they are displayed as
13944 @samp{M_PI} and @samp{M_E}, corresponding to the names of constants
13945 typically provided in the @file{<math.h>} header. Functions whose
13946 names are different in C are translated automatically for entry and
13947 display purposes. For example, entering @samp{asin(x)} will push the
13948 formula @samp{arcsin(x)} onto the stack; this formula will be displayed
13949 as @samp{asin(x)} as long as C mode is in effect.
13950
13951 @kindex d P
13952 @pindex calc-pascal-language
13953 @cindex Pascal language
13954 The @kbd{d P} (@code{calc-pascal-language}) command selects Pascal
13955 conventions. Like C mode, Pascal mode interprets array brackets and uses
13956 a different table of operators. Hexadecimal numbers are entered and
13957 displayed with a preceding dollar sign. (Thus the regular meaning of
13958 @kbd{$2} during algebraic entry does not work in Pascal mode, though
13959 @kbd{$} (and @kbd{$$}, etc.) not followed by digits works the same as
13960 always.) No special provisions are made for other non-decimal numbers,
13961 vectors, and so on, since there is no universally accepted standard way
13962 of handling these in Pascal.
13963
13964 @kindex d F
13965 @pindex calc-fortran-language
13966 @cindex FORTRAN language
13967 The @kbd{d F} (@code{calc-fortran-language}) command selects FORTRAN
13968 conventions. Various function names are transformed into FORTRAN
13969 equivalents. Vectors are written as @samp{/1, 2, 3/}, and may be
13970 entered this way or using square brackets. Since FORTRAN uses round
13971 parentheses for both function calls and array subscripts, Calc displays
13972 both in the same way; @samp{a(i)} is interpreted as a function call
13973 upon reading, and subscripts must be entered as @samp{subscr(a, i)}.
13974 If the variable @code{a} has been declared to have type
13975 @code{vector} or @code{matrix}, however, then @samp{a(i)} will be
13976 parsed as a subscript. (@xref{Declarations}.) Usually it doesn't
13977 matter, though; if you enter the subscript expression @samp{a(i)} and
13978 Calc interprets it as a function call, you'll never know the difference
13979 unless you switch to another language mode or replace @code{a} with an
13980 actual vector (or unless @code{a} happens to be the name of a built-in
13981 function!).
13982
13983 Underscores are allowed in variable and function names in all of these
13984 language modes. The underscore here is equivalent to the @samp{#} in
13985 Normal mode, or to hyphens in the underlying Emacs Lisp variable names.
13986
13987 FORTRAN and Pascal modes normally do not adjust the case of letters in
13988 formulas. Most built-in Calc names use lower-case letters. If you use a
13989 positive numeric prefix argument with @kbd{d P} or @kbd{d F}, these
13990 modes will use upper-case letters exclusively for display, and will
13991 convert to lower-case on input. With a negative prefix, these modes
13992 convert to lower-case for display and input.
13993
13994 @node TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Eqn Language Mode, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes
13995 @subsection @TeX{} and La@TeX{} Language Modes
13996
13997 @noindent
13998 @kindex d T
13999 @pindex calc-tex-language
14000 @cindex TeX language
14001 @kindex d L
14002 @pindex calc-latex-language
14003 @cindex LaTeX language
14004 The @kbd{d T} (@code{calc-tex-language}) command selects the conventions
14005 of ``math mode'' in Donald Knuth's @TeX{} typesetting language,
14006 and the @kbd{d L} (@code{calc-latex-language}) command selects the
14007 conventions of ``math mode'' in La@TeX{}, a typesetting language that
14008 uses @TeX{} as its formatting engine. Calc's La@TeX{} language mode can
14009 read any formula that the @TeX{} language mode can, although La@TeX{}
14010 mode may display it differently.
14011
14012 Formulas are entered and displayed in the appropriate notation;
14013 @texline @math{\sin(a/b)}
14014 @infoline @expr{sin(a/b)}
14015 will appear as @samp{\sin\left( @{a \over b@} \right)} in @TeX{} mode and
14016 @samp{\sin\left(\frac@{a@}@{b@}\right)} in La@TeX{} mode.
14017 Math formulas are often enclosed by @samp{$ $} signs in @TeX{} and
14018 La@TeX{}; these should be omitted when interfacing with Calc. To Calc,
14019 the @samp{$} sign has the same meaning it always does in algebraic
14020 formulas (a reference to an existing entry on the stack).
14021
14022 Complex numbers are displayed as in @samp{3 + 4i}. Fractions and
14023 quotients are written using @code{\over} in @TeX{} mode (as in
14024 @code{@{a \over b@}}) and @code{\frac} in La@TeX{} mode (as in
14025 @code{\frac@{a@}@{b@}}); binomial coefficients are written with
14026 @code{\choose} in @TeX{} mode (as in @code{@{a \choose b@}}) and
14027 @code{\binom} in La@TeX{} mode (as in @code{\binom@{a@}@{b@}}).
14028 Interval forms are written with @code{\ldots}, and error forms are
14029 written with @code{\pm}. Absolute values are written as in
14030 @samp{|x + 1|}, and the floor and ceiling functions are written with
14031 @code{\lfloor}, @code{\rfloor}, etc. The words @code{\left} and
14032 @code{\right} are ignored when reading formulas in @TeX{} and La@TeX{}
14033 modes. Both @code{inf} and @code{uinf} are written as @code{\infty};
14034 when read, @code{\infty} always translates to @code{inf}.
14035
14036 Function calls are written the usual way, with the function name followed
14037 by the arguments in parentheses. However, functions for which @TeX{}
14038 and La@TeX{} have special names (like @code{\sin}) will use curly braces
14039 instead of parentheses for very simple arguments. During input, curly
14040 braces and parentheses work equally well for grouping, but when the
14041 document is formatted the curly braces will be invisible. Thus the
14042 printed result is
14043 @texline @math{\sin{2 x}}
14044 @infoline @expr{sin 2x}
14045 but
14046 @texline @math{\sin(2 + x)}.
14047 @infoline @expr{sin(2 + x)}.
14048
14049 Function and variable names not treated specially by @TeX{} and La@TeX{}
14050 are simply written out as-is, which will cause them to come out in
14051 italic letters in the printed document. If you invoke @kbd{d T} or
14052 @kbd{d L} with a positive numeric prefix argument, names of more than
14053 one character will instead be enclosed in a protective commands that
14054 will prevent them from being typeset in the math italics; they will be
14055 written @samp{\hbox@{@var{name}@}} in @TeX{} mode and
14056 @samp{\text@{@var{name}@}} in La@TeX{} mode. The
14057 @samp{\hbox@{ @}} and @samp{\text@{ @}} notations are ignored during
14058 reading. If you use a negative prefix argument, such function names are
14059 written @samp{\@var{name}}, and function names that begin with @code{\} during
14060 reading have the @code{\} removed. (Note that in this mode, long
14061 variable names are still written with @code{\hbox} or @code{\text}.
14062 However, you can always make an actual variable name like @code{\bar} in
14063 any @TeX{} mode.)
14064
14065 During reading, text of the form @samp{\matrix@{ ...@: @}} is replaced
14066 by @samp{[ ...@: ]}. The same also applies to @code{\pmatrix} and
14067 @code{\bmatrix}. In La@TeX{} mode this also applies to
14068 @samp{\begin@{matrix@} ... \end@{matrix@}},
14069 @samp{\begin@{bmatrix@} ... \end@{bmatrix@}},
14070 @samp{\begin@{pmatrix@} ... \end@{pmatrix@}}, as well as
14071 @samp{\begin@{smallmatrix@} ... \end@{smallmatrix@}}.
14072 The symbol @samp{&} is interpreted as a comma,
14073 and the symbols @samp{\cr} and @samp{\\} are interpreted as semicolons.
14074 During output, matrices are displayed in @samp{\matrix@{ a & b \\ c & d@}}
14075 format in @TeX{} mode and in
14076 @samp{\begin@{pmatrix@} a & b \\ c & d \end@{pmatrix@}} format in
14077 La@TeX{} mode; you may need to edit this afterwards to change to your
14078 preferred matrix form. If you invoke @kbd{d T} or @kbd{d L} with an
14079 argument of 2 or -2, then matrices will be displayed in two-dimensional
14080 form, such as
14081
14082 @example
14083 \begin@{pmatrix@}
14084 a & b \\
14085 c & d
14086 \end@{pmatrix@}
14087 @end example
14088
14089 @noindent
14090 This may be convenient for isolated matrices, but could lead to
14091 expressions being displayed like
14092
14093 @example
14094 \begin@{pmatrix@} \times x
14095 a & b \\
14096 c & d
14097 \end@{pmatrix@}
14098 @end example
14099
14100 @noindent
14101 While this wouldn't bother Calc, it is incorrect La@TeX{}.
14102 (Similarly for @TeX{}.)
14103
14104 Accents like @code{\tilde} and @code{\bar} translate into function
14105 calls internally (@samp{tilde(x)}, @samp{bar(x)}). The @code{\underline}
14106 sequence is treated as an accent. The @code{\vec} accent corresponds
14107 to the function name @code{Vec}, because @code{vec} is the name of
14108 a built-in Calc function. The following table shows the accents
14109 in Calc, @TeX{}, La@TeX{} and @dfn{eqn} (described in the next section):
14110
14111 @ignore
14112 @iftex
14113 @begingroup
14114 @let@calcindexershow=@calcindexernoshow @c Suppress marginal notes
14115 @let@calcindexersh=@calcindexernoshow
14116 @end iftex
14117 @starindex
14118 @end ignore
14119 @tindex acute
14120 @ignore
14121 @starindex
14122 @end ignore
14123 @tindex Acute
14124 @ignore
14125 @starindex
14126 @end ignore
14127 @tindex bar
14128 @ignore
14129 @starindex
14130 @end ignore
14131 @tindex Bar
14132 @ignore
14133 @starindex
14134 @end ignore
14135 @tindex breve
14136 @ignore
14137 @starindex
14138 @end ignore
14139 @tindex Breve
14140 @ignore
14141 @starindex
14142 @end ignore
14143 @tindex check
14144 @ignore
14145 @starindex
14146 @end ignore
14147 @tindex Check
14148 @ignore
14149 @starindex
14150 @end ignore
14151 @tindex dddot
14152 @ignore
14153 @starindex
14154 @end ignore
14155 @tindex ddddot
14156 @ignore
14157 @starindex
14158 @end ignore
14159 @tindex dot
14160 @ignore
14161 @starindex
14162 @end ignore
14163 @tindex Dot
14164 @ignore
14165 @starindex
14166 @end ignore
14167 @tindex dotdot
14168 @ignore
14169 @starindex
14170 @end ignore
14171 @tindex DotDot
14172 @ignore
14173 @starindex
14174 @end ignore
14175 @tindex dyad
14176 @ignore
14177 @starindex
14178 @end ignore
14179 @tindex grave
14180 @ignore
14181 @starindex
14182 @end ignore
14183 @tindex Grave
14184 @ignore
14185 @starindex
14186 @end ignore
14187 @tindex hat
14188 @ignore
14189 @starindex
14190 @end ignore
14191 @tindex Hat
14192 @ignore
14193 @starindex
14194 @end ignore
14195 @tindex Prime
14196 @ignore
14197 @starindex
14198 @end ignore
14199 @tindex tilde
14200 @ignore
14201 @starindex
14202 @end ignore
14203 @tindex Tilde
14204 @ignore
14205 @starindex
14206 @end ignore
14207 @tindex under
14208 @ignore
14209 @starindex
14210 @end ignore
14211 @tindex Vec
14212 @ignore
14213 @starindex
14214 @end ignore
14215 @tindex VEC
14216 @ignore
14217 @iftex
14218 @endgroup
14219 @end iftex
14220 @end ignore
14221 @example
14222 Calc TeX LaTeX eqn
14223 ---- --- ----- ---
14224 acute \acute \acute
14225 Acute \Acute
14226 bar \bar \bar bar
14227 Bar \Bar
14228 breve \breve \breve
14229 Breve \Breve
14230 check \check \check
14231 Check \Check
14232 dddot \dddot
14233 ddddot \ddddot
14234 dot \dot \dot dot
14235 Dot \Dot
14236 dotdot \ddot \ddot dotdot
14237 DotDot \Ddot
14238 dyad dyad
14239 grave \grave \grave
14240 Grave \Grave
14241 hat \hat \hat hat
14242 Hat \Hat
14243 Prime prime
14244 tilde \tilde \tilde tilde
14245 Tilde \Tilde
14246 under \underline \underline under
14247 Vec \vec \vec vec
14248 VEC \Vec
14249 @end example
14250
14251 The @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operator appears as a @code{\to} symbol:
14252 @samp{@{@var{a} \to @var{b}@}}. @TeX{} defines @code{\to} as an
14253 alias for @code{\rightarrow}. However, if the @samp{=>} is the
14254 top-level expression being formatted, a slightly different notation
14255 is used: @samp{\evalto @var{a} \to @var{b}}. The @code{\evalto}
14256 word is ignored by Calc's input routines, and is undefined in @TeX{}.
14257 You will typically want to include one of the following definitions
14258 at the top of a @TeX{} file that uses @code{\evalto}:
14259
14260 @example
14261 \def\evalto@{@}
14262 \def\evalto#1\to@{@}
14263 @end example
14264
14265 The first definition formats evaluates-to operators in the usual
14266 way. The second causes only the @var{b} part to appear in the
14267 printed document; the @var{a} part and the arrow are hidden.
14268 Another definition you may wish to use is @samp{\let\to=\Rightarrow}
14269 which causes @code{\to} to appear more like Calc's @samp{=>} symbol.
14270 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a discussion of @code{evalto}.
14271
14272 The complete set of @TeX{} control sequences that are ignored during
14273 reading is:
14274
14275 @example
14276 \hbox \mbox \text \left \right
14277 \, \> \: \; \! \quad \qquad \hfil \hfill
14278 \displaystyle \textstyle \dsize \tsize
14279 \scriptstyle \scriptscriptstyle \ssize \ssize
14280 \rm \bf \it \sl \roman \bold \italic \slanted
14281 \cal \mit \Cal \Bbb \frak \goth
14282 \evalto
14283 @end example
14284
14285 Note that, because these symbols are ignored, reading a @TeX{} or
14286 La@TeX{} formula into Calc and writing it back out may lose spacing and
14287 font information.
14288
14289 Also, the ``discretionary multiplication sign'' @samp{\*} is read
14290 the same as @samp{*}.
14291
14292 @ifnottex
14293 The @TeX{} version of this manual includes some printed examples at the
14294 end of this section.
14295 @end ifnottex
14296 @iftex
14297 Here are some examples of how various Calc formulas are formatted in @TeX{}:
14298
14299 @example
14300 @group
14301 sin(a^2 / b_i)
14302 \sin\left( {a^2 \over b_i} \right)
14303 @end group
14304 @end example
14305 @tex
14306 $$ \sin\left( a^2 \over b_i \right) $$
14307 @end tex
14308 @sp 1
14309
14310 @example
14311 @group
14312 [(3, 4), 3:4, 3 +/- 4, [3 .. inf)]
14313 [3 + 4i, @{3 \over 4@}, 3 \pm 4, [3 \ldots \infty)]
14314 @end group
14315 @end example
14316 @tex
14317 \turnoffactive
14318 $$ [3 + 4i, {3 \over 4}, 3 \pm 4, [ 3 \ldots \infty)] $$
14319 @end tex
14320 @sp 1
14321
14322 @example
14323 @group
14324 [abs(a), abs(a / b), floor(a), ceil(a / b)]
14325 [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14326 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil]
14327 @end group
14328 @end example
14329 @tex
14330 $$ [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14331 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil] $$
14332 @end tex
14333 @sp 1
14334
14335 @example
14336 @group
14337 [sin(a), sin(2 a), sin(2 + a), sin(a / b)]
14338 [\sin@{a@}, \sin@{2 a@}, \sin(2 + a),
14339 \sin\left( @{a \over b@} \right)]
14340 @end group
14341 @end example
14342 @tex
14343 \turnoffactive
14344 $$ [\sin{a}, \sin{2 a}, \sin(2 + a), \sin\left( {a \over b} \right)] $$
14345 @end tex
14346 @sp 2
14347
14348 First with plain @kbd{d T}, then with @kbd{C-u d T}, then finally with
14349 @kbd{C-u - d T} (using the example definition
14350 @samp{\def\foo#1@{\tilde F(#1)@}}:
14351
14352 @example
14353 @group
14354 [f(a), foo(bar), sin(pi)]
14355 [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}]
14356 [f(a), \hbox@{foo@}(\hbox@{bar@}), \sin@{\pi@}]
14357 [f(a), \foo@{\hbox@{bar@}@}, \sin@{\pi@}]
14358 @end group
14359 @end example
14360 @tex
14361 $$ [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}] $$
14362 $$ [f(a), \hbox{foo}(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14363 $$ [f(a), \tilde F(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14364 @end tex
14365 @sp 2
14366
14367 First with @samp{\def\evalto@{@}}, then with @samp{\def\evalto#1\to@{@}}:
14368
14369 @example
14370 @group
14371 2 + 3 => 5
14372 \evalto 2 + 3 \to 5
14373 @end group
14374 @end example
14375 @tex
14376 \turnoffactive
14377 $$ 2 + 3 \to 5 $$
14378 $$ 5 $$
14379 @end tex
14380 @sp 2
14381
14382 First with standard @code{\to}, then with @samp{\let\to\Rightarrow}:
14383
14384 @example
14385 @group
14386 [2 + 3 => 5, a / 2 => (b + c) / 2]
14387 [@{2 + 3 \to 5@}, @{@{a \over 2@} \to @{b + c \over 2@}@}]
14388 @end group
14389 @end example
14390 @tex
14391 \turnoffactive
14392 $$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$
14393 {\let\to\Rightarrow
14394 $$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$}
14395 @end tex
14396 @sp 2
14397
14398 Matrices normally, then changing @code{\matrix} to @code{\pmatrix}:
14399
14400 @example
14401 @group
14402 [ [ a / b, 0 ], [ 0, 2^(x + 1) ] ]
14403 \matrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14404 \pmatrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14405 @end group
14406 @end example
14407 @tex
14408 \turnoffactive
14409 $$ \matrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14410 $$ \pmatrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14411 @end tex
14412 @sp 2
14413 @end iftex
14414
14415 @node Eqn Language Mode, Yacas Language Mode, TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Language Modes
14416 @subsection Eqn Language Mode
14417
14418 @noindent
14419 @kindex d E
14420 @pindex calc-eqn-language
14421 @dfn{Eqn} is another popular formatter for math formulas. It is
14422 designed for use with the TROFF text formatter, and comes standard
14423 with many versions of Unix. The @kbd{d E} (@code{calc-eqn-language})
14424 command selects @dfn{eqn} notation.
14425
14426 The @dfn{eqn} language's main idiosyncrasy is that whitespace plays
14427 a significant part in the parsing of the language. For example,
14428 @samp{sqrt x+1 + y} treats @samp{x+1} as the argument of the
14429 @code{sqrt} operator. @dfn{Eqn} also understands more conventional
14430 grouping using curly braces: @samp{sqrt@{x+1@} + y}. Braces are
14431 required only when the argument contains spaces.
14432
14433 In Calc's @dfn{eqn} mode, however, curly braces are required to
14434 delimit arguments of operators like @code{sqrt}. The first of the
14435 above examples would treat only the @samp{x} as the argument of
14436 @code{sqrt}, and in fact @samp{sin x+1} would be interpreted as
14437 @samp{sin * x + 1}, because @code{sin} is not a special operator
14438 in the @dfn{eqn} language. If you always surround the argument
14439 with curly braces, Calc will never misunderstand.
14440
14441 Calc also understands parentheses as grouping characters. Another
14442 peculiarity of @dfn{eqn}'s syntax makes it advisable to separate
14443 words with spaces from any surrounding characters that aren't curly
14444 braces, so Calc writes @samp{sin ( x + y )} in @dfn{eqn} mode.
14445 (The spaces around @code{sin} are important to make @dfn{eqn}
14446 recognize that @code{sin} should be typeset in a roman font, and
14447 the spaces around @code{x} and @code{y} are a good idea just in
14448 case the @dfn{eqn} document has defined special meanings for these
14449 names, too.)
14450
14451 Powers and subscripts are written with the @code{sub} and @code{sup}
14452 operators, respectively. Note that the caret symbol @samp{^} is
14453 treated the same as a space in @dfn{eqn} mode, as is the @samp{~}
14454 symbol (these are used to introduce spaces of various widths into
14455 the typeset output of @dfn{eqn}).
14456
14457 As in La@TeX{} mode, Calc's formatter omits parentheses around the
14458 arguments of functions like @code{ln} and @code{sin} if they are
14459 ``simple-looking''; in this case Calc surrounds the argument with
14460 braces, separated by a @samp{~} from the function name: @samp{sin~@{x@}}.
14461
14462 Font change codes (like @samp{roman @var{x}}) and positioning codes
14463 (like @samp{~} and @samp{down @var{n} @var{x}}) are ignored by the
14464 @dfn{eqn} reader. Also ignored are the words @code{left}, @code{right},
14465 @code{mark}, and @code{lineup}. Quotation marks in @dfn{eqn} mode input
14466 are treated the same as curly braces: @samp{sqrt "1+x"} is equivalent to
14467 @samp{sqrt @{1+x@}}; this is only an approximation to the true meaning
14468 of quotes in @dfn{eqn}, but it is good enough for most uses.
14469
14470 Accent codes (@samp{@var{x} dot}) are handled by treating them as
14471 function calls (@samp{dot(@var{x})}) internally.
14472 @xref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for a table of these accent
14473 functions. The @code{prime} accent is treated specially if it occurs on
14474 a variable or function name: @samp{f prime prime @w{( x prime )}} is
14475 stored internally as @samp{f'@w{'}(x')}. For example, taking the
14476 derivative of @samp{f(2 x)} with @kbd{a d x} will produce @samp{2 f'(2
14477 x)}, which @dfn{eqn} mode will display as @samp{2 f prime ( 2 x )}.
14478
14479 Assignments are written with the @samp{<-} (left-arrow) symbol,
14480 and @code{evalto} operators are written with @samp{->} or
14481 @samp{evalto ... ->} (@pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for a discussion
14482 of this). The regular Calc symbols @samp{:=} and @samp{=>} are also
14483 recognized for these operators during reading.
14484
14485 Vectors in @dfn{eqn} mode use regular Calc square brackets, but
14486 matrices are formatted as @samp{matrix @{ ccol @{ a above b @} ... @}}.
14487 The words @code{lcol} and @code{rcol} are recognized as synonyms
14488 for @code{ccol} during input, and are generated instead of @code{ccol}
14489 if the matrix justification mode so specifies.
14490
14491 @node Yacas Language Mode, Maxima Language Mode, Eqn Language Mode, Language Modes
14492 @subsection Yacas Language Mode
14493
14494 @noindent
14495 @kindex d Y
14496 @pindex calc-yacas-language
14497 @cindex Yacas language
14498 The @kbd{d Y} (@code{calc-yacas-language}) command selects the
14499 conventions of Yacas, a free computer algebra system. While the
14500 operators and functions in Yacas are similar to those of Calc, the names
14501 of built-in functions in Yacas are capitalized. The Calc formula
14502 @samp{sin(2 x)}, for example, is entered and displayed @samp{Sin(2 x)}
14503 in Yacas mode, and `@samp{arcsin(x^2)} is @samp{ArcSin(x^2)} in Yacas
14504 mode. Complex numbers are written are written @samp{3 + 4 I}.
14505 The standard special constants are written @code{Pi}, @code{E},
14506 @code{I}, @code{GoldenRatio} and @code{Gamma}. @code{Infinity}
14507 represents both @code{inf} and @code{uinf}, and @code{Undefined}
14508 represents @code{nan}.
14509
14510 Certain operators on functions, such as @code{D} for differentiation
14511 and @code{Integrate} for integration, take a prefix form in Yacas. For
14512 example, the derivative of @w{@samp{e^x sin(x)}} can be computed with
14513 @w{@samp{D(x) Exp(x)*Sin(x)}}.
14514
14515 Other notable differences between Yacas and standard Calc expressions
14516 are that vectors and matrices use curly braces in Yacas, and subscripts
14517 use square brackets. If, for example, @samp{A} represents the list
14518 @samp{@{a,2,c,4@}}, then @samp{A[3]} would equal @samp{c}.
14519
14520
14521 @node Maxima Language Mode, Giac Language Mode, Yacas Language Mode, Language Modes
14522 @subsection Maxima Language Mode
14523
14524 @noindent
14525 @kindex d X
14526 @pindex calc-maxima-language
14527 @cindex Maxima language
14528 The @kbd{d X} (@code{calc-maxima-language}) command selects the
14529 conventions of Maxima, another free computer algebra system. The
14530 function names in Maxima are similar, but not always identical, to Calc.
14531 For example, instead of @samp{arcsin(x)}, Maxima will use
14532 @samp{asin(x)}. Complex numbers are written @samp{3 + 4 %i}. The
14533 standard special constants are written @code{%pi}, @code{%e},
14534 @code{%i}, @code{%phi} and @code{%gamma}. In Maxima, @code{inf} means
14535 the same as in Calc, but @code{infinity} represents Calc's @code{uinf}.
14536
14537 Underscores as well as percent signs are allowed in function and
14538 variable names in Maxima mode. The underscore again is equivalent to
14539 the @samp{#} in Normal mode, and the percent sign is equivalent to
14540 @samp{o'o}.
14541
14542 Maxima uses square brackets for lists and vectors, and matrices are
14543 written as calls to the function @code{matrix}, given the row vectors of
14544 the matrix as arguments. Square brackets are also used as subscripts.
14545
14546 @node Giac Language Mode, Mathematica Language Mode, Maxima Language Mode, Language Modes
14547 @subsection Giac Language Mode
14548
14549 @noindent
14550 @kindex d A
14551 @pindex calc-giac-language
14552 @cindex Giac language
14553 The @kbd{d A} (@code{calc-giac-language}) command selects the
14554 conventions of Giac, another free computer algebra system. The function
14555 names in Giac are similar to Maxima. Complex numbers are written
14556 @samp{3 + 4 i}. The standard special constants in Giac are the same as
14557 in Calc, except that @code{infinity} represents both Calc's @code{inf}
14558 and @code{uinf}.
14559
14560 Underscores are allowed in function and variable names in Giac mode.
14561 Brackets are used for subscripts. In Giac, indexing of lists begins at
14562 0, instead of 1 as in Calc. So if @samp{A} represents the list
14563 @samp{[a,2,c,4]}, then @samp{A[2]} would equal @samp{c}. In general,
14564 @samp{A[n]} in Giac mode corresponds to @samp{A_(n+1)} in Normal mode.
14565
14566 The Giac interval notation @samp{2 .. 3} has no surrounding brackets;
14567 Calc reads @samp{2 .. 3} as the closed interval @samp{[2 .. 3]} and
14568 writes any kind of interval as @samp{2 .. 3}. This means you cannot see
14569 the difference between an open and a closed interval while in Giac mode.
14570
14571 @node Mathematica Language Mode, Maple Language Mode, Giac Language Mode, Language Modes
14572 @subsection Mathematica Language Mode
14573
14574 @noindent
14575 @kindex d M
14576 @pindex calc-mathematica-language
14577 @cindex Mathematica language
14578 The @kbd{d M} (@code{calc-mathematica-language}) command selects the
14579 conventions of Mathematica. Notable differences in Mathematica mode
14580 are that the names of built-in functions are capitalized, and function
14581 calls use square brackets instead of parentheses. Thus the Calc
14582 formula @samp{sin(2 x)} is entered and displayed @w{@samp{Sin[2 x]}} in
14583 Mathematica mode.
14584
14585 Vectors and matrices use curly braces in Mathematica. Complex numbers
14586 are written @samp{3 + 4 I}. The standard special constants in Calc are
14587 written @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, @code{GoldenRatio}, @code{EulerGamma},
14588 @code{Infinity}, @code{ComplexInfinity}, and @code{Indeterminate} in
14589 Mathematica mode.
14590 Non-decimal numbers are written, e.g., @samp{16^^7fff}. Floating-point
14591 numbers in scientific notation are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14592 Subscripts use double square brackets: @samp{a[[i]]}.
14593
14594 @node Maple Language Mode, Compositions, Mathematica Language Mode, Language Modes
14595 @subsection Maple Language Mode
14596
14597 @noindent
14598 @kindex d W
14599 @pindex calc-maple-language
14600 @cindex Maple language
14601 The @kbd{d W} (@code{calc-maple-language}) command selects the
14602 conventions of Maple.
14603
14604 Maple's language is much like C. Underscores are allowed in symbol
14605 names; square brackets are used for subscripts; explicit @samp{*}s for
14606 multiplications are required. Use either @samp{^} or @samp{**} to
14607 denote powers.
14608
14609 Maple uses square brackets for lists and curly braces for sets. Calc
14610 interprets both notations as vectors, and displays vectors with square
14611 brackets. This means Maple sets will be converted to lists when they
14612 pass through Calc. As a special case, matrices are written as calls
14613 to the function @code{matrix}, given a list of lists as the argument,
14614 and can be read in this form or with all-capitals @code{MATRIX}.
14615
14616 The Maple interval notation @samp{2 .. 3} is like Giac's interval
14617 notation, and is handled the same by Calc.
14618
14619 Maple writes complex numbers as @samp{3 + 4*I}. Its special constants
14620 are @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, and @code{infinity} (all three of
14621 @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} display as @code{infinity}).
14622 Floating-point numbers are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14623
14624 Among things not currently handled by Calc's Maple mode are the
14625 various quote symbols, procedures and functional operators, and
14626 inert (@samp{&}) operators.
14627
14628 @node Compositions, Syntax Tables, Maple Language Mode, Language Modes
14629 @subsection Compositions
14630
14631 @noindent
14632 @cindex Compositions
14633 There are several @dfn{composition functions} which allow you to get
14634 displays in a variety of formats similar to those in Big language
14635 mode. Most of these functions do not evaluate to anything; they are
14636 placeholders which are left in symbolic form by Calc's evaluator but
14637 are recognized by Calc's display formatting routines.
14638
14639 Two of these, @code{string} and @code{bstring}, are described elsewhere.
14640 @xref{Strings}. For example, @samp{string("ABC")} is displayed as
14641 @samp{ABC}. When viewed on the stack it will be indistinguishable from
14642 the variable @code{ABC}, but internally it will be stored as
14643 @samp{string([65, 66, 67])} and can still be manipulated this way; for
14644 example, the selection and vector commands @kbd{j 1 v v j u} would
14645 select the vector portion of this object and reverse the elements, then
14646 deselect to reveal a string whose characters had been reversed.
14647
14648 The composition functions do the same thing in all language modes
14649 (although their components will of course be formatted in the current
14650 language mode). The one exception is Unformatted mode (@kbd{d U}),
14651 which does not give the composition functions any special treatment.
14652 The functions are discussed here because of their relationship to
14653 the language modes.
14654
14655 @menu
14656 * Composition Basics::
14657 * Horizontal Compositions::
14658 * Vertical Compositions::
14659 * Other Compositions::
14660 * Information about Compositions::
14661 * User-Defined Compositions::
14662 @end menu
14663
14664 @node Composition Basics, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions, Compositions
14665 @subsubsection Composition Basics
14666
14667 @noindent
14668 Compositions are generally formed by stacking formulas together
14669 horizontally or vertically in various ways. Those formulas are
14670 themselves compositions. @TeX{} users will find this analogous
14671 to @TeX{}'s ``boxes.'' Each multi-line composition has a
14672 @dfn{baseline}; horizontal compositions use the baselines to
14673 decide how formulas should be positioned relative to one another.
14674 For example, in the Big mode formula
14675
14676 @example
14677 @group
14678 2
14679 a + b
14680 17 + ------
14681 c
14682 @end group
14683 @end example
14684
14685 @noindent
14686 the second term of the sum is four lines tall and has line three as
14687 its baseline. Thus when the term is combined with 17, line three
14688 is placed on the same level as the baseline of 17.
14689
14690 @tex
14691 \bigskip
14692 @end tex
14693
14694 Another important composition concept is @dfn{precedence}. This is
14695 an integer that represents the binding strength of various operators.
14696 For example, @samp{*} has higher precedence (195) than @samp{+} (180),
14697 which means that @samp{(a * b) + c} will be formatted without the
14698 parentheses, but @samp{a * (b + c)} will keep the parentheses.
14699
14700 The operator table used by normal and Big language modes has the
14701 following precedences:
14702
14703 @example
14704 _ 1200 @r{(subscripts)}
14705 % 1100 @r{(as in n}%@r{)}
14706 ! 1000 @r{(as in }!@r{n)}
14707 mod 400
14708 +/- 300
14709 !! 210 @r{(as in n}!!@r{)}
14710 ! 210 @r{(as in n}!@r{)}
14711 ^ 200
14712 - 197 @r{(as in }-@r{n)}
14713 * 195 @r{(or implicit multiplication)}
14714 / % \ 190
14715 + - 180 @r{(as in a}+@r{b)}
14716 | 170
14717 < = 160 @r{(and other relations)}
14718 && 110
14719 || 100
14720 ? : 90
14721 !!! 85
14722 &&& 80
14723 ||| 75
14724 := 50
14725 :: 45
14726 => 40
14727 @end example
14728
14729 The general rule is that if an operator with precedence @expr{n}
14730 occurs as an argument to an operator with precedence @expr{m}, then
14731 the argument is enclosed in parentheses if @expr{n < m}. Top-level
14732 expressions and expressions which are function arguments, vector
14733 components, etc., are formatted with precedence zero (so that they
14734 normally never get additional parentheses).
14735
14736 For binary left-associative operators like @samp{+}, the righthand
14737 argument is actually formatted with one-higher precedence than shown
14738 in the table. This makes sure @samp{(a + b) + c} omits the parentheses,
14739 but the unnatural form @samp{a + (b + c)} keeps its parentheses.
14740 Right-associative operators like @samp{^} format the lefthand argument
14741 with one-higher precedence.
14742
14743 @ignore
14744 @starindex
14745 @end ignore
14746 @tindex cprec
14747 The @code{cprec} function formats an expression with an arbitrary
14748 precedence. For example, @samp{cprec(abc, 185)} will combine into
14749 sums and products as follows: @samp{7 + abc}, @samp{7 (abc)} (because
14750 this @code{cprec} form has higher precedence than addition, but lower
14751 precedence than multiplication).
14752
14753 @tex
14754 \bigskip
14755 @end tex
14756
14757 A final composition issue is @dfn{line breaking}. Calc uses two
14758 different strategies for ``flat'' and ``non-flat'' compositions.
14759 A non-flat composition is anything that appears on multiple lines
14760 (not counting line breaking). Examples would be matrices and Big
14761 mode powers and quotients. Non-flat compositions are displayed
14762 exactly as specified. If they come out wider than the current
14763 window, you must use horizontal scrolling (@kbd{<} and @kbd{>}) to
14764 view them.
14765
14766 Flat compositions, on the other hand, will be broken across several
14767 lines if they are too wide to fit the window. Certain points in a
14768 composition are noted internally as @dfn{break points}. Calc's
14769 general strategy is to fill each line as much as possible, then to
14770 move down to the next line starting at the first break point that
14771 didn't fit. However, the line breaker understands the hierarchical
14772 structure of formulas. It will not break an ``inner'' formula if
14773 it can use an earlier break point from an ``outer'' formula instead.
14774 For example, a vector of sums might be formatted as:
14775
14776 @example
14777 @group
14778 [ a + b + c, d + e + f,
14779 g + h + i, j + k + l, m ]
14780 @end group
14781 @end example
14782
14783 @noindent
14784 If the @samp{m} can fit, then so, it seems, could the @samp{g}.
14785 But Calc prefers to break at the comma since the comma is part
14786 of a ``more outer'' formula. Calc would break at a plus sign
14787 only if it had to, say, if the very first sum in the vector had
14788 itself been too large to fit.
14789
14790 Of the composition functions described below, only @code{choriz}
14791 generates break points. The @code{bstring} function (@pxref{Strings})
14792 also generates breakable items: A break point is added after every
14793 space (or group of spaces) except for spaces at the very beginning or
14794 end of the string.
14795
14796 Composition functions themselves count as levels in the formula
14797 hierarchy, so a @code{choriz} that is a component of a larger
14798 @code{choriz} will be less likely to be broken. As a special case,
14799 if a @code{bstring} occurs as a component of a @code{choriz} or
14800 @code{choriz}-like object (such as a vector or a list of arguments
14801 in a function call), then the break points in that @code{bstring}
14802 will be on the same level as the break points of the surrounding
14803 object.
14804
14805 @node Horizontal Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Composition Basics, Compositions
14806 @subsubsection Horizontal Compositions
14807
14808 @noindent
14809 @ignore
14810 @starindex
14811 @end ignore
14812 @tindex choriz
14813 The @code{choriz} function takes a vector of objects and composes
14814 them horizontally. For example, @samp{choriz([17, a b/c, d])} formats
14815 as @w{@samp{17a b / cd}} in Normal language mode, or as
14816
14817 @example
14818 @group
14819 a b
14820 17---d
14821 c
14822 @end group
14823 @end example
14824
14825 @noindent
14826 in Big language mode. This is actually one case of the general
14827 function @samp{choriz(@var{vec}, @var{sep}, @var{prec})}, where
14828 either or both of @var{sep} and @var{prec} may be omitted.
14829 @var{Prec} gives the @dfn{precedence} to use when formatting
14830 each of the components of @var{vec}. The default precedence is
14831 the precedence from the surrounding environment.
14832
14833 @var{Sep} is a string (i.e., a vector of character codes as might
14834 be entered with @code{" "} notation) which should separate components
14835 of the composition. Also, if @var{sep} is given, the line breaker
14836 will allow lines to be broken after each occurrence of @var{sep}.
14837 If @var{sep} is omitted, the composition will not be breakable
14838 (unless any of its component compositions are breakable).
14839
14840 For example, @samp{2 choriz([a, b c, d = e], " + ", 180)} is
14841 formatted as @samp{2 a + b c + (d = e)}. To get the @code{choriz}
14842 to have precedence 180 ``outwards'' as well as ``inwards,''
14843 enclose it in a @code{cprec} form: @samp{2 cprec(choriz(...), 180)}
14844 formats as @samp{2 (a + b c + (d = e))}.
14845
14846 The baseline of a horizontal composition is the same as the
14847 baselines of the component compositions, which are all aligned.
14848
14849 @node Vertical Compositions, Other Compositions, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions
14850 @subsubsection Vertical Compositions
14851
14852 @noindent
14853 @ignore
14854 @starindex
14855 @end ignore
14856 @tindex cvert
14857 The @code{cvert} function makes a vertical composition. Each
14858 component of the vector is centered in a column. The baseline of
14859 the result is by default the top line of the resulting composition.
14860 For example, @samp{f(cvert([a, bb, ccc]), cvert([a^2 + 1, b^2]))}
14861 formats in Big mode as
14862
14863 @example
14864 @group
14865 f( a , 2 )
14866 bb a + 1
14867 ccc 2
14868 b
14869 @end group
14870 @end example
14871
14872 @ignore
14873 @starindex
14874 @end ignore
14875 @tindex cbase
14876 There are several special composition functions that work only as
14877 components of a vertical composition. The @code{cbase} function
14878 controls the baseline of the vertical composition; the baseline
14879 will be the same as the baseline of whatever component is enclosed
14880 in @code{cbase}. Thus @samp{f(cvert([a, cbase(bb), ccc]),
14881 cvert([a^2 + 1, cbase(b^2)]))} displays as
14882
14883 @example
14884 @group
14885 2
14886 a + 1
14887 a 2
14888 f(bb , b )
14889 ccc
14890 @end group
14891 @end example
14892
14893 @ignore
14894 @starindex
14895 @end ignore
14896 @tindex ctbase
14897 @ignore
14898 @starindex
14899 @end ignore
14900 @tindex cbbase
14901 There are also @code{ctbase} and @code{cbbase} functions which
14902 make the baseline of the vertical composition equal to the top
14903 or bottom line (rather than the baseline) of that component.
14904 Thus @samp{cvert([cbase(a / b)]) + cvert([ctbase(a / b)]) +
14905 cvert([cbbase(a / b)])} gives
14906
14907 @example
14908 @group
14909 a
14910 a -
14911 - + a + b
14912 b -
14913 b
14914 @end group
14915 @end example
14916
14917 There should be only one @code{cbase}, @code{ctbase}, or @code{cbbase}
14918 function in a given vertical composition. These functions can also
14919 be written with no arguments: @samp{ctbase()} is a zero-height object
14920 which means the baseline is the top line of the following item, and
14921 @samp{cbbase()} means the baseline is the bottom line of the preceding
14922 item.
14923
14924 @ignore
14925 @starindex
14926 @end ignore
14927 @tindex crule
14928 The @code{crule} function builds a ``rule,'' or horizontal line,
14929 across a vertical composition. By itself @samp{crule()} uses @samp{-}
14930 characters to build the rule. You can specify any other character,
14931 e.g., @samp{crule("=")}. The argument must be a character code or
14932 vector of exactly one character code. It is repeated to match the
14933 width of the widest item in the stack. For example, a quotient
14934 with a thick line is @samp{cvert([a + 1, cbase(crule("=")), b^2])}:
14935
14936 @example
14937 @group
14938 a + 1
14939 =====
14940 2
14941 b
14942 @end group
14943 @end example
14944
14945 @ignore
14946 @starindex
14947 @end ignore
14948 @tindex clvert
14949 @ignore
14950 @starindex
14951 @end ignore
14952 @tindex crvert
14953 Finally, the functions @code{clvert} and @code{crvert} act exactly
14954 like @code{cvert} except that the items are left- or right-justified
14955 in the stack. Thus @samp{clvert([a, bb, ccc]) + crvert([a, bb, ccc])}
14956 gives:
14957
14958 @example
14959 @group
14960 a + a
14961 bb bb
14962 ccc ccc
14963 @end group
14964 @end example
14965
14966 Like @code{choriz}, the vertical compositions accept a second argument
14967 which gives the precedence to use when formatting the components.
14968 Vertical compositions do not support separator strings.
14969
14970 @node Other Compositions, Information about Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Compositions
14971 @subsubsection Other Compositions
14972
14973 @noindent
14974 @ignore
14975 @starindex
14976 @end ignore
14977 @tindex csup
14978 The @code{csup} function builds a superscripted expression. For
14979 example, @samp{csup(a, b)} looks the same as @samp{a^b} does in Big
14980 language mode. This is essentially a horizontal composition of
14981 @samp{a} and @samp{b}, where @samp{b} is shifted up so that its
14982 bottom line is one above the baseline.
14983
14984 @ignore
14985 @starindex
14986 @end ignore
14987 @tindex csub
14988 Likewise, the @code{csub} function builds a subscripted expression.
14989 This shifts @samp{b} down so that its top line is one below the
14990 bottom line of @samp{a} (note that this is not quite analogous to
14991 @code{csup}). Other arrangements can be obtained by using
14992 @code{choriz} and @code{cvert} directly.
14993
14994 @ignore
14995 @starindex
14996 @end ignore
14997 @tindex cflat
14998 The @code{cflat} function formats its argument in ``flat'' mode,
14999 as obtained by @samp{d O}, if the current language mode is normal
15000 or Big. It has no effect in other language modes. For example,
15001 @samp{a^(b/c)} is formatted by Big mode like @samp{csup(a, cflat(b/c))}
15002 to improve its readability.
15003
15004 @ignore
15005 @starindex
15006 @end ignore
15007 @tindex cspace
15008 The @code{cspace} function creates horizontal space. For example,
15009 @samp{cspace(4)} is effectively the same as @samp{string(" ")}.
15010 A second string (i.e., vector of characters) argument is repeated
15011 instead of the space character. For example, @samp{cspace(4, "ab")}
15012 looks like @samp{abababab}. If the second argument is not a string,
15013 it is formatted in the normal way and then several copies of that
15014 are composed together: @samp{cspace(4, a^2)} yields
15015
15016 @example
15017 @group
15018 2 2 2 2
15019 a a a a
15020 @end group
15021 @end example
15022
15023 @noindent
15024 If the number argument is zero, this is a zero-width object.
15025
15026 @ignore
15027 @starindex
15028 @end ignore
15029 @tindex cvspace
15030 The @code{cvspace} function creates vertical space, or a vertical
15031 stack of copies of a certain string or formatted object. The
15032 baseline is the center line of the resulting stack. A numerical
15033 argument of zero will produce an object which contributes zero
15034 height if used in a vertical composition.
15035
15036 @ignore
15037 @starindex
15038 @end ignore
15039 @tindex ctspace
15040 @ignore
15041 @starindex
15042 @end ignore
15043 @tindex cbspace
15044 There are also @code{ctspace} and @code{cbspace} functions which
15045 create vertical space with the baseline the same as the baseline
15046 of the top or bottom copy, respectively, of the second argument.
15047 Thus @samp{cvspace(2, a/b) + ctspace(2, a/b) + cbspace(2, a/b)}
15048 displays as:
15049
15050 @example
15051 @group
15052 a
15053 -
15054 a b
15055 - a a
15056 b + - + -
15057 a b b
15058 - a
15059 b -
15060 b
15061 @end group
15062 @end example
15063
15064 @node Information about Compositions, User-Defined Compositions, Other Compositions, Compositions
15065 @subsubsection Information about Compositions
15066
15067 @noindent
15068 The functions in this section are actual functions; they compose their
15069 arguments according to the current language and other display modes,
15070 then return a certain measurement of the composition as an integer.
15071
15072 @ignore
15073 @starindex
15074 @end ignore
15075 @tindex cwidth
15076 The @code{cwidth} function measures the width, in characters, of a
15077 composition. For example, @samp{cwidth(a + b)} is 5, and
15078 @samp{cwidth(a / b)} is 5 in Normal mode, 1 in Big mode, and 11 in
15079 @TeX{} mode (for @samp{@{a \over b@}}). The argument may involve
15080 the composition functions described in this section.
15081
15082 @ignore
15083 @starindex
15084 @end ignore
15085 @tindex cheight
15086 The @code{cheight} function measures the height of a composition.
15087 This is the total number of lines in the argument's printed form.
15088
15089 @ignore
15090 @starindex
15091 @end ignore
15092 @tindex cascent
15093 @ignore
15094 @starindex
15095 @end ignore
15096 @tindex cdescent
15097 The functions @code{cascent} and @code{cdescent} measure the amount
15098 of the height that is above (and including) the baseline, or below
15099 the baseline, respectively. Thus @samp{cascent(@var{x}) + cdescent(@var{x})}
15100 always equals @samp{cheight(@var{x})}. For a one-line formula like
15101 @samp{a + b}, @code{cascent} returns 1 and @code{cdescent} returns 0.
15102 For @samp{a / b} in Big mode, @code{cascent} returns 2 and @code{cdescent}
15103 returns 1. The only formula for which @code{cascent} will return zero
15104 is @samp{cvspace(0)} or equivalents.
15105
15106 @node User-Defined Compositions, , Information about Compositions, Compositions
15107 @subsubsection User-Defined Compositions
15108
15109 @noindent
15110 @kindex Z C
15111 @pindex calc-user-define-composition
15112 The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command lets you
15113 define the display format for any algebraic function. You provide a
15114 formula containing a certain number of argument variables on the stack.
15115 Any time Calc formats a call to the specified function in the current
15116 language mode and with that number of arguments, Calc effectively
15117 replaces the function call with that formula with the arguments
15118 replaced.
15119
15120 Calc builds the default argument list by sorting all the variable names
15121 that appear in the formula into alphabetical order. You can edit this
15122 argument list before pressing @key{RET} if you wish. Any variables in
15123 the formula that do not appear in the argument list will be displayed
15124 literally; any arguments that do not appear in the formula will not
15125 affect the display at all.
15126
15127 You can define formats for built-in functions, for functions you have
15128 defined with @kbd{Z F} (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}), or for functions
15129 which have no definitions but are being used as purely syntactic objects.
15130 You can define different formats for each language mode, and for each
15131 number of arguments, using a succession of @kbd{Z C} commands. When
15132 Calc formats a function call, it first searches for a format defined
15133 for the current language mode (and number of arguments); if there is
15134 none, it uses the format defined for the Normal language mode. If
15135 neither format exists, Calc uses its built-in standard format for that
15136 function (usually just @samp{@var{func}(@var{args})}).
15137
15138 If you execute @kbd{Z C} with the number 0 on the stack instead of a
15139 formula, any defined formats for the function in the current language
15140 mode will be removed. The function will revert to its standard format.
15141
15142 For example, the default format for the binomial coefficient function
15143 @samp{choose(n, m)} in the Big language mode is
15144
15145 @example
15146 @group
15147 n
15148 ( )
15149 m
15150 @end group
15151 @end example
15152
15153 @noindent
15154 You might prefer the notation,
15155
15156 @example
15157 @group
15158 C
15159 n m
15160 @end group
15161 @end example
15162
15163 @noindent
15164 To define this notation, first make sure you are in Big mode,
15165 then put the formula
15166
15167 @smallexample
15168 choriz([cvert([cvspace(1), n]), C, cvert([cvspace(1), m])])
15169 @end smallexample
15170
15171 @noindent
15172 on the stack and type @kbd{Z C}. Answer the first prompt with
15173 @code{choose}. The second prompt will be the default argument list
15174 of @samp{(C m n)}. Edit this list to be @samp{(n m)} and press
15175 @key{RET}. Now, try it out: For example, turn simplification
15176 off with @kbd{m O} and enter @samp{choose(a,b) + choose(7,3)}
15177 as an algebraic entry.
15178
15179 @example
15180 @group
15181 C + C
15182 a b 7 3
15183 @end group
15184 @end example
15185
15186 As another example, let's define the usual notation for Stirling
15187 numbers of the first kind, @samp{stir1(n, m)}. This is just like
15188 the regular format for binomial coefficients but with square brackets
15189 instead of parentheses.
15190
15191 @smallexample
15192 choriz([string("["), cvert([n, cbase(cvspace(1)), m]), string("]")])
15193 @end smallexample
15194
15195 Now type @kbd{Z C stir1 @key{RET}}, edit the argument list to
15196 @samp{(n m)}, and type @key{RET}.
15197
15198 The formula provided to @kbd{Z C} usually will involve composition
15199 functions, but it doesn't have to. Putting the formula @samp{a + b + c}
15200 onto the stack and typing @kbd{Z C foo @key{RET} @key{RET}} would define
15201 the function @samp{foo(x,y,z)} to display like @samp{x + y + z}.
15202 This ``sum'' will act exactly like a real sum for all formatting
15203 purposes (it will be parenthesized the same, and so on). However
15204 it will be computationally unrelated to a sum. For example, the
15205 formula @samp{2 * foo(1, 2, 3)} will display as @samp{2 (1 + 2 + 3)}.
15206 Operator precedences have caused the ``sum'' to be written in
15207 parentheses, but the arguments have not actually been summed.
15208 (Generally a display format like this would be undesirable, since
15209 it can easily be confused with a real sum.)
15210
15211 The special function @code{eval} can be used inside a @kbd{Z C}
15212 composition formula to cause all or part of the formula to be
15213 evaluated at display time. For example, if the formula is
15214 @samp{a + eval(b + c)}, then @samp{foo(1, 2, 3)} will be displayed
15215 as @samp{1 + 5}. Evaluation will use the default simplifications,
15216 regardless of the current simplification mode. There are also
15217 @code{evalsimp} and @code{evalextsimp} which simplify as if by
15218 @kbd{a s} and @kbd{a e} (respectively). Note that these ``functions''
15219 operate only in the context of composition formulas (and also in
15220 rewrite rules, where they serve a similar purpose; @pxref{Rewrite
15221 Rules}). On the stack, a call to @code{eval} will be left in
15222 symbolic form.
15223
15224 It is not a good idea to use @code{eval} except as a last resort.
15225 It can cause the display of formulas to be extremely slow. For
15226 example, while @samp{eval(a + b)} might seem quite fast and simple,
15227 there are several situations where it could be slow. For example,
15228 @samp{a} and/or @samp{b} could be polar complex numbers, in which
15229 case doing the sum requires trigonometry. Or, @samp{a} could be
15230 the factorial @samp{fact(100)} which is unevaluated because you
15231 have typed @kbd{m O}; @code{eval} will evaluate it anyway to
15232 produce a large, unwieldy integer.
15233
15234 You can save your display formats permanently using the @kbd{Z P}
15235 command (@pxref{Creating User Keys}).
15236
15237 @node Syntax Tables, , Compositions, Language Modes
15238 @subsection Syntax Tables
15239
15240 @noindent
15241 @cindex Syntax tables
15242 @cindex Parsing formulas, customized
15243 Syntax tables do for input what compositions do for output: They
15244 allow you to teach custom notations to Calc's formula parser.
15245 Calc keeps a separate syntax table for each language mode.
15246
15247 (Note that the Calc ``syntax tables'' discussed here are completely
15248 unrelated to the syntax tables described in the Emacs manual.)
15249
15250 @kindex Z S
15251 @pindex calc-edit-user-syntax
15252 The @kbd{Z S} (@code{calc-edit-user-syntax}) command edits the
15253 syntax table for the current language mode. If you want your
15254 syntax to work in any language, define it in the Normal language
15255 mode. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing the syntax table, or
15256 @kbd{C-x k} to cancel the edit. The @kbd{m m} command saves all
15257 the syntax tables along with the other mode settings;
15258 @pxref{General Mode Commands}.
15259
15260 @menu
15261 * Syntax Table Basics::
15262 * Precedence in Syntax Tables::
15263 * Advanced Syntax Patterns::
15264 * Conditional Syntax Rules::
15265 @end menu
15266
15267 @node Syntax Table Basics, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15268 @subsubsection Syntax Table Basics
15269
15270 @noindent
15271 @dfn{Parsing} is the process of converting a raw string of characters,
15272 such as you would type in during algebraic entry, into a Calc formula.
15273 Calc's parser works in two stages. First, the input is broken down
15274 into @dfn{tokens}, such as words, numbers, and punctuation symbols
15275 like @samp{+}, @samp{:=}, and @samp{+/-}. Space between tokens is
15276 ignored (except when it serves to separate adjacent words). Next,
15277 the parser matches this string of tokens against various built-in
15278 syntactic patterns, such as ``an expression followed by @samp{+}
15279 followed by another expression'' or ``a name followed by @samp{(},
15280 zero or more expressions separated by commas, and @samp{)}.''
15281
15282 A @dfn{syntax table} is a list of user-defined @dfn{syntax rules},
15283 which allow you to specify new patterns to define your own
15284 favorite input notations. Calc's parser always checks the syntax
15285 table for the current language mode, then the table for the Normal
15286 language mode, before it uses its built-in rules to parse an
15287 algebraic formula you have entered. Each syntax rule should go on
15288 its own line; it consists of a @dfn{pattern}, a @samp{:=} symbol,
15289 and a Calc formula with an optional @dfn{condition}. (Syntax rules
15290 resemble algebraic rewrite rules, but the notation for patterns is
15291 completely different.)
15292
15293 A syntax pattern is a list of tokens, separated by spaces.
15294 Except for a few special symbols, tokens in syntax patterns are
15295 matched literally, from left to right. For example, the rule,
15296
15297 @example
15298 foo ( ) := 2+3
15299 @end example
15300
15301 @noindent
15302 would cause Calc to parse the formula @samp{4+foo()*5} as if it
15303 were @samp{4+(2+3)*5}. Notice that the parentheses were written
15304 as two separate tokens in the rule. As a result, the rule works
15305 for both @samp{foo()} and @w{@samp{foo ( )}}. If we had written
15306 the rule as @samp{foo () := 2+3}, then Calc would treat @samp{()}
15307 as a single, indivisible token, so that @w{@samp{foo( )}} would
15308 not be recognized by the rule. (It would be parsed as a regular
15309 zero-argument function call instead.) In fact, this rule would
15310 also make trouble for the rest of Calc's parser: An unrelated
15311 formula like @samp{bar()} would now be tokenized into @samp{bar ()}
15312 instead of @samp{bar ( )}, so that the standard parser for function
15313 calls would no longer recognize it!
15314
15315 While it is possible to make a token with a mixture of letters
15316 and punctuation symbols, this is not recommended. It is better to
15317 break it into several tokens, as we did with @samp{foo()} above.
15318
15319 The symbol @samp{#} in a syntax pattern matches any Calc expression.
15320 On the righthand side, the things that matched the @samp{#}s can
15321 be referred to as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on (where @samp{#1}
15322 matches the leftmost @samp{#} in the pattern). For example, these
15323 rules match a user-defined function, prefix operator, infix operator,
15324 and postfix operator, respectively:
15325
15326 @example
15327 foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15328 foo # := myprefix(#1)
15329 # foo # := myinfix(#1,#2)
15330 # foo := mypostfix(#1)
15331 @end example
15332
15333 Thus @samp{foo(3)} will parse as @samp{myfunc(3)}, and @samp{2+3 foo}
15334 will parse as @samp{mypostfix(2+3)}.
15335
15336 It is important to write the first two rules in the order shown,
15337 because Calc tries rules in order from first to last. If the
15338 pattern @samp{foo #} came first, it would match anything that could
15339 match the @samp{foo ( # )} rule, since an expression in parentheses
15340 is itself a valid expression. Thus the @w{@samp{foo ( # )}} rule would
15341 never get to match anything. Likewise, the last two rules must be
15342 written in the order shown or else @samp{3 foo 4} will be parsed as
15343 @samp{mypostfix(3) * 4}. (Of course, the best way to avoid these
15344 ambiguities is not to use the same symbol in more than one way at
15345 the same time! In case you're not convinced, try the following
15346 exercise: How will the above rules parse the input @samp{foo(3,4)},
15347 if at all? Work it out for yourself, then try it in Calc and see.)
15348
15349 Calc is quite flexible about what sorts of patterns are allowed.
15350 The only rule is that every pattern must begin with a literal
15351 token (like @samp{foo} in the first two patterns above), or with
15352 a @samp{#} followed by a literal token (as in the last two
15353 patterns). After that, any mixture is allowed, although putting
15354 two @samp{#}s in a row will not be very useful since two
15355 expressions with nothing between them will be parsed as one
15356 expression that uses implicit multiplication.
15357
15358 As a more practical example, Maple uses the notation
15359 @samp{sum(a(i), i=1..10)} for sums, which Calc's Maple mode doesn't
15360 recognize at present. To handle this syntax, we simply add the
15361 rule,
15362
15363 @example
15364 sum ( # , # = # .. # ) := sum(#1,#2,#3,#4)
15365 @end example
15366
15367 @noindent
15368 to the Maple mode syntax table. As another example, C mode can't
15369 read assignment operators like @samp{++} and @samp{*=}. We can
15370 define these operators quite easily:
15371
15372 @example
15373 # *= # := muleq(#1,#2)
15374 # ++ := postinc(#1)
15375 ++ # := preinc(#1)
15376 @end example
15377
15378 @noindent
15379 To complete the job, we would use corresponding composition functions
15380 and @kbd{Z C} to cause these functions to display in their respective
15381 Maple and C notations. (Note that the C example ignores issues of
15382 operator precedence, which are discussed in the next section.)
15383
15384 You can enclose any token in quotes to prevent its usual
15385 interpretation in syntax patterns:
15386
15387 @example
15388 # ":=" # := becomes(#1,#2)
15389 @end example
15390
15391 Quotes also allow you to include spaces in a token, although once
15392 again it is generally better to use two tokens than one token with
15393 an embedded space. To include an actual quotation mark in a quoted
15394 token, precede it with a backslash. (This also works to include
15395 backslashes in tokens.)
15396
15397 @example
15398 # "bad token" # "/\"\\" # := silly(#1,#2,#3)
15399 @end example
15400
15401 @noindent
15402 This will parse @samp{3 bad token 4 /"\ 5} to @samp{silly(3,4,5)}.
15403
15404 The token @kbd{#} has a predefined meaning in Calc's formula parser;
15405 it is not valid to use @samp{"#"} in a syntax rule. However, longer
15406 tokens that include the @samp{#} character are allowed. Also, while
15407 @samp{"$"} and @samp{"\""} are allowed as tokens, their presence in
15408 the syntax table will prevent those characters from working in their
15409 usual ways (referring to stack entries and quoting strings,
15410 respectively).
15411
15412 Finally, the notation @samp{%%} anywhere in a syntax table causes
15413 the rest of the line to be ignored as a comment.
15414
15415 @node Precedence in Syntax Tables, Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Table Basics, Syntax Tables
15416 @subsubsection Precedence
15417
15418 @noindent
15419 Different operators are generally assigned different @dfn{precedences}.
15420 By default, an operator defined by a rule like
15421
15422 @example
15423 # foo # := foo(#1,#2)
15424 @end example
15425
15426 @noindent
15427 will have an extremely low precedence, so that @samp{2*3+4 foo 5 == 6}
15428 will be parsed as @samp{(2*3+4) foo (5 == 6)}. To change the
15429 precedence of an operator, use the notation @samp{#/@var{p}} in
15430 place of @samp{#}, where @var{p} is an integer precedence level.
15431 For example, 185 lies between the precedences for @samp{+} and
15432 @samp{*}, so if we change this rule to
15433
15434 @example
15435 #/185 foo #/186 := foo(#1,#2)
15436 @end example
15437
15438 @noindent
15439 then @samp{2+3 foo 4*5} will be parsed as @samp{2+(3 foo (4*5))}.
15440 Also, because we've given the righthand expression slightly higher
15441 precedence, our new operator will be left-associative:
15442 @samp{1 foo 2 foo 3} will be parsed as @samp{(1 foo 2) foo 3}.
15443 By raising the precedence of the lefthand expression instead, we
15444 can create a right-associative operator.
15445
15446 @xref{Composition Basics}, for a table of precedences of the
15447 standard Calc operators. For the precedences of operators in other
15448 language modes, look in the Calc source file @file{calc-lang.el}.
15449
15450 @node Advanced Syntax Patterns, Conditional Syntax Rules, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15451 @subsubsection Advanced Syntax Patterns
15452
15453 @noindent
15454 To match a function with a variable number of arguments, you could
15455 write
15456
15457 @example
15458 foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15459 foo ( # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2)
15460 foo ( # , # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2,#3)
15461 @end example
15462
15463 @noindent
15464 but this isn't very elegant. To match variable numbers of items,
15465 Calc uses some notations inspired regular expressions and the
15466 ``extended BNF'' style used by some language designers.
15467
15468 @example
15469 foo ( @{ # @}*, ) := apply(myfunc,#1)
15470 @end example
15471
15472 The token @samp{@{} introduces a repeated or optional portion.
15473 One of the three tokens @samp{@}*}, @samp{@}+}, or @samp{@}?}
15474 ends the portion. These will match zero or more, one or more,
15475 or zero or one copies of the enclosed pattern, respectively.
15476 In addition, @samp{@}*} and @samp{@}+} can be followed by a
15477 separator token (with no space in between, as shown above).
15478 Thus @samp{@{ # @}*,} matches nothing, or one expression, or
15479 several expressions separated by commas.
15480
15481 A complete @samp{@{ ... @}} item matches as a vector of the
15482 items that matched inside it. For example, the above rule will
15483 match @samp{foo(1,2,3)} to get @samp{apply(myfunc,[1,2,3])}.
15484 The Calc @code{apply} function takes a function name and a vector
15485 of arguments and builds a call to the function with those
15486 arguments, so the net result is the formula @samp{myfunc(1,2,3)}.
15487
15488 If the body of a @samp{@{ ... @}} contains several @samp{#}s
15489 (or nested @samp{@{ ... @}} constructs), then the items will be
15490 strung together into the resulting vector. If the body
15491 does not contain anything but literal tokens, the result will
15492 always be an empty vector.
15493
15494 @example
15495 foo ( @{ # , # @}+, ) := bar(#1)
15496 foo ( @{ @{ # @}*, @}*; ) := matrix(#1)
15497 @end example
15498
15499 @noindent
15500 will parse @samp{foo(1, 2, 3, 4)} as @samp{bar([1, 2, 3, 4])}, and
15501 @samp{foo(1, 2; 3, 4)} as @samp{matrix([[1, 2], [3, 4]])}. Also, after
15502 some thought it's easy to see how this pair of rules will parse
15503 @samp{foo(1, 2, 3)} as @samp{matrix([[1, 2, 3]])}, since the first
15504 rule will only match an even number of arguments. The rule
15505
15506 @example
15507 foo ( # @{ , # , # @}? ) := bar(#1,#2)
15508 @end example
15509
15510 @noindent
15511 will parse @samp{foo(2,3,4)} as @samp{bar(2,[3,4])}, and
15512 @samp{foo(2)} as @samp{bar(2,[])}.
15513
15514 The notation @samp{@{ ... @}?.} (note the trailing period) works
15515 just the same as regular @samp{@{ ... @}?}, except that it does not
15516 count as an argument; the following two rules are equivalent:
15517
15518 @example
15519 foo ( # , @{ also @}? # ) := bar(#1,#3)
15520 foo ( # , @{ also @}?. # ) := bar(#1,#2)
15521 @end example
15522
15523 @noindent
15524 Note that in the first case the optional text counts as @samp{#2},
15525 which will always be an empty vector, but in the second case no
15526 empty vector is produced.
15527
15528 Another variant is @samp{@{ ... @}?$}, which means the body is
15529 optional only at the end of the input formula. All built-in syntax
15530 rules in Calc use this for closing delimiters, so that during
15531 algebraic entry you can type @kbd{[sqrt(2), sqrt(3 @key{RET}}, omitting
15532 the closing parenthesis and bracket. Calc does this automatically
15533 for trailing @samp{)}, @samp{]}, and @samp{>} tokens in syntax
15534 rules, but you can use @samp{@{ ... @}?$} explicitly to get
15535 this effect with any token (such as @samp{"@}"} or @samp{end}).
15536 Like @samp{@{ ... @}?.}, this notation does not count as an
15537 argument. Conversely, you can use quotes, as in @samp{")"}, to
15538 prevent a closing-delimiter token from being automatically treated
15539 as optional.
15540
15541 Calc's parser does not have full backtracking, which means some
15542 patterns will not work as you might expect:
15543
15544 @example
15545 foo ( @{ # , @}? # , # ) := bar(#1,#2,#3)
15546 @end example
15547
15548 @noindent
15549 Here we are trying to make the first argument optional, so that
15550 @samp{foo(2,3)} parses as @samp{bar([],2,3)}. Unfortunately, Calc
15551 first tries to match @samp{2,} against the optional part of the
15552 pattern, finds a match, and so goes ahead to match the rest of the
15553 pattern. Later on it will fail to match the second comma, but it
15554 doesn't know how to go back and try the other alternative at that
15555 point. One way to get around this would be to use two rules:
15556
15557 @example
15558 foo ( # , # , # ) := bar([#1],#2,#3)
15559 foo ( # , # ) := bar([],#1,#2)
15560 @end example
15561
15562 More precisely, when Calc wants to match an optional or repeated
15563 part of a pattern, it scans forward attempting to match that part.
15564 If it reaches the end of the optional part without failing, it
15565 ``finalizes'' its choice and proceeds. If it fails, though, it
15566 backs up and tries the other alternative. Thus Calc has ``partial''
15567 backtracking. A fully backtracking parser would go on to make sure
15568 the rest of the pattern matched before finalizing the choice.
15569
15570 @node Conditional Syntax Rules, , Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Tables
15571 @subsubsection Conditional Syntax Rules
15572
15573 @noindent
15574 It is possible to attach a @dfn{condition} to a syntax rule. For
15575 example, the rules
15576
15577 @example
15578 foo ( # ) := ifoo(#1) :: integer(#1)
15579 foo ( # ) := gfoo(#1)
15580 @end example
15581
15582 @noindent
15583 will parse @samp{foo(3)} as @samp{ifoo(3)}, but will parse
15584 @samp{foo(3.5)} and @samp{foo(x)} as calls to @code{gfoo}. Any
15585 number of conditions may be attached; all must be true for the
15586 rule to succeed. A condition is ``true'' if it evaluates to a
15587 nonzero number. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a list of Calc
15588 functions like @code{integer} that perform logical tests.
15589
15590 The exact sequence of events is as follows: When Calc tries a
15591 rule, it first matches the pattern as usual. It then substitutes
15592 @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, etc., in the conditions, if any. Next, the
15593 conditions are simplified and evaluated in order from left to right,
15594 as if by the @w{@kbd{a s}} algebra command (@pxref{Simplifying Formulas}).
15595 Each result is true if it is a nonzero number, or an expression
15596 that can be proven to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}). If the
15597 results of all conditions are true, the expression (such as
15598 @samp{ifoo(#1)}) has its @samp{#}s substituted, and that is the
15599 result of the parse. If the result of any condition is false, Calc
15600 goes on to try the next rule in the syntax table.
15601
15602 Syntax rules also support @code{let} conditions, which operate in
15603 exactly the same way as they do in algebraic rewrite rules.
15604 @xref{Other Features of Rewrite Rules}, for details. A @code{let}
15605 condition is always true, but as a side effect it defines a
15606 variable which can be used in later conditions, and also in the
15607 expression after the @samp{:=} sign:
15608
15609 @example
15610 foo ( # ) := hifoo(x) :: let(x := #1 + 0.5) :: dnumint(x)
15611 @end example
15612
15613 @noindent
15614 The @code{dnumint} function tests if a value is numerically an
15615 integer, i.e., either a true integer or an integer-valued float.
15616 This rule will parse @code{foo} with a half-integer argument,
15617 like @samp{foo(3.5)}, to a call like @samp{hifoo(4.)}.
15618
15619 The lefthand side of a syntax rule @code{let} must be a simple
15620 variable, not the arbitrary pattern that is allowed in rewrite
15621 rules.
15622
15623 The @code{matches} function is also treated specially in syntax
15624 rule conditions (again, in the same way as in rewrite rules).
15625 @xref{Matching Commands}. If the matching pattern contains
15626 meta-variables, then those meta-variables may be used in later
15627 conditions and in the result expression. The arguments to
15628 @code{matches} are not evaluated in this situation.
15629
15630 @example
15631 sum ( # , # ) := sum(#1,a,b,c) :: matches(#2, a=[b..c])
15632 @end example
15633
15634 @noindent
15635 This is another way to implement the Maple mode @code{sum} notation.
15636 In this approach, we allow @samp{#2} to equal the whole expression
15637 @samp{i=1..10}. Then, we use @code{matches} to break it apart into
15638 its components. If the expression turns out not to match the pattern,
15639 the syntax rule will fail. Note that @kbd{Z S} always uses Calc's
15640 Normal language mode for editing expressions in syntax rules, so we
15641 must use regular Calc notation for the interval @samp{[b..c]} that
15642 will correspond to the Maple mode interval @samp{1..10}.
15643
15644 @node Modes Variable, Calc Mode Line, Language Modes, Mode Settings
15645 @section The @code{Modes} Variable
15646
15647 @noindent
15648 @kindex m g
15649 @pindex calc-get-modes
15650 The @kbd{m g} (@code{calc-get-modes}) command pushes onto the stack
15651 a vector of numbers that describes the various mode settings that
15652 are in effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it pushes only the
15653 @var{n}th mode, i.e., the @var{n}th element of this vector. Keyboard
15654 macros can use the @kbd{m g} command to modify their behavior based
15655 on the current mode settings.
15656
15657 @cindex @code{Modes} variable
15658 @vindex Modes
15659 The modes vector is also available in the special variable
15660 @code{Modes}. In other words, @kbd{m g} is like @kbd{s r Modes @key{RET}}.
15661 It will not work to store into this variable; in fact, if you do,
15662 @code{Modes} will cease to track the current modes. (The @kbd{m g}
15663 command will continue to work, however.)
15664
15665 In general, each number in this vector is suitable as a numeric
15666 prefix argument to the associated mode-setting command. (Recall
15667 that the @kbd{~} key takes a number from the stack and gives it as
15668 a numeric prefix to the next command.)
15669
15670 The elements of the modes vector are as follows:
15671
15672 @enumerate
15673 @item
15674 Current precision. Default is 12; associated command is @kbd{p}.
15675
15676 @item
15677 Binary word size. Default is 32; associated command is @kbd{b w}.
15678
15679 @item
15680 Stack size (not counting the value about to be pushed by @kbd{m g}).
15681 This is zero if @kbd{m g} is executed with an empty stack.
15682
15683 @item
15684 Number radix. Default is 10; command is @kbd{d r}.
15685
15686 @item
15687 Floating-point format. This is the number of digits, plus the
15688 constant 0 for normal notation, 10000 for scientific notation,
15689 20000 for engineering notation, or 30000 for fixed-point notation.
15690 These codes are acceptable as prefix arguments to the @kbd{d n}
15691 command, but note that this may lose information: For example,
15692 @kbd{d s} and @kbd{C-u 12 d s} have similar (but not quite
15693 identical) effects if the current precision is 12, but they both
15694 produce a code of 10012, which will be treated by @kbd{d n} as
15695 @kbd{C-u 12 d s}. If the precision then changes, the float format
15696 will still be frozen at 12 significant figures.
15697
15698 @item
15699 Angular mode. Default is 1 (degrees). Other values are 2 (radians)
15700 and 3 (HMS). The @kbd{m d} command accepts these prefixes.
15701
15702 @item
15703 Symbolic mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m s}.
15704
15705 @item
15706 Fraction mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m f}.
15707
15708 @item
15709 Polar mode. Value is 0 (rectangular) or 1 (polar); default is 0.
15710 Command is @kbd{m p}.
15711
15712 @item
15713 Matrix/Scalar mode. Default value is @mathit{-1}. Value is 0 for Scalar
15714 mode, @mathit{-2} for Matrix mode, @mathit{-3} for square Matrix mode,
15715 or @var{N} for
15716 @texline @math{N\times N}
15717 @infoline @var{N}x@var{N}
15718 Matrix mode. Command is @kbd{m v}.
15719
15720 @item
15721 Simplification mode. Default is 1. Value is @mathit{-1} for off (@kbd{m O}),
15722 0 for @kbd{m N}, 2 for @kbd{m B}, 3 for @kbd{m A}, 4 for @kbd{m E},
15723 or 5 for @w{@kbd{m U}}. The @kbd{m D} command accepts these prefixes.
15724
15725 @item
15726 Infinite mode. Default is @mathit{-1} (off). Value is 1 if the mode is on,
15727 or 0 if the mode is on with positive zeros. Command is @kbd{m i}.
15728 @end enumerate
15729
15730 For example, the sequence @kbd{M-1 m g @key{RET} 2 + ~ p} increases the
15731 precision by two, leaving a copy of the old precision on the stack.
15732 Later, @kbd{~ p} will restore the original precision using that
15733 stack value. (This sequence might be especially useful inside a
15734 keyboard macro.)
15735
15736 As another example, @kbd{M-3 m g 1 - ~ @key{DEL}} deletes all but the
15737 oldest (bottommost) stack entry.
15738
15739 Yet another example: The HP-48 ``round'' command rounds a number
15740 to the current displayed precision. You could roughly emulate this
15741 in Calc with the sequence @kbd{M-5 m g 10000 % ~ c c}. (This
15742 would not work for fixed-point mode, but it wouldn't be hard to
15743 do a full emulation with the help of the @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z ]}
15744 programming commands. @xref{Conditionals in Macros}.)
15745
15746 @node Calc Mode Line, , Modes Variable, Mode Settings
15747 @section The Calc Mode Line
15748
15749 @noindent
15750 @cindex Mode line indicators
15751 This section is a summary of all symbols that can appear on the
15752 Calc mode line, the highlighted bar that appears under the Calc
15753 stack window (or under an editing window in Embedded mode).
15754
15755 The basic mode line format is:
15756
15757 @example
15758 --%*-Calc: 12 Deg @var{other modes} (Calculator)
15759 @end example
15760
15761 The @samp{%*} indicates that the buffer is ``read-only''; it shows that
15762 regular Emacs commands are not allowed to edit the stack buffer
15763 as if it were text.
15764
15765 The word @samp{Calc:} changes to @samp{CalcEmbed:} if Embedded mode
15766 is enabled. The words after this describe the various Calc modes
15767 that are in effect.
15768
15769 The first mode is always the current precision, an integer.
15770 The second mode is always the angular mode, either @code{Deg},
15771 @code{Rad}, or @code{Hms}.
15772
15773 Here is a complete list of the remaining symbols that can appear
15774 on the mode line:
15775
15776 @table @code
15777 @item Alg
15778 Algebraic mode (@kbd{m a}; @pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
15779
15780 @item Alg[(
15781 Incomplete algebraic mode (@kbd{C-u m a}).
15782
15783 @item Alg*
15784 Total algebraic mode (@kbd{m t}).
15785
15786 @item Symb
15787 Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}).
15788
15789 @item Matrix
15790 Matrix mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15791
15792 @item Matrix@var{n}
15793 Dimensioned Matrix mode (@kbd{C-u @var{n} m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15794
15795 @item SqMatrix
15796 Square Matrix mode (@kbd{C-u m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15797
15798 @item Scalar
15799 Scalar mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15800
15801 @item Polar
15802 Polar complex mode (@kbd{m p}; @pxref{Polar Mode}).
15803
15804 @item Frac
15805 Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}; @pxref{Fraction Mode}).
15806
15807 @item Inf
15808 Infinite mode (@kbd{m i}; @pxref{Infinite Mode}).
15809
15810 @item +Inf
15811 Positive Infinite mode (@kbd{C-u 0 m i}).
15812
15813 @item NoSimp
15814 Default simplifications off (@kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}).
15815
15816 @item NumSimp
15817 Default simplifications for numeric arguments only (@kbd{m N}).
15818
15819 @item BinSimp@var{w}
15820 Binary-integer simplification mode; word size @var{w} (@kbd{m B}, @kbd{b w}).
15821
15822 @item AlgSimp
15823 Algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m A}).
15824
15825 @item ExtSimp
15826 Extended algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m E}).
15827
15828 @item UnitSimp
15829 Units simplification mode (@kbd{m U}).
15830
15831 @item Bin
15832 Current radix is 2 (@kbd{d 2}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15833
15834 @item Oct
15835 Current radix is 8 (@kbd{d 8}).
15836
15837 @item Hex
15838 Current radix is 16 (@kbd{d 6}).
15839
15840 @item Radix@var{n}
15841 Current radix is @var{n} (@kbd{d r}).
15842
15843 @item Zero
15844 Leading zeros (@kbd{d z}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15845
15846 @item Big
15847 Big language mode (@kbd{d B}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15848
15849 @item Flat
15850 One-line normal language mode (@kbd{d O}).
15851
15852 @item Unform
15853 Unformatted language mode (@kbd{d U}).
15854
15855 @item C
15856 C language mode (@kbd{d C}; @pxref{C FORTRAN Pascal}).
15857
15858 @item Pascal
15859 Pascal language mode (@kbd{d P}).
15860
15861 @item Fortran
15862 FORTRAN language mode (@kbd{d F}).
15863
15864 @item TeX
15865 @TeX{} language mode (@kbd{d T}; @pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}).
15866
15867 @item LaTeX
15868 La@TeX{} language mode (@kbd{d L}; @pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}).
15869
15870 @item Eqn
15871 @dfn{Eqn} language mode (@kbd{d E}; @pxref{Eqn Language Mode}).
15872
15873 @item Math
15874 Mathematica language mode (@kbd{d M}; @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}).
15875
15876 @item Maple
15877 Maple language mode (@kbd{d W}; @pxref{Maple Language Mode}).
15878
15879 @item Norm@var{n}
15880 Normal float mode with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d n}; @pxref{Float Formats}).
15881
15882 @item Fix@var{n}
15883 Fixed point mode with @var{n} digits after the point (@kbd{d f}).
15884
15885 @item Sci
15886 Scientific notation mode (@kbd{d s}).
15887
15888 @item Sci@var{n}
15889 Scientific notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d s}).
15890
15891 @item Eng
15892 Engineering notation mode (@kbd{d e}).
15893
15894 @item Eng@var{n}
15895 Engineering notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d e}).
15896
15897 @item Left@var{n}
15898 Left-justified display indented by @var{n} (@kbd{d <}; @pxref{Justification}).
15899
15900 @item Right
15901 Right-justified display (@kbd{d >}).
15902
15903 @item Right@var{n}
15904 Right-justified display with width @var{n} (@kbd{d >}).
15905
15906 @item Center
15907 Centered display (@kbd{d =}).
15908
15909 @item Center@var{n}
15910 Centered display with center column @var{n} (@kbd{d =}).
15911
15912 @item Wid@var{n}
15913 Line breaking with width @var{n} (@kbd{d b}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15914
15915 @item Wide
15916 No line breaking (@kbd{d b}).
15917
15918 @item Break
15919 Selections show deep structure (@kbd{j b}; @pxref{Making Selections}).
15920
15921 @item Save
15922 Record modes in @file{~/.calc.el} (@kbd{m R}; @pxref{General Mode Commands}).
15923
15924 @item Local
15925 Record modes in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15926
15927 @item LocEdit
15928 Record modes as editing-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15929
15930 @item LocPerm
15931 Record modes as permanent-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15932
15933 @item Global
15934 Record modes as global in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15935
15936 @item Manual
15937 Automatic recomputation turned off (@kbd{m C}; @pxref{Automatic
15938 Recomputation}).
15939
15940 @item Graph
15941 GNUPLOT process is alive in background (@pxref{Graphics}).
15942
15943 @item Sel
15944 Top-of-stack has a selection (Embedded only; @pxref{Making Selections}).
15945
15946 @item Dirty
15947 The stack display may not be up-to-date (@pxref{Display Modes}).
15948
15949 @item Inv
15950 ``Inverse'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{I}; @pxref{Inverse and Hyperbolic}).
15951
15952 @item Hyp
15953 ``Hyperbolic'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{H}).
15954
15955 @item Keep
15956 ``Keep-arguments'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{K}).
15957
15958 @item Narrow
15959 Stack is truncated (@kbd{d t}; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}).
15960 @end table
15961
15962 In addition, the symbols @code{Active} and @code{~Active} can appear
15963 as minor modes on an Embedded buffer's mode line. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
15964
15965 @node Arithmetic, Scientific Functions, Mode Settings, Top
15966 @chapter Arithmetic Functions
15967
15968 @noindent
15969 This chapter describes the Calc commands for doing simple calculations
15970 on numbers, such as addition, absolute value, and square roots. These
15971 commands work by removing the top one or two values from the stack,
15972 performing the desired operation, and pushing the result back onto the
15973 stack. If the operation cannot be performed, the result pushed is a
15974 formula instead of a number, such as @samp{2/0} (because division by zero
15975 is invalid) or @samp{sqrt(x)} (because the argument @samp{x} is a formula).
15976
15977 Most of the commands described here can be invoked by a single keystroke.
15978 Some of the more obscure ones are two-letter sequences beginning with
15979 the @kbd{f} (``functions'') prefix key.
15980
15981 @xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
15982 prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
15983 interpret a prefix argument.
15984
15985 @menu
15986 * Basic Arithmetic::
15987 * Integer Truncation::
15988 * Complex Number Functions::
15989 * Conversions::
15990 * Date Arithmetic::
15991 * Financial Functions::
15992 * Binary Functions::
15993 @end menu
15994
15995 @node Basic Arithmetic, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic, Arithmetic
15996 @section Basic Arithmetic
15997
15998 @noindent
15999 @kindex +
16000 @pindex calc-plus
16001 @ignore
16002 @mindex @null
16003 @end ignore
16004 @tindex +
16005 The @kbd{+} (@code{calc-plus}) command adds two numbers. The numbers may
16006 be any of the standard Calc data types. The resulting sum is pushed back
16007 onto the stack.
16008
16009 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are vectors or matrices (of matching dimensions),
16010 the result is a vector or matrix sum. If one argument is a vector and the
16011 other a scalar (i.e., a non-vector), the scalar is added to each of the
16012 elements of the vector to form a new vector. If the scalar is not a
16013 number, the operation is left in symbolic form: Suppose you added @samp{x}
16014 to the vector @samp{[1,2]}. You may want the result @samp{[1+x,2+x]}, or
16015 you may plan to substitute a 2-vector for @samp{x} in the future. Since
16016 the Calculator can't tell which interpretation you want, it makes the
16017 safest assumption. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, for a way to add @samp{x}
16018 to every element of a vector.
16019
16020 If either argument of @kbd{+} is a complex number, the result will in general
16021 be complex. If one argument is in rectangular form and the other polar,
16022 the current Polar mode determines the form of the result. If Symbolic
16023 mode is enabled, the sum may be left as a formula if the necessary
16024 conversions for polar addition are non-trivial.
16025
16026 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are HMS forms, the forms are added according to
16027 the usual conventions of hours-minutes-seconds notation. If one argument
16028 is an HMS form and the other is a number, that number is converted from
16029 degrees or radians (depending on the current Angular mode) to HMS format
16030 and then the two HMS forms are added.
16031
16032 If one argument of @kbd{+} is a date form, the other can be either a
16033 real number, which advances the date by a certain number of days, or
16034 an HMS form, which advances the date by a certain amount of time.
16035 Subtracting two date forms yields the number of days between them.
16036 Adding two date forms is meaningless, but Calc interprets it as the
16037 subtraction of one date form and the negative of the other. (The
16038 negative of a date form can be understood by remembering that dates
16039 are stored as the number of days before or after Jan 1, 1 AD.)
16040
16041 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are error forms, the result is an error form
16042 with an appropriately computed standard deviation. If one argument is an
16043 error form and the other is a number, the number is taken to have zero error.
16044 Error forms may have symbolic formulas as their mean and/or error parts;
16045 adding these will produce a symbolic error form result. However, adding an
16046 error form to a plain symbolic formula (as in @samp{(a +/- b) + c}) will not
16047 work, for the same reasons just mentioned for vectors. Instead you must
16048 write @samp{(a +/- b) + (c +/- 0)}.
16049
16050 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are modulo forms with equal values of @expr{M},
16051 or if one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number, the
16052 result is a modulo form which represents the sum, modulo @expr{M}, of
16053 the two values.
16054
16055 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are intervals, the result is an interval
16056 which describes all possible sums of the possible input values. If
16057 one argument is a plain number, it is treated as the interval
16058 @w{@samp{[x ..@: x]}}.
16059
16060 If one argument of @kbd{+} is an infinity and the other is not, the
16061 result is that same infinity. If both arguments are infinite and in
16062 the same direction, the result is the same infinity, but if they are
16063 infinite in different directions the result is @code{nan}.
16064
16065 @kindex -
16066 @pindex calc-minus
16067 @ignore
16068 @mindex @null
16069 @end ignore
16070 @tindex -
16071 The @kbd{-} (@code{calc-minus}) command subtracts two values. The top
16072 number on the stack is subtracted from the one behind it, so that the
16073 computation @kbd{5 @key{RET} 2 -} produces 3, not @mathit{-3}. All options
16074 available for @kbd{+} are available for @kbd{-} as well.
16075
16076 @kindex *
16077 @pindex calc-times
16078 @ignore
16079 @mindex @null
16080 @end ignore
16081 @tindex *
16082 The @kbd{*} (@code{calc-times}) command multiplies two numbers. If one
16083 argument is a vector and the other a scalar, the scalar is multiplied by
16084 the elements of the vector to produce a new vector. If both arguments
16085 are vectors, the interpretation depends on the dimensions of the
16086 vectors: If both arguments are matrices, a matrix multiplication is
16087 done. If one argument is a matrix and the other a plain vector, the
16088 vector is interpreted as a row vector or column vector, whichever is
16089 dimensionally correct. If both arguments are plain vectors, the result
16090 is a single scalar number which is the dot product of the two vectors.
16091
16092 If one argument of @kbd{*} is an HMS form and the other a number, the
16093 HMS form is multiplied by that amount. It is an error to multiply two
16094 HMS forms together, or to attempt any multiplication involving date
16095 forms. Error forms, modulo forms, and intervals can be multiplied;
16096 see the comments for addition of those forms. When two error forms
16097 or intervals are multiplied they are considered to be statistically
16098 independent; thus, @samp{[-2 ..@: 3] * [-2 ..@: 3]} is @samp{[-6 ..@: 9]},
16099 whereas @w{@samp{[-2 ..@: 3] ^ 2}} is @samp{[0 ..@: 9]}.
16100
16101 @kindex /
16102 @pindex calc-divide
16103 @ignore
16104 @mindex @null
16105 @end ignore
16106 @tindex /
16107 The @kbd{/} (@code{calc-divide}) command divides two numbers.
16108
16109 When combining multiplication and division in an algebraic formula, it
16110 is good style to use parentheses to distinguish between possible
16111 interpretations; the expression @samp{a/b*c} should be written
16112 @samp{(a/b)*c} or @samp{a/(b*c)}, as appropriate. Without the
16113 parentheses, Calc will interpret @samp{a/b*c} as @samp{a/(b*c)}, since
16114 in algebraic entry Calc gives division a lower precedence than
16115 multiplication. (This is not standard across all computer languages, and
16116 Calc may change the precedence depending on the language mode being used.
16117 @xref{Language Modes}.) This default ordering can be changed by setting
16118 the customizable variable @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} to
16119 @code{nil} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}); this will give multiplication and
16120 division equal precedences. Note that Calc's default choice of
16121 precedence allows @samp{a b / c d} to be used as a shortcut for
16122 @smallexample
16123 @group
16124 a b
16125 ---.
16126 c d
16127 @end group
16128 @end smallexample
16129
16130 When dividing a scalar @expr{B} by a square matrix @expr{A}, the
16131 computation performed is @expr{B} times the inverse of @expr{A}. This
16132 also occurs if @expr{B} is itself a vector or matrix, in which case the
16133 effect is to solve the set of linear equations represented by @expr{B}.
16134 If @expr{B} is a matrix with the same number of rows as @expr{A}, or a
16135 plain vector (which is interpreted here as a column vector), then the
16136 equation @expr{A X = B} is solved for the vector or matrix @expr{X}.
16137 Otherwise, if @expr{B} is a non-square matrix with the same number of
16138 @emph{columns} as @expr{A}, the equation @expr{X A = B} is solved. If
16139 you wish a vector @expr{B} to be interpreted as a row vector to be
16140 solved as @expr{X A = B}, make it into a one-row matrix with @kbd{C-u 1
16141 v p} first. To force a left-handed solution with a square matrix
16142 @expr{B}, transpose @expr{A} and @expr{B} before dividing, then
16143 transpose the result.
16144
16145 HMS forms can be divided by real numbers or by other HMS forms. Error
16146 forms can be divided in any combination of ways. Modulo forms where both
16147 values and the modulo are integers can be divided to get an integer modulo
16148 form result. Intervals can be divided; dividing by an interval that
16149 encompasses zero or has zero as a limit will result in an infinite
16150 interval.
16151
16152 @kindex ^
16153 @pindex calc-power
16154 @ignore
16155 @mindex @null
16156 @end ignore
16157 @tindex ^
16158 The @kbd{^} (@code{calc-power}) command raises a number to a power. If
16159 the power is an integer, an exact result is computed using repeated
16160 multiplications. For non-integer powers, Calc uses Newton's method or
16161 logarithms and exponentials. Square matrices can be raised to integer
16162 powers. If either argument is an error (or interval or modulo) form,
16163 the result is also an error (or interval or modulo) form.
16164
16165 @kindex I ^
16166 @tindex nroot
16167 If you press the @kbd{I} (inverse) key first, the @kbd{I ^} command
16168 computes an Nth root: @kbd{125 @key{RET} 3 I ^} computes the number 5.
16169 (This is entirely equivalent to @kbd{125 @key{RET} 1:3 ^}.)
16170
16171 @kindex \
16172 @pindex calc-idiv
16173 @tindex idiv
16174 @ignore
16175 @mindex @null
16176 @end ignore
16177 @tindex \
16178 The @kbd{\} (@code{calc-idiv}) command divides two numbers on the stack
16179 to produce an integer result. It is equivalent to dividing with
16180 @key{/}, then rounding down with @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}), only a bit
16181 more convenient and efficient. Also, since it is an all-integer
16182 operation when the arguments are integers, it avoids problems that
16183 @kbd{/ F} would have with floating-point roundoff.
16184
16185 @kindex %
16186 @pindex calc-mod
16187 @ignore
16188 @mindex @null
16189 @end ignore
16190 @tindex %
16191 The @kbd{%} (@code{calc-mod}) command performs a ``modulo'' (or ``remainder'')
16192 operation. Mathematically, @samp{a%b = a - (a\b)*b}, and is defined
16193 for all real numbers @expr{a} and @expr{b} (except @expr{b=0}). For
16194 positive @expr{b}, the result will always be between 0 (inclusive) and
16195 @expr{b} (exclusive). Modulo does not work for HMS forms and error forms.
16196 If @expr{a} is a modulo form, its modulo is changed to @expr{b}, which
16197 must be positive real number.
16198
16199 @kindex :
16200 @pindex calc-fdiv
16201 @tindex fdiv
16202 The @kbd{:} (@code{calc-fdiv}) [@code{fdiv}] command
16203 divides the two integers on the top of the stack to produce a fractional
16204 result. This is a convenient shorthand for enabling Fraction mode (with
16205 @kbd{m f}) temporarily and using @samp{/}. Note that during numeric entry
16206 the @kbd{:} key is interpreted as a fraction separator, so to divide 8 by 6
16207 you would have to type @kbd{8 @key{RET} 6 @key{RET} :}. (Of course, in
16208 this case, it would be much easier simply to enter the fraction directly
16209 as @kbd{8:6 @key{RET}}!)
16210
16211 @kindex n
16212 @pindex calc-change-sign
16213 The @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the number on the top
16214 of the stack. It works on numbers, vectors and matrices, HMS forms, date
16215 forms, error forms, intervals, and modulo forms.
16216
16217 @kindex A
16218 @pindex calc-abs
16219 @tindex abs
16220 The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the absolute
16221 value of a number. The result of @code{abs} is always a nonnegative
16222 real number: With a complex argument, it computes the complex magnitude.
16223 With a vector or matrix argument, it computes the Frobenius norm, i.e.,
16224 the square root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
16225 elements. The absolute value of an error form is defined by replacing
16226 the mean part with its absolute value and leaving the error part the same.
16227 The absolute value of a modulo form is undefined. The absolute value of
16228 an interval is defined in the obvious way.
16229
16230 @kindex f A
16231 @pindex calc-abssqr
16232 @tindex abssqr
16233 The @kbd{f A} (@code{calc-abssqr}) [@code{abssqr}] command computes the
16234 absolute value squared of a number, vector or matrix, or error form.
16235
16236 @kindex f s
16237 @pindex calc-sign
16238 @tindex sign
16239 The @kbd{f s} (@code{calc-sign}) [@code{sign}] command returns 1 if its
16240 argument is positive, @mathit{-1} if its argument is negative, or 0 if its
16241 argument is zero. In algebraic form, you can also write @samp{sign(a,x)}
16242 which evaluates to @samp{x * sign(a)}, i.e., either @samp{x}, @samp{-x}, or
16243 zero depending on the sign of @samp{a}.
16244
16245 @kindex &
16246 @pindex calc-inv
16247 @tindex inv
16248 @cindex Reciprocal
16249 The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
16250 reciprocal of a number, i.e., @expr{1 / x}. Operating on a square
16251 matrix, it computes the inverse of that matrix.
16252
16253 @kindex Q
16254 @pindex calc-sqrt
16255 @tindex sqrt
16256 The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] command computes the square
16257 root of a number. For a negative real argument, the result will be a
16258 complex number whose form is determined by the current Polar mode.
16259
16260 @kindex f h
16261 @pindex calc-hypot
16262 @tindex hypot
16263 The @kbd{f h} (@code{calc-hypot}) [@code{hypot}] command computes the square
16264 root of the sum of the squares of two numbers. That is, @samp{hypot(a,b)}
16265 is the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle with sides @expr{a}
16266 and @expr{b}. If the arguments are complex numbers, their squared
16267 magnitudes are used.
16268
16269 @kindex f Q
16270 @pindex calc-isqrt
16271 @tindex isqrt
16272 The @kbd{f Q} (@code{calc-isqrt}) [@code{isqrt}] command computes the
16273 integer square root of an integer. This is the true square root of the
16274 number, rounded down to an integer. For example, @samp{isqrt(10)}
16275 produces 3. Note that, like @kbd{\} [@code{idiv}], this uses exact
16276 integer arithmetic throughout to avoid roundoff problems. If the input
16277 is a floating-point number or other non-integer value, this is exactly
16278 the same as @samp{floor(sqrt(x))}.
16279
16280 @kindex f n
16281 @kindex f x
16282 @pindex calc-min
16283 @tindex min
16284 @pindex calc-max
16285 @tindex max
16286 The @kbd{f n} (@code{calc-min}) [@code{min}] and @kbd{f x} (@code{calc-max})
16287 [@code{max}] commands take the minimum or maximum of two real numbers,
16288 respectively. These commands also work on HMS forms, date forms,
16289 intervals, and infinities. (In algebraic expressions, these functions
16290 take any number of arguments and return the maximum or minimum among
16291 all the arguments.)
16292
16293 @kindex f M
16294 @kindex f X
16295 @pindex calc-mant-part
16296 @tindex mant
16297 @pindex calc-xpon-part
16298 @tindex xpon
16299 The @kbd{f M} (@code{calc-mant-part}) [@code{mant}] function extracts
16300 the ``mantissa'' part @expr{m} of its floating-point argument; @kbd{f X}
16301 (@code{calc-xpon-part}) [@code{xpon}] extracts the ``exponent'' part
16302 @expr{e}. The original number is equal to
16303 @texline @math{m \times 10^e},
16304 @infoline @expr{m * 10^e},
16305 where @expr{m} is in the interval @samp{[1.0 ..@: 10.0)} except that
16306 @expr{m=e=0} if the original number is zero. For integers
16307 and fractions, @code{mant} returns the number unchanged and @code{xpon}
16308 returns zero. The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command can also be
16309 used to ``unpack'' a floating-point number; this produces an integer
16310 mantissa and exponent, with the constraint that the mantissa is not
16311 a multiple of ten (again except for the @expr{m=e=0} case).
16312
16313 @kindex f S
16314 @pindex calc-scale-float
16315 @tindex scf
16316 The @kbd{f S} (@code{calc-scale-float}) [@code{scf}] function scales a number
16317 by a given power of ten. Thus, @samp{scf(mant(x), xpon(x)) = x} for any
16318 real @samp{x}. The second argument must be an integer, but the first
16319 may actually be any numeric value. For example, @samp{scf(5,-2) = 0.05}
16320 or @samp{1:20} depending on the current Fraction mode.
16321
16322 @kindex f [
16323 @kindex f ]
16324 @pindex calc-decrement
16325 @pindex calc-increment
16326 @tindex decr
16327 @tindex incr
16328 The @kbd{f [} (@code{calc-decrement}) [@code{decr}] and @kbd{f ]}
16329 (@code{calc-increment}) [@code{incr}] functions decrease or increase
16330 a number by one unit. For integers, the effect is obvious. For
16331 floating-point numbers, the change is by one unit in the last place.
16332 For example, incrementing @samp{12.3456} when the current precision
16333 is 6 digits yields @samp{12.3457}. If the current precision had been
16334 8 digits, the result would have been @samp{12.345601}. Incrementing
16335 @samp{0.0} produces
16336 @texline @math{10^{-p}},
16337 @infoline @expr{10^-p},
16338 where @expr{p} is the current
16339 precision. These operations are defined only on integers and floats.
16340 With numeric prefix arguments, they change the number by @expr{n} units.
16341
16342 Note that incrementing followed by decrementing, or vice-versa, will
16343 almost but not quite always cancel out. Suppose the precision is
16344 6 digits and the number @samp{9.99999} is on the stack. Incrementing
16345 will produce @samp{10.0000}; decrementing will produce @samp{9.9999}.
16346 One digit has been dropped. This is an unavoidable consequence of the
16347 way floating-point numbers work.
16348
16349 Incrementing a date/time form adjusts it by a certain number of seconds.
16350 Incrementing a pure date form adjusts it by a certain number of days.
16351
16352 @node Integer Truncation, Complex Number Functions, Basic Arithmetic, Arithmetic
16353 @section Integer Truncation
16354
16355 @noindent
16356 There are four commands for truncating a real number to an integer,
16357 differing mainly in their treatment of negative numbers. All of these
16358 commands have the property that if the argument is an integer, the result
16359 is the same integer. An integer-valued floating-point argument is converted
16360 to integer form.
16361
16362 If you press @kbd{H} (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) first, the result will be
16363 expressed as an integer-valued floating-point number.
16364
16365 @cindex Integer part of a number
16366 @kindex F
16367 @pindex calc-floor
16368 @tindex floor
16369 @tindex ffloor
16370 @ignore
16371 @mindex @null
16372 @end ignore
16373 @kindex H F
16374 The @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) [@code{floor} or @code{ffloor}] command
16375 truncates a real number to the next lower integer, i.e., toward minus
16376 infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 F} produces 3, but @kbd{_3.6 F} produces
16377 @mathit{-4}.
16378
16379 @kindex I F
16380 @pindex calc-ceiling
16381 @tindex ceil
16382 @tindex fceil
16383 @ignore
16384 @mindex @null
16385 @end ignore
16386 @kindex H I F
16387 The @kbd{I F} (@code{calc-ceiling}) [@code{ceil} or @code{fceil}]
16388 command truncates toward positive infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 I F} produces
16389 4, and @kbd{_3.6 I F} produces @mathit{-3}.
16390
16391 @kindex R
16392 @pindex calc-round
16393 @tindex round
16394 @tindex fround
16395 @ignore
16396 @mindex @null
16397 @end ignore
16398 @kindex H R
16399 The @kbd{R} (@code{calc-round}) [@code{round} or @code{fround}] command
16400 rounds to the nearest integer. When the fractional part is .5 exactly,
16401 this command rounds away from zero. (All other rounding in the
16402 Calculator uses this convention as well.) Thus @kbd{3.5 R} produces 4
16403 but @kbd{3.4 R} produces 3; @kbd{_3.5 R} produces @mathit{-4}.
16404
16405 @kindex I R
16406 @pindex calc-trunc
16407 @tindex trunc
16408 @tindex ftrunc
16409 @ignore
16410 @mindex @null
16411 @end ignore
16412 @kindex H I R
16413 The @kbd{I R} (@code{calc-trunc}) [@code{trunc} or @code{ftrunc}]
16414 command truncates toward zero. In other words, it ``chops off''
16415 everything after the decimal point. Thus @kbd{3.6 I R} produces 3 and
16416 @kbd{_3.6 I R} produces @mathit{-3}.
16417
16418 These functions may not be applied meaningfully to error forms, but they
16419 do work for intervals. As a convenience, applying @code{floor} to a
16420 modulo form floors the value part of the form. Applied to a vector,
16421 these functions operate on all elements of the vector one by one.
16422 Applied to a date form, they operate on the internal numerical
16423 representation of dates, converting a date/time form into a pure date.
16424
16425 @ignore
16426 @starindex
16427 @end ignore
16428 @tindex rounde
16429 @ignore
16430 @starindex
16431 @end ignore
16432 @tindex roundu
16433 @ignore
16434 @starindex
16435 @end ignore
16436 @tindex frounde
16437 @ignore
16438 @starindex
16439 @end ignore
16440 @tindex froundu
16441 There are two more rounding functions which can only be entered in
16442 algebraic notation. The @code{roundu} function is like @code{round}
16443 except that it rounds up, toward plus infinity, when the fractional
16444 part is .5. This distinction matters only for negative arguments.
16445 Also, @code{rounde} rounds to an even number in the case of a tie,
16446 rounding up or down as necessary. For example, @samp{rounde(3.5)} and
16447 @samp{rounde(4.5)} both return 4, but @samp{rounde(5.5)} returns 6.
16448 The advantage of round-to-even is that the net error due to rounding
16449 after a long calculation tends to cancel out to zero. An important
16450 subtle point here is that the number being fed to @code{rounde} will
16451 already have been rounded to the current precision before @code{rounde}
16452 begins. For example, @samp{rounde(2.500001)} with a current precision
16453 of 6 will incorrectly, or at least surprisingly, yield 2 because the
16454 argument will first have been rounded down to @expr{2.5} (which
16455 @code{rounde} sees as an exact tie between 2 and 3).
16456
16457 Each of these functions, when written in algebraic formulas, allows
16458 a second argument which specifies the number of digits after the
16459 decimal point to keep. For example, @samp{round(123.4567, 2)} will
16460 produce the answer 123.46, and @samp{round(123.4567, -1)} will
16461 produce 120 (i.e., the cutoff is one digit to the @emph{left} of
16462 the decimal point). A second argument of zero is equivalent to
16463 no second argument at all.
16464
16465 @cindex Fractional part of a number
16466 To compute the fractional part of a number (i.e., the amount which, when
16467 added to `@tfn{floor(}@var{n}@tfn{)}', will produce @var{n}) just take @var{n}
16468 modulo 1 using the @code{%} command.
16469
16470 Note also the @kbd{\} (integer quotient), @kbd{f I} (integer logarithm),
16471 and @kbd{f Q} (integer square root) commands, which are analogous to
16472 @kbd{/}, @kbd{B}, and @kbd{Q}, respectively, except that they take integer
16473 arguments and return the result rounded down to an integer.
16474
16475 @node Complex Number Functions, Conversions, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic
16476 @section Complex Number Functions
16477
16478 @noindent
16479 @kindex J
16480 @pindex calc-conj
16481 @tindex conj
16482 The @kbd{J} (@code{calc-conj}) [@code{conj}] command computes the
16483 complex conjugate of a number. For complex number @expr{a+bi}, the
16484 complex conjugate is @expr{a-bi}. If the argument is a real number,
16485 this command leaves it the same. If the argument is a vector or matrix,
16486 this command replaces each element by its complex conjugate.
16487
16488 @kindex G
16489 @pindex calc-argument
16490 @tindex arg
16491 The @kbd{G} (@code{calc-argument}) [@code{arg}] command computes the
16492 ``argument'' or polar angle of a complex number. For a number in polar
16493 notation, this is simply the second component of the pair
16494 @texline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@math{\theta}@tfn{)}'.
16495 @infoline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@var{theta}@tfn{)}'.
16496 The result is expressed according to the current angular mode and will
16497 be in the range @mathit{-180} degrees (exclusive) to @mathit{+180} degrees
16498 (inclusive), or the equivalent range in radians.
16499
16500 @pindex calc-imaginary
16501 The @code{calc-imaginary} command multiplies the number on the
16502 top of the stack by the imaginary number @expr{i = (0,1)}. This
16503 command is not normally bound to a key in Calc, but it is available
16504 on the @key{IMAG} button in Keypad mode.
16505
16506 @kindex f r
16507 @pindex calc-re
16508 @tindex re
16509 The @kbd{f r} (@code{calc-re}) [@code{re}] command replaces a complex number
16510 by its real part. This command has no effect on real numbers. (As an
16511 added convenience, @code{re} applied to a modulo form extracts
16512 the value part.)
16513
16514 @kindex f i
16515 @pindex calc-im
16516 @tindex im
16517 The @kbd{f i} (@code{calc-im}) [@code{im}] command replaces a complex number
16518 by its imaginary part; real numbers are converted to zero. With a vector
16519 or matrix argument, these functions operate element-wise.
16520
16521 @ignore
16522 @mindex v p
16523 @end ignore
16524 @kindex v p (complex)
16525 @pindex calc-pack
16526 The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) command can pack the top two numbers on
16527 the stack into a composite object such as a complex number. With
16528 a prefix argument of @mathit{-1}, it produces a rectangular complex number;
16529 with an argument of @mathit{-2}, it produces a polar complex number.
16530 (Also, @pxref{Building Vectors}.)
16531
16532 @ignore
16533 @mindex v u
16534 @end ignore
16535 @kindex v u (complex)
16536 @pindex calc-unpack
16537 The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the complex number
16538 (or other composite object) on the top of the stack and unpacks it
16539 into its separate components.
16540
16541 @node Conversions, Date Arithmetic, Complex Number Functions, Arithmetic
16542 @section Conversions
16543
16544 @noindent
16545 The commands described in this section convert numbers from one form
16546 to another; they are two-key sequences beginning with the letter @kbd{c}.
16547
16548 @kindex c f
16549 @pindex calc-float
16550 @tindex pfloat
16551 The @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) [@code{pfloat}] command converts the
16552 number on the top of the stack to floating-point form. For example,
16553 @expr{23} is converted to @expr{23.0}, @expr{3:2} is converted to
16554 @expr{1.5}, and @expr{2.3} is left the same. If the value is a composite
16555 object such as a complex number or vector, each of the components is
16556 converted to floating-point. If the value is a formula, all numbers
16557 in the formula are converted to floating-point. Note that depending
16558 on the current floating-point precision, conversion to floating-point
16559 format may lose information.
16560
16561 As a special exception, integers which appear as powers or subscripts
16562 are not floated by @kbd{c f}. If you really want to float a power,
16563 you can use a @kbd{j s} command to select the power followed by @kbd{c f}.
16564 Because @kbd{c f} cannot examine the formula outside of the selection,
16565 it does not notice that the thing being floated is a power.
16566 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}.
16567
16568 The normal @kbd{c f} command is ``pervasive'' in the sense that it
16569 applies to all numbers throughout the formula. The @code{pfloat}
16570 algebraic function never stays around in a formula; @samp{pfloat(a + 1)}
16571 changes to @samp{a + 1.0} as soon as it is evaluated.
16572
16573 @kindex H c f
16574 @tindex float
16575 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c f} [@code{float}] operates
16576 only on the number or vector of numbers at the top level of its
16577 argument. Thus, @samp{float(1)} is 1.0, but @samp{float(a + 1)}
16578 is left unevaluated because its argument is not a number.
16579
16580 You should use @kbd{H c f} if you wish to guarantee that the final
16581 value, once all the variables have been assigned, is a float; you
16582 would use @kbd{c f} if you wish to do the conversion on the numbers
16583 that appear right now.
16584
16585 @kindex c F
16586 @pindex calc-fraction
16587 @tindex pfrac
16588 The @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) [@code{pfrac}] command converts a
16589 floating-point number into a fractional approximation. By default, it
16590 produces a fraction whose decimal representation is the same as the
16591 input number, to within the current precision. You can also give a
16592 numeric prefix argument to specify a tolerance, either directly, or,
16593 if the prefix argument is zero, by using the number on top of the stack
16594 as the tolerance. If the tolerance is a positive integer, the fraction
16595 is correct to within that many significant figures. If the tolerance is
16596 a non-positive integer, it specifies how many digits fewer than the current
16597 precision to use. If the tolerance is a floating-point number, the
16598 fraction is correct to within that absolute amount.
16599
16600 @kindex H c F
16601 @tindex frac
16602 The @code{pfrac} function is pervasive, like @code{pfloat}.
16603 There is also a non-pervasive version, @kbd{H c F} [@code{frac}],
16604 which is analogous to @kbd{H c f} discussed above.
16605
16606 @kindex c d
16607 @pindex calc-to-degrees
16608 @tindex deg
16609 The @kbd{c d} (@code{calc-to-degrees}) [@code{deg}] command converts a
16610 number into degrees form. The value on the top of the stack may be an
16611 HMS form (interpreted as degrees-minutes-seconds), or a real number which
16612 will be interpreted in radians regardless of the current angular mode.
16613
16614 @kindex c r
16615 @pindex calc-to-radians
16616 @tindex rad
16617 The @kbd{c r} (@code{calc-to-radians}) [@code{rad}] command converts an
16618 HMS form or angle in degrees into an angle in radians.
16619
16620 @kindex c h
16621 @pindex calc-to-hms
16622 @tindex hms
16623 The @kbd{c h} (@code{calc-to-hms}) [@code{hms}] command converts a real
16624 number, interpreted according to the current angular mode, to an HMS
16625 form describing the same angle. In algebraic notation, the @code{hms}
16626 function also accepts three arguments: @samp{hms(@var{h}, @var{m}, @var{s})}.
16627 (The three-argument version is independent of the current angular mode.)
16628
16629 @pindex calc-from-hms
16630 The @code{calc-from-hms} command converts the HMS form on the top of the
16631 stack into a real number according to the current angular mode.
16632
16633 @kindex c p
16634 @kindex I c p
16635 @pindex calc-polar
16636 @tindex polar
16637 @tindex rect
16638 The @kbd{c p} (@code{calc-polar}) command converts the complex number on
16639 the top of the stack from polar to rectangular form, or from rectangular
16640 to polar form, whichever is appropriate. Real numbers are left the same.
16641 This command is equivalent to the @code{rect} or @code{polar}
16642 functions in algebraic formulas, depending on the direction of
16643 conversion. (It uses @code{polar}, except that if the argument is
16644 already a polar complex number, it uses @code{rect} instead. The
16645 @kbd{I c p} command always uses @code{rect}.)
16646
16647 @kindex c c
16648 @pindex calc-clean
16649 @tindex pclean
16650 The @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) [@code{pclean}] command ``cleans'' the
16651 number on the top of the stack. Floating point numbers are re-rounded
16652 according to the current precision. Polar numbers whose angular
16653 components have strayed from the @mathit{-180} to @mathit{+180} degree range
16654 are normalized. (Note that results will be undesirable if the current
16655 angular mode is different from the one under which the number was
16656 produced!) Integers and fractions are generally unaffected by this
16657 operation. Vectors and formulas are cleaned by cleaning each component
16658 number (i.e., pervasively).
16659
16660 If the simplification mode is set below the default level, it is raised
16661 to the default level for the purposes of this command. Thus, @kbd{c c}
16662 applies the default simplifications even if their automatic application
16663 is disabled. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
16664
16665 @cindex Roundoff errors, correcting
16666 A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{c c} sets the floating-point precision
16667 to that value for the duration of the command. A positive prefix (of at
16668 least 3) sets the precision to the specified value; a negative or zero
16669 prefix decreases the precision by the specified amount.
16670
16671 @kindex c 0-9
16672 @pindex calc-clean-num
16673 The keystroke sequences @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} are equivalent
16674 to @kbd{c c} with the corresponding negative prefix argument. If roundoff
16675 errors have changed 2.0 into 1.999999, typing @kbd{c 1} to clip off one
16676 decimal place often conveniently does the trick.
16677
16678 The @kbd{c c} command with a numeric prefix argument, and the @kbd{c 0}
16679 through @kbd{c 9} commands, also ``clip'' very small floating-point
16680 numbers to zero. If the exponent is less than or equal to the negative
16681 of the specified precision, the number is changed to 0.0. For example,
16682 if the current precision is 12, then @kbd{c 2} changes the vector
16683 @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 1e-10, 1e-11]} to @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 0, 0]}.
16684 Numbers this small generally arise from roundoff noise.
16685
16686 If the numbers you are using really are legitimately this small,
16687 you should avoid using the @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} commands.
16688 (The plain @kbd{c c} command rounds to the current precision but
16689 does not clip small numbers.)
16690
16691 One more property of @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}, and of @kbd{c c} with
16692 a prefix argument, is that integer-valued floats are converted to
16693 plain integers, so that @kbd{c 1} on @samp{[1., 1.5, 2., 2.5, 3.]}
16694 produces @samp{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3]}. This is not done for huge
16695 numbers (@samp{1e100} is technically an integer-valued float, but
16696 you wouldn't want it automatically converted to a 100-digit integer).
16697
16698 @kindex H c 0-9
16699 @kindex H c c
16700 @tindex clean
16701 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c c} and @kbd{H c 0} through @kbd{H c 9}
16702 operate non-pervasively [@code{clean}].
16703
16704 @node Date Arithmetic, Financial Functions, Conversions, Arithmetic
16705 @section Date Arithmetic
16706
16707 @noindent
16708 @cindex Date arithmetic, additional functions
16709 The commands described in this section perform various conversions
16710 and calculations involving date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). They
16711 use the @kbd{t} (for time/date) prefix key followed by shifted
16712 letters.
16713
16714 The simplest date arithmetic is done using the regular @kbd{+} and @kbd{-}
16715 commands. In particular, adding a number to a date form advances the
16716 date form by a certain number of days; adding an HMS form to a date
16717 form advances the date by a certain amount of time; and subtracting two
16718 date forms produces a difference measured in days. The commands
16719 described here provide additional, more specialized operations on dates.
16720
16721 Many of these commands accept a numeric prefix argument; if you give
16722 plain @kbd{C-u} as the prefix, these commands will instead take the
16723 additional argument from the top of the stack.
16724
16725 @menu
16726 * Date Conversions::
16727 * Date Functions::
16728 * Time Zones::
16729 * Business Days::
16730 @end menu
16731
16732 @node Date Conversions, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic, Date Arithmetic
16733 @subsection Date Conversions
16734
16735 @noindent
16736 @kindex t D
16737 @pindex calc-date
16738 @tindex date
16739 The @kbd{t D} (@code{calc-date}) [@code{date}] command converts a
16740 date form into a number, measured in days since Jan 1, 1 AD. The
16741 result will be an integer if @var{date} is a pure date form, or a
16742 fraction or float if @var{date} is a date/time form. Or, if its
16743 argument is a number, it converts this number into a date form.
16744
16745 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{t D} takes that many objects
16746 (up to six) from the top of the stack and interprets them in one
16747 of the following ways:
16748
16749 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day})} function
16750 builds a pure date form out of the specified year, month, and
16751 day, which must all be integers. @var{Year} is a year number,
16752 such as 1991 (@emph{not} the same as 91!). @var{Month} must be
16753 an integer in the range 1 to 12; @var{day} must be in the range
16754 1 to 31. If the specified month has fewer than 31 days and
16755 @var{day} is too large, the equivalent day in the following
16756 month will be used.
16757
16758 The @samp{date(@var{month}, @var{day})} function builds a
16759 pure date form using the current year, as determined by the
16760 real-time clock.
16761
16762 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hms})}
16763 function builds a date/time form using an @var{hms} form.
16764
16765 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hour},
16766 @var{minute}, @var{second})} function builds a date/time form.
16767 @var{hour} should be an integer in the range 0 to 23;
16768 @var{minute} should be an integer in the range 0 to 59;
16769 @var{second} should be any real number in the range @samp{[0 .. 60)}.
16770 The last two arguments default to zero if omitted.
16771
16772 @kindex t J
16773 @pindex calc-julian
16774 @tindex julian
16775 @cindex Julian day counts, conversions
16776 The @kbd{t J} (@code{calc-julian}) [@code{julian}] command converts
16777 a date form into a Julian day count, which is the number of days
16778 since noon (GMT) on Jan 1, 4713 BC. A pure date is converted to an
16779 integer Julian count representing noon of that day. A date/time form
16780 is converted to an exact floating-point Julian count, adjusted to
16781 interpret the date form in the current time zone but the Julian
16782 day count in Greenwich Mean Time. A numeric prefix argument allows
16783 you to specify the time zone; @pxref{Time Zones}. Use a prefix of
16784 zero to suppress the time zone adjustment. Note that pure date forms
16785 are never time-zone adjusted.
16786
16787 This command can also do the opposite conversion, from a Julian day
16788 count (either an integer day, or a floating-point day and time in
16789 the GMT zone), into a pure date form or a date/time form in the
16790 current or specified time zone.
16791
16792 @kindex t U
16793 @pindex calc-unix-time
16794 @tindex unixtime
16795 @cindex Unix time format, conversions
16796 The @kbd{t U} (@code{calc-unix-time}) [@code{unixtime}] command
16797 converts a date form into a Unix time value, which is the number of
16798 seconds since midnight on Jan 1, 1970, or vice-versa. The numeric result
16799 will be an integer if the current precision is 12 or less; for higher
16800 precisions, the result may be a float with (@var{precision}@minus{}12)
16801 digits after the decimal. Just as for @kbd{t J}, the numeric time
16802 is interpreted in the GMT time zone and the date form is interpreted
16803 in the current or specified zone. Some systems use Unix-like
16804 numbering but with the local time zone; give a prefix of zero to
16805 suppress the adjustment if so.
16806
16807 @kindex t C
16808 @pindex calc-convert-time-zones
16809 @tindex tzconv
16810 @cindex Time Zones, converting between
16811 The @kbd{t C} (@code{calc-convert-time-zones}) [@code{tzconv}]
16812 command converts a date form from one time zone to another. You
16813 are prompted for each time zone name in turn; you can answer with
16814 any suitable Calc time zone expression (@pxref{Time Zones}).
16815 If you answer either prompt with a blank line, the local time
16816 zone is used for that prompt. You can also answer the first
16817 prompt with @kbd{$} to take the two time zone names from the
16818 stack (and the date to be converted from the third stack level).
16819
16820 @node Date Functions, Business Days, Date Conversions, Date Arithmetic
16821 @subsection Date Functions
16822
16823 @noindent
16824 @kindex t N
16825 @pindex calc-now
16826 @tindex now
16827 The @kbd{t N} (@code{calc-now}) [@code{now}] command pushes the
16828 current date and time on the stack as a date form. The time is
16829 reported in terms of the specified time zone; with no numeric prefix
16830 argument, @kbd{t N} reports for the current time zone.
16831
16832 @kindex t P
16833 @pindex calc-date-part
16834 The @kbd{t P} (@code{calc-date-part}) command extracts one part
16835 of a date form. The prefix argument specifies the part; with no
16836 argument, this command prompts for a part code from 1 to 9.
16837 The various part codes are described in the following paragraphs.
16838
16839 @tindex year
16840 The @kbd{M-1 t P} [@code{year}] function extracts the year number
16841 from a date form as an integer, e.g., 1991. This and the
16842 following functions will also accept a real number for an
16843 argument, which is interpreted as a standard Calc day number.
16844 Note that this function will never return zero, since the year
16845 1 BC immediately precedes the year 1 AD.
16846
16847 @tindex month
16848 The @kbd{M-2 t P} [@code{month}] function extracts the month number
16849 from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 12.
16850
16851 @tindex day
16852 The @kbd{M-3 t P} [@code{day}] function extracts the day number
16853 from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 31.
16854
16855 @tindex hour
16856 The @kbd{M-4 t P} [@code{hour}] function extracts the hour from
16857 a date form as an integer in the range 0 (midnight) to 23. Note
16858 that 24-hour time is always used. This returns zero for a pure
16859 date form. This function (and the following two) also accept
16860 HMS forms as input.
16861
16862 @tindex minute
16863 The @kbd{M-5 t P} [@code{minute}] function extracts the minute
16864 from a date form as an integer in the range 0 to 59.
16865
16866 @tindex second
16867 The @kbd{M-6 t P} [@code{second}] function extracts the second
16868 from a date form. If the current precision is 12 or less,
16869 the result is an integer in the range 0 to 59. For higher
16870 precisions, the result may instead be a floating-point number.
16871
16872 @tindex weekday
16873 The @kbd{M-7 t P} [@code{weekday}] function extracts the weekday
16874 number from a date form as an integer in the range 0 (Sunday)
16875 to 6 (Saturday).
16876
16877 @tindex yearday
16878 The @kbd{M-8 t P} [@code{yearday}] function extracts the day-of-year
16879 number from a date form as an integer in the range 1 (January 1)
16880 to 366 (December 31 of a leap year).
16881
16882 @tindex time
16883 The @kbd{M-9 t P} [@code{time}] function extracts the time portion
16884 of a date form as an HMS form. This returns @samp{0@@ 0' 0"}
16885 for a pure date form.
16886
16887 @kindex t M
16888 @pindex calc-new-month
16889 @tindex newmonth
16890 The @kbd{t M} (@code{calc-new-month}) [@code{newmonth}] command
16891 computes a new date form that represents the first day of the month
16892 specified by the input date. The result is always a pure date
16893 form; only the year and month numbers of the input are retained.
16894 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n} in the range from 1 to 31,
16895 @kbd{t M} computes the @var{n}th day of the month. (If @var{n}
16896 is greater than the actual number of days in the month, or if
16897 @var{n} is zero, the last day of the month is used.)
16898
16899 @kindex t Y
16900 @pindex calc-new-year
16901 @tindex newyear
16902 The @kbd{t Y} (@code{calc-new-year}) [@code{newyear}] command
16903 computes a new pure date form that represents the first day of
16904 the year specified by the input. The month, day, and time
16905 of the input date form are lost. With a numeric prefix argument
16906 @var{n} in the range from 1 to 366, @kbd{t Y} computes the
16907 @var{n}th day of the year (366 is treated as 365 in non-leap
16908 years). A prefix argument of 0 computes the last day of the
16909 year (December 31). A negative prefix argument from @mathit{-1} to
16910 @mathit{-12} computes the first day of the @var{n}th month of the year.
16911
16912 @kindex t W
16913 @pindex calc-new-week
16914 @tindex newweek
16915 The @kbd{t W} (@code{calc-new-week}) [@code{newweek}] command
16916 computes a new pure date form that represents the Sunday on or before
16917 the input date. With a numeric prefix argument, it can be made to
16918 use any day of the week as the starting day; the argument must be in
16919 the range from 0 (Sunday) to 6 (Saturday). This function always
16920 subtracts between 0 and 6 days from the input date.
16921
16922 Here's an example use of @code{newweek}: Find the date of the next
16923 Wednesday after a given date. Using @kbd{M-3 t W} or @samp{newweek(d, 3)}
16924 will give you the @emph{preceding} Wednesday, so @samp{newweek(d+7, 3)}
16925 will give you the following Wednesday. A further look at the definition
16926 of @code{newweek} shows that if the input date is itself a Wednesday,
16927 this formula will return the Wednesday one week in the future. An
16928 exercise for the reader is to modify this formula to yield the same day
16929 if the input is already a Wednesday. Another interesting exercise is
16930 to preserve the time-of-day portion of the input (@code{newweek} resets
16931 the time to midnight; hint:@: how can @code{newweek} be defined in terms
16932 of the @code{weekday} function?).
16933
16934 @ignore
16935 @starindex
16936 @end ignore
16937 @tindex pwday
16938 The @samp{pwday(@var{date})} function (not on any key) computes the
16939 day-of-month number of the Sunday on or before @var{date}. With
16940 two arguments, @samp{pwday(@var{date}, @var{day})} computes the day
16941 number of the Sunday on or before day number @var{day} of the month
16942 specified by @var{date}. The @var{day} must be in the range from
16943 7 to 31; if the day number is greater than the actual number of days
16944 in the month, the true number of days is used instead. Thus
16945 @samp{pwday(@var{date}, 7)} finds the first Sunday of the month, and
16946 @samp{pwday(@var{date}, 31)} finds the last Sunday of the month.
16947 With a third @var{weekday} argument, @code{pwday} can be made to look
16948 for any day of the week instead of Sunday.
16949
16950 @kindex t I
16951 @pindex calc-inc-month
16952 @tindex incmonth
16953 The @kbd{t I} (@code{calc-inc-month}) [@code{incmonth}] command
16954 increases a date form by one month, or by an arbitrary number of
16955 months specified by a numeric prefix argument. The time portion,
16956 if any, of the date form stays the same. The day also stays the
16957 same, except that if the new month has fewer days the day
16958 number may be reduced to lie in the valid range. For example,
16959 @samp{incmonth(<Jan 31, 1991>)} produces @samp{<Feb 28, 1991>}.
16960 Because of this, @kbd{t I t I} and @kbd{M-2 t I} do not always give
16961 the same results (@samp{<Mar 28, 1991>} versus @samp{<Mar 31, 1991>}
16962 in this case).
16963
16964 @ignore
16965 @starindex
16966 @end ignore
16967 @tindex incyear
16968 The @samp{incyear(@var{date}, @var{step})} function increases
16969 a date form by the specified number of years, which may be
16970 any positive or negative integer. Note that @samp{incyear(d, n)}
16971 is equivalent to @w{@samp{incmonth(d, 12*n)}}, but these do not have
16972 simple equivalents in terms of day arithmetic because
16973 months and years have varying lengths. If the @var{step}
16974 argument is omitted, 1 year is assumed. There is no keyboard
16975 command for this function; use @kbd{C-u 12 t I} instead.
16976
16977 There is no @code{newday} function at all because @kbd{F} [@code{floor}]
16978 serves this purpose. Similarly, instead of @code{incday} and
16979 @code{incweek} simply use @expr{d + n} or @expr{d + 7 n}.
16980
16981 @xref{Basic Arithmetic}, for the @kbd{f ]} [@code{incr}] command
16982 which can adjust a date/time form by a certain number of seconds.
16983
16984 @node Business Days, Time Zones, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic
16985 @subsection Business Days
16986
16987 @noindent
16988 Often time is measured in ``business days'' or ``working days,''
16989 where weekends and holidays are skipped. Calc's normal date
16990 arithmetic functions use calendar days, so that subtracting two
16991 consecutive Mondays will yield a difference of 7 days. By contrast,
16992 subtracting two consecutive Mondays would yield 5 business days
16993 (assuming two-day weekends and the absence of holidays).
16994
16995 @kindex t +
16996 @kindex t -
16997 @tindex badd
16998 @tindex bsub
16999 @pindex calc-business-days-plus
17000 @pindex calc-business-days-minus
17001 The @kbd{t +} (@code{calc-business-days-plus}) [@code{badd}]
17002 and @kbd{t -} (@code{calc-business-days-minus}) [@code{bsub}]
17003 commands perform arithmetic using business days. For @kbd{t +},
17004 one argument must be a date form and the other must be a real
17005 number (positive or negative). If the number is not an integer,
17006 then a certain amount of time is added as well as a number of
17007 days; for example, adding 0.5 business days to a time in Friday
17008 evening will produce a time in Monday morning. It is also
17009 possible to add an HMS form; adding @samp{12@@ 0' 0"} also adds
17010 half a business day. For @kbd{t -}, the arguments are either a
17011 date form and a number or HMS form, or two date forms, in which
17012 case the result is the number of business days between the two
17013 dates.
17014
17015 @cindex @code{Holidays} variable
17016 @vindex Holidays
17017 By default, Calc considers any day that is not a Saturday or
17018 Sunday to be a business day. You can define any number of
17019 additional holidays by editing the variable @code{Holidays}.
17020 (There is an @w{@kbd{s H}} convenience command for editing this
17021 variable.) Initially, @code{Holidays} contains the vector
17022 @samp{[sat, sun]}. Entries in the @code{Holidays} vector may
17023 be any of the following kinds of objects:
17024
17025 @itemize @bullet
17026 @item
17027 Date forms (pure dates, not date/time forms). These specify
17028 particular days which are to be treated as holidays.
17029
17030 @item
17031 Intervals of date forms. These specify a range of days, all of
17032 which are holidays (e.g., Christmas week). @xref{Interval Forms}.
17033
17034 @item
17035 Nested vectors of date forms. Each date form in the vector is
17036 considered to be a holiday.
17037
17038 @item
17039 Any Calc formula which evaluates to one of the above three things.
17040 If the formula involves the variable @expr{y}, it stands for a
17041 yearly repeating holiday; @expr{y} will take on various year
17042 numbers like 1992. For example, @samp{date(y, 12, 25)} specifies
17043 Christmas day, and @samp{newweek(date(y, 11, 7), 4) + 21} specifies
17044 Thanksgiving (which is held on the fourth Thursday of November).
17045 If the formula involves the variable @expr{m}, that variable
17046 takes on month numbers from 1 to 12: @samp{date(y, m, 15)} is
17047 a holiday that takes place on the 15th of every month.
17048
17049 @item
17050 A weekday name, such as @code{sat} or @code{sun}. This is really
17051 a variable whose name is a three-letter, lower-case day name.
17052
17053 @item
17054 An interval of year numbers (integers). This specifies the span of
17055 years over which this holiday list is to be considered valid. Any
17056 business-day arithmetic that goes outside this range will result
17057 in an error message. Use this if you are including an explicit
17058 list of holidays, rather than a formula to generate them, and you
17059 want to make sure you don't accidentally go beyond the last point
17060 where the holidays you entered are complete. If there is no
17061 limiting interval in the @code{Holidays} vector, the default
17062 @samp{[1 .. 2737]} is used. (This is the absolute range of years
17063 for which Calc's business-day algorithms will operate.)
17064
17065 @item
17066 An interval of HMS forms. This specifies the span of hours that
17067 are to be considered one business day. For example, if this
17068 range is @samp{[9@@ 0' 0" .. 17@@ 0' 0"]} (i.e., 9am to 5pm), then
17069 the business day is only eight hours long, so that @kbd{1.5 t +}
17070 on @samp{<4:00pm Fri Dec 13, 1991>} will add one business day and
17071 four business hours to produce @samp{<12:00pm Tue Dec 17, 1991>}.
17072 Likewise, @kbd{t -} will now express differences in time as
17073 fractions of an eight-hour day. Times before 9am will be treated
17074 as 9am by business date arithmetic, and times at or after 5pm will
17075 be treated as 4:59:59pm. If there is no HMS interval in @code{Holidays},
17076 the full 24-hour day @samp{[0@ 0' 0" .. 24@ 0' 0"]} is assumed.
17077 (Regardless of the type of bounds you specify, the interval is
17078 treated as inclusive on the low end and exclusive on the high end,
17079 so that the work day goes from 9am up to, but not including, 5pm.)
17080 @end itemize
17081
17082 If the @code{Holidays} vector is empty, then @kbd{t +} and
17083 @kbd{t -} will act just like @kbd{+} and @kbd{-} because there will
17084 then be no difference between business days and calendar days.
17085
17086 Calc expands the intervals and formulas you give into a complete
17087 list of holidays for internal use. This is done mainly to make
17088 sure it can detect multiple holidays. (For example,
17089 @samp{<Jan 1, 1989>} is both New Year's Day and a Sunday, but
17090 Calc's algorithms take care to count it only once when figuring
17091 the number of holidays between two dates.)
17092
17093 Since the complete list of holidays for all the years from 1 to
17094 2737 would be huge, Calc actually computes only the part of the
17095 list between the smallest and largest years that have been involved
17096 in business-day calculations so far. Normally, you won't have to
17097 worry about this. Keep in mind, however, that if you do one
17098 calculation for 1992, and another for 1792, even if both involve
17099 only a small range of years, Calc will still work out all the
17100 holidays that fall in that 200-year span.
17101
17102 If you add a (positive) number of days to a date form that falls on a
17103 weekend or holiday, the date form is treated as if it were the most
17104 recent business day. (Thus adding one business day to a Friday,
17105 Saturday, or Sunday will all yield the following Monday.) If you
17106 subtract a number of days from a weekend or holiday, the date is
17107 effectively on the following business day. (So subtracting one business
17108 day from Saturday, Sunday, or Monday yields the preceding Friday.) The
17109 difference between two dates one or both of which fall on holidays
17110 equals the number of actual business days between them. These
17111 conventions are consistent in the sense that, if you add @var{n}
17112 business days to any date, the difference between the result and the
17113 original date will come out to @var{n} business days. (It can't be
17114 completely consistent though; a subtraction followed by an addition
17115 might come out a bit differently, since @kbd{t +} is incapable of
17116 producing a date that falls on a weekend or holiday.)
17117
17118 @ignore
17119 @starindex
17120 @end ignore
17121 @tindex holiday
17122 There is a @code{holiday} function, not on any keys, that takes
17123 any date form and returns 1 if that date falls on a weekend or
17124 holiday, as defined in @code{Holidays}, or 0 if the date is a
17125 business day.
17126
17127 @node Time Zones, , Business Days, Date Arithmetic
17128 @subsection Time Zones
17129
17130 @noindent
17131 @cindex Time zones
17132 @cindex Daylight saving time
17133 Time zones and daylight saving time are a complicated business.
17134 The conversions to and from Julian and Unix-style dates automatically
17135 compute the correct time zone and daylight saving adjustment to use,
17136 provided they can figure out this information. This section describes
17137 Calc's time zone adjustment algorithm in detail, in case you want to
17138 do conversions in different time zones or in case Calc's algorithms
17139 can't determine the right correction to use.
17140
17141 Adjustments for time zones and daylight saving time are done by
17142 @kbd{t U}, @kbd{t J}, @kbd{t N}, and @kbd{t C}, but not by any other
17143 commands. In particular, @samp{<may 1 1991> - <apr 1 1991>} evaluates
17144 to exactly 30 days even though there is a daylight-saving
17145 transition in between. This is also true for Julian pure dates:
17146 @samp{julian(<may 1 1991>) - julian(<apr 1 1991>)}. But Julian
17147 and Unix date/times will adjust for daylight saving time: using Calc's
17148 default daylight saving time rule (see the explanation below),
17149 @samp{julian(<12am may 1 1991>) - julian(<12am apr 1 1991>)}
17150 evaluates to @samp{29.95833} (that's 29 days and 23 hours)
17151 because one hour was lost when daylight saving commenced on
17152 April 7, 1991.
17153
17154 In brief, the idiom @samp{julian(@var{date1}) - julian(@var{date2})}
17155 computes the actual number of 24-hour periods between two dates, whereas
17156 @samp{@var{date1} - @var{date2}} computes the number of calendar
17157 days between two dates without taking daylight saving into account.
17158
17159 @pindex calc-time-zone
17160 @ignore
17161 @starindex
17162 @end ignore
17163 @tindex tzone
17164 The @code{calc-time-zone} [@code{tzone}] command converts the time
17165 zone specified by its numeric prefix argument into a number of
17166 seconds difference from Greenwich mean time (GMT). If the argument
17167 is a number, the result is simply that value multiplied by 3600.
17168 Typical arguments for North America are 5 (Eastern) or 8 (Pacific). If
17169 Daylight Saving time is in effect, one hour should be subtracted from
17170 the normal difference.
17171
17172 If you give a prefix of plain @kbd{C-u}, @code{calc-time-zone} (like other
17173 date arithmetic commands that include a time zone argument) takes the
17174 zone argument from the top of the stack. (In the case of @kbd{t J}
17175 and @kbd{t U}, the normal argument is then taken from the second-to-top
17176 stack position.) This allows you to give a non-integer time zone
17177 adjustment. The time-zone argument can also be an HMS form, or
17178 it can be a variable which is a time zone name in upper- or lower-case.
17179 For example @samp{tzone(PST) = tzone(8)} and @samp{tzone(pdt) = tzone(7)}
17180 (for Pacific standard and daylight saving times, respectively).
17181
17182 North American and European time zone names are defined as follows;
17183 note that for each time zone there is one name for standard time,
17184 another for daylight saving time, and a third for ``generalized'' time
17185 in which the daylight saving adjustment is computed from context.
17186
17187 @smallexample
17188 @group
17189 YST PST MST CST EST AST NST GMT WET MET MEZ
17190 9 8 7 6 5 4 3.5 0 -1 -2 -2
17191
17192 YDT PDT MDT CDT EDT ADT NDT BST WETDST METDST MESZ
17193 8 7 6 5 4 3 2.5 -1 -2 -3 -3
17194
17195 YGT PGT MGT CGT EGT AGT NGT BGT WEGT MEGT MEGZ
17196 9/8 8/7 7/6 6/5 5/4 4/3 3.5/2.5 0/-1 -1/-2 -2/-3 -2/-3
17197 @end group
17198 @end smallexample
17199
17200 @vindex math-tzone-names
17201 To define time zone names that do not appear in the above table,
17202 you must modify the Lisp variable @code{math-tzone-names}. This
17203 is a list of lists describing the different time zone names; its
17204 structure is best explained by an example. The three entries for
17205 Pacific Time look like this:
17206
17207 @smallexample
17208 @group
17209 ( ( "PST" 8 0 ) ; Name as an upper-case string, then standard
17210 ( "PDT" 8 -1 ) ; adjustment, then daylight saving adjustment.
17211 ( "PGT" 8 "PST" "PDT" ) ) ; Generalized time zone.
17212 @end group
17213 @end smallexample
17214
17215 @cindex @code{TimeZone} variable
17216 @vindex TimeZone
17217 With no arguments, @code{calc-time-zone} or @samp{tzone()} will by
17218 default get the time zone and daylight saving information from the
17219 calendar (@pxref{Daylight Saving,Calendar/Diary,The Calendar and the Diary,
17220 emacs,The GNU Emacs Manual}). To use a different time zone, or if the
17221 calendar does not give the desired result, you can set the Calc variable
17222 @code{TimeZone} (which is by default @code{nil}) to an appropriate
17223 time zone name. (The easiest way to do this is to edit the
17224 @code{TimeZone} variable using Calc's @kbd{s T} command, then use the
17225 @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command to save the value of
17226 @code{TimeZone} permanently.)
17227 If the time zone given by @code{TimeZone} is a generalized time zone,
17228 e.g., @code{EGT}, Calc examines the date being converted to tell whether
17229 to use standard or daylight saving time. But if the current time zone
17230 is explicit, e.g., @code{EST} or @code{EDT}, then that adjustment is
17231 used exactly and Calc's daylight saving algorithm is not consulted.
17232 The special time zone name @code{local}
17233 is equivalent to no argument; i.e., it uses the information obtained
17234 from the calendar.
17235
17236 The @kbd{t J} and @code{t U} commands with no numeric prefix
17237 arguments do the same thing as @samp{tzone()}; namely, use the
17238 information from the calendar if @code{TimeZone} is @code{nil},
17239 otherwise use the time zone given by @code{TimeZone}.
17240
17241 @vindex math-daylight-savings-hook
17242 @findex math-std-daylight-savings
17243 When Calc computes the daylight saving information itself (i.e., when
17244 the @code{TimeZone} variable is set), it will by default consider
17245 daylight saving time to begin at 2 a.m.@: on the second Sunday of March
17246 (for years from 2007 on) or on the last Sunday in April (for years
17247 before 2007), and to end at 2 a.m.@: on the first Sunday of
17248 November. (for years from 2007 on) or the last Sunday in October (for
17249 years before 2007). These are the rules that have been in effect in
17250 much of North America since 1966 and take into account the rule change
17251 that began in 2007. If you are in a country that uses different rules
17252 for computing daylight saving time, you have two choices: Write your own
17253 daylight saving hook, or control time zones explicitly by setting the
17254 @code{TimeZone} variable and/or always giving a time-zone argument for
17255 the conversion functions.
17256
17257 The Lisp variable @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} holds the
17258 name of a function that is used to compute the daylight saving
17259 adjustment for a given date. The default is
17260 @code{math-std-daylight-savings}, which computes an adjustment
17261 (either 0 or @mathit{-1}) using the North American rules given above.
17262
17263 The daylight saving hook function is called with four arguments:
17264 The date, as a floating-point number in standard Calc format;
17265 a six-element list of the date decomposed into year, month, day,
17266 hour, minute, and second, respectively; a string which contains
17267 the generalized time zone name in upper-case, e.g., @code{"WEGT"};
17268 and a special adjustment to be applied to the hour value when
17269 converting into a generalized time zone (see below).
17270
17271 @findex math-prev-weekday-in-month
17272 The Lisp function @code{math-prev-weekday-in-month} is useful for
17273 daylight saving computations. This is an internal version of
17274 the user-level @code{pwday} function described in the previous
17275 section. It takes four arguments: The floating-point date value,
17276 the corresponding six-element date list, the day-of-month number,
17277 and the weekday number (0-6).
17278
17279 The default daylight saving hook ignores the time zone name, but a
17280 more sophisticated hook could use different algorithms for different
17281 time zones. It would also be possible to use different algorithms
17282 depending on the year number, but the default hook always uses the
17283 algorithm for 1987 and later. Here is a listing of the default
17284 daylight saving hook:
17285
17286 @smallexample
17287 (defun math-std-daylight-savings (date dt zone bump)
17288 (cond ((< (nth 1 dt) 4) 0)
17289 ((= (nth 1 dt) 4)
17290 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 7 0)))
17291 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) 0)
17292 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17293 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 3 bump)) -1 0))
17294 (t -1))))
17295 ((< (nth 1 dt) 10) -1)
17296 ((= (nth 1 dt) 10)
17297 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 31 0)))
17298 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) -1)
17299 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17300 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 2 bump)) 0 -1))
17301 (t 0))))
17302 (t 0))
17303 )
17304 @end smallexample
17305
17306 @noindent
17307 The @code{bump} parameter is equal to zero when Calc is converting
17308 from a date form in a generalized time zone into a GMT date value.
17309 It is @mathit{-1} when Calc is converting in the other direction. The
17310 adjustments shown above ensure that the conversion behaves correctly
17311 and reasonably around the 2 a.m.@: transition in each direction.
17312
17313 There is a ``missing'' hour between 2 a.m.@: and 3 a.m.@: at the
17314 beginning of daylight saving time; converting a date/time form that
17315 falls in this hour results in a time value for the following hour,
17316 from 3 a.m.@: to 4 a.m. At the end of daylight saving time, the
17317 hour from 1 a.m.@: to 2 a.m.@: repeats itself; converting a date/time
17318 form that falls in this hour results in a time value for the first
17319 manifestation of that time (@emph{not} the one that occurs one hour
17320 later).
17321
17322 If @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} is @code{nil}, then the
17323 daylight saving adjustment is always taken to be zero.
17324
17325 In algebraic formulas, @samp{tzone(@var{zone}, @var{date})}
17326 computes the time zone adjustment for a given zone name at a
17327 given date. The @var{date} is ignored unless @var{zone} is a
17328 generalized time zone. If @var{date} is a date form, the
17329 daylight saving computation is applied to it as it appears.
17330 If @var{date} is a numeric date value, it is adjusted for the
17331 daylight-saving version of @var{zone} before being given to
17332 the daylight saving hook. This odd-sounding rule ensures
17333 that the daylight-saving computation is always done in
17334 local time, not in the GMT time that a numeric @var{date}
17335 is typically represented in.
17336
17337 @ignore
17338 @starindex
17339 @end ignore
17340 @tindex dsadj
17341 The @samp{dsadj(@var{date}, @var{zone})} function computes the
17342 daylight saving adjustment that is appropriate for @var{date} in
17343 time zone @var{zone}. If @var{zone} is explicitly in or not in
17344 daylight saving time (e.g., @code{PDT} or @code{PST}) the
17345 @var{date} is ignored. If @var{zone} is a generalized time zone,
17346 the algorithms described above are used. If @var{zone} is omitted,
17347 the computation is done for the current time zone.
17348
17349 @node Financial Functions, Binary Functions, Date Arithmetic, Arithmetic
17350 @section Financial Functions
17351
17352 @noindent
17353 Calc's financial or business functions use the @kbd{b} prefix
17354 key followed by a shifted letter. (The @kbd{b} prefix followed by
17355 a lower-case letter is used for operations on binary numbers.)
17356
17357 Note that the rate and the number of intervals given to these
17358 functions must be on the same time scale, e.g., both months or
17359 both years. Mixing an annual interest rate with a time expressed
17360 in months will give you very wrong answers!
17361
17362 It is wise to compute these functions to a higher precision than
17363 you really need, just to make sure your answer is correct to the
17364 last penny; also, you may wish to check the definitions at the end
17365 of this section to make sure the functions have the meaning you expect.
17366
17367 @menu
17368 * Percentages::
17369 * Future Value::
17370 * Present Value::
17371 * Related Financial Functions::
17372 * Depreciation Functions::
17373 * Definitions of Financial Functions::
17374 @end menu
17375
17376 @node Percentages, Future Value, Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17377 @subsection Percentages
17378
17379 @kindex M-%
17380 @pindex calc-percent
17381 @tindex %
17382 @tindex percent
17383 The @kbd{M-%} (@code{calc-percent}) command takes a percentage value,
17384 say 5.4, and converts it to an equivalent actual number. For example,
17385 @kbd{5.4 M-%} enters 0.054 on the stack. (That's the @key{META} or
17386 @key{ESC} key combined with @kbd{%}.)
17387
17388 Actually, @kbd{M-%} creates a formula of the form @samp{5.4%}.
17389 You can enter @samp{5.4%} yourself during algebraic entry. The
17390 @samp{%} operator simply means, ``the preceding value divided by
17391 100.'' The @samp{%} operator has very high precedence, so that
17392 @samp{1+8%} is interpreted as @samp{1+(8%)}, not as @samp{(1+8)%}.
17393 (The @samp{%} operator is just a postfix notation for the
17394 @code{percent} function, just like @samp{20!} is the notation for
17395 @samp{fact(20)}, or twenty-factorial.)
17396
17397 The formula @samp{5.4%} would normally evaluate immediately to
17398 0.054, but the @kbd{M-%} command suppresses evaluation as it puts
17399 the formula onto the stack. However, the next Calc command that
17400 uses the formula @samp{5.4%} will evaluate it as its first step.
17401 The net effect is that you get to look at @samp{5.4%} on the stack,
17402 but Calc commands see it as @samp{0.054}, which is what they expect.
17403
17404 In particular, @samp{5.4%} and @samp{0.054} are suitable values
17405 for the @var{rate} arguments of the various financial functions,
17406 but the number @samp{5.4} is probably @emph{not} suitable---it
17407 represents a rate of 540 percent!
17408
17409 The key sequence @kbd{M-% *} effectively means ``percent-of.''
17410 For example, @kbd{68 @key{RET} 25 M-% *} computes 17, which is 25% of
17411 68 (and also 68% of 25, which comes out to the same thing).
17412
17413 @kindex c %
17414 @pindex calc-convert-percent
17415 The @kbd{c %} (@code{calc-convert-percent}) command converts the
17416 value on the top of the stack from numeric to percentage form.
17417 For example, if 0.08 is on the stack, @kbd{c %} converts it to
17418 @samp{8%}. The quantity is the same, it's just represented
17419 differently. (Contrast this with @kbd{M-%}, which would convert
17420 this number to @samp{0.08%}.) The @kbd{=} key is a convenient way
17421 to convert a formula like @samp{8%} back to numeric form, 0.08.
17422
17423 To compute what percentage one quantity is of another quantity,
17424 use @kbd{/ c %}. For example, @w{@kbd{17 @key{RET} 68 / c %}} displays
17425 @samp{25%}.
17426
17427 @kindex b %
17428 @pindex calc-percent-change
17429 @tindex relch
17430 The @kbd{b %} (@code{calc-percent-change}) [@code{relch}] command
17431 calculates the percentage change from one number to another.
17432 For example, @kbd{40 @key{RET} 50 b %} produces the answer @samp{25%},
17433 since 50 is 25% larger than 40. A negative result represents a
17434 decrease: @kbd{50 @key{RET} 40 b %} produces @samp{-20%}, since 40 is
17435 20% smaller than 50. (The answers are different in magnitude
17436 because, in the first case, we're increasing by 25% of 40, but
17437 in the second case, we're decreasing by 20% of 50.) The effect
17438 of @kbd{40 @key{RET} 50 b %} is to compute @expr{(50-40)/40}, converting
17439 the answer to percentage form as if by @kbd{c %}.
17440
17441 @node Future Value, Present Value, Percentages, Financial Functions
17442 @subsection Future Value
17443
17444 @noindent
17445 @kindex b F
17446 @pindex calc-fin-fv
17447 @tindex fv
17448 The @kbd{b F} (@code{calc-fin-fv}) [@code{fv}] command computes
17449 the future value of an investment. It takes three arguments
17450 from the stack: @samp{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17451 If you give payments of @var{payment} every year for @var{n}
17452 years, and the money you have paid earns interest at @var{rate} per
17453 year, then this function tells you what your investment would be
17454 worth at the end of the period. (The actual interval doesn't
17455 have to be years, as long as @var{n} and @var{rate} are expressed
17456 in terms of the same intervals.) This function assumes payments
17457 occur at the @emph{end} of each interval.
17458
17459 @kindex I b F
17460 @tindex fvb
17461 The @kbd{I b F} [@code{fvb}] command does the same computation,
17462 but assuming your payments are at the beginning of each interval.
17463 Suppose you plan to deposit $1000 per year in a savings account
17464 earning 5.4% interest, starting right now. How much will be
17465 in the account after five years? @code{fvb(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5870.73}.
17466 Thus you will have earned $870 worth of interest over the years.
17467 Using the stack, this calculation would have been
17468 @kbd{5.4 M-% 5 @key{RET} 1000 I b F}. Note that the rate is expressed
17469 as a number between 0 and 1, @emph{not} as a percentage.
17470
17471 @kindex H b F
17472 @tindex fvl
17473 The @kbd{H b F} [@code{fvl}] command computes the future value
17474 of an initial lump sum investment. Suppose you could deposit
17475 those five thousand dollars in the bank right now; how much would
17476 they be worth in five years? @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 5000) = 6503.89}.
17477
17478 The algebraic functions @code{fv} and @code{fvb} accept an optional
17479 fourth argument, which is used as an initial lump sum in the sense
17480 of @code{fvl}. In other words, @code{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17481 @var{payment}, @var{initial}) = fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})
17482 + fvl(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{initial})}.
17483
17484 To illustrate the relationships between these functions, we could
17485 do the @code{fvb} calculation ``by hand'' using @code{fvl}. The
17486 final balance will be the sum of the contributions of our five
17487 deposits at various times. The first deposit earns interest for
17488 five years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 1300.78}. The second
17489 deposit only earns interest for four years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 4, 1000) =
17490 1234.13}. And so on down to the last deposit, which earns one
17491 year's interest: @code{fvl(5.4%, 1, 1000) = 1054.00}. The sum of
17492 these five values is, sure enough, $5870.73, just as was computed
17493 by @code{fvb} directly.
17494
17495 What does @code{fv(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5569.96} mean? The payments
17496 are now at the ends of the periods. The end of one year is the same
17497 as the beginning of the next, so what this really means is that we've
17498 lost the payment at year zero (which contributed $1300.78), but we're
17499 now counting the payment at year five (which, since it didn't have
17500 a chance to earn interest, counts as $1000). Indeed, @expr{5569.96 =
17501 5870.73 - 1300.78 + 1000} (give or take a bit of roundoff error).
17502
17503 @node Present Value, Related Financial Functions, Future Value, Financial Functions
17504 @subsection Present Value
17505
17506 @noindent
17507 @kindex b P
17508 @pindex calc-fin-pv
17509 @tindex pv
17510 The @kbd{b P} (@code{calc-fin-pv}) [@code{pv}] command computes
17511 the present value of an investment. Like @code{fv}, it takes
17512 three arguments: @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17513 It computes the present value of a series of regular payments.
17514 Suppose you have the chance to make an investment that will
17515 pay $2000 per year over the next four years; as you receive
17516 these payments you can put them in the bank at 9% interest.
17517 You want to know whether it is better to make the investment, or
17518 to keep the money in the bank where it earns 9% interest right
17519 from the start. The calculation @code{pv(9%, 4, 2000)} gives the
17520 result 6479.44. If your initial investment must be less than this,
17521 say, $6000, then the investment is worthwhile. But if you had to
17522 put up $7000, then it would be better just to leave it in the bank.
17523
17524 Here is the interpretation of the result of @code{pv}: You are
17525 trying to compare the return from the investment you are
17526 considering, which is @code{fv(9%, 4, 2000) = 9146.26}, with
17527 the return from leaving the money in the bank, which is
17528 @code{fvl(9%, 4, @var{x})} where @var{x} is the amount of money
17529 you would have to put up in advance. The @code{pv} function
17530 finds the break-even point, @expr{x = 6479.44}, at which
17531 @code{fvl(9%, 4, 6479.44)} is also equal to 9146.26. This is
17532 the largest amount you should be willing to invest.
17533
17534 @kindex I b P
17535 @tindex pvb
17536 The @kbd{I b P} [@code{pvb}] command solves the same problem,
17537 but with payments occurring at the beginning of each interval.
17538 It has the same relationship to @code{fvb} as @code{pv} has
17539 to @code{fv}. For example @code{pvb(9%, 4, 2000) = 7062.59},
17540 a larger number than @code{pv} produced because we get to start
17541 earning interest on the return from our investment sooner.
17542
17543 @kindex H b P
17544 @tindex pvl
17545 The @kbd{H b P} [@code{pvl}] command computes the present value of
17546 an investment that will pay off in one lump sum at the end of the
17547 period. For example, if we get our $8000 all at the end of the
17548 four years, @code{pvl(9%, 4, 8000) = 5667.40}. This is much
17549 less than @code{pv} reported, because we don't earn any interest
17550 on the return from this investment. Note that @code{pvl} and
17551 @code{fvl} are simple inverses: @code{fvl(9%, 4, 5667.40) = 8000}.
17552
17553 You can give an optional fourth lump-sum argument to @code{pv}
17554 and @code{pvb}; this is handled in exactly the same way as the
17555 fourth argument for @code{fv} and @code{fvb}.
17556
17557 @kindex b N
17558 @pindex calc-fin-npv
17559 @tindex npv
17560 The @kbd{b N} (@code{calc-fin-npv}) [@code{npv}] command computes
17561 the net present value of a series of irregular investments.
17562 The first argument is the interest rate. The second argument is
17563 a vector which represents the expected return from the investment
17564 at the end of each interval. For example, if the rate represents
17565 a yearly interest rate, then the vector elements are the return
17566 from the first year, second year, and so on.
17567
17568 Thus, @code{npv(9%, [2000,2000,2000,2000]) = pv(9%, 4, 2000) = 6479.44}.
17569 Obviously this function is more interesting when the payments are
17570 not all the same!
17571
17572 The @code{npv} function can actually have two or more arguments.
17573 Multiple arguments are interpreted in the same way as for the
17574 vector statistical functions like @code{vsum}.
17575 @xref{Single-Variable Statistics}. Basically, if there are several
17576 payment arguments, each either a vector or a plain number, all these
17577 values are collected left-to-right into the complete list of payments.
17578 A numeric prefix argument on the @kbd{b N} command says how many
17579 payment values or vectors to take from the stack.
17580
17581 @kindex I b N
17582 @tindex npvb
17583 The @kbd{I b N} [@code{npvb}] command computes the net present
17584 value where payments occur at the beginning of each interval
17585 rather than at the end.
17586
17587 @node Related Financial Functions, Depreciation Functions, Present Value, Financial Functions
17588 @subsection Related Financial Functions
17589
17590 @noindent
17591 The functions in this section are basically inverses of the
17592 present value functions with respect to the various arguments.
17593
17594 @kindex b M
17595 @pindex calc-fin-pmt
17596 @tindex pmt
17597 The @kbd{b M} (@code{calc-fin-pmt}) [@code{pmt}] command computes
17598 the amount of periodic payment necessary to amortize a loan.
17599 Thus @code{pmt(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{amount})} equals the
17600 value of @var{payment} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17601 @var{payment}) = @var{amount}}.
17602
17603 @kindex I b M
17604 @tindex pmtb
17605 The @kbd{I b M} [@code{pmtb}] command does the same computation
17606 but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. Like @code{pv} and
17607 @code{pvb}, these functions can also take a fourth argument which
17608 represents an initial lump-sum investment.
17609
17610 @kindex H b M
17611 The @kbd{H b M} key just invokes the @code{fvl} function, which is
17612 the inverse of @code{pvl}. There is no explicit @code{pmtl} function.
17613
17614 @kindex b #
17615 @pindex calc-fin-nper
17616 @tindex nper
17617 The @kbd{b #} (@code{calc-fin-nper}) [@code{nper}] command computes
17618 the number of regular payments necessary to amortize a loan.
17619 Thus @code{nper(@var{rate}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} equals
17620 the value of @var{n} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17621 @var{payment}) = @var{amount}}. If @var{payment} is too small
17622 ever to amortize a loan for @var{amount} at interest rate @var{rate},
17623 the @code{nper} function is left in symbolic form.
17624
17625 @kindex I b #
17626 @tindex nperb
17627 The @kbd{I b #} [@code{nperb}] command does the same computation
17628 but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. You can give a fourth
17629 lump-sum argument to these functions, but the computation will be
17630 rather slow in the four-argument case.
17631
17632 @kindex H b #
17633 @tindex nperl
17634 The @kbd{H b #} [@code{nperl}] command does the same computation
17635 using @code{pvl}. By exchanging @var{payment} and @var{amount} you
17636 can also get the solution for @code{fvl}. For example,
17637 @code{nperl(8%, 2000, 1000) = 9.006}, so if you place $1000 in a
17638 bank account earning 8%, it will take nine years to grow to $2000.
17639
17640 @kindex b T
17641 @pindex calc-fin-rate
17642 @tindex rate
17643 The @kbd{b T} (@code{calc-fin-rate}) [@code{rate}] command computes
17644 the rate of return on an investment. This is also an inverse of @code{pv}:
17645 @code{rate(@var{n}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} computes the value of
17646 @var{rate} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment}) =
17647 @var{amount}}. The result is expressed as a formula like @samp{6.3%}.
17648
17649 @kindex I b T
17650 @kindex H b T
17651 @tindex rateb
17652 @tindex ratel
17653 The @kbd{I b T} [@code{rateb}] and @kbd{H b T} [@code{ratel}]
17654 commands solve the analogous equations with @code{pvb} or @code{pvl}
17655 in place of @code{pv}. Also, @code{rate} and @code{rateb} can
17656 accept an optional fourth argument just like @code{pv} and @code{pvb}.
17657 To redo the above example from a different perspective,
17658 @code{ratel(9, 2000, 1000) = 8.00597%}, which says you will need an
17659 interest rate of 8% in order to double your account in nine years.
17660
17661 @kindex b I
17662 @pindex calc-fin-irr
17663 @tindex irr
17664 The @kbd{b I} (@code{calc-fin-irr}) [@code{irr}] command is the
17665 analogous function to @code{rate} but for net present value.
17666 Its argument is a vector of payments. Thus @code{irr(@var{payments})}
17667 computes the @var{rate} such that @code{npv(@var{rate}, @var{payments}) = 0};
17668 this rate is known as the @dfn{internal rate of return}.
17669
17670 @kindex I b I
17671 @tindex irrb
17672 The @kbd{I b I} [@code{irrb}] command computes the internal rate of
17673 return assuming payments occur at the beginning of each period.
17674
17675 @node Depreciation Functions, Definitions of Financial Functions, Related Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17676 @subsection Depreciation Functions
17677
17678 @noindent
17679 The functions in this section calculate @dfn{depreciation}, which is
17680 the amount of value that a possession loses over time. These functions
17681 are characterized by three parameters: @var{cost}, the original cost
17682 of the asset; @var{salvage}, the value the asset will have at the end
17683 of its expected ``useful life''; and @var{life}, the number of years
17684 (or other periods) of the expected useful life.
17685
17686 There are several methods for calculating depreciation that differ in
17687 the way they spread the depreciation over the lifetime of the asset.
17688
17689 @kindex b S
17690 @pindex calc-fin-sln
17691 @tindex sln
17692 The @kbd{b S} (@code{calc-fin-sln}) [@code{sln}] command computes the
17693 ``straight-line'' depreciation. In this method, the asset depreciates
17694 by the same amount every year (or period). For example,
17695 @samp{sln(12000, 2000, 5)} returns 2000. The asset costs $12000
17696 initially and will be worth $2000 after five years; it loses $2000
17697 per year.
17698
17699 @kindex b Y
17700 @pindex calc-fin-syd
17701 @tindex syd
17702 The @kbd{b Y} (@code{calc-fin-syd}) [@code{syd}] command computes the
17703 accelerated ``sum-of-years'-digits'' depreciation. Here the depreciation
17704 is higher during the early years of the asset's life. Since the
17705 depreciation is different each year, @kbd{b Y} takes a fourth @var{period}
17706 parameter which specifies which year is requested, from 1 to @var{life}.
17707 If @var{period} is outside this range, the @code{syd} function will
17708 return zero.
17709
17710 @kindex b D
17711 @pindex calc-fin-ddb
17712 @tindex ddb
17713 The @kbd{b D} (@code{calc-fin-ddb}) [@code{ddb}] command computes an
17714 accelerated depreciation using the double-declining balance method.
17715 It also takes a fourth @var{period} parameter.
17716
17717 For symmetry, the @code{sln} function will accept a @var{period}
17718 parameter as well, although it will ignore its value except that the
17719 return value will as usual be zero if @var{period} is out of range.
17720
17721 For example, pushing the vector @expr{[1,2,3,4,5]} (perhaps with @kbd{v x 5})
17722 and then mapping @kbd{V M ' [sln(12000,2000,5,$), syd(12000,2000,5,$),
17723 ddb(12000,2000,5,$)] @key{RET}} produces a matrix that allows us to compare
17724 the three depreciation methods:
17725
17726 @example
17727 @group
17728 [ [ 2000, 3333, 4800 ]
17729 [ 2000, 2667, 2880 ]
17730 [ 2000, 2000, 1728 ]
17731 [ 2000, 1333, 592 ]
17732 [ 2000, 667, 0 ] ]
17733 @end group
17734 @end example
17735
17736 @noindent
17737 (Values have been rounded to nearest integers in this figure.)
17738 We see that @code{sln} depreciates by the same amount each year,
17739 @kbd{syd} depreciates more at the beginning and less at the end,
17740 and @kbd{ddb} weights the depreciation even more toward the beginning.
17741
17742 Summing columns with @kbd{V R : +} yields @expr{[10000, 10000, 10000]};
17743 the total depreciation in any method is (by definition) the
17744 difference between the cost and the salvage value.
17745
17746 @node Definitions of Financial Functions, , Depreciation Functions, Financial Functions
17747 @subsection Definitions
17748
17749 @noindent
17750 For your reference, here are the actual formulas used to compute
17751 Calc's financial functions.
17752
17753 Calc will not evaluate a financial function unless the @var{rate} or
17754 @var{n} argument is known. However, @var{payment} or @var{amount} can
17755 be a variable. Calc expands these functions according to the
17756 formulas below for symbolic arguments only when you use the @kbd{a "}
17757 (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command, or when taking derivatives or
17758 integrals or solving equations involving the functions.
17759
17760 @ifnottex
17761 These formulas are shown using the conventions of Big display
17762 mode (@kbd{d B}); for example, the formula for @code{fv} written
17763 linearly is @samp{pmt * ((1 + rate)^n) - 1) / rate}.
17764
17765 @example
17766 n
17767 (1 + rate) - 1
17768 fv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ---------------
17769 rate
17770
17771 n
17772 ((1 + rate) - 1) (1 + rate)
17773 fvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------------------
17774 rate
17775
17776 n
17777 fvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17778
17779 -n
17780 1 - (1 + rate)
17781 pv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------
17782 rate
17783
17784 -n
17785 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17786 pvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * -----------------------------
17787 rate
17788
17789 -n
17790 pvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17791
17792 -1 -2 -3
17793 npv(rate, [a, b, c]) = a*(1 + rate) + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17794
17795 -1 -2
17796 npvb(rate, [a, b, c]) = a + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17797
17798 -n
17799 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17800 pmt(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17801 -n
17802 1 - (1 + rate)
17803
17804 -n
17805 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17806 pmtb(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17807 -n
17808 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17809
17810 amt * rate
17811 nper(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ------------, 1 + rate)
17812 pmt
17813
17814 amt * rate
17815 nperb(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ---------------, 1 + rate)
17816 pmt * (1 + rate)
17817
17818 amt
17819 nperl(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(---, 1 + rate)
17820 pmt
17821
17822 1/n
17823 pmt
17824 ratel(n, pmt, amt) = ------ - 1
17825 1/n
17826 amt
17827
17828 cost - salv
17829 sln(cost, salv, life) = -----------
17830 life
17831
17832 (cost - salv) * (life - per + 1)
17833 syd(cost, salv, life, per) = --------------------------------
17834 life * (life + 1) / 2
17835
17836 book * 2
17837 ddb(cost, salv, life, per) = --------, book = cost - depreciation so far
17838 life
17839 @end example
17840 @end ifnottex
17841 @tex
17842 \turnoffactive
17843 $$ \code{fv}(r, n, p) = p { (1 + r)^n - 1 \over r } $$
17844 $$ \code{fvb}(r, n, p) = p { ((1 + r)^n - 1) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17845 $$ \code{fvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^n $$
17846 $$ \code{pv}(r, n, p) = p { 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} \over r } $$
17847 $$ \code{pvb}(r, n, p) = p { (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17848 $$ \code{pvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^{-n} $$
17849 $$ \code{npv}(r, [a,b,c]) = a (1 + r)^{-1} + b (1 + r)^{-2} + c (1 + r)^{-3} $$
17850 $$ \code{npvb}(r, [a,b,c]) = a + b (1 + r)^{-1} + c (1 + r)^{-2} $$
17851 $$ \code{pmt}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} }$$
17852 $$ \code{pmtb}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over
17853 (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) } $$
17854 $$ \code{nper}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p }, 1 + r) $$
17855 $$ \code{nperb}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p (1 + r) }, 1 + r) $$
17856 $$ \code{nperl}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}({a \over p}, 1 + r) $$
17857 $$ \code{ratel}(n, p, a) = { p^{1/n} \over a^{1/n} } - 1 $$
17858 $$ \code{sln}(c, s, l) = { c - s \over l } $$
17859 $$ \code{syd}(c, s, l, p) = { (c - s) (l - p + 1) \over l (l+1) / 2 } $$
17860 $$ \code{ddb}(c, s, l, p) = { 2 (c - \hbox{depreciation so far}) \over l } $$
17861 @end tex
17862
17863 @noindent
17864 In @code{pmt} and @code{pmtb}, @expr{x=0} if omitted.
17865
17866 These functions accept any numeric objects, including error forms,
17867 intervals, and even (though not very usefully) complex numbers. The
17868 above formulas specify exactly the behavior of these functions with
17869 all sorts of inputs.
17870
17871 Note that if the first argument to the @code{log} in @code{nper} is
17872 negative, @code{nper} leaves itself in symbolic form rather than
17873 returning a (financially meaningless) complex number.
17874
17875 @samp{rate(num, pmt, amt)} solves the equation
17876 @samp{pv(rate, num, pmt) = amt} for @samp{rate} using @kbd{H a R}
17877 (@code{calc-find-root}), with the interval @samp{[.01% .. 100%]}
17878 for an initial guess. The @code{rateb} function is the same except
17879 that it uses @code{pvb}. Note that @code{ratel} can be solved
17880 directly; its formula is shown in the above list.
17881
17882 Similarly, @samp{irr(pmts)} solves the equation @samp{npv(rate, pmts) = 0}
17883 for @samp{rate}.
17884
17885 If you give a fourth argument to @code{nper} or @code{nperb}, Calc
17886 will also use @kbd{H a R} to solve the equation using an initial
17887 guess interval of @samp{[0 .. 100]}.
17888
17889 A fourth argument to @code{fv} simply sums the two components
17890 calculated from the above formulas for @code{fv} and @code{fvl}.
17891 The same is true of @code{fvb}, @code{pv}, and @code{pvb}.
17892
17893 The @kbd{ddb} function is computed iteratively; the ``book'' value
17894 starts out equal to @var{cost}, and decreases according to the above
17895 formula for the specified number of periods. If the book value
17896 would decrease below @var{salvage}, it only decreases to @var{salvage}
17897 and the depreciation is zero for all subsequent periods. The @code{ddb}
17898 function returns the amount the book value decreased in the specified
17899 period.
17900
17901 @node Binary Functions, , Financial Functions, Arithmetic
17902 @section Binary Number Functions
17903
17904 @noindent
17905 The commands in this chapter all use two-letter sequences beginning with
17906 the @kbd{b} prefix.
17907
17908 @cindex Binary numbers
17909 The ``binary'' operations actually work regardless of the currently
17910 displayed radix, although their results make the most sense in a radix
17911 like 2, 8, or 16 (as obtained by the @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, or @w{@kbd{d 6}}
17912 commands, respectively). You may also wish to enable display of leading
17913 zeros with @kbd{d z}. @xref{Radix Modes}.
17914
17915 @cindex Word size for binary operations
17916 The Calculator maintains a current @dfn{word size} @expr{w}, an
17917 arbitrary positive or negative integer. For a positive word size, all
17918 of the binary operations described here operate modulo @expr{2^w}. In
17919 particular, negative arguments are converted to positive integers modulo
17920 @expr{2^w} by all binary functions.
17921
17922 If the word size is negative, binary operations produce 2's complement
17923 integers from
17924 @texline @math{-2^{-w-1}}
17925 @infoline @expr{-(2^(-w-1))}
17926 to
17927 @texline @math{2^{-w-1}-1}
17928 @infoline @expr{2^(-w-1)-1}
17929 inclusive. Either mode accepts inputs in any range; the sign of
17930 @expr{w} affects only the results produced.
17931
17932 @kindex b c
17933 @pindex calc-clip
17934 @tindex clip
17935 The @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip})
17936 [@code{clip}] command can be used to clip a number by reducing it modulo
17937 @expr{2^w}. The commands described in this chapter automatically clip
17938 their results to the current word size. Note that other operations like
17939 addition do not use the current word size, since integer addition
17940 generally is not ``binary.'' (However, @pxref{Simplification Modes},
17941 @code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}.) For example, with a word size of 8
17942 bits @kbd{b c} converts a number to the range 0 to 255; with a word
17943 size of @mathit{-8} @kbd{b c} converts to the range @mathit{-128} to 127.
17944
17945 @kindex b w
17946 @pindex calc-word-size
17947 The default word size is 32 bits. All operations except the shifts and
17948 rotates allow you to specify a different word size for that one
17949 operation by giving a numeric prefix argument: @kbd{C-u 8 b c} clips the
17950 top of stack to the range 0 to 255 regardless of the current word size.
17951 To set the word size permanently, use @kbd{b w} (@code{calc-word-size}).
17952 This command displays a prompt with the current word size; press @key{RET}
17953 immediately to keep this word size, or type a new word size at the prompt.
17954
17955 When the binary operations are written in symbolic form, they take an
17956 optional second (or third) word-size parameter. When a formula like
17957 @samp{and(a,b)} is finally evaluated, the word size current at that time
17958 will be used, but when @samp{and(a,b,-8)} is evaluated, a word size of
17959 @mathit{-8} will always be used. A symbolic binary function will be left
17960 in symbolic form unless the all of its argument(s) are integers or
17961 integer-valued floats.
17962
17963 If either or both arguments are modulo forms for which @expr{M} is a
17964 power of two, that power of two is taken as the word size unless a
17965 numeric prefix argument overrides it. The current word size is never
17966 consulted when modulo-power-of-two forms are involved.
17967
17968 @kindex b a
17969 @pindex calc-and
17970 @tindex and
17971 The @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}) [@code{and}] command computes the bitwise
17972 AND of the two numbers on the top of the stack. In other words, for each
17973 of the @expr{w} binary digits of the two numbers (pairwise), the corresponding
17974 bit of the result is 1 if and only if both input bits are 1:
17975 @samp{and(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1000}.
17976
17977 @kindex b o
17978 @pindex calc-or
17979 @tindex or
17980 The @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}) [@code{or}] command computes the bitwise
17981 inclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if either of the input bits, or
17982 both, are 1: @samp{or(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1110}.
17983
17984 @kindex b x
17985 @pindex calc-xor
17986 @tindex xor
17987 The @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}) [@code{xor}] command computes the bitwise
17988 exclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if exactly one of the input bits
17989 is 1: @samp{xor(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0110}.
17990
17991 @kindex b d
17992 @pindex calc-diff
17993 @tindex diff
17994 The @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}) [@code{diff}] command computes the bitwise
17995 difference of two numbers; this is defined by @samp{diff(a,b) = and(a,not(b))},
17996 so that @samp{diff(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0100}.
17997
17998 @kindex b n
17999 @pindex calc-not
18000 @tindex not
18001 The @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}) [@code{not}] command computes the bitwise
18002 NOT of a number. A bit is 1 if the input bit is 0 and vice-versa.
18003
18004 @kindex b l
18005 @pindex calc-lshift-binary
18006 @tindex lsh
18007 The @kbd{b l} (@code{calc-lshift-binary}) [@code{lsh}] command shifts a
18008 number left by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
18009 prefix argument. A negative prefix argument performs a logical right shift,
18010 in which zeros are shifted in on the left. In symbolic form, @samp{lsh(a)}
18011 is short for @samp{lsh(a,1)}, which in turn is short for @samp{lsh(a,n,w)}.
18012 Bits shifted ``off the end,'' according to the current word size, are lost.
18013
18014 @kindex H b l
18015 @kindex H b r
18016 @ignore
18017 @mindex @idots
18018 @end ignore
18019 @kindex H b L
18020 @ignore
18021 @mindex @null
18022 @end ignore
18023 @kindex H b R
18024 @ignore
18025 @mindex @null
18026 @end ignore
18027 @kindex H b t
18028 The @kbd{H b l} command also does a left shift, but it takes two arguments
18029 from the stack (the value to shift, and, at top-of-stack, the number of
18030 bits to shift). This version interprets the prefix argument just like
18031 the regular binary operations, i.e., as a word size. The Hyperbolic flag
18032 has a similar effect on the rest of the binary shift and rotate commands.
18033
18034 @kindex b r
18035 @pindex calc-rshift-binary
18036 @tindex rsh
18037 The @kbd{b r} (@code{calc-rshift-binary}) [@code{rsh}] command shifts a
18038 number right by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
18039 prefix argument: @samp{rsh(a,n) = lsh(a,-n)}.
18040
18041 @kindex b L
18042 @pindex calc-lshift-arith
18043 @tindex ash
18044 The @kbd{b L} (@code{calc-lshift-arith}) [@code{ash}] command shifts a
18045 number left. It is analogous to @code{lsh}, except that if the shift
18046 is rightward (the prefix argument is negative), an arithmetic shift
18047 is performed as described below.
18048
18049 @kindex b R
18050 @pindex calc-rshift-arith
18051 @tindex rash
18052 The @kbd{b R} (@code{calc-rshift-arith}) [@code{rash}] command performs
18053 an ``arithmetic'' shift to the right, in which the leftmost bit (according
18054 to the current word size) is duplicated rather than shifting in zeros.
18055 This corresponds to dividing by a power of two where the input is interpreted
18056 as a signed, twos-complement number. (The distinction between the @samp{rsh}
18057 and @samp{rash} operations is totally independent from whether the word
18058 size is positive or negative.) With a negative prefix argument, this
18059 performs a standard left shift.
18060
18061 @kindex b t
18062 @pindex calc-rotate-binary
18063 @tindex rot
18064 The @kbd{b t} (@code{calc-rotate-binary}) [@code{rot}] command rotates a
18065 number one bit to the left. The leftmost bit (according to the current
18066 word size) is dropped off the left and shifted in on the right. With a
18067 numeric prefix argument, the number is rotated that many bits to the left
18068 or right.
18069
18070 @xref{Set Operations}, for the @kbd{b p} and @kbd{b u} commands that
18071 pack and unpack binary integers into sets. (For example, @kbd{b u}
18072 unpacks the number @samp{2#11001} to the set of bit-numbers
18073 @samp{[0, 3, 4]}.) Type @kbd{b u V #} to count the number of ``1''
18074 bits in a binary integer.
18075
18076 Another interesting use of the set representation of binary integers
18077 is to reverse the bits in, say, a 32-bit integer. Type @kbd{b u} to
18078 unpack; type @kbd{31 @key{TAB} -} to replace each bit-number in the set
18079 with 31 minus that bit-number; type @kbd{b p} to pack the set back
18080 into a binary integer.
18081
18082 @node Scientific Functions, Matrix Functions, Arithmetic, Top
18083 @chapter Scientific Functions
18084
18085 @noindent
18086 The functions described here perform trigonometric and other transcendental
18087 calculations. They generally produce floating-point answers correct to the
18088 full current precision. The @kbd{H} (Hyperbolic) and @kbd{I} (Inverse)
18089 flag keys must be used to get some of these functions from the keyboard.
18090
18091 @kindex P
18092 @pindex calc-pi
18093 @cindex @code{pi} variable
18094 @vindex pi
18095 @kindex H P
18096 @cindex @code{e} variable
18097 @vindex e
18098 @kindex I P
18099 @cindex @code{gamma} variable
18100 @vindex gamma
18101 @cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
18102 @cindex Euler's gamma constant
18103 @kindex H I P
18104 @cindex @code{phi} variable
18105 @cindex Phi, golden ratio
18106 @cindex Golden ratio
18107 One miscellaneous command is shift-@kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}), which pushes
18108 the value of @cpi{} (at the current precision) onto the stack. With the
18109 Hyperbolic flag, it pushes the value @expr{e}, the base of natural logarithms.
18110 With the Inverse flag, it pushes Euler's constant
18111 @texline @math{\gamma}
18112 @infoline @expr{gamma}
18113 (about 0.5772). With both Inverse and Hyperbolic, it
18114 pushes the ``golden ratio''
18115 @texline @math{\phi}
18116 @infoline @expr{phi}
18117 (about 1.618). (At present, Euler's constant is not available
18118 to unlimited precision; Calc knows only the first 100 digits.)
18119 In Symbolic mode, these commands push the
18120 actual variables @samp{pi}, @samp{e}, @samp{gamma}, and @samp{phi},
18121 respectively, instead of their values; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}.
18122
18123 @ignore
18124 @mindex Q
18125 @end ignore
18126 @ignore
18127 @mindex I Q
18128 @end ignore
18129 @kindex I Q
18130 @tindex sqr
18131 The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] function is described elsewhere;
18132 @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}. With the Inverse flag [@code{sqr}], this command
18133 computes the square of the argument.
18134
18135 @xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
18136 prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
18137 interpret a prefix argument.
18138
18139 @menu
18140 * Logarithmic Functions::
18141 * Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions::
18142 * Advanced Math Functions::
18143 * Branch Cuts::
18144 * Random Numbers::
18145 * Combinatorial Functions::
18146 * Probability Distribution Functions::
18147 @end menu
18148
18149 @node Logarithmic Functions, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions, Scientific Functions
18150 @section Logarithmic Functions
18151
18152 @noindent
18153 @kindex L
18154 @pindex calc-ln
18155 @tindex ln
18156 @ignore
18157 @mindex @null
18158 @end ignore
18159 @kindex I E
18160 The shift-@kbd{L} (@code{calc-ln}) [@code{ln}] command computes the natural
18161 logarithm of the real or complex number on the top of the stack. With
18162 the Inverse flag it computes the exponential function instead, although
18163 this is redundant with the @kbd{E} command.
18164
18165 @kindex E
18166 @pindex calc-exp
18167 @tindex exp
18168 @ignore
18169 @mindex @null
18170 @end ignore
18171 @kindex I L
18172 The shift-@kbd{E} (@code{calc-exp}) [@code{exp}] command computes the
18173 exponential, i.e., @expr{e} raised to the power of the number on the stack.
18174 The meanings of the Inverse and Hyperbolic flags follow from those for
18175 the @code{calc-ln} command.
18176
18177 @kindex H L
18178 @kindex H E
18179 @pindex calc-log10
18180 @tindex log10
18181 @tindex exp10
18182 @ignore
18183 @mindex @null
18184 @end ignore
18185 @kindex H I L
18186 @ignore
18187 @mindex @null
18188 @end ignore
18189 @kindex H I E
18190 The @kbd{H L} (@code{calc-log10}) [@code{log10}] command computes the common
18191 (base-10) logarithm of a number. (With the Inverse flag [@code{exp10}],
18192 it raises ten to a given power.) Note that the common logarithm of a
18193 complex number is computed by taking the natural logarithm and dividing
18194 by
18195 @texline @math{\ln10}.
18196 @infoline @expr{ln(10)}.
18197
18198 @kindex B
18199 @kindex I B
18200 @pindex calc-log
18201 @tindex log
18202 @tindex alog
18203 The @kbd{B} (@code{calc-log}) [@code{log}] command computes a logarithm
18204 to any base. For example, @kbd{1024 @key{RET} 2 B} produces 10, since
18205 @texline @math{2^{10} = 1024}.
18206 @infoline @expr{2^10 = 1024}.
18207 In certain cases like @samp{log(3,9)}, the result
18208 will be either @expr{1:2} or @expr{0.5} depending on the current Fraction
18209 mode setting. With the Inverse flag [@code{alog}], this command is
18210 similar to @kbd{^} except that the order of the arguments is reversed.
18211
18212 @kindex f I
18213 @pindex calc-ilog
18214 @tindex ilog
18215 The @kbd{f I} (@code{calc-ilog}) [@code{ilog}] command computes the
18216 integer logarithm of a number to any base. The number and the base must
18217 themselves be positive integers. This is the true logarithm, rounded
18218 down to an integer. Thus @kbd{ilog(x,10)} is 3 for all @expr{x} in the
18219 range from 1000 to 9999. If both arguments are positive integers, exact
18220 integer arithmetic is used; otherwise, this is equivalent to
18221 @samp{floor(log(x,b))}.
18222
18223 @kindex f E
18224 @pindex calc-expm1
18225 @tindex expm1
18226 The @kbd{f E} (@code{calc-expm1}) [@code{expm1}] command computes
18227 @texline @math{e^x - 1},
18228 @infoline @expr{exp(x)-1},
18229 but using an algorithm that produces a more accurate
18230 answer when the result is close to zero, i.e., when
18231 @texline @math{e^x}
18232 @infoline @expr{exp(x)}
18233 is close to one.
18234
18235 @kindex f L
18236 @pindex calc-lnp1
18237 @tindex lnp1
18238 The @kbd{f L} (@code{calc-lnp1}) [@code{lnp1}] command computes
18239 @texline @math{\ln(x+1)},
18240 @infoline @expr{ln(x+1)},
18241 producing a more accurate answer when @expr{x} is close to zero.
18242
18243 @node Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Advanced Math Functions, Logarithmic Functions, Scientific Functions
18244 @section Trigonometric/Hyperbolic Functions
18245
18246 @noindent
18247 @kindex S
18248 @pindex calc-sin
18249 @tindex sin
18250 The shift-@kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}) [@code{sin}] command computes the sine
18251 of an angle or complex number. If the input is an HMS form, it is interpreted
18252 as degrees-minutes-seconds; otherwise, the input is interpreted according
18253 to the current angular mode. It is best to use Radians mode when operating
18254 on complex numbers.
18255
18256 Calc's ``units'' mechanism includes angular units like @code{deg},
18257 @code{rad}, and @code{grad}. While @samp{sin(45 deg)} is not evaluated
18258 all the time, the @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command will
18259 simplify @samp{sin(45 deg)} by taking the sine of 45 degrees, regardless
18260 of the current angular mode. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
18261
18262 Also, the symbolic variable @code{pi} is not ordinarily recognized in
18263 arguments to trigonometric functions, as in @samp{sin(3 pi / 4)}, but
18264 the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command recognizes many such
18265 formulas when the current angular mode is Radians @emph{and} Symbolic
18266 mode is enabled; this example would be replaced by @samp{sqrt(2) / 2}.
18267 @xref{Symbolic Mode}. Beware, this simplification occurs even if you
18268 have stored a different value in the variable @samp{pi}; this is one
18269 reason why changing built-in variables is a bad idea. Arguments of
18270 the form @expr{x} plus a multiple of @cpiover{2} are also simplified.
18271 Calc includes similar formulas for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
18272
18273 The @kbd{a s} command knows all angles which are integer multiples of
18274 @cpiover{12}, @cpiover{10}, or @cpiover{8} radians. In Degrees mode,
18275 analogous simplifications occur for integer multiples of 15 or 18
18276 degrees, and for arguments plus multiples of 90 degrees.
18277
18278 @kindex I S
18279 @pindex calc-arcsin
18280 @tindex arcsin
18281 With the Inverse flag, @code{calc-sin} computes an arcsine. This is also
18282 available as the @code{calc-arcsin} command or @code{arcsin} algebraic
18283 function. The returned argument is converted to degrees, radians, or HMS
18284 notation depending on the current angular mode.
18285
18286 @kindex H S
18287 @pindex calc-sinh
18288 @tindex sinh
18289 @kindex H I S
18290 @pindex calc-arcsinh
18291 @tindex arcsinh
18292 With the Hyperbolic flag, @code{calc-sin} computes the hyperbolic
18293 sine, also available as @code{calc-sinh} [@code{sinh}]. With the
18294 Hyperbolic and Inverse flags, it computes the hyperbolic arcsine
18295 (@code{calc-arcsinh}) [@code{arcsinh}].
18296
18297 @kindex C
18298 @pindex calc-cos
18299 @tindex cos
18300 @ignore
18301 @mindex @idots
18302 @end ignore
18303 @kindex I C
18304 @pindex calc-arccos
18305 @ignore
18306 @mindex @null
18307 @end ignore
18308 @tindex arccos
18309 @ignore
18310 @mindex @null
18311 @end ignore
18312 @kindex H C
18313 @pindex calc-cosh
18314 @ignore
18315 @mindex @null
18316 @end ignore
18317 @tindex cosh
18318 @ignore
18319 @mindex @null
18320 @end ignore
18321 @kindex H I C
18322 @pindex calc-arccosh
18323 @ignore
18324 @mindex @null
18325 @end ignore
18326 @tindex arccosh
18327 @ignore
18328 @mindex @null
18329 @end ignore
18330 @kindex T
18331 @pindex calc-tan
18332 @ignore
18333 @mindex @null
18334 @end ignore
18335 @tindex tan
18336 @ignore
18337 @mindex @null
18338 @end ignore
18339 @kindex I T
18340 @pindex calc-arctan
18341 @ignore
18342 @mindex @null
18343 @end ignore
18344 @tindex arctan
18345 @ignore
18346 @mindex @null
18347 @end ignore
18348 @kindex H T
18349 @pindex calc-tanh
18350 @ignore
18351 @mindex @null
18352 @end ignore
18353 @tindex tanh
18354 @ignore
18355 @mindex @null
18356 @end ignore
18357 @kindex H I T
18358 @pindex calc-arctanh
18359 @ignore
18360 @mindex @null
18361 @end ignore
18362 @tindex arctanh
18363 The shift-@kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}] command computes the cosine
18364 of an angle or complex number, and shift-@kbd{T} (@code{calc-tan}) [@code{tan}]
18365 computes the tangent, along with all the various inverse and hyperbolic
18366 variants of these functions.
18367
18368 @kindex f T
18369 @pindex calc-arctan2
18370 @tindex arctan2
18371 The @kbd{f T} (@code{calc-arctan2}) [@code{arctan2}] command takes two
18372 numbers from the stack and computes the arc tangent of their ratio. The
18373 result is in the full range from @mathit{-180} (exclusive) to @mathit{+180}
18374 (inclusive) degrees, or the analogous range in radians. A similar
18375 result would be obtained with @kbd{/} followed by @kbd{I T}, but the
18376 value would only be in the range from @mathit{-90} to @mathit{+90} degrees
18377 since the division loses information about the signs of the two
18378 components, and an error might result from an explicit division by zero
18379 which @code{arctan2} would avoid. By (arbitrary) definition,
18380 @samp{arctan2(0,0)=0}.
18381
18382 @pindex calc-sincos
18383 @ignore
18384 @starindex
18385 @end ignore
18386 @tindex sincos
18387 @ignore
18388 @starindex
18389 @end ignore
18390 @ignore
18391 @mindex arc@idots
18392 @end ignore
18393 @tindex arcsincos
18394 The @code{calc-sincos} [@code{sincos}] command computes the sine and
18395 cosine of a number, returning them as a vector of the form
18396 @samp{[@var{cos}, @var{sin}]}.
18397 With the Inverse flag [@code{arcsincos}], this command takes a two-element
18398 vector as an argument and computes @code{arctan2} of the elements.
18399 (This command does not accept the Hyperbolic flag.)
18400
18401 @pindex calc-sec
18402 @tindex sec
18403 @pindex calc-csc
18404 @tindex csc
18405 @pindex calc-cot
18406 @tindex cot
18407 @pindex calc-sech
18408 @tindex sech
18409 @pindex calc-csch
18410 @tindex csch
18411 @pindex calc-coth
18412 @tindex coth
18413 The remaining trigonometric functions, @code{calc-sec} [@code{sec}],
18414 @code{calc-csc} [@code{csc}] and @code{calc-cot} [@code{cot}], are also
18415 available. With the Hyperbolic flag, these compute their hyperbolic
18416 counterparts, which are also available separately as @code{calc-sech}
18417 [@code{sech}], @code{calc-csch} [@code{csch}] and @code{calc-coth}
18418 [@code{coth}]. (These commands do not accept the Inverse flag.)
18419
18420 @node Advanced Math Functions, Branch Cuts, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions
18421 @section Advanced Mathematical Functions
18422
18423 @noindent
18424 Calc can compute a variety of less common functions that arise in
18425 various branches of mathematics. All of the functions described in
18426 this section allow arbitrary complex arguments and, except as noted,
18427 will work to arbitrarily large precisions. They can not at present
18428 handle error forms or intervals as arguments.
18429
18430 NOTE: These functions are still experimental. In particular, their
18431 accuracy is not guaranteed in all domains. It is advisable to set the
18432 current precision comfortably higher than you actually need when
18433 using these functions. Also, these functions may be impractically
18434 slow for some values of the arguments.
18435
18436 @kindex f g
18437 @pindex calc-gamma
18438 @tindex gamma
18439 The @kbd{f g} (@code{calc-gamma}) [@code{gamma}] command computes the Euler
18440 gamma function. For positive integer arguments, this is related to the
18441 factorial function: @samp{gamma(n+1) = fact(n)}. For general complex
18442 arguments the gamma function can be defined by the following definite
18443 integral:
18444 @texline @math{\Gamma(a) = \int_0^\infty t^{a-1} e^t dt}.
18445 @infoline @expr{gamma(a) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, inf)}.
18446 (The actual implementation uses far more efficient computational methods.)
18447
18448 @kindex f G
18449 @tindex gammaP
18450 @ignore
18451 @mindex @idots
18452 @end ignore
18453 @kindex I f G
18454 @ignore
18455 @mindex @null
18456 @end ignore
18457 @kindex H f G
18458 @ignore
18459 @mindex @null
18460 @end ignore
18461 @kindex H I f G
18462 @pindex calc-inc-gamma
18463 @ignore
18464 @mindex @null
18465 @end ignore
18466 @tindex gammaQ
18467 @ignore
18468 @mindex @null
18469 @end ignore
18470 @tindex gammag
18471 @ignore
18472 @mindex @null
18473 @end ignore
18474 @tindex gammaG
18475 The @kbd{f G} (@code{calc-inc-gamma}) [@code{gammaP}] command computes
18476 the incomplete gamma function, denoted @samp{P(a,x)}. This is defined by
18477 the integral,
18478 @texline @math{P(a,x) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} e^t dt \right) / \Gamma(a)}.
18479 @infoline @expr{gammaP(a,x) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, x) / gamma(a)}.
18480 This implies that @samp{gammaP(a,inf) = 1} for any @expr{a} (see the
18481 definition of the normal gamma function).
18482
18483 Several other varieties of incomplete gamma function are defined.
18484 The complement of @expr{P(a,x)}, called @expr{Q(a,x) = 1-P(a,x)} by
18485 some authors, is computed by the @kbd{I f G} [@code{gammaQ}] command.
18486 You can think of this as taking the other half of the integral, from
18487 @expr{x} to infinity.
18488
18489 @ifnottex
18490 The functions corresponding to the integrals that define @expr{P(a,x)}
18491 and @expr{Q(a,x)} but without the normalizing @expr{1/gamma(a)}
18492 factor are called @expr{g(a,x)} and @expr{G(a,x)}, respectively
18493 (where @expr{g} and @expr{G} represent the lower- and upper-case Greek
18494 letter gamma). You can obtain these using the @kbd{H f G} [@code{gammag}]
18495 and @kbd{H I f G} [@code{gammaG}] commands.
18496 @end ifnottex
18497 @tex
18498 \turnoffactive
18499 The functions corresponding to the integrals that define $P(a,x)$
18500 and $Q(a,x)$ but without the normalizing $1/\Gamma(a)$
18501 factor are called $\gamma(a,x)$ and $\Gamma(a,x)$, respectively.
18502 You can obtain these using the \kbd{H f G} [\code{gammag}] and
18503 \kbd{I H f G} [\code{gammaG}] commands.
18504 @end tex
18505
18506 @kindex f b
18507 @pindex calc-beta
18508 @tindex beta
18509 The @kbd{f b} (@code{calc-beta}) [@code{beta}] command computes the
18510 Euler beta function, which is defined in terms of the gamma function as
18511 @texline @math{B(a,b) = \Gamma(a) \Gamma(b) / \Gamma(a+b)},
18512 @infoline @expr{beta(a,b) = gamma(a) gamma(b) / gamma(a+b)},
18513 or by
18514 @texline @math{B(a,b) = \int_0^1 t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt}.
18515 @infoline @expr{beta(a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, 1)}.
18516
18517 @kindex f B
18518 @kindex H f B
18519 @pindex calc-inc-beta
18520 @tindex betaI
18521 @tindex betaB
18522 The @kbd{f B} (@code{calc-inc-beta}) [@code{betaI}] command computes
18523 the incomplete beta function @expr{I(x,a,b)}. It is defined by
18524 @texline @math{I(x,a,b) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt \right) / B(a,b)}.
18525 @infoline @expr{betaI(x,a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, x) / beta(a,b)}.
18526 Once again, the @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix gives the corresponding
18527 un-normalized version [@code{betaB}].
18528
18529 @kindex f e
18530 @kindex I f e
18531 @pindex calc-erf
18532 @tindex erf
18533 @tindex erfc
18534 The @kbd{f e} (@code{calc-erf}) [@code{erf}] command computes the
18535 error function
18536 @texline @math{\hbox{erf}(x) = {2 \over \sqrt{\pi}} \int_0^x e^{-t^2} dt}.
18537 @infoline @expr{erf(x) = 2 integ(exp(-(t^2)), t, 0, x) / sqrt(pi)}.
18538 The complementary error function @kbd{I f e} (@code{calc-erfc}) [@code{erfc}]
18539 is the corresponding integral from @samp{x} to infinity; the sum
18540 @texline @math{\hbox{erf}(x) + \hbox{erfc}(x) = 1}.
18541 @infoline @expr{erf(x) + erfc(x) = 1}.
18542
18543 @kindex f j
18544 @kindex f y
18545 @pindex calc-bessel-J
18546 @pindex calc-bessel-Y
18547 @tindex besJ
18548 @tindex besY
18549 The @kbd{f j} (@code{calc-bessel-J}) [@code{besJ}] and @kbd{f y}
18550 (@code{calc-bessel-Y}) [@code{besY}] commands compute the Bessel
18551 functions of the first and second kinds, respectively.
18552 In @samp{besJ(n,x)} and @samp{besY(n,x)} the ``order'' parameter
18553 @expr{n} is often an integer, but is not required to be one.
18554 Calc's implementation of the Bessel functions currently limits the
18555 precision to 8 digits, and may not be exact even to that precision.
18556 Use with care!
18557
18558 @node Branch Cuts, Random Numbers, Advanced Math Functions, Scientific Functions
18559 @section Branch Cuts and Principal Values
18560
18561 @noindent
18562 @cindex Branch cuts
18563 @cindex Principal values
18564 All of the logarithmic, trigonometric, and other scientific functions are
18565 defined for complex numbers as well as for reals.
18566 This section describes the values
18567 returned in cases where the general result is a family of possible values.
18568 Calc follows section 12.5.3 of Steele's @dfn{Common Lisp, the Language},
18569 second edition, in these matters. This section will describe each
18570 function briefly; for a more detailed discussion (including some nifty
18571 diagrams), consult Steele's book.
18572
18573 Note that the branch cuts for @code{arctan} and @code{arctanh} were
18574 changed between the first and second editions of Steele. Recent
18575 versions of Calc follow the second edition.
18576
18577 The new branch cuts exactly match those of the HP-28/48 calculators.
18578 They also match those of Mathematica 1.2, except that Mathematica's
18579 @code{arctan} cut is always in the right half of the complex plane,
18580 and its @code{arctanh} cut is always in the top half of the plane.
18581 Calc's cuts are continuous with quadrants I and III for @code{arctan},
18582 or II and IV for @code{arctanh}.
18583
18584 Note: The current implementations of these functions with complex arguments
18585 are designed with proper behavior around the branch cuts in mind, @emph{not}
18586 efficiency or accuracy. You may need to increase the floating precision
18587 and wait a while to get suitable answers from them.
18588
18589 For @samp{sqrt(a+bi)}: When @expr{a<0} and @expr{b} is small but positive
18590 or zero, the result is close to the @expr{+i} axis. For @expr{b} small and
18591 negative, the result is close to the @expr{-i} axis. The result always lies
18592 in the right half of the complex plane.
18593
18594 For @samp{ln(a+bi)}: The real part is defined as @samp{ln(abs(a+bi))}.
18595 The imaginary part is defined as @samp{arg(a+bi) = arctan2(b,a)}.
18596 Thus the branch cuts for @code{sqrt} and @code{ln} both lie on the
18597 negative real axis.
18598
18599 The following table describes these branch cuts in another way.
18600 If the real and imaginary parts of @expr{z} are as shown, then
18601 the real and imaginary parts of @expr{f(z)} will be as shown.
18602 Here @code{eps} stands for a small positive value; each
18603 occurrence of @code{eps} may stand for a different small value.
18604
18605 @smallexample
18606 z sqrt(z) ln(z)
18607 ----------------------------------------
18608 +, 0 +, 0 any, 0
18609 -, 0 0, + any, pi
18610 -, +eps +eps, + +eps, +
18611 -, -eps +eps, - +eps, -
18612 @end smallexample
18613
18614 For @samp{z1^z2}: This is defined by @samp{exp(ln(z1)*z2)}.
18615 One interesting consequence of this is that @samp{(-8)^1:3} does
18616 not evaluate to @mathit{-2} as you might expect, but to the complex
18617 number @expr{(1., 1.732)}. Both of these are valid cube roots
18618 of @mathit{-8} (as is @expr{(1., -1.732)}); Calc chooses a perhaps
18619 less-obvious root for the sake of mathematical consistency.
18620
18621 For @samp{arcsin(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(i*z + sqrt(1-z^2))}.
18622 The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18623
18624 For @samp{arccos(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(z + i*sqrt(1-z^2))},
18625 or equivalently by @samp{pi/2 - arcsin(z)}. The branch cuts are on
18626 the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18627
18628 For @samp{arctan(z)}: This is defined by
18629 @samp{(ln(1+i*z) - ln(1-i*z)) / (2*i)}. The branch cuts are on the
18630 imaginary axis, below @expr{-i} and above @expr{i}.
18631
18632 For @samp{arcsinh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{ln(z + sqrt(1+z^2))}.
18633 The branch cuts are on the imaginary axis, below @expr{-i} and
18634 above @expr{i}.
18635
18636 For @samp{arccosh(z)}: This is defined by
18637 @samp{ln(z + (z+1)*sqrt((z-1)/(z+1)))}. The branch cut is on the
18638 real axis less than 1.
18639
18640 For @samp{arctanh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{(ln(1+z) - ln(1-z)) / 2}.
18641 The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18642
18643 The following tables for @code{arcsin}, @code{arccos}, and
18644 @code{arctan} assume the current angular mode is Radians. The
18645 hyperbolic functions operate independently of the angular mode.
18646
18647 @smallexample
18648 z arcsin(z) arccos(z)
18649 -------------------------------------------------------
18650 (-1..1), 0 (-pi/2..pi/2), 0 (0..pi), 0
18651 (-1..1), +eps (-pi/2..pi/2), +eps (0..pi), -eps
18652 (-1..1), -eps (-pi/2..pi/2), -eps (0..pi), +eps
18653 <-1, 0 -pi/2, + pi, -
18654 <-1, +eps -pi/2 + eps, + pi - eps, -
18655 <-1, -eps -pi/2 + eps, - pi - eps, +
18656 >1, 0 pi/2, - 0, +
18657 >1, +eps pi/2 - eps, + +eps, -
18658 >1, -eps pi/2 - eps, - +eps, +
18659 @end smallexample
18660
18661 @smallexample
18662 z arccosh(z) arctanh(z)
18663 -----------------------------------------------------
18664 (-1..1), 0 0, (0..pi) any, 0
18665 (-1..1), +eps +eps, (0..pi) any, +eps
18666 (-1..1), -eps +eps, (-pi..0) any, -eps
18667 <-1, 0 +, pi -, pi/2
18668 <-1, +eps +, pi - eps -, pi/2 - eps
18669 <-1, -eps +, -pi + eps -, -pi/2 + eps
18670 >1, 0 +, 0 +, -pi/2
18671 >1, +eps +, +eps +, pi/2 - eps
18672 >1, -eps +, -eps +, -pi/2 + eps
18673 @end smallexample
18674
18675 @smallexample
18676 z arcsinh(z) arctan(z)
18677 -----------------------------------------------------
18678 0, (-1..1) 0, (-pi/2..pi/2) 0, any
18679 0, <-1 -, -pi/2 -pi/2, -
18680 +eps, <-1 +, -pi/2 + eps pi/2 - eps, -
18681 -eps, <-1 -, -pi/2 + eps -pi/2 + eps, -
18682 0, >1 +, pi/2 pi/2, +
18683 +eps, >1 +, pi/2 - eps pi/2 - eps, +
18684 -eps, >1 -, pi/2 - eps -pi/2 + eps, +
18685 @end smallexample
18686
18687 Finally, the following identities help to illustrate the relationship
18688 between the complex trigonometric and hyperbolic functions. They
18689 are valid everywhere, including on the branch cuts.
18690
18691 @smallexample
18692 sin(i*z) = i*sinh(z) arcsin(i*z) = i*arcsinh(z)
18693 cos(i*z) = cosh(z) arcsinh(i*z) = i*arcsin(z)
18694 tan(i*z) = i*tanh(z) arctan(i*z) = i*arctanh(z)
18695 sinh(i*z) = i*sin(z) cosh(i*z) = cos(z)
18696 @end smallexample
18697
18698 The ``advanced math'' functions (gamma, Bessel, etc.@:) are also defined
18699 for general complex arguments, but their branch cuts and principal values
18700 are not rigorously specified at present.
18701
18702 @node Random Numbers, Combinatorial Functions, Branch Cuts, Scientific Functions
18703 @section Random Numbers
18704
18705 @noindent
18706 @kindex k r
18707 @pindex calc-random
18708 @tindex random
18709 The @kbd{k r} (@code{calc-random}) [@code{random}] command produces
18710 random numbers of various sorts.
18711
18712 Given a positive numeric prefix argument @expr{M}, it produces a random
18713 integer @expr{N} in the range
18714 @texline @math{0 \le N < M}.
18715 @infoline @expr{0 <= N < M}.
18716 Each possible value @expr{N} appears with equal probability.
18717
18718 With no numeric prefix argument, the @kbd{k r} command takes its argument
18719 from the stack instead. Once again, if this is a positive integer @expr{M}
18720 the result is a random integer less than @expr{M}. However, note that
18721 while numeric prefix arguments are limited to six digits or so, an @expr{M}
18722 taken from the stack can be arbitrarily large. If @expr{M} is negative,
18723 the result is a random integer in the range
18724 @texline @math{M < N \le 0}.
18725 @infoline @expr{M < N <= 0}.
18726
18727 If the value on the stack is a floating-point number @expr{M}, the result
18728 is a random floating-point number @expr{N} in the range
18729 @texline @math{0 \le N < M}
18730 @infoline @expr{0 <= N < M}
18731 or
18732 @texline @math{M < N \le 0},
18733 @infoline @expr{M < N <= 0},
18734 according to the sign of @expr{M}.
18735
18736 If @expr{M} is zero, the result is a Gaussian-distributed random real
18737 number; the distribution has a mean of zero and a standard deviation
18738 of one. The algorithm used generates random numbers in pairs; thus,
18739 every other call to this function will be especially fast.
18740
18741 If @expr{M} is an error form
18742 @texline @math{m} @code{+/-} @math{\sigma}
18743 @infoline @samp{m +/- s}
18744 where @var{m} and
18745 @texline @math{\sigma}
18746 @infoline @var{s}
18747 are both real numbers, the result uses a Gaussian distribution with mean
18748 @var{m} and standard deviation
18749 @texline @math{\sigma}.
18750 @infoline @var{s}.
18751
18752 If @expr{M} is an interval form, the lower and upper bounds specify the
18753 acceptable limits of the random numbers. If both bounds are integers,
18754 the result is a random integer in the specified range. If either bound
18755 is floating-point, the result is a random real number in the specified
18756 range. If the interval is open at either end, the result will be sure
18757 not to equal that end value. (This makes a big difference for integer
18758 intervals, but for floating-point intervals it's relatively minor:
18759 with a precision of 6, @samp{random([1.0..2.0))} will return any of one
18760 million numbers from 1.00000 to 1.99999; @samp{random([1.0..2.0])} may
18761 additionally return 2.00000, but the probability of this happening is
18762 extremely small.)
18763
18764 If @expr{M} is a vector, the result is one element taken at random from
18765 the vector. All elements of the vector are given equal probabilities.
18766
18767 @vindex RandSeed
18768 The sequence of numbers produced by @kbd{k r} is completely random by
18769 default, i.e., the sequence is seeded each time you start Calc using
18770 the current time and other information. You can get a reproducible
18771 sequence by storing a particular ``seed value'' in the Calc variable
18772 @code{RandSeed}. Any integer will do for a seed; integers of from 1
18773 to 12 digits are good. If you later store a different integer into
18774 @code{RandSeed}, Calc will switch to a different pseudo-random
18775 sequence. If you ``unstore'' @code{RandSeed}, Calc will re-seed itself
18776 from the current time. If you store the same integer that you used
18777 before back into @code{RandSeed}, you will get the exact same sequence
18778 of random numbers as before.
18779
18780 @pindex calc-rrandom
18781 The @code{calc-rrandom} command (not on any key) produces a random real
18782 number between zero and one. It is equivalent to @samp{random(1.0)}.
18783
18784 @kindex k a
18785 @pindex calc-random-again
18786 The @kbd{k a} (@code{calc-random-again}) command produces another random
18787 number, re-using the most recent value of @expr{M}. With a numeric
18788 prefix argument @var{n}, it produces @var{n} more random numbers using
18789 that value of @expr{M}.
18790
18791 @kindex k h
18792 @pindex calc-shuffle
18793 @tindex shuffle
18794 The @kbd{k h} (@code{calc-shuffle}) command produces a vector of several
18795 random values with no duplicates. The value on the top of the stack
18796 specifies the set from which the random values are drawn, and may be any
18797 of the @expr{M} formats described above. The numeric prefix argument
18798 gives the length of the desired list. (If you do not provide a numeric
18799 prefix argument, the length of the list is taken from the top of the
18800 stack, and @expr{M} from second-to-top.)
18801
18802 If @expr{M} is a floating-point number, zero, or an error form (so
18803 that the random values are being drawn from the set of real numbers)
18804 there is little practical difference between using @kbd{k h} and using
18805 @kbd{k r} several times. But if the set of possible values consists
18806 of just a few integers, or the elements of a vector, then there is
18807 a very real chance that multiple @kbd{k r}'s will produce the same
18808 number more than once. The @kbd{k h} command produces a vector whose
18809 elements are always distinct. (Actually, there is a slight exception:
18810 If @expr{M} is a vector, no given vector element will be drawn more
18811 than once, but if several elements of @expr{M} are equal, they may
18812 each make it into the result vector.)
18813
18814 One use of @kbd{k h} is to rearrange a list at random. This happens
18815 if the prefix argument is equal to the number of values in the list:
18816 @kbd{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3] 5 k h} might produce the permuted list
18817 @samp{[2.5, 1, 1.5, 3, 2]}. As a convenient feature, if the argument
18818 @var{n} is negative it is replaced by the size of the set represented
18819 by @expr{M}. Naturally, this is allowed only when @expr{M} specifies
18820 a small discrete set of possibilities.
18821
18822 To do the equivalent of @kbd{k h} but with duplications allowed,
18823 given @expr{M} on the stack and with @var{n} just entered as a numeric
18824 prefix, use @kbd{v b} to build a vector of copies of @expr{M}, then use
18825 @kbd{V M k r} to ``map'' the normal @kbd{k r} function over the
18826 elements of this vector. @xref{Matrix Functions}.
18827
18828 @menu
18829 * Random Number Generator:: (Complete description of Calc's algorithm)
18830 @end menu
18831
18832 @node Random Number Generator, , Random Numbers, Random Numbers
18833 @subsection Random Number Generator
18834
18835 Calc's random number generator uses several methods to ensure that
18836 the numbers it produces are highly random. Knuth's @emph{Art of
18837 Computer Programming}, Volume II, contains a thorough description
18838 of the theory of random number generators and their measurement and
18839 characterization.
18840
18841 If @code{RandSeed} has no stored value, Calc calls Emacs' built-in
18842 @code{random} function to get a stream of random numbers, which it
18843 then treats in various ways to avoid problems inherent in the simple
18844 random number generators that many systems use to implement @code{random}.
18845
18846 When Calc's random number generator is first invoked, it ``seeds''
18847 the low-level random sequence using the time of day, so that the
18848 random number sequence will be different every time you use Calc.
18849
18850 Since Emacs Lisp doesn't specify the range of values that will be
18851 returned by its @code{random} function, Calc exercises the function
18852 several times to estimate the range. When Calc subsequently uses
18853 the @code{random} function, it takes only 10 bits of the result
18854 near the most-significant end. (It avoids at least the bottom
18855 four bits, preferably more, and also tries to avoid the top two
18856 bits.) This strategy works well with the linear congruential
18857 generators that are typically used to implement @code{random}.
18858
18859 If @code{RandSeed} contains an integer, Calc uses this integer to
18860 seed an ``additive congruential'' method (Knuth's algorithm 3.2.2A,
18861 computing
18862 @texline @math{X_{n-55} - X_{n-24}}.
18863 @infoline @expr{X_n-55 - X_n-24}).
18864 This method expands the seed
18865 value into a large table which is maintained internally; the variable
18866 @code{RandSeed} is changed from, e.g., 42 to the vector @expr{[42]}
18867 to indicate that the seed has been absorbed into this table. When
18868 @code{RandSeed} contains a vector, @kbd{k r} and related commands
18869 continue to use the same internal table as last time. There is no
18870 way to extract the complete state of the random number generator
18871 so that you can restart it from any point; you can only restart it
18872 from the same initial seed value. A simple way to restart from the
18873 same seed is to type @kbd{s r RandSeed} to get the seed vector,
18874 @kbd{v u} to unpack it back into a number, then @kbd{s t RandSeed}
18875 to reseed the generator with that number.
18876
18877 Calc uses a ``shuffling'' method as described in algorithm 3.2.2B
18878 of Knuth. It fills a table with 13 random 10-bit numbers. Then,
18879 to generate a new random number, it uses the previous number to
18880 index into the table, picks the value it finds there as the new
18881 random number, then replaces that table entry with a new value
18882 obtained from a call to the base random number generator (either
18883 the additive congruential generator or the @code{random} function
18884 supplied by the system). If there are any flaws in the base
18885 generator, shuffling will tend to even them out. But if the system
18886 provides an excellent @code{random} function, shuffling will not
18887 damage its randomness.
18888
18889 To create a random integer of a certain number of digits, Calc
18890 builds the integer three decimal digits at a time. For each group
18891 of three digits, Calc calls its 10-bit shuffling random number generator
18892 (which returns a value from 0 to 1023); if the random value is 1000
18893 or more, Calc throws it out and tries again until it gets a suitable
18894 value.
18895
18896 To create a random floating-point number with precision @var{p}, Calc
18897 simply creates a random @var{p}-digit integer and multiplies by
18898 @texline @math{10^{-p}}.
18899 @infoline @expr{10^-p}.
18900 The resulting random numbers should be very clean, but note
18901 that relatively small numbers will have few significant random digits.
18902 In other words, with a precision of 12, you will occasionally get
18903 numbers on the order of
18904 @texline @math{10^{-9}}
18905 @infoline @expr{10^-9}
18906 or
18907 @texline @math{10^{-10}},
18908 @infoline @expr{10^-10},
18909 but those numbers will only have two or three random digits since they
18910 correspond to small integers times
18911 @texline @math{10^{-12}}.
18912 @infoline @expr{10^-12}.
18913
18914 To create a random integer in the interval @samp{[0 .. @var{m})}, Calc
18915 counts the digits in @var{m}, creates a random integer with three
18916 additional digits, then reduces modulo @var{m}. Unless @var{m} is a
18917 power of ten the resulting values will be very slightly biased toward
18918 the lower numbers, but this bias will be less than 0.1%. (For example,
18919 if @var{m} is 42, Calc will reduce a random integer less than 100000
18920 modulo 42 to get a result less than 42. It is easy to show that the
18921 numbers 40 and 41 will be only 2380/2381 as likely to result from this
18922 modulo operation as numbers 39 and below.) If @var{m} is a power of
18923 ten, however, the numbers should be completely unbiased.
18924
18925 The Gaussian random numbers generated by @samp{random(0.0)} use the
18926 ``polar'' method described in Knuth section 3.4.1C. This method
18927 generates a pair of Gaussian random numbers at a time, so only every
18928 other call to @samp{random(0.0)} will require significant calculations.
18929
18930 @node Combinatorial Functions, Probability Distribution Functions, Random Numbers, Scientific Functions
18931 @section Combinatorial Functions
18932
18933 @noindent
18934 Commands relating to combinatorics and number theory begin with the
18935 @kbd{k} key prefix.
18936
18937 @kindex k g
18938 @pindex calc-gcd
18939 @tindex gcd
18940 The @kbd{k g} (@code{calc-gcd}) [@code{gcd}] command computes the
18941 Greatest Common Divisor of two integers. It also accepts fractions;
18942 the GCD of two fractions is defined by taking the GCD of the
18943 numerators, and the LCM of the denominators. This definition is
18944 consistent with the idea that @samp{a / gcd(a,x)} should yield an
18945 integer for any @samp{a} and @samp{x}. For other types of arguments,
18946 the operation is left in symbolic form.
18947
18948 @kindex k l
18949 @pindex calc-lcm
18950 @tindex lcm
18951 The @kbd{k l} (@code{calc-lcm}) [@code{lcm}] command computes the
18952 Least Common Multiple of two integers or fractions. The product of
18953 the LCM and GCD of two numbers is equal to the product of the
18954 numbers.
18955
18956 @kindex k E
18957 @pindex calc-extended-gcd
18958 @tindex egcd
18959 The @kbd{k E} (@code{calc-extended-gcd}) [@code{egcd}] command computes
18960 the GCD of two integers @expr{x} and @expr{y} and returns a vector
18961 @expr{[g, a, b]} where
18962 @texline @math{g = \gcd(x,y) = a x + b y}.
18963 @infoline @expr{g = gcd(x,y) = a x + b y}.
18964
18965 @kindex !
18966 @pindex calc-factorial
18967 @tindex fact
18968 @ignore
18969 @mindex @null
18970 @end ignore
18971 @tindex !
18972 The @kbd{!} (@code{calc-factorial}) [@code{fact}] command computes the
18973 factorial of the number at the top of the stack. If the number is an
18974 integer, the result is an exact integer. If the number is an
18975 integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point approximation. If
18976 the number is a non-integral real number, the generalized factorial is used,
18977 as defined by the Euler Gamma function. Please note that computation of
18978 large factorials can be slow; using floating-point format will help
18979 since fewer digits must be maintained. The same is true of many of
18980 the commands in this section.
18981
18982 @kindex k d
18983 @pindex calc-double-factorial
18984 @tindex dfact
18985 @ignore
18986 @mindex @null
18987 @end ignore
18988 @tindex !!
18989 The @kbd{k d} (@code{calc-double-factorial}) [@code{dfact}] command
18990 computes the ``double factorial'' of an integer. For an even integer,
18991 this is the product of even integers from 2 to @expr{N}. For an odd
18992 integer, this is the product of odd integers from 3 to @expr{N}. If
18993 the argument is an integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point
18994 approximation. This function is undefined for negative even integers.
18995 The notation @expr{N!!} is also recognized for double factorials.
18996
18997 @kindex k c
18998 @pindex calc-choose
18999 @tindex choose
19000 The @kbd{k c} (@code{calc-choose}) [@code{choose}] command computes the
19001 binomial coefficient @expr{N}-choose-@expr{M}, where @expr{M} is the number
19002 on the top of the stack and @expr{N} is second-to-top. If both arguments
19003 are integers, the result is an exact integer. Otherwise, the result is a
19004 floating-point approximation. The binomial coefficient is defined for all
19005 real numbers by
19006 @texline @math{N! \over M! (N-M)!\,}.
19007 @infoline @expr{N! / M! (N-M)!}.
19008
19009 @kindex H k c
19010 @pindex calc-perm
19011 @tindex perm
19012 @ifnottex
19013 The @kbd{H k c} (@code{calc-perm}) [@code{perm}] command computes the
19014 number-of-permutations function @expr{N! / (N-M)!}.
19015 @end ifnottex
19016 @tex
19017 The \kbd{H k c} (\code{calc-perm}) [\code{perm}] command computes the
19018 number-of-perm\-utations function $N! \over (N-M)!\,$.
19019 @end tex
19020
19021 @kindex k b
19022 @kindex H k b
19023 @pindex calc-bernoulli-number
19024 @tindex bern
19025 The @kbd{k b} (@code{calc-bernoulli-number}) [@code{bern}] command
19026 computes a given Bernoulli number. The value at the top of the stack
19027 is a nonnegative integer @expr{n} that specifies which Bernoulli number
19028 is desired. The @kbd{H k b} command computes a Bernoulli polynomial,
19029 taking @expr{n} from the second-to-top position and @expr{x} from the
19030 top of the stack. If @expr{x} is a variable or formula the result is
19031 a polynomial in @expr{x}; if @expr{x} is a number the result is a number.
19032
19033 @kindex k e
19034 @kindex H k e
19035 @pindex calc-euler-number
19036 @tindex euler
19037 The @kbd{k e} (@code{calc-euler-number}) [@code{euler}] command similarly
19038 computes an Euler number, and @w{@kbd{H k e}} computes an Euler polynomial.
19039 Bernoulli and Euler numbers occur in the Taylor expansions of several
19040 functions.
19041
19042 @kindex k s
19043 @kindex H k s
19044 @pindex calc-stirling-number
19045 @tindex stir1
19046 @tindex stir2
19047 The @kbd{k s} (@code{calc-stirling-number}) [@code{stir1}] command
19048 computes a Stirling number of the first
19049 @texline kind@tie{}@math{n \brack m},
19050 @infoline kind,
19051 given two integers @expr{n} and @expr{m} on the stack. The @kbd{H k s}
19052 [@code{stir2}] command computes a Stirling number of the second
19053 @texline kind@tie{}@math{n \brace m}.
19054 @infoline kind.
19055 These are the number of @expr{m}-cycle permutations of @expr{n} objects,
19056 and the number of ways to partition @expr{n} objects into @expr{m}
19057 non-empty sets, respectively.
19058
19059 @kindex k p
19060 @pindex calc-prime-test
19061 @cindex Primes
19062 The @kbd{k p} (@code{calc-prime-test}) command checks if the integer on
19063 the top of the stack is prime. For integers less than eight million, the
19064 answer is always exact and reasonably fast. For larger integers, a
19065 probabilistic method is used (see Knuth vol. II, section 4.5.4, algorithm P).
19066 The number is first checked against small prime factors (up to 13). Then,
19067 any number of iterations of the algorithm are performed. Each step either
19068 discovers that the number is non-prime, or substantially increases the
19069 certainty that the number is prime. After a few steps, the chance that
19070 a number was mistakenly described as prime will be less than one percent.
19071 (Indeed, this is a worst-case estimate of the probability; in practice
19072 even a single iteration is quite reliable.) After the @kbd{k p} command,
19073 the number will be reported as definitely prime or non-prime if possible,
19074 or otherwise ``probably'' prime with a certain probability of error.
19075
19076 @ignore
19077 @starindex
19078 @end ignore
19079 @tindex prime
19080 The normal @kbd{k p} command performs one iteration of the primality
19081 test. Pressing @kbd{k p} repeatedly for the same integer will perform
19082 additional iterations. Also, @kbd{k p} with a numeric prefix performs
19083 the specified number of iterations. There is also an algebraic function
19084 @samp{prime(n)} or @samp{prime(n,iters)} which returns 1 if @expr{n}
19085 is (probably) prime and 0 if not.
19086
19087 @kindex k f
19088 @pindex calc-prime-factors
19089 @tindex prfac
19090 The @kbd{k f} (@code{calc-prime-factors}) [@code{prfac}] command
19091 attempts to decompose an integer into its prime factors. For numbers up
19092 to 25 million, the answer is exact although it may take some time. The
19093 result is a vector of the prime factors in increasing order. For larger
19094 inputs, prime factors above 5000 may not be found, in which case the
19095 last number in the vector will be an unfactored integer greater than 25
19096 million (with a warning message). For negative integers, the first
19097 element of the list will be @mathit{-1}. For inputs @mathit{-1}, @mathit{0}, and
19098 @mathit{1}, the result is a list of the same number.
19099
19100 @kindex k n
19101 @pindex calc-next-prime
19102 @ignore
19103 @mindex nextpr@idots
19104 @end ignore
19105 @tindex nextprime
19106 The @kbd{k n} (@code{calc-next-prime}) [@code{nextprime}] command finds
19107 the next prime above a given number. Essentially, it searches by calling
19108 @code{calc-prime-test} on successive integers until it finds one that
19109 passes the test. This is quite fast for integers less than eight million,
19110 but once the probabilistic test comes into play the search may be rather
19111 slow. Ordinarily this command stops for any prime that passes one iteration
19112 of the primality test. With a numeric prefix argument, a number must pass
19113 the specified number of iterations before the search stops. (This only
19114 matters when searching above eight million.) You can always use additional
19115 @kbd{k p} commands to increase your certainty that the number is indeed
19116 prime.
19117
19118 @kindex I k n
19119 @pindex calc-prev-prime
19120 @ignore
19121 @mindex prevpr@idots
19122 @end ignore
19123 @tindex prevprime
19124 The @kbd{I k n} (@code{calc-prev-prime}) [@code{prevprime}] command
19125 analogously finds the next prime less than a given number.
19126
19127 @kindex k t
19128 @pindex calc-totient
19129 @tindex totient
19130 The @kbd{k t} (@code{calc-totient}) [@code{totient}] command computes the
19131 Euler ``totient''
19132 @texline function@tie{}@math{\phi(n)},
19133 @infoline function,
19134 the number of integers less than @expr{n} which
19135 are relatively prime to @expr{n}.
19136
19137 @kindex k m
19138 @pindex calc-moebius
19139 @tindex moebius
19140 The @kbd{k m} (@code{calc-moebius}) [@code{moebius}] command computes the
19141 @texline M@"obius @math{\mu}
19142 @infoline Moebius ``mu''
19143 function. If the input number is a product of @expr{k}
19144 distinct factors, this is @expr{(-1)^k}. If the input number has any
19145 duplicate factors (i.e., can be divided by the same prime more than once),
19146 the result is zero.
19147
19148 @node Probability Distribution Functions, , Combinatorial Functions, Scientific Functions
19149 @section Probability Distribution Functions
19150
19151 @noindent
19152 The functions in this section compute various probability distributions.
19153 For continuous distributions, this is the integral of the probability
19154 density function from @expr{x} to infinity. (These are the ``upper
19155 tail'' distribution functions; there are also corresponding ``lower
19156 tail'' functions which integrate from minus infinity to @expr{x}.)
19157 For discrete distributions, the upper tail function gives the sum
19158 from @expr{x} to infinity; the lower tail function gives the sum
19159 from minus infinity up to, but not including,@w{ }@expr{x}.
19160
19161 To integrate from @expr{x} to @expr{y}, just use the distribution
19162 function twice and subtract. For example, the probability that a
19163 Gaussian random variable with mean 2 and standard deviation 1 will
19164 lie in the range from 2.5 to 2.8 is @samp{utpn(2.5,2,1) - utpn(2.8,2,1)}
19165 (``the probability that it is greater than 2.5, but not greater than 2.8''),
19166 or equivalently @samp{ltpn(2.8,2,1) - ltpn(2.5,2,1)}.
19167
19168 @kindex k B
19169 @kindex I k B
19170 @pindex calc-utpb
19171 @tindex utpb
19172 @tindex ltpb
19173 The @kbd{k B} (@code{calc-utpb}) [@code{utpb}] function uses the
19174 binomial distribution. Push the parameters @var{n}, @var{p}, and
19175 then @var{x} onto the stack; the result (@samp{utpb(x,n,p)}) is the
19176 probability that an event will occur @var{x} or more times out
19177 of @var{n} trials, if its probability of occurring in any given
19178 trial is @var{p}. The @kbd{I k B} [@code{ltpb}] function is
19179 the probability that the event will occur fewer than @var{x} times.
19180
19181 The other probability distribution functions similarly take the
19182 form @kbd{k @var{X}} (@code{calc-utp@var{x}}) [@code{utp@var{x}}]
19183 and @kbd{I k @var{X}} [@code{ltp@var{x}}], for various letters
19184 @var{x}. The arguments to the algebraic functions are the value of
19185 the random variable first, then whatever other parameters define the
19186 distribution. Note these are among the few Calc functions where the
19187 order of the arguments in algebraic form differs from the order of
19188 arguments as found on the stack. (The random variable comes last on
19189 the stack, so that you can type, e.g., @kbd{2 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 2.5
19190 k N M-@key{RET} @key{DEL} 2.8 k N -}, using @kbd{M-@key{RET} @key{DEL}} to
19191 recover the original arguments but substitute a new value for @expr{x}.)
19192
19193 @kindex k C
19194 @pindex calc-utpc
19195 @tindex utpc
19196 @ignore
19197 @mindex @idots
19198 @end ignore
19199 @kindex I k C
19200 @ignore
19201 @mindex @null
19202 @end ignore
19203 @tindex ltpc
19204 The @samp{utpc(x,v)} function uses the chi-square distribution with
19205 @texline @math{\nu}
19206 @infoline @expr{v}
19207 degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a model is
19208 correct if its chi-square statistic is @expr{x}.
19209
19210 @kindex k F
19211 @pindex calc-utpf
19212 @tindex utpf
19213 @ignore
19214 @mindex @idots
19215 @end ignore
19216 @kindex I k F
19217 @ignore
19218 @mindex @null
19219 @end ignore
19220 @tindex ltpf
19221 The @samp{utpf(F,v1,v2)} function uses the F distribution, used in
19222 various statistical tests. The parameters
19223 @texline @math{\nu_1}
19224 @infoline @expr{v1}
19225 and
19226 @texline @math{\nu_2}
19227 @infoline @expr{v2}
19228 are the degrees of freedom in the numerator and denominator,
19229 respectively, used in computing the statistic @expr{F}.
19230
19231 @kindex k N
19232 @pindex calc-utpn
19233 @tindex utpn
19234 @ignore
19235 @mindex @idots
19236 @end ignore
19237 @kindex I k N
19238 @ignore
19239 @mindex @null
19240 @end ignore
19241 @tindex ltpn
19242 The @samp{utpn(x,m,s)} function uses a normal (Gaussian) distribution
19243 with mean @expr{m} and standard deviation
19244 @texline @math{\sigma}.
19245 @infoline @expr{s}.
19246 It is the probability that such a normal-distributed random variable
19247 would exceed @expr{x}.
19248
19249 @kindex k P
19250 @pindex calc-utpp
19251 @tindex utpp
19252 @ignore
19253 @mindex @idots
19254 @end ignore
19255 @kindex I k P
19256 @ignore
19257 @mindex @null
19258 @end ignore
19259 @tindex ltpp
19260 The @samp{utpp(n,x)} function uses a Poisson distribution with
19261 mean @expr{x}. It is the probability that @expr{n} or more such
19262 Poisson random events will occur.
19263
19264 @kindex k T
19265 @pindex calc-ltpt
19266 @tindex utpt
19267 @ignore
19268 @mindex @idots
19269 @end ignore
19270 @kindex I k T
19271 @ignore
19272 @mindex @null
19273 @end ignore
19274 @tindex ltpt
19275 The @samp{utpt(t,v)} function uses the Student's ``t'' distribution
19276 with
19277 @texline @math{\nu}
19278 @infoline @expr{v}
19279 degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a
19280 t-distributed random variable will be greater than @expr{t}.
19281 (Note: This computes the distribution function
19282 @texline @math{A(t|\nu)}
19283 @infoline @expr{A(t|v)}
19284 where
19285 @texline @math{A(0|\nu) = 1}
19286 @infoline @expr{A(0|v) = 1}
19287 and
19288 @texline @math{A(\infty|\nu) \to 0}.
19289 @infoline @expr{A(inf|v) -> 0}.
19290 The @code{UTPT} operation on the HP-48 uses a different definition which
19291 returns half of Calc's value: @samp{UTPT(t,v) = .5*utpt(t,v)}.)
19292
19293 While Calc does not provide inverses of the probability distribution
19294 functions, the @kbd{a R} command can be used to solve for the inverse.
19295 Since the distribution functions are monotonic, @kbd{a R} is guaranteed
19296 to be able to find a solution given any initial guess.
19297 @xref{Numerical Solutions}.
19298
19299 @node Matrix Functions, Algebra, Scientific Functions, Top
19300 @chapter Vector/Matrix Functions
19301
19302 @noindent
19303 Many of the commands described here begin with the @kbd{v} prefix.
19304 (For convenience, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix is equivalent to @kbd{v}.)
19305 The commands usually apply to both plain vectors and matrices; some
19306 apply only to matrices or only to square matrices. If the argument
19307 has the wrong dimensions the operation is left in symbolic form.
19308
19309 Vectors are entered and displayed using @samp{[a,b,c]} notation.
19310 Matrices are vectors of which all elements are vectors of equal length.
19311 (Though none of the standard Calc commands use this concept, a
19312 three-dimensional matrix or rank-3 tensor could be defined as a
19313 vector of matrices, and so on.)
19314
19315 @menu
19316 * Packing and Unpacking::
19317 * Building Vectors::
19318 * Extracting Elements::
19319 * Manipulating Vectors::
19320 * Vector and Matrix Arithmetic::
19321 * Set Operations::
19322 * Statistical Operations::
19323 * Reducing and Mapping::
19324 * Vector and Matrix Formats::
19325 @end menu
19326
19327 @node Packing and Unpacking, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions, Matrix Functions
19328 @section Packing and Unpacking
19329
19330 @noindent
19331 Calc's ``pack'' and ``unpack'' commands collect stack entries to build
19332 composite objects such as vectors and complex numbers. They are
19333 described in this chapter because they are most often used to build
19334 vectors.
19335
19336 @kindex v p
19337 @pindex calc-pack
19338 The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) [@code{pack}] command collects several
19339 elements from the stack into a matrix, complex number, HMS form, error
19340 form, etc. It uses a numeric prefix argument to specify the kind of
19341 object to be built; this argument is referred to as the ``packing mode.''
19342 If the packing mode is a nonnegative integer, a vector of that
19343 length is created. For example, @kbd{C-u 5 v p} will pop the top
19344 five stack elements and push back a single vector of those five
19345 elements. (@kbd{C-u 0 v p} simply creates an empty vector.)
19346
19347 The same effect can be had by pressing @kbd{[} to push an incomplete
19348 vector on the stack, using @key{TAB} (@code{calc-roll-down}) to sneak
19349 the incomplete object up past a certain number of elements, and
19350 then pressing @kbd{]} to complete the vector.
19351
19352 Negative packing modes create other kinds of composite objects:
19353
19354 @table @cite
19355 @item -1
19356 Two values are collected to build a complex number. For example,
19357 @kbd{5 @key{RET} 7 C-u -1 v p} creates the complex number
19358 @expr{(5, 7)}. The result is always a rectangular complex
19359 number. The two input values must both be real numbers,
19360 i.e., integers, fractions, or floats. If they are not, Calc
19361 will instead build a formula like @samp{a + (0, 1) b}. (The
19362 other packing modes also create a symbolic answer if the
19363 components are not suitable.)
19364
19365 @item -2
19366 Two values are collected to build a polar complex number.
19367 The first is the magnitude; the second is the phase expressed
19368 in either degrees or radians according to the current angular
19369 mode.
19370
19371 @item -3
19372 Three values are collected into an HMS form. The first
19373 two values (hours and minutes) must be integers or
19374 integer-valued floats. The third value may be any real
19375 number.
19376
19377 @item -4
19378 Two values are collected into an error form. The inputs
19379 may be real numbers or formulas.
19380
19381 @item -5
19382 Two values are collected into a modulo form. The inputs
19383 must be real numbers.
19384
19385 @item -6
19386 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b]}.
19387 The inputs may be real numbers, HMS or date forms, or formulas.
19388
19389 @item -7
19390 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b)}.
19391
19392 @item -8
19393 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b]}.
19394
19395 @item -9
19396 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b)}.
19397
19398 @item -10
19399 Two integer values are collected into a fraction.
19400
19401 @item -11
19402 Two values are collected into a floating-point number.
19403 The first is the mantissa; the second, which must be an
19404 integer, is the exponent. The result is the mantissa
19405 times ten to the power of the exponent.
19406
19407 @item -12
19408 This is treated the same as @mathit{-11} by the @kbd{v p} command.
19409 When unpacking, @mathit{-12} specifies that a floating-point mantissa
19410 is desired.
19411
19412 @item -13
19413 A real number is converted into a date form.
19414
19415 @item -14
19416 Three numbers (year, month, day) are packed into a pure date form.
19417
19418 @item -15
19419 Six numbers are packed into a date/time form.
19420 @end table
19421
19422 With any of the two-input negative packing modes, either or both
19423 of the inputs may be vectors. If both are vectors of the same
19424 length, the result is another vector made by packing corresponding
19425 elements of the input vectors. If one input is a vector and the
19426 other is a plain number, the number is packed along with each vector
19427 element to produce a new vector. For example, @kbd{C-u -4 v p}
19428 could be used to convert a vector of numbers and a vector of errors
19429 into a single vector of error forms; @kbd{C-u -5 v p} could convert
19430 a vector of numbers and a single number @var{M} into a vector of
19431 numbers modulo @var{M}.
19432
19433 If you don't give a prefix argument to @kbd{v p}, it takes
19434 the packing mode from the top of the stack. The elements to
19435 be packed then begin at stack level 2. Thus
19436 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 4 n v p} is another way to
19437 enter the error form @samp{1 +/- 2}.
19438
19439 If the packing mode taken from the stack is a vector, the result is a
19440 matrix with the dimensions specified by the elements of the vector,
19441 which must each be integers. For example, if the packing mode is
19442 @samp{[2, 3]}, then six numbers will be taken from the stack and
19443 returned in the form @samp{[@w{[a, b, c]}, [d, e, f]]}.
19444
19445 If any elements of the vector are negative, other kinds of
19446 packing are done at that level as described above. For
19447 example, @samp{[2, 3, -4]} takes 12 objects and creates a
19448 @texline @math{2\times3}
19449 @infoline 2x3
19450 matrix of error forms: @samp{[[a +/- b, c +/- d ... ]]}.
19451 Also, @samp{[-4, -10]} will convert four integers into an
19452 error form consisting of two fractions: @samp{a:b +/- c:d}.
19453
19454 @ignore
19455 @starindex
19456 @end ignore
19457 @tindex pack
19458 There is an equivalent algebraic function,
19459 @samp{pack(@var{mode}, @var{items})} where @var{mode} is a
19460 packing mode (an integer or a vector of integers) and @var{items}
19461 is a vector of objects to be packed (re-packed, really) according
19462 to that mode. For example, @samp{pack([3, -4], [a,b,c,d,e,f])}
19463 yields @samp{[a +/- b, @w{c +/- d}, e +/- f]}. The function is
19464 left in symbolic form if the packing mode is invalid, or if the
19465 number of data items does not match the number of items required
19466 by the mode.
19467
19468 @kindex v u
19469 @pindex calc-unpack
19470 The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the vector, complex
19471 number, HMS form, or other composite object on the top of the stack and
19472 ``unpacks'' it, pushing each of its elements onto the stack as separate
19473 objects. Thus, it is the ``inverse'' of @kbd{v p}. If the value
19474 at the top of the stack is a formula, @kbd{v u} unpacks it by pushing
19475 each of the arguments of the top-level operator onto the stack.
19476
19477 You can optionally give a numeric prefix argument to @kbd{v u}
19478 to specify an explicit (un)packing mode. If the packing mode is
19479 negative and the input is actually a vector or matrix, the result
19480 will be two or more similar vectors or matrices of the elements.
19481 For example, given the vector @samp{[@w{a +/- b}, c^2, d +/- 7]},
19482 the result of @kbd{C-u -4 v u} will be the two vectors
19483 @samp{[a, c^2, d]} and @w{@samp{[b, 0, 7]}}.
19484
19485 Note that the prefix argument can have an effect even when the input is
19486 not a vector. For example, if the input is the number @mathit{-5}, then
19487 @kbd{c-u -1 v u} yields @mathit{-5} and 0 (the components of @mathit{-5}
19488 when viewed as a rectangular complex number); @kbd{C-u -2 v u} yields 5
19489 and 180 (assuming Degrees mode); and @kbd{C-u -10 v u} yields @mathit{-5}
19490 and 1 (the numerator and denominator of @mathit{-5}, viewed as a rational
19491 number). Plain @kbd{v u} with this input would complain that the input
19492 is not a composite object.
19493
19494 Unpacking mode @mathit{-11} converts a float into an integer mantissa and
19495 an integer exponent, where the mantissa is not divisible by 10
19496 (except that 0.0 is represented by a mantissa and exponent of 0).
19497 Unpacking mode @mathit{-12} converts a float into a floating-point mantissa
19498 and integer exponent, where the mantissa (for non-zero numbers)
19499 is guaranteed to lie in the range [1 .. 10). In both cases,
19500 the mantissa is shifted left or right (and the exponent adjusted
19501 to compensate) in order to satisfy these constraints.
19502
19503 Positive unpacking modes are treated differently than for @kbd{v p}.
19504 A mode of 1 is much like plain @kbd{v u} with no prefix argument,
19505 except that in addition to the components of the input object,
19506 a suitable packing mode to re-pack the object is also pushed.
19507 Thus, @kbd{C-u 1 v u} followed by @kbd{v p} will re-build the
19508 original object.
19509
19510 A mode of 2 unpacks two levels of the object; the resulting
19511 re-packing mode will be a vector of length 2. This might be used
19512 to unpack a matrix, say, or a vector of error forms. Higher
19513 unpacking modes unpack the input even more deeply.
19514
19515 @ignore
19516 @starindex
19517 @end ignore
19518 @tindex unpack
19519 There are two algebraic functions analogous to @kbd{v u}.
19520 The @samp{unpack(@var{mode}, @var{item})} function unpacks the
19521 @var{item} using the given @var{mode}, returning the result as
19522 a vector of components. Here the @var{mode} must be an
19523 integer, not a vector. For example, @samp{unpack(-4, a +/- b)}
19524 returns @samp{[a, b]}, as does @samp{unpack(1, a +/- b)}.
19525
19526 @ignore
19527 @starindex
19528 @end ignore
19529 @tindex unpackt
19530 The @code{unpackt} function is like @code{unpack} but instead
19531 of returning a simple vector of items, it returns a vector of
19532 two things: The mode, and the vector of items. For example,
19533 @samp{unpackt(1, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[-4, [2:3, 1:4]]},
19534 and @samp{unpackt(2, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[[-4, -10], [2, 3, 1, 4]]}.
19535 The identity for re-building the original object is
19536 @samp{apply(pack, unpackt(@var{n}, @var{x})) = @var{x}}. (The
19537 @code{apply} function builds a function call given the function
19538 name and a vector of arguments.)
19539
19540 @cindex Numerator of a fraction, extracting
19541 Subscript notation is a useful way to extract a particular part
19542 of an object. For example, to get the numerator of a rational
19543 number, you can use @samp{unpack(-10, @var{x})_1}.
19544
19545 @node Building Vectors, Extracting Elements, Packing and Unpacking, Matrix Functions
19546 @section Building Vectors
19547
19548 @noindent
19549 Vectors and matrices can be added,
19550 subtracted, multiplied, and divided; @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}.
19551
19552 @kindex |
19553 @pindex calc-concat
19554 @ignore
19555 @mindex @null
19556 @end ignore
19557 @tindex |
19558 The @kbd{|} (@code{calc-concat}) [@code{vconcat}] command ``concatenates'' two vectors
19559 into one. For example, after @kbd{@w{[ 1 , 2 ]} [ 3 , 4 ] |}, the stack
19560 will contain the single vector @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]}. If the arguments
19561 are matrices, the rows of the first matrix are concatenated with the
19562 rows of the second. (In other words, two matrices are just two vectors
19563 of row-vectors as far as @kbd{|} is concerned.)
19564
19565 If either argument to @kbd{|} is a scalar (a non-vector), it is treated
19566 like a one-element vector for purposes of concatenation: @kbd{1 [ 2 , 3 ] |}
19567 produces the vector @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Likewise, if one argument is a
19568 matrix and the other is a plain vector, the vector is treated as a
19569 one-row matrix.
19570
19571 @kindex H |
19572 @tindex append
19573 The @kbd{H |} (@code{calc-append}) [@code{append}] command concatenates
19574 two vectors without any special cases. Both inputs must be vectors.
19575 Whether or not they are matrices is not taken into account. If either
19576 argument is a scalar, the @code{append} function is left in symbolic form.
19577 See also @code{cons} and @code{rcons} below.
19578
19579 @kindex I |
19580 @kindex H I |
19581 The @kbd{I |} and @kbd{H I |} commands are similar, but they use their
19582 two stack arguments in the opposite order. Thus @kbd{I |} is equivalent
19583 to @kbd{@key{TAB} |}, but possibly more convenient and also a bit faster.
19584
19585 @kindex v d
19586 @pindex calc-diag
19587 @tindex diag
19588 The @kbd{v d} (@code{calc-diag}) [@code{diag}] function builds a diagonal
19589 square matrix. The optional numeric prefix gives the number of rows
19590 and columns in the matrix. If the value at the top of the stack is a
19591 vector, the elements of the vector are used as the diagonal elements; the
19592 prefix, if specified, must match the size of the vector. If the value on
19593 the stack is a scalar, it is used for each element on the diagonal, and
19594 the prefix argument is required.
19595
19596 To build a constant square matrix, e.g., a
19597 @texline @math{3\times3}
19598 @infoline 3x3
19599 matrix filled with ones, use @kbd{0 M-3 v d 1 +}, i.e., build a zero
19600 matrix first and then add a constant value to that matrix. (Another
19601 alternative would be to use @kbd{v b} and @kbd{v a}; see below.)
19602
19603 @kindex v i
19604 @pindex calc-ident
19605 @tindex idn
19606 The @kbd{v i} (@code{calc-ident}) [@code{idn}] function builds an identity
19607 matrix of the specified size. It is a convenient form of @kbd{v d}
19608 where the diagonal element is always one. If no prefix argument is given,
19609 this command prompts for one.
19610
19611 In algebraic notation, @samp{idn(a,n)} acts much like @samp{diag(a,n)},
19612 except that @expr{a} is required to be a scalar (non-vector) quantity.
19613 If @expr{n} is omitted, @samp{idn(a)} represents @expr{a} times an
19614 identity matrix of unknown size. Calc can operate algebraically on
19615 such generic identity matrices, and if one is combined with a matrix
19616 whose size is known, it is converted automatically to an identity
19617 matrix of a suitable matching size. The @kbd{v i} command with an
19618 argument of zero creates a generic identity matrix, @samp{idn(1)}.
19619 Note that in dimensioned Matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), generic
19620 identity matrices are immediately expanded to the current default
19621 dimensions.
19622
19623 @kindex v x
19624 @pindex calc-index
19625 @tindex index
19626 The @kbd{v x} (@code{calc-index}) [@code{index}] function builds a vector
19627 of consecutive integers from 1 to @var{n}, where @var{n} is the numeric
19628 prefix argument. If you do not provide a prefix argument, you will be
19629 prompted to enter a suitable number. If @var{n} is negative, the result
19630 is a vector of negative integers from @var{n} to @mathit{-1}.
19631
19632 With a prefix argument of just @kbd{C-u}, the @kbd{v x} command takes
19633 three values from the stack: @var{n}, @var{start}, and @var{incr} (with
19634 @var{incr} at top-of-stack). Counting starts at @var{start} and increases
19635 by @var{incr} for successive vector elements. If @var{start} or @var{n}
19636 is in floating-point format, the resulting vector elements will also be
19637 floats. Note that @var{start} and @var{incr} may in fact be any kind
19638 of numbers or formulas.
19639
19640 When @var{start} and @var{incr} are specified, a negative @var{n} has a
19641 different interpretation: It causes a geometric instead of arithmetic
19642 sequence to be generated. For example, @samp{index(-3, a, b)} produces
19643 @samp{[a, a b, a b^2]}. If you omit @var{incr} in the algebraic form,
19644 @samp{index(@var{n}, @var{start})}, the default value for @var{incr}
19645 is one for positive @var{n} or two for negative @var{n}.
19646
19647 @kindex v b
19648 @pindex calc-build-vector
19649 @tindex cvec
19650 The @kbd{v b} (@code{calc-build-vector}) [@code{cvec}] function builds a
19651 vector of @var{n} copies of the value on the top of the stack, where @var{n}
19652 is the numeric prefix argument. In algebraic formulas, @samp{cvec(x,n,m)}
19653 can also be used to build an @var{n}-by-@var{m} matrix of copies of @var{x}.
19654 (Interactively, just use @kbd{v b} twice: once to build a row, then again
19655 to build a matrix of copies of that row.)
19656
19657 @kindex v h
19658 @kindex I v h
19659 @pindex calc-head
19660 @pindex calc-tail
19661 @tindex head
19662 @tindex tail
19663 The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) [@code{head}] function returns the first
19664 element of a vector. The @kbd{I v h} (@code{calc-tail}) [@code{tail}]
19665 function returns the vector with its first element removed. In both
19666 cases, the argument must be a non-empty vector.
19667
19668 @kindex v k
19669 @pindex calc-cons
19670 @tindex cons
19671 The @kbd{v k} (@code{calc-cons}) [@code{cons}] function takes a value @var{h}
19672 and a vector @var{t} from the stack, and produces the vector whose head is
19673 @var{h} and whose tail is @var{t}. This is similar to @kbd{|}, except
19674 if @var{h} is itself a vector, @kbd{|} will concatenate the two vectors
19675 whereas @code{cons} will insert @var{h} at the front of the vector @var{t}.
19676
19677 @kindex H v h
19678 @tindex rhead
19679 @ignore
19680 @mindex @idots
19681 @end ignore
19682 @kindex H I v h
19683 @ignore
19684 @mindex @null
19685 @end ignore
19686 @kindex H v k
19687 @ignore
19688 @mindex @null
19689 @end ignore
19690 @tindex rtail
19691 @ignore
19692 @mindex @null
19693 @end ignore
19694 @tindex rcons
19695 Each of these three functions also accepts the Hyperbolic flag [@code{rhead},
19696 @code{rtail}, @code{rcons}] in which case @var{t} instead represents
19697 the @emph{last} single element of the vector, with @var{h}
19698 representing the remainder of the vector. Thus the vector
19699 @samp{[a, b, c, d] = cons(a, [b, c, d]) = rcons([a, b, c], d)}.
19700 Also, @samp{head([a, b, c, d]) = a}, @samp{tail([a, b, c, d]) = [b, c, d]},
19701 @samp{rhead([a, b, c, d]) = [a, b, c]}, and @samp{rtail([a, b, c, d]) = d}.
19702
19703 @node Extracting Elements, Manipulating Vectors, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions
19704 @section Extracting Vector Elements
19705
19706 @noindent
19707 @kindex v r
19708 @pindex calc-mrow
19709 @tindex mrow
19710 The @kbd{v r} (@code{calc-mrow}) [@code{mrow}] command extracts one row of
19711 the matrix on the top of the stack, or one element of the plain vector on
19712 the top of the stack. The row or element is specified by the numeric
19713 prefix argument; the default is to prompt for the row or element number.
19714 The matrix or vector is replaced by the specified row or element in the
19715 form of a vector or scalar, respectively.
19716
19717 @cindex Permutations, applying
19718 With a prefix argument of @kbd{C-u} only, @kbd{v r} takes the index of
19719 the element or row from the top of the stack, and the vector or matrix
19720 from the second-to-top position. If the index is itself a vector of
19721 integers, the result is a vector of the corresponding elements of the
19722 input vector, or a matrix of the corresponding rows of the input matrix.
19723 This command can be used to obtain any permutation of a vector.
19724
19725 With @kbd{C-u}, if the index is an interval form with integer components,
19726 it is interpreted as a range of indices and the corresponding subvector or
19727 submatrix is returned.
19728
19729 @cindex Subscript notation
19730 @kindex a _
19731 @pindex calc-subscript
19732 @tindex subscr
19733 @tindex _
19734 Subscript notation in algebraic formulas (@samp{a_b}) stands for the
19735 Calc function @code{subscr}, which is synonymous with @code{mrow}.
19736 Thus, @samp{[x, y, z]_k} produces @expr{x}, @expr{y}, or @expr{z} if
19737 @expr{k} is one, two, or three, respectively. A double subscript
19738 (@samp{M_i_j}, equivalent to @samp{subscr(subscr(M, i), j)}) will
19739 access the element at row @expr{i}, column @expr{j} of a matrix.
19740 The @kbd{a _} (@code{calc-subscript}) command creates a subscript
19741 formula @samp{a_b} out of two stack entries. (It is on the @kbd{a}
19742 ``algebra'' prefix because subscripted variables are often used
19743 purely as an algebraic notation.)
19744
19745 @tindex mrrow
19746 Given a negative prefix argument, @kbd{v r} instead deletes one row or
19747 element from the matrix or vector on the top of the stack. Thus
19748 @kbd{C-u 2 v r} replaces a matrix with its second row, but @kbd{C-u -2 v r}
19749 replaces the matrix with the same matrix with its second row removed.
19750 In algebraic form this function is called @code{mrrow}.
19751
19752 @tindex getdiag
19753 Given a prefix argument of zero, @kbd{v r} extracts the diagonal elements
19754 of a square matrix in the form of a vector. In algebraic form this
19755 function is called @code{getdiag}.
19756
19757 @kindex v c
19758 @pindex calc-mcol
19759 @tindex mcol
19760 @tindex mrcol
19761 The @kbd{v c} (@code{calc-mcol}) [@code{mcol} or @code{mrcol}] command is
19762 the analogous operation on columns of a matrix. Given a plain vector
19763 it extracts (or removes) one element, just like @kbd{v r}. If the
19764 index in @kbd{C-u v c} is an interval or vector and the argument is a
19765 matrix, the result is a submatrix with only the specified columns
19766 retained (and possibly permuted in the case of a vector index).
19767
19768 To extract a matrix element at a given row and column, use @kbd{v r} to
19769 extract the row as a vector, then @kbd{v c} to extract the column element
19770 from that vector. In algebraic formulas, it is often more convenient to
19771 use subscript notation: @samp{m_i_j} gives row @expr{i}, column @expr{j}
19772 of matrix @expr{m}.
19773
19774 @kindex v s
19775 @pindex calc-subvector
19776 @tindex subvec
19777 The @kbd{v s} (@code{calc-subvector}) [@code{subvec}] command extracts
19778 a subvector of a vector. The arguments are the vector, the starting
19779 index, and the ending index, with the ending index in the top-of-stack
19780 position. The starting index indicates the first element of the vector
19781 to take. The ending index indicates the first element @emph{past} the
19782 range to be taken. Thus, @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)} produces
19783 the subvector @samp{[b, c]}. You could get the same result using
19784 @samp{mrow([a, b, c, d, e], @w{[2 .. 4)})}.
19785
19786 If either the start or the end index is zero or negative, it is
19787 interpreted as relative to the end of the vector. Thus
19788 @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, -2)} also produces @samp{[b, c]}. In
19789 the algebraic form, the end index can be omitted in which case it
19790 is taken as zero, i.e., elements from the starting element to the
19791 end of the vector are used. The infinity symbol, @code{inf}, also
19792 has this effect when used as the ending index.
19793
19794 @kindex I v s
19795 @tindex rsubvec
19796 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I v s} [@code{rsubvec}] removes a subvector
19797 from a vector. The arguments are interpreted the same as for the
19798 normal @kbd{v s} command. Thus, @samp{rsubvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)}
19799 produces @samp{[a, d, e]}. It is always true that @code{subvec} and
19800 @code{rsubvec} return complementary parts of the input vector.
19801
19802 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for an alternative way to operate on
19803 vectors one element at a time.
19804
19805 @node Manipulating Vectors, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Extracting Elements, Matrix Functions
19806 @section Manipulating Vectors
19807
19808 @noindent
19809 @kindex v l
19810 @pindex calc-vlength
19811 @tindex vlen
19812 The @kbd{v l} (@code{calc-vlength}) [@code{vlen}] command computes the
19813 length of a vector. The length of a non-vector is considered to be zero.
19814 Note that matrices are just vectors of vectors for the purposes of this
19815 command.
19816
19817 @kindex H v l
19818 @tindex mdims
19819 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v l} [@code{mdims}] computes a vector
19820 of the dimensions of a vector, matrix, or higher-order object. For
19821 example, @samp{mdims([[a,b,c],[d,e,f]])} returns @samp{[2, 3]} since
19822 its argument is a
19823 @texline @math{2\times3}
19824 @infoline 2x3
19825 matrix.
19826
19827 @kindex v f
19828 @pindex calc-vector-find
19829 @tindex find
19830 The @kbd{v f} (@code{calc-vector-find}) [@code{find}] command searches
19831 along a vector for the first element equal to a given target. The target
19832 is on the top of the stack; the vector is in the second-to-top position.
19833 If a match is found, the result is the index of the matching element.
19834 Otherwise, the result is zero. The numeric prefix argument, if given,
19835 allows you to select any starting index for the search.
19836
19837 @kindex v a
19838 @pindex calc-arrange-vector
19839 @tindex arrange
19840 @cindex Arranging a matrix
19841 @cindex Reshaping a matrix
19842 @cindex Flattening a matrix
19843 The @kbd{v a} (@code{calc-arrange-vector}) [@code{arrange}] command
19844 rearranges a vector to have a certain number of columns and rows. The
19845 numeric prefix argument specifies the number of columns; if you do not
19846 provide an argument, you will be prompted for the number of columns.
19847 The vector or matrix on the top of the stack is @dfn{flattened} into a
19848 plain vector. If the number of columns is nonzero, this vector is
19849 then formed into a matrix by taking successive groups of @var{n} elements.
19850 If the number of columns does not evenly divide the number of elements
19851 in the vector, the last row will be short and the result will not be
19852 suitable for use as a matrix. For example, with the matrix
19853 @samp{[[1, 2], @w{[3, 4]}]} on the stack, @kbd{v a 4} produces
19854 @samp{[[1, 2, 3, 4]]} (a
19855 @texline @math{1\times4}
19856 @infoline 1x4
19857 matrix), @kbd{v a 1} produces @samp{[[1], [2], [3], [4]]} (a
19858 @texline @math{4\times1}
19859 @infoline 4x1
19860 matrix), @kbd{v a 2} produces @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4]]} (the original
19861 @texline @math{2\times2}
19862 @infoline 2x2
19863 matrix), @w{@kbd{v a 3}} produces @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4]]} (not a
19864 matrix), and @kbd{v a 0} produces the flattened list
19865 @samp{[1, 2, @w{3, 4}]}.
19866
19867 @cindex Sorting data
19868 @kindex V S
19869 @kindex I V S
19870 @pindex calc-sort
19871 @tindex sort
19872 @tindex rsort
19873 The @kbd{V S} (@code{calc-sort}) [@code{sort}] command sorts the elements of
19874 a vector into increasing order. Real numbers, real infinities, and
19875 constant interval forms come first in this ordering; next come other
19876 kinds of numbers, then variables (in alphabetical order), then finally
19877 come formulas and other kinds of objects; these are sorted according
19878 to a kind of lexicographic ordering with the useful property that
19879 one vector is less or greater than another if the first corresponding
19880 unequal elements are less or greater, respectively. Since quoted strings
19881 are stored by Calc internally as vectors of ASCII character codes
19882 (@pxref{Strings}), this means vectors of strings are also sorted into
19883 alphabetical order by this command.
19884
19885 The @kbd{I V S} [@code{rsort}] command sorts a vector into decreasing order.
19886
19887 @cindex Permutation, inverse of
19888 @cindex Inverse of permutation
19889 @cindex Index tables
19890 @cindex Rank tables
19891 @kindex V G
19892 @kindex I V G
19893 @pindex calc-grade
19894 @tindex grade
19895 @tindex rgrade
19896 The @kbd{V G} (@code{calc-grade}) [@code{grade}, @code{rgrade}] command
19897 produces an index table or permutation vector which, if applied to the
19898 input vector (as the index of @kbd{C-u v r}, say), would sort the vector.
19899 A permutation vector is just a vector of integers from 1 to @var{n}, where
19900 each integer occurs exactly once. One application of this is to sort a
19901 matrix of data rows using one column as the sort key; extract that column,
19902 grade it with @kbd{V G}, then use the result to reorder the original matrix
19903 with @kbd{C-u v r}. Another interesting property of the @code{V G} command
19904 is that, if the input is itself a permutation vector, the result will
19905 be the inverse of the permutation. The inverse of an index table is
19906 a rank table, whose @var{k}th element says where the @var{k}th original
19907 vector element will rest when the vector is sorted. To get a rank
19908 table, just use @kbd{V G V G}.
19909
19910 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I V G} produces an index table that would
19911 sort the input into decreasing order. Note that @kbd{V S} and @kbd{V G}
19912 use a ``stable'' sorting algorithm, i.e., any two elements which are equal
19913 will not be moved out of their original order. Generally there is no way
19914 to tell with @kbd{V S}, since two elements which are equal look the same,
19915 but with @kbd{V G} this can be an important issue. In the matrix-of-rows
19916 example, suppose you have names and telephone numbers as two columns and
19917 you wish to sort by phone number primarily, and by name when the numbers
19918 are equal. You can sort the data matrix by names first, and then again
19919 by phone numbers. Because the sort is stable, any two rows with equal
19920 phone numbers will remain sorted by name even after the second sort.
19921
19922 @cindex Histograms
19923 @kindex V H
19924 @pindex calc-histogram
19925 @ignore
19926 @mindex histo@idots
19927 @end ignore
19928 @tindex histogram
19929 The @kbd{V H} (@code{calc-histogram}) [@code{histogram}] command builds a
19930 histogram of a vector of numbers. Vector elements are assumed to be
19931 integers or real numbers in the range [0..@var{n}) for some ``number of
19932 bins'' @var{n}, which is the numeric prefix argument given to the
19933 command. The result is a vector of @var{n} counts of how many times
19934 each value appeared in the original vector. Non-integers in the input
19935 are rounded down to integers. Any vector elements outside the specified
19936 range are ignored. (You can tell if elements have been ignored by noting
19937 that the counts in the result vector don't add up to the length of the
19938 input vector.)
19939
19940 @kindex H V H
19941 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H V H} pulls two vectors from the stack.
19942 The second-to-top vector is the list of numbers as before. The top
19943 vector is an equal-sized list of ``weights'' to attach to the elements
19944 of the data vector. For example, if the first data element is 4.2 and
19945 the first weight is 10, then 10 will be added to bin 4 of the result
19946 vector. Without the hyperbolic flag, every element has a weight of one.
19947
19948 @kindex v t
19949 @pindex calc-transpose
19950 @tindex trn
19951 The @kbd{v t} (@code{calc-transpose}) [@code{trn}] command computes
19952 the transpose of the matrix at the top of the stack. If the argument
19953 is a plain vector, it is treated as a row vector and transposed into
19954 a one-column matrix.
19955
19956 @kindex v v
19957 @pindex calc-reverse-vector
19958 @tindex rev
19959 The @kbd{v v} (@code{calc-reverse-vector}) [@code{rev}] command reverses
19960 a vector end-for-end. Given a matrix, it reverses the order of the rows.
19961 (To reverse the columns instead, just use @kbd{v t v v v t}. The same
19962 principle can be used to apply other vector commands to the columns of
19963 a matrix.)
19964
19965 @kindex v m
19966 @pindex calc-mask-vector
19967 @tindex vmask
19968 The @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector}) [@code{vmask}] command uses
19969 one vector as a mask to extract elements of another vector. The mask
19970 is in the second-to-top position; the target vector is on the top of
19971 the stack. These vectors must have the same length. The result is
19972 the same as the target vector, but with all elements which correspond
19973 to zeros in the mask vector deleted. Thus, for example,
19974 @samp{vmask([1, 0, 1, 0, 1], [a, b, c, d, e])} produces @samp{[a, c, e]}.
19975 @xref{Logical Operations}.
19976
19977 @kindex v e
19978 @pindex calc-expand-vector
19979 @tindex vexp
19980 The @kbd{v e} (@code{calc-expand-vector}) [@code{vexp}] command
19981 expands a vector according to another mask vector. The result is a
19982 vector the same length as the mask, but with nonzero elements replaced
19983 by successive elements from the target vector. The length of the target
19984 vector is normally the number of nonzero elements in the mask. If the
19985 target vector is longer, its last few elements are lost. If the target
19986 vector is shorter, the last few nonzero mask elements are left
19987 unreplaced in the result. Thus @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b])}
19988 produces @samp{[a, 0, b, 0, 7]}.
19989
19990 @kindex H v e
19991 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v e} takes a filler value from the
19992 top of the stack; the mask and target vectors come from the third and
19993 second elements of the stack. This filler is used where the mask is
19994 zero: @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b], z)} produces
19995 @samp{[a, z, c, z, 7]}. If the filler value is itself a vector,
19996 then successive values are taken from it, so that the effect is to
19997 interleave two vectors according to the mask:
19998 @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 7, 0, 0], [a, b], [x, y])} produces
19999 @samp{[a, x, b, 7, y, 0]}.
20000
20001 Another variation on the masking idea is to combine @samp{[a, b, c, d, e]}
20002 with the mask @samp{[1, 0, 1, 0, 1]} to produce @samp{[a, 0, c, 0, e]}.
20003 You can accomplish this with @kbd{V M a &}, mapping the logical ``and''
20004 operation across the two vectors. @xref{Logical Operations}. Note that
20005 the @code{? :} operation also discussed there allows other types of
20006 masking using vectors.
20007
20008 @node Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Set Operations, Manipulating Vectors, Matrix Functions
20009 @section Vector and Matrix Arithmetic
20010
20011 @noindent
20012 Basic arithmetic operations like addition and multiplication are defined
20013 for vectors and matrices as well as for numbers. Division of matrices, in
20014 the sense of multiplying by the inverse, is supported. (Division by a
20015 matrix actually uses LU-decomposition for greater accuracy and speed.)
20016 @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
20017
20018 The following functions are applied element-wise if their arguments are
20019 vectors or matrices: @code{change-sign}, @code{conj}, @code{arg},
20020 @code{re}, @code{im}, @code{polar}, @code{rect}, @code{clean},
20021 @code{float}, @code{frac}. @xref{Function Index}.
20022
20023 @kindex V J
20024 @pindex calc-conj-transpose
20025 @tindex ctrn
20026 The @kbd{V J} (@code{calc-conj-transpose}) [@code{ctrn}] command computes
20027 the conjugate transpose of its argument, i.e., @samp{conj(trn(x))}.
20028
20029 @ignore
20030 @mindex A
20031 @end ignore
20032 @kindex A (vectors)
20033 @pindex calc-abs (vectors)
20034 @ignore
20035 @mindex abs
20036 @end ignore
20037 @tindex abs (vectors)
20038 The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the
20039 Frobenius norm of a vector or matrix argument. This is the square
20040 root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
20041 elements of the vector or matrix. If the vector is interpreted as
20042 a point in two- or three-dimensional space, this is the distance
20043 from that point to the origin.
20044
20045 @kindex v n
20046 @pindex calc-rnorm
20047 @tindex rnorm
20048 The @kbd{v n} (@code{calc-rnorm}) [@code{rnorm}] command computes the
20049 infinity-norm of a vector, or the row norm of a matrix. For a plain
20050 vector, this is the maximum of the absolute values of the elements. For
20051 a matrix, this is the maximum of the row-absolute-value-sums, i.e., of
20052 the sums of the absolute values of the elements along the various rows.
20053
20054 @kindex V N
20055 @pindex calc-cnorm
20056 @tindex cnorm
20057 The @kbd{V N} (@code{calc-cnorm}) [@code{cnorm}] command computes
20058 the one-norm of a vector, or column norm of a matrix. For a plain
20059 vector, this is the sum of the absolute values of the elements.
20060 For a matrix, this is the maximum of the column-absolute-value-sums.
20061 General @expr{k}-norms for @expr{k} other than one or infinity are
20062 not provided. However, the 2-norm (or Frobenius norm) is provided for
20063 vectors by the @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) command.
20064
20065 @kindex V C
20066 @pindex calc-cross
20067 @tindex cross
20068 The @kbd{V C} (@code{calc-cross}) [@code{cross}] command computes the
20069 right-handed cross product of two vectors, each of which must have
20070 exactly three elements.
20071
20072 @ignore
20073 @mindex &
20074 @end ignore
20075 @kindex & (matrices)
20076 @pindex calc-inv (matrices)
20077 @ignore
20078 @mindex inv
20079 @end ignore
20080 @tindex inv (matrices)
20081 The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
20082 inverse of a square matrix. If the matrix is singular, the inverse
20083 operation is left in symbolic form. Matrix inverses are recorded so
20084 that once an inverse (or determinant) of a particular matrix has been
20085 computed, the inverse and determinant of the matrix can be recomputed
20086 quickly in the future.
20087
20088 If the argument to @kbd{&} is a plain number @expr{x}, this
20089 command simply computes @expr{1/x}. This is okay, because the
20090 @samp{/} operator also does a matrix inversion when dividing one
20091 by a matrix.
20092
20093 @kindex V D
20094 @pindex calc-mdet
20095 @tindex det
20096 The @kbd{V D} (@code{calc-mdet}) [@code{det}] command computes the
20097 determinant of a square matrix.
20098
20099 @kindex V L
20100 @pindex calc-mlud
20101 @tindex lud
20102 The @kbd{V L} (@code{calc-mlud}) [@code{lud}] command computes the
20103 LU decomposition of a matrix. The result is a list of three matrices
20104 which, when multiplied together left-to-right, form the original matrix.
20105 The first is a permutation matrix that arises from pivoting in the
20106 algorithm, the second is lower-triangular with ones on the diagonal,
20107 and the third is upper-triangular.
20108
20109 @kindex V T
20110 @pindex calc-mtrace
20111 @tindex tr
20112 The @kbd{V T} (@code{calc-mtrace}) [@code{tr}] command computes the
20113 trace of a square matrix. This is defined as the sum of the diagonal
20114 elements of the matrix.
20115
20116 @kindex V K
20117 @pindex calc-kron
20118 @tindex kron
20119 The @kbd{V K} (@code{calc-kron}) [@code{kron}] command computes
20120 the Kronecker product of two matrices.
20121
20122 @node Set Operations, Statistical Operations, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Matrix Functions
20123 @section Set Operations using Vectors
20124
20125 @noindent
20126 @cindex Sets, as vectors
20127 Calc includes several commands which interpret vectors as @dfn{sets} of
20128 objects. A set is a collection of objects; any given object can appear
20129 only once in the set. Calc stores sets as vectors of objects in
20130 sorted order. Objects in a Calc set can be any of the usual things,
20131 such as numbers, variables, or formulas. Two set elements are considered
20132 equal if they are identical, except that numerically equal numbers like
20133 the integer 4 and the float 4.0 are considered equal even though they
20134 are not ``identical.'' Variables are treated like plain symbols without
20135 attached values by the set operations; subtracting the set @samp{[b]}
20136 from @samp{[a, b]} always yields the set @samp{[a]} even though if
20137 the variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} both equaled 17, you might
20138 expect the answer @samp{[]}.
20139
20140 If a set contains interval forms, then it is assumed to be a set of
20141 real numbers. In this case, all set operations require the elements
20142 of the set to be only things that are allowed in intervals: Real
20143 numbers, plus and minus infinity, HMS forms, and date forms. If
20144 there are variables or other non-real objects present in a real set,
20145 all set operations on it will be left in unevaluated form.
20146
20147 If the input to a set operation is a plain number or interval form
20148 @var{a}, it is treated like the one-element vector @samp{[@var{a}]}.
20149 The result is always a vector, except that if the set consists of a
20150 single interval, the interval itself is returned instead.
20151
20152 @xref{Logical Operations}, for the @code{in} function which tests if
20153 a certain value is a member of a given set. To test if the set @expr{A}
20154 is a subset of the set @expr{B}, use @samp{vdiff(A, B) = []}.
20155
20156 @kindex V +
20157 @pindex calc-remove-duplicates
20158 @tindex rdup
20159 The @kbd{V +} (@code{calc-remove-duplicates}) [@code{rdup}] command
20160 converts an arbitrary vector into set notation. It works by sorting
20161 the vector as if by @kbd{V S}, then removing duplicates. (For example,
20162 @kbd{[a, 5, 4, a, 4.0]} is sorted to @samp{[4, 4.0, 5, a, a]} and then
20163 reduced to @samp{[4, 5, a]}). Overlapping intervals are merged as
20164 necessary. You rarely need to use @kbd{V +} explicitly, since all the
20165 other set-based commands apply @kbd{V +} to their inputs before using
20166 them.
20167
20168 @kindex V V
20169 @pindex calc-set-union
20170 @tindex vunion
20171 The @kbd{V V} (@code{calc-set-union}) [@code{vunion}] command computes
20172 the union of two sets. An object is in the union of two sets if and
20173 only if it is in either (or both) of the input sets. (You could
20174 accomplish the same thing by concatenating the sets with @kbd{|},
20175 then using @kbd{V +}.)
20176
20177 @kindex V ^
20178 @pindex calc-set-intersect
20179 @tindex vint
20180 The @kbd{V ^} (@code{calc-set-intersect}) [@code{vint}] command computes
20181 the intersection of two sets. An object is in the intersection if
20182 and only if it is in both of the input sets. Thus if the input
20183 sets are disjoint, i.e., if they share no common elements, the result
20184 will be the empty vector @samp{[]}. Note that the characters @kbd{V}
20185 and @kbd{^} were chosen to be close to the conventional mathematical
20186 notation for set
20187 @texline union@tie{}(@math{A \cup B})
20188 @infoline union
20189 and
20190 @texline intersection@tie{}(@math{A \cap B}).
20191 @infoline intersection.
20192
20193 @kindex V -
20194 @pindex calc-set-difference
20195 @tindex vdiff
20196 The @kbd{V -} (@code{calc-set-difference}) [@code{vdiff}] command computes
20197 the difference between two sets. An object is in the difference
20198 @expr{A - B} if and only if it is in @expr{A} but not in @expr{B}.
20199 Thus subtracting @samp{[y,z]} from a set will remove the elements
20200 @samp{y} and @samp{z} if they are present. You can also think of this
20201 as a general @dfn{set complement} operator; if @expr{A} is the set of
20202 all possible values, then @expr{A - B} is the ``complement'' of @expr{B}.
20203 Obviously this is only practical if the set of all possible values in
20204 your problem is small enough to list in a Calc vector (or simple
20205 enough to express in a few intervals).
20206
20207 @kindex V X
20208 @pindex calc-set-xor
20209 @tindex vxor
20210 The @kbd{V X} (@code{calc-set-xor}) [@code{vxor}] command computes
20211 the ``exclusive-or,'' or ``symmetric difference'' of two sets.
20212 An object is in the symmetric difference of two sets if and only
20213 if it is in one, but @emph{not} both, of the sets. Objects that
20214 occur in both sets ``cancel out.''
20215
20216 @kindex V ~
20217 @pindex calc-set-complement
20218 @tindex vcompl
20219 The @kbd{V ~} (@code{calc-set-complement}) [@code{vcompl}] command
20220 computes the complement of a set with respect to the real numbers.
20221 Thus @samp{vcompl(x)} is equivalent to @samp{vdiff([-inf .. inf], x)}.
20222 For example, @samp{vcompl([2, (3 .. 4]])} evaluates to
20223 @samp{[[-inf .. 2), (2 .. 3], (4 .. inf]]}.
20224
20225 @kindex V F
20226 @pindex calc-set-floor
20227 @tindex vfloor
20228 The @kbd{V F} (@code{calc-set-floor}) [@code{vfloor}] command
20229 reinterprets a set as a set of integers. Any non-integer values,
20230 and intervals that do not enclose any integers, are removed. Open
20231 intervals are converted to equivalent closed intervals. Successive
20232 integers are converted into intervals of integers. For example, the
20233 complement of the set @samp{[2, 6, 7, 8]} is messy, but if you wanted
20234 the complement with respect to the set of integers you could type
20235 @kbd{V ~ V F} to get @samp{[[-inf .. 1], [3 .. 5], [9 .. inf]]}.
20236
20237 @kindex V E
20238 @pindex calc-set-enumerate
20239 @tindex venum
20240 The @kbd{V E} (@code{calc-set-enumerate}) [@code{venum}] command
20241 converts a set of integers into an explicit vector. Intervals in
20242 the set are expanded out to lists of all integers encompassed by
20243 the intervals. This only works for finite sets (i.e., sets which
20244 do not involve @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf}).
20245
20246 @kindex V :
20247 @pindex calc-set-span
20248 @tindex vspan
20249 The @kbd{V :} (@code{calc-set-span}) [@code{vspan}] command converts any
20250 set of reals into an interval form that encompasses all its elements.
20251 The lower limit will be the smallest element in the set; the upper
20252 limit will be the largest element. For an empty set, @samp{vspan([])}
20253 returns the empty interval @w{@samp{[0 .. 0)}}.
20254
20255 @kindex V #
20256 @pindex calc-set-cardinality
20257 @tindex vcard
20258 The @kbd{V #} (@code{calc-set-cardinality}) [@code{vcard}] command counts
20259 the number of integers in a set. The result is the length of the vector
20260 that would be produced by @kbd{V E}, although the computation is much
20261 more efficient than actually producing that vector.
20262
20263 @cindex Sets, as binary numbers
20264 Another representation for sets that may be more appropriate in some
20265 cases is binary numbers. If you are dealing with sets of integers
20266 in the range 0 to 49, you can use a 50-bit binary number where a
20267 particular bit is 1 if the corresponding element is in the set.
20268 @xref{Binary Functions}, for a list of commands that operate on
20269 binary numbers. Note that many of the above set operations have
20270 direct equivalents in binary arithmetic: @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}),
20271 @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}), @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}),
20272 @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}), and @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}),
20273 respectively. You can use whatever representation for sets is most
20274 convenient to you.
20275
20276 @kindex b p
20277 @kindex b u
20278 @pindex calc-pack-bits
20279 @pindex calc-unpack-bits
20280 @tindex vpack
20281 @tindex vunpack
20282 The @kbd{b u} (@code{calc-unpack-bits}) [@code{vunpack}] command
20283 converts an integer that represents a set in binary into a set
20284 in vector/interval notation. For example, @samp{vunpack(67)}
20285 returns @samp{[[0 .. 1], 6]}. If the input is negative, the set
20286 it represents is semi-infinite: @samp{vunpack(-4) = [2 .. inf)}.
20287 Use @kbd{V E} afterwards to expand intervals to individual
20288 values if you wish. Note that this command uses the @kbd{b}
20289 (binary) prefix key.
20290
20291 The @kbd{b p} (@code{calc-pack-bits}) [@code{vpack}] command
20292 converts the other way, from a vector or interval representing
20293 a set of nonnegative integers into a binary integer describing
20294 the same set. The set may include positive infinity, but must
20295 not include any negative numbers. The input is interpreted as a
20296 set of integers in the sense of @kbd{V F} (@code{vfloor}). Beware
20297 that a simple input like @samp{[100]} can result in a huge integer
20298 representation
20299 @texline (@math{2^{100}}, a 31-digit integer, in this case).
20300 @infoline (@expr{2^100}, a 31-digit integer, in this case).
20301
20302 @node Statistical Operations, Reducing and Mapping, Set Operations, Matrix Functions
20303 @section Statistical Operations on Vectors
20304
20305 @noindent
20306 @cindex Statistical functions
20307 The commands in this section take vectors as arguments and compute
20308 various statistical measures on the data stored in the vectors. The
20309 references used in the definitions of these functions are Bevington's
20310 @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences},
20311 and @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky and
20312 Vetterling.
20313
20314 The statistical commands use the @kbd{u} prefix key followed by
20315 a shifted letter or other character.
20316
20317 @xref{Manipulating Vectors}, for a description of @kbd{V H}
20318 (@code{calc-histogram}).
20319
20320 @xref{Curve Fitting}, for the @kbd{a F} command for doing
20321 least-squares fits to statistical data.
20322
20323 @xref{Probability Distribution Functions}, for several common
20324 probability distribution functions.
20325
20326 @menu
20327 * Single-Variable Statistics::
20328 * Paired-Sample Statistics::
20329 @end menu
20330
20331 @node Single-Variable Statistics, Paired-Sample Statistics, Statistical Operations, Statistical Operations
20332 @subsection Single-Variable Statistics
20333
20334 @noindent
20335 These functions do various statistical computations on single
20336 vectors. Given a numeric prefix argument, they actually pop
20337 @var{n} objects from the stack and combine them into a data
20338 vector. Each object may be either a number or a vector; if a
20339 vector, any sub-vectors inside it are ``flattened'' as if by
20340 @kbd{v a 0}; @pxref{Manipulating Vectors}. By default one object
20341 is popped, which (in order to be useful) is usually a vector.
20342
20343 If an argument is a variable name, and the value stored in that
20344 variable is a vector, then the stored vector is used. This method
20345 has the advantage that if your data vector is large, you can avoid
20346 the slow process of manipulating it directly on the stack.
20347
20348 These functions are left in symbolic form if any of their arguments
20349 are not numbers or vectors, e.g., if an argument is a formula, or
20350 a non-vector variable. However, formulas embedded within vector
20351 arguments are accepted; the result is a symbolic representation
20352 of the computation, based on the assumption that the formula does
20353 not itself represent a vector. All varieties of numbers such as
20354 error forms and interval forms are acceptable.
20355
20356 Some of the functions in this section also accept a single error form
20357 or interval as an argument. They then describe a property of the
20358 normal or uniform (respectively) statistical distribution described
20359 by the argument. The arguments are interpreted in the same way as
20360 the @var{M} argument of the random number function @kbd{k r}. In
20361 particular, an interval with integer limits is considered an integer
20362 distribution, so that @samp{[2 .. 6)} is the same as @samp{[2 .. 5]}.
20363 An interval with at least one floating-point limit is a continuous
20364 distribution: @samp{[2.0 .. 6.0)} is @emph{not} the same as
20365 @samp{[2.0 .. 5.0]}!
20366
20367 @kindex u #
20368 @pindex calc-vector-count
20369 @tindex vcount
20370 The @kbd{u #} (@code{calc-vector-count}) [@code{vcount}] command
20371 computes the number of data values represented by the inputs.
20372 For example, @samp{vcount(1, [2, 3], [[4, 5], [], x, y])} returns 7.
20373 If the argument is a single vector with no sub-vectors, this
20374 simply computes the length of the vector.
20375
20376 @kindex u +
20377 @kindex u *
20378 @pindex calc-vector-sum
20379 @pindex calc-vector-prod
20380 @tindex vsum
20381 @tindex vprod
20382 @cindex Summations (statistical)
20383 The @kbd{u +} (@code{calc-vector-sum}) [@code{vsum}] command
20384 computes the sum of the data values. The @kbd{u *}
20385 (@code{calc-vector-prod}) [@code{vprod}] command computes the
20386 product of the data values. If the input is a single flat vector,
20387 these are the same as @kbd{V R +} and @kbd{V R *}
20388 (@pxref{Reducing and Mapping}).
20389
20390 @kindex u X
20391 @kindex u N
20392 @pindex calc-vector-max
20393 @pindex calc-vector-min
20394 @tindex vmax
20395 @tindex vmin
20396 The @kbd{u X} (@code{calc-vector-max}) [@code{vmax}] command
20397 computes the maximum of the data values, and the @kbd{u N}
20398 (@code{calc-vector-min}) [@code{vmin}] command computes the minimum.
20399 If the argument is an interval, this finds the minimum or maximum
20400 value in the interval. (Note that @samp{vmax([2..6)) = 5} as
20401 described above.) If the argument is an error form, this returns
20402 plus or minus infinity.
20403
20404 @kindex u M
20405 @pindex calc-vector-mean
20406 @tindex vmean
20407 @cindex Mean of data values
20408 The @kbd{u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean}) [@code{vmean}] command
20409 computes the average (arithmetic mean) of the data values.
20410 If the inputs are error forms
20411 @texline @math{x \pm \sigma},
20412 @infoline @samp{x +/- s},
20413 this is the weighted mean of the @expr{x} values with weights
20414 @texline @math{1 /\sigma^2}.
20415 @infoline @expr{1 / s^2}.
20416 @tex
20417 \turnoffactive
20418 $$ \mu = { \displaystyle \sum { x_i \over \sigma_i^2 } \over
20419 \displaystyle \sum { 1 \over \sigma_i^2 } } $$
20420 @end tex
20421 If the inputs are not error forms, this is simply the sum of the
20422 values divided by the count of the values.
20423
20424 Note that a plain number can be considered an error form with
20425 error
20426 @texline @math{\sigma = 0}.
20427 @infoline @expr{s = 0}.
20428 If the input to @kbd{u M} is a mixture of
20429 plain numbers and error forms, the result is the mean of the
20430 plain numbers, ignoring all values with non-zero errors. (By the
20431 above definitions it's clear that a plain number effectively
20432 has an infinite weight, next to which an error form with a finite
20433 weight is completely negligible.)
20434
20435 This function also works for distributions (error forms or
20436 intervals). The mean of an error form `@var{a} @tfn{+/-} @var{b}' is simply
20437 @expr{a}. The mean of an interval is the mean of the minimum
20438 and maximum values of the interval.
20439
20440 @kindex I u M
20441 @pindex calc-vector-mean-error
20442 @tindex vmeane
20443 The @kbd{I u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean-error}) [@code{vmeane}]
20444 command computes the mean of the data points expressed as an
20445 error form. This includes the estimated error associated with
20446 the mean. If the inputs are error forms, the error is the square
20447 root of the reciprocal of the sum of the reciprocals of the squares
20448 of the input errors. (I.e., the variance is the reciprocal of the
20449 sum of the reciprocals of the variances.)
20450 @tex
20451 \turnoffactive
20452 $$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {1 \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}} $$
20453 @end tex
20454 If the inputs are plain
20455 numbers, the error is equal to the standard deviation of the values
20456 divided by the square root of the number of values. (This works
20457 out to be equivalent to calculating the standard deviation and
20458 then assuming each value's error is equal to this standard
20459 deviation.)
20460 @tex
20461 \turnoffactive
20462 $$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {\sigma^2 \over N} $$
20463 @end tex
20464
20465 @kindex H u M
20466 @pindex calc-vector-median
20467 @tindex vmedian
20468 @cindex Median of data values
20469 The @kbd{H u M} (@code{calc-vector-median}) [@code{vmedian}]
20470 command computes the median of the data values. The values are
20471 first sorted into numerical order; the median is the middle
20472 value after sorting. (If the number of data values is even,
20473 the median is taken to be the average of the two middle values.)
20474 The median function is different from the other functions in
20475 this section in that the arguments must all be real numbers;
20476 variables are not accepted even when nested inside vectors.
20477 (Otherwise it is not possible to sort the data values.) If
20478 any of the input values are error forms, their error parts are
20479 ignored.
20480
20481 The median function also accepts distributions. For both normal
20482 (error form) and uniform (interval) distributions, the median is
20483 the same as the mean.
20484
20485 @kindex H I u M
20486 @pindex calc-vector-harmonic-mean
20487 @tindex vhmean
20488 @cindex Harmonic mean
20489 The @kbd{H I u M} (@code{calc-vector-harmonic-mean}) [@code{vhmean}]
20490 command computes the harmonic mean of the data values. This is
20491 defined as the reciprocal of the arithmetic mean of the reciprocals
20492 of the values.
20493 @tex
20494 \turnoffactive
20495 $$ { N \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over x_i} } $$
20496 @end tex
20497
20498 @kindex u G
20499 @pindex calc-vector-geometric-mean
20500 @tindex vgmean
20501 @cindex Geometric mean
20502 The @kbd{u G} (@code{calc-vector-geometric-mean}) [@code{vgmean}]
20503 command computes the geometric mean of the data values. This
20504 is the @var{n}th root of the product of the values. This is also
20505 equal to the @code{exp} of the arithmetic mean of the logarithms
20506 of the data values.
20507 @tex
20508 \turnoffactive
20509 $$ \exp \left ( \sum { \ln x_i } \right ) =
20510 \left ( \prod { x_i } \right)^{1 / N} $$
20511 @end tex
20512
20513 @kindex H u G
20514 @tindex agmean
20515 The @kbd{H u G} [@code{agmean}] command computes the ``arithmetic-geometric
20516 mean'' of two numbers taken from the stack. This is computed by
20517 replacing the two numbers with their arithmetic mean and geometric
20518 mean, then repeating until the two values converge.
20519 @tex
20520 \turnoffactive
20521 $$ a_{i+1} = { a_i + b_i \over 2 } , \qquad b_{i+1} = \sqrt{a_i b_i} $$
20522 @end tex
20523
20524 @cindex Root-mean-square
20525 Another commonly used mean, the RMS (root-mean-square), can be computed
20526 for a vector of numbers simply by using the @kbd{A} command.
20527
20528 @kindex u S
20529 @pindex calc-vector-sdev
20530 @tindex vsdev
20531 @cindex Standard deviation
20532 @cindex Sample statistics
20533 The @kbd{u S} (@code{calc-vector-sdev}) [@code{vsdev}] command
20534 computes the standard
20535 @texline deviation@tie{}@math{\sigma}
20536 @infoline deviation
20537 of the data values. If the values are error forms, the errors are used
20538 as weights just as for @kbd{u M}. This is the @emph{sample} standard
20539 deviation, whose value is the square root of the sum of the squares of
20540 the differences between the values and the mean of the @expr{N} values,
20541 divided by @expr{N-1}.
20542 @tex
20543 \turnoffactive
20544 $$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N - 1} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20545 @end tex
20546
20547 This function also applies to distributions. The standard deviation
20548 of a single error form is simply the error part. The standard deviation
20549 of a continuous interval happens to equal the difference between the
20550 limits, divided by
20551 @texline @math{\sqrt{12}}.
20552 @infoline @expr{sqrt(12)}.
20553 The standard deviation of an integer interval is the same as the
20554 standard deviation of a vector of those integers.
20555
20556 @kindex I u S
20557 @pindex calc-vector-pop-sdev
20558 @tindex vpsdev
20559 @cindex Population statistics
20560 The @kbd{I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-sdev}) [@code{vpsdev}]
20561 command computes the @emph{population} standard deviation.
20562 It is defined by the same formula as above but dividing
20563 by @expr{N} instead of by @expr{N-1}. The population standard
20564 deviation is used when the input represents the entire set of
20565 data values in the distribution; the sample standard deviation
20566 is used when the input represents a sample of the set of all
20567 data values, so that the mean computed from the input is itself
20568 only an estimate of the true mean.
20569 @tex
20570 \turnoffactive
20571 $$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20572 @end tex
20573
20574 For error forms and continuous intervals, @code{vpsdev} works
20575 exactly like @code{vsdev}. For integer intervals, it computes the
20576 population standard deviation of the equivalent vector of integers.
20577
20578 @kindex H u S
20579 @kindex H I u S
20580 @pindex calc-vector-variance
20581 @pindex calc-vector-pop-variance
20582 @tindex vvar
20583 @tindex vpvar
20584 @cindex Variance of data values
20585 The @kbd{H u S} (@code{calc-vector-variance}) [@code{vvar}] and
20586 @kbd{H I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-variance}) [@code{vpvar}]
20587 commands compute the variance of the data values. The variance
20588 is the
20589 @texline square@tie{}@math{\sigma^2}
20590 @infoline square
20591 of the standard deviation, i.e., the sum of the
20592 squares of the deviations of the data values from the mean.
20593 (This definition also applies when the argument is a distribution.)
20594
20595 @ignore
20596 @starindex
20597 @end ignore
20598 @tindex vflat
20599 The @code{vflat} algebraic function returns a vector of its
20600 arguments, interpreted in the same way as the other functions
20601 in this section. For example, @samp{vflat(1, [2, [3, 4]], 5)}
20602 returns @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
20603
20604 @node Paired-Sample Statistics, , Single-Variable Statistics, Statistical Operations
20605 @subsection Paired-Sample Statistics
20606
20607 @noindent
20608 The functions in this section take two arguments, which must be
20609 vectors of equal size. The vectors are each flattened in the same
20610 way as by the single-variable statistical functions. Given a numeric
20611 prefix argument of 1, these functions instead take one object from
20612 the stack, which must be an
20613 @texline @math{N\times2}
20614 @infoline Nx2
20615 matrix of data values. Once again, variable names can be used in place
20616 of actual vectors and matrices.
20617
20618 @kindex u C
20619 @pindex calc-vector-covariance
20620 @tindex vcov
20621 @cindex Covariance
20622 The @kbd{u C} (@code{calc-vector-covariance}) [@code{vcov}] command
20623 computes the sample covariance of two vectors. The covariance
20624 of vectors @var{x} and @var{y} is the sum of the products of the
20625 differences between the elements of @var{x} and the mean of @var{x}
20626 times the differences between the corresponding elements of @var{y}
20627 and the mean of @var{y}, all divided by @expr{N-1}. Note that
20628 the variance of a vector is just the covariance of the vector
20629 with itself. Once again, if the inputs are error forms the
20630 errors are used as weight factors. If both @var{x} and @var{y}
20631 are composed of error forms, the error for a given data point
20632 is taken as the square root of the sum of the squares of the two
20633 input errors.
20634 @tex
20635 \turnoffactive
20636 $$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 = {1 \over N-1} \sum (x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) $$
20637 $$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 =
20638 {\displaystyle {1 \over N-1}
20639 \sum {(x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) \over \sigma_i^2}
20640 \over \displaystyle {1 \over N} \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}}
20641 $$
20642 @end tex
20643
20644 @kindex I u C
20645 @pindex calc-vector-pop-covariance
20646 @tindex vpcov
20647 The @kbd{I u C} (@code{calc-vector-pop-covariance}) [@code{vpcov}]
20648 command computes the population covariance, which is the same as the
20649 sample covariance computed by @kbd{u C} except dividing by @expr{N}
20650 instead of @expr{N-1}.
20651
20652 @kindex H u C
20653 @pindex calc-vector-correlation
20654 @tindex vcorr
20655 @cindex Correlation coefficient
20656 @cindex Linear correlation
20657 The @kbd{H u C} (@code{calc-vector-correlation}) [@code{vcorr}]
20658 command computes the linear correlation coefficient of two vectors.
20659 This is defined by the covariance of the vectors divided by the
20660 product of their standard deviations. (There is no difference
20661 between sample or population statistics here.)
20662 @tex
20663 \turnoffactive
20664 $$ r_{x\!y} = { \sigma_{x\!y}^2 \over \sigma_x^2 \sigma_y^2 } $$
20665 @end tex
20666
20667 @node Reducing and Mapping, Vector and Matrix Formats, Statistical Operations, Matrix Functions
20668 @section Reducing and Mapping Vectors
20669
20670 @noindent
20671 The commands in this section allow for more general operations on the
20672 elements of vectors.
20673
20674 @kindex V A
20675 @pindex calc-apply
20676 @tindex apply
20677 The simplest of these operations is @kbd{V A} (@code{calc-apply})
20678 [@code{apply}], which applies a given operator to the elements of a vector.
20679 For example, applying the hypothetical function @code{f} to the vector
20680 @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3]}} would produce the function call @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20681 Applying the @code{+} function to the vector @samp{[a, b]} gives
20682 @samp{a + b}. Applying @code{+} to the vector @samp{[a, b, c]} is an
20683 error, since the @code{+} function expects exactly two arguments.
20684
20685 While @kbd{V A} is useful in some cases, you will usually find that either
20686 @kbd{V R} or @kbd{V M}, described below, is closer to what you want.
20687
20688 @menu
20689 * Specifying Operators::
20690 * Mapping::
20691 * Reducing::
20692 * Nesting and Fixed Points::
20693 * Generalized Products::
20694 @end menu
20695
20696 @node Specifying Operators, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
20697 @subsection Specifying Operators
20698
20699 @noindent
20700 Commands in this section (like @kbd{V A}) prompt you to press the key
20701 corresponding to the desired operator. Press @kbd{?} for a partial
20702 list of the available operators. Generally, an operator is any key or
20703 sequence of keys that would normally take one or more arguments from
20704 the stack and replace them with a result. For example, @kbd{V A H C}
20705 uses the hyperbolic cosine operator, @code{cosh}. (Since @code{cosh}
20706 expects one argument, @kbd{V A H C} requires a vector with a single
20707 element as its argument.)
20708
20709 You can press @kbd{x} at the operator prompt to select any algebraic
20710 function by name to use as the operator. This includes functions you
20711 have defined yourself using the @kbd{Z F} command. (@xref{Algebraic
20712 Definitions}.) If you give a name for which no function has been
20713 defined, the result is left in symbolic form, as in @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20714 Calc will prompt for the number of arguments the function takes if it
20715 can't figure it out on its own (say, because you named a function that
20716 is currently undefined). It is also possible to type a digit key before
20717 the function name to specify the number of arguments, e.g.,
20718 @kbd{V M 3 x f @key{RET}} calls @code{f} with three arguments even if it
20719 looks like it ought to have only two. This technique may be necessary
20720 if the function allows a variable number of arguments. For example,
20721 the @kbd{v e} [@code{vexp}] function accepts two or three arguments;
20722 if you want to map with the three-argument version, you will have to
20723 type @kbd{V M 3 v e}.
20724
20725 It is also possible to apply any formula to a vector by treating that
20726 formula as a function. When prompted for the operator to use, press
20727 @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) and type your formula as an algebraic entry.
20728 You will then be prompted for the argument list, which defaults to a
20729 list of all variables that appear in the formula, sorted into alphabetic
20730 order. For example, suppose you enter the formula @w{@samp{x + 2y^x}}.
20731 The default argument list would be @samp{(x y)}, which means that if
20732 this function is applied to the arguments @samp{[3, 10]} the result will
20733 be @samp{3 + 2*10^3}. (If you plan to use a certain formula in this
20734 way often, you might consider defining it as a function with @kbd{Z F}.)
20735
20736 Another way to specify the arguments to the formula you enter is with
20737 @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on. For example, @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$}
20738 has the same effect as the previous example. The argument list is
20739 automatically taken to be @samp{($$ $)}. (The order of the arguments
20740 may seem backwards, but it is analogous to the way normal algebraic
20741 entry interacts with the stack.)
20742
20743 If you press @kbd{$} at the operator prompt, the effect is similar to
20744 the apostrophe except that the relevant formula is taken from top-of-stack
20745 instead. The actual vector arguments of the @kbd{V A $} or related command
20746 then start at the second-to-top stack position. You will still be
20747 prompted for an argument list.
20748
20749 @cindex Nameless functions
20750 @cindex Generic functions
20751 A function can be written without a name using the notation @samp{<#1 - #2>},
20752 which means ``a function of two arguments that computes the first
20753 argument minus the second argument.'' The symbols @samp{#1} and @samp{#2}
20754 are placeholders for the arguments. You can use any names for these
20755 placeholders if you wish, by including an argument list followed by a
20756 colon: @samp{<x, y : x - y>}. When you type @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$ @key{RET}},
20757 Calc builds the nameless function @samp{<#1 + 2 #2^#1>} as the function
20758 to map across the vectors. When you type @kbd{V A ' x + 2y^x @key{RET} @key{RET}},
20759 Calc builds the nameless function @w{@samp{<x, y : x + 2 y^x>}}. In both
20760 cases, Calc also writes the nameless function to the Trail so that you
20761 can get it back later if you wish.
20762
20763 If there is only one argument, you can write @samp{#} in place of @samp{#1}.
20764 (Note that @samp{< >} notation is also used for date forms. Calc tells
20765 that @samp{<@var{stuff}>} is a nameless function by the presence of
20766 @samp{#} signs inside @var{stuff}, or by the fact that @var{stuff}
20767 begins with a list of variables followed by a colon.)
20768
20769 You can type a nameless function directly to @kbd{V A '}, or put one on
20770 the stack and use it with @w{@kbd{V A $}}. Calc will not prompt for an
20771 argument list in this case, since the nameless function specifies the
20772 argument list as well as the function itself. In @kbd{V A '}, you can
20773 omit the @samp{< >} marks if you use @samp{#} notation for the arguments,
20774 so that @kbd{V A ' #1+#2 @key{RET}} is the same as @kbd{V A ' <#1+#2> @key{RET}},
20775 which in turn is the same as @kbd{V A ' $$+$ @key{RET}}.
20776
20777 @cindex Lambda expressions
20778 @ignore
20779 @starindex
20780 @end ignore
20781 @tindex lambda
20782 The internal format for @samp{<x, y : x + y>} is @samp{lambda(x, y, x + y)}.
20783 (The word @code{lambda} derives from Lisp notation and the theory of
20784 functions.) The internal format for @samp{<#1 + #2>} is @samp{lambda(ArgA,
20785 ArgB, ArgA + ArgB)}. Note that there is no actual Calc function called
20786 @code{lambda}; the whole point is that the @code{lambda} expression is
20787 used in its symbolic form, not evaluated for an answer until it is applied
20788 to specific arguments by a command like @kbd{V A} or @kbd{V M}.
20789
20790 (Actually, @code{lambda} does have one special property: Its arguments
20791 are never evaluated; for example, putting @samp{<(2/3) #>} on the stack
20792 will not simplify the @samp{2/3} until the nameless function is actually
20793 called.)
20794
20795 @tindex add
20796 @tindex sub
20797 @ignore
20798 @mindex @idots
20799 @end ignore
20800 @tindex mul
20801 @ignore
20802 @mindex @null
20803 @end ignore
20804 @tindex div
20805 @ignore
20806 @mindex @null
20807 @end ignore
20808 @tindex pow
20809 @ignore
20810 @mindex @null
20811 @end ignore
20812 @tindex neg
20813 @ignore
20814 @mindex @null
20815 @end ignore
20816 @tindex mod
20817 @ignore
20818 @mindex @null
20819 @end ignore
20820 @tindex vconcat
20821 As usual, commands like @kbd{V A} have algebraic function name equivalents.
20822 For example, @kbd{V A k g} with an argument of @samp{v} is equivalent to
20823 @samp{apply(gcd, v)}. The first argument specifies the operator name,
20824 and is either a variable whose name is the same as the function name,
20825 or a nameless function like @samp{<#^3+1>}. Operators that are normally
20826 written as algebraic symbols have the names @code{add}, @code{sub},
20827 @code{mul}, @code{div}, @code{pow}, @code{neg}, @code{mod}, and
20828 @code{vconcat}.
20829
20830 @ignore
20831 @starindex
20832 @end ignore
20833 @tindex call
20834 The @code{call} function builds a function call out of several arguments:
20835 @samp{call(gcd, x, y)} is the same as @samp{apply(gcd, [x, y])}, which
20836 in turn is the same as @samp{gcd(x, y)}. The first argument of @code{call},
20837 like the other functions described here, may be either a variable naming a
20838 function, or a nameless function (@samp{call(<#1+2#2>, x, y)} is the same
20839 as @samp{x + 2y}).
20840
20841 (Experts will notice that it's not quite proper to use a variable to name
20842 a function, since the name @code{gcd} corresponds to the Lisp variable
20843 @code{var-gcd} but to the Lisp function @code{calcFunc-gcd}. Calc
20844 automatically makes this translation, so you don't have to worry
20845 about it.)
20846
20847 @node Mapping, Reducing, Specifying Operators, Reducing and Mapping
20848 @subsection Mapping
20849
20850 @noindent
20851 @kindex V M
20852 @pindex calc-map
20853 @tindex map
20854 The @kbd{V M} (@code{calc-map}) [@code{map}] command applies a given
20855 operator elementwise to one or more vectors. For example, mapping
20856 @code{A} [@code{abs}] produces a vector of the absolute values of the
20857 elements in the input vector. Mapping @code{+} pops two vectors from
20858 the stack, which must be of equal length, and produces a vector of the
20859 pairwise sums of the elements. If either argument is a non-vector, it
20860 is duplicated for each element of the other vector. For example,
20861 @kbd{[1,2,3] 2 V M ^} squares the elements of the specified vector.
20862 With the 2 listed first, it would have computed a vector of powers of
20863 two. Mapping a user-defined function pops as many arguments from the
20864 stack as the function requires. If you give an undefined name, you will
20865 be prompted for the number of arguments to use.
20866
20867 If any argument to @kbd{V M} is a matrix, the operator is normally mapped
20868 across all elements of the matrix. For example, given the matrix
20869 @expr{[[1, -2, 3], [-4, 5, -6]]}, @kbd{V M A} takes six absolute values to
20870 produce another
20871 @texline @math{3\times2}
20872 @infoline 3x2
20873 matrix, @expr{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}.
20874
20875 @tindex mapr
20876 The command @kbd{V M _} [@code{mapr}] (i.e., type an underscore at the
20877 operator prompt) maps by rows instead. For example, @kbd{V M _ A} views
20878 the above matrix as a vector of two 3-element row vectors. It produces
20879 a new vector which contains the absolute values of those row vectors,
20880 namely @expr{[3.74, 8.77]}. (Recall, the absolute value of a vector is
20881 defined as the square root of the sum of the squares of the elements.)
20882 Some operators accept vectors and return new vectors; for example,
20883 @kbd{v v} reverses a vector, so @kbd{V M _ v v} would reverse each row
20884 of the matrix to get a new matrix, @expr{[[3, -2, 1], [-6, 5, -4]]}.
20885
20886 Sometimes a vector of vectors (representing, say, strings, sets, or lists)
20887 happens to look like a matrix. If so, remember to use @kbd{V M _} if you
20888 want to map a function across the whole strings or sets rather than across
20889 their individual elements.
20890
20891 @tindex mapc
20892 The command @kbd{V M :} [@code{mapc}] maps by columns. Basically, it
20893 transposes the input matrix, maps by rows, and then, if the result is a
20894 matrix, transposes again. For example, @kbd{V M : A} takes the absolute
20895 values of the three columns of the matrix, treating each as a 2-vector,
20896 and @kbd{V M : v v} reverses the columns to get the matrix
20897 @expr{[[-4, 5, -6], [1, -2, 3]]}.
20898
20899 (The symbols @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} were chosen because they had row-like
20900 and column-like appearances, and were not already taken by useful
20901 operators. Also, they appear shifted on most keyboards so they are easy
20902 to type after @kbd{V M}.)
20903
20904 The @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} modifiers have no effect on arguments that are
20905 not matrices (so if none of the arguments are matrices, they have no
20906 effect at all). If some of the arguments are matrices and others are
20907 plain numbers, the plain numbers are held constant for all rows of the
20908 matrix (so that @kbd{2 V M _ ^} squares every row of a matrix; squaring
20909 a vector takes a dot product of the vector with itself).
20910
20911 If some of the arguments are vectors with the same lengths as the
20912 rows (for @kbd{V M _}) or columns (for @kbd{V M :}) of the matrix
20913 arguments, those vectors are also held constant for every row or
20914 column.
20915
20916 Sometimes it is useful to specify another mapping command as the operator
20917 to use with @kbd{V M}. For example, @kbd{V M _ V A +} applies @kbd{V A +}
20918 to each row of the input matrix, which in turn adds the two values on that
20919 row. If you give another vector-operator command as the operator for
20920 @kbd{V M}, it automatically uses map-by-rows mode if you don't specify
20921 otherwise; thus @kbd{V M V A +} is equivalent to @kbd{V M _ V A +}. (If
20922 you really want to map-by-elements another mapping command, you can use
20923 a triple-nested mapping command: @kbd{V M V M V A +} means to map
20924 @kbd{V M V A +} over the rows of the matrix; in turn, @kbd{V A +} is
20925 mapped over the elements of each row.)
20926
20927 @tindex mapa
20928 @tindex mapd
20929 Previous versions of Calc had ``map across'' and ``map down'' modes
20930 that are now considered obsolete; the old ``map across'' is now simply
20931 @kbd{V M V A}, and ``map down'' is now @kbd{V M : V A}. The algebraic
20932 functions @code{mapa} and @code{mapd} are still supported, though.
20933 Note also that, while the old mapping modes were persistent (once you
20934 set the mode, it would apply to later mapping commands until you reset
20935 it), the new @kbd{:} and @kbd{_} modifiers apply only to the current
20936 mapping command. The default @kbd{V M} always means map-by-elements.
20937
20938 @xref{Algebraic Manipulation}, for the @kbd{a M} command, which is like
20939 @kbd{V M} but for equations and inequalities instead of vectors.
20940 @xref{Storing Variables}, for the @kbd{s m} command which modifies a
20941 variable's stored value using a @kbd{V M}-like operator.
20942
20943 @node Reducing, Nesting and Fixed Points, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
20944 @subsection Reducing
20945
20946 @noindent
20947 @kindex V R
20948 @pindex calc-reduce
20949 @tindex reduce
20950 The @kbd{V R} (@code{calc-reduce}) [@code{reduce}] command applies a given
20951 binary operator across all the elements of a vector. A binary operator is
20952 a function such as @code{+} or @code{max} which takes two arguments. For
20953 example, reducing @code{+} over a vector computes the sum of the elements
20954 of the vector. Reducing @code{-} computes the first element minus each of
20955 the remaining elements. Reducing @code{max} computes the maximum element
20956 and so on. In general, reducing @code{f} over the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]}
20957 produces @samp{f(f(f(a, b), c), d)}.
20958
20959 @kindex I V R
20960 @tindex rreduce
20961 The @kbd{I V R} [@code{rreduce}] command is similar to @kbd{V R} except
20962 that works from right to left through the vector. For example, plain
20963 @kbd{V R -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces @samp{a - b - c - d}
20964 but @kbd{I V R -} on the same vector produces @samp{a - (b - (c - d))},
20965 or @samp{a - b + c - d}. This ``alternating sum'' occurs frequently
20966 in power series expansions.
20967
20968 @kindex V U
20969 @tindex accum
20970 The @kbd{V U} (@code{calc-accumulate}) [@code{accum}] command does an
20971 accumulation operation. Here Calc does the corresponding reduction
20972 operation, but instead of producing only the final result, it produces
20973 a vector of all the intermediate results. Accumulating @code{+} over
20974 the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the vector
20975 @samp{[a, a + b, a + b + c, a + b + c + d]}.
20976
20977 @kindex I V U
20978 @tindex raccum
20979 The @kbd{I V U} [@code{raccum}] command does a right-to-left accumulation.
20980 For example, @kbd{I V U -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the
20981 vector @samp{[a - b + c - d, b - c + d, c - d, d]}.
20982
20983 @tindex reducea
20984 @tindex rreducea
20985 @tindex reduced
20986 @tindex rreduced
20987 As for @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R} normally reduces a matrix elementwise. For
20988 example, given the matrix @expr{[[a, b, c], [d, e, f]]}, @kbd{V R +} will
20989 compute @expr{a + b + c + d + e + f}. You can type @kbd{V R _} or
20990 @kbd{V R :} to modify this behavior. The @kbd{V R _} [@code{reducea}]
20991 command reduces ``across'' the matrix; it reduces each row of the matrix
20992 as a vector, then collects the results. Thus @kbd{V R _ +} of this
20993 matrix would produce @expr{[a + b + c, d + e + f]}. Similarly, @kbd{V R :}
20994 [@code{reduced}] reduces down; @kbd{V R : +} would produce @expr{[a + d,
20995 b + e, c + f]}.
20996
20997 @tindex reducer
20998 @tindex rreducer
20999 There is a third ``by rows'' mode for reduction that is occasionally
21000 useful; @kbd{V R =} [@code{reducer}] simply reduces the operator over
21001 the rows of the matrix themselves. Thus @kbd{V R = +} on the above
21002 matrix would get the same result as @kbd{V R : +}, since adding two
21003 row vectors is equivalent to adding their elements. But @kbd{V R = *}
21004 would multiply the two rows (to get a single number, their dot product),
21005 while @kbd{V R : *} would produce a vector of the products of the columns.
21006
21007 These three matrix reduction modes work with @kbd{V R} and @kbd{I V R},
21008 but they are not currently supported with @kbd{V U} or @kbd{I V U}.
21009
21010 @tindex reducec
21011 @tindex rreducec
21012 The obsolete reduce-by-columns function, @code{reducec}, is still
21013 supported but there is no way to get it through the @kbd{V R} command.
21014
21015 The commands @kbd{C-x * :} and @kbd{C-x * _} are equivalent to typing
21016 @kbd{C-x * r} to grab a rectangle of data into Calc, and then typing
21017 @kbd{V R : +} or @kbd{V R _ +}, respectively, to sum the columns or
21018 rows of the matrix. @xref{Grabbing From Buffers}.
21019
21020 @node Nesting and Fixed Points, Generalized Products, Reducing, Reducing and Mapping
21021 @subsection Nesting and Fixed Points
21022
21023 @noindent
21024 @kindex H V R
21025 @tindex nest
21026 The @kbd{H V R} [@code{nest}] command applies a function to a given
21027 argument repeatedly. It takes two values, @samp{a} and @samp{n}, from
21028 the stack, where @samp{n} must be an integer. It then applies the
21029 function nested @samp{n} times; if the function is @samp{f} and @samp{n}
21030 is 3, the result is @samp{f(f(f(a)))}. The number @samp{n} may be
21031 negative if Calc knows an inverse for the function @samp{f}; for
21032 example, @samp{nest(sin, a, -2)} returns @samp{arcsin(arcsin(a))}.
21033
21034 @kindex H V U
21035 @tindex anest
21036 The @kbd{H V U} [@code{anest}] command is an accumulating version of
21037 @code{nest}: It returns a vector of @samp{n+1} values, e.g.,
21038 @samp{[a, f(a), f(f(a)), f(f(f(a)))]}. If @samp{n} is negative and
21039 @samp{F} is the inverse of @samp{f}, then the result is of the
21040 form @samp{[a, F(a), F(F(a)), F(F(F(a)))]}.
21041
21042 @kindex H I V R
21043 @tindex fixp
21044 @cindex Fixed points
21045 The @kbd{H I V R} [@code{fixp}] command is like @kbd{H V R}, except
21046 that it takes only an @samp{a} value from the stack; the function is
21047 applied until it reaches a ``fixed point,'' i.e., until the result
21048 no longer changes.
21049
21050 @kindex H I V U
21051 @tindex afixp
21052 The @kbd{H I V U} [@code{afixp}] command is an accumulating @code{fixp}.
21053 The first element of the return vector will be the initial value @samp{a};
21054 the last element will be the final result that would have been returned
21055 by @code{fixp}.
21056
21057 For example, 0.739085 is a fixed point of the cosine function (in radians):
21058 @samp{cos(0.739085) = 0.739085}. You can find this value by putting, say,
21059 1.0 on the stack and typing @kbd{H I V U C}. (We use the accumulating
21060 version so we can see the intermediate results: @samp{[1, 0.540302, 0.857553,
21061 0.65329, ...]}. With a precision of six, this command will take 36 steps
21062 to converge to 0.739085.)
21063
21064 Newton's method for finding roots is a classic example of iteration
21065 to a fixed point. To find the square root of five starting with an
21066 initial guess, Newton's method would look for a fixed point of the
21067 function @samp{(x + 5/x) / 2}. Putting a guess of 1 on the stack
21068 and typing @kbd{H I V R ' ($ + 5/$)/2 @key{RET}} quickly yields the result
21069 2.23607. This is equivalent to using the @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root})
21070 command to find a root of the equation @samp{x^2 = 5}.
21071
21072 These examples used numbers for @samp{a} values. Calc keeps applying
21073 the function until two successive results are equal to within the
21074 current precision. For complex numbers, both the real parts and the
21075 imaginary parts must be equal to within the current precision. If
21076 @samp{a} is a formula (say, a variable name), then the function is
21077 applied until two successive results are exactly the same formula.
21078 It is up to you to ensure that the function will eventually converge;
21079 if it doesn't, you may have to press @kbd{C-g} to stop the Calculator.
21080
21081 The algebraic @code{fixp} function takes two optional arguments, @samp{n}
21082 and @samp{tol}. The first is the maximum number of steps to be allowed,
21083 and must be either an integer or the symbol @samp{inf} (infinity, the
21084 default). The second is a convergence tolerance. If a tolerance is
21085 specified, all results during the calculation must be numbers, not
21086 formulas, and the iteration stops when the magnitude of the difference
21087 between two successive results is less than or equal to the tolerance.
21088 (This implies that a tolerance of zero iterates until the results are
21089 exactly equal.)
21090
21091 Putting it all together, @samp{fixp(<(# + A/#)/2>, B, 20, 1e-10)}
21092 computes the square root of @samp{A} given the initial guess @samp{B},
21093 stopping when the result is correct within the specified tolerance, or
21094 when 20 steps have been taken, whichever is sooner.
21095
21096 @node Generalized Products, , Nesting and Fixed Points, Reducing and Mapping
21097 @subsection Generalized Products
21098
21099 @kindex V O
21100 @pindex calc-outer-product
21101 @tindex outer
21102 The @kbd{V O} (@code{calc-outer-product}) [@code{outer}] command applies
21103 a given binary operator to all possible pairs of elements from two
21104 vectors, to produce a matrix. For example, @kbd{V O *} with @samp{[a, b]}
21105 and @samp{[x, y, z]} on the stack produces a multiplication table:
21106 @samp{[[a x, a y, a z], [b x, b y, b z]]}. Element @var{r},@var{c} of
21107 the result matrix is obtained by applying the operator to element @var{r}
21108 of the lefthand vector and element @var{c} of the righthand vector.
21109
21110 @kindex V I
21111 @pindex calc-inner-product
21112 @tindex inner
21113 The @kbd{V I} (@code{calc-inner-product}) [@code{inner}] command computes
21114 the generalized inner product of two vectors or matrices, given a
21115 ``multiplicative'' operator and an ``additive'' operator. These can each
21116 actually be any binary operators; if they are @samp{*} and @samp{+},
21117 respectively, the result is a standard matrix multiplication. Element
21118 @var{r},@var{c} of the result matrix is obtained by mapping the
21119 multiplicative operator across row @var{r} of the lefthand matrix and
21120 column @var{c} of the righthand matrix, and then reducing with the additive
21121 operator. Just as for the standard @kbd{*} command, this can also do a
21122 vector-matrix or matrix-vector inner product, or a vector-vector
21123 generalized dot product.
21124
21125 Since @kbd{V I} requires two operators, it prompts twice. In each case,
21126 you can use any of the usual methods for entering the operator. If you
21127 use @kbd{$} twice to take both operator formulas from the stack, the
21128 first (multiplicative) operator is taken from the top of the stack
21129 and the second (additive) operator is taken from second-to-top.
21130
21131 @node Vector and Matrix Formats, , Reducing and Mapping, Matrix Functions
21132 @section Vector and Matrix Display Formats
21133
21134 @noindent
21135 Commands for controlling vector and matrix display use the @kbd{v} prefix
21136 instead of the usual @kbd{d} prefix. But they are display modes; in
21137 particular, they are influenced by the @kbd{I} and @kbd{H} prefix keys
21138 in the same way (@pxref{Display Modes}). Matrix display is also
21139 influenced by the @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) mode;
21140 @pxref{Normal Language Modes}.
21141
21142 @kindex V <
21143 @pindex calc-matrix-left-justify
21144 @kindex V =
21145 @pindex calc-matrix-center-justify
21146 @kindex V >
21147 @pindex calc-matrix-right-justify
21148 The commands @kbd{v <} (@code{calc-matrix-left-justify}), @kbd{v >}
21149 (@code{calc-matrix-right-justify}), and @w{@kbd{v =}}
21150 (@code{calc-matrix-center-justify}) control whether matrix elements
21151 are justified to the left, right, or center of their columns.
21152
21153 @kindex V [
21154 @pindex calc-vector-brackets
21155 @kindex V @{
21156 @pindex calc-vector-braces
21157 @kindex V (
21158 @pindex calc-vector-parens
21159 The @kbd{v [} (@code{calc-vector-brackets}) command turns the square
21160 brackets that surround vectors and matrices displayed in the stack on
21161 and off. The @kbd{v @{} (@code{calc-vector-braces}) and @kbd{v (}
21162 (@code{calc-vector-parens}) commands use curly braces or parentheses,
21163 respectively, instead of square brackets. For example, @kbd{v @{} might
21164 be used in preparation for yanking a matrix into a buffer running
21165 Mathematica. (In fact, the Mathematica language mode uses this mode;
21166 @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}.) Note that, regardless of the
21167 display mode, either brackets or braces may be used to enter vectors,
21168 and parentheses may never be used for this purpose.
21169
21170 @kindex V ]
21171 @pindex calc-matrix-brackets
21172 The @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) command controls the
21173 ``big'' style display of matrices. It prompts for a string of code
21174 letters; currently implemented letters are @code{R}, which enables
21175 brackets on each row of the matrix; @code{O}, which enables outer
21176 brackets in opposite corners of the matrix; and @code{C}, which
21177 enables commas or semicolons at the ends of all rows but the last.
21178 The default format is @samp{RO}. (Before Calc 2.00, the format
21179 was fixed at @samp{ROC}.) Here are some example matrices:
21180
21181 @example
21182 @group
21183 [ [ 123, 0, 0 ] [ [ 123, 0, 0 ],
21184 [ 0, 123, 0 ] [ 0, 123, 0 ],
21185 [ 0, 0, 123 ] ] [ 0, 0, 123 ] ]
21186
21187 RO ROC
21188
21189 @end group
21190 @end example
21191 @noindent
21192 @example
21193 @group
21194 [ 123, 0, 0 [ 123, 0, 0 ;
21195 0, 123, 0 0, 123, 0 ;
21196 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123 ]
21197
21198 O OC
21199
21200 @end group
21201 @end example
21202 @noindent
21203 @example
21204 @group
21205 [ 123, 0, 0 ] 123, 0, 0
21206 [ 0, 123, 0 ] 0, 123, 0
21207 [ 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123
21208
21209 R @r{blank}
21210 @end group
21211 @end example
21212
21213 @noindent
21214 Note that of the formats shown here, @samp{RO}, @samp{ROC}, and
21215 @samp{OC} are all recognized as matrices during reading, while
21216 the others are useful for display only.
21217
21218 @kindex V ,
21219 @pindex calc-vector-commas
21220 The @kbd{v ,} (@code{calc-vector-commas}) command turns commas on and
21221 off in vector and matrix display.
21222
21223 In vectors of length one, and in all vectors when commas have been
21224 turned off, Calc adds extra parentheses around formulas that might
21225 otherwise be ambiguous. For example, @samp{[a b]} could be a vector
21226 of the one formula @samp{a b}, or it could be a vector of two
21227 variables with commas turned off. Calc will display the former
21228 case as @samp{[(a b)]}. You can disable these extra parentheses
21229 (to make the output less cluttered at the expense of allowing some
21230 ambiguity) by adding the letter @code{P} to the control string you
21231 give to @kbd{v ]} (as described above).
21232
21233 @kindex V .
21234 @pindex calc-full-vectors
21235 The @kbd{v .} (@code{calc-full-vectors}) command turns abbreviated
21236 display of long vectors on and off. In this mode, vectors of six
21237 or more elements, or matrices of six or more rows or columns, will
21238 be displayed in an abbreviated form that displays only the first
21239 three elements and the last element: @samp{[a, b, c, ..., z]}.
21240 When very large vectors are involved this will substantially
21241 improve Calc's display speed.
21242
21243 @kindex t .
21244 @pindex calc-full-trail-vectors
21245 The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command controls a
21246 similar mode for recording vectors in the Trail. If you turn on
21247 this mode, vectors of six or more elements and matrices of six or
21248 more rows or columns will be abbreviated when they are put in the
21249 Trail. The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command will be
21250 unable to recover those vectors. If you are working with very
21251 large vectors, this mode will improve the speed of all operations
21252 that involve the trail.
21253
21254 @kindex V /
21255 @pindex calc-break-vectors
21256 The @kbd{v /} (@code{calc-break-vectors}) command turns multi-line
21257 vector display on and off. Normally, matrices are displayed with one
21258 row per line but all other types of vectors are displayed in a single
21259 line. This mode causes all vectors, whether matrices or not, to be
21260 displayed with a single element per line. Sub-vectors within the
21261 vectors will still use the normal linear form.
21262
21263 @node Algebra, Units, Matrix Functions, Top
21264 @chapter Algebra
21265
21266 @noindent
21267 This section covers the Calc features that help you work with
21268 algebraic formulas. First, the general sub-formula selection
21269 mechanism is described; this works in conjunction with any Calc
21270 commands. Then, commands for specific algebraic operations are
21271 described. Finally, the flexible @dfn{rewrite rule} mechanism
21272 is discussed.
21273
21274 The algebraic commands use the @kbd{a} key prefix; selection
21275 commands use the @kbd{j} (for ``just a letter that wasn't used
21276 for anything else'') prefix.
21277
21278 @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, to see how to manipulate formulas
21279 using regular Emacs editing commands.
21280
21281 When doing algebraic work, you may find several of the Calculator's
21282 modes to be helpful, including Algebraic Simplification mode (@kbd{m A})
21283 or No-Simplification mode (@kbd{m O}),
21284 Algebraic entry mode (@kbd{m a}), Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}), and
21285 Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}). @xref{Mode Settings}, for discussions
21286 of these modes. You may also wish to select Big display mode (@kbd{d B}).
21287 @xref{Normal Language Modes}.
21288
21289 @menu
21290 * Selecting Subformulas::
21291 * Algebraic Manipulation::
21292 * Simplifying Formulas::
21293 * Polynomials::
21294 * Calculus::
21295 * Solving Equations::
21296 * Numerical Solutions::
21297 * Curve Fitting::
21298 * Summations::
21299 * Logical Operations::
21300 * Rewrite Rules::
21301 @end menu
21302
21303 @node Selecting Subformulas, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra, Algebra
21304 @section Selecting Sub-Formulas
21305
21306 @noindent
21307 @cindex Selections
21308 @cindex Sub-formulas
21309 @cindex Parts of formulas
21310 When working with an algebraic formula it is often necessary to
21311 manipulate a portion of the formula rather than the formula as a
21312 whole. Calc allows you to ``select'' a portion of any formula on
21313 the stack. Commands which would normally operate on that stack
21314 entry will now operate only on the sub-formula, leaving the
21315 surrounding part of the stack entry alone.
21316
21317 One common non-algebraic use for selection involves vectors. To work
21318 on one element of a vector in-place, simply select that element as a
21319 ``sub-formula'' of the vector.
21320
21321 @menu
21322 * Making Selections::
21323 * Changing Selections::
21324 * Displaying Selections::
21325 * Operating on Selections::
21326 * Rearranging with Selections::
21327 @end menu
21328
21329 @node Making Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas, Selecting Subformulas
21330 @subsection Making Selections
21331
21332 @noindent
21333 @kindex j s
21334 @pindex calc-select-here
21335 To select a sub-formula, move the Emacs cursor to any character in that
21336 sub-formula, and press @w{@kbd{j s}} (@code{calc-select-here}). Calc will
21337 highlight the smallest portion of the formula that contains that
21338 character. By default the sub-formula is highlighted by blanking out
21339 all of the rest of the formula with dots. Selection works in any
21340 display mode but is perhaps easiest in Big mode (@kbd{d B}).
21341 Suppose you enter the following formula:
21342
21343 @smallexample
21344 @group
21345 3 ___
21346 (a + b) + V c
21347 1: ---------------
21348 2 x + 1
21349 @end group
21350 @end smallexample
21351
21352 @noindent
21353 (by typing @kbd{' ((a+b)^3 + sqrt(c)) / (2x+1)}). If you move the
21354 cursor to the letter @samp{b} and press @w{@kbd{j s}}, the display changes
21355 to
21356
21357 @smallexample
21358 @group
21359 . ...
21360 .. . b. . . .
21361 1* ...............
21362 . . . .
21363 @end group
21364 @end smallexample
21365
21366 @noindent
21367 Every character not part of the sub-formula @samp{b} has been changed
21368 to a dot. The @samp{*} next to the line number is to remind you that
21369 the formula has a portion of it selected. (In this case, it's very
21370 obvious, but it might not always be. If Embedded mode is enabled,
21371 the word @samp{Sel} also appears in the mode line because the stack
21372 may not be visible. @pxref{Embedded Mode}.)
21373
21374 If you had instead placed the cursor on the parenthesis immediately to
21375 the right of the @samp{b}, the selection would have been:
21376
21377 @smallexample
21378 @group
21379 . ...
21380 (a + b) . . .
21381 1* ...............
21382 . . . .
21383 @end group
21384 @end smallexample
21385
21386 @noindent
21387 The portion selected is always large enough to be considered a complete
21388 formula all by itself, so selecting the parenthesis selects the whole
21389 formula that it encloses. Putting the cursor on the @samp{+} sign
21390 would have had the same effect.
21391
21392 (Strictly speaking, the Emacs cursor is really the manifestation of
21393 the Emacs ``point,'' which is a position @emph{between} two characters
21394 in the buffer. So purists would say that Calc selects the smallest
21395 sub-formula which contains the character to the right of ``point.'')
21396
21397 If you supply a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, the selection is
21398 expanded to the @var{n}th enclosing sub-formula. Thus, positioning
21399 the cursor on the @samp{b} and typing @kbd{C-u 1 j s} will select
21400 @samp{a + b}; typing @kbd{C-u 2 j s} will select @samp{(a + b)^3},
21401 and so on.
21402
21403 If the cursor is not on any part of the formula, or if you give a
21404 numeric prefix that is too large, the entire formula is selected.
21405
21406 If the cursor is on the @samp{.} line that marks the top of the stack
21407 (i.e., its normal ``rest position''), this command selects the entire
21408 formula at stack level 1. Most selection commands similarly operate
21409 on the formula at the top of the stack if you haven't positioned the
21410 cursor on any stack entry.
21411
21412 @kindex j a
21413 @pindex calc-select-additional
21414 The @kbd{j a} (@code{calc-select-additional}) command enlarges the
21415 current selection to encompass the cursor. To select the smallest
21416 sub-formula defined by two different points, move to the first and
21417 press @kbd{j s}, then move to the other and press @kbd{j a}. This
21418 is roughly analogous to using @kbd{C-@@} (@code{set-mark-command}) to
21419 select the two ends of a region of text during normal Emacs editing.
21420
21421 @kindex j o
21422 @pindex calc-select-once
21423 The @kbd{j o} (@code{calc-select-once}) command selects a formula in
21424 exactly the same way as @kbd{j s}, except that the selection will
21425 last only as long as the next command that uses it. For example,
21426 @kbd{j o 1 +} is a handy way to add one to the sub-formula indicated
21427 by the cursor.
21428
21429 (A somewhat more precise definition: The @kbd{j o} command sets a flag
21430 such that the next command involving selected stack entries will clear
21431 the selections on those stack entries afterwards. All other selection
21432 commands except @kbd{j a} and @kbd{j O} clear this flag.)
21433
21434 @kindex j S
21435 @kindex j O
21436 @pindex calc-select-here-maybe
21437 @pindex calc-select-once-maybe
21438 The @kbd{j S} (@code{calc-select-here-maybe}) and @kbd{j O}
21439 (@code{calc-select-once-maybe}) commands are equivalent to @kbd{j s}
21440 and @kbd{j o}, respectively, except that if the formula already
21441 has a selection they have no effect. This is analogous to the
21442 behavior of some commands such as @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection};
21443 @pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}) and is mainly intended to be
21444 used in keyboard macros that implement your own selection-oriented
21445 commands.
21446
21447 Selection of sub-formulas normally treats associative terms like
21448 @samp{a + b - c + d} and @samp{x * y * z} as single levels of the formula.
21449 If you place the cursor anywhere inside @samp{a + b - c + d} except
21450 on one of the variable names and use @kbd{j s}, you will select the
21451 entire four-term sum.
21452
21453 @kindex j b
21454 @pindex calc-break-selections
21455 The @kbd{j b} (@code{calc-break-selections}) command controls a mode
21456 in which the ``deep structure'' of these associative formulas shows
21457 through. Calc actually stores the above formulas as
21458 @samp{((a + b) - c) + d} and @samp{x * (y * z)}. (Note that for certain
21459 obscure reasons, by default Calc treats multiplication as
21460 right-associative.) Once you have enabled @kbd{j b} mode, selecting
21461 with the cursor on the @samp{-} sign would only select the @samp{a + b -
21462 c} portion, which makes sense when the deep structure of the sum is
21463 considered. There is no way to select the @samp{b - c + d} portion;
21464 although this might initially look like just as legitimate a sub-formula
21465 as @samp{a + b - c}, the deep structure shows that it isn't. The @kbd{d
21466 U} command can be used to view the deep structure of any formula
21467 (@pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
21468
21469 When @kbd{j b} mode has not been enabled, the deep structure is
21470 generally hidden by the selection commands---what you see is what
21471 you get.
21472
21473 @kindex j u
21474 @pindex calc-unselect
21475 The @kbd{j u} (@code{calc-unselect}) command unselects the formula
21476 that the cursor is on. If there was no selection in the formula,
21477 this command has no effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it
21478 unselects the @var{n}th stack element rather than using the cursor
21479 position.
21480
21481 @kindex j c
21482 @pindex calc-clear-selections
21483 The @kbd{j c} (@code{calc-clear-selections}) command unselects all
21484 stack elements.
21485
21486 @node Changing Selections, Displaying Selections, Making Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21487 @subsection Changing Selections
21488
21489 @noindent
21490 @kindex j m
21491 @pindex calc-select-more
21492 Once you have selected a sub-formula, you can expand it using the
21493 @w{@kbd{j m}} (@code{calc-select-more}) command. If @samp{a + b} is
21494 selected, pressing @w{@kbd{j m}} repeatedly works as follows:
21495
21496 @smallexample
21497 @group
21498 3 ... 3 ___ 3 ___
21499 (a + b) . . . (a + b) + V c (a + b) + V c
21500 1* ............... 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21501 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21502 @end group
21503 @end smallexample
21504
21505 @noindent
21506 In the last example, the entire formula is selected. This is roughly
21507 the same as having no selection at all, but because there are subtle
21508 differences the @samp{*} character is still there on the line number.
21509
21510 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, @kbd{j m} expands @var{n}
21511 times (or until the entire formula is selected). Note that @kbd{j s}
21512 with argument @var{n} is equivalent to plain @kbd{j s} followed by
21513 @kbd{j m} with argument @var{n}. If @w{@kbd{j m}} is used when there
21514 is no current selection, it is equivalent to @w{@kbd{j s}}.
21515
21516 Even though @kbd{j m} does not explicitly use the location of the
21517 cursor within the formula, it nevertheless uses the cursor to determine
21518 which stack element to operate on. As usual, @kbd{j m} when the cursor
21519 is not on any stack element operates on the top stack element.
21520
21521 @kindex j l
21522 @pindex calc-select-less
21523 The @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) command reduces the current
21524 selection around the cursor position. That is, it selects the
21525 immediate sub-formula of the current selection which contains the
21526 cursor, the opposite of @kbd{j m}. If the cursor is not inside the
21527 current selection, the command de-selects the formula.
21528
21529 @kindex j 1-9
21530 @pindex calc-select-part
21531 The @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} (@code{calc-select-part}) commands
21532 select the @var{n}th sub-formula of the current selection. They are
21533 like @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) except they use counting
21534 rather than the cursor position to decide which sub-formula to select.
21535 For example, if the current selection is @kbd{a + b + c} or
21536 @kbd{f(a, b, c)} or @kbd{[a, b, c]}, then @kbd{j 1} selects @samp{a},
21537 @kbd{j 2} selects @samp{b}, and @kbd{j 3} selects @samp{c}; in each of
21538 these cases, @kbd{j 4} through @kbd{j 9} would be errors.
21539
21540 If there is no current selection, @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} select
21541 the @var{n}th top-level sub-formula. (In other words, they act as if
21542 the entire stack entry were selected first.) To select the @var{n}th
21543 sub-formula where @var{n} is greater than nine, you must instead invoke
21544 @w{@kbd{j 1}} with @var{n} as a numeric prefix argument.
21545
21546 @kindex j n
21547 @kindex j p
21548 @pindex calc-select-next
21549 @pindex calc-select-previous
21550 The @kbd{j n} (@code{calc-select-next}) and @kbd{j p}
21551 (@code{calc-select-previous}) commands change the current selection
21552 to the next or previous sub-formula at the same level. For example,
21553 if @samp{b} is selected in @w{@samp{2 + a*b*c + x}}, then @kbd{j n}
21554 selects @samp{c}. Further @kbd{j n} commands would be in error because,
21555 even though there is something to the right of @samp{c} (namely, @samp{x}),
21556 it is not at the same level; in this case, it is not a term of the
21557 same product as @samp{b} and @samp{c}. However, @kbd{j m} (to select
21558 the whole product @samp{a*b*c} as a term of the sum) followed by
21559 @w{@kbd{j n}} would successfully select the @samp{x}.
21560
21561 Similarly, @kbd{j p} moves the selection from the @samp{b} in this
21562 sample formula to the @samp{a}. Both commands accept numeric prefix
21563 arguments to move several steps at a time.
21564
21565 It is interesting to compare Calc's selection commands with the
21566 Emacs Info system's commands for navigating through hierarchically
21567 organized documentation. Calc's @kbd{j n} command is completely
21568 analogous to Info's @kbd{n} command. Likewise, @kbd{j p} maps to
21569 @kbd{p}, @kbd{j 2} maps to @kbd{2}, and Info's @kbd{u} is like @kbd{j m}.
21570 (Note that @kbd{j u} stands for @code{calc-unselect}, not ``up''.)
21571 The Info @kbd{m} command is somewhat similar to Calc's @kbd{j s} and
21572 @kbd{j l}; in each case, you can jump directly to a sub-component
21573 of the hierarchy simply by pointing to it with the cursor.
21574
21575 @node Displaying Selections, Operating on Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21576 @subsection Displaying Selections
21577
21578 @noindent
21579 @kindex j d
21580 @pindex calc-show-selections
21581 The @kbd{j d} (@code{calc-show-selections}) command controls how
21582 selected sub-formulas are displayed. One of the alternatives is
21583 illustrated in the above examples; if we press @kbd{j d} we switch
21584 to the other style in which the selected portion itself is obscured
21585 by @samp{#} signs:
21586
21587 @smallexample
21588 @group
21589 3 ... # ___
21590 (a + b) . . . ## # ## + V c
21591 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21592 . . . . 2 x + 1
21593 @end group
21594 @end smallexample
21595
21596 @node Operating on Selections, Rearranging with Selections, Displaying Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21597 @subsection Operating on Selections
21598
21599 @noindent
21600 Once a selection is made, all Calc commands that manipulate items
21601 on the stack will operate on the selected portions of the items
21602 instead. (Note that several stack elements may have selections
21603 at once, though there can be only one selection at a time in any
21604 given stack element.)
21605
21606 @kindex j e
21607 @pindex calc-enable-selections
21608 The @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command disables the
21609 effect that selections have on Calc commands. The current selections
21610 still exist, but Calc commands operate on whole stack elements anyway.
21611 This mode can be identified by the fact that the @samp{*} markers on
21612 the line numbers are gone, even though selections are visible. To
21613 reactivate the selections, press @kbd{j e} again.
21614
21615 To extract a sub-formula as a new formula, simply select the
21616 sub-formula and press @key{RET}. This normally duplicates the top
21617 stack element; here it duplicates only the selected portion of that
21618 element.
21619
21620 To replace a sub-formula with something different, you can enter the
21621 new value onto the stack and press @key{TAB}. This normally exchanges
21622 the top two stack elements; here it swaps the value you entered into
21623 the selected portion of the formula, returning the old selected
21624 portion to the top of the stack.
21625
21626 @smallexample
21627 @group
21628 3 ... ... ___
21629 (a + b) . . . 17 x y . . . 17 x y + V c
21630 2* ............... 2* ............. 2: -------------
21631 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21632
21633 3 3
21634 1: 17 x y 1: (a + b) 1: (a + b)
21635 @end group
21636 @end smallexample
21637
21638 In this example we select a sub-formula of our original example,
21639 enter a new formula, @key{TAB} it into place, then deselect to see
21640 the complete, edited formula.
21641
21642 If you want to swap whole formulas around even though they contain
21643 selections, just use @kbd{j e} before and after.
21644
21645 @kindex j '
21646 @pindex calc-enter-selection
21647 The @kbd{j '} (@code{calc-enter-selection}) command is another way
21648 to replace a selected sub-formula. This command does an algebraic
21649 entry just like the regular @kbd{'} key. When you press @key{RET},
21650 the formula you type replaces the original selection. You can use
21651 the @samp{$} symbol in the formula to refer to the original
21652 selection. If there is no selection in the formula under the cursor,
21653 the cursor is used to make a temporary selection for the purposes of
21654 the command. Thus, to change a term of a formula, all you have to
21655 do is move the Emacs cursor to that term and press @kbd{j '}.
21656
21657 @kindex j `
21658 @pindex calc-edit-selection
21659 The @kbd{j `} (@code{calc-edit-selection}) command is a similar
21660 analogue of the @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command. It edits the
21661 selected sub-formula in a separate buffer. If there is no
21662 selection, it edits the sub-formula indicated by the cursor.
21663
21664 To delete a sub-formula, press @key{DEL}. This generally replaces
21665 the sub-formula with the constant zero, but in a few suitable contexts
21666 it uses the constant one instead. The @key{DEL} key automatically
21667 deselects and re-simplifies the entire formula afterwards. Thus:
21668
21669 @smallexample
21670 @group
21671 ###
21672 17 x y + # # 17 x y 17 # y 17 y
21673 1* ------------- 1: ------- 1* ------- 1: -------
21674 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1
21675 @end group
21676 @end smallexample
21677
21678 In this example, we first delete the @samp{sqrt(c)} term; Calc
21679 accomplishes this by replacing @samp{sqrt(c)} with zero and
21680 resimplifying. We then delete the @kbd{x} in the numerator;
21681 since this is part of a product, Calc replaces it with @samp{1}
21682 and resimplifies.
21683
21684 If you select an element of a vector and press @key{DEL}, that
21685 element is deleted from the vector. If you delete one side of
21686 an equation or inequality, only the opposite side remains.
21687
21688 @kindex j @key{DEL}
21689 @pindex calc-del-selection
21690 The @kbd{j @key{DEL}} (@code{calc-del-selection}) command is like
21691 @key{DEL} but with the auto-selecting behavior of @kbd{j '} and
21692 @kbd{j `}. It deletes the selected portion of the formula
21693 indicated by the cursor, or, in the absence of a selection, it
21694 deletes the sub-formula indicated by the cursor position.
21695
21696 @kindex j @key{RET}
21697 @pindex calc-grab-selection
21698 (There is also an auto-selecting @kbd{j @key{RET}} (@code{calc-copy-selection})
21699 command.)
21700
21701 Normal arithmetic operations also apply to sub-formulas. Here we
21702 select the denominator, press @kbd{5 -} to subtract five from the
21703 denominator, press @kbd{n} to negate the denominator, then
21704 press @kbd{Q} to take the square root.
21705
21706 @smallexample
21707 @group
21708 .. . .. . .. . .. .
21709 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ..........
21710 2 x + 1 2 x - 4 4 - 2 x _________
21711 V 4 - 2 x
21712 @end group
21713 @end smallexample
21714
21715 Certain types of operations on selections are not allowed. For
21716 example, for an arithmetic function like @kbd{-} no more than one of
21717 the arguments may be a selected sub-formula. (As the above example
21718 shows, the result of the subtraction is spliced back into the argument
21719 which had the selection; if there were more than one selection involved,
21720 this would not be well-defined.) If you try to subtract two selections,
21721 the command will abort with an error message.
21722
21723 Operations on sub-formulas sometimes leave the formula as a whole
21724 in an ``un-natural'' state. Consider negating the @samp{2 x} term
21725 of our sample formula by selecting it and pressing @kbd{n}
21726 (@code{calc-change-sign}).
21727
21728 @smallexample
21729 @group
21730 .. . .. .
21731 1* .......... 1* ...........
21732 ......... ..........
21733 . . . 2 x . . . -2 x
21734 @end group
21735 @end smallexample
21736
21737 Unselecting the sub-formula reveals that the minus sign, which would
21738 normally have cancelled out with the subtraction automatically, has
21739 not been able to do so because the subtraction was not part of the
21740 selected portion. Pressing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) or doing
21741 any other mathematical operation on the whole formula will cause it
21742 to be simplified.
21743
21744 @smallexample
21745 @group
21746 17 y 17 y
21747 1: ----------- 1: ----------
21748 __________ _________
21749 V 4 - -2 x V 4 + 2 x
21750 @end group
21751 @end smallexample
21752
21753 @node Rearranging with Selections, , Operating on Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21754 @subsection Rearranging Formulas using Selections
21755
21756 @noindent
21757 @kindex j R
21758 @pindex calc-commute-right
21759 The @kbd{j R} (@code{calc-commute-right}) command moves the selected
21760 sub-formula to the right in its surrounding formula. Generally the
21761 selection is one term of a sum or product; the sum or product is
21762 rearranged according to the commutative laws of algebra.
21763
21764 As with @kbd{j '} and @kbd{j @key{DEL}}, the term under the cursor is used
21765 if there is no selection in the current formula. All commands described
21766 in this section share this property. In this example, we place the
21767 cursor on the @samp{a} and type @kbd{j R}, then repeat.
21768
21769 @smallexample
21770 1: a + b - c 1: b + a - c 1: b - c + a
21771 @end smallexample
21772
21773 @noindent
21774 Note that in the final step above, the @samp{a} is switched with
21775 the @samp{c} but the signs are adjusted accordingly. When moving
21776 terms of sums and products, @kbd{j R} will never change the
21777 mathematical meaning of the formula.
21778
21779 The selected term may also be an element of a vector or an argument
21780 of a function. The term is exchanged with the one to its right.
21781 In this case, the ``meaning'' of the vector or function may of
21782 course be drastically changed.
21783
21784 @smallexample
21785 1: [a, b, c] 1: [b, a, c] 1: [b, c, a]
21786
21787 1: f(a, b, c) 1: f(b, a, c) 1: f(b, c, a)
21788 @end smallexample
21789
21790 @kindex j L
21791 @pindex calc-commute-left
21792 The @kbd{j L} (@code{calc-commute-left}) command is like @kbd{j R}
21793 except that it swaps the selected term with the one to its left.
21794
21795 With numeric prefix arguments, these commands move the selected
21796 term several steps at a time. It is an error to try to move a
21797 term left or right past the end of its enclosing formula.
21798 With numeric prefix arguments of zero, these commands move the
21799 selected term as far as possible in the given direction.
21800
21801 @kindex j D
21802 @pindex calc-sel-distribute
21803 The @kbd{j D} (@code{calc-sel-distribute}) command mixes the selected
21804 sum or product into the surrounding formula using the distributive
21805 law. For example, in @samp{a * (b - c)} with the @samp{b - c}
21806 selected, the result is @samp{a b - a c}. This also distributes
21807 products or quotients into surrounding powers, and can also do
21808 transformations like @samp{exp(a + b)} to @samp{exp(a) exp(b)},
21809 where @samp{a + b} is the selected term, and @samp{ln(a ^ b)}
21810 to @samp{ln(a) b}, where @samp{a ^ b} is the selected term.
21811
21812 For multiple-term sums or products, @kbd{j D} takes off one term
21813 at a time: @samp{a * (b + c - d)} goes to @samp{a * (c - d) + a b}
21814 with the @samp{c - d} selected so that you can type @kbd{j D}
21815 repeatedly to expand completely. The @kbd{j D} command allows a
21816 numeric prefix argument which specifies the maximum number of
21817 times to expand at once; the default is one time only.
21818
21819 @vindex DistribRules
21820 The @kbd{j D} command is implemented using rewrite rules.
21821 @xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}. The rules are stored in
21822 the Calc variable @code{DistribRules}. A convenient way to view
21823 these rules is to use @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) which
21824 displays and edits the stored value of a variable. Press @kbd{C-c C-c}
21825 to return from editing mode; be careful not to make any actual changes
21826 or else you will affect the behavior of future @kbd{j D} commands!
21827
21828 To extend @kbd{j D} to handle new cases, just edit @code{DistribRules}
21829 as described above. You can then use the @kbd{s p} command to save
21830 this variable's value permanently for future Calc sessions.
21831 @xref{Operations on Variables}.
21832
21833 @kindex j M
21834 @pindex calc-sel-merge
21835 @vindex MergeRules
21836 The @kbd{j M} (@code{calc-sel-merge}) command is the complement
21837 of @kbd{j D}; given @samp{a b - a c} with either @samp{a b} or
21838 @samp{a c} selected, the result is @samp{a * (b - c)}. Once
21839 again, @kbd{j M} can also merge calls to functions like @code{exp}
21840 and @code{ln}; examine the variable @code{MergeRules} to see all
21841 the relevant rules.
21842
21843 @kindex j C
21844 @pindex calc-sel-commute
21845 @vindex CommuteRules
21846 The @kbd{j C} (@code{calc-sel-commute}) command swaps the arguments
21847 of the selected sum, product, or equation. It always behaves as
21848 if @kbd{j b} mode were in effect, i.e., the sum @samp{a + b + c} is
21849 treated as the nested sums @samp{(a + b) + c} by this command.
21850 If you put the cursor on the first @samp{+}, the result is
21851 @samp{(b + a) + c}; if you put the cursor on the second @samp{+}, the
21852 result is @samp{c + (a + b)} (which the default simplifications
21853 will rearrange to @samp{(c + a) + b}). The relevant rules are stored
21854 in the variable @code{CommuteRules}.
21855
21856 You may need to turn default simplifications off (with the @kbd{m O}
21857 command) in order to get the full benefit of @kbd{j C}. For example,
21858 commuting @samp{a - b} produces @samp{-b + a}, but the default
21859 simplifications will ``simplify'' this right back to @samp{a - b} if
21860 you don't turn them off. The same is true of some of the other
21861 manipulations described in this section.
21862
21863 @kindex j N
21864 @pindex calc-sel-negate
21865 @vindex NegateRules
21866 The @kbd{j N} (@code{calc-sel-negate}) command replaces the selected
21867 term with the negative of that term, then adjusts the surrounding
21868 formula in order to preserve the meaning. For example, given
21869 @samp{exp(a - b)} where @samp{a - b} is selected, the result is
21870 @samp{1 / exp(b - a)}. By contrast, selecting a term and using the
21871 regular @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the
21872 term without adjusting the surroundings, thus changing the meaning
21873 of the formula as a whole. The rules variable is @code{NegateRules}.
21874
21875 @kindex j &
21876 @pindex calc-sel-invert
21877 @vindex InvertRules
21878 The @kbd{j &} (@code{calc-sel-invert}) command is similar to @kbd{j N}
21879 except it takes the reciprocal of the selected term. For example,
21880 given @samp{a - ln(b)} with @samp{b} selected, the result is
21881 @samp{a + ln(1/b)}. The rules variable is @code{InvertRules}.
21882
21883 @kindex j E
21884 @pindex calc-sel-jump-equals
21885 @vindex JumpRules
21886 The @kbd{j E} (@code{calc-sel-jump-equals}) command moves the
21887 selected term from one side of an equation to the other. Given
21888 @samp{a + b = c + d} with @samp{c} selected, the result is
21889 @samp{a + b - c = d}. This command also works if the selected
21890 term is part of a @samp{*}, @samp{/}, or @samp{^} formula. The
21891 relevant rules variable is @code{JumpRules}.
21892
21893 @kindex j I
21894 @kindex H j I
21895 @pindex calc-sel-isolate
21896 The @kbd{j I} (@code{calc-sel-isolate}) command isolates the
21897 selected term on its side of an equation. It uses the @kbd{a S}
21898 (@code{calc-solve-for}) command to solve the equation, and the
21899 Hyperbolic flag affects it in the same way. @xref{Solving Equations}.
21900 When it applies, @kbd{j I} is often easier to use than @kbd{j E}.
21901 It understands more rules of algebra, and works for inequalities
21902 as well as equations.
21903
21904 @kindex j *
21905 @kindex j /
21906 @pindex calc-sel-mult-both-sides
21907 @pindex calc-sel-div-both-sides
21908 The @kbd{j *} (@code{calc-sel-mult-both-sides}) command prompts for a
21909 formula using algebraic entry, then multiplies both sides of the
21910 selected quotient or equation by that formula. It simplifies each
21911 side with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) before re-forming the
21912 quotient or equation. You can suppress this simplification by
21913 providing any numeric prefix argument. There is also a @kbd{j /}
21914 (@code{calc-sel-div-both-sides}) which is similar to @kbd{j *} but
21915 dividing instead of multiplying by the factor you enter.
21916
21917 As a special feature, if the numerator of the quotient is 1, then
21918 the denominator is expanded at the top level using the distributive
21919 law (i.e., using the @kbd{C-u -1 a x} command). Suppose the
21920 formula on the stack is @samp{1 / (sqrt(a) + 1)}, and you wish
21921 to eliminate the square root in the denominator by multiplying both
21922 sides by @samp{sqrt(a) - 1}. Calc's default simplifications would
21923 change the result @samp{(sqrt(a) - 1) / (sqrt(a) - 1) (sqrt(a) + 1)}
21924 right back to the original form by cancellation; Calc expands the
21925 denominator to @samp{sqrt(a) (sqrt(a) - 1) + sqrt(a) - 1} to prevent
21926 this. (You would now want to use an @kbd{a x} command to expand
21927 the rest of the way, whereupon the denominator would cancel out to
21928 the desired form, @samp{a - 1}.) When the numerator is not 1, this
21929 initial expansion is not necessary because Calc's default
21930 simplifications will not notice the potential cancellation.
21931
21932 If the selection is an inequality, @kbd{j *} and @kbd{j /} will
21933 accept any factor, but will warn unless they can prove the factor
21934 is either positive or negative. (In the latter case the direction
21935 of the inequality will be switched appropriately.) @xref{Declarations},
21936 for ways to inform Calc that a given variable is positive or
21937 negative. If Calc can't tell for sure what the sign of the factor
21938 will be, it will assume it is positive and display a warning
21939 message.
21940
21941 For selections that are not quotients, equations, or inequalities,
21942 these commands pull out a multiplicative factor: They divide (or
21943 multiply) by the entered formula, simplify, then multiply (or divide)
21944 back by the formula.
21945
21946 @kindex j +
21947 @kindex j -
21948 @pindex calc-sel-add-both-sides
21949 @pindex calc-sel-sub-both-sides
21950 The @kbd{j +} (@code{calc-sel-add-both-sides}) and @kbd{j -}
21951 (@code{calc-sel-sub-both-sides}) commands analogously add to or
21952 subtract from both sides of an equation or inequality. For other
21953 types of selections, they extract an additive factor. A numeric
21954 prefix argument suppresses simplification of the intermediate
21955 results.
21956
21957 @kindex j U
21958 @pindex calc-sel-unpack
21959 The @kbd{j U} (@code{calc-sel-unpack}) command replaces the
21960 selected function call with its argument. For example, given
21961 @samp{a + sin(x^2)} with @samp{sin(x^2)} selected, the result
21962 is @samp{a + x^2}. (The @samp{x^2} will remain selected; if you
21963 wanted to change the @code{sin} to @code{cos}, just press @kbd{C}
21964 now to take the cosine of the selected part.)
21965
21966 @kindex j v
21967 @pindex calc-sel-evaluate
21968 The @kbd{j v} (@code{calc-sel-evaluate}) command performs the
21969 normal default simplifications on the selected sub-formula.
21970 These are the simplifications that are normally done automatically
21971 on all results, but which may have been partially inhibited by
21972 previous selection-related operations, or turned off altogether
21973 by the @kbd{m O} command. This command is just an auto-selecting
21974 version of the @w{@kbd{a v}} command (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}).
21975
21976 With a numeric prefix argument of 2, @kbd{C-u 2 j v} applies
21977 the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command to the selected
21978 sub-formula. With a prefix argument of 3 or more, e.g., @kbd{C-u j v}
21979 applies the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) command.
21980 @xref{Simplifying Formulas}. With a negative prefix argument
21981 it simplifies at the top level only, just as with @kbd{a v}.
21982 Here the ``top'' level refers to the top level of the selected
21983 sub-formula.
21984
21985 @kindex j "
21986 @pindex calc-sel-expand-formula
21987 The @kbd{j "} (@code{calc-sel-expand-formula}) command is to @kbd{a "}
21988 (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}) what @kbd{j v} is to @kbd{a v}.
21989
21990 You can use the @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command
21991 to define other algebraic operations on sub-formulas. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
21992
21993 @node Algebraic Manipulation, Simplifying Formulas, Selecting Subformulas, Algebra
21994 @section Algebraic Manipulation
21995
21996 @noindent
21997 The commands in this section perform general-purpose algebraic
21998 manipulations. They work on the whole formula at the top of the
21999 stack (unless, of course, you have made a selection in that
22000 formula).
22001
22002 Many algebra commands prompt for a variable name or formula. If you
22003 answer the prompt with a blank line, the variable or formula is taken
22004 from top-of-stack, and the normal argument for the command is taken
22005 from the second-to-top stack level.
22006
22007 @kindex a v
22008 @pindex calc-alg-evaluate
22009 The @kbd{a v} (@code{calc-alg-evaluate}) command performs the normal
22010 default simplifications on a formula; for example, @samp{a - -b} is
22011 changed to @samp{a + b}. These simplifications are normally done
22012 automatically on all Calc results, so this command is useful only if
22013 you have turned default simplifications off with an @kbd{m O}
22014 command. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
22015
22016 It is often more convenient to type @kbd{=}, which is like @kbd{a v}
22017 but which also substitutes stored values for variables in the formula.
22018 Use @kbd{a v} if you want the variables to ignore their stored values.
22019
22020 If you give a numeric prefix argument of 2 to @kbd{a v}, it simplifies
22021 as if in Algebraic Simplification mode. This is equivalent to typing
22022 @kbd{a s}; @pxref{Simplifying Formulas}. If you give a numeric prefix
22023 of 3 or more, it uses Extended Simplification mode (@kbd{a e}).
22024
22025 If you give a negative prefix argument @mathit{-1}, @mathit{-2}, or @mathit{-3},
22026 it simplifies in the corresponding mode but only works on the top-level
22027 function call of the formula. For example, @samp{(2 + 3) * (2 + 3)} will
22028 simplify to @samp{(2 + 3)^2}, without simplifying the sub-formulas
22029 @samp{2 + 3}. As another example, typing @kbd{V R +} to sum the vector
22030 @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]} produces the formula @samp{reduce(add, [1, 2, 3, 4])}
22031 in No-Simplify mode. Using @kbd{a v} will evaluate this all the way to
22032 10; using @kbd{C-u - a v} will evaluate it only to @samp{1 + 2 + 3 + 4}.
22033 (@xref{Reducing and Mapping}.)
22034
22035 @tindex evalv
22036 @tindex evalvn
22037 The @kbd{=} command corresponds to the @code{evalv} function, and
22038 the related @kbd{N} command, which is like @kbd{=} but temporarily
22039 disables Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}) during the evaluation, corresponds
22040 to the @code{evalvn} function. (These commands interpret their prefix
22041 arguments differently than @kbd{a v}; @kbd{=} treats the prefix as
22042 the number of stack elements to evaluate at once, and @kbd{N} treats
22043 it as a temporary different working precision.)
22044
22045 The @code{evalvn} function can take an alternate working precision
22046 as an optional second argument. This argument can be either an
22047 integer, to set the precision absolutely, or a vector containing
22048 a single integer, to adjust the precision relative to the current
22049 precision. Note that @code{evalvn} with a larger than current
22050 precision will do the calculation at this higher precision, but the
22051 result will as usual be rounded back down to the current precision
22052 afterward. For example, @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415)} at a precision
22053 of 12 will return @samp{9.265359e-5}; @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, 30)}
22054 will return @samp{9.26535897932e-5} (computing a 25-digit result which
22055 is then rounded down to 12); and @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, [-2])}
22056 will return @samp{9.2654e-5}.
22057
22058 @kindex a "
22059 @pindex calc-expand-formula
22060 The @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command expands functions
22061 into their defining formulas wherever possible. For example,
22062 @samp{deg(x^2)} is changed to @samp{180 x^2 / pi}. Most functions,
22063 like @code{sin} and @code{gcd}, are not defined by simple formulas
22064 and so are unaffected by this command. One important class of
22065 functions which @emph{can} be expanded is the user-defined functions
22066 created by the @kbd{Z F} command. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
22067 Other functions which @kbd{a "} can expand include the probability
22068 distribution functions, most of the financial functions, and the
22069 hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic functions. A numeric prefix argument
22070 affects @kbd{a "} in the same way as it does @kbd{a v}: A positive
22071 argument expands all functions in the formula and then simplifies in
22072 various ways; a negative argument expands and simplifies only the
22073 top-level function call.
22074
22075 @kindex a M
22076 @pindex calc-map-equation
22077 @tindex mapeq
22078 The @kbd{a M} (@code{calc-map-equation}) [@code{mapeq}] command applies
22079 a given function or operator to one or more equations. It is analogous
22080 to @kbd{V M}, which operates on vectors instead of equations.
22081 @pxref{Reducing and Mapping}. For example, @kbd{a M S} changes
22082 @samp{x = y+1} to @samp{sin(x) = sin(y+1)}, and @kbd{a M +} with
22083 @samp{x = y+1} and @expr{6} on the stack produces @samp{x+6 = y+7}.
22084 With two equations on the stack, @kbd{a M +} would add the lefthand
22085 sides together and the righthand sides together to get the two
22086 respective sides of a new equation.
22087
22088 Mapping also works on inequalities. Mapping two similar inequalities
22089 produces another inequality of the same type. Mapping an inequality
22090 with an equation produces an inequality of the same type. Mapping a
22091 @samp{<=} with a @samp{<} or @samp{!=} (not-equal) produces a @samp{<}.
22092 If inequalities with opposite direction (e.g., @samp{<} and @samp{>})
22093 are mapped, the direction of the second inequality is reversed to
22094 match the first: Using @kbd{a M +} on @samp{a < b} and @samp{a > 2}
22095 reverses the latter to get @samp{2 < a}, which then allows the
22096 combination @samp{a + 2 < b + a}, which the @kbd{a s} command can
22097 then simplify to get @samp{2 < b}.
22098
22099 Using @kbd{a M *}, @kbd{a M /}, @kbd{a M n}, or @kbd{a M &} to negate
22100 or invert an inequality will reverse the direction of the inequality.
22101 Other adjustments to inequalities are @emph{not} done automatically;
22102 @kbd{a M S} will change @w{@samp{x < y}} to @samp{sin(x) < sin(y)} even
22103 though this is not true for all values of the variables.
22104
22105 @kindex H a M
22106 @tindex mapeqp
22107 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a M} [@code{mapeqp}] does a plain
22108 mapping operation without reversing the direction of any inequalities.
22109 Thus, @kbd{H a M &} would change @kbd{x > 2} to @kbd{1/x > 0.5}.
22110 (This change is mathematically incorrect, but perhaps you were
22111 fixing an inequality which was already incorrect.)
22112
22113 @kindex I a M
22114 @tindex mapeqr
22115 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a M} [@code{mapeqr}] always reverses
22116 the direction of the inequality. You might use @kbd{I a M C} to
22117 change @samp{x < y} to @samp{cos(x) > cos(y)} if you know you are
22118 working with small positive angles.
22119
22120 @kindex a b
22121 @pindex calc-substitute
22122 @tindex subst
22123 The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) [@code{subst}] command substitutes
22124 all occurrences
22125 of some variable or sub-expression of an expression with a new
22126 sub-expression. For example, substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(y)}
22127 in @samp{2 sin(x)^2 + x sin(x) + sin(2 x)} produces
22128 @samp{2 cos(y)^2 + x cos(y) + @w{sin(2 x)}}.
22129 Note that this is a purely structural substitution; the lone @samp{x} and
22130 the @samp{sin(2 x)} stayed the same because they did not look like
22131 @samp{sin(x)}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a more general method for
22132 doing substitutions.
22133
22134 The @kbd{a b} command normally prompts for two formulas, the old
22135 one and the new one. If you enter a blank line for the first
22136 prompt, all three arguments are taken from the stack (new, then old,
22137 then target expression). If you type an old formula but then enter a
22138 blank line for the new one, the new formula is taken from top-of-stack
22139 and the target from second-to-top. If you answer both prompts, the
22140 target is taken from top-of-stack as usual.
22141
22142 Note that @kbd{a b} has no understanding of commutativity or
22143 associativity. The pattern @samp{x+y} will not match the formula
22144 @samp{y+x}. Also, @samp{y+z} will not match inside the formula @samp{x+y+z}
22145 because the @samp{+} operator is left-associative, so the ``deep
22146 structure'' of that formula is @samp{(x+y) + z}. Use @kbd{d U}
22147 (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) mode to see the true structure of
22148 a formula. The rewrite rule mechanism, discussed later, does not have
22149 these limitations.
22150
22151 As an algebraic function, @code{subst} takes three arguments:
22152 Target expression, old, new. Note that @code{subst} is always
22153 evaluated immediately, even if its arguments are variables, so if
22154 you wish to put a call to @code{subst} onto the stack you must
22155 turn the default simplifications off first (with @kbd{m O}).
22156
22157 @node Simplifying Formulas, Polynomials, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra
22158 @section Simplifying Formulas
22159
22160 @noindent
22161 @kindex a s
22162 @pindex calc-simplify
22163 @tindex simplify
22164 The @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) [@code{simplify}] command applies
22165 various algebraic rules to simplify a formula. This includes rules which
22166 are not part of the default simplifications because they may be too slow
22167 to apply all the time, or may not be desirable all of the time. For
22168 example, non-adjacent terms of sums are combined, as in @samp{a + b + 2 a}
22169 to @samp{b + 3 a}, and some formulas like @samp{sin(arcsin(x))} are
22170 simplified to @samp{x}.
22171
22172 The sections below describe all the various kinds of algebraic
22173 simplifications Calc provides in full detail. None of Calc's
22174 simplification commands are designed to pull rabbits out of hats;
22175 they simply apply certain specific rules to put formulas into
22176 less redundant or more pleasing forms. Serious algebra in Calc
22177 must be done manually, usually with a combination of selections
22178 and rewrite rules. @xref{Rearranging with Selections}.
22179 @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
22180
22181 @xref{Simplification Modes}, for commands to control what level of
22182 simplification occurs automatically. Normally only the ``default
22183 simplifications'' occur.
22184
22185 @menu
22186 * Default Simplifications::
22187 * Algebraic Simplifications::
22188 * Unsafe Simplifications::
22189 * Simplification of Units::
22190 @end menu
22191
22192 @node Default Simplifications, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas, Simplifying Formulas
22193 @subsection Default Simplifications
22194
22195 @noindent
22196 @cindex Default simplifications
22197 This section describes the ``default simplifications,'' those which are
22198 normally applied to all results. For example, if you enter the variable
22199 @expr{x} on the stack twice and push @kbd{+}, Calc's default
22200 simplifications automatically change @expr{x + x} to @expr{2 x}.
22201
22202 The @kbd{m O} command turns off the default simplifications, so that
22203 @expr{x + x} will remain in this form unless you give an explicit
22204 ``simplify'' command like @kbd{=} or @kbd{a v}. @xref{Algebraic
22205 Manipulation}. The @kbd{m D} command turns the default simplifications
22206 back on.
22207
22208 The most basic default simplification is the evaluation of functions.
22209 For example, @expr{2 + 3} is evaluated to @expr{5}, and @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(9)}
22210 is evaluated to @expr{3}. Evaluation does not occur if the arguments
22211 to a function are somehow of the wrong type @expr{@tfn{tan}([2,3,4])}),
22212 range (@expr{@tfn{tan}(90)}), or number (@expr{@tfn{tan}(3,5)}),
22213 or if the function name is not recognized (@expr{@tfn{f}(5)}), or if
22214 Symbolic mode (@pxref{Symbolic Mode}) prevents evaluation
22215 (@expr{@tfn{sqrt}(2)}).
22216
22217 Calc simplifies (evaluates) the arguments to a function before it
22218 simplifies the function itself. Thus @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(5+4)} is
22219 simplified to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(9)} before the @code{sqrt} function
22220 itself is applied. There are very few exceptions to this rule:
22221 @code{quote}, @code{lambda}, and @code{condition} (the @code{::}
22222 operator) do not evaluate their arguments, @code{if} (the @code{? :}
22223 operator) does not evaluate all of its arguments, and @code{evalto}
22224 does not evaluate its lefthand argument.
22225
22226 Most commands apply the default simplifications to all arguments they
22227 take from the stack, perform a particular operation, then simplify
22228 the result before pushing it back on the stack. In the common special
22229 case of regular arithmetic commands like @kbd{+} and @kbd{Q} [@code{sqrt}],
22230 the arguments are simply popped from the stack and collected into a
22231 suitable function call, which is then simplified (the arguments being
22232 simplified first as part of the process, as described above).
22233
22234 The default simplifications are too numerous to describe completely
22235 here, but this section will describe the ones that apply to the
22236 major arithmetic operators. This list will be rather technical in
22237 nature, and will probably be interesting to you only if you are
22238 a serious user of Calc's algebra facilities.
22239
22240 @tex
22241 \bigskip
22242 @end tex
22243
22244 As well as the simplifications described here, if you have stored
22245 any rewrite rules in the variable @code{EvalRules} then these rules
22246 will also be applied before any built-in default simplifications.
22247 @xref{Automatic Rewrites}, for details.
22248
22249 @tex
22250 \bigskip
22251 @end tex
22252
22253 And now, on with the default simplifications:
22254
22255 Arithmetic operators like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} always take two
22256 arguments in Calc's internal form. Sums and products of three or
22257 more terms are arranged by the associative law of algebra into
22258 a left-associative form for sums, @expr{((a + b) + c) + d}, and
22259 (by default) a right-associative form for products,
22260 @expr{a * (b * (c * d))}. Formulas like @expr{(a + b) + (c + d)} are
22261 rearranged to left-associative form, though this rarely matters since
22262 Calc's algebra commands are designed to hide the inner structure of sums
22263 and products as much as possible. Sums and products in their proper
22264 associative form will be written without parentheses in the examples
22265 below.
22266
22267 Sums and products are @emph{not} rearranged according to the
22268 commutative law (@expr{a + b} to @expr{b + a}) except in a few
22269 special cases described below. Some algebra programs always
22270 rearrange terms into a canonical order, which enables them to
22271 see that @expr{a b + b a} can be simplified to @expr{2 a b}.
22272 Calc assumes you have put the terms into the order you want
22273 and generally leaves that order alone, with the consequence
22274 that formulas like the above will only be simplified if you
22275 explicitly give the @kbd{a s} command. @xref{Algebraic
22276 Simplifications}.
22277
22278 Differences @expr{a - b} are treated like sums @expr{a + (-b)}
22279 for purposes of simplification; one of the default simplifications
22280 is to rewrite @expr{a + (-b)} or @expr{(-b) + a}, where @expr{-b}
22281 represents a ``negative-looking'' term, into @expr{a - b} form.
22282 ``Negative-looking'' means negative numbers, negated formulas like
22283 @expr{-x}, and products or quotients in which either term is
22284 negative-looking.
22285
22286 Other simplifications involving negation are @expr{-(-x)} to @expr{x};
22287 @expr{-(a b)} or @expr{-(a/b)} where either @expr{a} or @expr{b} is
22288 negative-looking, simplified by negating that term, or else where
22289 @expr{a} or @expr{b} is any number, by negating that number;
22290 @expr{-(a + b)} to @expr{-a - b}, and @expr{-(b - a)} to @expr{a - b}.
22291 (This, and rewriting @expr{(-b) + a} to @expr{a - b}, are the only
22292 cases where the order of terms in a sum is changed by the default
22293 simplifications.)
22294
22295 The distributive law is used to simplify sums in some cases:
22296 @expr{a x + b x} to @expr{(a + b) x}, where @expr{a} represents
22297 a number or an implicit 1 or @mathit{-1} (as in @expr{x} or @expr{-x})
22298 and similarly for @expr{b}. Use the @kbd{a c}, @w{@kbd{a f}}, or
22299 @kbd{j M} commands to merge sums with non-numeric coefficients
22300 using the distributive law.
22301
22302 The distributive law is only used for sums of two terms, or
22303 for adjacent terms in a larger sum. Thus @expr{a + b + b + c}
22304 is simplified to @expr{a + 2 b + c}, but @expr{a + b + c + b}
22305 is not simplified. The reason is that comparing all terms of a
22306 sum with one another would require time proportional to the
22307 square of the number of terms; Calc relegates potentially slow
22308 operations like this to commands that have to be invoked
22309 explicitly, like @kbd{a s}.
22310
22311 Finally, @expr{a + 0} and @expr{0 + a} are simplified to @expr{a}.
22312 A consequence of the above rules is that @expr{0 - a} is simplified
22313 to @expr{-a}.
22314
22315 @tex
22316 \bigskip
22317 @end tex
22318
22319 The products @expr{1 a} and @expr{a 1} are simplified to @expr{a};
22320 @expr{(-1) a} and @expr{a (-1)} are simplified to @expr{-a};
22321 @expr{0 a} and @expr{a 0} are simplified to @expr{0}, except that
22322 in Matrix mode where @expr{a} is not provably scalar the result
22323 is the generic zero matrix @samp{idn(0)}, and that if @expr{a} is
22324 infinite the result is @samp{nan}.
22325
22326 Also, @expr{(-a) b} and @expr{a (-b)} are simplified to @expr{-(a b)},
22327 where this occurs for negated formulas but not for regular negative
22328 numbers.
22329
22330 Products are commuted only to move numbers to the front:
22331 @expr{a b 2} is commuted to @expr{2 a b}.
22332
22333 The product @expr{a (b + c)} is distributed over the sum only if
22334 @expr{a} and at least one of @expr{b} and @expr{c} are numbers:
22335 @expr{2 (x + 3)} goes to @expr{2 x + 6}. The formula
22336 @expr{(-a) (b - c)}, where @expr{-a} is a negative number, is
22337 rewritten to @expr{a (c - b)}.
22338
22339 The distributive law of products and powers is used for adjacent
22340 terms of the product: @expr{x^a x^b} goes to
22341 @texline @math{x^{a+b}}
22342 @infoline @expr{x^(a+b)}
22343 where @expr{a} is a number, or an implicit 1 (as in @expr{x}),
22344 or the implicit one-half of @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)}, and similarly for
22345 @expr{b}. The result is written using @samp{sqrt} or @samp{1/sqrt}
22346 if the sum of the powers is @expr{1/2} or @expr{-1/2}, respectively.
22347 If the sum of the powers is zero, the product is simplified to
22348 @expr{1} or to @samp{idn(1)} if Matrix mode is enabled.
22349
22350 The product of a negative power times anything but another negative
22351 power is changed to use division:
22352 @texline @math{x^{-2} y}
22353 @infoline @expr{x^(-2) y}
22354 goes to @expr{y / x^2} unless Matrix mode is
22355 in effect and neither @expr{x} nor @expr{y} are scalar (in which
22356 case it is considered unsafe to rearrange the order of the terms).
22357
22358 Finally, @expr{a (b/c)} is rewritten to @expr{(a b)/c}, and also
22359 @expr{(a/b) c} is changed to @expr{(a c)/b} unless in Matrix mode.
22360
22361 @tex
22362 \bigskip
22363 @end tex
22364
22365 Simplifications for quotients are analogous to those for products.
22366 The quotient @expr{0 / x} is simplified to @expr{0}, with the same
22367 exceptions that were noted for @expr{0 x}. Likewise, @expr{x / 1}
22368 and @expr{x / (-1)} are simplified to @expr{x} and @expr{-x},
22369 respectively.
22370
22371 The quotient @expr{x / 0} is left unsimplified or changed to an
22372 infinite quantity, as directed by the current infinite mode.
22373 @xref{Infinite Mode}.
22374
22375 The expression
22376 @texline @math{a / b^{-c}}
22377 @infoline @expr{a / b^(-c)}
22378 is changed to @expr{a b^c}, where @expr{-c} is any negative-looking
22379 power. Also, @expr{1 / b^c} is changed to
22380 @texline @math{b^{-c}}
22381 @infoline @expr{b^(-c)}
22382 for any power @expr{c}.
22383
22384 Also, @expr{(-a) / b} and @expr{a / (-b)} go to @expr{-(a/b)};
22385 @expr{(a/b) / c} goes to @expr{a / (b c)}; and @expr{a / (b/c)}
22386 goes to @expr{(a c) / b} unless Matrix mode prevents this
22387 rearrangement. Similarly, @expr{a / (b:c)} is simplified to
22388 @expr{(c:b) a} for any fraction @expr{b:c}.
22389
22390 The distributive law is applied to @expr{(a + b) / c} only if
22391 @expr{c} and at least one of @expr{a} and @expr{b} are numbers.
22392 Quotients of powers and square roots are distributed just as
22393 described for multiplication.
22394
22395 Quotients of products cancel only in the leading terms of the
22396 numerator and denominator. In other words, @expr{a x b / a y b}
22397 is cancelled to @expr{x b / y b} but not to @expr{x / y}. Once
22398 again this is because full cancellation can be slow; use @kbd{a s}
22399 to cancel all terms of the quotient.
22400
22401 Quotients of negative-looking values are simplified according
22402 to @expr{(-a) / (-b)} to @expr{a / b}, @expr{(-a) / (b - c)}
22403 to @expr{a / (c - b)}, and @expr{(a - b) / (-c)} to @expr{(b - a) / c}.
22404
22405 @tex
22406 \bigskip
22407 @end tex
22408
22409 The formula @expr{x^0} is simplified to @expr{1}, or to @samp{idn(1)}
22410 in Matrix mode. The formula @expr{0^x} is simplified to @expr{0}
22411 unless @expr{x} is a negative number, complex number or zero.
22412 If @expr{x} is negative, complex or @expr{0.0}, @expr{0^x} is an
22413 infinity or an unsimplified formula according to the current infinite
22414 mode. The expression @expr{0^0} is simplified to @expr{1}.
22415
22416 Powers of products or quotients @expr{(a b)^c}, @expr{(a/b)^c}
22417 are distributed to @expr{a^c b^c}, @expr{a^c / b^c} only if @expr{c}
22418 is an integer, or if either @expr{a} or @expr{b} are nonnegative
22419 real numbers. Powers of powers @expr{(a^b)^c} are simplified to
22420 @texline @math{a^{b c}}
22421 @infoline @expr{a^(b c)}
22422 only when @expr{c} is an integer and @expr{b c} also
22423 evaluates to an integer. Without these restrictions these simplifications
22424 would not be safe because of problems with principal values.
22425 (In other words,
22426 @texline @math{((-3)^{1/2})^2}
22427 @infoline @expr{((-3)^1:2)^2}
22428 is safe to simplify, but
22429 @texline @math{((-3)^2)^{1/2}}
22430 @infoline @expr{((-3)^2)^1:2}
22431 is not.) @xref{Declarations}, for ways to inform Calc that your
22432 variables satisfy these requirements.
22433
22434 As a special case of this rule, @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)^n} is simplified to
22435 @texline @math{x^{n/2}}
22436 @infoline @expr{x^(n/2)}
22437 only for even integers @expr{n}.
22438
22439 If @expr{a} is known to be real, @expr{b} is an even integer, and
22440 @expr{c} is a half- or quarter-integer, then @expr{(a^b)^c} is
22441 simplified to @expr{@tfn{abs}(a^(b c))}.
22442
22443 Also, @expr{(-a)^b} is simplified to @expr{a^b} if @expr{b} is an
22444 even integer, or to @expr{-(a^b)} if @expr{b} is an odd integer,
22445 for any negative-looking expression @expr{-a}.
22446
22447 Square roots @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)} generally act like one-half powers
22448 @texline @math{x^{1:2}}
22449 @infoline @expr{x^1:2}
22450 for the purposes of the above-listed simplifications.
22451
22452 Also, note that
22453 @texline @math{1 / x^{1:2}}
22454 @infoline @expr{1 / x^1:2}
22455 is changed to
22456 @texline @math{x^{-1:2}},
22457 @infoline @expr{x^(-1:2)},
22458 but @expr{1 / @tfn{sqrt}(x)} is left alone.
22459
22460 @tex
22461 \bigskip
22462 @end tex
22463
22464 Generic identity matrices (@pxref{Matrix Mode}) are simplified by the
22465 following rules: @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) + b} to @expr{a + b} if @expr{b}
22466 is provably scalar, or expanded out if @expr{b} is a matrix;
22467 @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) + @tfn{idn}(b)} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(a + b)};
22468 @expr{-@tfn{idn}(a)} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(-a)}; @expr{a @tfn{idn}(b)} to
22469 @expr{@tfn{idn}(a b)} if @expr{a} is provably scalar, or to @expr{a b}
22470 if @expr{a} is provably non-scalar; @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) @tfn{idn}(b)} to
22471 @expr{@tfn{idn}(a b)}; analogous simplifications for quotients involving
22472 @code{idn}; and @expr{@tfn{idn}(a)^n} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(a^n)} where
22473 @expr{n} is an integer.
22474
22475 @tex
22476 \bigskip
22477 @end tex
22478
22479 The @code{floor} function and other integer truncation functions
22480 vanish if the argument is provably integer-valued, so that
22481 @expr{@tfn{floor}(@tfn{round}(x))} simplifies to @expr{@tfn{round}(x)}.
22482 Also, combinations of @code{float}, @code{floor} and its friends,
22483 and @code{ffloor} and its friends, are simplified in appropriate
22484 ways. @xref{Integer Truncation}.
22485
22486 The expression @expr{@tfn{abs}(-x)} changes to @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)}.
22487 The expression @expr{@tfn{abs}(@tfn{abs}(x))} changes to
22488 @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)}; in fact, @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)} changes to @expr{x} or
22489 @expr{-x} if @expr{x} is provably nonnegative or nonpositive
22490 (@pxref{Declarations}).
22491
22492 While most functions do not recognize the variable @code{i} as an
22493 imaginary number, the @code{arg} function does handle the two cases
22494 @expr{@tfn{arg}(@tfn{i})} and @expr{@tfn{arg}(-@tfn{i})} just for convenience.
22495
22496 The expression @expr{@tfn{conj}(@tfn{conj}(x))} simplifies to @expr{x}.
22497 Various other expressions involving @code{conj}, @code{re}, and
22498 @code{im} are simplified, especially if some of the arguments are
22499 provably real or involve the constant @code{i}. For example,
22500 @expr{@tfn{conj}(a + b i)} is changed to
22501 @expr{@tfn{conj}(a) - @tfn{conj}(b) i}, or to @expr{a - b i} if @expr{a}
22502 and @expr{b} are known to be real.
22503
22504 Functions like @code{sin} and @code{arctan} generally don't have
22505 any default simplifications beyond simply evaluating the functions
22506 for suitable numeric arguments and infinity. The @kbd{a s} command
22507 described in the next section does provide some simplifications for
22508 these functions, though.
22509
22510 One important simplification that does occur is that
22511 @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e})} is simplified to 1, and @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e}^x)} is
22512 simplified to @expr{x} for any @expr{x}. This occurs even if you have
22513 stored a different value in the Calc variable @samp{e}; but this would
22514 be a bad idea in any case if you were also using natural logarithms!
22515
22516 Among the logical functions, @tfn{!(@var{a} <= @var{b})} changes to
22517 @tfn{@var{a} > @var{b}} and so on. Equations and inequalities where both sides
22518 are either negative-looking or zero are simplified by negating both sides
22519 and reversing the inequality. While it might seem reasonable to simplify
22520 @expr{!!x} to @expr{x}, this would not be valid in general because
22521 @expr{!!2} is 1, not 2.
22522
22523 Most other Calc functions have few if any default simplifications
22524 defined, aside of course from evaluation when the arguments are
22525 suitable numbers.
22526
22527 @node Algebraic Simplifications, Unsafe Simplifications, Default Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22528 @subsection Algebraic Simplifications
22529
22530 @noindent
22531 @cindex Algebraic simplifications
22532 The @kbd{a s} command makes simplifications that may be too slow to
22533 do all the time, or that may not be desirable all of the time.
22534 If you find these simplifications are worthwhile, you can type
22535 @kbd{m A} to have Calc apply them automatically.
22536
22537 This section describes all simplifications that are performed by
22538 the @kbd{a s} command. Note that these occur in addition to the
22539 default simplifications; even if the default simplifications have
22540 been turned off by an @kbd{m O} command, @kbd{a s} will turn them
22541 back on temporarily while it simplifies the formula.
22542
22543 There is a variable, @code{AlgSimpRules}, in which you can put rewrites
22544 to be applied by @kbd{a s}. Its use is analogous to @code{EvalRules},
22545 but without the special restrictions. Basically, the simplifier does
22546 @samp{@w{a r} AlgSimpRules} with an infinite repeat count on the whole
22547 expression being simplified, then it traverses the expression applying
22548 the built-in rules described below. If the result is different from
22549 the original expression, the process repeats with the default
22550 simplifications (including @code{EvalRules}), then @code{AlgSimpRules},
22551 then the built-in simplifications, and so on.
22552
22553 @tex
22554 \bigskip
22555 @end tex
22556
22557 Sums are simplified in two ways. Constant terms are commuted to the
22558 end of the sum, so that @expr{a + 2 + b} changes to @expr{a + b + 2}.
22559 The only exception is that a constant will not be commuted away
22560 from the first position of a difference, i.e., @expr{2 - x} is not
22561 commuted to @expr{-x + 2}.
22562
22563 Also, terms of sums are combined by the distributive law, as in
22564 @expr{x + y + 2 x} to @expr{y + 3 x}. This always occurs for
22565 adjacent terms, but @kbd{a s} compares all pairs of terms including
22566 non-adjacent ones.
22567
22568 @tex
22569 \bigskip
22570 @end tex
22571
22572 Products are sorted into a canonical order using the commutative
22573 law. For example, @expr{b c a} is commuted to @expr{a b c}.
22574 This allows easier comparison of products; for example, the default
22575 simplifications will not change @expr{x y + y x} to @expr{2 x y},
22576 but @kbd{a s} will; it first rewrites the sum to @expr{x y + x y},
22577 and then the default simplifications are able to recognize a sum
22578 of identical terms.
22579
22580 The canonical ordering used to sort terms of products has the
22581 property that real-valued numbers, interval forms and infinities
22582 come first, and are sorted into increasing order. The @kbd{V S}
22583 command uses the same ordering when sorting a vector.
22584
22585 Sorting of terms of products is inhibited when Matrix mode is
22586 turned on; in this case, Calc will never exchange the order of
22587 two terms unless it knows at least one of the terms is a scalar.
22588
22589 Products of powers are distributed by comparing all pairs of
22590 terms, using the same method that the default simplifications
22591 use for adjacent terms of products.
22592
22593 Even though sums are not sorted, the commutative law is still
22594 taken into account when terms of a product are being compared.
22595 Thus @expr{(x + y) (y + x)} will be simplified to @expr{(x + y)^2}.
22596 A subtle point is that @expr{(x - y) (y - x)} will @emph{not}
22597 be simplified to @expr{-(x - y)^2}; Calc does not notice that
22598 one term can be written as a constant times the other, even if
22599 that constant is @mathit{-1}.
22600
22601 A fraction times any expression, @expr{(a:b) x}, is changed to
22602 a quotient involving integers: @expr{a x / b}. This is not
22603 done for floating-point numbers like @expr{0.5}, however. This
22604 is one reason why you may find it convenient to turn Fraction mode
22605 on while doing algebra; @pxref{Fraction Mode}.
22606
22607 @tex
22608 \bigskip
22609 @end tex
22610
22611 Quotients are simplified by comparing all terms in the numerator
22612 with all terms in the denominator for possible cancellation using
22613 the distributive law. For example, @expr{a x^2 b / c x^3 d} will
22614 cancel @expr{x^2} from the top and bottom to get @expr{a b / c x d}.
22615 (The terms in the denominator will then be rearranged to @expr{c d x}
22616 as described above.) If there is any common integer or fractional
22617 factor in the numerator and denominator, it is cancelled out;
22618 for example, @expr{(4 x + 6) / 8 x} simplifies to @expr{(2 x + 3) / 4 x}.
22619
22620 Non-constant common factors are not found even by @kbd{a s}. To
22621 cancel the factor @expr{a} in @expr{(a x + a) / a^2} you could first
22622 use @kbd{j M} on the product @expr{a x} to Merge the numerator to
22623 @expr{a (1+x)}, which can then be simplified successfully.
22624
22625 @tex
22626 \bigskip
22627 @end tex
22628
22629 Integer powers of the variable @code{i} are simplified according
22630 to the identity @expr{i^2 = -1}. If you store a new value other
22631 than the complex number @expr{(0,1)} in @code{i}, this simplification
22632 will no longer occur. This is done by @kbd{a s} instead of by default
22633 in case someone (unwisely) uses the name @code{i} for a variable
22634 unrelated to complex numbers; it would be unfortunate if Calc
22635 quietly and automatically changed this formula for reasons the
22636 user might not have been thinking of.
22637
22638 Square roots of integer or rational arguments are simplified in
22639 several ways. (Note that these will be left unevaluated only in
22640 Symbolic mode.) First, square integer or rational factors are
22641 pulled out so that @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(8)} is rewritten as
22642 @texline @math{2\,@tfn{sqrt}(2)}.
22643 @infoline @expr{2 sqrt(2)}.
22644 Conceptually speaking this implies factoring the argument into primes
22645 and moving pairs of primes out of the square root, but for reasons of
22646 efficiency Calc only looks for primes up to 29.
22647
22648 Square roots in the denominator of a quotient are moved to the
22649 numerator: @expr{1 / @tfn{sqrt}(3)} changes to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(3) / 3}.
22650 The same effect occurs for the square root of a fraction:
22651 @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(2:3)} changes to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(6) / 3}.
22652
22653 @tex
22654 \bigskip
22655 @end tex
22656
22657 The @code{%} (modulo) operator is simplified in several ways
22658 when the modulus @expr{M} is a positive real number. First, if
22659 the argument is of the form @expr{x + n} for some real number
22660 @expr{n}, then @expr{n} is itself reduced modulo @expr{M}. For
22661 example, @samp{(x - 23) % 10} is simplified to @samp{(x + 7) % 10}.
22662
22663 If the argument is multiplied by a constant, and this constant
22664 has a common integer divisor with the modulus, then this factor is
22665 cancelled out. For example, @samp{12 x % 15} is changed to
22666 @samp{3 (4 x % 5)} by factoring out 3. Also, @samp{(12 x + 1) % 15}
22667 is changed to @samp{3 ((4 x + 1:3) % 5)}. While these forms may
22668 not seem ``simpler,'' they allow Calc to discover useful information
22669 about modulo forms in the presence of declarations.
22670
22671 If the modulus is 1, then Calc can use @code{int} declarations to
22672 evaluate the expression. For example, the idiom @samp{x % 2} is
22673 often used to check whether a number is odd or even. As described
22674 above, @w{@samp{2 n % 2}} and @samp{(2 n + 1) % 2} are simplified to
22675 @samp{2 (n % 1)} and @samp{2 ((n + 1:2) % 1)}, respectively; Calc
22676 can simplify these to 0 and 1 (respectively) if @code{n} has been
22677 declared to be an integer.
22678
22679 @tex
22680 \bigskip
22681 @end tex
22682
22683 Trigonometric functions are simplified in several ways. Whenever a
22684 products of two trigonometric functions can be replaced by a single
22685 function, the replacement is made; for example,
22686 @expr{@tfn{tan}(x) @tfn{cos}(x)} is simplified to @expr{@tfn{sin}(x)}.
22687 Reciprocals of trigonometric functions are replaced by their reciprocal
22688 function; for example, @expr{1/@tfn{sec}(x)} is simplified to
22689 @expr{@tfn{cos}(x)}. The corresponding simplifications for the
22690 hyperbolic functions are also handled.
22691
22692 Trigonometric functions of their inverse functions are
22693 simplified. The expression @expr{@tfn{sin}(@tfn{arcsin}(x))} is
22694 simplified to @expr{x}, and similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
22695 Trigonometric functions of inverses of different trigonometric
22696 functions can also be simplified, as in @expr{@tfn{sin}(@tfn{arccos}(x))}
22697 to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(1 - x^2)}.
22698
22699 If the argument to @code{sin} is negative-looking, it is simplified to
22700 @expr{-@tfn{sin}(x)}, and similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
22701 Finally, certain special values of the argument are recognized;
22702 @pxref{Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions}.
22703
22704 Hyperbolic functions of their inverses and of negative-looking
22705 arguments are also handled, as are exponentials of inverse
22706 hyperbolic functions.
22707
22708 No simplifications for inverse trigonometric and hyperbolic
22709 functions are known, except for negative arguments of @code{arcsin},
22710 @code{arctan}, @code{arcsinh}, and @code{arctanh}. Note that
22711 @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{sin}(x))} can @emph{not} safely change to
22712 @expr{x}, since this only correct within an integer multiple of
22713 @texline @math{2 \pi}
22714 @infoline @expr{2 pi}
22715 radians or 360 degrees. However, @expr{@tfn{arcsinh}(@tfn{sinh}(x))} is
22716 simplified to @expr{x} if @expr{x} is known to be real.
22717
22718 Several simplifications that apply to logarithms and exponentials
22719 are that @expr{@tfn{exp}(@tfn{ln}(x))},
22720 @texline @tfn{e}@math{^{\ln(x)}},
22721 @infoline @expr{e^@tfn{ln}(x)},
22722 and
22723 @texline @math{10^{{\rm log10}(x)}}
22724 @infoline @expr{10^@tfn{log10}(x)}
22725 all reduce to @expr{x}. Also, @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{exp}(x))}, etc., can
22726 reduce to @expr{x} if @expr{x} is provably real. The form
22727 @expr{@tfn{exp}(x)^y} is simplified to @expr{@tfn{exp}(x y)}. If @expr{x}
22728 is a suitable multiple of
22729 @texline @math{\pi i}
22730 @infoline @expr{pi i}
22731 (as described above for the trigonometric functions), then
22732 @expr{@tfn{exp}(x)} or @expr{e^x} will be expanded. Finally,
22733 @expr{@tfn{ln}(x)} is simplified to a form involving @code{pi} and
22734 @code{i} where @expr{x} is provably negative, positive imaginary, or
22735 negative imaginary.
22736
22737 The error functions @code{erf} and @code{erfc} are simplified when
22738 their arguments are negative-looking or are calls to the @code{conj}
22739 function.
22740
22741 @tex
22742 \bigskip
22743 @end tex
22744
22745 Equations and inequalities are simplified by cancelling factors
22746 of products, quotients, or sums on both sides. Inequalities
22747 change sign if a negative multiplicative factor is cancelled.
22748 Non-constant multiplicative factors as in @expr{a b = a c} are
22749 cancelled from equations only if they are provably nonzero (generally
22750 because they were declared so; @pxref{Declarations}). Factors
22751 are cancelled from inequalities only if they are nonzero and their
22752 sign is known.
22753
22754 Simplification also replaces an equation or inequality with
22755 1 or 0 (``true'' or ``false'') if it can through the use of
22756 declarations. If @expr{x} is declared to be an integer greater
22757 than 5, then @expr{x < 3}, @expr{x = 3}, and @expr{x = 7.5} are
22758 all simplified to 0, but @expr{x > 3} is simplified to 1.
22759 By a similar analysis, @expr{abs(x) >= 0} is simplified to 1,
22760 as is @expr{x^2 >= 0} if @expr{x} is known to be real.
22761
22762 @node Unsafe Simplifications, Simplification of Units, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22763 @subsection ``Unsafe'' Simplifications
22764
22765 @noindent
22766 @cindex Unsafe simplifications
22767 @cindex Extended simplification
22768 @kindex a e
22769 @pindex calc-simplify-extended
22770 @ignore
22771 @mindex esimpl@idots
22772 @end ignore
22773 @tindex esimplify
22774 The @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) [@code{esimplify}] command
22775 is like @kbd{a s}
22776 except that it applies some additional simplifications which are not
22777 ``safe'' in all cases. Use this only if you know the values in your
22778 formula lie in the restricted ranges for which these simplifications
22779 are valid. The symbolic integrator uses @kbd{a e};
22780 one effect of this is that the integrator's results must be used with
22781 caution. Where an integral table will often attach conditions like
22782 ``for positive @expr{a} only,'' Calc (like most other symbolic
22783 integration programs) will simply produce an unqualified result.
22784
22785 Because @kbd{a e}'s simplifications are unsafe, it is sometimes better
22786 to type @kbd{C-u -3 a v}, which does extended simplification only
22787 on the top level of the formula without affecting the sub-formulas.
22788 In fact, @kbd{C-u -3 j v} allows you to target extended simplification
22789 to any specific part of a formula.
22790
22791 The variable @code{ExtSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
22792 the @kbd{a e} command. These are applied in addition to
22793 @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. (The @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
22794 step described above is simply followed by an @kbd{a r ExtSimpRules} step.)
22795
22796 Following is a complete list of ``unsafe'' simplifications performed
22797 by @kbd{a e}.
22798
22799 @tex
22800 \bigskip
22801 @end tex
22802
22803 Inverse trigonometric or hyperbolic functions, called with their
22804 corresponding non-inverse functions as arguments, are simplified
22805 by @kbd{a e}. For example, @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{sin}(x))} changes
22806 to @expr{x}. Also, @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{cos}(x))} and
22807 @expr{@tfn{arccos}(@tfn{sin}(x))} both change to @expr{@tfn{pi}/2 - x}.
22808 These simplifications are unsafe because they are valid only for
22809 values of @expr{x} in a certain range; outside that range, values
22810 are folded down to the 360-degree range that the inverse trigonometric
22811 functions always produce.
22812
22813 Powers of powers @expr{(x^a)^b} are simplified to
22814 @texline @math{x^{a b}}
22815 @infoline @expr{x^(a b)}
22816 for all @expr{a} and @expr{b}. These results will be valid only
22817 in a restricted range of @expr{x}; for example, in
22818 @texline @math{(x^2)^{1:2}}
22819 @infoline @expr{(x^2)^1:2}
22820 the powers cancel to get @expr{x}, which is valid for positive values
22821 of @expr{x} but not for negative or complex values.
22822
22823 Similarly, @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x^a)} and @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)^a} are both
22824 simplified (possibly unsafely) to
22825 @texline @math{x^{a/2}}.
22826 @infoline @expr{x^(a/2)}.
22827
22828 Forms like @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(1 - sin(x)^2)} are simplified to, e.g.,
22829 @expr{@tfn{cos}(x)}. Calc has identities of this sort for @code{sin},
22830 @code{cos}, @code{tan}, @code{sinh}, and @code{cosh}.
22831
22832 Arguments of square roots are partially factored to look for
22833 squared terms that can be extracted. For example,
22834 @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(a^2 b^3 + a^3 b^2)} simplifies to
22835 @expr{a b @tfn{sqrt}(a+b)}.
22836
22837 The simplifications of @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{exp}(x))},
22838 @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e}^x)}, and @expr{@tfn{log10}(10^x)} to @expr{x} are also
22839 unsafe because of problems with principal values (although these
22840 simplifications are safe if @expr{x} is known to be real).
22841
22842 Common factors are cancelled from products on both sides of an
22843 equation, even if those factors may be zero: @expr{a x / b x}
22844 to @expr{a / b}. Such factors are never cancelled from
22845 inequalities: Even @kbd{a e} is not bold enough to reduce
22846 @expr{a x < b x} to @expr{a < b} (or @expr{a > b}, depending
22847 on whether you believe @expr{x} is positive or negative).
22848 The @kbd{a M /} command can be used to divide a factor out of
22849 both sides of an inequality.
22850
22851 @node Simplification of Units, , Unsafe Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22852 @subsection Simplification of Units
22853
22854 @noindent
22855 The simplifications described in this section are applied by the
22856 @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command. These are in addition
22857 to the regular @kbd{a s} (but not @kbd{a e}) simplifications described
22858 earlier. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
22859
22860 The variable @code{UnitSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
22861 the @kbd{u s} command. These are applied in addition to @code{EvalRules}
22862 and @code{AlgSimpRules}.
22863
22864 Scalar mode is automatically put into effect when simplifying units.
22865 @xref{Matrix Mode}.
22866
22867 Sums @expr{a + b} involving units are simplified by extracting the
22868 units of @expr{a} as if by the @kbd{u x} command (call the result
22869 @expr{u_a}), then simplifying the expression @expr{b / u_a}
22870 using @kbd{u b} and @kbd{u s}. If the result has units then the sum
22871 is inconsistent and is left alone. Otherwise, it is rewritten
22872 in terms of the units @expr{u_a}.
22873
22874 If units auto-ranging mode is enabled, products or quotients in
22875 which the first argument is a number which is out of range for the
22876 leading unit are modified accordingly.
22877
22878 When cancelling and combining units in products and quotients,
22879 Calc accounts for unit names that differ only in the prefix letter.
22880 For example, @samp{2 km m} is simplified to @samp{2000 m^2}.
22881 However, compatible but different units like @code{ft} and @code{in}
22882 are not combined in this way.
22883
22884 Quotients @expr{a / b} are simplified in three additional ways. First,
22885 if @expr{b} is a number or a product beginning with a number, Calc
22886 computes the reciprocal of this number and moves it to the numerator.
22887
22888 Second, for each pair of unit names from the numerator and denominator
22889 of a quotient, if the units are compatible (e.g., they are both
22890 units of area) then they are replaced by the ratio between those
22891 units. For example, in @samp{3 s in N / kg cm} the units
22892 @samp{in / cm} will be replaced by @expr{2.54}.
22893
22894 Third, if the units in the quotient exactly cancel out, so that
22895 a @kbd{u b} command on the quotient would produce a dimensionless
22896 number for an answer, then the quotient simplifies to that number.
22897
22898 For powers and square roots, the ``unsafe'' simplifications
22899 @expr{(a b)^c} to @expr{a^c b^c}, @expr{(a/b)^c} to @expr{a^c / b^c},
22900 and @expr{(a^b)^c} to
22901 @texline @math{a^{b c}}
22902 @infoline @expr{a^(b c)}
22903 are done if the powers are real numbers. (These are safe in the context
22904 of units because all numbers involved can reasonably be assumed to be
22905 real.)
22906
22907 Also, if a unit name is raised to a fractional power, and the
22908 base units in that unit name all occur to powers which are a
22909 multiple of the denominator of the power, then the unit name
22910 is expanded out into its base units, which can then be simplified
22911 according to the previous paragraph. For example, @samp{acre^1.5}
22912 is simplified by noting that @expr{1.5 = 3:2}, that @samp{acre}
22913 is defined in terms of @samp{m^2}, and that the 2 in the power of
22914 @code{m} is a multiple of 2 in @expr{3:2}. Thus, @code{acre^1.5} is
22915 replaced by approximately
22916 @texline @math{(4046 m^2)^{1.5}}
22917 @infoline @expr{(4046 m^2)^1.5},
22918 which is then changed to
22919 @texline @math{4046^{1.5} \, (m^2)^{1.5}},
22920 @infoline @expr{4046^1.5 (m^2)^1.5},
22921 then to @expr{257440 m^3}.
22922
22923 The functions @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{clean}, @code{abs},
22924 as well as @code{floor} and the other integer truncation functions,
22925 applied to unit names or products or quotients involving units, are
22926 simplified. For example, @samp{round(1.6 in)} is changed to
22927 @samp{round(1.6) round(in)}; the lefthand term evaluates to 2,
22928 and the righthand term simplifies to @code{in}.
22929
22930 The functions @code{sin}, @code{cos}, and @code{tan} with arguments
22931 that have angular units like @code{rad} or @code{arcmin} are
22932 simplified by converting to base units (radians), then evaluating
22933 with the angular mode temporarily set to radians.
22934
22935 @node Polynomials, Calculus, Simplifying Formulas, Algebra
22936 @section Polynomials
22937
22938 A @dfn{polynomial} is a sum of terms which are coefficients times
22939 various powers of a ``base'' variable. For example, @expr{2 x^2 + 3 x - 4}
22940 is a polynomial in @expr{x}. Some formulas can be considered
22941 polynomials in several different variables: @expr{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2}
22942 is a polynomial in both @expr{x} and @expr{y}. Polynomial coefficients
22943 are often numbers, but they may in general be any formulas not
22944 involving the base variable.
22945
22946 @kindex a f
22947 @pindex calc-factor
22948 @tindex factor
22949 The @kbd{a f} (@code{calc-factor}) [@code{factor}] command factors a
22950 polynomial into a product of terms. For example, the polynomial
22951 @expr{x^3 + 2 x^2 + x} is factored into @samp{x*(x+1)^2}. As another
22952 example, @expr{a c + b d + b c + a d} is factored into the product
22953 @expr{(a + b) (c + d)}.
22954
22955 Calc currently has three algorithms for factoring. Formulas which are
22956 linear in several variables, such as the second example above, are
22957 merged according to the distributive law. Formulas which are
22958 polynomials in a single variable, with constant integer or fractional
22959 coefficients, are factored into irreducible linear and/or quadratic
22960 terms. The first example above factors into three linear terms
22961 (@expr{x}, @expr{x+1}, and @expr{x+1} again). Finally, formulas
22962 which do not fit the above criteria are handled by the algebraic
22963 rewrite mechanism.
22964
22965 Calc's polynomial factorization algorithm works by using the general
22966 root-finding command (@w{@kbd{a P}}) to solve for the roots of the
22967 polynomial. It then looks for roots which are rational numbers
22968 or complex-conjugate pairs, and converts these into linear and
22969 quadratic terms, respectively. Because it uses floating-point
22970 arithmetic, it may be unable to find terms that involve large
22971 integers (whose number of digits approaches the current precision).
22972 Also, irreducible factors of degree higher than quadratic are not
22973 found, and polynomials in more than one variable are not treated.
22974 (A more robust factorization algorithm may be included in a future
22975 version of Calc.)
22976
22977 @vindex FactorRules
22978 @ignore
22979 @starindex
22980 @end ignore
22981 @tindex thecoefs
22982 @ignore
22983 @starindex
22984 @end ignore
22985 @ignore
22986 @mindex @idots
22987 @end ignore
22988 @tindex thefactors
22989 The rewrite-based factorization method uses rules stored in the variable
22990 @code{FactorRules}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of the
22991 operation of rewrite rules. The default @code{FactorRules} are able
22992 to factor quadratic forms symbolically into two linear terms,
22993 @expr{(a x + b) (c x + d)}. You can edit these rules to include other
22994 cases if you wish. To use the rules, Calc builds the formula
22995 @samp{thecoefs(x, [a, b, c, ...])} where @code{x} is the polynomial
22996 base variable and @code{a}, @code{b}, etc., are polynomial coefficients
22997 (which may be numbers or formulas). The constant term is written first,
22998 i.e., in the @code{a} position. When the rules complete, they should have
22999 changed the formula into the form @samp{thefactors(x, [f1, f2, f3, ...])}
23000 where each @code{fi} should be a factored term, e.g., @samp{x - ai}.
23001 Calc then multiplies these terms together to get the complete
23002 factored form of the polynomial. If the rules do not change the
23003 @code{thecoefs} call to a @code{thefactors} call, @kbd{a f} leaves the
23004 polynomial alone on the assumption that it is unfactorable. (Note that
23005 the function names @code{thecoefs} and @code{thefactors} are used only
23006 as placeholders; there are no actual Calc functions by those names.)
23007
23008 @kindex H a f
23009 @tindex factors
23010 The @kbd{H a f} [@code{factors}] command also factors a polynomial,
23011 but it returns a list of factors instead of an expression which is the
23012 product of the factors. Each factor is represented by a sub-vector
23013 of the factor, and the power with which it appears. For example,
23014 @expr{x^5 + x^4 - 33 x^3 + 63 x^2} factors to @expr{(x + 7) x^2 (x - 3)^2}
23015 in @kbd{a f}, or to @expr{[ [x, 2], [x+7, 1], [x-3, 2] ]} in @kbd{H a f}.
23016 If there is an overall numeric factor, it always comes first in the list.
23017 The functions @code{factor} and @code{factors} allow a second argument
23018 when written in algebraic form; @samp{factor(x,v)} factors @expr{x} with
23019 respect to the specific variable @expr{v}. The default is to factor with
23020 respect to all the variables that appear in @expr{x}.
23021
23022 @kindex a c
23023 @pindex calc-collect
23024 @tindex collect
23025 The @kbd{a c} (@code{calc-collect}) [@code{collect}] command rearranges a
23026 formula as a
23027 polynomial in a given variable, ordered in decreasing powers of that
23028 variable. For example, given @expr{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2} on
23029 the stack, @kbd{a c x} would produce @expr{(2 + 4 y^2) x + (1 + 3 y)},
23030 and @kbd{a c y} would produce @expr{(4 x) y^2 + 3 y + (1 + 2 x)}.
23031 The polynomial will be expanded out using the distributive law as
23032 necessary: Collecting @expr{x} in @expr{(x - 1)^3} produces
23033 @expr{x^3 - 3 x^2 + 3 x - 1}. Terms not involving @expr{x} will
23034 not be expanded.
23035
23036 The ``variable'' you specify at the prompt can actually be any
23037 expression: @kbd{a c ln(x+1)} will collect together all terms multiplied
23038 by @samp{ln(x+1)} or integer powers thereof. If @samp{x} also appears
23039 in the formula in a context other than @samp{ln(x+1)}, @kbd{a c} will
23040 treat those occurrences as unrelated to @samp{ln(x+1)}, i.e., as constants.
23041
23042 @kindex a x
23043 @pindex calc-expand
23044 @tindex expand
23045 The @kbd{a x} (@code{calc-expand}) [@code{expand}] command expands an
23046 expression by applying the distributive law everywhere. It applies to
23047 products, quotients, and powers involving sums. By default, it fully
23048 distributes all parts of the expression. With a numeric prefix argument,
23049 the distributive law is applied only the specified number of times, then
23050 the partially expanded expression is left on the stack.
23051
23052 The @kbd{a x} and @kbd{j D} commands are somewhat redundant. Use
23053 @kbd{a x} if you want to expand all products of sums in your formula.
23054 Use @kbd{j D} if you want to expand a particular specified term of
23055 the formula. There is an exactly analogous correspondence between
23056 @kbd{a f} and @kbd{j M}. (The @kbd{j D} and @kbd{j M} commands
23057 also know many other kinds of expansions, such as
23058 @samp{exp(a + b) = exp(a) exp(b)}, which @kbd{a x} and @kbd{a f}
23059 do not do.)
23060
23061 Calc's automatic simplifications will sometimes reverse a partial
23062 expansion. For example, the first step in expanding @expr{(x+1)^3} is
23063 to write @expr{(x+1) (x+1)^2}. If @kbd{a x} stops there and tries
23064 to put this formula onto the stack, though, Calc will automatically
23065 simplify it back to @expr{(x+1)^3} form. The solution is to turn
23066 simplification off first (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), or to run
23067 @kbd{a x} without a numeric prefix argument so that it expands all
23068 the way in one step.
23069
23070 @kindex a a
23071 @pindex calc-apart
23072 @tindex apart
23073 The @kbd{a a} (@code{calc-apart}) [@code{apart}] command expands a
23074 rational function by partial fractions. A rational function is the
23075 quotient of two polynomials; @code{apart} pulls this apart into a
23076 sum of rational functions with simple denominators. In algebraic
23077 notation, the @code{apart} function allows a second argument that
23078 specifies which variable to use as the ``base''; by default, Calc
23079 chooses the base variable automatically.
23080
23081 @kindex a n
23082 @pindex calc-normalize-rat
23083 @tindex nrat
23084 The @kbd{a n} (@code{calc-normalize-rat}) [@code{nrat}] command
23085 attempts to arrange a formula into a quotient of two polynomials.
23086 For example, given @expr{1 + (a + b/c) / d}, the result would be
23087 @expr{(b + a c + c d) / c d}. The quotient is reduced, so that
23088 @kbd{a n} will simplify @expr{(x^2 + 2x + 1) / (x^2 - 1)} by dividing
23089 out the common factor @expr{x + 1}, yielding @expr{(x + 1) / (x - 1)}.
23090
23091 @kindex a \
23092 @pindex calc-poly-div
23093 @tindex pdiv
23094 The @kbd{a \} (@code{calc-poly-div}) [@code{pdiv}] command divides
23095 two polynomials @expr{u} and @expr{v}, yielding a new polynomial
23096 @expr{q}. If several variables occur in the inputs, the inputs are
23097 considered multivariate polynomials. (Calc divides by the variable
23098 with the largest power in @expr{u} first, or, in the case of equal
23099 powers, chooses the variables in alphabetical order.) For example,
23100 dividing @expr{x^2 + 3 x + 2} by @expr{x + 2} yields @expr{x + 1}.
23101 The remainder from the division, if any, is reported at the bottom
23102 of the screen and is also placed in the Trail along with the quotient.
23103
23104 Using @code{pdiv} in algebraic notation, you can specify the particular
23105 variable to be used as the base: @code{pdiv(@var{a},@var{b},@var{x})}.
23106 If @code{pdiv} is given only two arguments (as is always the case with
23107 the @kbd{a \} command), then it does a multivariate division as outlined
23108 above.
23109
23110 @kindex a %
23111 @pindex calc-poly-rem
23112 @tindex prem
23113 The @kbd{a %} (@code{calc-poly-rem}) [@code{prem}] command divides
23114 two polynomials and keeps the remainder @expr{r}. The quotient
23115 @expr{q} is discarded. For any formulas @expr{a} and @expr{b}, the
23116 results of @kbd{a \} and @kbd{a %} satisfy @expr{a = q b + r}.
23117 (This is analogous to plain @kbd{\} and @kbd{%}, which compute the
23118 integer quotient and remainder from dividing two numbers.)
23119
23120 @kindex a /
23121 @kindex H a /
23122 @pindex calc-poly-div-rem
23123 @tindex pdivrem
23124 @tindex pdivide
23125 The @kbd{a /} (@code{calc-poly-div-rem}) [@code{pdivrem}] command
23126 divides two polynomials and reports both the quotient and the
23127 remainder as a vector @expr{[q, r]}. The @kbd{H a /} [@code{pdivide}]
23128 command divides two polynomials and constructs the formula
23129 @expr{q + r/b} on the stack. (Naturally if the remainder is zero,
23130 this will immediately simplify to @expr{q}.)
23131
23132 @kindex a g
23133 @pindex calc-poly-gcd
23134 @tindex pgcd
23135 The @kbd{a g} (@code{calc-poly-gcd}) [@code{pgcd}] command computes
23136 the greatest common divisor of two polynomials. (The GCD actually
23137 is unique only to within a constant multiplier; Calc attempts to
23138 choose a GCD which will be unsurprising.) For example, the @kbd{a n}
23139 command uses @kbd{a g} to take the GCD of the numerator and denominator
23140 of a quotient, then divides each by the result using @kbd{a \}. (The
23141 definition of GCD ensures that this division can take place without
23142 leaving a remainder.)
23143
23144 While the polynomials used in operations like @kbd{a /} and @kbd{a g}
23145 often have integer coefficients, this is not required. Calc can also
23146 deal with polynomials over the rationals or floating-point reals.
23147 Polynomials with modulo-form coefficients are also useful in many
23148 applications; if you enter @samp{(x^2 + 3 x - 1) mod 5}, Calc
23149 automatically transforms this into a polynomial over the field of
23150 integers mod 5: @samp{(1 mod 5) x^2 + (3 mod 5) x + (4 mod 5)}.
23151
23152 Congratulations and thanks go to Ove Ewerlid
23153 (@code{ewerlid@@mizar.DoCS.UU.SE}), who contributed many of the
23154 polynomial routines used in the above commands.
23155
23156 @xref{Decomposing Polynomials}, for several useful functions for
23157 extracting the individual coefficients of a polynomial.
23158
23159 @node Calculus, Solving Equations, Polynomials, Algebra
23160 @section Calculus
23161
23162 @noindent
23163 The following calculus commands do not automatically simplify their
23164 inputs or outputs using @code{calc-simplify}. You may find it helps
23165 to do this by hand by typing @kbd{a s} or @kbd{a e}. It may also help
23166 to use @kbd{a x} and/or @kbd{a c} to arrange a result in the most
23167 readable way.
23168
23169 @menu
23170 * Differentiation::
23171 * Integration::
23172 * Customizing the Integrator::
23173 * Numerical Integration::
23174 * Taylor Series::
23175 @end menu
23176
23177 @node Differentiation, Integration, Calculus, Calculus
23178 @subsection Differentiation
23179
23180 @noindent
23181 @kindex a d
23182 @kindex H a d
23183 @pindex calc-derivative
23184 @tindex deriv
23185 @tindex tderiv
23186 The @kbd{a d} (@code{calc-derivative}) [@code{deriv}] command computes
23187 the derivative of the expression on the top of the stack with respect to
23188 some variable, which it will prompt you to enter. Normally, variables
23189 in the formula other than the specified differentiation variable are
23190 considered constant, i.e., @samp{deriv(y,x)} is reduced to zero. With
23191 the Hyperbolic flag, the @code{tderiv} (total derivative) operation is used
23192 instead, in which derivatives of variables are not reduced to zero
23193 unless those variables are known to be ``constant,'' i.e., independent
23194 of any other variables. (The built-in special variables like @code{pi}
23195 are considered constant, as are variables that have been declared
23196 @code{const}; @pxref{Declarations}.)
23197
23198 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, this command computes the
23199 @var{n}th derivative.
23200
23201 When working with trigonometric functions, it is best to switch to
23202 Radians mode first (with @w{@kbd{m r}}). The derivative of @samp{sin(x)}
23203 in degrees is @samp{(pi/180) cos(x)}, probably not the expected
23204 answer!
23205
23206 If you use the @code{deriv} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23207 you can write @samp{deriv(f,x,x0)} which represents the derivative
23208 of @expr{f} with respect to @expr{x}, evaluated at the point
23209 @texline @math{x=x_0}.
23210 @infoline @expr{x=x0}.
23211
23212 If the formula being differentiated contains functions which Calc does
23213 not know, the derivatives of those functions are produced by adding
23214 primes (apostrophe characters). For example, @samp{deriv(f(2x), x)}
23215 produces @samp{2 f'(2 x)}, where the function @code{f'} represents the
23216 derivative of @code{f}.
23217
23218 For functions you have defined with the @kbd{Z F} command, Calc expands
23219 the functions according to their defining formulas unless you have
23220 also defined @code{f'} suitably. For example, suppose we define
23221 @samp{sinc(x) = sin(x)/x} using @kbd{Z F}. If we then differentiate
23222 the formula @samp{sinc(2 x)}, the formula will be expanded to
23223 @samp{sin(2 x) / (2 x)} and differentiated. However, if we also
23224 define @samp{sinc'(x) = dsinc(x)}, say, then Calc will write the
23225 result as @samp{2 dsinc(2 x)}. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
23226
23227 For multi-argument functions @samp{f(x,y,z)}, the derivative with respect
23228 to the first argument is written @samp{f'(x,y,z)}; derivatives with
23229 respect to the other arguments are @samp{f'2(x,y,z)} and @samp{f'3(x,y,z)}.
23230 Various higher-order derivatives can be formed in the obvious way, e.g.,
23231 @samp{f'@var{}'(x)} (the second derivative of @code{f}) or
23232 @samp{f'@var{}'2'3(x,y,z)} (@code{f} differentiated with respect to each
23233 argument once).
23234
23235 @node Integration, Customizing the Integrator, Differentiation, Calculus
23236 @subsection Integration
23237
23238 @noindent
23239 @kindex a i
23240 @pindex calc-integral
23241 @tindex integ
23242 The @kbd{a i} (@code{calc-integral}) [@code{integ}] command computes the
23243 indefinite integral of the expression on the top of the stack with
23244 respect to a prompted-for variable. The integrator is not guaranteed to
23245 work for all integrable functions, but it is able to integrate several
23246 large classes of formulas. In particular, any polynomial or rational
23247 function (a polynomial divided by a polynomial) is acceptable.
23248 (Rational functions don't have to be in explicit quotient form, however;
23249 @texline @math{x/(1+x^{-2})}
23250 @infoline @expr{x/(1+x^-2)}
23251 is not strictly a quotient of polynomials, but it is equivalent to
23252 @expr{x^3/(x^2+1)}, which is.) Also, square roots of terms involving
23253 @expr{x} and @expr{x^2} may appear in rational functions being
23254 integrated. Finally, rational functions involving trigonometric or
23255 hyperbolic functions can be integrated.
23256
23257 With an argument (@kbd{C-u a i}), this command will compute the definite
23258 integral of the expression on top of the stack. In this case, the
23259 command will again prompt for an integration variable, then prompt for a
23260 lower limit and an upper limit.
23261
23262 @ifnottex
23263 If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23264 you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
23265 indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
23266 With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
23267 integral from @code{a} to @code{b}.
23268 @end ifnottex
23269 @tex
23270 If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23271 you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
23272 indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
23273 With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
23274 integral $\int_a^b f(x) \, dx$.
23275 @end tex
23276
23277 Please note that the current implementation of Calc's integrator sometimes
23278 produces results that are significantly more complex than they need to
23279 be. For example, the integral Calc finds for
23280 @texline @math{1/(x+\sqrt{x^2+1})}
23281 @infoline @expr{1/(x+sqrt(x^2+1))}
23282 is several times more complicated than the answer Mathematica
23283 returns for the same input, although the two forms are numerically
23284 equivalent. Also, any indefinite integral should be considered to have
23285 an arbitrary constant of integration added to it, although Calc does not
23286 write an explicit constant of integration in its result. For example,
23287 Calc's solution for
23288 @texline @math{1/(1+\tan x)}
23289 @infoline @expr{1/(1+tan(x))}
23290 differs from the solution given in the @emph{CRC Math Tables} by a
23291 constant factor of
23292 @texline @math{\pi i / 2}
23293 @infoline @expr{pi i / 2},
23294 due to a different choice of constant of integration.
23295
23296 The Calculator remembers all the integrals it has done. If conditions
23297 change in a way that would invalidate the old integrals, say, a switch
23298 from Degrees to Radians mode, then they will be thrown out. If you
23299 suspect this is not happening when it should, use the
23300 @code{calc-flush-caches} command; @pxref{Caches}.
23301
23302 @vindex IntegLimit
23303 Calc normally will pursue integration by substitution or integration by
23304 parts up to 3 nested times before abandoning an approach as fruitless.
23305 If the integrator is taking too long, you can lower this limit by storing
23306 a number (like 2) in the variable @code{IntegLimit}. (The @kbd{s I}
23307 command is a convenient way to edit @code{IntegLimit}.) If this variable
23308 has no stored value or does not contain a nonnegative integer, a limit
23309 of 3 is used. The lower this limit is, the greater the chance that Calc
23310 will be unable to integrate a function it could otherwise handle. Raising
23311 this limit allows the Calculator to solve more integrals, though the time
23312 it takes may grow exponentially. You can monitor the integrator's actions
23313 by creating an Emacs buffer called @code{*Trace*}. If such a buffer
23314 exists, the @kbd{a i} command will write a log of its actions there.
23315
23316 If you want to manipulate integrals in a purely symbolic way, you can
23317 set the integration nesting limit to 0 to prevent all but fast
23318 table-lookup solutions of integrals. You might then wish to define
23319 rewrite rules for integration by parts, various kinds of substitutions,
23320 and so on. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
23321
23322 @node Customizing the Integrator, Numerical Integration, Integration, Calculus
23323 @subsection Customizing the Integrator
23324
23325 @noindent
23326 @vindex IntegRules
23327 Calc has two built-in rewrite rules called @code{IntegRules} and
23328 @code{IntegAfterRules} which you can edit to define new integration
23329 methods. @xref{Rewrite Rules}. At each step of the integration process,
23330 Calc wraps the current integrand in a call to the fictitious function
23331 @samp{integtry(@var{expr},@var{var})}, where @var{expr} is the
23332 integrand and @var{var} is the integration variable. If your rules
23333 rewrite this to be a plain formula (not a call to @code{integtry}), then
23334 Calc will use this formula as the integral of @var{expr}. For example,
23335 the rule @samp{integtry(mysin(x),x) := -mycos(x)} would define a rule to
23336 integrate a function @code{mysin} that acts like the sine function.
23337 Then, putting @samp{4 mysin(2y+1)} on the stack and typing @kbd{a i y}
23338 will produce the integral @samp{-2 mycos(2y+1)}. Note that Calc has
23339 automatically made various transformations on the integral to allow it
23340 to use your rule; integral tables generally give rules for
23341 @samp{mysin(a x + b)}, but you don't need to use this much generality
23342 in your @code{IntegRules}.
23343
23344 @cindex Exponential integral Ei(x)
23345 @ignore
23346 @starindex
23347 @end ignore
23348 @tindex Ei
23349 As a more serious example, the expression @samp{exp(x)/x} cannot be
23350 integrated in terms of the standard functions, so the ``exponential
23351 integral'' function
23352 @texline @math{{\rm Ei}(x)}
23353 @infoline @expr{Ei(x)}
23354 was invented to describe it.
23355 We can get Calc to do this integral in terms of a made-up @code{Ei}
23356 function by adding the rule @samp{[integtry(exp(x)/x, x) := Ei(x)]}
23357 to @code{IntegRules}. Now entering @samp{exp(2x)/x} on the stack
23358 and typing @kbd{a i x} yields @samp{Ei(2 x)}. This new rule will
23359 work with Calc's various built-in integration methods (such as
23360 integration by substitution) to solve a variety of other problems
23361 involving @code{Ei}: For example, now Calc will also be able to
23362 integrate @samp{exp(exp(x))} and @samp{ln(ln(x))} (to get @samp{Ei(exp(x))}
23363 and @samp{x ln(ln(x)) - Ei(ln(x))}, respectively).
23364
23365 Your rule may do further integration by calling @code{integ}. For
23366 example, @samp{integtry(twice(u),x) := twice(integ(u))} allows Calc
23367 to integrate @samp{twice(sin(x))} to get @samp{twice(-cos(x))}.
23368 Note that @code{integ} was called with only one argument. This notation
23369 is allowed only within @code{IntegRules}; it means ``integrate this
23370 with respect to the same integration variable.'' If Calc is unable
23371 to integrate @code{u}, the integration that invoked @code{IntegRules}
23372 also fails. Thus integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} fails, returning the
23373 unevaluated integral @samp{integ(twice(f(x)), x)}. It is still valid
23374 to call @code{integ} with two or more arguments, however; in this case,
23375 if @code{u} is not integrable, @code{twice} itself will still be
23376 integrated: If the above rule is changed to @samp{... := twice(integ(u,x))},
23377 then integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} will yield @samp{twice(integ(f(x),x))}.
23378
23379 If a rule instead produces the formula @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr},
23380 @var{svar})}, either replacing the top-level @code{integtry} call or
23381 nested anywhere inside the expression, then Calc will apply the
23382 substitution @samp{@var{u} = @var{sexpr}(@var{svar})} to try to
23383 integrate the original @var{expr}. For example, the rule
23384 @samp{sqrt(a) := integsubst(sqrt(x),x)} says that if Calc ever finds
23385 a square root in the integrand, it should attempt the substitution
23386 @samp{u = sqrt(x)}. (This particular rule is unnecessary because
23387 Calc always tries ``obvious'' substitutions where @var{sexpr} actually
23388 appears in the integrand.) The variable @var{svar} may be the same
23389 as the @var{var} that appeared in the call to @code{integtry}, but
23390 it need not be.
23391
23392 When integrating according to an @code{integsubst}, Calc uses the
23393 equation solver to find the inverse of @var{sexpr} (if the integrand
23394 refers to @var{var} anywhere except in subexpressions that exactly
23395 match @var{sexpr}). It uses the differentiator to find the derivative
23396 of @var{sexpr} and/or its inverse (it has two methods that use one
23397 derivative or the other). You can also specify these items by adding
23398 extra arguments to the @code{integsubst} your rules construct; the
23399 general form is @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr}, @var{svar}, @var{sinv},
23400 @var{sprime})}, where @var{sinv} is the inverse of @var{sexpr} (still
23401 written as a function of @var{svar}), and @var{sprime} is the
23402 derivative of @var{sexpr} with respect to @var{svar}. If you don't
23403 specify these things, and Calc is not able to work them out on its
23404 own with the information it knows, then your substitution rule will
23405 work only in very specific, simple cases.
23406
23407 Calc applies @code{IntegRules} as if by @kbd{C-u 1 a r IntegRules};
23408 in other words, Calc stops rewriting as soon as any rule in your rule
23409 set succeeds. (If it weren't for this, the @samp{integsubst(sqrt(x),x)}
23410 example above would keep on adding layers of @code{integsubst} calls
23411 forever!)
23412
23413 @vindex IntegSimpRules
23414 Another set of rules, stored in @code{IntegSimpRules}, are applied
23415 every time the integrator uses @kbd{a s} to simplify an intermediate
23416 result. For example, putting the rule @samp{twice(x) := 2 x} into
23417 @code{IntegSimpRules} would tell Calc to convert the @code{twice}
23418 function into a form it knows whenever integration is attempted.
23419
23420 One more way to influence the integrator is to define a function with
23421 the @kbd{Z F} command (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}). Calc's
23422 integrator automatically expands such functions according to their
23423 defining formulas, even if you originally asked for the function to
23424 be left unevaluated for symbolic arguments. (Certain other Calc
23425 systems, such as the differentiator and the equation solver, also
23426 do this.)
23427
23428 @vindex IntegAfterRules
23429 Sometimes Calc is able to find a solution to your integral, but it
23430 expresses the result in a way that is unnecessarily complicated. If
23431 this happens, you can either use @code{integsubst} as described
23432 above to try to hint at a more direct path to the desired result, or
23433 you can use @code{IntegAfterRules}. This is an extra rule set that
23434 runs after the main integrator returns its result; basically, Calc does
23435 an @kbd{a r IntegAfterRules} on the result before showing it to you.
23436 (It also does an @kbd{a s}, without @code{IntegSimpRules}, after that
23437 to further simplify the result.) For example, Calc's integrator
23438 sometimes produces expressions of the form @samp{ln(1+x) - ln(1-x)};
23439 the default @code{IntegAfterRules} rewrite this into the more readable
23440 form @samp{2 arctanh(x)}. Note that, unlike @code{IntegRules},
23441 @code{IntegSimpRules} and @code{IntegAfterRules} are applied any number
23442 of times until no further changes are possible. Rewriting by
23443 @code{IntegAfterRules} occurs only after the main integrator has
23444 finished, not at every step as for @code{IntegRules} and
23445 @code{IntegSimpRules}.
23446
23447 @node Numerical Integration, Taylor Series, Customizing the Integrator, Calculus
23448 @subsection Numerical Integration
23449
23450 @noindent
23451 @kindex a I
23452 @pindex calc-num-integral
23453 @tindex ninteg
23454 If you want a purely numerical answer to an integration problem, you can
23455 use the @kbd{a I} (@code{calc-num-integral}) [@code{ninteg}] command. This
23456 command prompts for an integration variable, a lower limit, and an
23457 upper limit. Except for the integration variable, all other variables
23458 that appear in the integrand formula must have stored values. (A stored
23459 value, if any, for the integration variable itself is ignored.)
23460
23461 Numerical integration works by evaluating your formula at many points in
23462 the specified interval. Calc uses an ``open Romberg'' method; this means
23463 that it does not evaluate the formula actually at the endpoints (so that
23464 it is safe to integrate @samp{sin(x)/x} from zero, for example). Also,
23465 the Romberg method works especially well when the function being
23466 integrated is fairly smooth. If the function is not smooth, Calc will
23467 have to evaluate it at quite a few points before it can accurately
23468 determine the value of the integral.
23469
23470 Integration is much faster when the current precision is small. It is
23471 best to set the precision to the smallest acceptable number of digits
23472 before you use @kbd{a I}. If Calc appears to be taking too long, press
23473 @kbd{C-g} to halt it and try a lower precision. If Calc still appears
23474 to need hundreds of evaluations, check to make sure your function is
23475 well-behaved in the specified interval.
23476
23477 It is possible for the lower integration limit to be @samp{-inf} (minus
23478 infinity). Likewise, the upper limit may be plus infinity. Calc
23479 internally transforms the integral into an equivalent one with finite
23480 limits. However, integration to or across singularities is not supported:
23481 The integral of @samp{1/sqrt(x)} from 0 to 1 exists (it can be found
23482 by Calc's symbolic integrator, for example), but @kbd{a I} will fail
23483 because the integrand goes to infinity at one of the endpoints.
23484
23485 @node Taylor Series, , Numerical Integration, Calculus
23486 @subsection Taylor Series
23487
23488 @noindent
23489 @kindex a t
23490 @pindex calc-taylor
23491 @tindex taylor
23492 The @kbd{a t} (@code{calc-taylor}) [@code{taylor}] command computes a
23493 power series expansion or Taylor series of a function. You specify the
23494 variable and the desired number of terms. You may give an expression of
23495 the form @samp{@var{var} = @var{a}} or @samp{@var{var} - @var{a}} instead
23496 of just a variable to produce a Taylor expansion about the point @var{a}.
23497 You may specify the number of terms with a numeric prefix argument;
23498 otherwise the command will prompt you for the number of terms. Note that
23499 many series expansions have coefficients of zero for some terms, so you
23500 may appear to get fewer terms than you asked for.
23501
23502 If the @kbd{a i} command is unable to find a symbolic integral for a
23503 function, you can get an approximation by integrating the function's
23504 Taylor series.
23505
23506 @node Solving Equations, Numerical Solutions, Calculus, Algebra
23507 @section Solving Equations
23508
23509 @noindent
23510 @kindex a S
23511 @pindex calc-solve-for
23512 @tindex solve
23513 @cindex Equations, solving
23514 @cindex Solving equations
23515 The @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) [@code{solve}] command rearranges
23516 an equation to solve for a specific variable. An equation is an
23517 expression of the form @expr{L = R}. For example, the command @kbd{a S x}
23518 will rearrange @expr{y = 3x + 6} to the form, @expr{x = y/3 - 2}. If the
23519 input is not an equation, it is treated like an equation of the
23520 form @expr{X = 0}.
23521
23522 This command also works for inequalities, as in @expr{y < 3x + 6}.
23523 Some inequalities cannot be solved where the analogous equation could
23524 be; for example, solving
23525 @texline @math{a < b \, c}
23526 @infoline @expr{a < b c}
23527 for @expr{b} is impossible
23528 without knowing the sign of @expr{c}. In this case, @kbd{a S} will
23529 produce the result
23530 @texline @math{b \mathbin{\hbox{\code{!=}}} a/c}
23531 @infoline @expr{b != a/c}
23532 (using the not-equal-to operator) to signify that the direction of the
23533 inequality is now unknown. The inequality
23534 @texline @math{a \le b \, c}
23535 @infoline @expr{a <= b c}
23536 is not even partially solved. @xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell
23537 Calc that the signs of the variables in a formula are in fact known.
23538
23539 Two useful commands for working with the result of @kbd{a S} are
23540 @kbd{a .} (@pxref{Logical Operations}), which converts @expr{x = y/3 - 2}
23541 to @expr{y/3 - 2}, and @kbd{s l} (@pxref{Let Command}) which evaluates
23542 another formula with @expr{x} set equal to @expr{y/3 - 2}.
23543
23544 @menu
23545 * Multiple Solutions::
23546 * Solving Systems of Equations::
23547 * Decomposing Polynomials::
23548 @end menu
23549
23550 @node Multiple Solutions, Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations, Solving Equations
23551 @subsection Multiple Solutions
23552
23553 @noindent
23554 @kindex H a S
23555 @tindex fsolve
23556 Some equations have more than one solution. The Hyperbolic flag
23557 (@code{H a S}) [@code{fsolve}] tells the solver to report the fully
23558 general family of solutions. It will invent variables @code{n1},
23559 @code{n2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary integers, and
23560 @code{s1}, @code{s2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary
23561 signs (either @mathit{+1} or @mathit{-1}). If you don't use the Hyperbolic
23562 flag, Calc will use zero in place of all arbitrary integers, and plus
23563 one in place of all arbitrary signs. Note that variables like @code{n1}
23564 and @code{s1} are not given any special interpretation in Calc except by
23565 the equation solver itself. As usual, you can use the @w{@kbd{s l}}
23566 (@code{calc-let}) command to obtain solutions for various actual values
23567 of these variables.
23568
23569 For example, @kbd{' x^2 = y @key{RET} H a S x @key{RET}} solves to
23570 get @samp{x = s1 sqrt(y)}, indicating that the two solutions to the
23571 equation are @samp{sqrt(y)} and @samp{-sqrt(y)}. Another way to
23572 think about it is that the square-root operation is really a
23573 two-valued function; since every Calc function must return a
23574 single result, @code{sqrt} chooses to return the positive result.
23575 Then @kbd{H a S} doctors this result using @code{s1} to indicate
23576 the full set of possible values of the mathematical square-root.
23577
23578 There is a similar phenomenon going the other direction: Suppose
23579 we solve @samp{sqrt(y) = x} for @code{y}. Calc squares both sides
23580 to get @samp{y = x^2}. This is correct, except that it introduces
23581 some dubious solutions. Consider solving @samp{sqrt(y) = -3}:
23582 Calc will report @expr{y = 9} as a valid solution, which is true
23583 in the mathematical sense of square-root, but false (there is no
23584 solution) for the actual Calc positive-valued @code{sqrt}. This
23585 happens for both @kbd{a S} and @kbd{H a S}.
23586
23587 @cindex @code{GenCount} variable
23588 @vindex GenCount
23589 @ignore
23590 @starindex
23591 @end ignore
23592 @tindex an
23593 @ignore
23594 @starindex
23595 @end ignore
23596 @tindex as
23597 If you store a positive integer in the Calc variable @code{GenCount},
23598 then Calc will generate formulas of the form @samp{as(@var{n})} for
23599 arbitrary signs, and @samp{an(@var{n})} for arbitrary integers,
23600 where @var{n} represents successive values taken by incrementing
23601 @code{GenCount} by one. While the normal arbitrary sign and
23602 integer symbols start over at @code{s1} and @code{n1} with each
23603 new Calc command, the @code{GenCount} approach will give each
23604 arbitrary value a name that is unique throughout the entire Calc
23605 session. Also, the arbitrary values are function calls instead
23606 of variables, which is advantageous in some cases. For example,
23607 you can make a rewrite rule that recognizes all arbitrary signs
23608 using a pattern like @samp{as(n)}. The @kbd{s l} command only works
23609 on variables, but you can use the @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
23610 command to substitute actual values for function calls like @samp{as(3)}.
23611
23612 The @kbd{s G} (@code{calc-edit-GenCount}) command is a convenient
23613 way to create or edit this variable. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish.
23614
23615 If you have not stored a value in @code{GenCount}, or if the value
23616 in that variable is not a positive integer, the regular
23617 @code{s1}/@code{n1} notation is used.
23618
23619 @kindex I a S
23620 @kindex H I a S
23621 @tindex finv
23622 @tindex ffinv
23623 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a S} [@code{finv}] treats the expression
23624 on top of the stack as a function of the specified variable and solves
23625 to find the inverse function, written in terms of the same variable.
23626 For example, @kbd{I a S x} inverts @expr{2x + 6} to @expr{x/2 - 3}.
23627 You can use both Inverse and Hyperbolic [@code{ffinv}] to obtain a
23628 fully general inverse, as described above.
23629
23630 @kindex a P
23631 @pindex calc-poly-roots
23632 @tindex roots
23633 Some equations, specifically polynomials, have a known, finite number
23634 of solutions. The @kbd{a P} (@code{calc-poly-roots}) [@code{roots}]
23635 command uses @kbd{H a S} to solve an equation in general form, then, for
23636 all arbitrary-sign variables like @code{s1}, and all arbitrary-integer
23637 variables like @code{n1} for which @code{n1} only usefully varies over
23638 a finite range, it expands these variables out to all their possible
23639 values. The results are collected into a vector, which is returned.
23640 For example, @samp{roots(x^4 = 1, x)} returns the four solutions
23641 @samp{[1, -1, (0, 1), (0, -1)]}. Generally an @var{n}th degree
23642 polynomial will always have @var{n} roots on the complex plane.
23643 (If you have given a @code{real} declaration for the solution
23644 variable, then only the real-valued solutions, if any, will be
23645 reported; @pxref{Declarations}.)
23646
23647 Note that because @kbd{a P} uses @kbd{H a S}, it is able to deliver
23648 symbolic solutions if the polynomial has symbolic coefficients. Also
23649 note that Calc's solver is not able to get exact symbolic solutions
23650 to all polynomials. Polynomials containing powers up to @expr{x^4}
23651 can always be solved exactly; polynomials of higher degree sometimes
23652 can be: @expr{x^6 + x^3 + 1} is converted to @expr{(x^3)^2 + (x^3) + 1},
23653 which can be solved for @expr{x^3} using the quadratic equation, and then
23654 for @expr{x} by taking cube roots. But in many cases, like
23655 @expr{x^6 + x + 1}, Calc does not know how to rewrite the polynomial
23656 into a form it can solve. The @kbd{a P} command can still deliver a
23657 list of numerical roots, however, provided that Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s})
23658 is not turned on. (If you work with Symbolic mode on, recall that the
23659 @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) key is a handy way to reevaluate the
23660 formula on the stack with Symbolic mode temporarily off.) Naturally,
23661 @kbd{a P} can only provide numerical roots if the polynomial coefficients
23662 are all numbers (real or complex).
23663
23664 @node Solving Systems of Equations, Decomposing Polynomials, Multiple Solutions, Solving Equations
23665 @subsection Solving Systems of Equations
23666
23667 @noindent
23668 @cindex Systems of equations, symbolic
23669 You can also use the commands described above to solve systems of
23670 simultaneous equations. Just create a vector of equations, then
23671 specify a vector of variables for which to solve. (You can omit
23672 the surrounding brackets when entering the vector of variables
23673 at the prompt.)
23674
23675 For example, putting @samp{[x + y = a, x - y = b]} on the stack
23676 and typing @kbd{a S x,y @key{RET}} produces the vector of solutions
23677 @samp{[x = a - (a-b)/2, y = (a-b)/2]}. The result vector will
23678 have the same length as the variables vector, and the variables
23679 will be listed in the same order there. Note that the solutions
23680 are not always simplified as far as possible; the solution for
23681 @expr{x} here could be improved by an application of the @kbd{a n}
23682 command.
23683
23684 Calc's algorithm works by trying to eliminate one variable at a
23685 time by solving one of the equations for that variable and then
23686 substituting into the other equations. Calc will try all the
23687 possibilities, but you can speed things up by noting that Calc
23688 first tries to eliminate the first variable with the first
23689 equation, then the second variable with the second equation,
23690 and so on. It also helps to put the simpler (e.g., more linear)
23691 equations toward the front of the list. Calc's algorithm will
23692 solve any system of linear equations, and also many kinds of
23693 nonlinear systems.
23694
23695 @ignore
23696 @starindex
23697 @end ignore
23698 @tindex elim
23699 Normally there will be as many variables as equations. If you
23700 give fewer variables than equations (an ``over-determined'' system
23701 of equations), Calc will find a partial solution. For example,
23702 typing @kbd{a S y @key{RET}} with the above system of equations
23703 would produce @samp{[y = a - x]}. There are now several ways to
23704 express this solution in terms of the original variables; Calc uses
23705 the first one that it finds. You can control the choice by adding
23706 variable specifiers of the form @samp{elim(@var{v})} to the
23707 variables list. This says that @var{v} should be eliminated from
23708 the equations; the variable will not appear at all in the solution.
23709 For example, typing @kbd{a S y,elim(x)} would yield
23710 @samp{[y = a - (b+a)/2]}.
23711
23712 If the variables list contains only @code{elim} specifiers,
23713 Calc simply eliminates those variables from the equations
23714 and then returns the resulting set of equations. For example,
23715 @kbd{a S elim(x)} produces @samp{[a - 2 y = b]}. Every variable
23716 eliminated will reduce the number of equations in the system
23717 by one.
23718
23719 Again, @kbd{a S} gives you one solution to the system of
23720 equations. If there are several solutions, you can use @kbd{H a S}
23721 to get a general family of solutions, or, if there is a finite
23722 number of solutions, you can use @kbd{a P} to get a list. (In
23723 the latter case, the result will take the form of a matrix where
23724 the rows are different solutions and the columns correspond to the
23725 variables you requested.)
23726
23727 Another way to deal with certain kinds of overdetermined systems of
23728 equations is the @kbd{a F} command, which does least-squares fitting
23729 to satisfy the equations. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
23730
23731 @node Decomposing Polynomials, , Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations
23732 @subsection Decomposing Polynomials
23733
23734 @noindent
23735 @ignore
23736 @starindex
23737 @end ignore
23738 @tindex poly
23739 The @code{poly} function takes a polynomial and a variable as
23740 arguments, and returns a vector of polynomial coefficients (constant
23741 coefficient first). For example, @samp{poly(x^3 + 2 x, x)} returns
23742 @expr{[0, 2, 0, 1]}. If the input is not a polynomial in @expr{x},
23743 the call to @code{poly} is left in symbolic form. If the input does
23744 not involve the variable @expr{x}, the input is returned in a list
23745 of length one, representing a polynomial with only a constant
23746 coefficient. The call @samp{poly(x, x)} returns the vector @expr{[0, 1]}.
23747 The last element of the returned vector is guaranteed to be nonzero;
23748 note that @samp{poly(0, x)} returns the empty vector @expr{[]}.
23749 Note also that @expr{x} may actually be any formula; for example,
23750 @samp{poly(sin(x)^2 - sin(x) + 3, sin(x))} returns @expr{[3, -1, 1]}.
23751
23752 @cindex Coefficients of polynomial
23753 @cindex Degree of polynomial
23754 To get the @expr{x^k} coefficient of polynomial @expr{p}, use
23755 @samp{poly(p, x)_(k+1)}. To get the degree of polynomial @expr{p},
23756 use @samp{vlen(poly(p, x)) - 1}. For example, @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)}
23757 returns @samp{[1, 4, 6, 4, 1]}, so @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)_(2+1)}
23758 gives the @expr{x^2} coefficient of this polynomial, 6.
23759
23760 @ignore
23761 @starindex
23762 @end ignore
23763 @tindex gpoly
23764 One important feature of the solver is its ability to recognize
23765 formulas which are ``essentially'' polynomials. This ability is
23766 made available to the user through the @code{gpoly} function, which
23767 is used just like @code{poly}: @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var})}.
23768 If @var{expr} is a polynomial in some term which includes @var{var}, then
23769 this function will return a vector @samp{[@var{x}, @var{c}, @var{a}]}
23770 where @var{x} is the term that depends on @var{var}, @var{c} is a
23771 vector of polynomial coefficients (like the one returned by @code{poly}),
23772 and @var{a} is a multiplier which is usually 1. Basically,
23773 @samp{@var{expr} = @var{a}*(@var{c}_1 + @var{c}_2 @var{x} +
23774 @var{c}_3 @var{x}^2 + ...)}. The last element of @var{c} is
23775 guaranteed to be non-zero, and @var{c} will not equal @samp{[1]}
23776 (i.e., the trivial decomposition @var{expr} = @var{x} is not
23777 considered a polynomial). One side effect is that @samp{gpoly(x, x)}
23778 and @samp{gpoly(6, x)}, both of which might be expected to recognize
23779 their arguments as polynomials, will not because the decomposition
23780 is considered trivial.
23781
23782 For example, @samp{gpoly((x-2)^2, x)} returns @samp{[x, [4, -4, 1], 1]},
23783 since the expanded form of this polynomial is @expr{4 - 4 x + x^2}.
23784
23785 The term @var{x} may itself be a polynomial in @var{var}. This is
23786 done to reduce the size of the @var{c} vector. For example,
23787 @samp{gpoly(x^4 + x^2 - 1, x)} returns @samp{[x^2, [-1, 1, 1], 1]},
23788 since a quadratic polynomial in @expr{x^2} is easier to solve than
23789 a quartic polynomial in @expr{x}.
23790
23791 A few more examples of the kinds of polynomials @code{gpoly} can
23792 discover:
23793
23794 @smallexample
23795 sin(x) - 1 [sin(x), [-1, 1], 1]
23796 x + 1/x - 1 [x, [1, -1, 1], 1/x]
23797 x + 1/x [x^2, [1, 1], 1/x]
23798 x^3 + 2 x [x^2, [2, 1], x]
23799 x + x^2:3 + sqrt(x) [x^1:6, [1, 1, 0, 1], x^1:2]
23800 x^(2a) + 2 x^a + 5 [x^a, [5, 2, 1], 1]
23801 (exp(-x) + exp(x)) / 2 [e^(2 x), [0.5, 0.5], e^-x]
23802 @end smallexample
23803
23804 The @code{poly} and @code{gpoly} functions accept a third integer argument
23805 which specifies the largest degree of polynomial that is acceptable.
23806 If this is @expr{n}, then only @var{c} vectors of length @expr{n+1}
23807 or less will be returned. Otherwise, the @code{poly} or @code{gpoly}
23808 call will remain in symbolic form. For example, the equation solver
23809 can handle quartics and smaller polynomials, so it calls
23810 @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var}, 4)} to discover whether @var{expr}
23811 can be treated by its linear, quadratic, cubic, or quartic formulas.
23812
23813 @ignore
23814 @starindex
23815 @end ignore
23816 @tindex pdeg
23817 The @code{pdeg} function computes the degree of a polynomial;
23818 @samp{pdeg(p,x)} is the highest power of @code{x} that appears in
23819 @code{p}. This is the same as @samp{vlen(poly(p,x))-1}, but is
23820 much more efficient. If @code{p} is constant with respect to @code{x},
23821 then @samp{pdeg(p,x) = 0}. If @code{p} is not a polynomial in @code{x}
23822 (e.g., @samp{pdeg(2 cos(x), x)}, the function remains unevaluated.
23823 It is possible to omit the second argument @code{x}, in which case
23824 @samp{pdeg(p)} returns the highest total degree of any term of the
23825 polynomial, counting all variables that appear in @code{p}. Note
23826 that @code{pdeg(c) = pdeg(c,x) = 0} for any nonzero constant @code{c};
23827 the degree of the constant zero is considered to be @code{-inf}
23828 (minus infinity).
23829
23830 @ignore
23831 @starindex
23832 @end ignore
23833 @tindex plead
23834 The @code{plead} function finds the leading term of a polynomial.
23835 Thus @samp{plead(p,x)} is equivalent to @samp{poly(p,x)_vlen(poly(p,x))},
23836 though again more efficient. In particular, @samp{plead((2x+1)^10, x)}
23837 returns 1024 without expanding out the list of coefficients. The
23838 value of @code{plead(p,x)} will be zero only if @expr{p = 0}.
23839
23840 @ignore
23841 @starindex
23842 @end ignore
23843 @tindex pcont
23844 The @code{pcont} function finds the @dfn{content} of a polynomial. This
23845 is the greatest common divisor of all the coefficients of the polynomial.
23846 With two arguments, @code{pcont(p,x)} effectively uses @samp{poly(p,x)}
23847 to get a list of coefficients, then uses @code{pgcd} (the polynomial
23848 GCD function) to combine these into an answer. For example,
23849 @samp{pcont(4 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y, x)} is @samp{2 y}. The content is
23850 basically the ``biggest'' polynomial that can be divided into @code{p}
23851 exactly. The sign of the content is the same as the sign of the leading
23852 coefficient.
23853
23854 With only one argument, @samp{pcont(p)} computes the numerical
23855 content of the polynomial, i.e., the @code{gcd} of the numerical
23856 coefficients of all the terms in the formula. Note that @code{gcd}
23857 is defined on rational numbers as well as integers; it computes
23858 the @code{gcd} of the numerators and the @code{lcm} of the
23859 denominators. Thus @samp{pcont(4:3 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y)} returns 2:3.
23860 Dividing the polynomial by this number will clear all the
23861 denominators, as well as dividing by any common content in the
23862 numerators. The numerical content of a polynomial is negative only
23863 if all the coefficients in the polynomial are negative.
23864
23865 @ignore
23866 @starindex
23867 @end ignore
23868 @tindex pprim
23869 The @code{pprim} function finds the @dfn{primitive part} of a
23870 polynomial, which is simply the polynomial divided (using @code{pdiv}
23871 if necessary) by its content. If the input polynomial has rational
23872 coefficients, the result will have integer coefficients in simplest
23873 terms.
23874
23875 @node Numerical Solutions, Curve Fitting, Solving Equations, Algebra
23876 @section Numerical Solutions
23877
23878 @noindent
23879 Not all equations can be solved symbolically. The commands in this
23880 section use numerical algorithms that can find a solution to a specific
23881 instance of an equation to any desired accuracy. Note that the
23882 numerical commands are slower than their algebraic cousins; it is a
23883 good idea to try @kbd{a S} before resorting to these commands.
23884
23885 (@xref{Curve Fitting}, for some other, more specialized, operations
23886 on numerical data.)
23887
23888 @menu
23889 * Root Finding::
23890 * Minimization::
23891 * Numerical Systems of Equations::
23892 @end menu
23893
23894 @node Root Finding, Minimization, Numerical Solutions, Numerical Solutions
23895 @subsection Root Finding
23896
23897 @noindent
23898 @kindex a R
23899 @pindex calc-find-root
23900 @tindex root
23901 @cindex Newton's method
23902 @cindex Roots of equations
23903 @cindex Numerical root-finding
23904 The @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}) [@code{root}] command finds a
23905 numerical solution (or @dfn{root}) of an equation. (This command treats
23906 inequalities the same as equations. If the input is any other kind
23907 of formula, it is interpreted as an equation of the form @expr{X = 0}.)
23908
23909 The @kbd{a R} command requires an initial guess on the top of the
23910 stack, and a formula in the second-to-top position. It prompts for a
23911 solution variable, which must appear in the formula. All other variables
23912 that appear in the formula must have assigned values, i.e., when
23913 a value is assigned to the solution variable and the formula is
23914 evaluated with @kbd{=}, it should evaluate to a number. Any assigned
23915 value for the solution variable itself is ignored and unaffected by
23916 this command.
23917
23918 When the command completes, the initial guess is replaced on the stack
23919 by a vector of two numbers: The value of the solution variable that
23920 solves the equation, and the difference between the lefthand and
23921 righthand sides of the equation at that value. Ordinarily, the second
23922 number will be zero or very nearly zero. (Note that Calc uses a
23923 slightly higher precision while finding the root, and thus the second
23924 number may be slightly different from the value you would compute from
23925 the equation yourself.)
23926
23927 The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) command is a handy way to extract
23928 the first element of the result vector, discarding the error term.
23929
23930 The initial guess can be a real number, in which case Calc searches
23931 for a real solution near that number, or a complex number, in which
23932 case Calc searches the whole complex plane near that number for a
23933 solution, or it can be an interval form which restricts the search
23934 to real numbers inside that interval.
23935
23936 Calc tries to use @kbd{a d} to take the derivative of the equation.
23937 If this succeeds, it uses Newton's method. If the equation is not
23938 differentiable Calc uses a bisection method. (If Newton's method
23939 appears to be going astray, Calc switches over to bisection if it
23940 can, or otherwise gives up. In this case it may help to try again
23941 with a slightly different initial guess.) If the initial guess is a
23942 complex number, the function must be differentiable.
23943
23944 If the formula (or the difference between the sides of an equation)
23945 is negative at one end of the interval you specify and positive at
23946 the other end, the root finder is guaranteed to find a root.
23947 Otherwise, Calc subdivides the interval into small parts looking for
23948 positive and negative values to bracket the root. When your guess is
23949 an interval, Calc will not look outside that interval for a root.
23950
23951 @kindex H a R
23952 @tindex wroot
23953 The @kbd{H a R} [@code{wroot}] command is similar to @kbd{a R}, except
23954 that if the initial guess is an interval for which the function has
23955 the same sign at both ends, then rather than subdividing the interval
23956 Calc attempts to widen it to enclose a root. Use this mode if
23957 you are not sure if the function has a root in your interval.
23958
23959 If the function is not differentiable, and you give a simple number
23960 instead of an interval as your initial guess, Calc uses this widening
23961 process even if you did not type the Hyperbolic flag. (If the function
23962 @emph{is} differentiable, Calc uses Newton's method which does not
23963 require a bounding interval in order to work.)
23964
23965 If Calc leaves the @code{root} or @code{wroot} function in symbolic
23966 form on the stack, it will normally display an explanation for why
23967 no root was found. If you miss this explanation, press @kbd{w}
23968 (@code{calc-why}) to get it back.
23969
23970 @node Minimization, Numerical Systems of Equations, Root Finding, Numerical Solutions
23971 @subsection Minimization
23972
23973 @noindent
23974 @kindex a N
23975 @kindex H a N
23976 @kindex a X
23977 @kindex H a X
23978 @pindex calc-find-minimum
23979 @pindex calc-find-maximum
23980 @tindex minimize
23981 @tindex maximize
23982 @cindex Minimization, numerical
23983 The @kbd{a N} (@code{calc-find-minimum}) [@code{minimize}] command
23984 finds a minimum value for a formula. It is very similar in operation
23985 to @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}): You give the formula and an initial
23986 guess on the stack, and are prompted for the name of a variable. The guess
23987 may be either a number near the desired minimum, or an interval enclosing
23988 the desired minimum. The function returns a vector containing the
23989 value of the variable which minimizes the formula's value, along
23990 with the minimum value itself.
23991
23992 Note that this command looks for a @emph{local} minimum. Many functions
23993 have more than one minimum; some, like
23994 @texline @math{x \sin x},
23995 @infoline @expr{x sin(x)},
23996 have infinitely many. In fact, there is no easy way to define the
23997 ``global'' minimum of
23998 @texline @math{x \sin x}
23999 @infoline @expr{x sin(x)}
24000 but Calc can still locate any particular local minimum
24001 for you. Calc basically goes downhill from the initial guess until it
24002 finds a point at which the function's value is greater both to the left
24003 and to the right. Calc does not use derivatives when minimizing a function.
24004
24005 If your initial guess is an interval and it looks like the minimum
24006 occurs at one or the other endpoint of the interval, Calc will return
24007 that endpoint only if that endpoint is closed; thus, minimizing @expr{17 x}
24008 over @expr{[2..3]} will return @expr{[2, 38]}, but minimizing over
24009 @expr{(2..3]} would report no minimum found. In general, you should
24010 use closed intervals to find literally the minimum value in that
24011 range of @expr{x}, or open intervals to find the local minimum, if
24012 any, that happens to lie in that range.
24013
24014 Most functions are smooth and flat near their minimum values. Because
24015 of this flatness, if the current precision is, say, 12 digits, the
24016 variable can only be determined meaningfully to about six digits. Thus
24017 you should set the precision to twice as many digits as you need in your
24018 answer.
24019
24020 @ignore
24021 @mindex wmin@idots
24022 @end ignore
24023 @tindex wminimize
24024 @ignore
24025 @mindex wmax@idots
24026 @end ignore
24027 @tindex wmaximize
24028 The @kbd{H a N} [@code{wminimize}] command, analogously to @kbd{H a R},
24029 expands the guess interval to enclose a minimum rather than requiring
24030 that the minimum lie inside the interval you supply.
24031
24032 The @kbd{a X} (@code{calc-find-maximum}) [@code{maximize}] and
24033 @kbd{H a X} [@code{wmaximize}] commands effectively minimize the
24034 negative of the formula you supply.
24035
24036 The formula must evaluate to a real number at all points inside the
24037 interval (or near the initial guess if the guess is a number). If
24038 the initial guess is a complex number the variable will be minimized
24039 over the complex numbers; if it is real or an interval it will
24040 be minimized over the reals.
24041
24042 @node Numerical Systems of Equations, , Minimization, Numerical Solutions
24043 @subsection Systems of Equations
24044
24045 @noindent
24046 @cindex Systems of equations, numerical
24047 The @kbd{a R} command can also solve systems of equations. In this
24048 case, the equation should instead be a vector of equations, the
24049 guess should instead be a vector of numbers (intervals are not
24050 supported), and the variable should be a vector of variables. You
24051 can omit the brackets while entering the list of variables. Each
24052 equation must be differentiable by each variable for this mode to
24053 work. The result will be a vector of two vectors: The variable
24054 values that solved the system of equations, and the differences
24055 between the sides of the equations with those variable values.
24056 There must be the same number of equations as variables. Since
24057 only plain numbers are allowed as guesses, the Hyperbolic flag has
24058 no effect when solving a system of equations.
24059
24060 It is also possible to minimize over many variables with @kbd{a N}
24061 (or maximize with @kbd{a X}). Once again the variable name should
24062 be replaced by a vector of variables, and the initial guess should
24063 be an equal-sized vector of initial guesses. But, unlike the case of
24064 multidimensional @kbd{a R}, the formula being minimized should
24065 still be a single formula, @emph{not} a vector. Beware that
24066 multidimensional minimization is currently @emph{very} slow.
24067
24068 @node Curve Fitting, Summations, Numerical Solutions, Algebra
24069 @section Curve Fitting
24070
24071 @noindent
24072 The @kbd{a F} command fits a set of data to a @dfn{model formula},
24073 such as @expr{y = m x + b} where @expr{m} and @expr{b} are parameters
24074 to be determined. For a typical set of measured data there will be
24075 no single @expr{m} and @expr{b} that exactly fit the data; in this
24076 case, Calc chooses values of the parameters that provide the closest
24077 possible fit. The model formula can be entered in various ways after
24078 the key sequence @kbd{a F} is pressed.
24079
24080 If the letter @kbd{P} is pressed after @kbd{a F} but before the model
24081 description is entered, the data as well as the model formula will be
24082 plotted after the formula is determined. This will be indicated by a
24083 ``P'' in the minibuffer after the help message.
24084
24085 @menu
24086 * Linear Fits::
24087 * Polynomial and Multilinear Fits::
24088 * Error Estimates for Fits::
24089 * Standard Nonlinear Models::
24090 * Curve Fitting Details::
24091 * Interpolation::
24092 @end menu
24093
24094 @node Linear Fits, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting, Curve Fitting
24095 @subsection Linear Fits
24096
24097 @noindent
24098 @kindex a F
24099 @pindex calc-curve-fit
24100 @tindex fit
24101 @cindex Linear regression
24102 @cindex Least-squares fits
24103 The @kbd{a F} (@code{calc-curve-fit}) [@code{fit}] command attempts
24104 to fit a set of data (@expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors of numbers) to a
24105 straight line, polynomial, or other function of @expr{x}. For the
24106 moment we will consider only the case of fitting to a line, and we
24107 will ignore the issue of whether or not the model was in fact a good
24108 fit for the data.
24109
24110 In a standard linear least-squares fit, we have a set of @expr{(x,y)}
24111 data points that we wish to fit to the model @expr{y = m x + b}
24112 by adjusting the parameters @expr{m} and @expr{b} to make the @expr{y}
24113 values calculated from the formula be as close as possible to the actual
24114 @expr{y} values in the data set. (In a polynomial fit, the model is
24115 instead, say, @expr{y = a x^3 + b x^2 + c x + d}. In a multilinear fit,
24116 we have data points of the form @expr{(x_1,x_2,x_3,y)} and our model is
24117 @expr{y = a x_1 + b x_2 + c x_3 + d}. These will be discussed later.)
24118
24119 In the model formula, variables like @expr{x} and @expr{x_2} are called
24120 the @dfn{independent variables}, and @expr{y} is the @dfn{dependent
24121 variable}. Variables like @expr{m}, @expr{a}, and @expr{b} are called
24122 the @dfn{parameters} of the model.
24123
24124 The @kbd{a F} command takes the data set to be fitted from the stack.
24125 By default, it expects the data in the form of a matrix. For example,
24126 for a linear or polynomial fit, this would be a
24127 @texline @math{2\times N}
24128 @infoline 2xN
24129 matrix where the first row is a list of @expr{x} values and the second
24130 row has the corresponding @expr{y} values. For the multilinear fit
24131 shown above, the matrix would have four rows (@expr{x_1}, @expr{x_2},
24132 @expr{x_3}, and @expr{y}, respectively).
24133
24134 If you happen to have an
24135 @texline @math{N\times2}
24136 @infoline Nx2
24137 matrix instead of a
24138 @texline @math{2\times N}
24139 @infoline 2xN
24140 matrix, just press @kbd{v t} first to transpose the matrix.
24141
24142 After you type @kbd{a F}, Calc prompts you to select a model. For a
24143 linear fit, press the digit @kbd{1}.
24144
24145 Calc then prompts for you to name the variables. By default it chooses
24146 high letters like @expr{x} and @expr{y} for independent variables and
24147 low letters like @expr{a} and @expr{b} for parameters. (The dependent
24148 variable doesn't need a name.) The two kinds of variables are separated
24149 by a semicolon. Since you generally care more about the names of the
24150 independent variables than of the parameters, Calc also allows you to
24151 name only those and let the parameters use default names.
24152
24153 For example, suppose the data matrix
24154
24155 @ifnottex
24156 @example
24157 @group
24158 [ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
24159 [ 5, 7, 9, 11, 13 ] ]
24160 @end group
24161 @end example
24162 @end ifnottex
24163 @tex
24164 \turnoffactive
24165 \turnoffactive
24166 \beforedisplay
24167 $$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 \cr
24168 5 & 7 & 9 & 11 & 13 }
24169 $$
24170 \afterdisplay
24171 @end tex
24172
24173 @noindent
24174 is on the stack and we wish to do a simple linear fit. Type
24175 @kbd{a F}, then @kbd{1} for the model, then @key{RET} to use
24176 the default names. The result will be the formula @expr{3. + 2. x}
24177 on the stack. Calc has created the model expression @kbd{a + b x},
24178 then found the optimal values of @expr{a} and @expr{b} to fit the
24179 data. (In this case, it was able to find an exact fit.) Calc then
24180 substituted those values for @expr{a} and @expr{b} in the model
24181 formula.
24182
24183 The @kbd{a F} command puts two entries in the trail. One is, as
24184 always, a copy of the result that went to the stack; the other is
24185 a vector of the actual parameter values, written as equations:
24186 @expr{[a = 3, b = 2]}, in case you'd rather read them in a list
24187 than pick them out of the formula. (You can type @kbd{t y}
24188 to move this vector to the stack; see @ref{Trail Commands}.
24189
24190 Specifying a different independent variable name will affect the
24191 resulting formula: @kbd{a F 1 k @key{RET}} produces @kbd{3 + 2 k}.
24192 Changing the parameter names (say, @kbd{a F 1 k;b,m @key{RET}}) will affect
24193 the equations that go into the trail.
24194
24195 @tex
24196 \bigskip
24197 @end tex
24198
24199 To see what happens when the fit is not exact, we could change
24200 the number 13 in the data matrix to 14 and try the fit again.
24201 The result is:
24202
24203 @example
24204 2.6 + 2.2 x
24205 @end example
24206
24207 Evaluating this formula, say with @kbd{v x 5 @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}}, shows
24208 a reasonably close match to the y-values in the data.
24209
24210 @example
24211 [4.8, 7., 9.2, 11.4, 13.6]
24212 @end example
24213
24214 Since there is no line which passes through all the @var{n} data points,
24215 Calc has chosen a line that best approximates the data points using
24216 the method of least squares. The idea is to define the @dfn{chi-square}
24217 error measure
24218
24219 @ifnottex
24220 @example
24221 chi^2 = sum((y_i - (a + b x_i))^2, i, 1, N)
24222 @end example
24223 @end ifnottex
24224 @tex
24225 \turnoffactive
24226 \beforedisplay
24227 $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N (y_i - (a + b x_i))^2 $$
24228 \afterdisplay
24229 @end tex
24230
24231 @noindent
24232 which is clearly zero if @expr{a + b x} exactly fits all data points,
24233 and increases as various @expr{a + b x_i} values fail to match the
24234 corresponding @expr{y_i} values. There are several reasons why the
24235 summand is squared, one of them being to ensure that
24236 @texline @math{\chi^2 \ge 0}.
24237 @infoline @expr{chi^2 >= 0}.
24238 Least-squares fitting simply chooses the values of @expr{a} and @expr{b}
24239 for which the error
24240 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24241 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24242 is as small as possible.
24243
24244 Other kinds of models do the same thing but with a different model
24245 formula in place of @expr{a + b x_i}.
24246
24247 @tex
24248 \bigskip
24249 @end tex
24250
24251 A numeric prefix argument causes the @kbd{a F} command to take the
24252 data in some other form than one big matrix. A positive argument @var{n}
24253 will take @var{N} items from the stack, corresponding to the @var{n} rows
24254 of a data matrix. In the linear case, @var{n} must be 2 since there
24255 is always one independent variable and one dependent variable.
24256
24257 A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} is a compromise; Calc takes two
24258 items from the stack, an @var{n}-row matrix of @expr{x} values, and a
24259 vector of @expr{y} values. If there is only one independent variable,
24260 the @expr{x} values can be either a one-row matrix or a plain vector,
24261 in which case the @kbd{C-u} prefix is the same as a @w{@kbd{C-u 2}} prefix.
24262
24263 @node Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Error Estimates for Fits, Linear Fits, Curve Fitting
24264 @subsection Polynomial and Multilinear Fits
24265
24266 @noindent
24267 To fit the data to higher-order polynomials, just type one of the
24268 digits @kbd{2} through @kbd{9} when prompted for a model. For example,
24269 we could fit the original data matrix from the previous section
24270 (with 13, not 14) to a parabola instead of a line by typing
24271 @kbd{a F 2 @key{RET}}.
24272
24273 @example
24274 2.00000000001 x - 1.5e-12 x^2 + 2.99999999999
24275 @end example
24276
24277 Note that since the constant and linear terms are enough to fit the
24278 data exactly, it's no surprise that Calc chose a tiny contribution
24279 for @expr{x^2}. (The fact that it's not exactly zero is due only
24280 to roundoff error. Since our data are exact integers, we could get
24281 an exact answer by typing @kbd{m f} first to get Fraction mode.
24282 Then the @expr{x^2} term would vanish altogether. Usually, though,
24283 the data being fitted will be approximate floats so Fraction mode
24284 won't help.)
24285
24286 Doing the @kbd{a F 2} fit on the data set with 14 instead of 13
24287 gives a much larger @expr{x^2} contribution, as Calc bends the
24288 line slightly to improve the fit.
24289
24290 @example
24291 0.142857142855 x^2 + 1.34285714287 x + 3.59999999998
24292 @end example
24293
24294 An important result from the theory of polynomial fitting is that it
24295 is always possible to fit @var{n} data points exactly using a polynomial
24296 of degree @mathit{@var{n}-1}, sometimes called an @dfn{interpolating polynomial}.
24297 Using the modified (14) data matrix, a model number of 4 gives
24298 a polynomial that exactly matches all five data points:
24299
24300 @example
24301 0.04167 x^4 - 0.4167 x^3 + 1.458 x^2 - 0.08333 x + 4.
24302 @end example
24303
24304 The actual coefficients we get with a precision of 12, like
24305 @expr{0.0416666663588}, clearly suffer from loss of precision.
24306 It is a good idea to increase the working precision to several
24307 digits beyond what you need when you do a fitting operation.
24308 Or, if your data are exact, use Fraction mode to get exact
24309 results.
24310
24311 You can type @kbd{i} instead of a digit at the model prompt to fit
24312 the data exactly to a polynomial. This just counts the number of
24313 columns of the data matrix to choose the degree of the polynomial
24314 automatically.
24315
24316 Fitting data ``exactly'' to high-degree polynomials is not always
24317 a good idea, though. High-degree polynomials have a tendency to
24318 wiggle uncontrollably in between the fitting data points. Also,
24319 if the exact-fit polynomial is going to be used to interpolate or
24320 extrapolate the data, it is numerically better to use the @kbd{a p}
24321 command described below. @xref{Interpolation}.
24322
24323 @tex
24324 \bigskip
24325 @end tex
24326
24327 Another generalization of the linear model is to assume the
24328 @expr{y} values are a sum of linear contributions from several
24329 @expr{x} values. This is a @dfn{multilinear} fit, and it is also
24330 selected by the @kbd{1} digit key. (Calc decides whether the fit
24331 is linear or multilinear by counting the rows in the data matrix.)
24332
24333 Given the data matrix,
24334
24335 @example
24336 @group
24337 [ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
24338 [ 7, 2, 3, 5, 2 ]
24339 [ 14.5, 15, 18.5, 22.5, 24 ] ]
24340 @end group
24341 @end example
24342
24343 @noindent
24344 the command @kbd{a F 1 @key{RET}} will call the first row @expr{x} and the
24345 second row @expr{y}, and will fit the values in the third row to the
24346 model @expr{a + b x + c y}.
24347
24348 @example
24349 8. + 3. x + 0.5 y
24350 @end example
24351
24352 Calc can do multilinear fits with any number of independent variables
24353 (i.e., with any number of data rows).
24354
24355 @tex
24356 \bigskip
24357 @end tex
24358
24359 Yet another variation is @dfn{homogeneous} linear models, in which
24360 the constant term is known to be zero. In the linear case, this
24361 means the model formula is simply @expr{a x}; in the multilinear
24362 case, the model might be @expr{a x + b y + c z}; and in the polynomial
24363 case, the model could be @expr{a x + b x^2 + c x^3}. You can get
24364 a homogeneous linear or multilinear model by pressing the letter
24365 @kbd{h} followed by a regular model key, like @kbd{1} or @kbd{2}.
24366 This will be indicated by an ``h'' in the minibuffer after the help
24367 message.
24368
24369 It is certainly possible to have other constrained linear models,
24370 like @expr{2.3 + a x} or @expr{a - 4 x}. While there is no single
24371 key to select models like these, a later section shows how to enter
24372 any desired model by hand. In the first case, for example, you
24373 would enter @kbd{a F ' 2.3 + a x}.
24374
24375 Another class of models that will work but must be entered by hand
24376 are multinomial fits, e.g., @expr{a + b x + c y + d x^2 + e y^2 + f x y}.
24377
24378 @node Error Estimates for Fits, Standard Nonlinear Models, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting
24379 @subsection Error Estimates for Fits
24380
24381 @noindent
24382 @kindex H a F
24383 @tindex efit
24384 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a F} [@code{efit}] performs the same
24385 fitting operation as @kbd{a F}, but reports the coefficients as error
24386 forms instead of plain numbers. Fitting our two data matrices (first
24387 with 13, then with 14) to a line with @kbd{H a F} gives the results,
24388
24389 @example
24390 3. + 2. x
24391 2.6 +/- 0.382970843103 + 2.2 +/- 0.115470053838 x
24392 @end example
24393
24394 In the first case the estimated errors are zero because the linear
24395 fit is perfect. In the second case, the errors are nonzero but
24396 moderately small, because the data are still very close to linear.
24397
24398 It is also possible for the @emph{input} to a fitting operation to
24399 contain error forms. The data values must either all include errors
24400 or all be plain numbers. Error forms can go anywhere but generally
24401 go on the numbers in the last row of the data matrix. If the last
24402 row contains error forms
24403 @texline `@var{y_i}@w{ @tfn{+/-} }@math{\sigma_i}',
24404 @infoline `@var{y_i}@w{ @tfn{+/-} }@var{sigma_i}',
24405 then the
24406 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24407 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24408 statistic is now,
24409
24410 @ifnottex
24411 @example
24412 chi^2 = sum(((y_i - (a + b x_i)) / sigma_i)^2, i, 1, N)
24413 @end example
24414 @end ifnottex
24415 @tex
24416 \turnoffactive
24417 \beforedisplay
24418 $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N \left(y_i - (a + b x_i) \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$
24419 \afterdisplay
24420 @end tex
24421
24422 @noindent
24423 so that data points with larger error estimates contribute less to
24424 the fitting operation.
24425
24426 If there are error forms on other rows of the data matrix, all the
24427 errors for a given data point are combined; the square root of the
24428 sum of the squares of the errors forms the
24429 @texline @math{\sigma_i}
24430 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}
24431 used for the data point.
24432
24433 Both @kbd{a F} and @kbd{H a F} can accept error forms in the input
24434 matrix, although if you are concerned about error analysis you will
24435 probably use @kbd{H a F} so that the output also contains error
24436 estimates.
24437
24438 If the input contains error forms but all the
24439 @texline @math{\sigma_i}
24440 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}
24441 values are the same, it is easy to see that the resulting fitted model
24442 will be the same as if the input did not have error forms at all
24443 @texline (@math{\chi^2}
24444 @infoline (@expr{chi^2}
24445 is simply scaled uniformly by
24446 @texline @math{1 / \sigma^2},
24447 @infoline @expr{1 / sigma^2},
24448 which doesn't affect where it has a minimum). But there @emph{will} be
24449 a difference in the estimated errors of the coefficients reported by
24450 @kbd{H a F}.
24451
24452 Consult any text on statistical modeling of data for a discussion
24453 of where these error estimates come from and how they should be
24454 interpreted.
24455
24456 @tex
24457 \bigskip
24458 @end tex
24459
24460 @kindex I a F
24461 @tindex xfit
24462 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] produces even more
24463 information. The result is a vector of six items:
24464
24465 @enumerate
24466 @item
24467 The model formula with error forms for its coefficients or
24468 parameters. This is the result that @kbd{H a F} would have
24469 produced.
24470
24471 @item
24472 A vector of ``raw'' parameter values for the model. These are the
24473 polynomial coefficients or other parameters as plain numbers, in the
24474 same order as the parameters appeared in the final prompt of the
24475 @kbd{I a F} command. For polynomials of degree @expr{d}, this vector
24476 will have length @expr{M = d+1} with the constant term first.
24477
24478 @item
24479 The covariance matrix @expr{C} computed from the fit. This is
24480 an @var{m}x@var{m} symmetric matrix; the diagonal elements
24481 @texline @math{C_{jj}}
24482 @infoline @expr{C_j_j}
24483 are the variances
24484 @texline @math{\sigma_j^2}
24485 @infoline @expr{sigma_j^2}
24486 of the parameters. The other elements are covariances
24487 @texline @math{\sigma_{ij}^2}
24488 @infoline @expr{sigma_i_j^2}
24489 that describe the correlation between pairs of parameters. (A related
24490 set of numbers, the @dfn{linear correlation coefficients}
24491 @texline @math{r_{ij}},
24492 @infoline @expr{r_i_j},
24493 are defined as
24494 @texline @math{\sigma_{ij}^2 / \sigma_i \, \sigma_j}.)
24495 @infoline @expr{sigma_i_j^2 / sigma_i sigma_j}.)
24496
24497 @item
24498 A vector of @expr{M} ``parameter filter'' functions whose
24499 meanings are described below. If no filters are necessary this
24500 will instead be an empty vector; this is always the case for the
24501 polynomial and multilinear fits described so far.
24502
24503 @item
24504 The value of
24505 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24506 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24507 for the fit, calculated by the formulas shown above. This gives a
24508 measure of the quality of the fit; statisticians consider
24509 @texline @math{\chi^2 \approx N - M}
24510 @infoline @expr{chi^2 = N - M}
24511 to indicate a moderately good fit (where again @expr{N} is the number of
24512 data points and @expr{M} is the number of parameters).
24513
24514 @item
24515 A measure of goodness of fit expressed as a probability @expr{Q}.
24516 This is computed from the @code{utpc} probability distribution
24517 function using
24518 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24519 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24520 with @expr{N - M} degrees of freedom. A
24521 value of 0.5 implies a good fit; some texts recommend that often
24522 @expr{Q = 0.1} or even 0.001 can signify an acceptable fit. In
24523 particular,
24524 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24525 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24526 statistics assume the errors in your inputs
24527 follow a normal (Gaussian) distribution; if they don't, you may
24528 have to accept smaller values of @expr{Q}.
24529
24530 The @expr{Q} value is computed only if the input included error
24531 estimates. Otherwise, Calc will report the symbol @code{nan}
24532 for @expr{Q}. The reason is that in this case the
24533 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24534 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24535 value has effectively been used to estimate the original errors
24536 in the input, and thus there is no redundant information left
24537 over to use for a confidence test.
24538 @end enumerate
24539
24540 @node Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting Details, Error Estimates for Fits, Curve Fitting
24541 @subsection Standard Nonlinear Models
24542
24543 @noindent
24544 The @kbd{a F} command also accepts other kinds of models besides
24545 lines and polynomials. Some common models have quick single-key
24546 abbreviations; others must be entered by hand as algebraic formulas.
24547
24548 Here is a complete list of the standard models recognized by @kbd{a F}:
24549
24550 @table @kbd
24551 @item 1
24552 Linear or multilinear. @mathit{a + b x + c y + d z}.
24553 @item 2-9
24554 Polynomials. @mathit{a + b x + c x^2 + d x^3}.
24555 @item e
24556 Exponential. @mathit{a} @tfn{exp}@mathit{(b x)} @tfn{exp}@mathit{(c y)}.
24557 @item E
24558 Base-10 exponential. @mathit{a} @tfn{10^}@mathit{(b x)} @tfn{10^}@mathit{(c y)}.
24559 @item x
24560 Exponential (alternate notation). @tfn{exp}@mathit{(a + b x + c y)}.
24561 @item X
24562 Base-10 exponential (alternate). @tfn{10^}@mathit{(a + b x + c y)}.
24563 @item l
24564 Logarithmic. @mathit{a + b} @tfn{ln}@mathit{(x) + c} @tfn{ln}@mathit{(y)}.
24565 @item L
24566 Base-10 logarithmic. @mathit{a + b} @tfn{log10}@mathit{(x) + c} @tfn{log10}@mathit{(y)}.
24567 @item ^
24568 General exponential. @mathit{a b^x c^y}.
24569 @item p
24570 Power law. @mathit{a x^b y^c}.
24571 @item q
24572 Quadratic. @mathit{a + b (x-c)^2 + d (x-e)^2}.
24573 @item g
24574 Gaussian.
24575 @texline @math{{a \over b \sqrt{2 \pi}} \exp\left( -{1 \over 2} \left( x - c \over b \right)^2 \right)}.
24576 @infoline @mathit{(a / b sqrt(2 pi)) exp(-0.5*((x-c)/b)^2)}.
24577 @item s
24578 Logistic @emph{s} curve.
24579 @texline @math{a/(1+e^{b(x-c)})}.
24580 @infoline @mathit{a/(1 + exp(b (x - c)))}.
24581 @item b
24582 Logistic bell curve.
24583 @texline @math{ae^{b(x-c)}/(1+e^{b(x-c)})^2}.
24584 @infoline @mathit{a exp(b (x - c))/(1 + exp(b (x - c)))^2}.
24585 @item o
24586 Hubbert linearization.
24587 @texline @math{{y \over x} = a(1-x/b)}.
24588 @infoline @mathit{(y/x) = a (1 - x/b)}.
24589 @end table
24590
24591 All of these models are used in the usual way; just press the appropriate
24592 letter at the model prompt, and choose variable names if you wish. The
24593 result will be a formula as shown in the above table, with the best-fit
24594 values of the parameters substituted. (You may find it easier to read
24595 the parameter values from the vector that is placed in the trail.)
24596
24597 All models except Gaussian, logistics, Hubbert and polynomials can
24598 generalize as shown to any number of independent variables. Also, all
24599 the built-in models except for the logistic and Hubbert curves have an
24600 additive or multiplicative parameter shown as @expr{a} in the above table
24601 which can be replaced by zero or one, as appropriate, by typing @kbd{h}
24602 before the model key.
24603
24604 Note that many of these models are essentially equivalent, but express
24605 the parameters slightly differently. For example, @expr{a b^x} and
24606 the other two exponential models are all algebraic rearrangements of
24607 each other. Also, the ``quadratic'' model is just a degree-2 polynomial
24608 with the parameters expressed differently. Use whichever form best
24609 matches the problem.
24610
24611 The HP-28/48 calculators support four different models for curve
24612 fitting, called @code{LIN}, @code{LOG}, @code{EXP}, and @code{PWR}.
24613 These correspond to Calc models @samp{a + b x}, @samp{a + b ln(x)},
24614 @samp{a exp(b x)}, and @samp{a x^b}, respectively. In each case,
24615 @expr{a} is what the HP-48 identifies as the ``intercept,'' and
24616 @expr{b} is what it calls the ``slope.''
24617
24618 @tex
24619 \bigskip
24620 @end tex
24621
24622 If the model you want doesn't appear on this list, press @kbd{'}
24623 (the apostrophe key) at the model prompt to enter any algebraic
24624 formula, such as @kbd{m x - b}, as the model. (Not all models
24625 will work, though---see the next section for details.)
24626
24627 The model can also be an equation like @expr{y = m x + b}.
24628 In this case, Calc thinks of all the rows of the data matrix on
24629 equal terms; this model effectively has two parameters
24630 (@expr{m} and @expr{b}) and two independent variables (@expr{x}
24631 and @expr{y}), with no ``dependent'' variables. Model equations
24632 do not need to take this @expr{y =} form. For example, the
24633 implicit line equation @expr{a x + b y = 1} works fine as a
24634 model.
24635
24636 When you enter a model, Calc makes an alphabetical list of all
24637 the variables that appear in the model. These are used for the
24638 default parameters, independent variables, and dependent variable
24639 (in that order). If you enter a plain formula (not an equation),
24640 Calc assumes the dependent variable does not appear in the formula
24641 and thus does not need a name.
24642
24643 For example, if the model formula has the variables @expr{a,mu,sigma,t,x},
24644 and the data matrix has three rows (meaning two independent variables),
24645 Calc will use @expr{a,mu,sigma} as the default parameters, and the
24646 data rows will be named @expr{t} and @expr{x}, respectively. If you
24647 enter an equation instead of a plain formula, Calc will use @expr{a,mu}
24648 as the parameters, and @expr{sigma,t,x} as the three independent
24649 variables.
24650
24651 You can, of course, override these choices by entering something
24652 different at the prompt. If you leave some variables out of the list,
24653 those variables must have stored values and those stored values will
24654 be used as constants in the model. (Stored values for the parameters
24655 and independent variables are ignored by the @kbd{a F} command.)
24656 If you list only independent variables, all the remaining variables
24657 in the model formula will become parameters.
24658
24659 If there are @kbd{$} signs in the model you type, they will stand
24660 for parameters and all other variables (in alphabetical order)
24661 will be independent. Use @kbd{$} for one parameter, @kbd{$$} for
24662 another, and so on. Thus @kbd{$ x + $$} is another way to describe
24663 a linear model.
24664
24665 If you type a @kbd{$} instead of @kbd{'} at the model prompt itself,
24666 Calc will take the model formula from the stack. (The data must then
24667 appear at the second stack level.) The same conventions are used to
24668 choose which variables in the formula are independent by default and
24669 which are parameters.
24670
24671 Models taken from the stack can also be expressed as vectors of
24672 two or three elements, @expr{[@var{model}, @var{vars}]} or
24673 @expr{[@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}]}. Each of @var{vars}
24674 and @var{params} may be either a variable or a vector of variables.
24675 (If @var{params} is omitted, all variables in @var{model} except
24676 those listed as @var{vars} are parameters.)
24677
24678 When you enter a model manually with @kbd{'}, Calc puts a 3-vector
24679 describing the model in the trail so you can get it back if you wish.
24680
24681 @tex
24682 \bigskip
24683 @end tex
24684
24685 @vindex Model1
24686 @vindex Model2
24687 Finally, you can store a model in one of the Calc variables
24688 @code{Model1} or @code{Model2}, then use this model by typing
24689 @kbd{a F u} or @kbd{a F U} (respectively). The value stored in
24690 the variable can be any of the formats that @kbd{a F $} would
24691 accept for a model on the stack.
24692
24693 @tex
24694 \bigskip
24695 @end tex
24696
24697 Calc uses the principal values of inverse functions like @code{ln}
24698 and @code{arcsin} when doing fits. For example, when you enter
24699 the model @samp{y = sin(a t + b)} Calc actually uses the easier
24700 form @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b}. The @code{arcsin} function always
24701 returns results in the range from @mathit{-90} to 90 degrees (or the
24702 equivalent range in radians). Suppose you had data that you
24703 believed to represent roughly three oscillations of a sine wave,
24704 so that the argument of the sine might go from zero to
24705 @texline @math{3\times360}
24706 @infoline @mathit{3*360}
24707 degrees.
24708 The above model would appear to be a good way to determine the
24709 true frequency and phase of the sine wave, but in practice it
24710 would fail utterly. The righthand side of the actual model
24711 @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b} will grow smoothly with @expr{t}, but
24712 the lefthand side will bounce back and forth between @mathit{-90} and 90.
24713 No values of @expr{a} and @expr{b} can make the two sides match,
24714 even approximately.
24715
24716 There is no good solution to this problem at present. You could
24717 restrict your data to small enough ranges so that the above problem
24718 doesn't occur (i.e., not straddling any peaks in the sine wave).
24719 Or, in this case, you could use a totally different method such as
24720 Fourier analysis, which is beyond the scope of the @kbd{a F} command.
24721 (Unfortunately, Calc does not currently have any facilities for
24722 taking Fourier and related transforms.)
24723
24724 @node Curve Fitting Details, Interpolation, Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting
24725 @subsection Curve Fitting Details
24726
24727 @noindent
24728 Calc's internal least-squares fitter can only handle multilinear
24729 models. More precisely, it can handle any model of the form
24730 @expr{a f(x,y,z) + b g(x,y,z) + c h(x,y,z)}, where @expr{a,b,c}
24731 are the parameters and @expr{x,y,z} are the independent variables
24732 (of course there can be any number of each, not just three).
24733
24734 In a simple multilinear or polynomial fit, it is easy to see how
24735 to convert the model into this form. For example, if the model
24736 is @expr{a + b x + c x^2}, then @expr{f(x) = 1}, @expr{g(x) = x},
24737 and @expr{h(x) = x^2} are suitable functions.
24738
24739 For most other models, Calc uses a variety of algebraic manipulations
24740 to try to put the problem into the form
24741
24742 @smallexample
24743 Y(x,y,z) = A(a,b,c) F(x,y,z) + B(a,b,c) G(x,y,z) + C(a,b,c) H(x,y,z)
24744 @end smallexample
24745
24746 @noindent
24747 where @expr{Y,A,B,C,F,G,H} are arbitrary functions. It computes
24748 @expr{Y}, @expr{F}, @expr{G}, and @expr{H} for all the data points,
24749 does a standard linear fit to find the values of @expr{A}, @expr{B},
24750 and @expr{C}, then uses the equation solver to solve for @expr{a,b,c}
24751 in terms of @expr{A,B,C}.
24752
24753 A remarkable number of models can be cast into this general form.
24754 We'll look at two examples here to see how it works. The power-law
24755 model @expr{y = a x^b} with two independent variables and two parameters
24756 can be rewritten as follows:
24757
24758 @example
24759 y = a x^b
24760 y = a exp(b ln(x))
24761 y = exp(ln(a) + b ln(x))
24762 ln(y) = ln(a) + b ln(x)
24763 @end example
24764
24765 @noindent
24766 which matches the desired form with
24767 @texline @math{Y = \ln(y)},
24768 @infoline @expr{Y = ln(y)},
24769 @texline @math{A = \ln(a)},
24770 @infoline @expr{A = ln(a)},
24771 @expr{F = 1}, @expr{B = b}, and
24772 @texline @math{G = \ln(x)}.
24773 @infoline @expr{G = ln(x)}.
24774 Calc thus computes the logarithms of your @expr{y} and @expr{x} values,
24775 does a linear fit for @expr{A} and @expr{B}, then solves to get
24776 @texline @math{a = \exp(A)}
24777 @infoline @expr{a = exp(A)}
24778 and @expr{b = B}.
24779
24780 Another interesting example is the ``quadratic'' model, which can
24781 be handled by expanding according to the distributive law.
24782
24783 @example
24784 y = a + b*(x - c)^2
24785 y = a + b c^2 - 2 b c x + b x^2
24786 @end example
24787
24788 @noindent
24789 which matches with @expr{Y = y}, @expr{A = a + b c^2}, @expr{F = 1},
24790 @expr{B = -2 b c}, @expr{G = x} (the @mathit{-2} factor could just as easily
24791 have been put into @expr{G} instead of @expr{B}), @expr{C = b}, and
24792 @expr{H = x^2}.
24793
24794 The Gaussian model looks quite complicated, but a closer examination
24795 shows that it's actually similar to the quadratic model but with an
24796 exponential that can be brought to the top and moved into @expr{Y}.
24797
24798 The logistic models cannot be put into general linear form. For these
24799 models, and the Hubbert linearization, Calc computes a rough
24800 approximation for the parameters, then uses the Levenberg-Marquardt
24801 iterative method to refine the approximations.
24802
24803 Another model that cannot be put into general linear
24804 form is a Gaussian with a constant background added on, i.e.,
24805 @expr{d} + the regular Gaussian formula. If you have a model like
24806 this, your best bet is to replace enough of your parameters with
24807 constants to make the model linearizable, then adjust the constants
24808 manually by doing a series of fits. You can compare the fits by
24809 graphing them, by examining the goodness-of-fit measures returned by
24810 @kbd{I a F}, or by some other method suitable to your application.
24811 Note that some models can be linearized in several ways. The
24812 Gaussian-plus-@var{d} model can be linearized by setting @expr{d}
24813 (the background) to a constant, or by setting @expr{b} (the standard
24814 deviation) and @expr{c} (the mean) to constants.
24815
24816 To fit a model with constants substituted for some parameters, just
24817 store suitable values in those parameter variables, then omit them
24818 from the list of parameters when you answer the variables prompt.
24819
24820 @tex
24821 \bigskip
24822 @end tex
24823
24824 A last desperate step would be to use the general-purpose
24825 @code{minimize} function rather than @code{fit}. After all, both
24826 functions solve the problem of minimizing an expression (the
24827 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24828 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24829 sum) by adjusting certain parameters in the expression. The @kbd{a F}
24830 command is able to use a vastly more efficient algorithm due to its
24831 special knowledge about linear chi-square sums, but the @kbd{a N}
24832 command can do the same thing by brute force.
24833
24834 A compromise would be to pick out a few parameters without which the
24835 fit is linearizable, and use @code{minimize} on a call to @code{fit}
24836 which efficiently takes care of the rest of the parameters. The thing
24837 to be minimized would be the value of
24838 @texline @math{\chi^2}
24839 @infoline @expr{chi^2}
24840 returned as the fifth result of the @code{xfit} function:
24841
24842 @smallexample
24843 minimize(xfit(gaus(a,b,c,d,x), x, [a,b,c], data)_5, d, guess)
24844 @end smallexample
24845
24846 @noindent
24847 where @code{gaus} represents the Gaussian model with background,
24848 @code{data} represents the data matrix, and @code{guess} represents
24849 the initial guess for @expr{d} that @code{minimize} requires.
24850 This operation will only be, shall we say, extraordinarily slow
24851 rather than astronomically slow (as would be the case if @code{minimize}
24852 were used by itself to solve the problem).
24853
24854 @tex
24855 \bigskip
24856 @end tex
24857
24858 The @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] command is somewhat trickier when
24859 nonlinear models are used. The second item in the result is the
24860 vector of ``raw'' parameters @expr{A}, @expr{B}, @expr{C}. The
24861 covariance matrix is written in terms of those raw parameters.
24862 The fifth item is a vector of @dfn{filter} expressions. This
24863 is the empty vector @samp{[]} if the raw parameters were the same
24864 as the requested parameters, i.e., if @expr{A = a}, @expr{B = b},
24865 and so on (which is always true if the model is already linear
24866 in the parameters as written, e.g., for polynomial fits). If the
24867 parameters had to be rearranged, the fifth item is instead a vector
24868 of one formula per parameter in the original model. The raw
24869 parameters are expressed in these ``filter'' formulas as
24870 @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @expr{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)} for @expr{B},
24871 and so on.
24872
24873 When Calc needs to modify the model to return the result, it replaces
24874 @samp{fitdummy(1)} in all the filters with the first item in the raw
24875 parameters list, and so on for the other raw parameters, then
24876 evaluates the resulting filter formulas to get the actual parameter
24877 values to be substituted into the original model. In the case of
24878 @kbd{H a F} and @kbd{I a F} where the parameters must be error forms,
24879 Calc uses the square roots of the diagonal entries of the covariance
24880 matrix as error values for the raw parameters, then lets Calc's
24881 standard error-form arithmetic take it from there.
24882
24883 If you use @kbd{I a F} with a nonlinear model, be sure to remember
24884 that the covariance matrix is in terms of the raw parameters,
24885 @emph{not} the actual requested parameters. It's up to you to
24886 figure out how to interpret the covariances in the presence of
24887 nontrivial filter functions.
24888
24889 Things are also complicated when the input contains error forms.
24890 Suppose there are three independent and dependent variables, @expr{x},
24891 @expr{y}, and @expr{z}, one or more of which are error forms in the
24892 data. Calc combines all the error values by taking the square root
24893 of the sum of the squares of the errors. It then changes @expr{x}
24894 and @expr{y} to be plain numbers, and makes @expr{z} into an error
24895 form with this combined error. The @expr{Y(x,y,z)} part of the
24896 linearized model is evaluated, and the result should be an error
24897 form. The error part of that result is used for
24898 @texline @math{\sigma_i}
24899 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}
24900 for the data point. If for some reason @expr{Y(x,y,z)} does not return
24901 an error form, the combined error from @expr{z} is used directly for
24902 @texline @math{\sigma_i}.
24903 @infoline @expr{sigma_i}.
24904 Finally, @expr{z} is also stripped of its error
24905 for use in computing @expr{F(x,y,z)}, @expr{G(x,y,z)} and so on;
24906 the righthand side of the linearized model is computed in regular
24907 arithmetic with no error forms.
24908
24909 (While these rules may seem complicated, they are designed to do
24910 the most reasonable thing in the typical case that @expr{Y(x,y,z)}
24911 depends only on the dependent variable @expr{z}, and in fact is
24912 often simply equal to @expr{z}. For common cases like polynomials
24913 and multilinear models, the combined error is simply used as the
24914 @texline @math{\sigma}
24915 @infoline @expr{sigma}
24916 for the data point with no further ado.)
24917
24918 @tex
24919 \bigskip
24920 @end tex
24921
24922 @vindex FitRules
24923 It may be the case that the model you wish to use is linearizable,
24924 but Calc's built-in rules are unable to figure it out. Calc uses
24925 its algebraic rewrite mechanism to linearize a model. The rewrite
24926 rules are kept in the variable @code{FitRules}. You can edit this
24927 variable using the @kbd{s e FitRules} command; in fact, there is
24928 a special @kbd{s F} command just for editing @code{FitRules}.
24929 @xref{Operations on Variables}.
24930
24931 @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of rewrite rules.
24932
24933 @ignore
24934 @starindex
24935 @end ignore
24936 @tindex fitvar
24937 @ignore
24938 @starindex
24939 @end ignore
24940 @ignore
24941 @mindex @idots
24942 @end ignore
24943 @tindex fitparam
24944 @ignore
24945 @starindex
24946 @end ignore
24947 @ignore
24948 @mindex @null
24949 @end ignore
24950 @tindex fitmodel
24951 @ignore
24952 @starindex
24953 @end ignore
24954 @ignore
24955 @mindex @null
24956 @end ignore
24957 @tindex fitsystem
24958 @ignore
24959 @starindex
24960 @end ignore
24961 @ignore
24962 @mindex @null
24963 @end ignore
24964 @tindex fitdummy
24965 Calc uses @code{FitRules} as follows. First, it converts the model
24966 to an equation if necessary and encloses the model equation in a
24967 call to the function @code{fitmodel} (which is not actually a defined
24968 function in Calc; it is only used as a placeholder by the rewrite rules).
24969 Parameter variables are renamed to function calls @samp{fitparam(1)},
24970 @samp{fitparam(2)}, and so on, and independent variables are renamed
24971 to @samp{fitvar(1)}, @samp{fitvar(2)}, etc. The dependent variable
24972 is the highest-numbered @code{fitvar}. For example, the power law
24973 model @expr{a x^b} is converted to @expr{y = a x^b}, then to
24974
24975 @smallexample
24976 @group
24977 fitmodel(fitvar(2) = fitparam(1) fitvar(1)^fitparam(2))
24978 @end group
24979 @end smallexample
24980
24981 Calc then applies the rewrites as if by @samp{C-u 0 a r FitRules}.
24982 (The zero prefix means that rewriting should continue until no further
24983 changes are possible.)
24984
24985 When rewriting is complete, the @code{fitmodel} call should have
24986 been replaced by a @code{fitsystem} call that looks like this:
24987
24988 @example
24989 fitsystem(@var{Y}, @var{FGH}, @var{abc})
24990 @end example
24991
24992 @noindent
24993 where @var{Y} is a formula that describes the function @expr{Y(x,y,z)},
24994 @var{FGH} is the vector of formulas @expr{[F(x,y,z), G(x,y,z), H(x,y,z)]},
24995 and @var{abc} is the vector of parameter filters which refer to the
24996 raw parameters as @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @expr{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)}
24997 for @expr{B}, etc. While the number of raw parameters (the length of
24998 the @var{FGH} vector) is usually the same as the number of original
24999 parameters (the length of the @var{abc} vector), this is not required.
25000
25001 The power law model eventually boils down to
25002
25003 @smallexample
25004 @group
25005 fitsystem(ln(fitvar(2)),
25006 [1, ln(fitvar(1))],
25007 [exp(fitdummy(1)), fitdummy(2)])
25008 @end group
25009 @end smallexample
25010
25011 The actual implementation of @code{FitRules} is complicated; it
25012 proceeds in four phases. First, common rearrangements are done
25013 to try to bring linear terms together and to isolate functions like
25014 @code{exp} and @code{ln} either all the way ``out'' (so that they
25015 can be put into @var{Y}) or all the way ``in'' (so that they can
25016 be put into @var{abc} or @var{FGH}). In particular, all
25017 non-constant powers are converted to logs-and-exponentials form,
25018 and the distributive law is used to expand products of sums.
25019 Quotients are rewritten to use the @samp{fitinv} function, where
25020 @samp{fitinv(x)} represents @expr{1/x} while the @code{FitRules}
25021 are operating. (The use of @code{fitinv} makes recognition of
25022 linear-looking forms easier.) If you modify @code{FitRules}, you
25023 will probably only need to modify the rules for this phase.
25024
25025 Phase two, whose rules can actually also apply during phases one
25026 and three, first rewrites @code{fitmodel} to a two-argument
25027 form @samp{fitmodel(@var{Y}, @var{model})}, where @var{Y} is
25028 initially zero and @var{model} has been changed from @expr{a=b}
25029 to @expr{a-b} form. It then tries to peel off invertible functions
25030 from the outside of @var{model} and put them into @var{Y} instead,
25031 calling the equation solver to invert the functions. Finally, when
25032 this is no longer possible, the @code{fitmodel} is changed to a
25033 four-argument @code{fitsystem}, where the fourth argument is
25034 @var{model} and the @var{FGH} and @var{abc} vectors are initially
25035 empty. (The last vector is really @var{ABC}, corresponding to
25036 raw parameters, for now.)
25037
25038 Phase three converts a sum of items in the @var{model} to a sum
25039 of @samp{fitpart(@var{a}, @var{b}, @var{c})} terms which represent
25040 terms @samp{@var{a}*@var{b}*@var{c}} of the sum, where @var{a}
25041 is all factors that do not involve any variables, @var{b} is all
25042 factors that involve only parameters, and @var{c} is the factors
25043 that involve only independent variables. (If this decomposition
25044 is not possible, the rule set will not complete and Calc will
25045 complain that the model is too complex.) Then @code{fitpart}s
25046 with equal @var{b} or @var{c} components are merged back together
25047 using the distributive law in order to minimize the number of
25048 raw parameters needed.
25049
25050 Phase four moves the @code{fitpart} terms into the @var{FGH} and
25051 @var{ABC} vectors. Also, some of the algebraic expansions that
25052 were done in phase 1 are undone now to make the formulas more
25053 computationally efficient. Finally, it calls the solver one more
25054 time to convert the @var{ABC} vector to an @var{abc} vector, and
25055 removes the fourth @var{model} argument (which by now will be zero)
25056 to obtain the three-argument @code{fitsystem} that the linear
25057 least-squares solver wants to see.
25058
25059 @ignore
25060 @starindex
25061 @end ignore
25062 @ignore
25063 @mindex hasfit@idots
25064 @end ignore
25065 @tindex hasfitparams
25066 @ignore
25067 @starindex
25068 @end ignore
25069 @ignore
25070 @mindex @null
25071 @end ignore
25072 @tindex hasfitvars
25073 Two functions which are useful in connection with @code{FitRules}
25074 are @samp{hasfitparams(x)} and @samp{hasfitvars(x)}, which check
25075 whether @expr{x} refers to any parameters or independent variables,
25076 respectively. Specifically, these functions return ``true'' if the
25077 argument contains any @code{fitparam} (or @code{fitvar}) function
25078 calls, and ``false'' otherwise. (Recall that ``true'' means a
25079 nonzero number, and ``false'' means zero. The actual nonzero number
25080 returned is the largest @var{n} from all the @samp{fitparam(@var{n})}s
25081 or @samp{fitvar(@var{n})}s, respectively, that appear in the formula.)
25082
25083 @tex
25084 \bigskip
25085 @end tex
25086
25087 The @code{fit} function in algebraic notation normally takes four
25088 arguments, @samp{fit(@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}, @var{data})},
25089 where @var{model} is the model formula as it would be typed after
25090 @kbd{a F '}, @var{vars} is the independent variable or a vector of
25091 independent variables, @var{params} likewise gives the parameter(s),
25092 and @var{data} is the data matrix. Note that the length of @var{vars}
25093 must be equal to the number of rows in @var{data} if @var{model} is
25094 an equation, or one less than the number of rows if @var{model} is
25095 a plain formula. (Actually, a name for the dependent variable is
25096 allowed but will be ignored in the plain-formula case.)
25097
25098 If @var{params} is omitted, the parameters are all variables in
25099 @var{model} except those that appear in @var{vars}. If @var{vars}
25100 is also omitted, Calc sorts all the variables that appear in
25101 @var{model} alphabetically and uses the higher ones for @var{vars}
25102 and the lower ones for @var{params}.
25103
25104 Alternatively, @samp{fit(@var{modelvec}, @var{data})} is allowed
25105 where @var{modelvec} is a 2- or 3-vector describing the model
25106 and variables, as discussed previously.
25107
25108 If Calc is unable to do the fit, the @code{fit} function is left
25109 in symbolic form, ordinarily with an explanatory message. The
25110 message will be ``Model expression is too complex'' if the
25111 linearizer was unable to put the model into the required form.
25112
25113 The @code{efit} (corresponding to @kbd{H a F}) and @code{xfit}
25114 (for @kbd{I a F}) functions are completely analogous.
25115
25116 @node Interpolation, , Curve Fitting Details, Curve Fitting
25117 @subsection Polynomial Interpolation
25118
25119 @kindex a p
25120 @pindex calc-poly-interp
25121 @tindex polint
25122 The @kbd{a p} (@code{calc-poly-interp}) [@code{polint}] command does
25123 a polynomial interpolation at a particular @expr{x} value. It takes
25124 two arguments from the stack: A data matrix of the sort used by
25125 @kbd{a F}, and a single number which represents the desired @expr{x}
25126 value. Calc effectively does an exact polynomial fit as if by @kbd{a F i},
25127 then substitutes the @expr{x} value into the result in order to get an
25128 approximate @expr{y} value based on the fit. (Calc does not actually
25129 use @kbd{a F i}, however; it uses a direct method which is both more
25130 efficient and more numerically stable.)
25131
25132 The result of @kbd{a p} is actually a vector of two values: The @expr{y}
25133 value approximation, and an error measure @expr{dy} that reflects Calc's
25134 estimation of the probable error of the approximation at that value of
25135 @expr{x}. If the input @expr{x} is equal to any of the @expr{x} values
25136 in the data matrix, the output @expr{y} will be the corresponding @expr{y}
25137 value from the matrix, and the output @expr{dy} will be exactly zero.
25138
25139 A prefix argument of 2 causes @kbd{a p} to take separate x- and
25140 y-vectors from the stack instead of one data matrix.
25141
25142 If @expr{x} is a vector of numbers, @kbd{a p} will return a matrix of
25143 interpolated results for each of those @expr{x} values. (The matrix will
25144 have two columns, the @expr{y} values and the @expr{dy} values.)
25145 If @expr{x} is a formula instead of a number, the @code{polint} function
25146 remains in symbolic form; use the @kbd{a "} command to expand it out to
25147 a formula that describes the fit in symbolic terms.
25148
25149 In all cases, the @kbd{a p} command leaves the data vectors or matrix
25150 on the stack. Only the @expr{x} value is replaced by the result.
25151
25152 @kindex H a p
25153 @tindex ratint
25154 The @kbd{H a p} [@code{ratint}] command does a rational function
25155 interpolation. It is used exactly like @kbd{a p}, except that it
25156 uses as its model the quotient of two polynomials. If there are
25157 @expr{N} data points, the numerator and denominator polynomials will
25158 each have degree @expr{N/2} (if @expr{N} is odd, the denominator will
25159 have degree one higher than the numerator).
25160
25161 Rational approximations have the advantage that they can accurately
25162 describe functions that have poles (points at which the function's value
25163 goes to infinity, so that the denominator polynomial of the approximation
25164 goes to zero). If @expr{x} corresponds to a pole of the fitted rational
25165 function, then the result will be a division by zero. If Infinite mode
25166 is enabled, the result will be @samp{[uinf, uinf]}.
25167
25168 There is no way to get the actual coefficients of the rational function
25169 used by @kbd{H a p}. (The algorithm never generates these coefficients
25170 explicitly, and quotients of polynomials are beyond @w{@kbd{a F}}'s
25171 capabilities to fit.)
25172
25173 @node Summations, Logical Operations, Curve Fitting, Algebra
25174 @section Summations
25175
25176 @noindent
25177 @cindex Summation of a series
25178 @kindex a +
25179 @pindex calc-summation
25180 @tindex sum
25181 The @kbd{a +} (@code{calc-summation}) [@code{sum}] command computes
25182 the sum of a formula over a certain range of index values. The formula
25183 is taken from the top of the stack; the command prompts for the
25184 name of the summation index variable, the lower limit of the
25185 sum (any formula), and the upper limit of the sum. If you
25186 enter a blank line at any of these prompts, that prompt and
25187 any later ones are answered by reading additional elements from
25188 the stack. Thus, @kbd{' k^2 @key{RET} ' k @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 5 @key{RET} a + @key{RET}}
25189 produces the result 55.
25190 @tex
25191 \turnoffactive
25192 $$ \sum_{k=1}^5 k^2 = 55 $$
25193 @end tex
25194
25195 The choice of index variable is arbitrary, but it's best not to
25196 use a variable with a stored value. In particular, while
25197 @code{i} is often a favorite index variable, it should be avoided
25198 in Calc because @code{i} has the imaginary constant @expr{(0, 1)}
25199 as a value. If you pressed @kbd{=} on a sum over @code{i}, it would
25200 be changed to a nonsensical sum over the ``variable'' @expr{(0, 1)}!
25201 If you really want to use @code{i} as an index variable, use
25202 @w{@kbd{s u i @key{RET}}} first to ``unstore'' this variable.
25203 (@xref{Storing Variables}.)
25204
25205 A numeric prefix argument steps the index by that amount rather
25206 than by one. Thus @kbd{' a_k @key{RET} C-u -2 a + k @key{RET} 10 @key{RET} 0 @key{RET}}
25207 yields @samp{a_10 + a_8 + a_6 + a_4 + a_2 + a_0}. A prefix
25208 argument of plain @kbd{C-u} causes @kbd{a +} to prompt for the
25209 step value, in which case you can enter any formula or enter
25210 a blank line to take the step value from the stack. With the
25211 @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{a +} can take up to five arguments from
25212 the stack: The formula, the variable, the lower limit, the
25213 upper limit, and (at the top of the stack), the step value.
25214
25215 Calc knows how to do certain sums in closed form. For example,
25216 @samp{sum(6 k^2, k, 1, n) = @w{2 n^3} + 3 n^2 + n}. In particular,
25217 this is possible if the formula being summed is polynomial or
25218 exponential in the index variable. Sums of logarithms are
25219 transformed into logarithms of products. Sums of trigonometric
25220 and hyperbolic functions are transformed to sums of exponentials
25221 and then done in closed form. Also, of course, sums in which the
25222 lower and upper limits are both numbers can always be evaluated
25223 just by grinding them out, although Calc will use closed forms
25224 whenever it can for the sake of efficiency.
25225
25226 The notation for sums in algebraic formulas is
25227 @samp{sum(@var{expr}, @var{var}, @var{low}, @var{high}, @var{step})}.
25228 If @var{step} is omitted, it defaults to one. If @var{high} is
25229 omitted, @var{low} is actually the upper limit and the lower limit
25230 is one. If @var{low} is also omitted, the limits are @samp{-inf}
25231 and @samp{inf}, respectively.
25232
25233 Infinite sums can sometimes be evaluated: @samp{sum(.5^k, k, 1, inf)}
25234 returns @expr{1}. This is done by evaluating the sum in closed
25235 form (to @samp{1. - 0.5^n} in this case), then evaluating this
25236 formula with @code{n} set to @code{inf}. Calc's usual rules
25237 for ``infinite'' arithmetic can find the answer from there. If
25238 infinite arithmetic yields a @samp{nan}, or if the sum cannot be
25239 solved in closed form, Calc leaves the @code{sum} function in
25240 symbolic form. @xref{Infinities}.
25241
25242 As a special feature, if the limits are infinite (or omitted, as
25243 described above) but the formula includes vectors subscripted by
25244 expressions that involve the iteration variable, Calc narrows
25245 the limits to include only the range of integers which result in
25246 valid subscripts for the vector. For example, the sum
25247 @samp{sum(k [a,b,c,d,e,f,g]_(2k),k)} evaluates to @samp{b + 2 d + 3 f}.
25248
25249 The limits of a sum do not need to be integers. For example,
25250 @samp{sum(a_k, k, 0, 2 n, n)} produces @samp{a_0 + a_n + a_(2 n)}.
25251 Calc computes the number of iterations using the formula
25252 @samp{1 + (@var{high} - @var{low}) / @var{step}}, which must,
25253 after simplification as if by @kbd{a s}, evaluate to an integer.
25254
25255 If the number of iterations according to the above formula does
25256 not come out to an integer, the sum is invalid and will be left
25257 in symbolic form. However, closed forms are still supplied, and
25258 you are on your honor not to misuse the resulting formulas by
25259 substituting mismatched bounds into them. For example,
25260 @samp{sum(k, k, 1, 10, 2)} is invalid, but Calc will go ahead and
25261 evaluate the closed form solution for the limits 1 and 10 to get
25262 the rather dubious answer, 29.25.
25263
25264 If the lower limit is greater than the upper limit (assuming a
25265 positive step size), the result is generally zero. However,
25266 Calc only guarantees a zero result when the upper limit is
25267 exactly one step less than the lower limit, i.e., if the number
25268 of iterations is @mathit{-1}. Thus @samp{sum(f(k), k, n, n-1)} is zero
25269 but the sum from @samp{n} to @samp{n-2} may report a nonzero value
25270 if Calc used a closed form solution.
25271
25272 Calc's logical predicates like @expr{a < b} return 1 for ``true''
25273 and 0 for ``false.'' @xref{Logical Operations}. This can be
25274 used to advantage for building conditional sums. For example,
25275 @samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k, 1, 20)} is the sum of the squares of all
25276 prime numbers from 1 to 20; the @code{prime} predicate returns 1 if
25277 its argument is prime and 0 otherwise. You can read this expression
25278 as ``the sum of @expr{k^2}, where @expr{k} is prime.'' Indeed,
25279 @samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k)} would represent the sum of @emph{all} primes
25280 squared, since the limits default to plus and minus infinity, but
25281 there are no such sums that Calc's built-in rules can do in
25282 closed form.
25283
25284 As another example, @samp{sum((k != k_0) * f(k), k, 1, n)} is the
25285 sum of @expr{f(k)} for all @expr{k} from 1 to @expr{n}, excluding
25286 one value @expr{k_0}. Slightly more tricky is the summand
25287 @samp{(k != k_0) / (k - k_0)}, which is an attempt to describe
25288 the sum of all @expr{1/(k-k_0)} except at @expr{k = k_0}, where
25289 this would be a division by zero. But at @expr{k = k_0}, this
25290 formula works out to the indeterminate form @expr{0 / 0}, which
25291 Calc will not assume is zero. Better would be to use
25292 @samp{(k != k_0) ? 1/(k-k_0) : 0}; the @samp{? :} operator does
25293 an ``if-then-else'' test: This expression says, ``if
25294 @texline @math{k \ne k_0},
25295 @infoline @expr{k != k_0},
25296 then @expr{1/(k-k_0)}, else zero.'' Now the formula @expr{1/(k-k_0)}
25297 will not even be evaluated by Calc when @expr{k = k_0}.
25298
25299 @cindex Alternating sums
25300 @kindex a -
25301 @pindex calc-alt-summation
25302 @tindex asum
25303 The @kbd{a -} (@code{calc-alt-summation}) [@code{asum}] command
25304 computes an alternating sum. Successive terms of the sequence
25305 are given alternating signs, with the first term (corresponding
25306 to the lower index value) being positive. Alternating sums
25307 are converted to normal sums with an extra term of the form
25308 @samp{(-1)^(k-@var{low})}. This formula is adjusted appropriately
25309 if the step value is other than one. For example, the Taylor
25310 series for the sine function is @samp{asum(x^k / k!, k, 1, inf, 2)}.
25311 (Calc cannot evaluate this infinite series, but it can approximate
25312 it if you replace @code{inf} with any particular odd number.)
25313 Calc converts this series to a regular sum with a step of one,
25314 namely @samp{sum((-1)^k x^(2k+1) / (2k+1)!, k, 0, inf)}.
25315
25316 @cindex Product of a sequence
25317 @kindex a *
25318 @pindex calc-product
25319 @tindex prod
25320 The @kbd{a *} (@code{calc-product}) [@code{prod}] command is
25321 the analogous way to take a product of many terms. Calc also knows
25322 some closed forms for products, such as @samp{prod(k, k, 1, n) = n!}.
25323 Conditional products can be written @samp{prod(k^prime(k), k, 1, n)}
25324 or @samp{prod(prime(k) ? k : 1, k, 1, n)}.
25325
25326 @kindex a T
25327 @pindex calc-tabulate
25328 @tindex table
25329 The @kbd{a T} (@code{calc-tabulate}) [@code{table}] command
25330 evaluates a formula at a series of iterated index values, just
25331 like @code{sum} and @code{prod}, but its result is simply a
25332 vector of the results. For example, @samp{table(a_i, i, 1, 7, 2)}
25333 produces @samp{[a_1, a_3, a_5, a_7]}.
25334
25335 @node Logical Operations, Rewrite Rules, Summations, Algebra
25336 @section Logical Operations
25337
25338 @noindent
25339 The following commands and algebraic functions return true/false values,
25340 where 1 represents ``true'' and 0 represents ``false.'' In cases where
25341 a truth value is required (such as for the condition part of a rewrite
25342 rule, or as the condition for a @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} control structure), any
25343 nonzero value is accepted to mean ``true.'' (Specifically, anything
25344 for which @code{dnonzero} returns 1 is ``true,'' and anything for
25345 which @code{dnonzero} returns 0 or cannot decide is assumed ``false.''
25346 Note that this means that @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} will execute the ``then''
25347 portion if its condition is provably true, but it will execute the
25348 ``else'' portion for any condition like @expr{a = b} that is not
25349 provably true, even if it might be true. Algebraic functions that
25350 have conditions as arguments, like @code{? :} and @code{&&}, remain
25351 unevaluated if the condition is neither provably true nor provably
25352 false. @xref{Declarations}.)
25353
25354 @kindex a =
25355 @pindex calc-equal-to
25356 @tindex eq
25357 @tindex =
25358 @tindex ==
25359 The @kbd{a =} (@code{calc-equal-to}) command, or @samp{eq(a,b)} function
25360 (which can also be written @samp{a = b} or @samp{a == b} in an algebraic
25361 formula) is true if @expr{a} and @expr{b} are equal, either because they
25362 are identical expressions, or because they are numbers which are
25363 numerically equal. (Thus the integer 1 is considered equal to the float
25364 1.0.) If the equality of @expr{a} and @expr{b} cannot be determined,
25365 the comparison is left in symbolic form. Note that as a command, this
25366 operation pops two values from the stack and pushes back either a 1 or
25367 a 0, or a formula @samp{a = b} if the values' equality cannot be determined.
25368
25369 Many Calc commands use @samp{=} formulas to represent @dfn{equations}.
25370 For example, the @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) command rearranges
25371 an equation to solve for a given variable. The @kbd{a M}
25372 (@code{calc-map-equation}) command can be used to apply any
25373 function to both sides of an equation; for example, @kbd{2 a M *}
25374 multiplies both sides of the equation by two. Note that just
25375 @kbd{2 *} would not do the same thing; it would produce the formula
25376 @samp{2 (a = b)} which represents 2 if the equality is true or
25377 zero if not.
25378
25379 The @code{eq} function with more than two arguments (e.g., @kbd{C-u 3 a =}
25380 or @samp{a = b = c}) tests if all of its arguments are equal. In
25381 algebraic notation, the @samp{=} operator is unusual in that it is
25382 neither left- nor right-associative: @samp{a = b = c} is not the
25383 same as @samp{(a = b) = c} or @samp{a = (b = c)} (which each compare
25384 one variable with the 1 or 0 that results from comparing two other
25385 variables).
25386
25387 @kindex a #
25388 @pindex calc-not-equal-to
25389 @tindex neq
25390 @tindex !=
25391 The @kbd{a #} (@code{calc-not-equal-to}) command, or @samp{neq(a,b)} or
25392 @samp{a != b} function, is true if @expr{a} and @expr{b} are not equal.
25393 This also works with more than two arguments; @samp{a != b != c != d}
25394 tests that all four of @expr{a}, @expr{b}, @expr{c}, and @expr{d} are
25395 distinct numbers.
25396
25397 @kindex a <
25398 @tindex lt
25399 @ignore
25400 @mindex @idots
25401 @end ignore
25402 @kindex a >
25403 @ignore
25404 @mindex @null
25405 @end ignore
25406 @kindex a [
25407 @ignore
25408 @mindex @null
25409 @end ignore
25410 @kindex a ]
25411 @pindex calc-less-than
25412 @pindex calc-greater-than
25413 @pindex calc-less-equal
25414 @pindex calc-greater-equal
25415 @ignore
25416 @mindex @null
25417 @end ignore
25418 @tindex gt
25419 @ignore
25420 @mindex @null
25421 @end ignore
25422 @tindex leq
25423 @ignore
25424 @mindex @null
25425 @end ignore
25426 @tindex geq
25427 @ignore
25428 @mindex @null
25429 @end ignore
25430 @tindex <
25431 @ignore
25432 @mindex @null
25433 @end ignore
25434 @tindex >
25435 @ignore
25436 @mindex @null
25437 @end ignore
25438 @tindex <=
25439 @ignore
25440 @mindex @null
25441 @end ignore
25442 @tindex >=
25443 The @kbd{a <} (@code{calc-less-than}) [@samp{lt(a,b)} or @samp{a < b}]
25444 operation is true if @expr{a} is less than @expr{b}. Similar functions
25445 are @kbd{a >} (@code{calc-greater-than}) [@samp{gt(a,b)} or @samp{a > b}],
25446 @kbd{a [} (@code{calc-less-equal}) [@samp{leq(a,b)} or @samp{a <= b}], and
25447 @kbd{a ]} (@code{calc-greater-equal}) [@samp{geq(a,b)} or @samp{a >= b}].
25448
25449 While the inequality functions like @code{lt} do not accept more
25450 than two arguments, the syntax @w{@samp{a <= b < c}} is translated to an
25451 equivalent expression involving intervals: @samp{b in [a .. c)}.
25452 (See the description of @code{in} below.) All four combinations
25453 of @samp{<} and @samp{<=} are allowed, or any of the four combinations
25454 of @samp{>} and @samp{>=}. Four-argument constructions like
25455 @samp{a < b < c < d}, and mixtures like @w{@samp{a < b = c}} that
25456 involve both equalities and inequalities, are not allowed.
25457
25458 @kindex a .
25459 @pindex calc-remove-equal
25460 @tindex rmeq
25461 The @kbd{a .} (@code{calc-remove-equal}) [@code{rmeq}] command extracts
25462 the righthand side of the equation or inequality on the top of the
25463 stack. It also works elementwise on vectors. For example, if
25464 @samp{[x = 2.34, y = z / 2]} is on the stack, then @kbd{a .} produces
25465 @samp{[2.34, z / 2]}. As a special case, if the righthand side is a
25466 variable and the lefthand side is a number (as in @samp{2.34 = x}), then
25467 Calc keeps the lefthand side instead. Finally, this command works with
25468 assignments @samp{x := 2.34} as well as equations, always taking the
25469 righthand side, and for @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operators, always
25470 taking the lefthand side.
25471
25472 @kindex a &
25473 @pindex calc-logical-and
25474 @tindex land
25475 @tindex &&
25476 The @kbd{a &} (@code{calc-logical-and}) [@samp{land(a,b)} or @samp{a && b}]
25477 function is true if both of its arguments are true, i.e., are
25478 non-zero numbers. In this case, the result will be either @expr{a} or
25479 @expr{b}, chosen arbitrarily. If either argument is zero, the result is
25480 zero. Otherwise, the formula is left in symbolic form.
25481
25482 @kindex a |
25483 @pindex calc-logical-or
25484 @tindex lor
25485 @tindex ||
25486 The @kbd{a |} (@code{calc-logical-or}) [@samp{lor(a,b)} or @samp{a || b}]
25487 function is true if either or both of its arguments are true (nonzero).
25488 The result is whichever argument was nonzero, choosing arbitrarily if both
25489 are nonzero. If both @expr{a} and @expr{b} are zero, the result is
25490 zero.
25491
25492 @kindex a !
25493 @pindex calc-logical-not
25494 @tindex lnot
25495 @tindex !
25496 The @kbd{a !} (@code{calc-logical-not}) [@samp{lnot(a)} or @samp{!@: a}]
25497 function is true if @expr{a} is false (zero), or false if @expr{a} is
25498 true (nonzero). It is left in symbolic form if @expr{a} is not a
25499 number.
25500
25501 @kindex a :
25502 @pindex calc-logical-if
25503 @tindex if
25504 @ignore
25505 @mindex ? :
25506 @end ignore
25507 @tindex ?
25508 @ignore
25509 @mindex @null
25510 @end ignore
25511 @tindex :
25512 @cindex Arguments, not evaluated
25513 The @kbd{a :} (@code{calc-logical-if}) [@samp{if(a,b,c)} or @samp{a ? b :@: c}]
25514 function is equal to either @expr{b} or @expr{c} if @expr{a} is a nonzero
25515 number or zero, respectively. If @expr{a} is not a number, the test is
25516 left in symbolic form and neither @expr{b} nor @expr{c} is evaluated in
25517 any way. In algebraic formulas, this is one of the few Calc functions
25518 whose arguments are not automatically evaluated when the function itself
25519 is evaluated. The others are @code{lambda}, @code{quote}, and
25520 @code{condition}.
25521
25522 One minor surprise to watch out for is that the formula @samp{a?3:4}
25523 will not work because the @samp{3:4} is parsed as a fraction instead of
25524 as three separate symbols. Type something like @samp{a ? 3 : 4} or
25525 @samp{a?(3):4} instead.
25526
25527 As a special case, if @expr{a} evaluates to a vector, then both @expr{b}
25528 and @expr{c} are evaluated; the result is a vector of the same length
25529 as @expr{a} whose elements are chosen from corresponding elements of
25530 @expr{b} and @expr{c} according to whether each element of @expr{a}
25531 is zero or nonzero. Each of @expr{b} and @expr{c} must be either a
25532 vector of the same length as @expr{a}, or a non-vector which is matched
25533 with all elements of @expr{a}.
25534
25535 @kindex a @{
25536 @pindex calc-in-set
25537 @tindex in
25538 The @kbd{a @{} (@code{calc-in-set}) [@samp{in(a,b)}] function is true if
25539 the number @expr{a} is in the set of numbers represented by @expr{b}.
25540 If @expr{b} is an interval form, @expr{a} must be one of the values
25541 encompassed by the interval. If @expr{b} is a vector, @expr{a} must be
25542 equal to one of the elements of the vector. (If any vector elements are
25543 intervals, @expr{a} must be in any of the intervals.) If @expr{b} is a
25544 plain number, @expr{a} must be numerically equal to @expr{b}.
25545 @xref{Set Operations}, for a group of commands that manipulate sets
25546 of this sort.
25547
25548 @ignore
25549 @starindex
25550 @end ignore
25551 @tindex typeof
25552 The @samp{typeof(a)} function produces an integer or variable which
25553 characterizes @expr{a}. If @expr{a} is a number, vector, or variable,
25554 the result will be one of the following numbers:
25555
25556 @example
25557 1 Integer
25558 2 Fraction
25559 3 Floating-point number
25560 4 HMS form
25561 5 Rectangular complex number
25562 6 Polar complex number
25563 7 Error form
25564 8 Interval form
25565 9 Modulo form
25566 10 Date-only form
25567 11 Date/time form
25568 12 Infinity (inf, uinf, or nan)
25569 100 Variable
25570 101 Vector (but not a matrix)
25571 102 Matrix
25572 @end example
25573
25574 Otherwise, @expr{a} is a formula, and the result is a variable which
25575 represents the name of the top-level function call.
25576
25577 @ignore
25578 @starindex
25579 @end ignore
25580 @tindex integer
25581 @ignore
25582 @starindex
25583 @end ignore
25584 @tindex real
25585 @ignore
25586 @starindex
25587 @end ignore
25588 @tindex constant
25589 The @samp{integer(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} is an integer.
25590 The @samp{real(a)} function
25591 is true if @expr{a} is a real number, either integer, fraction, or
25592 float. The @samp{constant(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} is
25593 any of the objects for which @code{typeof} would produce an integer
25594 code result except for variables, and provided that the components of
25595 an object like a vector or error form are themselves constant.
25596 Note that infinities do not satisfy any of these tests, nor do
25597 special constants like @code{pi} and @code{e}.
25598
25599 @xref{Declarations}, for a set of similar functions that recognize
25600 formulas as well as actual numbers. For example, @samp{dint(floor(x))}
25601 is true because @samp{floor(x)} is provably integer-valued, but
25602 @samp{integer(floor(x))} does not because @samp{floor(x)} is not
25603 literally an integer constant.
25604
25605 @ignore
25606 @starindex
25607 @end ignore
25608 @tindex refers
25609 The @samp{refers(a,b)} function is true if the variable (or sub-expression)
25610 @expr{b} appears in @expr{a}, or false otherwise. Unlike the other
25611 tests described here, this function returns a definite ``no'' answer
25612 even if its arguments are still in symbolic form. The only case where
25613 @code{refers} will be left unevaluated is if @expr{a} is a plain
25614 variable (different from @expr{b}).
25615
25616 @ignore
25617 @starindex
25618 @end ignore
25619 @tindex negative
25620 The @samp{negative(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} ``looks'' negative,
25621 because it is a negative number, because it is of the form @expr{-x},
25622 or because it is a product or quotient with a term that looks negative.
25623 This is most useful in rewrite rules. Beware that @samp{negative(a)}
25624 evaluates to 1 or 0 for @emph{any} argument @expr{a}, so it can only
25625 be stored in a formula if the default simplifications are turned off
25626 first with @kbd{m O} (or if it appears in an unevaluated context such
25627 as a rewrite rule condition).
25628
25629 @ignore
25630 @starindex
25631 @end ignore
25632 @tindex variable
25633 The @samp{variable(a)} function is true if @expr{a} is a variable,
25634 or false if not. If @expr{a} is a function call, this test is left
25635 in symbolic form. Built-in variables like @code{pi} and @code{inf}
25636 are considered variables like any others by this test.
25637
25638 @ignore
25639 @starindex
25640 @end ignore
25641 @tindex nonvar
25642 The @samp{nonvar(a)} function is true if @expr{a} is a non-variable.
25643 If its argument is a variable it is left unsimplified; it never
25644 actually returns zero. However, since Calc's condition-testing
25645 commands consider ``false'' anything not provably true, this is
25646 often good enough.
25647
25648 @ignore
25649 @starindex
25650 @end ignore
25651 @tindex lin
25652 @ignore
25653 @starindex
25654 @end ignore
25655 @tindex linnt
25656 @ignore
25657 @starindex
25658 @end ignore
25659 @tindex islin
25660 @ignore
25661 @starindex
25662 @end ignore
25663 @tindex islinnt
25664 @cindex Linearity testing
25665 The functions @code{lin}, @code{linnt}, @code{islin}, and @code{islinnt}
25666 check if an expression is ``linear,'' i.e., can be written in the form
25667 @expr{a + b x} for some constants @expr{a} and @expr{b}, and some
25668 variable or subformula @expr{x}. The function @samp{islin(f,x)} checks
25669 if formula @expr{f} is linear in @expr{x}, returning 1 if so. For
25670 example, @samp{islin(x,x)}, @samp{islin(-x,x)}, @samp{islin(3,x)}, and
25671 @samp{islin(x y / 3 - 2, x)} all return 1. The @samp{lin(f,x)} function
25672 is similar, except that instead of returning 1 it returns the vector
25673 @expr{[a, b, x]}. For the above examples, this vector would be
25674 @expr{[0, 1, x]}, @expr{[0, -1, x]}, @expr{[3, 0, x]}, and
25675 @expr{[-2, y/3, x]}, respectively. Both @code{lin} and @code{islin}
25676 generally remain unevaluated for expressions which are not linear,
25677 e.g., @samp{lin(2 x^2, x)} and @samp{lin(sin(x), x)}. The second
25678 argument can also be a formula; @samp{islin(2 + 3 sin(x), sin(x))}
25679 returns true.
25680
25681 The @code{linnt} and @code{islinnt} functions perform a similar check,
25682 but require a ``non-trivial'' linear form, which means that the
25683 @expr{b} coefficient must be non-zero. For example, @samp{lin(2,x)}
25684 returns @expr{[2, 0, x]} and @samp{lin(y,x)} returns @expr{[y, 0, x]},
25685 but @samp{linnt(2,x)} and @samp{linnt(y,x)} are left unevaluated
25686 (in other words, these formulas are considered to be only ``trivially''
25687 linear in @expr{x}).
25688
25689 All four linearity-testing functions allow you to omit the second
25690 argument, in which case the input may be linear in any non-constant
25691 formula. Here, the @expr{a=0}, @expr{b=1} case is also considered
25692 trivial, and only constant values for @expr{a} and @expr{b} are
25693 recognized. Thus, @samp{lin(2 x y)} returns @expr{[0, 2, x y]},
25694 @samp{lin(2 - x y)} returns @expr{[2, -1, x y]}, and @samp{lin(x y)}
25695 returns @expr{[0, 1, x y]}. The @code{linnt} function would allow the
25696 first two cases but not the third. Also, neither @code{lin} nor
25697 @code{linnt} accept plain constants as linear in the one-argument
25698 case: @samp{islin(2,x)} is true, but @samp{islin(2)} is false.
25699
25700 @ignore
25701 @starindex
25702 @end ignore
25703 @tindex istrue
25704 The @samp{istrue(a)} function returns 1 if @expr{a} is a nonzero
25705 number or provably nonzero formula, or 0 if @expr{a} is anything else.
25706 Calls to @code{istrue} can only be manipulated if @kbd{m O} mode is
25707 used to make sure they are not evaluated prematurely. (Note that
25708 declarations are used when deciding whether a formula is true;
25709 @code{istrue} returns 1 when @code{dnonzero} would return 1, and
25710 it returns 0 when @code{dnonzero} would return 0 or leave itself
25711 in symbolic form.)
25712
25713 @node Rewrite Rules, , Logical Operations, Algebra
25714 @section Rewrite Rules
25715
25716 @noindent
25717 @cindex Rewrite rules
25718 @cindex Transformations
25719 @cindex Pattern matching
25720 @kindex a r
25721 @pindex calc-rewrite
25722 @tindex rewrite
25723 The @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) [@code{rewrite}] command makes
25724 substitutions in a formula according to a specified pattern or patterns
25725 known as @dfn{rewrite rules}. Whereas @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
25726 matches literally, so that substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(x)}
25727 matches only the @code{sin} function applied to the variable @code{x},
25728 rewrite rules match general kinds of formulas; rewriting using the rule
25729 @samp{sin(x) := cos(x)} matches @code{sin} of any argument and replaces
25730 it with @code{cos} of that same argument. The only significance of the
25731 name @code{x} is that the same name is used on both sides of the rule.
25732
25733 Rewrite rules rearrange formulas already in Calc's memory.
25734 @xref{Syntax Tables}, to read about @dfn{syntax rules}, which are
25735 similar to algebraic rewrite rules but operate when new algebraic
25736 entries are being parsed, converting strings of characters into
25737 Calc formulas.
25738
25739 @menu
25740 * Entering Rewrite Rules::
25741 * Basic Rewrite Rules::
25742 * Conditional Rewrite Rules::
25743 * Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules::
25744 * Other Features of Rewrite Rules::
25745 * Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules::
25746 * Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules::
25747 * Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules::
25748 * Selections with Rewrite Rules::
25749 * Matching Commands::
25750 * Automatic Rewrites::
25751 * Debugging Rewrites::
25752 * Examples of Rewrite Rules::
25753 @end menu
25754
25755 @node Entering Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25756 @subsection Entering Rewrite Rules
25757
25758 @noindent
25759 Rewrite rules normally use the ``assignment'' operator
25760 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}.
25761 This operator is equivalent to the function call @samp{assign(old, new)}.
25762 The @code{assign} function is undefined by itself in Calc, so an
25763 assignment formula such as a rewrite rule will be left alone by ordinary
25764 Calc commands. But certain commands, like the rewrite system, interpret
25765 assignments in special ways.
25766
25767 For example, the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1-cos(x)^2} says to replace
25768 every occurrence of the sine of something, squared, with one minus the
25769 square of the cosine of that same thing. All by itself as a formula
25770 on the stack it does nothing, but when given to the @kbd{a r} command
25771 it turns that command into a sine-squared-to-cosine-squared converter.
25772
25773 To specify a set of rules to be applied all at once, make a vector of
25774 rules.
25775
25776 When @kbd{a r} prompts you to enter the rewrite rules, you can answer
25777 in several ways:
25778
25779 @enumerate
25780 @item
25781 With a rule: @kbd{f(x) := g(x) @key{RET}}.
25782 @item
25783 With a vector of rules: @kbd{[f1(x) := g1(x), f2(x) := g2(x)] @key{RET}}.
25784 (You can omit the enclosing square brackets if you wish.)
25785 @item
25786 With the name of a variable that contains the rule or rules vector:
25787 @kbd{myrules @key{RET}}.
25788 @item
25789 With any formula except a rule, a vector, or a variable name; this
25790 will be interpreted as the @var{old} half of a rewrite rule,
25791 and you will be prompted a second time for the @var{new} half:
25792 @kbd{f(x) @key{RET} g(x) @key{RET}}.
25793 @item
25794 With a blank line, in which case the rule, rules vector, or variable
25795 will be taken from the top of the stack (and the formula to be
25796 rewritten will come from the second-to-top position).
25797 @end enumerate
25798
25799 If you enter the rules directly (as opposed to using rules stored
25800 in a variable), those rules will be put into the Trail so that you
25801 can retrieve them later. @xref{Trail Commands}.
25802
25803 It is most convenient to store rules you use often in a variable and
25804 invoke them by giving the variable name. The @kbd{s e}
25805 (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command is an easy way to create or edit a
25806 rule set stored in a variable. You may also wish to use @kbd{s p}
25807 (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) to save your rules permanently;
25808 @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
25809
25810 Rewrite rules are compiled into a special internal form for faster
25811 matching. If you enter a rule set directly it must be recompiled
25812 every time. If you store the rules in a variable and refer to them
25813 through that variable, they will be compiled once and saved away
25814 along with the variable for later reference. This is another good
25815 reason to store your rules in a variable.
25816
25817 Calc also accepts an obsolete notation for rules, as vectors
25818 @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}]}. But because it is easily confused with a
25819 vector of two rules, the use of this notation is no longer recommended.
25820
25821 @node Basic Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Entering Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25822 @subsection Basic Rewrite Rules
25823
25824 @noindent
25825 To match a particular formula @expr{x} with a particular rewrite rule
25826 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}, Calc compares the structure of @expr{x} with
25827 the structure of @var{old}. Variables that appear in @var{old} are
25828 treated as @dfn{meta-variables}; the corresponding positions in @expr{x}
25829 may contain any sub-formulas. For example, the pattern @samp{f(x,y)}
25830 would match the expression @samp{f(12, a+1)} with the meta-variable
25831 @samp{x} corresponding to 12 and with @samp{y} corresponding to
25832 @samp{a+1}. However, this pattern would not match @samp{f(12)} or
25833 @samp{g(12, a+1)}, since there is no assignment of the meta-variables
25834 that will make the pattern match these expressions. Notice that if
25835 the pattern is a single meta-variable, it will match any expression.
25836
25837 If a given meta-variable appears more than once in @var{old}, the
25838 corresponding sub-formulas of @expr{x} must be identical. Thus
25839 the pattern @samp{f(x,x)} would match @samp{f(12, 12)} and
25840 @samp{f(a+1, a+1)} but not @samp{f(12, a+1)} or @samp{f(a+b, b+a)}.
25841 (@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for a way to match the latter.)
25842
25843 Things other than variables must match exactly between the pattern
25844 and the target formula. To match a particular variable exactly, use
25845 the pseudo-function @samp{quote(v)} in the pattern. For example, the
25846 pattern @samp{x+quote(y)} matches @samp{x+y}, @samp{2+y}, or
25847 @samp{sin(a)+y}.
25848
25849 The special variable names @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi},
25850 @samp{gamma}, @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} always match
25851 literally. Thus the pattern @samp{sin(d + e + f)} acts exactly like
25852 @samp{sin(d + quote(e) + f)}.
25853
25854 If the @var{old} pattern is found to match a given formula, that
25855 formula is replaced by @var{new}, where any occurrences in @var{new}
25856 of meta-variables from the pattern are replaced with the sub-formulas
25857 that they matched. Thus, applying the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x)}
25858 to @samp{f(12, a+1)} would produce @samp{g(a+13, 12)}.
25859
25860 The normal @kbd{a r} command applies rewrite rules over and over
25861 throughout the target formula until no further changes are possible
25862 (up to a limit of 100 times). Use @kbd{C-u 1 a r} to make only one
25863 change at a time.
25864
25865 @node Conditional Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25866 @subsection Conditional Rewrite Rules
25867
25868 @noindent
25869 A rewrite rule can also be @dfn{conditional}, written in the form
25870 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}}. (There is also the obsolete
25871 form @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}, @var{cond}]}.) If a @var{cond} part
25872 is present in the
25873 rule, this is an additional condition that must be satisfied before
25874 the rule is accepted. Once @var{old} has been successfully matched
25875 to the target expression, @var{cond} is evaluated (with all the
25876 meta-variables substituted for the values they matched) and simplified
25877 with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}). If the result is a nonzero
25878 number or any other object known to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}),
25879 the rule is accepted. If the result is zero or if it is a symbolic
25880 formula that is not known to be nonzero, the rule is rejected.
25881 @xref{Logical Operations}, for a number of functions that return
25882 1 or 0 according to the results of various tests.
25883
25884 For example, the formula @samp{n > 0} simplifies to 1 or 0 if @expr{n}
25885 is replaced by a positive or nonpositive number, respectively (or if
25886 @expr{n} has been declared to be positive or nonpositive). Thus,
25887 the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x) :: x+y > 0} would apply to
25888 @samp{f(0, 4)} but not to @samp{f(-3, 2)} or @samp{f(12, a+1)}
25889 (assuming no outstanding declarations for @expr{a}). In the case of
25890 @samp{f(-3, 2)}, the condition can be shown not to be satisfied; in
25891 the case of @samp{f(12, a+1)}, the condition merely cannot be shown
25892 to be satisfied, but that is enough to reject the rule.
25893
25894 While Calc will use declarations to reason about variables in the
25895 formula being rewritten, declarations do not apply to meta-variables.
25896 For example, the rule @samp{f(a) := g(a+1)} will match for any values
25897 of @samp{a}, such as complex numbers, vectors, or formulas, even if
25898 @samp{a} has been declared to be real or scalar. If you want the
25899 meta-variable @samp{a} to match only literal real numbers, use
25900 @samp{f(a) := g(a+1) :: real(a)}. If you want @samp{a} to match only
25901 reals and formulas which are provably real, use @samp{dreal(a)} as
25902 the condition.
25903
25904 The @samp{::} operator is a shorthand for the @code{condition}
25905 function; @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}} is equivalent to
25906 the formula @samp{condition(assign(@var{old}, @var{new}), @var{cond})}.
25907
25908 If you have several conditions, you can use @samp{... :: c1 :: c2 :: c3}
25909 or @samp{... :: c1 && c2 && c3}. The two are entirely equivalent.
25910
25911 It is also possible to embed conditions inside the pattern:
25912 @samp{f(x :: x>0, y) := g(y+x, x)}. This is purely a notational
25913 convenience, though; where a condition appears in a rule has no
25914 effect on when it is tested. The rewrite-rule compiler automatically
25915 decides when it is best to test each condition while a rule is being
25916 matched.
25917
25918 Certain conditions are handled as special cases by the rewrite rule
25919 system and are tested very efficiently: Where @expr{x} is any
25920 meta-variable, these conditions are @samp{integer(x)}, @samp{real(x)},
25921 @samp{constant(x)}, @samp{negative(x)}, @samp{x >= y} where @expr{y}
25922 is either a constant or another meta-variable and @samp{>=} may be
25923 replaced by any of the six relational operators, and @samp{x % a = b}
25924 where @expr{a} and @expr{b} are constants. Other conditions, like
25925 @samp{x >= y+1} or @samp{dreal(x)}, will be less efficient to check
25926 since Calc must bring the whole evaluator and simplifier into play.
25927
25928 An interesting property of @samp{::} is that neither of its arguments
25929 will be touched by Calc's default simplifications. This is important
25930 because conditions often are expressions that cannot safely be
25931 evaluated early. For example, the @code{typeof} function never
25932 remains in symbolic form; entering @samp{typeof(a)} will put the
25933 number 100 (the type code for variables like @samp{a}) on the stack.
25934 But putting the condition @samp{... :: typeof(a) = 6} on the stack
25935 is safe since @samp{::} prevents the @code{typeof} from being
25936 evaluated until the condition is actually used by the rewrite system.
25937
25938 Since @samp{::} protects its lefthand side, too, you can use a dummy
25939 condition to protect a rule that must itself not evaluate early.
25940 For example, it's not safe to put @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x])} on
25941 the stack because it will immediately evaluate to @samp{a(f,x) := f(x)},
25942 where the meta-variable-ness of @code{f} on the righthand side has been
25943 lost. But @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x]) :: 1} is safe, and of course
25944 the condition @samp{1} is always true (nonzero) so it has no effect on
25945 the functioning of the rule. (The rewrite compiler will ensure that
25946 it doesn't even impact the speed of matching the rule.)
25947
25948 @node Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25949 @subsection Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules
25950
25951 @noindent
25952 The rewrite mechanism understands the algebraic properties of functions
25953 like @samp{+} and @samp{*}. In particular, pattern matching takes
25954 the associativity and commutativity of the following functions into
25955 account:
25956
25957 @smallexample
25958 + - * = != && || and or xor vint vunion vxor gcd lcm max min beta
25959 @end smallexample
25960
25961 For example, the rewrite rule:
25962
25963 @example
25964 a x + b x := (a + b) x
25965 @end example
25966
25967 @noindent
25968 will match formulas of the form,
25969
25970 @example
25971 a x + b x, x a + x b, a x + x b, x a + b x
25972 @end example
25973
25974 Rewrites also understand the relationship between the @samp{+} and @samp{-}
25975 operators. The above rewrite rule will also match the formulas,
25976
25977 @example
25978 a x - b x, x a - x b, a x - x b, x a - b x
25979 @end example
25980
25981 @noindent
25982 by matching @samp{b} in the pattern to @samp{-b} from the formula.
25983
25984 Applied to a sum of many terms like @samp{r + a x + s + b x + t}, this
25985 pattern will check all pairs of terms for possible matches. The rewrite
25986 will take whichever suitable pair it discovers first.
25987
25988 In general, a pattern using an associative operator like @samp{a + b}
25989 will try @var{2 n} different ways to match a sum of @var{n} terms
25990 like @samp{x + y + z - w}. First, @samp{a} is matched against each
25991 of @samp{x}, @samp{y}, @samp{z}, and @samp{-w} in turn, with @samp{b}
25992 being matched to the remainders @samp{y + z - w}, @samp{x + z - w}, etc.
25993 If none of these succeed, then @samp{b} is matched against each of the
25994 four terms with @samp{a} matching the remainder. Half-and-half matches,
25995 like @samp{(x + y) + (z - w)}, are not tried.
25996
25997 Note that @samp{*} is not commutative when applied to matrices, but
25998 rewrite rules pretend that it is. If you type @kbd{m v} to enable
25999 Matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), rewrite rules will match @samp{*}
26000 literally, ignoring its usual commutativity property. (In the
26001 current implementation, the associativity also vanishes---it is as
26002 if the pattern had been enclosed in a @code{plain} marker; see below.)
26003 If you are applying rewrites to formulas with matrices, it's best to
26004 enable Matrix mode first to prevent algebraically incorrect rewrites
26005 from occurring.
26006
26007 The pattern @samp{-x} will actually match any expression. For example,
26008 the rule
26009
26010 @example
26011 f(-x) := -f(x)
26012 @end example
26013
26014 @noindent
26015 will rewrite @samp{f(a)} to @samp{-f(-a)}. To avoid this, either use
26016 a @code{plain} marker as described below, or add a @samp{negative(x)}
26017 condition. The @code{negative} function is true if its argument
26018 ``looks'' negative, for example, because it is a negative number or
26019 because it is a formula like @samp{-x}. The new rule using this
26020 condition is:
26021
26022 @example
26023 f(x) := -f(-x) :: negative(x) @r{or, equivalently,}
26024 f(-x) := -f(x) :: negative(-x)
26025 @end example
26026
26027 In the same way, the pattern @samp{x - y} will match the sum @samp{a + b}
26028 by matching @samp{y} to @samp{-b}.
26029
26030 The pattern @samp{a b} will also match the formula @samp{x/y} if
26031 @samp{y} is a number. Thus the rule @samp{a x + @w{b x} := (a+b) x}
26032 will also convert @samp{a x + x / 2} to @samp{(a + 0.5) x} (or
26033 @samp{(a + 1:2) x}, depending on the current fraction mode).
26034
26035 Calc will @emph{not} take other liberties with @samp{*}, @samp{/}, and
26036 @samp{^}. For example, the pattern @samp{f(a b)} will not match
26037 @samp{f(x^2)}, and @samp{f(a + b)} will not match @samp{f(2 x)}, even
26038 though conceivably these patterns could match with @samp{a = b = x}.
26039 Nor will @samp{f(a b)} match @samp{f(x / y)} if @samp{y} is not a
26040 constant, even though it could be considered to match with @samp{a = x}
26041 and @samp{b = 1/y}. The reasons are partly for efficiency, and partly
26042 because while few mathematical operations are substantively different
26043 for addition and subtraction, often it is preferable to treat the cases
26044 of multiplication, division, and integer powers separately.
26045
26046 Even more subtle is the rule set
26047
26048 @example
26049 [ f(a) + f(b) := f(a + b), -f(a) := f(-a) ]
26050 @end example
26051
26052 @noindent
26053 attempting to match @samp{f(x) - f(y)}. You might think that Calc
26054 will view this subtraction as @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))} and then apply
26055 the above two rules in turn, but actually this will not work because
26056 Calc only does this when considering rules for @samp{+} (like the
26057 first rule in this set). So it will see first that @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))}
26058 does not match @samp{f(a) + f(b)} for any assignments of the
26059 meta-variables, and then it will see that @samp{f(x) - f(y)} does
26060 not match @samp{-f(a)} for any assignment of @samp{a}. Because Calc
26061 tries only one rule at a time, it will not be able to rewrite
26062 @samp{f(x) - f(y)} with this rule set. An explicit @samp{f(a) - f(b)}
26063 rule will have to be added.
26064
26065 Another thing patterns will @emph{not} do is break up complex numbers.
26066 The pattern @samp{myconj(a + @w{b i)} := a - b i} will work for formulas
26067 involving the special constant @samp{i} (such as @samp{3 - 4 i}), but
26068 it will not match actual complex numbers like @samp{(3, -4)}. A version
26069 of the above rule for complex numbers would be
26070
26071 @example
26072 myconj(a) := re(a) - im(a) (0,1) :: im(a) != 0
26073 @end example
26074
26075 @noindent
26076 (Because the @code{re} and @code{im} functions understand the properties
26077 of the special constant @samp{i}, this rule will also work for
26078 @samp{3 - 4 i}. In fact, this particular rule would probably be better
26079 without the @samp{im(a) != 0} condition, since if @samp{im(a) = 0} the
26080 righthand side of the rule will still give the correct answer for the
26081 conjugate of a real number.)
26082
26083 It is also possible to specify optional arguments in patterns. The rule
26084
26085 @example
26086 opt(a) x + opt(b) (x^opt(c) + opt(d)) := f(a, b, c, d)
26087 @end example
26088
26089 @noindent
26090 will match the formula
26091
26092 @example
26093 5 (x^2 - 4) + 3 x
26094 @end example
26095
26096 @noindent
26097 in a fairly straightforward manner, but it will also match reduced
26098 formulas like
26099
26100 @example
26101 x + x^2, 2(x + 1) - x, x + x
26102 @end example
26103
26104 @noindent
26105 producing, respectively,
26106
26107 @example
26108 f(1, 1, 2, 0), f(-1, 2, 1, 1), f(1, 1, 1, 0)
26109 @end example
26110
26111 (The latter two formulas can be entered only if default simplifications
26112 have been turned off with @kbd{m O}.)
26113
26114 The default value for a term of a sum is zero. The default value
26115 for a part of a product, for a power, or for the denominator of a
26116 quotient, is one. Also, @samp{-x} matches the pattern @samp{opt(a) b}
26117 with @samp{a = -1}.
26118
26119 In particular, the distributive-law rule can be refined to
26120
26121 @example
26122 opt(a) x + opt(b) x := (a + b) x
26123 @end example
26124
26125 @noindent
26126 so that it will convert, e.g., @samp{a x - x}, to @samp{(a - 1) x}.
26127
26128 The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x} matches almost any formulas which
26129 are linear in @samp{x}. You can also use the @code{lin} and @code{islin}
26130 functions with rewrite conditions to test for this; @pxref{Logical
26131 Operations}. These functions are not as convenient to use in rewrite
26132 rules, but they recognize more kinds of formulas as linear:
26133 @samp{x/z} is considered linear with @expr{b = 1/z} by @code{lin},
26134 but it will not match the above pattern because that pattern calls
26135 for a multiplication, not a division.
26136
26137 As another example, the obvious rule to replace @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2}
26138 by 1,
26139
26140 @example
26141 sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 := 1
26142 @end example
26143
26144 @noindent
26145 misses many cases because the sine and cosine may both be multiplied by
26146 an equal factor. Here's a more successful rule:
26147
26148 @example
26149 opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a
26150 @end example
26151
26152 Note that this rule will @emph{not} match @samp{sin(x)^2 + 6 cos(x)^2}
26153 because one @expr{a} would have ``matched'' 1 while the other matched 6.
26154
26155 Calc automatically converts a rule like
26156
26157 @example
26158 f(x-1, x) := g(x)
26159 @end example
26160
26161 @noindent
26162 into the form
26163
26164 @example
26165 f(temp, x) := g(x) :: temp = x-1
26166 @end example
26167
26168 @noindent
26169 (where @code{temp} stands for a new, invented meta-variable that
26170 doesn't actually have a name). This modified rule will successfully
26171 match @samp{f(6, 7)}, binding @samp{temp} and @samp{x} to 6 and 7,
26172 respectively, then verifying that they differ by one even though
26173 @samp{6} does not superficially look like @samp{x-1}.
26174
26175 However, Calc does not solve equations to interpret a rule. The
26176 following rule,
26177
26178 @example
26179 f(x-1, x+1) := g(x)
26180 @end example
26181
26182 @noindent
26183 will not work. That is, it will match @samp{f(a - 1 + b, a + 1 + b)}
26184 but not @samp{f(6, 8)}. Calc always interprets at least one occurrence
26185 of a variable by literal matching. If the variable appears ``isolated''
26186 then Calc is smart enough to use it for literal matching. But in this
26187 last example, Calc is forced to rewrite the rule to @samp{f(x-1, temp)
26188 := g(x) :: temp = x+1} where the @samp{x-1} term must correspond to an
26189 actual ``something-minus-one'' in the target formula.
26190
26191 A successful way to write this would be @samp{f(x, x+2) := g(x+1)}.
26192 You could make this resemble the original form more closely by using
26193 @code{let} notation, which is described in the next section:
26194
26195 @example
26196 f(xm1, x+1) := g(x) :: let(x := xm1+1)
26197 @end example
26198
26199 Calc does this rewriting or ``conditionalizing'' for any sub-pattern
26200 which involves only the functions in the following list, operating
26201 only on constants and meta-variables which have already been matched
26202 elsewhere in the pattern. When matching a function call, Calc is
26203 careful to match arguments which are plain variables before arguments
26204 which are calls to any of the functions below, so that a pattern like
26205 @samp{f(x-1, x)} can be conditionalized even though the isolated
26206 @samp{x} comes after the @samp{x-1}.
26207
26208 @smallexample
26209 + - * / \ % ^ abs sign round rounde roundu trunc floor ceil
26210 max min re im conj arg
26211 @end smallexample
26212
26213 You can suppress all of the special treatments described in this
26214 section by surrounding a function call with a @code{plain} marker.
26215 This marker causes the function call which is its argument to be
26216 matched literally, without regard to commutativity, associativity,
26217 negation, or conditionalization. When you use @code{plain}, the
26218 ``deep structure'' of the formula being matched can show through.
26219 For example,
26220
26221 @example
26222 plain(a - a b) := f(a, b)
26223 @end example
26224
26225 @noindent
26226 will match only literal subtractions. However, the @code{plain}
26227 marker does not affect its arguments' arguments. In this case,
26228 commutativity and associativity is still considered while matching
26229 the @w{@samp{a b}} sub-pattern, so the whole pattern will match
26230 @samp{x - y x} as well as @samp{x - x y}. We could go still
26231 further and use
26232
26233 @example
26234 plain(a - plain(a b)) := f(a, b)
26235 @end example
26236
26237 @noindent
26238 which would do a completely strict match for the pattern.
26239
26240 By contrast, the @code{quote} marker means that not only the
26241 function name but also the arguments must be literally the same.
26242 The above pattern will match @samp{x - x y} but
26243
26244 @example
26245 quote(a - a b) := f(a, b)
26246 @end example
26247
26248 @noindent
26249 will match only the single formula @samp{a - a b}. Also,
26250
26251 @example
26252 quote(a - quote(a b)) := f(a, b)
26253 @end example
26254
26255 @noindent
26256 will match only @samp{a - quote(a b)}---probably not the desired
26257 effect!
26258
26259 A certain amount of algebra is also done when substituting the
26260 meta-variables on the righthand side of a rule. For example,
26261 in the rule
26262
26263 @example
26264 a + f(b) := f(a + b)
26265 @end example
26266
26267 @noindent
26268 matching @samp{f(x) - y} would produce @samp{f((-y) + x)} if
26269 taken literally, but the rewrite mechanism will simplify the
26270 righthand side to @samp{f(x - y)} automatically. (Of course,
26271 the default simplifications would do this anyway, so this
26272 special simplification is only noticeable if you have turned the
26273 default simplifications off.) This rewriting is done only when
26274 a meta-variable expands to a ``negative-looking'' expression.
26275 If this simplification is not desirable, you can use a @code{plain}
26276 marker on the righthand side:
26277
26278 @example
26279 a + f(b) := f(plain(a + b))
26280 @end example
26281
26282 @noindent
26283 In this example, we are still allowing the pattern-matcher to
26284 use all the algebra it can muster, but the righthand side will
26285 always simplify to a literal addition like @samp{f((-y) + x)}.
26286
26287 @node Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26288 @subsection Other Features of Rewrite Rules
26289
26290 @noindent
26291 Certain ``function names'' serve as markers in rewrite rules.
26292 Here is a complete list of these markers. First are listed the
26293 markers that work inside a pattern; then come the markers that
26294 work in the righthand side of a rule.
26295
26296 @ignore
26297 @starindex
26298 @end ignore
26299 @tindex import
26300 One kind of marker, @samp{import(x)}, takes the place of a whole
26301 rule. Here @expr{x} is the name of a variable containing another
26302 rule set; those rules are ``spliced into'' the rule set that
26303 imports them. For example, if @samp{[f(a+b) := f(a) + f(b),
26304 f(a b) := a f(b) :: real(a)]} is stored in variable @samp{linearF},
26305 then the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 0, import(linearF)]} will apply
26306 all three rules. It is possible to modify the imported rules
26307 slightly: @samp{import(x, v1, x1, v2, x2, @dots{})} imports
26308 the rule set @expr{x} with all occurrences of
26309 @texline @math{v_1},
26310 @infoline @expr{v1},
26311 as either a variable name or a function name, replaced with
26312 @texline @math{x_1}
26313 @infoline @expr{x1}
26314 and so on. (If
26315 @texline @math{v_1}
26316 @infoline @expr{v1}
26317 is used as a function name, then
26318 @texline @math{x_1}
26319 @infoline @expr{x1}
26320 must be either a function name itself or a @w{@samp{< >}} nameless
26321 function; @pxref{Specifying Operators}.) For example, @samp{[g(0) := 0,
26322 import(linearF, f, g)]} applies the linearity rules to the function
26323 @samp{g} instead of @samp{f}. Imports can be nested, but the
26324 import-with-renaming feature may fail to rename sub-imports properly.
26325
26326 The special functions allowed in patterns are:
26327
26328 @table @samp
26329 @item quote(x)
26330 @ignore
26331 @starindex
26332 @end ignore
26333 @tindex quote
26334 This pattern matches exactly @expr{x}; variable names in @expr{x} are
26335 not interpreted as meta-variables. The only flexibility is that
26336 numbers are compared for numeric equality, so that the pattern
26337 @samp{f(quote(12))} will match both @samp{f(12)} and @samp{f(12.0)}.
26338 (Numbers are always treated this way by the rewrite mechanism:
26339 The rule @samp{f(x,x) := g(x)} will match @samp{f(12, 12.0)}.
26340 The rewrite may produce either @samp{g(12)} or @samp{g(12.0)}
26341 as a result in this case.)
26342
26343 @item plain(x)
26344 @ignore
26345 @starindex
26346 @end ignore
26347 @tindex plain
26348 Here @expr{x} must be a function call @samp{f(x1,x2,@dots{})}. This
26349 pattern matches a call to function @expr{f} with the specified
26350 argument patterns. No special knowledge of the properties of the
26351 function @expr{f} is used in this case; @samp{+} is not commutative or
26352 associative. Unlike @code{quote}, the arguments @samp{x1,x2,@dots{}}
26353 are treated as patterns. If you wish them to be treated ``plainly''
26354 as well, you must enclose them with more @code{plain} markers:
26355 @samp{plain(plain(@w{-a}) + plain(b c))}.
26356
26357 @item opt(x,def)
26358 @ignore
26359 @starindex
26360 @end ignore
26361 @tindex opt
26362 Here @expr{x} must be a variable name. This must appear as an
26363 argument to a function or an element of a vector; it specifies that
26364 the argument or element is optional.
26365 As an argument to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{&&}, or @samp{||},
26366 or as the second argument to @samp{/} or @samp{^}, the value @var{def}
26367 may be omitted. The pattern @samp{x + opt(y)} matches a sum by
26368 binding one summand to @expr{x} and the other to @expr{y}, and it
26369 matches anything else by binding the whole expression to @expr{x} and
26370 zero to @expr{y}. The other operators above work similarly.
26371
26372 For general miscellaneous functions, the default value @code{def}
26373 must be specified. Optional arguments are dropped starting with
26374 the rightmost one during matching. For example, the pattern
26375 @samp{f(opt(a,0), b, opt(c,b))} will match @samp{f(b)}, @samp{f(a,b)},
26376 or @samp{f(a,b,c)}. Default values of zero and @expr{b} are
26377 supplied in this example for the omitted arguments. Note that
26378 the literal variable @expr{b} will be the default in the latter
26379 case, @emph{not} the value that matched the meta-variable @expr{b}.
26380 In other words, the default @var{def} is effectively quoted.
26381
26382 @item condition(x,c)
26383 @ignore
26384 @starindex
26385 @end ignore
26386 @tindex condition
26387 @tindex ::
26388 This matches the pattern @expr{x}, with the attached condition
26389 @expr{c}. It is the same as @samp{x :: c}.
26390
26391 @item pand(x,y)
26392 @ignore
26393 @starindex
26394 @end ignore
26395 @tindex pand
26396 @tindex &&&
26397 This matches anything that matches both pattern @expr{x} and
26398 pattern @expr{y}. It is the same as @samp{x &&& y}.
26399 @pxref{Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules}.
26400
26401 @item por(x,y)
26402 @ignore
26403 @starindex
26404 @end ignore
26405 @tindex por
26406 @tindex |||
26407 This matches anything that matches either pattern @expr{x} or
26408 pattern @expr{y}. It is the same as @w{@samp{x ||| y}}.
26409
26410 @item pnot(x)
26411 @ignore
26412 @starindex
26413 @end ignore
26414 @tindex pnot
26415 @tindex !!!
26416 This matches anything that does not match pattern @expr{x}.
26417 It is the same as @samp{!!! x}.
26418
26419 @item cons(h,t)
26420 @ignore
26421 @mindex cons
26422 @end ignore
26423 @tindex cons (rewrites)
26424 This matches any vector of one or more elements. The first
26425 element is matched to @expr{h}; a vector of the remaining
26426 elements is matched to @expr{t}. Note that vectors of fixed
26427 length can also be matched as actual vectors: The rule
26428 @samp{cons(a,cons(b,[])) := cons(a+b,[])} is equivalent
26429 to the rule @samp{[a,b] := [a+b]}.
26430
26431 @item rcons(t,h)
26432 @ignore
26433 @mindex rcons
26434 @end ignore
26435 @tindex rcons (rewrites)
26436 This is like @code{cons}, except that the @emph{last} element
26437 is matched to @expr{h}, with the remaining elements matched
26438 to @expr{t}.
26439
26440 @item apply(f,args)
26441 @ignore
26442 @mindex apply
26443 @end ignore
26444 @tindex apply (rewrites)
26445 This matches any function call. The name of the function, in
26446 the form of a variable, is matched to @expr{f}. The arguments
26447 of the function, as a vector of zero or more objects, are
26448 matched to @samp{args}. Constants, variables, and vectors
26449 do @emph{not} match an @code{apply} pattern. For example,
26450 @samp{apply(f,x)} matches any function call, @samp{apply(quote(f),x)}
26451 matches any call to the function @samp{f}, @samp{apply(f,[a,b])}
26452 matches any function call with exactly two arguments, and
26453 @samp{apply(quote(f), cons(a,cons(b,x)))} matches any call
26454 to the function @samp{f} with two or more arguments. Another
26455 way to implement the latter, if the rest of the rule does not
26456 need to refer to the first two arguments of @samp{f} by name,
26457 would be @samp{apply(quote(f), x :: vlen(x) >= 2)}.
26458 Here's a more interesting sample use of @code{apply}:
26459
26460 @example
26461 apply(f,[x+n]) := n + apply(f,[x])
26462 :: in(f, [floor,ceil,round,trunc]) :: integer(n)
26463 @end example
26464
26465 Note, however, that this will be slower to match than a rule
26466 set with four separate rules. The reason is that Calc sorts
26467 the rules of a rule set according to top-level function name;
26468 if the top-level function is @code{apply}, Calc must try the
26469 rule for every single formula and sub-formula. If the top-level
26470 function in the pattern is, say, @code{floor}, then Calc invokes
26471 the rule only for sub-formulas which are calls to @code{floor}.
26472
26473 Formulas normally written with operators like @code{+} are still
26474 considered function calls: @code{apply(f,x)} matches @samp{a+b}
26475 with @samp{f = add}, @samp{x = [a,b]}.
26476
26477 You must use @code{apply} for meta-variables with function names
26478 on both sides of a rewrite rule: @samp{apply(f, [x]) := f(x+1)}
26479 is @emph{not} correct, because it rewrites @samp{spam(6)} into
26480 @samp{f(7)}. The righthand side should be @samp{apply(f, [x+1])}.
26481 Also note that you will have to use No-Simplify mode (@kbd{m O})
26482 when entering this rule so that the @code{apply} isn't
26483 evaluated immediately to get the new rule @samp{f(x) := f(x+1)}.
26484 Or, use @kbd{s e} to enter the rule without going through the stack,
26485 or enter the rule as @samp{apply(f, [x]) := apply(f, [x+1]) @w{:: 1}}.
26486 @xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}.
26487
26488 @item select(x)
26489 @ignore
26490 @starindex
26491 @end ignore
26492 @tindex select
26493 This is used for applying rules to formulas with selections;
26494 @pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
26495 @end table
26496
26497 Special functions for the righthand sides of rules are:
26498
26499 @table @samp
26500 @item quote(x)
26501 The notation @samp{quote(x)} is changed to @samp{x} when the
26502 righthand side is used. As far as the rewrite rule is concerned,
26503 @code{quote} is invisible. However, @code{quote} has the special
26504 property in Calc that its argument is not evaluated. Thus,
26505 while it will not work to put the rule @samp{t(a) := typeof(a)}
26506 on the stack because @samp{typeof(a)} is evaluated immediately
26507 to produce @samp{t(a) := 100}, you can use @code{quote} to
26508 protect the righthand side: @samp{t(a) := quote(typeof(a))}.
26509 (@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for another trick for
26510 protecting rules from evaluation.)
26511
26512 @item plain(x)
26513 Special properties of and simplifications for the function call
26514 @expr{x} are not used. One interesting case where @code{plain}
26515 is useful is the rule, @samp{q(x) := quote(x)}, trying to expand a
26516 shorthand notation for the @code{quote} function. This rule will
26517 not work as shown; instead of replacing @samp{q(foo)} with
26518 @samp{quote(foo)}, it will replace it with @samp{foo}! The correct
26519 rule would be @samp{q(x) := plain(quote(x))}.
26520
26521 @item cons(h,t)
26522 Where @expr{t} is a vector, this is converted into an expanded
26523 vector during rewrite processing. Note that @code{cons} is a regular
26524 Calc function which normally does this anyway; the only way @code{cons}
26525 is treated specially by rewrites is that @code{cons} on the righthand
26526 side of a rule will be evaluated even if default simplifications
26527 have been turned off.
26528
26529 @item rcons(t,h)
26530 Analogous to @code{cons} except putting @expr{h} at the @emph{end} of
26531 the vector @expr{t}.
26532
26533 @item apply(f,args)
26534 Where @expr{f} is a variable and @var{args} is a vector, this
26535 is converted to a function call. Once again, note that @code{apply}
26536 is also a regular Calc function.
26537
26538 @item eval(x)
26539 @ignore
26540 @starindex
26541 @end ignore
26542 @tindex eval
26543 The formula @expr{x} is handled in the usual way, then the
26544 default simplifications are applied to it even if they have
26545 been turned off normally. This allows you to treat any function
26546 similarly to the way @code{cons} and @code{apply} are always
26547 treated. However, there is a slight difference: @samp{cons(2+3, [])}
26548 with default simplifications off will be converted to @samp{[2+3]},
26549 whereas @samp{eval(cons(2+3, []))} will be converted to @samp{[5]}.
26550
26551 @item evalsimp(x)
26552 @ignore
26553 @starindex
26554 @end ignore
26555 @tindex evalsimp
26556 The formula @expr{x} has meta-variables substituted in the usual
26557 way, then algebraically simplified as if by the @kbd{a s} command.
26558
26559 @item evalextsimp(x)
26560 @ignore
26561 @starindex
26562 @end ignore
26563 @tindex evalextsimp
26564 The formula @expr{x} has meta-variables substituted in the normal
26565 way, then ``extendedly'' simplified as if by the @kbd{a e} command.
26566
26567 @item select(x)
26568 @xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
26569 @end table
26570
26571 There are also some special functions you can use in conditions.
26572
26573 @table @samp
26574 @item let(v := x)
26575 @ignore
26576 @starindex
26577 @end ignore
26578 @tindex let
26579 The expression @expr{x} is evaluated with meta-variables substituted.
26580 The @kbd{a s} command's simplifications are @emph{not} applied by
26581 default, but @expr{x} can include calls to @code{evalsimp} or
26582 @code{evalextsimp} as described above to invoke higher levels
26583 of simplification. The
26584 result of @expr{x} is then bound to the meta-variable @expr{v}. As
26585 usual, if this meta-variable has already been matched to something
26586 else the two values must be equal; if the meta-variable is new then
26587 it is bound to the result of the expression. This variable can then
26588 appear in later conditions, and on the righthand side of the rule.
26589 In fact, @expr{v} may be any pattern in which case the result of
26590 evaluating @expr{x} is matched to that pattern, binding any
26591 meta-variables that appear in that pattern. Note that @code{let}
26592 can only appear by itself as a condition, or as one term of an
26593 @samp{&&} which is a whole condition: It cannot be inside
26594 an @samp{||} term or otherwise buried.
26595
26596 The alternate, equivalent form @samp{let(v, x)} is also recognized.
26597 Note that the use of @samp{:=} by @code{let}, while still being
26598 assignment-like in character, is unrelated to the use of @samp{:=}
26599 in the main part of a rewrite rule.
26600
26601 As an example, @samp{f(a) := g(ia) :: let(ia := 1/a) :: constant(ia)}
26602 replaces @samp{f(a)} with @samp{g} of the inverse of @samp{a}, if
26603 that inverse exists and is constant. For example, if @samp{a} is a
26604 singular matrix the operation @samp{1/a} is left unsimplified and
26605 @samp{constant(ia)} fails, but if @samp{a} is an invertible matrix
26606 then the rule succeeds. Without @code{let} there would be no way
26607 to express this rule that didn't have to invert the matrix twice.
26608 Note that, because the meta-variable @samp{ia} is otherwise unbound
26609 in this rule, the @code{let} condition itself always ``succeeds''
26610 because no matter what @samp{1/a} evaluates to, it can successfully
26611 be bound to @code{ia}.
26612
26613 Here's another example, for integrating cosines of linear
26614 terms: @samp{myint(cos(y),x) := sin(y)/b :: let([a,b,x] := lin(y,x))}.
26615 The @code{lin} function returns a 3-vector if its argument is linear,
26616 or leaves itself unevaluated if not. But an unevaluated @code{lin}
26617 call will not match the 3-vector on the lefthand side of the @code{let},
26618 so this @code{let} both verifies that @code{y} is linear, and binds
26619 the coefficients @code{a} and @code{b} for use elsewhere in the rule.
26620 (It would have been possible to use @samp{sin(a x + b)/b} for the
26621 righthand side instead, but using @samp{sin(y)/b} avoids gratuitous
26622 rearrangement of the argument of the sine.)
26623
26624 @ignore
26625 @starindex
26626 @end ignore
26627 @tindex ierf
26628 Similarly, here is a rule that implements an inverse-@code{erf}
26629 function. It uses @code{root} to search for a solution. If
26630 @code{root} succeeds, it will return a vector of two numbers
26631 where the first number is the desired solution. If no solution
26632 is found, @code{root} remains in symbolic form. So we use
26633 @code{let} to check that the result was indeed a vector.
26634
26635 @example
26636 ierf(x) := y :: let([y,z] := root(erf(a) = x, a, .5))
26637 @end example
26638
26639 @item matches(v,p)
26640 The meta-variable @var{v}, which must already have been matched
26641 to something elsewhere in the rule, is compared against pattern
26642 @var{p}. Since @code{matches} is a standard Calc function, it
26643 can appear anywhere in a condition. But if it appears alone or
26644 as a term of a top-level @samp{&&}, then you get the special
26645 extra feature that meta-variables which are bound to things
26646 inside @var{p} can be used elsewhere in the surrounding rewrite
26647 rule.
26648
26649 The only real difference between @samp{let(p := v)} and
26650 @samp{matches(v, p)} is that the former evaluates @samp{v} using
26651 the default simplifications, while the latter does not.
26652
26653 @item remember
26654 @vindex remember
26655 This is actually a variable, not a function. If @code{remember}
26656 appears as a condition in a rule, then when that rule succeeds
26657 the original expression and rewritten expression are added to the
26658 front of the rule set that contained the rule. If the rule set
26659 was not stored in a variable, @code{remember} is ignored. The
26660 lefthand side is enclosed in @code{quote} in the added rule if it
26661 contains any variables.
26662
26663 For example, the rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: remember} applied
26664 to @samp{f(7)} will add the rule @samp{f(7) := 7 f(6)} to the front
26665 of the rule set. The rule set @code{EvalRules} works slightly
26666 differently: There, the evaluation of @samp{f(6)} will complete before
26667 the result is added to the rule set, in this case as @samp{f(7) := 5040}.
26668 Thus @code{remember} is most useful inside @code{EvalRules}.
26669
26670 It is up to you to ensure that the optimization performed by
26671 @code{remember} is safe. For example, the rule @samp{foo(n) := n
26672 :: evalv(eatfoo) > 0 :: remember} is a bad idea (@code{evalv} is
26673 the function equivalent of the @kbd{=} command); if the variable
26674 @code{eatfoo} ever contains 1, rules like @samp{foo(7) := 7} will
26675 be added to the rule set and will continue to operate even if
26676 @code{eatfoo} is later changed to 0.
26677
26678 @item remember(c)
26679 @ignore
26680 @starindex
26681 @end ignore
26682 @tindex remember
26683 Remember the match as described above, but only if condition @expr{c}
26684 is true. For example, @samp{remember(n % 4 = 0)} in the above factorial
26685 rule remembers only every fourth result. Note that @samp{remember(1)}
26686 is equivalent to @samp{remember}, and @samp{remember(0)} has no effect.
26687 @end table
26688
26689 @node Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26690 @subsection Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules
26691
26692 @noindent
26693 There are three operators, @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!},
26694 that combine rewrite patterns to make larger patterns. The
26695 combinations are ``and,'' ``or,'' and ``not,'' respectively, and
26696 these operators are the pattern equivalents of @samp{&&}, @samp{||}
26697 and @samp{!} (which operate on zero-or-nonzero logical values).
26698
26699 Note that @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!} are left in symbolic
26700 form by all regular Calc features; they have special meaning only in
26701 the context of rewrite rule patterns.
26702
26703 The pattern @samp{@var{p1} &&& @var{p2}} matches anything that
26704 matches both @var{p1} and @var{p2}. One especially useful case is
26705 when one of @var{p1} or @var{p2} is a meta-variable. For example,
26706 here is a rule that operates on error forms:
26707
26708 @example
26709 f(x &&& a +/- b, x) := g(x)
26710 @end example
26711
26712 This does the same thing, but is arguably simpler than, the rule
26713
26714 @example
26715 f(a +/- b, a +/- b) := g(a +/- b)
26716 @end example
26717
26718 @ignore
26719 @starindex
26720 @end ignore
26721 @tindex ends
26722 Here's another interesting example:
26723
26724 @example
26725 ends(cons(a, x) &&& rcons(y, b)) := [a, b]
26726 @end example
26727
26728 @noindent
26729 which effectively clips out the middle of a vector leaving just
26730 the first and last elements. This rule will change a one-element
26731 vector @samp{[a]} to @samp{[a, a]}. The similar rule
26732
26733 @example
26734 ends(cons(a, rcons(y, b))) := [a, b]
26735 @end example
26736
26737 @noindent
26738 would do the same thing except that it would fail to match a
26739 one-element vector.
26740
26741 @tex
26742 \bigskip
26743 @end tex
26744
26745 The pattern @samp{@var{p1} ||| @var{p2}} matches anything that
26746 matches either @var{p1} or @var{p2}. Calc first tries matching
26747 against @var{p1}; if that fails, it goes on to try @var{p2}.
26748
26749 @ignore
26750 @starindex
26751 @end ignore
26752 @tindex curve
26753 A simple example of @samp{|||} is
26754
26755 @example
26756 curve(inf ||| -inf) := 0
26757 @end example
26758
26759 @noindent
26760 which converts both @samp{curve(inf)} and @samp{curve(-inf)} to zero.
26761
26762 Here is a larger example:
26763
26764 @example
26765 log(a, b) ||| (ln(a) :: let(b := e)) := mylog(a, b)
26766 @end example
26767
26768 This matches both generalized and natural logarithms in a single rule.
26769 Note that the @samp{::} term must be enclosed in parentheses because
26770 that operator has lower precedence than @samp{|||} or @samp{:=}.
26771
26772 (In practice this rule would probably include a third alternative,
26773 omitted here for brevity, to take care of @code{log10}.)
26774
26775 While Calc generally treats interior conditions exactly the same as
26776 conditions on the outside of a rule, it does guarantee that if all the
26777 variables in the condition are special names like @code{e}, or already
26778 bound in the pattern to which the condition is attached (say, if
26779 @samp{a} had appeared in this condition), then Calc will process this
26780 condition right after matching the pattern to the left of the @samp{::}.
26781 Thus, we know that @samp{b} will be bound to @samp{e} only if the
26782 @code{ln} branch of the @samp{|||} was taken.
26783
26784 Note that this rule was careful to bind the same set of meta-variables
26785 on both sides of the @samp{|||}. Calc does not check this, but if
26786 you bind a certain meta-variable only in one branch and then use that
26787 meta-variable elsewhere in the rule, results are unpredictable:
26788
26789 @example
26790 f(a,b) ||| g(b) := h(a,b)
26791 @end example
26792
26793 Here if the pattern matches @samp{g(17)}, Calc makes no promises about
26794 the value that will be substituted for @samp{a} on the righthand side.
26795
26796 @tex
26797 \bigskip
26798 @end tex
26799
26800 The pattern @samp{!!! @var{pat}} matches anything that does not
26801 match @var{pat}. Any meta-variables that are bound while matching
26802 @var{pat} remain unbound outside of @var{pat}.
26803
26804 For example,
26805
26806 @example
26807 f(x &&& !!! a +/- b, !!![]) := g(x)
26808 @end example
26809
26810 @noindent
26811 converts @code{f} whose first argument is anything @emph{except} an
26812 error form, and whose second argument is not the empty vector, into
26813 a similar call to @code{g} (but without the second argument).
26814
26815 If we know that the second argument will be a vector (empty or not),
26816 then an equivalent rule would be:
26817
26818 @example
26819 f(x, y) := g(x) :: typeof(x) != 7 :: vlen(y) > 0
26820 @end example
26821
26822 @noindent
26823 where of course 7 is the @code{typeof} code for error forms.
26824 Another final condition, that works for any kind of @samp{y},
26825 would be @samp{!istrue(y == [])}. (The @code{istrue} function
26826 returns an explicit 0 if its argument was left in symbolic form;
26827 plain @samp{!(y == [])} or @samp{y != []} would not work to replace
26828 @samp{!!![]} since these would be left unsimplified, and thus cause
26829 the rule to fail, if @samp{y} was something like a variable name.)
26830
26831 It is possible for a @samp{!!!} to refer to meta-variables bound
26832 elsewhere in the pattern. For example,
26833
26834 @example
26835 f(a, !!!a) := g(a)
26836 @end example
26837
26838 @noindent
26839 matches any call to @code{f} with different arguments, changing
26840 this to @code{g} with only the first argument.
26841
26842 If a function call is to be matched and one of the argument patterns
26843 contains a @samp{!!!} somewhere inside it, that argument will be
26844 matched last. Thus
26845
26846 @example
26847 f(!!!a, a) := g(a)
26848 @end example
26849
26850 @noindent
26851 will be careful to bind @samp{a} to the second argument of @code{f}
26852 before testing the first argument. If Calc had tried to match the
26853 first argument of @code{f} first, the results would have been
26854 disastrous: since @code{a} was unbound so far, the pattern @samp{a}
26855 would have matched anything at all, and the pattern @samp{!!!a}
26856 therefore would @emph{not} have matched anything at all!
26857
26858 @node Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26859 @subsection Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules
26860
26861 @noindent
26862 When @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) is used, it takes an expression from
26863 the top of the stack and attempts to match any of the specified rules
26864 to any part of the expression, starting with the whole expression
26865 and then, if that fails, trying deeper and deeper sub-expressions.
26866 For each part of the expression, the rules are tried in the order
26867 they appear in the rules vector. The first rule to match the first
26868 sub-expression wins; it replaces the matched sub-expression according
26869 to the @var{new} part of the rule.
26870
26871 Often, the rule set will match and change the formula several times.
26872 The top-level formula is first matched and substituted repeatedly until
26873 it no longer matches the pattern; then, sub-formulas are tried, and
26874 so on. Once every part of the formula has gotten its chance, the
26875 rewrite mechanism starts over again with the top-level formula
26876 (in case a substitution of one of its arguments has caused it again
26877 to match). This continues until no further matches can be made
26878 anywhere in the formula.
26879
26880 It is possible for a rule set to get into an infinite loop. The
26881 most obvious case, replacing a formula with itself, is not a problem
26882 because a rule is not considered to ``succeed'' unless the righthand
26883 side actually comes out to something different than the original
26884 formula or sub-formula that was matched. But if you accidentally
26885 had both @samp{ln(a b) := ln(a) + ln(b)} and the reverse
26886 @samp{ln(a) + ln(b) := ln(a b)} in your rule set, Calc would
26887 run forever switching a formula back and forth between the two
26888 forms.
26889
26890 To avoid disaster, Calc normally stops after 100 changes have been
26891 made to the formula. This will be enough for most multiple rewrites,
26892 but it will keep an endless loop of rewrites from locking up the
26893 computer forever. (On most systems, you can also type @kbd{C-g} to
26894 halt any Emacs command prematurely.)
26895
26896 To change this limit, give a positive numeric prefix argument.
26897 In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} applies only one rewrite at a time,
26898 useful when you are first testing your rule (or just if repeated
26899 rewriting is not what is called for by your application).
26900
26901 @ignore
26902 @starindex
26903 @end ignore
26904 @ignore
26905 @mindex iter@idots
26906 @end ignore
26907 @tindex iterations
26908 You can also put a ``function call'' @samp{iterations(@var{n})}
26909 in place of a rule anywhere in your rules vector (but usually at
26910 the top). Then, @var{n} will be used instead of 100 as the default
26911 number of iterations for this rule set. You can use
26912 @samp{iterations(inf)} if you want no iteration limit by default.
26913 A prefix argument will override the @code{iterations} limit in the
26914 rule set.
26915
26916 @example
26917 [ iterations(1),
26918 f(x) := f(x+1) ]
26919 @end example
26920
26921 More precisely, the limit controls the number of ``iterations,''
26922 where each iteration is a successful matching of a rule pattern whose
26923 righthand side, after substituting meta-variables and applying the
26924 default simplifications, is different from the original sub-formula
26925 that was matched.
26926
26927 A prefix argument of zero sets the limit to infinity. Use with caution!
26928
26929 Given a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{a r} will match and
26930 substitute the top-level expression up to that many times, but
26931 will not attempt to match the rules to any sub-expressions.
26932
26933 In a formula, @code{rewrite(@var{expr}, @var{rules}, @var{n})}
26934 does a rewriting operation. Here @var{expr} is the expression
26935 being rewritten, @var{rules} is the rule, vector of rules, or
26936 variable containing the rules, and @var{n} is the optional
26937 iteration limit, which may be a positive integer, a negative
26938 integer, or @samp{inf} or @samp{-inf}. If @var{n} is omitted
26939 the @code{iterations} value from the rule set is used; if both
26940 are omitted, 100 is used.
26941
26942 @node Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26943 @subsection Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules
26944
26945 @noindent
26946 It is possible to separate a rewrite rule set into several @dfn{phases}.
26947 During each phase, certain rules will be enabled while certain others
26948 will be disabled. A @dfn{phase schedule} controls the order in which
26949 phases occur during the rewriting process.
26950
26951 @ignore
26952 @starindex
26953 @end ignore
26954 @tindex phase
26955 @vindex all
26956 If a call to the marker function @code{phase} appears in the rules
26957 vector in place of a rule, all rules following that point will be
26958 members of the phase(s) identified in the arguments to @code{phase}.
26959 Phases are given integer numbers. The markers @samp{phase()} and
26960 @samp{phase(all)} both mean the following rules belong to all phases;
26961 this is the default at the start of the rule set.
26962
26963 If you do not explicitly schedule the phases, Calc sorts all phase
26964 numbers that appear in the rule set and executes the phases in
26965 ascending order. For example, the rule set
26966
26967 @example
26968 @group
26969 [ f0(x) := g0(x),
26970 phase(1),
26971 f1(x) := g1(x),
26972 phase(2),
26973 f2(x) := g2(x),
26974 phase(3),
26975 f3(x) := g3(x),
26976 phase(1,2),
26977 f4(x) := g4(x) ]
26978 @end group
26979 @end example
26980
26981 @noindent
26982 has three phases, 1 through 3. Phase 1 consists of the @code{f0},
26983 @code{f1}, and @code{f4} rules (in that order). Phase 2 consists of
26984 @code{f0}, @code{f2}, and @code{f4}. Phase 3 consists of @code{f0}
26985 and @code{f3}.
26986
26987 When Calc rewrites a formula using this rule set, it first rewrites
26988 the formula using only the phase 1 rules until no further changes are
26989 possible. Then it switches to the phase 2 rule set and continues
26990 until no further changes occur, then finally rewrites with phase 3.
26991 When no more phase 3 rules apply, rewriting finishes. (This is
26992 assuming @kbd{a r} with a large enough prefix argument to allow the
26993 rewriting to run to completion; the sequence just described stops
26994 early if the number of iterations specified in the prefix argument,
26995 100 by default, is reached.)
26996
26997 During each phase, Calc descends through the nested levels of the
26998 formula as described previously. (@xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite
26999 Rules}.) Rewriting starts at the top of the formula, then works its
27000 way down to the parts, then goes back to the top and works down again.
27001 The phase 2 rules do not begin until no phase 1 rules apply anywhere
27002 in the formula.
27003
27004 @ignore
27005 @starindex
27006 @end ignore
27007 @tindex schedule
27008 A @code{schedule} marker appearing in the rule set (anywhere, but
27009 conventionally at the top) changes the default schedule of phases.
27010 In the simplest case, @code{schedule} has a sequence of phase numbers
27011 for arguments; each phase number is invoked in turn until the
27012 arguments to @code{schedule} are exhausted. Thus adding
27013 @samp{schedule(3,2,1)} at the top of the above rule set would
27014 reverse the order of the phases; @samp{schedule(1,2,3)} would have
27015 no effect since this is the default schedule; and @samp{schedule(1,2,1,3)}
27016 would give phase 1 a second chance after phase 2 has completed, before
27017 moving on to phase 3.
27018
27019 Any argument to @code{schedule} can instead be a vector of phase
27020 numbers (or even of sub-vectors). Then the sub-sequence of phases
27021 described by the vector are tried repeatedly until no change occurs
27022 in any phase in the sequence. For example, @samp{schedule([1, 2], 3)}
27023 tries phase 1, then phase 2, then, if either phase made any changes
27024 to the formula, repeats these two phases until they can make no
27025 further progress. Finally, it goes on to phase 3 for finishing
27026 touches.
27027
27028 Also, items in @code{schedule} can be variable names as well as
27029 numbers. A variable name is interpreted as the name of a function
27030 to call on the whole formula. For example, @samp{schedule(1, simplify)}
27031 says to apply the phase-1 rules (presumably, all of them), then to
27032 call @code{simplify} which is the function name equivalent of @kbd{a s}.
27033 Likewise, @samp{schedule([1, simplify])} says to alternate between
27034 phase 1 and @kbd{a s} until no further changes occur.
27035
27036 Phases can be used purely to improve efficiency; if it is known that
27037 a certain group of rules will apply only at the beginning of rewriting,
27038 and a certain other group will apply only at the end, then rewriting
27039 will be faster if these groups are identified as separate phases.
27040 Once the phase 1 rules are done, Calc can put them aside and no longer
27041 spend any time on them while it works on phase 2.
27042
27043 There are also some problems that can only be solved with several
27044 rewrite phases. For a real-world example of a multi-phase rule set,
27045 examine the set @code{FitRules}, which is used by the curve-fitting
27046 command to convert a model expression to linear form.
27047 @xref{Curve Fitting Details}. This set is divided into four phases.
27048 The first phase rewrites certain kinds of expressions to be more
27049 easily linearizable, but less computationally efficient. After the
27050 linear components have been picked out, the final phase includes the
27051 opposite rewrites to put each component back into an efficient form.
27052 If both sets of rules were included in one big phase, Calc could get
27053 into an infinite loop going back and forth between the two forms.
27054
27055 Elsewhere in @code{FitRules}, the components are first isolated,
27056 then recombined where possible to reduce the complexity of the linear
27057 fit, then finally packaged one component at a time into vectors.
27058 If the packaging rules were allowed to begin before the recombining
27059 rules were finished, some components might be put away into vectors
27060 before they had a chance to recombine. By putting these rules in
27061 two separate phases, this problem is neatly avoided.
27062
27063 @node Selections with Rewrite Rules, Matching Commands, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27064 @subsection Selections with Rewrite Rules
27065
27066 @noindent
27067 If a sub-formula of the current formula is selected (as by @kbd{j s};
27068 @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}), the @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite})
27069 command applies only to that sub-formula. Together with a negative
27070 prefix argument, you can use this fact to apply a rewrite to one
27071 specific part of a formula without affecting any other parts.
27072
27073 @kindex j r
27074 @pindex calc-rewrite-selection
27075 The @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command allows more
27076 sophisticated operations on selections. This command prompts for
27077 the rules in the same way as @kbd{a r}, but it then applies those
27078 rules to the whole formula in question even though a sub-formula
27079 of it has been selected. However, the selected sub-formula will
27080 first have been surrounded by a @samp{select( )} function call.
27081 (Calc's evaluator does not understand the function name @code{select};
27082 this is only a tag used by the @kbd{j r} command.)
27083
27084 For example, suppose the formula on the stack is @samp{2 (a + b)^2}
27085 and the sub-formula @samp{a + b} is selected. This formula will
27086 be rewritten to @samp{2 select(a + b)^2} and then the rewrite
27087 rules will be applied in the usual way. The rewrite rules can
27088 include references to @code{select} to tell where in the pattern
27089 the selected sub-formula should appear.
27090
27091 If there is still exactly one @samp{select( )} function call in
27092 the formula after rewriting is done, it indicates which part of
27093 the formula should be selected afterwards. Otherwise, the
27094 formula will be unselected.
27095
27096 You can make @kbd{j r} act much like @kbd{a r} by enclosing both parts
27097 of the rewrite rule with @samp{select()}. However, @kbd{j r}
27098 allows you to use the current selection in more flexible ways.
27099 Suppose you wished to make a rule which removed the exponent from
27100 the selected term; the rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} would
27101 work. In the above example, it would rewrite @samp{2 select(a + b)^2}
27102 to @samp{2 select(a + b)}. This would then be returned to the
27103 stack as @samp{2 (a + b)} with the @samp{a + b} selected.
27104
27105 The @kbd{j r} command uses one iteration by default, unlike
27106 @kbd{a r} which defaults to 100 iterations. A numeric prefix
27107 argument affects @kbd{j r} in the same way as @kbd{a r}.
27108 @xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.
27109
27110 As with other selection commands, @kbd{j r} operates on the stack
27111 entry that contains the cursor. (If the cursor is on the top-of-stack
27112 @samp{.} marker, it works as if the cursor were on the formula
27113 at stack level 1.)
27114
27115 If you don't specify a set of rules, the rules are taken from the
27116 top of the stack, just as with @kbd{a r}. In this case, the
27117 cursor must indicate stack entry 2 or above as the formula to be
27118 rewritten (otherwise the same formula would be used as both the
27119 target and the rewrite rules).
27120
27121 If the indicated formula has no selection, the cursor position within
27122 the formula temporarily selects a sub-formula for the purposes of this
27123 command. If the cursor is not on any sub-formula (e.g., it is in
27124 the line-number area to the left of the formula), the @samp{select( )}
27125 markers are ignored by the rewrite mechanism and the rules are allowed
27126 to apply anywhere in the formula.
27127
27128 As a special feature, the normal @kbd{a r} command also ignores
27129 @samp{select( )} calls in rewrite rules. For example, if you used the
27130 above rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} with @kbd{a r}, it would apply
27131 the rule as if it were @samp{a^x := a}. Thus, you can write general
27132 purpose rules with @samp{select( )} hints inside them so that they
27133 will ``do the right thing'' in both @kbd{a r} and @kbd{j r},
27134 both with and without selections.
27135
27136 @node Matching Commands, Automatic Rewrites, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27137 @subsection Matching Commands
27138
27139 @noindent
27140 @kindex a m
27141 @pindex calc-match
27142 @tindex match
27143 The @kbd{a m} (@code{calc-match}) [@code{match}] function takes a
27144 vector of formulas and a rewrite-rule-style pattern, and produces
27145 a vector of all formulas which match the pattern. The command
27146 prompts you to enter the pattern; as for @kbd{a r}, you can enter
27147 a single pattern (i.e., a formula with meta-variables), or a
27148 vector of patterns, or a variable which contains patterns, or
27149 you can give a blank response in which case the patterns are taken
27150 from the top of the stack. The pattern set will be compiled once
27151 and saved if it is stored in a variable. If there are several
27152 patterns in the set, vector elements are kept if they match any
27153 of the patterns.
27154
27155 For example, @samp{match(a+b, [x, x+y, x-y, 7, x+y+z])}
27156 will return @samp{[x+y, x-y, x+y+z]}.
27157
27158 The @code{import} mechanism is not available for pattern sets.
27159
27160 The @kbd{a m} command can also be used to extract all vector elements
27161 which satisfy any condition: The pattern @samp{x :: x>0} will select
27162 all the positive vector elements.
27163
27164 @kindex I a m
27165 @tindex matchnot
27166 With the Inverse flag [@code{matchnot}], this command extracts all
27167 vector elements which do @emph{not} match the given pattern.
27168
27169 @ignore
27170 @starindex
27171 @end ignore
27172 @tindex matches
27173 There is also a function @samp{matches(@var{x}, @var{p})} which
27174 evaluates to 1 if expression @var{x} matches pattern @var{p}, or
27175 to 0 otherwise. This is sometimes useful for including into the
27176 conditional clauses of other rewrite rules.
27177
27178 @ignore
27179 @starindex
27180 @end ignore
27181 @tindex vmatches
27182 The function @code{vmatches} is just like @code{matches}, except
27183 that if the match succeeds it returns a vector of assignments to
27184 the meta-variables instead of the number 1. For example,
27185 @samp{vmatches(f(1,2), f(a,b))} returns @samp{[a := 1, b := 2]}.
27186 If the match fails, the function returns the number 0.
27187
27188 @node Automatic Rewrites, Debugging Rewrites, Matching Commands, Rewrite Rules
27189 @subsection Automatic Rewrites
27190
27191 @noindent
27192 @cindex @code{EvalRules} variable
27193 @vindex EvalRules
27194 It is possible to get Calc to apply a set of rewrite rules on all
27195 results, effectively adding to the built-in set of default
27196 simplifications. To do this, simply store your rule set in the
27197 variable @code{EvalRules}. There is a convenient @kbd{s E} command
27198 for editing @code{EvalRules}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
27199
27200 For example, suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out
27201 to @samp{sin(b) cos(a) + cos(b) sin(a)} wherever it appears, and
27202 similarly for @samp{cos(a + b)}. The corresponding rewrite rule
27203 set would be,
27204
27205 @smallexample
27206 @group
27207 [ sin(a + b) := cos(a) sin(b) + sin(a) cos(b),
27208 cos(a + b) := cos(a) cos(b) - sin(a) sin(b) ]
27209 @end group
27210 @end smallexample
27211
27212 To apply these manually, you could put them in a variable called
27213 @code{trigexp} and then use @kbd{a r trigexp} every time you wanted
27214 to expand trig functions. But if instead you store them in the
27215 variable @code{EvalRules}, they will automatically be applied to all
27216 sines and cosines of sums. Then, with @samp{2 x} and @samp{45} on
27217 the stack, typing @kbd{+ S} will (assuming Degrees mode) result in
27218 @samp{0.7071 sin(2 x) + 0.7071 cos(2 x)} automatically.
27219
27220 As each level of a formula is evaluated, the rules from
27221 @code{EvalRules} are applied before the default simplifications.
27222 Rewriting continues until no further @code{EvalRules} apply.
27223 Note that this is different from the usual order of application of
27224 rewrite rules: @code{EvalRules} works from the bottom up, simplifying
27225 the arguments to a function before the function itself, while @kbd{a r}
27226 applies rules from the top down.
27227
27228 Because the @code{EvalRules} are tried first, you can use them to
27229 override the normal behavior of any built-in Calc function.
27230
27231 It is important not to write a rule that will get into an infinite
27232 loop. For example, the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 1, f(n) := n f(n-1)]}
27233 appears to be a good definition of a factorial function, but it is
27234 unsafe. Imagine what happens if @samp{f(2.5)} is simplified. Calc
27235 will continue to subtract 1 from this argument forever without reaching
27236 zero. A safer second rule would be @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0}.
27237 Another dangerous rule is @samp{g(x, y) := g(y, x)}. Rewriting
27238 @samp{g(2, 4)}, this would bounce back and forth between that and
27239 @samp{g(4, 2)} forever. If an infinite loop in @code{EvalRules}
27240 occurs, Emacs will eventually stop with a ``Computation got stuck
27241 or ran too long'' message.
27242
27243 Another subtle difference between @code{EvalRules} and regular rewrites
27244 concerns rules that rewrite a formula into an identical formula. For
27245 example, @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} ``fails to match'' when @expr{n} is
27246 already an integer. But in @code{EvalRules} this case is detected only
27247 if the righthand side literally becomes the original formula before any
27248 further simplification. This means that @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} will
27249 get into an infinite loop if it occurs in @code{EvalRules}. Calc will
27250 replace @samp{f(6)} with @samp{f(floor(6))}, which is different from
27251 @samp{f(6)}, so it will consider the rule to have matched and will
27252 continue simplifying that formula; first the argument is simplified
27253 to get @samp{f(6)}, then the rule matches again to get @samp{f(floor(6))}
27254 again, ad infinitum. A much safer rule would check its argument first,
27255 say, with @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n)) :: !dint(n)}.
27256
27257 (What really happens is that the rewrite mechanism substitutes the
27258 meta-variables in the righthand side of a rule, compares to see if the
27259 result is the same as the original formula and fails if so, then uses
27260 the default simplifications to simplify the result and compares again
27261 (and again fails if the formula has simplified back to its original
27262 form). The only special wrinkle for the @code{EvalRules} is that the
27263 same rules will come back into play when the default simplifications
27264 are used. What Calc wants to do is build @samp{f(floor(6))}, see that
27265 this is different from the original formula, simplify to @samp{f(6)},
27266 see that this is the same as the original formula, and thus halt the
27267 rewriting. But while simplifying, @samp{f(6)} will again trigger
27268 the same @code{EvalRules} rule and Calc will get into a loop inside
27269 the rewrite mechanism itself.)
27270
27271 The @code{phase}, @code{schedule}, and @code{iterations} markers do
27272 not work in @code{EvalRules}. If the rule set is divided into phases,
27273 only the phase 1 rules are applied, and the schedule is ignored.
27274 The rules are always repeated as many times as possible.
27275
27276 The @code{EvalRules} are applied to all function calls in a formula,
27277 but not to numbers (and other number-like objects like error forms),
27278 nor to vectors or individual variable names. (Though they will apply
27279 to @emph{components} of vectors and error forms when appropriate.) You
27280 might try to make a variable @code{phihat} which automatically expands
27281 to its definition without the need to press @kbd{=} by writing the
27282 rule @samp{quote(phihat) := (1-sqrt(5))/2}, but unfortunately this rule
27283 will not work as part of @code{EvalRules}.
27284
27285 Finally, another limitation is that Calc sometimes calls its built-in
27286 functions directly rather than going through the default simplifications.
27287 When it does this, @code{EvalRules} will not be able to override those
27288 functions. For example, when you take the absolute value of the complex
27289 number @expr{(2, 3)}, Calc computes @samp{sqrt(2*2 + 3*3)} by calling
27290 the multiplication, addition, and square root functions directly rather
27291 than applying the default simplifications to this formula. So an
27292 @code{EvalRules} rule that (perversely) rewrites @samp{sqrt(13) := 6}
27293 would not apply. (However, if you put Calc into Symbolic mode so that
27294 @samp{sqrt(13)} will be left in symbolic form by the built-in square
27295 root function, your rule will be able to apply. But if the complex
27296 number were @expr{(3,4)}, so that @samp{sqrt(25)} must be calculated,
27297 then Symbolic mode will not help because @samp{sqrt(25)} can be
27298 evaluated exactly to 5.)
27299
27300 One subtle restriction that normally only manifests itself with
27301 @code{EvalRules} is that while a given rewrite rule is in the process
27302 of being checked, that same rule cannot be recursively applied. Calc
27303 effectively removes the rule from its rule set while checking the rule,
27304 then puts it back once the match succeeds or fails. (The technical
27305 reason for this is that compiled pattern programs are not reentrant.)
27306 For example, consider the rule @samp{foo(x) := x :: foo(x/2) > 0}
27307 attempting to match @samp{foo(8)}. This rule will be inactive while
27308 the condition @samp{foo(4) > 0} is checked, even though it might be
27309 an integral part of evaluating that condition. Note that this is not
27310 a problem for the more usual recursive type of rule, such as
27311 @samp{foo(x) := foo(x/2)}, because there the rule has succeeded and
27312 been reactivated by the time the righthand side is evaluated.
27313
27314 If @code{EvalRules} has no stored value (its default state), or if
27315 anything but a vector is stored in it, then it is ignored.
27316
27317 Even though Calc's rewrite mechanism is designed to compare rewrite
27318 rules to formulas as quickly as possible, storing rules in
27319 @code{EvalRules} may make Calc run substantially slower. This is
27320 particularly true of rules where the top-level call is a commonly used
27321 function, or is not fixed. The rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0} will
27322 only activate the rewrite mechanism for calls to the function @code{f},
27323 but @samp{lg(n) + lg(m) := lg(n m)} will check every @samp{+} operator.
27324
27325 @smallexample
27326 apply(f, [a*b]) := apply(f, [a]) + apply(f, [b]) :: in(f, [ln, log10])
27327 @end smallexample
27328
27329 @noindent
27330 may seem more ``efficient'' than two separate rules for @code{ln} and
27331 @code{log10}, but actually it is vastly less efficient because rules
27332 with @code{apply} as the top-level pattern must be tested against
27333 @emph{every} function call that is simplified.
27334
27335 @cindex @code{AlgSimpRules} variable
27336 @vindex AlgSimpRules
27337 Suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out not all the time,
27338 but only when @kbd{a s} is used to simplify the formula. The variable
27339 @code{AlgSimpRules} holds rules for this purpose. The @kbd{a s} command
27340 will apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules} to the formula, as
27341 well as all of its built-in simplifications.
27342
27343 Most of the special limitations for @code{EvalRules} don't apply to
27344 @code{AlgSimpRules}. Calc simply does an @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
27345 command with an infinite repeat count as the first step of @kbd{a s}.
27346 It then applies its own built-in simplifications throughout the
27347 formula, and then repeats these two steps (along with applying the
27348 default simplifications) until no further changes are possible.
27349
27350 @cindex @code{ExtSimpRules} variable
27351 @cindex @code{UnitSimpRules} variable
27352 @vindex ExtSimpRules
27353 @vindex UnitSimpRules
27354 There are also @code{ExtSimpRules} and @code{UnitSimpRules} variables
27355 that are used by @kbd{a e} and @kbd{u s}, respectively; these commands
27356 also apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. The variable
27357 @code{IntegSimpRules} contains simplification rules that are used
27358 only during integration by @kbd{a i}.
27359
27360 @node Debugging Rewrites, Examples of Rewrite Rules, Automatic Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
27361 @subsection Debugging Rewrites
27362
27363 @noindent
27364 If a buffer named @samp{*Trace*} exists, the rewrite mechanism will
27365 record some useful information there as it operates. The original
27366 formula is written there, as is the result of each successful rewrite,
27367 and the final result of the rewriting. All phase changes are also
27368 noted.
27369
27370 Calc always appends to @samp{*Trace*}. You must empty this buffer
27371 yourself periodically if it is in danger of growing unwieldy.
27372
27373 Note that the rewriting mechanism is substantially slower when the
27374 @samp{*Trace*} buffer exists, even if the buffer is not visible on
27375 the screen. Once you are done, you will probably want to kill this
27376 buffer (with @kbd{C-x k *Trace* @key{RET}}). If you leave it in
27377 existence and forget about it, all your future rewrite commands will
27378 be needlessly slow.
27379
27380 @node Examples of Rewrite Rules, , Debugging Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
27381 @subsection Examples of Rewrite Rules
27382
27383 @noindent
27384 Returning to the example of substituting the pattern
27385 @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2} with 1, we saw that the rule
27386 @samp{opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a} does a good job of
27387 finding suitable cases. Another solution would be to use the rule
27388 @samp{cos(x)^2 := 1 - sin(x)^2}, followed by algebraic simplification
27389 if necessary. This rule will be the most effective way to do the job,
27390 but at the expense of making some changes that you might not desire.
27391
27392 Another algebraic rewrite rule is @samp{exp(x+y) := exp(x) exp(y)}.
27393 To make this work with the @w{@kbd{j r}} command so that it can be
27394 easily targeted to a particular exponential in a large formula,
27395 you might wish to write the rule as @samp{select(exp(x+y)) :=
27396 select(exp(x) exp(y))}. The @samp{select} markers will be
27397 ignored by the regular @kbd{a r} command
27398 (@pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}).
27399
27400 A surprisingly useful rewrite rule is @samp{a/(b-c) := a*(b+c)/(b^2-c^2)}.
27401 This will simplify the formula whenever @expr{b} and/or @expr{c} can
27402 be made simpler by squaring. For example, applying this rule to
27403 @samp{2 / (sqrt(2) + 3)} yields @samp{6:7 - 2:7 sqrt(2)} (assuming
27404 Symbolic mode has been enabled to keep the square root from being
27405 evaluated to a floating-point approximation). This rule is also
27406 useful when working with symbolic complex numbers, e.g.,
27407 @samp{(a + b i) / (c + d i)}.
27408
27409 As another example, we could define our own ``triangular numbers'' function
27410 with the rules @samp{[tri(0) := 0, tri(n) := n + tri(n-1) :: n>0]}. Enter
27411 this vector and store it in a variable: @kbd{@w{s t} trirules}. Now, given
27412 a suitable formula like @samp{tri(5)} on the stack, type @samp{a r trirules}
27413 to apply these rules repeatedly. After six applications, @kbd{a r} will
27414 stop with 15 on the stack. Once these rules are debugged, it would probably
27415 be most useful to add them to @code{EvalRules} so that Calc will evaluate
27416 the new @code{tri} function automatically. We could then use @kbd{Z K} on
27417 the keyboard macro @kbd{' tri($) @key{RET}} to make a command that applies
27418 @code{tri} to the value on the top of the stack. @xref{Programming}.
27419
27420 @cindex Quaternions
27421 The following rule set, contributed by
27422 @texline Fran\c cois
27423 @infoline Francois
27424 Pinard, implements @dfn{quaternions}, a generalization of the concept of
27425 complex numbers. Quaternions have four components, and are here
27426 represented by function calls @samp{quat(@var{w}, [@var{x}, @var{y},
27427 @var{z}])} with ``real part'' @var{w} and the three ``imaginary'' parts
27428 collected into a vector. Various arithmetical operations on quaternions
27429 are supported. To use these rules, either add them to @code{EvalRules},
27430 or create a command based on @kbd{a r} for simplifying quaternion
27431 formulas. A convenient way to enter quaternions would be a command
27432 defined by a keyboard macro containing: @kbd{' quat($$$$, [$$$, $$, $])
27433 @key{RET}}.
27434
27435 @smallexample
27436 [ quat(w, x, y, z) := quat(w, [x, y, z]),
27437 quat(w, [0, 0, 0]) := w,
27438 abs(quat(w, v)) := hypot(w, v),
27439 -quat(w, v) := quat(-w, -v),
27440 r + quat(w, v) := quat(r + w, v) :: real(r),
27441 r - quat(w, v) := quat(r - w, -v) :: real(r),
27442 quat(w1, v1) + quat(w2, v2) := quat(w1 + w2, v1 + v2),
27443 r * quat(w, v) := quat(r * w, r * v) :: real(r),
27444 plain(quat(w1, v1) * quat(w2, v2))
27445 := quat(w1 * w2 - v1 * v2, w1 * v2 + w2 * v1 + cross(v1, v2)),
27446 quat(w1, v1) / r := quat(w1 / r, v1 / r) :: real(r),
27447 z / quat(w, v) := z * quatinv(quat(w, v)),
27448 quatinv(quat(w, v)) := quat(w, -v) / (w^2 + v^2),
27449 quatsqr(quat(w, v)) := quat(w^2 - v^2, 2 * w * v),
27450 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^(k / 2))
27451 :: integer(k) :: k > 0 :: k % 2 = 0,
27452 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^((k - 1) / 2)) * quat(w, v)
27453 :: integer(k) :: k > 2,
27454 quat(w, v)^-k := quatinv(quat(w, v)^k) :: integer(k) :: k > 0 ]
27455 @end smallexample
27456
27457 Quaternions, like matrices, have non-commutative multiplication.
27458 In other words, @expr{q1 * q2 = q2 * q1} is not necessarily true if
27459 @expr{q1} and @expr{q2} are @code{quat} forms. The @samp{quat*quat}
27460 rule above uses @code{plain} to prevent Calc from rearranging the
27461 product. It may also be wise to add the line @samp{[quat(), matrix]}
27462 to the @code{Decls} matrix, to ensure that Calc's other algebraic
27463 operations will not rearrange a quaternion product. @xref{Declarations}.
27464
27465 These rules also accept a four-argument @code{quat} form, converting
27466 it to the preferred form in the first rule. If you would rather see
27467 results in the four-argument form, just append the two items
27468 @samp{phase(2), quat(w, [x, y, z]) := quat(w, x, y, z)} to the end
27469 of the rule set. (But remember that multi-phase rule sets don't work
27470 in @code{EvalRules}.)
27471
27472 @node Units, Store and Recall, Algebra, Top
27473 @chapter Operating on Units
27474
27475 @noindent
27476 One special interpretation of algebraic formulas is as numbers with units.
27477 For example, the formula @samp{5 m / s^2} can be read ``five meters
27478 per second squared.'' The commands in this chapter help you
27479 manipulate units expressions in this form. Units-related commands
27480 begin with the @kbd{u} prefix key.
27481
27482 @menu
27483 * Basic Operations on Units::
27484 * The Units Table::
27485 * Predefined Units::
27486 * User-Defined Units::
27487 @end menu
27488
27489 @node Basic Operations on Units, The Units Table, Units, Units
27490 @section Basic Operations on Units
27491
27492 @noindent
27493 A @dfn{units expression} is a formula which is basically a number
27494 multiplied and/or divided by one or more @dfn{unit names}, which may
27495 optionally be raised to integer powers. Actually, the value part need not
27496 be a number; any product or quotient involving unit names is a units
27497 expression. Many of the units commands will also accept any formula,
27498 where the command applies to all units expressions which appear in the
27499 formula.
27500
27501 A unit name is a variable whose name appears in the @dfn{unit table},
27502 or a variable whose name is a prefix character like @samp{k} (for ``kilo'')
27503 or @samp{u} (for ``micro'') followed by a name in the unit table.
27504 A substantial table of built-in units is provided with Calc;
27505 @pxref{Predefined Units}. You can also define your own unit names;
27506 @pxref{User-Defined Units}.
27507
27508 Note that if the value part of a units expression is exactly @samp{1},
27509 it will be removed by the Calculator's automatic algebra routines: The
27510 formula @samp{1 mm} is ``simplified'' to @samp{mm}. This is only a
27511 display anomaly, however; @samp{mm} will work just fine as a
27512 representation of one millimeter.
27513
27514 You may find that Algebraic mode (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}) makes working
27515 with units expressions easier. Otherwise, you will have to remember
27516 to hit the apostrophe key every time you wish to enter units.
27517
27518 @kindex u s
27519 @pindex calc-simplify-units
27520 @ignore
27521 @mindex usimpl@idots
27522 @end ignore
27523 @tindex usimplify
27524 The @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) [@code{usimplify}] command
27525 simplifies a units
27526 expression. It uses @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) to simplify the
27527 expression first as a regular algebraic formula; it then looks for
27528 features that can be further simplified by converting one object's units
27529 to be compatible with another's. For example, @samp{5 m + 23 mm} will
27530 simplify to @samp{5.023 m}. When different but compatible units are
27531 added, the righthand term's units are converted to match those of the
27532 lefthand term. @xref{Simplification Modes}, for a way to have this done
27533 automatically at all times.
27534
27535 Units simplification also handles quotients of two units with the same
27536 dimensionality, as in @w{@samp{2 in s/L cm}} to @samp{5.08 s/L}; fractional
27537 powers of unit expressions, as in @samp{sqrt(9 mm^2)} to @samp{3 mm} and
27538 @samp{sqrt(9 acre)} to a quantity in meters; and @code{floor},
27539 @code{ceil}, @code{round}, @code{rounde}, @code{roundu}, @code{trunc},
27540 @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{abs}, and @code{clean}
27541 applied to units expressions, in which case
27542 the operation in question is applied only to the numeric part of the
27543 expression. Finally, trigonometric functions of quantities with units
27544 of angle are evaluated, regardless of the current angular mode.
27545
27546 @kindex u c
27547 @pindex calc-convert-units
27548 The @kbd{u c} (@code{calc-convert-units}) command converts a units
27549 expression to new, compatible units. For example, given the units
27550 expression @samp{55 mph}, typing @kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}} produces
27551 @samp{24.5872 m/s}. If you have previously converted a units expression
27552 with the same type of units (in this case, distance over time), you will
27553 be offered the previous choice of new units as a default. Continuing
27554 the above example, entering the units expression @samp{100 km/hr} and
27555 typing @kbd{u c @key{RET}} (without specifying new units) produces
27556 @samp{27.7777777778 m/s}.
27557
27558 While many of Calc's conversion factors are exact, some are necessarily
27559 approximate. If Calc is in fraction mode (@pxref{Fraction Mode}), then
27560 unit conversions will try to give exact, rational conversions, but it
27561 isn't always possible. Given @samp{55 mph} in fraction mode, typing
27562 @kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}} produces @samp{15367:625 m/s}, for example,
27563 while typing @kbd{u c au/yr @key{RET}} produces
27564 @samp{5.18665819999e-3 au/yr}.
27565
27566 If the units you request are inconsistent with the original units, the
27567 number will be converted into your units times whatever ``remainder''
27568 units are left over. For example, converting @samp{55 mph} into acres
27569 produces @samp{6.08e-3 acre / m s}. (Recall that multiplication binds
27570 more strongly than division in Calc formulas, so the units here are
27571 acres per meter-second.) Remainder units are expressed in terms of
27572 ``fundamental'' units like @samp{m} and @samp{s}, regardless of the
27573 input units.
27574
27575 One special exception is that if you specify a single unit name, and
27576 a compatible unit appears somewhere in the units expression, then
27577 that compatible unit will be converted to the new unit and the
27578 remaining units in the expression will be left alone. For example,
27579 given the input @samp{980 cm/s^2}, the command @kbd{u c ms} will
27580 change the @samp{s} to @samp{ms} to get @samp{9.8e-4 cm/ms^2}.
27581 The ``remainder unit'' @samp{cm} is left alone rather than being
27582 changed to the base unit @samp{m}.
27583
27584 You can use explicit unit conversion instead of the @kbd{u s} command
27585 to gain more control over the units of the result of an expression.
27586 For example, given @samp{5 m + 23 mm}, you can type @kbd{u c m} or
27587 @kbd{u c mm} to express the result in either meters or millimeters.
27588 (For that matter, you could type @kbd{u c fath} to express the result
27589 in fathoms, if you preferred!)
27590
27591 In place of a specific set of units, you can also enter one of the
27592 units system names @code{si}, @code{mks} (equivalent), or @code{cgs}.
27593 For example, @kbd{u c si @key{RET}} converts the expression into
27594 International System of Units (SI) base units. Also, @kbd{u c base}
27595 converts to Calc's base units, which are the same as @code{si} units
27596 except that @code{base} uses @samp{g} as the fundamental unit of mass
27597 whereas @code{si} uses @samp{kg}.
27598
27599 @cindex Composite units
27600 The @kbd{u c} command also accepts @dfn{composite units}, which
27601 are expressed as the sum of several compatible unit names. For
27602 example, converting @samp{30.5 in} to units @samp{mi+ft+in} (miles,
27603 feet, and inches) produces @samp{2 ft + 6.5 in}. Calc first
27604 sorts the unit names into order of decreasing relative size.
27605 It then accounts for as much of the input quantity as it can
27606 using an integer number times the largest unit, then moves on
27607 to the next smaller unit, and so on. Only the smallest unit
27608 may have a non-integer amount attached in the result. A few
27609 standard unit names exist for common combinations, such as
27610 @code{mfi} for @samp{mi+ft+in}, and @code{tpo} for @samp{ton+lb+oz}.
27611 Composite units are expanded as if by @kbd{a x}, so that
27612 @samp{(ft+in)/hr} is first converted to @samp{ft/hr+in/hr}.
27613
27614 If the value on the stack does not contain any units, @kbd{u c} will
27615 prompt first for the old units which this value should be considered
27616 to have, then for the new units. Assuming the old and new units you
27617 give are consistent with each other, the result also will not contain
27618 any units. For example, @kbd{@w{u c} cm @key{RET} in @key{RET}}
27619 converts the number 2 on the stack to 5.08.
27620
27621 @kindex u b
27622 @pindex calc-base-units
27623 The @kbd{u b} (@code{calc-base-units}) command is shorthand for
27624 @kbd{u c base}; it converts the units expression on the top of the
27625 stack into @code{base} units. If @kbd{u s} does not simplify a
27626 units expression as far as you would like, try @kbd{u b}.
27627
27628 The @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u b} commands treat temperature units (like
27629 @samp{degC} and @samp{K}) as relative temperatures. For example,
27630 @kbd{u c} converts @samp{10 degC} to @samp{18 degF}: A change of 10
27631 degrees Celsius corresponds to a change of 18 degrees Fahrenheit.
27632
27633 @kindex u t
27634 @pindex calc-convert-temperature
27635 @cindex Temperature conversion
27636 The @kbd{u t} (@code{calc-convert-temperature}) command converts
27637 absolute temperatures. The value on the stack must be a simple units
27638 expression with units of temperature only. This command would convert
27639 @samp{10 degC} to @samp{50 degF}, the equivalent temperature on the
27640 Fahrenheit scale.
27641
27642 @kindex u r
27643 @pindex calc-remove-units
27644 @kindex u x
27645 @pindex calc-extract-units
27646 The @kbd{u r} (@code{calc-remove-units}) command removes units from the
27647 formula at the top of the stack. The @kbd{u x}
27648 (@code{calc-extract-units}) command extracts only the units portion of a
27649 formula. These commands essentially replace every term of the formula
27650 that does or doesn't (respectively) look like a unit name by the
27651 constant 1, then resimplify the formula.
27652
27653 @kindex u a
27654 @pindex calc-autorange-units
27655 The @kbd{u a} (@code{calc-autorange-units}) command turns on and off a
27656 mode in which unit prefixes like @code{k} (``kilo'') are automatically
27657 applied to keep the numeric part of a units expression in a reasonable
27658 range. This mode affects @kbd{u s} and all units conversion commands
27659 except @kbd{u b}. For example, with autoranging on, @samp{12345 Hz}
27660 will be simplified to @samp{12.345 kHz}. Autoranging is useful for
27661 some kinds of units (like @code{Hz} and @code{m}), but is probably
27662 undesirable for non-metric units like @code{ft} and @code{tbsp}.
27663 (Composite units are more appropriate for those; see above.)
27664
27665 Autoranging always applies the prefix to the leftmost unit name.
27666 Calc chooses the largest prefix that causes the number to be greater
27667 than or equal to 1.0. Thus an increasing sequence of adjusted times
27668 would be @samp{1 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms, 1 s, 10 s, 100 s, 1 ks}.
27669 Generally the rule of thumb is that the number will be adjusted
27670 to be in the interval @samp{[1 .. 1000)}, although there are several
27671 exceptions to this rule. First, if the unit has a power then this
27672 is not possible; @samp{0.1 s^2} simplifies to @samp{100000 ms^2}.
27673 Second, the ``centi-'' prefix is allowed to form @code{cm} (centimeters),
27674 but will not apply to other units. The ``deci-,'' ``deka-,'' and
27675 ``hecto-'' prefixes are never used. Thus the allowable interval is
27676 @samp{[1 .. 10)} for millimeters and @samp{[1 .. 100)} for centimeters.
27677 Finally, a prefix will not be added to a unit if the resulting name
27678 is also the actual name of another unit; @samp{1e-15 t} would normally
27679 be considered a ``femto-ton,'' but it is written as @samp{1000 at}
27680 (1000 atto-tons) instead because @code{ft} would be confused with feet.
27681
27682 @node The Units Table, Predefined Units, Basic Operations on Units, Units
27683 @section The Units Table
27684
27685 @noindent
27686 @kindex u v
27687 @pindex calc-enter-units-table
27688 The @kbd{u v} (@code{calc-enter-units-table}) command displays the units table
27689 in another buffer called @code{*Units Table*}. Each entry in this table
27690 gives the unit name as it would appear in an expression, the definition
27691 of the unit in terms of simpler units, and a full name or description of
27692 the unit. Fundamental units are defined as themselves; these are the
27693 units produced by the @kbd{u b} command. The fundamental units are
27694 meters, seconds, grams, kelvins, amperes, candelas, moles, radians,
27695 and steradians.
27696
27697 The Units Table buffer also displays the Unit Prefix Table. Note that
27698 two prefixes, ``kilo'' and ``hecto,'' accept either upper- or lower-case
27699 prefix letters. @samp{Meg} is also accepted as a synonym for the @samp{M}
27700 prefix. Whenever a unit name can be interpreted as either a built-in name
27701 or a prefix followed by another built-in name, the former interpretation
27702 wins. For example, @samp{2 pt} means two pints, not two pico-tons.
27703
27704 The Units Table buffer, once created, is not rebuilt unless you define
27705 new units. To force the buffer to be rebuilt, give any numeric prefix
27706 argument to @kbd{u v}.
27707
27708 @kindex u V
27709 @pindex calc-view-units-table
27710 The @kbd{u V} (@code{calc-view-units-table}) command is like @kbd{u v} except
27711 that the cursor is not moved into the Units Table buffer. You can
27712 type @kbd{u V} again to remove the Units Table from the display. To
27713 return from the Units Table buffer after a @kbd{u v}, type @kbd{C-x * c}
27714 again or use the regular Emacs @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window})
27715 command. You can also kill the buffer with @kbd{C-x k} if you wish;
27716 the actual units table is safely stored inside the Calculator.
27717
27718 @kindex u g
27719 @pindex calc-get-unit-definition
27720 The @kbd{u g} (@code{calc-get-unit-definition}) command retrieves a unit's
27721 defining expression and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. For example,
27722 @kbd{u g in} will produce the expression @samp{2.54 cm}. This is the
27723 same definition for the unit that would appear in the Units Table buffer.
27724 Note that this command works only for actual unit names; @kbd{u g km}
27725 will report that no such unit exists, for example, because @code{km} is
27726 really the unit @code{m} with a @code{k} (``kilo'') prefix. To see a
27727 definition of a unit in terms of base units, it is easier to push the
27728 unit name on the stack and then reduce it to base units with @kbd{u b}.
27729
27730 @kindex u e
27731 @pindex calc-explain-units
27732 The @kbd{u e} (@code{calc-explain-units}) command displays an English
27733 description of the units of the expression on the stack. For example,
27734 for the expression @samp{62 km^2 g / s^2 mol K}, the description is
27735 ``Square-Kilometer Gram per (Second-squared Mole Degree-Kelvin).'' This
27736 command uses the English descriptions that appear in the righthand
27737 column of the Units Table.
27738
27739 @node Predefined Units, User-Defined Units, The Units Table, Units
27740 @section Predefined Units
27741
27742 @noindent
27743 The definitions of many units have changed over the years. For example,
27744 the meter was originally defined in 1791 as one ten-millionth of the
27745 distance from the equator to the north pole. In order to be more
27746 precise, the definition was adjusted several times, and now a meter is
27747 defined as the distance that light will travel in a vacuum in
27748 1/299792458 of a second; consequently, the speed of light in a
27749 vacuum is exactly 299792458 m/s. Many other units have been
27750 redefined in terms of fundamental physical processes; a second, for
27751 example, is currently defined as 9192631770 periods of a certain
27752 radiation related to the cesium-133 atom. The only SI unit that is not
27753 based on a fundamental physical process (although there are efforts to
27754 change this) is the kilogram, which was originally defined as the mass
27755 of one liter of water, but is now defined as the mass of the
27756 International Prototype Kilogram (IPK), a cylinder of platinum-iridium
27757 kept at the Bureau International des Poids et Mesures in S@`evres,
27758 France. (There are several copies of the IPK throughout the world.)
27759 The British imperial units, once defined in terms of physical objects,
27760 were redefined in 1963 in terms of SI units. The US customary units,
27761 which were the same as British units until the British imperial system
27762 was created in 1824, were also defined in terms of the SI units in 1893.
27763 Because of these redefinitions, conversions between metric, British
27764 Imperial, and US customary units can often be done precisely.
27765
27766 Since the exact definitions of many kinds of units have evolved over the
27767 years, and since certain countries sometimes have local differences in
27768 their definitions, it is a good idea to examine Calc's definition of a
27769 unit before depending on its exact value. For example, there are three
27770 different units for gallons, corresponding to the US (@code{gal}),
27771 Canadian (@code{galC}), and British (@code{galUK}) definitions. Also,
27772 note that @code{oz} is a standard ounce of mass, @code{ozt} is a Troy
27773 ounce, and @code{ozfl} is a fluid ounce.
27774
27775 The temperature units corresponding to degrees Kelvin and Centigrade
27776 (Celsius) are the same in this table, since most units commands treat
27777 temperatures as being relative. The @code{calc-convert-temperature}
27778 command has special rules for handling the different absolute magnitudes
27779 of the various temperature scales.
27780
27781 The unit of volume ``liters'' can be referred to by either the lower-case
27782 @code{l} or the upper-case @code{L}.
27783
27784 The unit @code{A} stands for Amperes; the name @code{Ang} is used
27785 @tex
27786 for \AA ngstroms.
27787 @end tex
27788 @ifnottex
27789 for Angstroms.
27790 @end ifnottex
27791
27792 The unit @code{pt} stands for pints; the name @code{point} stands for
27793 a typographical point, defined by @samp{72 point = 1 in}. This is
27794 slightly different than the point defined by the American Typefounder's
27795 Association in 1886, but the point used by Calc has become standard
27796 largely due to its use by the PostScript page description language.
27797 There is also @code{texpt}, which stands for a printer's point as
27798 defined by the @TeX{} typesetting system: @samp{72.27 texpt = 1 in}.
27799 Other units used by @TeX{} are available; they are @code{texpc} (a pica),
27800 @code{texbp} (a ``big point'', equal to a standard point which is larger
27801 than the point used by @TeX{}), @code{texdd} (a Didot point),
27802 @code{texcc} (a Cicero) and @code{texsp} (a scaled @TeX{} point,
27803 all dimensions representable in @TeX{} are multiples of this value).
27804
27805 The unit @code{e} stands for the elementary (electron) unit of charge;
27806 because algebra command could mistake this for the special constant
27807 @expr{e}, Calc provides the alternate unit name @code{ech} which is
27808 preferable to @code{e}.
27809
27810 The name @code{g} stands for one gram of mass; there is also @code{gf},
27811 one gram of force. (Likewise for @kbd{lb}, pounds, and @kbd{lbf}.)
27812 Meanwhile, one ``@expr{g}'' of acceleration is denoted @code{ga}.
27813
27814 The unit @code{ton} is a U.S. ton of @samp{2000 lb}, and @code{t} is
27815 a metric ton of @samp{1000 kg}.
27816
27817 The names @code{s} (or @code{sec}) and @code{min} refer to units of
27818 time; @code{arcsec} and @code{arcmin} are units of angle.
27819
27820 Some ``units'' are really physical constants; for example, @code{c}
27821 represents the speed of light, and @code{h} represents Planck's
27822 constant. You can use these just like other units: converting
27823 @samp{.5 c} to @samp{m/s} expresses one-half the speed of light in
27824 meters per second. You can also use this merely as a handy reference;
27825 the @kbd{u g} command gets the definition of one of these constants
27826 in its normal terms, and @kbd{u b} expresses the definition in base
27827 units.
27828
27829 Two units, @code{pi} and @code{alpha} (the fine structure constant,
27830 approximately @mathit{1/137}) are dimensionless. The units simplification
27831 commands simply treat these names as equivalent to their corresponding
27832 values. However you can, for example, use @kbd{u c} to convert a pure
27833 number into multiples of the fine structure constant, or @kbd{u b} to
27834 convert this back into a pure number. (When @kbd{u c} prompts for the
27835 ``old units,'' just enter a blank line to signify that the value
27836 really is unitless.)
27837
27838 @c Describe angular units, luminosity vs. steradians problem.
27839
27840 @node User-Defined Units, , Predefined Units, Units
27841 @section User-Defined Units
27842
27843 @noindent
27844 Calc provides ways to get quick access to your selected ``favorite''
27845 units, as well as ways to define your own new units.
27846
27847 @kindex u 0-9
27848 @pindex calc-quick-units
27849 @vindex Units
27850 @cindex @code{Units} variable
27851 @cindex Quick units
27852 To select your favorite units, store a vector of unit names or
27853 expressions in the Calc variable @code{Units}. The @kbd{u 1}
27854 through @kbd{u 9} commands (@code{calc-quick-units}) provide access
27855 to these units. If the value on the top of the stack is a plain
27856 number (with no units attached), then @kbd{u 1} gives it the
27857 specified units. (Basically, it multiplies the number by the
27858 first item in the @code{Units} vector.) If the number on the
27859 stack @emph{does} have units, then @kbd{u 1} converts that number
27860 to the new units. For example, suppose the vector @samp{[in, ft]}
27861 is stored in @code{Units}. Then @kbd{30 u 1} will create the
27862 expression @samp{30 in}, and @kbd{u 2} will convert that expression
27863 to @samp{2.5 ft}.
27864
27865 The @kbd{u 0} command accesses the tenth element of @code{Units}.
27866 Only ten quick units may be defined at a time. If the @code{Units}
27867 variable has no stored value (the default), or if its value is not
27868 a vector, then the quick-units commands will not function. The
27869 @kbd{s U} command is a convenient way to edit the @code{Units}
27870 variable; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
27871
27872 @kindex u d
27873 @pindex calc-define-unit
27874 @cindex User-defined units
27875 The @kbd{u d} (@code{calc-define-unit}) command records the units
27876 expression on the top of the stack as the definition for a new,
27877 user-defined unit. For example, putting @samp{16.5 ft} on the stack and
27878 typing @kbd{u d rod} defines the new unit @samp{rod} to be equivalent to
27879 16.5 feet. The unit conversion and simplification commands will now
27880 treat @code{rod} just like any other unit of length. You will also be
27881 prompted for an optional English description of the unit, which will
27882 appear in the Units Table. If you wish the definition of this unit to
27883 be displayed in a special way in the Units Table buffer (such as with an
27884 asterisk to indicate an approximate value), then you can call this
27885 command with an argument, @kbd{C-u u d}; you will then also be prompted
27886 for a string that will be used to display the definition.
27887
27888 @kindex u u
27889 @pindex calc-undefine-unit
27890 The @kbd{u u} (@code{calc-undefine-unit}) command removes a user-defined
27891 unit. It is not possible to remove one of the predefined units,
27892 however.
27893
27894 If you define a unit with an existing unit name, your new definition
27895 will replace the original definition of that unit. If the unit was a
27896 predefined unit, the old definition will not be replaced, only
27897 ``shadowed.'' The built-in definition will reappear if you later use
27898 @kbd{u u} to remove the shadowing definition.
27899
27900 To create a new fundamental unit, use either 1 or the unit name itself
27901 as the defining expression. Otherwise the expression can involve any
27902 other units that you like (except for composite units like @samp{mfi}).
27903 You can create a new composite unit with a sum of other units as the
27904 defining expression. The next unit operation like @kbd{u c} or @kbd{u v}
27905 will rebuild the internal unit table incorporating your modifications.
27906 Note that erroneous definitions (such as two units defined in terms of
27907 each other) will not be detected until the unit table is next rebuilt;
27908 @kbd{u v} is a convenient way to force this to happen.
27909
27910 Temperature units are treated specially inside the Calculator; it is not
27911 possible to create user-defined temperature units.
27912
27913 @kindex u p
27914 @pindex calc-permanent-units
27915 @cindex Calc init file, user-defined units
27916 The @kbd{u p} (@code{calc-permanent-units}) command stores the user-defined
27917 units in your Calc init file (the file given by the variable
27918 @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.calc.el}), so that the
27919 units will still be available in subsequent Emacs sessions. If there
27920 was already a set of user-defined units in your Calc init file, it
27921 is replaced by the new set. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to
27922 tell Calc to use a different file for the Calc init file.)
27923
27924 @node Store and Recall, Graphics, Units, Top
27925 @chapter Storing and Recalling
27926
27927 @noindent
27928 Calculator variables are really just Lisp variables that contain numbers
27929 or formulas in a form that Calc can understand. The commands in this
27930 section allow you to manipulate variables conveniently. Commands related
27931 to variables use the @kbd{s} prefix key.
27932
27933 @menu
27934 * Storing Variables::
27935 * Recalling Variables::
27936 * Operations on Variables::
27937 * Let Command::
27938 * Evaluates-To Operator::
27939 @end menu
27940
27941 @node Storing Variables, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall, Store and Recall
27942 @section Storing Variables
27943
27944 @noindent
27945 @kindex s s
27946 @pindex calc-store
27947 @cindex Storing variables
27948 @cindex Quick variables
27949 @vindex q0
27950 @vindex q9
27951 The @kbd{s s} (@code{calc-store}) command stores the value at the top of
27952 the stack into a specified variable. It prompts you to enter the
27953 name of the variable. If you press a single digit, the value is stored
27954 immediately in one of the ``quick'' variables @code{q0} through
27955 @code{q9}. Or you can enter any variable name.
27956
27957 @kindex s t
27958 @pindex calc-store-into
27959 The @kbd{s s} command leaves the stored value on the stack. There is
27960 also an @kbd{s t} (@code{calc-store-into}) command, which removes a
27961 value from the stack and stores it in a variable.
27962
27963 If the top of stack value is an equation @samp{a = 7} or assignment
27964 @samp{a := 7} with a variable on the lefthand side, then Calc will
27965 assign that variable with that value by default, i.e., if you type
27966 @kbd{s s @key{RET}} or @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. In this example, the
27967 value 7 would be stored in the variable @samp{a}. (If you do type
27968 a variable name at the prompt, the top-of-stack value is stored in
27969 its entirety, even if it is an equation: @samp{s s b @key{RET}}
27970 with @samp{a := 7} on the stack stores @samp{a := 7} in @code{b}.)
27971
27972 In fact, the top of stack value can be a vector of equations or
27973 assignments with different variables on their lefthand sides; the
27974 default will be to store all the variables with their corresponding
27975 righthand sides simultaneously.
27976
27977 It is also possible to type an equation or assignment directly at
27978 the prompt for the @kbd{s s} or @kbd{s t} command: @kbd{s s foo = 7}.
27979 In this case the expression to the right of the @kbd{=} or @kbd{:=}
27980 symbol is evaluated as if by the @kbd{=} command, and that value is
27981 stored in the variable. No value is taken from the stack; @kbd{s s}
27982 and @kbd{s t} are equivalent when used in this way.
27983
27984 @kindex s 0-9
27985 @kindex t 0-9
27986 The prefix keys @kbd{s} and @kbd{t} may be followed immediately by a
27987 digit; @kbd{s 9} is equivalent to @kbd{s s 9}, and @kbd{t 9} is
27988 equivalent to @kbd{s t 9}. (The @kbd{t} prefix is otherwise used
27989 for trail and time/date commands.)
27990
27991 @kindex s +
27992 @kindex s -
27993 @ignore
27994 @mindex @idots
27995 @end ignore
27996 @kindex s *
27997 @ignore
27998 @mindex @null
27999 @end ignore
28000 @kindex s /
28001 @ignore
28002 @mindex @null
28003 @end ignore
28004 @kindex s ^
28005 @ignore
28006 @mindex @null
28007 @end ignore
28008 @kindex s |
28009 @ignore
28010 @mindex @null
28011 @end ignore
28012 @kindex s n
28013 @ignore
28014 @mindex @null
28015 @end ignore
28016 @kindex s &
28017 @ignore
28018 @mindex @null
28019 @end ignore
28020 @kindex s [
28021 @ignore
28022 @mindex @null
28023 @end ignore
28024 @kindex s ]
28025 @pindex calc-store-plus
28026 @pindex calc-store-minus
28027 @pindex calc-store-times
28028 @pindex calc-store-div
28029 @pindex calc-store-power
28030 @pindex calc-store-concat
28031 @pindex calc-store-neg
28032 @pindex calc-store-inv
28033 @pindex calc-store-decr
28034 @pindex calc-store-incr
28035 There are also several ``arithmetic store'' commands. For example,
28036 @kbd{s +} removes a value from the stack and adds it to the specified
28037 variable. The other arithmetic stores are @kbd{s -}, @kbd{s *}, @kbd{s /},
28038 @kbd{s ^}, and @w{@kbd{s |}} (vector concatenation), plus @kbd{s n} and
28039 @kbd{s &} which negate or invert the value in a variable, and @w{@kbd{s [}}
28040 and @kbd{s ]} which decrease or increase a variable by one.
28041
28042 All the arithmetic stores accept the Inverse prefix to reverse the
28043 order of the operands. If @expr{v} represents the contents of the
28044 variable, and @expr{a} is the value drawn from the stack, then regular
28045 @w{@kbd{s -}} assigns
28046 @texline @math{v \coloneq v - a},
28047 @infoline @expr{v := v - a},
28048 but @kbd{I s -} assigns
28049 @texline @math{v \coloneq a - v}.
28050 @infoline @expr{v := a - v}.
28051 While @kbd{I s *} might seem pointless, it is
28052 useful if matrix multiplication is involved. Actually, all the
28053 arithmetic stores use formulas designed to behave usefully both
28054 forwards and backwards:
28055
28056 @example
28057 @group
28058 s + v := v + a v := a + v
28059 s - v := v - a v := a - v
28060 s * v := v * a v := a * v
28061 s / v := v / a v := a / v
28062 s ^ v := v ^ a v := a ^ v
28063 s | v := v | a v := a | v
28064 s n v := v / (-1) v := (-1) / v
28065 s & v := v ^ (-1) v := (-1) ^ v
28066 s [ v := v - 1 v := 1 - v
28067 s ] v := v - (-1) v := (-1) - v
28068 @end group
28069 @end example
28070
28071 In the last four cases, a numeric prefix argument will be used in
28072 place of the number one. (For example, @kbd{M-2 s ]} increases
28073 a variable by 2, and @kbd{M-2 I s ]} replaces a variable by
28074 minus-two minus the variable.
28075
28076 The first six arithmetic stores can also be typed @kbd{s t +}, @kbd{s t -},
28077 etc. The commands @kbd{s s +}, @kbd{s s -}, and so on are analogous
28078 arithmetic stores that don't remove the value @expr{a} from the stack.
28079
28080 All arithmetic stores report the new value of the variable in the
28081 Trail for your information. They signal an error if the variable
28082 previously had no stored value. If default simplifications have been
28083 turned off, the arithmetic stores temporarily turn them on for numeric
28084 arguments only (i.e., they temporarily do an @kbd{m N} command).
28085 @xref{Simplification Modes}. Large vectors put in the trail by
28086 these commands always use abbreviated (@kbd{t .}) mode.
28087
28088 @kindex s m
28089 @pindex calc-store-map
28090 The @kbd{s m} command is a general way to adjust a variable's value
28091 using any Calc function. It is a ``mapping'' command analogous to
28092 @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R}, etc. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, to see
28093 how to specify a function for a mapping command. Basically,
28094 all you do is type the Calc command key that would invoke that
28095 function normally. For example, @kbd{s m n} applies the @kbd{n}
28096 key to negate the contents of the variable, so @kbd{s m n} is
28097 equivalent to @kbd{s n}. Also, @kbd{s m Q} takes the square root
28098 of the value stored in a variable, @kbd{s m v v} uses @kbd{v v} to
28099 reverse the vector stored in the variable, and @kbd{s m H I S}
28100 takes the hyperbolic arcsine of the variable contents.
28101
28102 If the mapping function takes two or more arguments, the additional
28103 arguments are taken from the stack; the old value of the variable
28104 is provided as the first argument. Thus @kbd{s m -} with @expr{a}
28105 on the stack computes @expr{v - a}, just like @kbd{s -}. With the
28106 Inverse prefix, the variable's original value becomes the @emph{last}
28107 argument instead of the first. Thus @kbd{I s m -} is also
28108 equivalent to @kbd{I s -}.
28109
28110 @kindex s x
28111 @pindex calc-store-exchange
28112 The @kbd{s x} (@code{calc-store-exchange}) command exchanges the value
28113 of a variable with the value on the top of the stack. Naturally, the
28114 variable must already have a stored value for this to work.
28115
28116 You can type an equation or assignment at the @kbd{s x} prompt. The
28117 command @kbd{s x a=6} takes no values from the stack; instead, it
28118 pushes the old value of @samp{a} on the stack and stores @samp{a = 6}.
28119
28120 @kindex s u
28121 @pindex calc-unstore
28122 @cindex Void variables
28123 @cindex Un-storing variables
28124 Until you store something in them, most variables are ``void,'' that is,
28125 they contain no value at all. If they appear in an algebraic formula
28126 they will be left alone even if you press @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
28127 The @kbd{s u} (@code{calc-unstore}) command returns a variable to the
28128 void state.
28129
28130 @kindex s c
28131 @pindex calc-copy-variable
28132 The @kbd{s c} (@code{calc-copy-variable}) command copies the stored
28133 value of one variable to another. One way it differs from a simple
28134 @kbd{s r} followed by an @kbd{s t} (aside from saving keystrokes) is
28135 that the value never goes on the stack and thus is never rounded,
28136 evaluated, or simplified in any way; it is not even rounded down to the
28137 current precision.
28138
28139 The only variables with predefined values are the ``special constants''
28140 @code{pi}, @code{e}, @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}. You are free
28141 to unstore these variables or to store new values into them if you like,
28142 although some of the algebraic-manipulation functions may assume these
28143 variables represent their standard values. Calc displays a warning if
28144 you change the value of one of these variables, or of one of the other
28145 special variables @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} (which are
28146 normally void).
28147
28148 Note that @code{pi} doesn't actually have 3.14159265359 stored in it,
28149 but rather a special magic value that evaluates to @cpi{} at the current
28150 precision. Likewise @code{e}, @code{i}, and @code{phi} evaluate
28151 according to the current precision or polar mode. If you recall a value
28152 from @code{pi} and store it back, this magic property will be lost. The
28153 magic property is preserved, however, when a variable is copied with
28154 @kbd{s c}.
28155
28156 @kindex s k
28157 @pindex calc-copy-special-constant
28158 If one of the ``special constants'' is redefined (or undefined) so that
28159 it no longer has its magic property, the property can be restored with
28160 @kbd{s k} (@code{calc-copy-special-constant}). This command will prompt
28161 for a special constant and a variable to store it in, and so a special
28162 constant can be stored in any variable. Here, the special constant that
28163 you enter doesn't depend on the value of the corresponding variable;
28164 @code{pi} will represent 3.14159@dots{} regardless of what is currently
28165 stored in the Calc variable @code{pi}. If one of the other special
28166 variables, @code{inf}, @code{uinf} or @code{nan}, is given a value, its
28167 original behavior can be restored by voiding it with @kbd{s u}.
28168
28169 @node Recalling Variables, Operations on Variables, Storing Variables, Store and Recall
28170 @section Recalling Variables
28171
28172 @noindent
28173 @kindex s r
28174 @pindex calc-recall
28175 @cindex Recalling variables
28176 The most straightforward way to extract the stored value from a variable
28177 is to use the @kbd{s r} (@code{calc-recall}) command. This command prompts
28178 for a variable name (similarly to @code{calc-store}), looks up the value
28179 of the specified variable, and pushes that value onto the stack. It is
28180 an error to try to recall a void variable.
28181
28182 It is also possible to recall the value from a variable by evaluating a
28183 formula containing that variable. For example, @kbd{' a @key{RET} =} is
28184 the same as @kbd{s r a @key{RET}} except that if the variable is void, the
28185 former will simply leave the formula @samp{a} on the stack whereas the
28186 latter will produce an error message.
28187
28188 @kindex r 0-9
28189 The @kbd{r} prefix may be followed by a digit, so that @kbd{r 9} is
28190 equivalent to @kbd{s r 9}.
28191
28192 @node Operations on Variables, Let Command, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall
28193 @section Other Operations on Variables
28194
28195 @noindent
28196 @kindex s e
28197 @pindex calc-edit-variable
28198 The @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command edits the stored
28199 value of a variable without ever putting that value on the stack
28200 or simplifying or evaluating the value. It prompts for the name of
28201 the variable to edit. If the variable has no stored value, the
28202 editing buffer will start out empty. If the editing buffer is
28203 empty when you press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish, the variable will
28204 be made void. @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, for a general
28205 description of editing.
28206
28207 The @kbd{s e} command is especially useful for creating and editing
28208 rewrite rules which are stored in variables. Sometimes these rules
28209 contain formulas which must not be evaluated until the rules are
28210 actually used. (For example, they may refer to @samp{deriv(x,y)},
28211 where @code{x} will someday become some expression involving @code{y};
28212 if you let Calc evaluate the rule while you are defining it, Calc will
28213 replace @samp{deriv(x,y)} with 0 because the formula @code{x} does
28214 not itself refer to @code{y}.) By contrast, recalling the variable,
28215 editing with @kbd{`}, and storing will evaluate the variable's value
28216 as a side effect of putting the value on the stack.
28217
28218 @kindex s A
28219 @kindex s D
28220 @ignore
28221 @mindex @idots
28222 @end ignore
28223 @kindex s E
28224 @ignore
28225 @mindex @null
28226 @end ignore
28227 @kindex s F
28228 @ignore
28229 @mindex @null
28230 @end ignore
28231 @kindex s G
28232 @ignore
28233 @mindex @null
28234 @end ignore
28235 @kindex s H
28236 @ignore
28237 @mindex @null
28238 @end ignore
28239 @kindex s I
28240 @ignore
28241 @mindex @null
28242 @end ignore
28243 @kindex s L
28244 @ignore
28245 @mindex @null
28246 @end ignore
28247 @kindex s P
28248 @ignore
28249 @mindex @null
28250 @end ignore
28251 @kindex s R
28252 @ignore
28253 @mindex @null
28254 @end ignore
28255 @kindex s T
28256 @ignore
28257 @mindex @null
28258 @end ignore
28259 @kindex s U
28260 @ignore
28261 @mindex @null
28262 @end ignore
28263 @kindex s X
28264 @pindex calc-store-AlgSimpRules
28265 @pindex calc-store-Decls
28266 @pindex calc-store-EvalRules
28267 @pindex calc-store-FitRules
28268 @pindex calc-store-GenCount
28269 @pindex calc-store-Holidays
28270 @pindex calc-store-IntegLimit
28271 @pindex calc-store-LineStyles
28272 @pindex calc-store-PointStyles
28273 @pindex calc-store-PlotRejects
28274 @pindex calc-store-TimeZone
28275 @pindex calc-store-Units
28276 @pindex calc-store-ExtSimpRules
28277 There are several special-purpose variable-editing commands that
28278 use the @kbd{s} prefix followed by a shifted letter:
28279
28280 @table @kbd
28281 @item s A
28282 Edit @code{AlgSimpRules}. @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
28283 @item s D
28284 Edit @code{Decls}. @xref{Declarations}.
28285 @item s E
28286 Edit @code{EvalRules}. @xref{Default Simplifications}.
28287 @item s F
28288 Edit @code{FitRules}. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
28289 @item s G
28290 Edit @code{GenCount}. @xref{Solving Equations}.
28291 @item s H
28292 Edit @code{Holidays}. @xref{Business Days}.
28293 @item s I
28294 Edit @code{IntegLimit}. @xref{Calculus}.
28295 @item s L
28296 Edit @code{LineStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
28297 @item s P
28298 Edit @code{PointStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
28299 @item s R
28300 Edit @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Graphics}.
28301 @item s T
28302 Edit @code{TimeZone}. @xref{Time Zones}.
28303 @item s U
28304 Edit @code{Units}. @xref{User-Defined Units}.
28305 @item s X
28306 Edit @code{ExtSimpRules}. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
28307 @end table
28308
28309 These commands are just versions of @kbd{s e} that use fixed variable
28310 names rather than prompting for the variable name.
28311
28312 @kindex s p
28313 @pindex calc-permanent-variable
28314 @cindex Storing variables
28315 @cindex Permanent variables
28316 @cindex Calc init file, variables
28317 The @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command saves a
28318 variable's value permanently in your Calc init file (the file given by
28319 the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.calc.el}), so
28320 that its value will still be available in future Emacs sessions. You
28321 can re-execute @w{@kbd{s p}} later on to update the saved value, but the
28322 only way to remove a saved variable is to edit your calc init file
28323 by hand. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to
28324 use a different file for the Calc init file.)
28325
28326 If you do not specify the name of a variable to save (i.e.,
28327 @kbd{s p @key{RET}}), all Calc variables with defined values
28328 are saved except for the special constants @code{pi}, @code{e},
28329 @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}; the variables @code{TimeZone}
28330 and @code{PlotRejects};
28331 @code{FitRules}, @code{DistribRules}, and other built-in rewrite
28332 rules; and @code{PlotData@var{n}} variables generated
28333 by the graphics commands. (You can still save these variables by
28334 explicitly naming them in an @kbd{s p} command.)
28335
28336 @kindex s i
28337 @pindex calc-insert-variables
28338 The @kbd{s i} (@code{calc-insert-variables}) command writes
28339 the values of all Calc variables into a specified buffer.
28340 The variables are written with the prefix @code{var-} in the form of
28341 Lisp @code{setq} commands
28342 which store the values in string form. You can place these commands
28343 in your Calc init file (or @file{.emacs}) if you wish, though in this case it
28344 would be easier to use @kbd{s p @key{RET}}. (Note that @kbd{s i}
28345 omits the same set of variables as @w{@kbd{s p @key{RET}}}; the difference
28346 is that @kbd{s i} will store the variables in any buffer, and it also
28347 stores in a more human-readable format.)
28348
28349 @node Let Command, Evaluates-To Operator, Operations on Variables, Store and Recall
28350 @section The Let Command
28351
28352 @noindent
28353 @kindex s l
28354 @pindex calc-let
28355 @cindex Variables, temporary assignment
28356 @cindex Temporary assignment to variables
28357 If you have an expression like @samp{a+b^2} on the stack and you wish to
28358 compute its value where @expr{b=3}, you can simply store 3 in @expr{b} and
28359 then press @kbd{=} to reevaluate the formula. This has the side-effect
28360 of leaving the stored value of 3 in @expr{b} for future operations.
28361
28362 The @kbd{s l} (@code{calc-let}) command evaluates a formula under a
28363 @emph{temporary} assignment of a variable. It stores the value on the
28364 top of the stack into the specified variable, then evaluates the
28365 second-to-top stack entry, then restores the original value (or lack of one)
28366 in the variable. Thus after @kbd{'@w{ }a+b^2 @key{RET} 3 s l b @key{RET}},
28367 the stack will contain the formula @samp{a + 9}. The subsequent command
28368 @kbd{@w{5 s l a} @key{RET}} will replace this formula with the number 14.
28369 The variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} are not permanently affected in any way
28370 by these commands.
28371
28372 The value on the top of the stack may be an equation or assignment, or
28373 a vector of equations or assignments, in which case the default will be
28374 analogous to the case of @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
28375
28376 Also, you can answer the variable-name prompt with an equation or
28377 assignment: @kbd{s l b=3 @key{RET}} is the same as storing 3 on the stack
28378 and typing @kbd{s l b @key{RET}}.
28379
28380 The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) command is another way to substitute
28381 a variable with a value in a formula. It does an actual substitution
28382 rather than temporarily assigning the variable and evaluating. For
28383 example, letting @expr{n=2} in @samp{f(n pi)} with @kbd{a b} will
28384 produce @samp{f(2 pi)}, whereas @kbd{s l} would give @samp{f(6.28)}
28385 since the evaluation step will also evaluate @code{pi}.
28386
28387 @node Evaluates-To Operator, , Let Command, Store and Recall
28388 @section The Evaluates-To Operator
28389
28390 @noindent
28391 @tindex evalto
28392 @tindex =>
28393 @cindex Evaluates-to operator
28394 @cindex @samp{=>} operator
28395 The special algebraic symbol @samp{=>} is known as the @dfn{evaluates-to
28396 operator}. (It will show up as an @code{evalto} function call in
28397 other language modes like Pascal and La@TeX{}.) This is a binary
28398 operator, that is, it has a lefthand and a righthand argument,
28399 although it can be entered with the righthand argument omitted.
28400
28401 A formula like @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}} is evaluated by Calc as
28402 follows: First, @var{a} is not simplified or modified in any
28403 way. The previous value of argument @var{b} is thrown away; the
28404 formula @var{a} is then copied and evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
28405 command according to all current modes and stored variable values,
28406 and the result is installed as the new value of @var{b}.
28407
28408 For example, suppose you enter the algebraic formula @samp{2 + 3 => 17}.
28409 The number 17 is ignored, and the lefthand argument is left in its
28410 unevaluated form; the result is the formula @samp{2 + 3 => 5}.
28411
28412 @kindex s =
28413 @pindex calc-evalto
28414 You can enter an @samp{=>} formula either directly using algebraic
28415 entry (in which case the righthand side may be omitted since it is
28416 going to be replaced right away anyhow), or by using the @kbd{s =}
28417 (@code{calc-evalto}) command, which takes @var{a} from the stack
28418 and replaces it with @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}}.
28419
28420 Calc keeps track of all @samp{=>} operators on the stack, and
28421 recomputes them whenever anything changes that might affect their
28422 values, i.e., a mode setting or variable value. This occurs only
28423 if the @samp{=>} operator is at the top level of the formula, or
28424 if it is part of a top-level vector. In other words, pushing
28425 @samp{2 + (a => 17)} will change the 17 to the actual value of
28426 @samp{a} when you enter the formula, but the result will not be
28427 dynamically updated when @samp{a} is changed later because the
28428 @samp{=>} operator is buried inside a sum. However, a vector
28429 of @samp{=>} operators will be recomputed, since it is convenient
28430 to push a vector like @samp{[a =>, b =>, c =>]} on the stack to
28431 make a concise display of all the variables in your problem.
28432 (Another way to do this would be to use @samp{[a, b, c] =>},
28433 which provides a slightly different format of display. You
28434 can use whichever you find easiest to read.)
28435
28436 @kindex m C
28437 @pindex calc-auto-recompute
28438 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command allows you to
28439 turn this automatic recomputation on or off. If you turn
28440 recomputation off, you must explicitly recompute an @samp{=>}
28441 operator on the stack in one of the usual ways, such as by
28442 pressing @kbd{=}. Turning recomputation off temporarily can save
28443 a lot of time if you will be changing several modes or variables
28444 before you look at the @samp{=>} entries again.
28445
28446 Most commands are not especially useful with @samp{=>} operators
28447 as arguments. For example, given @samp{x + 2 => 17}, it won't
28448 work to type @kbd{1 +} to get @samp{x + 3 => 18}. If you want
28449 to operate on the lefthand side of the @samp{=>} operator on
28450 the top of the stack, type @kbd{j 1} (that's the digit ``one'')
28451 to select the lefthand side, execute your commands, then type
28452 @kbd{j u} to unselect.
28453
28454 All current modes apply when an @samp{=>} operator is computed,
28455 including the current simplification mode. Recall that the
28456 formula @samp{x + y + x} is not handled by Calc's default
28457 simplifications, but the @kbd{a s} command will reduce it to
28458 the simpler form @samp{y + 2 x}. You can also type @kbd{m A}
28459 to enable an Algebraic Simplification mode in which the
28460 equivalent of @kbd{a s} is used on all of Calc's results.
28461 If you enter @samp{x + y + x =>} normally, the result will
28462 be @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x}. If you change to
28463 Algebraic Simplification mode, the result will be
28464 @samp{x + y + x => y + 2 x}. However, just pressing @kbd{a s}
28465 once will have no effect on @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x},
28466 because the righthand side depends only on the lefthand side
28467 and the current mode settings, and the lefthand side is not
28468 affected by commands like @kbd{a s}.
28469
28470 The ``let'' command (@kbd{s l}) has an interesting interaction
28471 with the @samp{=>} operator. The @kbd{s l} command evaluates the
28472 second-to-top stack entry with the top stack entry supplying
28473 a temporary value for a given variable. As you might expect,
28474 if that stack entry is an @samp{=>} operator its righthand
28475 side will temporarily show this value for the variable. In
28476 fact, all @samp{=>}s on the stack will be updated if they refer
28477 to that variable. But this change is temporary in the sense
28478 that the next command that causes Calc to look at those stack
28479 entries will make them revert to the old variable value.
28480
28481 @smallexample
28482 @group
28483 2: a => a 2: a => 17 2: a => a
28484 1: a + 1 => a + 1 1: a + 1 => 18 1: a + 1 => a + 1
28485 . . .
28486
28487 17 s l a @key{RET} p 8 @key{RET}
28488 @end group
28489 @end smallexample
28490
28491 Here the @kbd{p 8} command changes the current precision,
28492 thus causing the @samp{=>} forms to be recomputed after the
28493 influence of the ``let'' is gone. The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} command
28494 (@code{calc-refresh}) is a handy way to force the @samp{=>}
28495 operators on the stack to be recomputed without any other
28496 side effects.
28497
28498 @kindex s :
28499 @pindex calc-assign
28500 @tindex assign
28501 @tindex :=
28502 Embedded mode also uses @samp{=>} operators. In Embedded mode,
28503 the lefthand side of an @samp{=>} operator can refer to variables
28504 assigned elsewhere in the file by @samp{:=} operators. The
28505 assignment operator @samp{a := 17} does not actually do anything
28506 by itself. But Embedded mode recognizes it and marks it as a sort
28507 of file-local definition of the variable. You can enter @samp{:=}
28508 operators in Algebraic mode, or by using the @kbd{s :}
28509 (@code{calc-assign}) [@code{assign}] command which takes a variable
28510 and value from the stack and replaces them with an assignment.
28511
28512 @xref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for the way @samp{=>} appears in
28513 @TeX{} language output. The @dfn{eqn} mode gives similar
28514 treatment to @samp{=>}.
28515
28516 @node Graphics, Kill and Yank, Store and Recall, Top
28517 @chapter Graphics
28518
28519 @noindent
28520 The commands for graphing data begin with the @kbd{g} prefix key. Calc
28521 uses GNUPLOT 2.0 or later to do graphics. These commands will only work
28522 if GNUPLOT is available on your system. (While GNUPLOT sounds like
28523 a relative of GNU Emacs, it is actually completely unrelated.
28524 However, it is free software. It can be obtained from
28525 @samp{http://www.gnuplot.info}.)
28526
28527 @vindex calc-gnuplot-name
28528 If you have GNUPLOT installed on your system but Calc is unable to
28529 find it, you may need to set the @code{calc-gnuplot-name} variable
28530 in your Calc init file or @file{.emacs}. You may also need to set some Lisp
28531 variables to show Calc how to run GNUPLOT on your system; these
28532 are described under @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} below. If you are
28533 using the X window system, Calc will configure GNUPLOT for you
28534 automatically. If you have GNUPLOT 3.0 or later and you are not using X,
28535 Calc will configure GNUPLOT to display graphs using simple character
28536 graphics that will work on any terminal.
28537
28538 @menu
28539 * Basic Graphics::
28540 * Three Dimensional Graphics::
28541 * Managing Curves::
28542 * Graphics Options::
28543 * Devices::
28544 @end menu
28545
28546 @node Basic Graphics, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics, Graphics
28547 @section Basic Graphics
28548
28549 @noindent
28550 @kindex g f
28551 @pindex calc-graph-fast
28552 The easiest graphics command is @kbd{g f} (@code{calc-graph-fast}).
28553 This command takes two vectors of equal length from the stack.
28554 The vector at the top of the stack represents the ``y'' values of
28555 the various data points. The vector in the second-to-top position
28556 represents the corresponding ``x'' values. This command runs
28557 GNUPLOT (if it has not already been started by previous graphing
28558 commands) and displays the set of data points. The points will
28559 be connected by lines, and there will also be some kind of symbol
28560 to indicate the points themselves.
28561
28562 The ``x'' entry may instead be an interval form, in which case suitable
28563 ``x'' values are interpolated between the minimum and maximum values of
28564 the interval (whether the interval is open or closed is ignored).
28565
28566 The ``x'' entry may also be a number, in which case Calc uses the
28567 sequence of ``x'' values @expr{x}, @expr{x+1}, @expr{x+2}, etc.
28568 (Generally the number 0 or 1 would be used for @expr{x} in this case.)
28569
28570 The ``y'' entry may be any formula instead of a vector. Calc effectively
28571 uses @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) to evaluate variables in the formula;
28572 the result of this must be a formula in a single (unassigned) variable.
28573 The formula is plotted with this variable taking on the various ``x''
28574 values. Graphs of formulas by default use lines without symbols at the
28575 computed data points. Note that if neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is a vector,
28576 Calc guesses at a reasonable number of data points to use. See the
28577 @kbd{g N} command below. (The ``x'' values must be either a vector
28578 or an interval if ``y'' is a formula.)
28579
28580 @ignore
28581 @starindex
28582 @end ignore
28583 @tindex xy
28584 If ``y'' is (or evaluates to) a formula of the form
28585 @samp{xy(@var{x}, @var{y})} then the result is a
28586 parametric plot. The two arguments of the fictitious @code{xy} function
28587 are used as the ``x'' and ``y'' coordinates of the curve, respectively.
28588 In this case the ``x'' vector or interval you specified is not directly
28589 visible in the graph. For example, if ``x'' is the interval @samp{[0..360]}
28590 and ``y'' is the formula @samp{xy(sin(t), cos(t))}, the resulting graph
28591 will be a circle.
28592
28593 Also, ``x'' and ``y'' may each be variable names, in which case Calc
28594 looks for suitable vectors, intervals, or formulas stored in those
28595 variables.
28596
28597 The ``x'' and ``y'' values for the data points (as pulled from the vectors,
28598 calculated from the formulas, or interpolated from the intervals) should
28599 be real numbers (integers, fractions, or floats). One exception to this
28600 is that the ``y'' entry can consist of a vector of numbers combined with
28601 error forms, in which case the points will be plotted with the
28602 appropriate error bars. Other than this, if either the ``x''
28603 value or the ``y'' value of a given data point is not a real number, that
28604 data point will be omitted from the graph. The points on either side
28605 of the invalid point will @emph{not} be connected by a line.
28606
28607 See the documentation for @kbd{g a} below for a description of the way
28608 numeric prefix arguments affect @kbd{g f}.
28609
28610 @cindex @code{PlotRejects} variable
28611 @vindex PlotRejects
28612 If you store an empty vector in the variable @code{PlotRejects}
28613 (i.e., @kbd{[ ] s t PlotRejects}), Calc will append information to
28614 this vector for every data point which was rejected because its
28615 ``x'' or ``y'' values were not real numbers. The result will be
28616 a matrix where each row holds the curve number, data point number,
28617 ``x'' value, and ``y'' value for a rejected data point.
28618 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a handy way to keep tabs on the
28619 current value of @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Operations on Variables},
28620 for the @kbd{s R} command which is another easy way to examine
28621 @code{PlotRejects}.
28622
28623 @kindex g c
28624 @pindex calc-graph-clear
28625 To clear the graphics display, type @kbd{g c} (@code{calc-graph-clear}).
28626 If the GNUPLOT output device is an X window, the window will go away.
28627 Effects on other kinds of output devices will vary. You don't need
28628 to use @kbd{g c} if you don't want to---if you give another @kbd{g f}
28629 or @kbd{g p} command later on, it will reuse the existing graphics
28630 window if there is one.
28631
28632 @node Three Dimensional Graphics, Managing Curves, Basic Graphics, Graphics
28633 @section Three-Dimensional Graphics
28634
28635 @kindex g F
28636 @pindex calc-graph-fast-3d
28637 The @kbd{g F} (@code{calc-graph-fast-3d}) command makes a three-dimensional
28638 graph. It works only if you have GNUPLOT 3.0 or later; with GNUPLOT 2.0,
28639 you will see a GNUPLOT error message if you try this command.
28640
28641 The @kbd{g F} command takes three values from the stack, called ``x'',
28642 ``y'', and ``z'', respectively. As was the case for 2D graphs, there
28643 are several options for these values.
28644
28645 In the first case, ``x'' and ``y'' are each vectors (not necessarily of
28646 the same length); either or both may instead be interval forms. The
28647 ``z'' value must be a matrix with the same number of rows as elements
28648 in ``x'', and the same number of columns as elements in ``y''. The
28649 result is a surface plot where
28650 @texline @math{z_{ij}}
28651 @infoline @expr{z_ij}
28652 is the height of the point
28653 at coordinate @expr{(x_i, y_j)} on the surface. The 3D graph will
28654 be displayed from a certain default viewpoint; you can change this
28655 viewpoint by adding a @samp{set view} to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
28656 buffer as described later. See the GNUPLOT documentation for a
28657 description of the @samp{set view} command.
28658
28659 Each point in the matrix will be displayed as a dot in the graph,
28660 and these points will be connected by a grid of lines (@dfn{isolines}).
28661
28662 In the second case, ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' are all vectors of equal
28663 length. The resulting graph displays a 3D line instead of a surface,
28664 where the coordinates of points along the line are successive triplets
28665 of values from the input vectors.
28666
28667 In the third case, ``x'' and ``y'' are vectors or interval forms, and
28668 ``z'' is any formula involving two variables (not counting variables
28669 with assigned values). These variables are sorted into alphabetical
28670 order; the first takes on values from ``x'' and the second takes on
28671 values from ``y'' to form a matrix of results that are graphed as a
28672 3D surface.
28673
28674 @ignore
28675 @starindex
28676 @end ignore
28677 @tindex xyz
28678 If the ``z'' formula evaluates to a call to the fictitious function
28679 @samp{xyz(@var{x}, @var{y}, @var{z})}, then the result is a
28680 ``parametric surface.'' In this case, the axes of the graph are
28681 taken from the @var{x} and @var{y} values in these calls, and the
28682 ``x'' and ``y'' values from the input vectors or intervals are used only
28683 to specify the range of inputs to the formula. For example, plotting
28684 @samp{[0..360], [0..180], xyz(sin(x)*sin(y), cos(x)*sin(y), cos(y))}
28685 will draw a sphere. (Since the default resolution for 3D plots is
28686 5 steps in each of ``x'' and ``y'', this will draw a very crude
28687 sphere. You could use the @kbd{g N} command, described below, to
28688 increase this resolution, or specify the ``x'' and ``y'' values as
28689 vectors with more than 5 elements.
28690
28691 It is also possible to have a function in a regular @kbd{g f} plot
28692 evaluate to an @code{xyz} call. Since @kbd{g f} plots a line, not
28693 a surface, the result will be a 3D parametric line. For example,
28694 @samp{[[0..720], xyz(sin(x), cos(x), x)]} will plot two turns of a
28695 helix (a three-dimensional spiral).
28696
28697 As for @kbd{g f}, each of ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' may instead be
28698 variables containing the relevant data.
28699
28700 @node Managing Curves, Graphics Options, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics
28701 @section Managing Curves
28702
28703 @noindent
28704 The @kbd{g f} command is really shorthand for the following commands:
28705 @kbd{C-u g d g a g p}. Likewise, @w{@kbd{g F}} is shorthand for
28706 @kbd{C-u g d g A g p}. You can gain more control over your graph
28707 by using these commands directly.
28708
28709 @kindex g a
28710 @pindex calc-graph-add
28711 The @kbd{g a} (@code{calc-graph-add}) command adds the ``curve''
28712 represented by the two values on the top of the stack to the current
28713 graph. You can have any number of curves in the same graph. When
28714 you give the @kbd{g p} command, all the curves will be drawn superimposed
28715 on the same axes.
28716
28717 The @kbd{g a} command (and many others that affect the current graph)
28718 will cause a special buffer, @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}, to be displayed
28719 in another window. This buffer is a template of the commands that will
28720 be sent to GNUPLOT when it is time to draw the graph. The first
28721 @kbd{g a} command adds a @code{plot} command to this buffer. Succeeding
28722 @kbd{g a} commands add extra curves onto that @code{plot} command.
28723 Other graph-related commands put other GNUPLOT commands into this
28724 buffer. In normal usage you never need to work with this buffer
28725 directly, but you can if you wish. The only constraint is that there
28726 must be only one @code{plot} command, and it must be the last command
28727 in the buffer. If you want to save and later restore a complete graph
28728 configuration, you can use regular Emacs commands to save and restore
28729 the contents of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
28730
28731 @vindex PlotData1
28732 @vindex PlotData2
28733 If the values on the stack are not variable names, @kbd{g a} will invent
28734 variable names for them (of the form @samp{PlotData@var{n}}) and store
28735 the values in those variables. The ``x'' and ``y'' variables are what
28736 go into the @code{plot} command in the template. If you add a curve
28737 that uses a certain variable and then later change that variable, you
28738 can replot the graph without having to delete and re-add the curve.
28739 That's because the variable name, not the vector, interval or formula
28740 itself, is what was added by @kbd{g a}.
28741
28742 A numeric prefix argument on @kbd{g a} or @kbd{g f} changes the way
28743 stack entries are interpreted as curves. With a positive prefix
28744 argument @expr{n}, the top @expr{n} stack entries are ``y'' values
28745 for @expr{n} different curves which share a common ``x'' value in
28746 the @expr{n+1}st stack entry. (Thus @kbd{g a} with no prefix
28747 argument is equivalent to @kbd{C-u 1 g a}.)
28748
28749 A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} means to take two stack entries,
28750 ``x'' and ``y'' as usual, but to interpret ``y'' as a vector of
28751 ``y'' values for several curves that share a common ``x''.
28752
28753 A negative prefix argument tells Calc to read @expr{n} vectors from
28754 the stack; each vector @expr{[x, y]} describes an independent curve.
28755 This is the only form of @kbd{g a} that creates several curves at once
28756 that don't have common ``x'' values. (Of course, the range of ``x''
28757 values covered by all the curves ought to be roughly the same if
28758 they are to look nice on the same graph.)
28759
28760 For example, to plot
28761 @texline @math{\sin n x}
28762 @infoline @expr{sin(n x)}
28763 for integers @expr{n}
28764 from 1 to 5, you could use @kbd{v x} to create a vector of integers
28765 (@expr{n}), then @kbd{V M '} or @kbd{V M $} to map @samp{sin(n x)}
28766 across this vector. The resulting vector of formulas is suitable
28767 for use as the ``y'' argument to a @kbd{C-u g a} or @kbd{C-u g f}
28768 command.
28769
28770 @kindex g A
28771 @pindex calc-graph-add-3d
28772 The @kbd{g A} (@code{calc-graph-add-3d}) command adds a 3D curve
28773 to the graph. It is not valid to intermix 2D and 3D curves in a
28774 single graph. This command takes three arguments, ``x'', ``y'',
28775 and ``z'', from the stack. With a positive prefix @expr{n}, it
28776 takes @expr{n+2} arguments (common ``x'' and ``y'', plus @expr{n}
28777 separate ``z''s). With a zero prefix, it takes three stack entries
28778 but the ``z'' entry is a vector of curve values. With a negative
28779 prefix @expr{-n}, it takes @expr{n} vectors of the form @expr{[x, y, z]}.
28780 The @kbd{g A} command works by adding a @code{splot} (surface-plot)
28781 command to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
28782
28783 (Although @kbd{g a} adds a 2D @code{plot} command to the
28784 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer, Calc changes this to @code{splot}
28785 before sending it to GNUPLOT if it notices that the data points are
28786 evaluating to @code{xyz} calls. It will not work to mix 2D and 3D
28787 @kbd{g a} curves in a single graph, although Calc does not currently
28788 check for this.)
28789
28790 @kindex g d
28791 @pindex calc-graph-delete
28792 The @kbd{g d} (@code{calc-graph-delete}) command deletes the most
28793 recently added curve from the graph. It has no effect if there are
28794 no curves in the graph. With a numeric prefix argument of any kind,
28795 it deletes all of the curves from the graph.
28796
28797 @kindex g H
28798 @pindex calc-graph-hide
28799 The @kbd{g H} (@code{calc-graph-hide}) command ``hides'' or ``unhides''
28800 the most recently added curve. A hidden curve will not appear in
28801 the actual plot, but information about it such as its name and line and
28802 point styles will be retained.
28803
28804 @kindex g j
28805 @pindex calc-graph-juggle
28806 The @kbd{g j} (@code{calc-graph-juggle}) command moves the curve
28807 at the end of the list (the ``most recently added curve'') to the
28808 front of the list. The next-most-recent curve is thus exposed for
28809 @w{@kbd{g d}} or similar commands to use. With @kbd{g j} you can work
28810 with any curve in the graph even though curve-related commands only
28811 affect the last curve in the list.
28812
28813 @kindex g p
28814 @pindex calc-graph-plot
28815 The @kbd{g p} (@code{calc-graph-plot}) command uses GNUPLOT to draw
28816 the graph described in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Any
28817 GNUPLOT parameters which are not defined by commands in this buffer
28818 are reset to their default values. The variables named in the @code{plot}
28819 command are written to a temporary data file and the variable names
28820 are then replaced by the file name in the template. The resulting
28821 plotting commands are fed to the GNUPLOT program. See the documentation
28822 for the GNUPLOT program for more specific information. All temporary
28823 files are removed when Emacs or GNUPLOT exits.
28824
28825 If you give a formula for ``y'', Calc will remember all the values that
28826 it calculates for the formula so that later plots can reuse these values.
28827 Calc throws out these saved values when you change any circumstances
28828 that may affect the data, such as switching from Degrees to Radians
28829 mode, or changing the value of a parameter in the formula. You can
28830 force Calc to recompute the data from scratch by giving a negative
28831 numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}.
28832
28833 Calc uses a fairly rough step size when graphing formulas over intervals.
28834 This is to ensure quick response. You can ``refine'' a plot by giving
28835 a positive numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}. Calc goes through
28836 the data points it has computed and saved from previous plots of the
28837 function, and computes and inserts a new data point midway between
28838 each of the existing points. You can refine a plot any number of times,
28839 but beware that the amount of calculation involved doubles each time.
28840
28841 Calc does not remember computed values for 3D graphs. This means the
28842 numerix prefix argument, if any, to @kbd{g p} is effectively ignored if
28843 the current graph is three-dimensional.
28844
28845 @kindex g P
28846 @pindex calc-graph-print
28847 The @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}) command is like @kbd{g p},
28848 except that it sends the output to a printer instead of to the
28849 screen. More precisely, @kbd{g p} looks for @samp{set terminal}
28850 or @samp{set output} commands in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer;
28851 lacking these it uses the default settings. However, @kbd{g P}
28852 ignores @samp{set terminal} and @samp{set output} commands and
28853 uses a different set of default values. All of these values are
28854 controlled by the @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} commands discussed below.
28855 Provided everything is set up properly, @kbd{g p} will plot to
28856 the screen unless you have specified otherwise and @kbd{g P} will
28857 always plot to the printer.
28858
28859 @node Graphics Options, Devices, Managing Curves, Graphics
28860 @section Graphics Options
28861
28862 @noindent
28863 @kindex g g
28864 @pindex calc-graph-grid
28865 The @kbd{g g} (@code{calc-graph-grid}) command turns the ``grid''
28866 on and off. It is off by default; tick marks appear only at the
28867 edges of the graph. With the grid turned on, dotted lines appear
28868 across the graph at each tick mark. Note that this command only
28869 changes the setting in @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}; to see the effects
28870 of the change you must give another @kbd{g p} command.
28871
28872 @kindex g b
28873 @pindex calc-graph-border
28874 The @kbd{g b} (@code{calc-graph-border}) command turns the border
28875 (the box that surrounds the graph) on and off. It is on by default.
28876 This command will only work with GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
28877
28878 @kindex g k
28879 @pindex calc-graph-key
28880 The @kbd{g k} (@code{calc-graph-key}) command turns the ``key''
28881 on and off. The key is a chart in the corner of the graph that
28882 shows the correspondence between curves and line styles. It is
28883 off by default, and is only really useful if you have several
28884 curves on the same graph.
28885
28886 @kindex g N
28887 @pindex calc-graph-num-points
28888 The @kbd{g N} (@code{calc-graph-num-points}) command allows you
28889 to select the number of data points in the graph. This only affects
28890 curves where neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is specified as a vector.
28891 Enter a blank line to revert to the default value (initially 15).
28892 With no prefix argument, this command affects only the current graph.
28893 With a positive prefix argument this command changes or, if you enter
28894 a blank line, displays the default number of points used for all
28895 graphs created by @kbd{g a} that don't specify the resolution explicitly.
28896 With a negative prefix argument, this command changes or displays
28897 the default value (initially 5) used for 3D graphs created by @kbd{g A}.
28898 Note that a 3D setting of 5 means that a total of @expr{5^2 = 25} points
28899 will be computed for the surface.
28900
28901 Data values in the graph of a function are normally computed to a
28902 precision of five digits, regardless of the current precision at the
28903 time. This is usually more than adequate, but there are cases where
28904 it will not be. For example, plotting @expr{1 + x} with @expr{x} in the
28905 interval @samp{[0 ..@: 1e-6]} will round all the data points down
28906 to 1.0! Putting the command @samp{set precision @var{n}} in the
28907 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer will cause the data to be computed
28908 at precision @var{n} instead of 5. Since this is such a rare case,
28909 there is no keystroke-based command to set the precision.
28910
28911 @kindex g h
28912 @pindex calc-graph-header
28913 The @kbd{g h} (@code{calc-graph-header}) command sets the title
28914 for the graph. This will show up centered above the graph.
28915 The default title is blank (no title).
28916
28917 @kindex g n
28918 @pindex calc-graph-name
28919 The @kbd{g n} (@code{calc-graph-name}) command sets the title of an
28920 individual curve. Like the other curve-manipulating commands, it
28921 affects the most recently added curve, i.e., the last curve on the
28922 list in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. To set the title of
28923 the other curves you must first juggle them to the end of the list
28924 with @kbd{g j}, or edit the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer by hand.
28925 Curve titles appear in the key; if the key is turned off they are
28926 not used.
28927
28928 @kindex g t
28929 @kindex g T
28930 @pindex calc-graph-title-x
28931 @pindex calc-graph-title-y
28932 The @kbd{g t} (@code{calc-graph-title-x}) and @kbd{g T}
28933 (@code{calc-graph-title-y}) commands set the titles on the ``x''
28934 and ``y'' axes, respectively. These titles appear next to the
28935 tick marks on the left and bottom edges of the graph, respectively.
28936 Calc does not have commands to control the tick marks themselves,
28937 but you can edit them into the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer if
28938 you wish. See the GNUPLOT documentation for details.
28939
28940 @kindex g r
28941 @kindex g R
28942 @pindex calc-graph-range-x
28943 @pindex calc-graph-range-y
28944 The @kbd{g r} (@code{calc-graph-range-x}) and @kbd{g R}
28945 (@code{calc-graph-range-y}) commands set the range of values on the
28946 ``x'' and ``y'' axes, respectively. You are prompted to enter a
28947 suitable range. This should be either a pair of numbers of the
28948 form, @samp{@var{min}:@var{max}}, or a blank line to revert to the
28949 default behavior of setting the range based on the range of values
28950 in the data, or @samp{$} to take the range from the top of the stack.
28951 Ranges on the stack can be represented as either interval forms or
28952 vectors: @samp{[@var{min} ..@: @var{max}]} or @samp{[@var{min}, @var{max}]}.
28953
28954 @kindex g l
28955 @kindex g L
28956 @pindex calc-graph-log-x
28957 @pindex calc-graph-log-y
28958 The @kbd{g l} (@code{calc-graph-log-x}) and @kbd{g L} (@code{calc-graph-log-y})
28959 commands allow you to set either or both of the axes of the graph to
28960 be logarithmic instead of linear.
28961
28962 @kindex g C-l
28963 @kindex g C-r
28964 @kindex g C-t
28965 @pindex calc-graph-log-z
28966 @pindex calc-graph-range-z
28967 @pindex calc-graph-title-z
28968 For 3D plots, @kbd{g C-t}, @kbd{g C-r}, and @kbd{g C-l} (those are
28969 letters with the Control key held down) are the corresponding commands
28970 for the ``z'' axis.
28971
28972 @kindex g z
28973 @kindex g Z
28974 @pindex calc-graph-zero-x
28975 @pindex calc-graph-zero-y
28976 The @kbd{g z} (@code{calc-graph-zero-x}) and @kbd{g Z}
28977 (@code{calc-graph-zero-y}) commands control whether a dotted line is
28978 drawn to indicate the ``x'' and/or ``y'' zero axes. (These are the same
28979 dotted lines that would be drawn there anyway if you used @kbd{g g} to
28980 turn the ``grid'' feature on.) Zero-axis lines are on by default, and
28981 may be turned off only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions. They are
28982 not available for 3D plots.
28983
28984 @kindex g s
28985 @pindex calc-graph-line-style
28986 The @kbd{g s} (@code{calc-graph-line-style}) command turns the connecting
28987 lines on or off for the most recently added curve, and optionally selects
28988 the style of lines to be used for that curve. Plain @kbd{g s} simply
28989 toggles the lines on and off. With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g s}
28990 turns lines on and sets a particular line style. Line style numbers
28991 start at one and their meanings vary depending on the output device.
28992 GNUPLOT guarantees that there will be at least six different line styles
28993 available for any device.
28994
28995 @kindex g S
28996 @pindex calc-graph-point-style
28997 The @kbd{g S} (@code{calc-graph-point-style}) command similarly turns
28998 the symbols at the data points on or off, or sets the point style.
28999 If you turn both lines and points off, the data points will show as
29000 tiny dots. If the ``y'' values being plotted contain error forms and
29001 the connecting lines are turned off, then this command will also turn
29002 the error bars on or off.
29003
29004 @cindex @code{LineStyles} variable
29005 @cindex @code{PointStyles} variable
29006 @vindex LineStyles
29007 @vindex PointStyles
29008 Another way to specify curve styles is with the @code{LineStyles} and
29009 @code{PointStyles} variables. These variables initially have no stored
29010 values, but if you store a vector of integers in one of these variables,
29011 the @kbd{g a} and @kbd{g f} commands will use those style numbers
29012 instead of the defaults for new curves that are added to the graph.
29013 An entry should be a positive integer for a specific style, or 0 to let
29014 the style be chosen automatically, or @mathit{-1} to turn off lines or points
29015 altogether. If there are more curves than elements in the vector, the
29016 last few curves will continue to have the default styles. Of course,
29017 you can later use @kbd{g s} and @kbd{g S} to change any of these styles.
29018
29019 For example, @kbd{'[2 -1 3] @key{RET} s t LineStyles} causes the first curve
29020 to have lines in style number 2, the second curve to have no connecting
29021 lines, and the third curve to have lines in style 3. Point styles will
29022 still be assigned automatically, but you could store another vector in
29023 @code{PointStyles} to define them, too.
29024
29025 @node Devices, , Graphics Options, Graphics
29026 @section Graphical Devices
29027
29028 @noindent
29029 @kindex g D
29030 @pindex calc-graph-device
29031 The @kbd{g D} (@code{calc-graph-device}) command sets the device name
29032 (or ``terminal name'' in GNUPLOT lingo) to be used by @kbd{g p} commands
29033 on this graph. It does not affect the permanent default device name.
29034 If you enter a blank name, the device name reverts to the default.
29035 Enter @samp{?} to see a list of supported devices.
29036
29037 With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} instead sets
29038 the default device name, used by all plots in the future which do
29039 not override it with a plain @kbd{g D} command. If you enter a
29040 blank line this command shows you the current default. The special
29041 name @code{default} signifies that Calc should choose @code{x11} if
29042 the X window system is in use (as indicated by the presence of a
29043 @code{DISPLAY} environment variable), or otherwise @code{dumb} under
29044 GNUPLOT 3.0 and later, or @code{postscript} under GNUPLOT 2.0.
29045 This is the initial default value.
29046
29047 The @code{dumb} device is an interface to ``dumb terminals,'' i.e.,
29048 terminals with no special graphics facilities. It writes a crude
29049 picture of the graph composed of characters like @code{-} and @code{|}
29050 to a buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}, which Calc then displays.
29051 The graph is made the same size as the Emacs screen, which on most
29052 dumb terminals will be
29053 @texline @math{80\times24}
29054 @infoline 80x24
29055 characters. The graph is displayed in
29056 an Emacs ``recursive edit''; type @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-c C-c} to exit
29057 the recursive edit and return to Calc. Note that the @code{dumb}
29058 device is present only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
29059
29060 The word @code{dumb} may be followed by two numbers separated by
29061 spaces. These are the desired width and height of the graph in
29062 characters. Also, the device name @code{big} is like @code{dumb}
29063 but creates a graph four times the width and height of the Emacs
29064 screen. You will then have to scroll around to view the entire
29065 graph. In the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer, @key{SPC}, @key{DEL},
29066 @kbd{<}, and @kbd{>} are defined to scroll by one screenful in each
29067 of the four directions.
29068
29069 With a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} sets or displays
29070 the device name used by @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}). This
29071 is initially @code{postscript}. If you don't have a PostScript
29072 printer, you may decide once again to use @code{dumb} to create a
29073 plot on any text-only printer.
29074
29075 @kindex g O
29076 @pindex calc-graph-output
29077 The @kbd{g O} (@code{calc-graph-output}) command sets the name of
29078 the output file used by GNUPLOT. For some devices, notably @code{x11},
29079 there is no output file and this information is not used. Many other
29080 ``devices'' are really file formats like @code{postscript}; in these
29081 cases the output in the desired format goes into the file you name
29082 with @kbd{g O}. Type @kbd{g O stdout @key{RET}} to set GNUPLOT to write
29083 to its standard output stream, i.e., to @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}.
29084 This is the default setting.
29085
29086 Another special output name is @code{tty}, which means that GNUPLOT
29087 is going to write graphics commands directly to its standard output,
29088 which you wish Emacs to pass through to your terminal. Tektronix
29089 graphics terminals, among other devices, operate this way. Calc does
29090 this by telling GNUPLOT to write to a temporary file, then running a
29091 sub-shell executing the command @samp{cat tempfile >/dev/tty}. On
29092 typical Unix systems, this will copy the temporary file directly to
29093 the terminal, bypassing Emacs entirely. You will have to type @kbd{C-l}
29094 to Emacs afterwards to refresh the screen.
29095
29096 Once again, @kbd{g O} with a positive or negative prefix argument
29097 sets the default or printer output file names, respectively. In each
29098 case you can specify @code{auto}, which causes Calc to invent a temporary
29099 file name for each @kbd{g p} (or @kbd{g P}) command. This temporary file
29100 will be deleted once it has been displayed or printed. If the output file
29101 name is not @code{auto}, the file is not automatically deleted.
29102
29103 The default and printer devices and output files can be saved
29104 permanently by the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}) command. The
29105 default number of data points (see @kbd{g N}) and the X geometry
29106 (see @kbd{g X}) are also saved. Other graph information is @emph{not}
29107 saved; you can save a graph's configuration simply by saving the contents
29108 of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
29109
29110 @vindex calc-gnuplot-plot-command
29111 @vindex calc-gnuplot-default-device
29112 @vindex calc-gnuplot-default-output
29113 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-command
29114 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-device
29115 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-output
29116 You may wish to configure the default and
29117 printer devices and output files for the whole system. The relevant
29118 Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-default-device} and @code{-output},
29119 and @code{calc-gnuplot-print-device} and @code{-output}. The output
29120 file names must be either strings as described above, or Lisp
29121 expressions which are evaluated on the fly to get the output file names.
29122
29123 Other important Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and
29124 @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command}, which give the system commands to
29125 display or print the output of GNUPLOT, respectively. These may be
29126 @code{nil} if no command is necessary, or strings which can include
29127 @samp{%s} to signify the name of the file to be displayed or printed.
29128 Or, these variables may contain Lisp expressions which are evaluated
29129 to display or print the output. These variables are customizable
29130 (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
29131
29132 @kindex g x
29133 @pindex calc-graph-display
29134 The @kbd{g x} (@code{calc-graph-display}) command lets you specify
29135 on which X window system display your graphs should be drawn. Enter
29136 a blank line to see the current display name. This command has no
29137 effect unless the current device is @code{x11}.
29138
29139 @kindex g X
29140 @pindex calc-graph-geometry
29141 The @kbd{g X} (@code{calc-graph-geometry}) command is a similar
29142 command for specifying the position and size of the X window.
29143 The normal value is @code{default}, which generally means your
29144 window manager will let you place the window interactively.
29145 Entering @samp{800x500+0+0} would create an 800-by-500 pixel
29146 window in the upper-left corner of the screen.
29147
29148 The buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} holds a transcript of the
29149 session with GNUPLOT. This shows the commands Calc has ``typed'' to
29150 GNUPLOT and the responses it has received. Calc tries to notice when an
29151 error message has appeared here and display the buffer for you when
29152 this happens. You can check this buffer yourself if you suspect
29153 something has gone wrong.
29154
29155 @kindex g C
29156 @pindex calc-graph-command
29157 The @kbd{g C} (@code{calc-graph-command}) command prompts you to
29158 enter any line of text, then simply sends that line to the current
29159 GNUPLOT process. The @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer looks deceptively
29160 like a Shell buffer but you can't type commands in it yourself.
29161 Instead, you must use @kbd{g C} for this purpose.
29162
29163 @kindex g v
29164 @kindex g V
29165 @pindex calc-graph-view-commands
29166 @pindex calc-graph-view-trail
29167 The @kbd{g v} (@code{calc-graph-view-commands}) and @kbd{g V}
29168 (@code{calc-graph-view-trail}) commands display the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
29169 and @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffers, respectively, in another window.
29170 This happens automatically when Calc thinks there is something you
29171 will want to see in either of these buffers. If you type @kbd{g v}
29172 or @kbd{g V} when the relevant buffer is already displayed, the
29173 buffer is hidden again.
29174
29175 One reason to use @kbd{g v} is to add your own commands to the
29176 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Press @kbd{g v}, then use
29177 @kbd{C-x o} to switch into that window. For example, GNUPLOT has
29178 @samp{set label} and @samp{set arrow} commands that allow you to
29179 annotate your plots. Since Calc doesn't understand these commands,
29180 you have to add them to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer
29181 yourself, then use @w{@kbd{g p}} to replot using these new commands. Note
29182 that your commands must appear @emph{before} the @code{plot} command.
29183 To get help on any GNUPLOT feature, type, e.g., @kbd{g C help set label}.
29184 You may have to type @kbd{g C @key{RET}} a few times to clear the
29185 ``press return for more'' or ``subtopic of @dots{}'' requests.
29186 Note that Calc always sends commands (like @samp{set nolabel}) to
29187 reset all plotting parameters to the defaults before each plot, so
29188 to delete a label all you need to do is delete the @samp{set label}
29189 line you added (or comment it out with @samp{#}) and then replot
29190 with @kbd{g p}.
29191
29192 @kindex g q
29193 @pindex calc-graph-quit
29194 You can use @kbd{g q} (@code{calc-graph-quit}) to kill the GNUPLOT
29195 process that is running. The next graphing command you give will
29196 start a fresh GNUPLOT process. The word @samp{Graph} appears in
29197 the Calc window's mode line whenever a GNUPLOT process is currently
29198 running. The GNUPLOT process is automatically killed when you
29199 exit Emacs if you haven't killed it manually by then.
29200
29201 @kindex g K
29202 @pindex calc-graph-kill
29203 The @kbd{g K} (@code{calc-graph-kill}) command is like @kbd{g q}
29204 except that it also views the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer so that
29205 you can see the process being killed. This is better if you are
29206 killing GNUPLOT because you think it has gotten stuck.
29207
29208 @node Kill and Yank, Keypad Mode, Graphics, Top
29209 @chapter Kill and Yank Functions
29210
29211 @noindent
29212 The commands in this chapter move information between the Calculator and
29213 other Emacs editing buffers.
29214
29215 In many cases Embedded mode is an easier and more natural way to
29216 work with Calc from a regular editing buffer. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
29217
29218 @menu
29219 * Killing From Stack::
29220 * Yanking Into Stack::
29221 * Saving Into Registers::
29222 * Inserting From Registers::
29223 * Grabbing From Buffers::
29224 * Yanking Into Buffers::
29225 * X Cut and Paste::
29226 @end menu
29227
29228 @node Killing From Stack, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank, Kill and Yank
29229 @section Killing from the Stack
29230
29231 @noindent
29232 @kindex C-k
29233 @pindex calc-kill
29234 @kindex M-k
29235 @pindex calc-copy-as-kill
29236 @kindex C-w
29237 @pindex calc-kill-region
29238 @kindex M-w
29239 @pindex calc-copy-region-as-kill
29240 @kindex M-C-w
29241 @cindex Kill ring
29242 @dfn{Kill} commands are Emacs commands that insert text into the ``kill
29243 ring,'' from which it can later be ``yanked'' by a @kbd{C-y} command.
29244 Three common kill commands in normal Emacs are @kbd{C-k}, which kills
29245 one line, @kbd{C-w}, which kills the region between mark and point, and
29246 @kbd{M-w}, which puts the region into the kill ring without actually
29247 deleting it. All of these commands work in the Calculator, too,
29248 although in the Calculator they operate on whole stack entries, so they
29249 ``round up'' the specified region to encompass full lines. (To copy
29250 only parts of lines, the @kbd{M-C-w} command in the Calculator will copy
29251 the region to the kill ring without any ``rounding up'', just like the
29252 @kbd{M-w} command in normal Emacs.) Also, @kbd{M-k} has been provided
29253 to complete the set; it puts the current line into the kill ring without
29254 deleting anything.
29255
29256 The kill commands are unusual in that they pay attention to the location
29257 of the cursor in the Calculator buffer. If the cursor is on or below
29258 the bottom line, the kill commands operate on the top of the stack.
29259 Otherwise, they operate on whatever stack element the cursor is on. The
29260 text is copied into the kill ring exactly as it appears on the screen,
29261 including line numbers if they are enabled.
29262
29263 A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{C-k} or @kbd{M-k} affects the number
29264 of lines killed. A positive argument kills the current line and @expr{n-1}
29265 lines below it. A negative argument kills the @expr{-n} lines above the
29266 current line. Again this mirrors the behavior of the standard Emacs
29267 @kbd{C-k} command. Although a whole line is always deleted, @kbd{C-k}
29268 with no argument copies only the number itself into the kill ring, whereas
29269 @kbd{C-k} with a prefix argument of 1 copies the number with its trailing
29270 newline.
29271
29272 @node Yanking Into Stack, Saving Into Registers, Killing From Stack, Kill and Yank
29273 @section Yanking into the Stack
29274
29275 @noindent
29276 @kindex C-y
29277 @pindex calc-yank
29278 The @kbd{C-y} command yanks the most recently killed text back into the
29279 Calculator. It pushes this value onto the top of the stack regardless of
29280 the cursor position. In general it re-parses the killed text as a number
29281 or formula (or a list of these separated by commas or newlines). However if
29282 the thing being yanked is something that was just killed from the Calculator
29283 itself, its full internal structure is yanked. For example, if you have
29284 set the floating-point display mode to show only four significant digits,
29285 then killing and re-yanking 3.14159 (which displays as 3.142) will yank the
29286 full 3.14159, even though yanking it into any other buffer would yank the
29287 number in its displayed form, 3.142. (Since the default display modes
29288 show all objects to their full precision, this feature normally makes no
29289 difference.)
29290
29291 @node Saving Into Registers, Inserting From Registers, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank
29292 @section Saving into Registers
29293
29294 @noindent
29295 @kindex r s
29296 @pindex calc-copy-to-register
29297 @pindex calc-prepend-to-register
29298 @pindex calc-append-to-register
29299 @cindex Registers
29300 An alternative to killing and yanking stack entries is using
29301 registers in Calc. Saving stack entries in registers is like
29302 saving text in normal Emacs registers; although, like Calc's kill
29303 commands, register commands always operate on whole stack
29304 entries.
29305
29306 Registers in Calc are places to store stack entries for later use;
29307 each register is indexed by a single character. To store the current
29308 region (rounded up, of course, to include full stack entries) into a
29309 register, use the command @kbd{r s} (@code{calc-copy-to-register}).
29310 You will then be prompted for a register to use, the next character
29311 you type will be the index for the register. To store the region in
29312 register @var{r}, the full command will be @kbd{r s @var{r}}. With an
29313 argument, @kbd{C-u r s @var{r}}, the region being copied to the
29314 register will be deleted from the Calc buffer.
29315
29316 It is possible to add additional stack entries to a register. The
29317 command @kbd{M-x calc-append-to-register} will prompt for a register,
29318 then add the stack entries in the region to the end of the register
29319 contents. The command @kbd{M-x calc-prepend-to-register} will
29320 similarly prompt for a register and add the stack entries in the
29321 region to the beginning of the register contents. Both commands take
29322 @kbd{C-u} arguments, which will cause the region to be deleted after being
29323 added to the register.
29324
29325 @node Inserting From Registers, Grabbing From Buffers, Saving Into Registers, Kill and Yank
29326 @section Inserting from Registers
29327 @noindent
29328 @kindex r i
29329 @pindex calc-insert-register
29330 The command @kbd{r i} (@code{calc-insert-register}) will prompt for a
29331 register, then insert the contents of that register into the
29332 Calculator. If the contents of the register were placed there from
29333 within Calc, then the full internal structure of the contents will be
29334 inserted into the Calculator, otherwise whatever text is in the
29335 register is reparsed and then inserted into the Calculator.
29336
29337 @node Grabbing From Buffers, Yanking Into Buffers, Inserting From Registers, Kill and Yank
29338 @section Grabbing from Other Buffers
29339
29340 @noindent
29341 @kindex C-x * g
29342 @pindex calc-grab-region
29343 The @kbd{C-x * g} (@code{calc-grab-region}) command takes the text between
29344 point and mark in the current buffer and attempts to parse it as a
29345 vector of values. Basically, it wraps the text in vector brackets
29346 @samp{[ ]} unless the text already is enclosed in vector brackets,
29347 then reads the text as if it were an algebraic entry. The contents
29348 of the vector may be numbers, formulas, or any other Calc objects.
29349 If the @kbd{C-x * g} command works successfully, it does an automatic
29350 @kbd{C-x * c} to enter the Calculator buffer.
29351
29352 A numeric prefix argument grabs the specified number of lines around
29353 point, ignoring the mark. A positive prefix grabs from point to the
29354 @expr{n}th following newline (so that @kbd{M-1 C-x * g} grabs from point
29355 to the end of the current line); a negative prefix grabs from point
29356 back to the @expr{n+1}st preceding newline. In these cases the text
29357 that is grabbed is exactly the same as the text that @kbd{C-k} would
29358 delete given that prefix argument.
29359
29360 A prefix of zero grabs the current line; point may be anywhere on the
29361 line.
29362
29363 A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix interprets the region between point and mark
29364 as a single number or formula rather than a vector. For example,
29365 @kbd{C-x * g} on the text @samp{2 a b} produces the vector of three
29366 values @samp{[2, a, b]}, but @kbd{C-u C-x * g} on the same region
29367 reads a formula which is a product of three things: @samp{2 a b}.
29368 (The text @samp{a + b}, on the other hand, will be grabbed as a
29369 vector of one element by plain @kbd{C-x * g} because the interpretation
29370 @samp{[a, +, b]} would be a syntax error.)
29371
29372 If a different language has been specified (@pxref{Language Modes}),
29373 the grabbed text will be interpreted according to that language.
29374
29375 @kindex C-x * r
29376 @pindex calc-grab-rectangle
29377 The @kbd{C-x * r} (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) command takes the text between
29378 point and mark and attempts to parse it as a matrix. If point and mark
29379 are both in the leftmost column, the lines in between are parsed in their
29380 entirety. Otherwise, point and mark define the corners of a rectangle
29381 whose contents are parsed.
29382
29383 Each line of the grabbed area becomes a row of the matrix. The result
29384 will actually be a vector of vectors, which Calc will treat as a matrix
29385 only if every row contains the same number of values.
29386
29387 If a line contains a portion surrounded by square brackets (or curly
29388 braces), that portion is interpreted as a vector which becomes a row
29389 of the matrix. Any text surrounding the bracketed portion on the line
29390 is ignored.
29391
29392 Otherwise, the entire line is interpreted as a row vector as if it
29393 were surrounded by square brackets. Leading line numbers (in the
29394 format used in the Calc stack buffer) are ignored. If you wish to
29395 force this interpretation (even if the line contains bracketed
29396 portions), give a negative numeric prefix argument to the
29397 @kbd{C-x * r} command.
29398
29399 If you give a numeric prefix argument of zero or plain @kbd{C-u}, each
29400 line is instead interpreted as a single formula which is converted into
29401 a one-element vector. Thus the result of @kbd{C-u C-x * r} will be a
29402 one-column matrix. For example, suppose one line of the data is the
29403 expression @samp{2 a}. A plain @w{@kbd{C-x * r}} will interpret this as
29404 @samp{[2 a]}, which in turn is read as a two-element vector that forms
29405 one row of the matrix. But a @kbd{C-u C-x * r} will interpret this row
29406 as @samp{[2*a]}.
29407
29408 If you give a positive numeric prefix argument @var{n}, then each line
29409 will be split up into columns of width @var{n}; each column is parsed
29410 separately as a matrix element. If a line contained
29411 @w{@samp{2 +/- 3 4 +/- 5}}, then grabbing with a prefix argument of 8
29412 would correctly split the line into two error forms.
29413
29414 @xref{Matrix Functions}, to see how to pull the matrix apart into its
29415 constituent rows and columns. (If it is a
29416 @texline @math{1\times1}
29417 @infoline 1x1
29418 matrix, just hit @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) twice.)
29419
29420 @kindex C-x * :
29421 @kindex C-x * _
29422 @pindex calc-grab-sum-across
29423 @pindex calc-grab-sum-down
29424 @cindex Summing rows and columns of data
29425 The @kbd{C-x * :} (@code{calc-grab-sum-down}) command is a handy way to
29426 grab a rectangle of data and sum its columns. It is equivalent to
29427 typing @kbd{C-x * r}, followed by @kbd{V R : +} (the vector reduction
29428 command that sums the columns of a matrix; @pxref{Reducing}). The
29429 result of the command will be a vector of numbers, one for each column
29430 in the input data. The @kbd{C-x * _} (@code{calc-grab-sum-across}) command
29431 similarly grabs a rectangle and sums its rows by executing @w{@kbd{V R _ +}}.
29432
29433 As well as being more convenient, @kbd{C-x * :} and @kbd{C-x * _} are also
29434 much faster because they don't actually place the grabbed vector on
29435 the stack. In a @kbd{C-x * r V R : +} sequence, formatting the vector
29436 for display on the stack takes a large fraction of the total time
29437 (unless you have planned ahead and used @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} modes).
29438
29439 For example, suppose we have a column of numbers in a file which we
29440 wish to sum. Go to one corner of the column and press @kbd{C-@@} to
29441 set the mark; go to the other corner and type @kbd{C-x * :}. Since there
29442 is only one column, the result will be a vector of one number, the sum.
29443 (You can type @kbd{v u} to unpack this vector into a plain number if
29444 you want to do further arithmetic with it.)
29445
29446 To compute the product of the column of numbers, we would have to do
29447 it ``by hand'' since there's no special grab-and-multiply command.
29448 Use @kbd{C-x * r} to grab the column of numbers into the calculator in
29449 the form of a column matrix. The statistics command @kbd{u *} is a
29450 handy way to find the product of a vector or matrix of numbers.
29451 @xref{Statistical Operations}. Another approach would be to use
29452 an explicit column reduction command, @kbd{V R : *}.
29453
29454 @node Yanking Into Buffers, X Cut and Paste, Grabbing From Buffers, Kill and Yank
29455 @section Yanking into Other Buffers
29456
29457 @noindent
29458 @kindex y
29459 @pindex calc-copy-to-buffer
29460 The plain @kbd{y} (@code{calc-copy-to-buffer}) command inserts the number
29461 at the top of the stack into the most recently used normal editing buffer.
29462 (More specifically, this is the most recently used buffer which is displayed
29463 in a window and whose name does not begin with @samp{*}. If there is no
29464 such buffer, this is the most recently used buffer except for Calculator
29465 and Calc Trail buffers.) The number is inserted exactly as it appears and
29466 without a newline. (If line-numbering is enabled, the line number is
29467 normally not included.) The number is @emph{not} removed from the stack.
29468
29469 With a prefix argument, @kbd{y} inserts several numbers, one per line.
29470 A positive argument inserts the specified number of values from the top
29471 of the stack. A negative argument inserts the @expr{n}th value from the
29472 top of the stack. An argument of zero inserts the entire stack. Note
29473 that @kbd{y} with an argument of 1 is slightly different from @kbd{y}
29474 with no argument; the former always copies full lines, whereas the
29475 latter strips off the trailing newline.
29476
29477 With a lone @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, @kbd{y} @emph{replaces} the
29478 region in the other buffer with the yanked text, then quits the
29479 Calculator, leaving you in that buffer. A typical use would be to use
29480 @kbd{C-x * g} to read a region of data into the Calculator, operate on the
29481 data to produce a new matrix, then type @kbd{C-u y} to replace the
29482 original data with the new data. One might wish to alter the matrix
29483 display style (@pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}) or change the current
29484 display language (@pxref{Language Modes}) before doing this. Also, note
29485 that this command replaces a linear region of text (as grabbed by
29486 @kbd{C-x * g}), not a rectangle (as grabbed by @kbd{C-x * r}).
29487
29488 If the editing buffer is in overwrite (as opposed to insert) mode,
29489 and the @kbd{C-u} prefix was not used, then the yanked number will
29490 overwrite the characters following point rather than being inserted
29491 before those characters. The usual conventions of overwrite mode
29492 are observed; for example, characters will be inserted at the end of
29493 a line rather than overflowing onto the next line. Yanking a multi-line
29494 object such as a matrix in overwrite mode overwrites the next @var{n}
29495 lines in the buffer, lengthening or shortening each line as necessary.
29496 Finally, if the thing being yanked is a simple integer or floating-point
29497 number (like @samp{-1.2345e-3}) and the characters following point also
29498 make up such a number, then Calc will replace that number with the new
29499 number, lengthening or shortening as necessary. The concept of
29500 ``overwrite mode'' has thus been generalized from overwriting characters
29501 to overwriting one complete number with another.
29502
29503 @kindex C-x * y
29504 The @kbd{C-x * y} key sequence is equivalent to @kbd{y} except that
29505 it can be typed anywhere, not just in Calc. This provides an easy
29506 way to guarantee that Calc knows which editing buffer you want to use!
29507
29508 @node X Cut and Paste, , Yanking Into Buffers, Kill and Yank
29509 @section X Cut and Paste
29510
29511 @noindent
29512 If you are using Emacs with the X window system, there is an easier
29513 way to move small amounts of data into and out of the calculator:
29514 Use the mouse-oriented cut and paste facilities of X.
29515
29516 The default bindings for a three-button mouse cause the left button
29517 to move the Emacs cursor to the given place, the right button to
29518 select the text between the cursor and the clicked location, and
29519 the middle button to yank the selection into the buffer at the
29520 clicked location. So, if you have a Calc window and an editing
29521 window on your Emacs screen, you can use left-click/right-click
29522 to select a number, vector, or formula from one window, then
29523 middle-click to paste that value into the other window. When you
29524 paste text into the Calc window, Calc interprets it as an algebraic
29525 entry. It doesn't matter where you click in the Calc window; the
29526 new value is always pushed onto the top of the stack.
29527
29528 The @code{xterm} program that is typically used for general-purpose
29529 shell windows in X interprets the mouse buttons in the same way.
29530 So you can use the mouse to move data between Calc and any other
29531 Unix program. One nice feature of @code{xterm} is that a double
29532 left-click selects one word, and a triple left-click selects a
29533 whole line. So you can usually transfer a single number into Calc
29534 just by double-clicking on it in the shell, then middle-clicking
29535 in the Calc window.
29536
29537 @node Keypad Mode, Embedded Mode, Kill and Yank, Top
29538 @chapter Keypad Mode
29539
29540 @noindent
29541 @kindex C-x * k
29542 @pindex calc-keypad
29543 The @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}) command starts the Calculator
29544 and displays a picture of a calculator-style keypad. If you are using
29545 the X window system, you can click on any of the ``keys'' in the
29546 keypad using the left mouse button to operate the calculator.
29547 The original window remains the selected window; in Keypad mode
29548 you can type in your file while simultaneously performing
29549 calculations with the mouse.
29550
29551 @pindex full-calc-keypad
29552 If you have used @kbd{C-x * b} first, @kbd{C-x * k} instead invokes
29553 the @code{full-calc-keypad} command, which takes over the whole
29554 Emacs screen and displays the keypad, the Calc stack, and the Calc
29555 trail all at once. This mode would normally be used when running
29556 Calc standalone (@pxref{Standalone Operation}).
29557
29558 If you aren't using the X window system, you must switch into
29559 the @samp{*Calc Keypad*} window, place the cursor on the desired
29560 ``key,'' and type @key{SPC} or @key{RET}. If you think this
29561 is easier than using Calc normally, go right ahead.
29562
29563 Calc commands are more or less the same in Keypad mode. Certain
29564 keypad keys differ slightly from the corresponding normal Calc
29565 keystrokes; all such deviations are described below.
29566
29567 Keypad mode includes many more commands than will fit on the keypad
29568 at once. Click the right mouse button [@code{calc-keypad-menu}]
29569 to switch to the next menu. The bottom five rows of the keypad
29570 stay the same; the top three rows change to a new set of commands.
29571 To return to earlier menus, click the middle mouse button
29572 [@code{calc-keypad-menu-back}] or simply advance through the menus
29573 until you wrap around. Typing @key{TAB} inside the keypad window
29574 is equivalent to clicking the right mouse button there.
29575
29576 You can always click the @key{EXEC} button and type any normal
29577 Calc key sequence. This is equivalent to switching into the
29578 Calc buffer, typing the keys, then switching back to your
29579 original buffer.
29580
29581 @menu
29582 * Keypad Main Menu::
29583 * Keypad Functions Menu::
29584 * Keypad Binary Menu::
29585 * Keypad Vectors Menu::
29586 * Keypad Modes Menu::
29587 @end menu
29588
29589 @node Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode, Keypad Mode
29590 @section Main Menu
29591
29592 @smallexample
29593 @group
29594 |----+----+--Calc---+----+----1
29595 |FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
29596 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29597 | LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
29598 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29599 |SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
29600 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29601 | ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
29602 |-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
29603 | INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
29604 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29605 | HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
29606 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29607 |EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
29608 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29609 | OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
29610 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
29611 @end group
29612 @end smallexample
29613
29614 @noindent
29615 This is the menu that appears the first time you start Keypad mode.
29616 It will show up in a vertical window on the right side of your screen.
29617 Above this menu is the traditional Calc stack display. On a 24-line
29618 screen you will be able to see the top three stack entries.
29619
29620 The ten digit keys, decimal point, and @key{EEX} key are used for
29621 entering numbers in the obvious way. @key{EEX} begins entry of an
29622 exponent in scientific notation. Just as with regular Calc, the
29623 number is pushed onto the stack as soon as you press @key{ENTER}
29624 or any other function key.
29625
29626 The @key{+/-} key corresponds to normal Calc's @kbd{n} key. During
29627 numeric entry it changes the sign of the number or of the exponent.
29628 At other times it changes the sign of the number on the top of the
29629 stack.
29630
29631 The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys modify other keys. As well as
29632 having the effects described elsewhere in this manual, Keypad mode
29633 defines several other ``inverse'' operations. These are described
29634 below and in the following sections.
29635
29636 The @key{ENTER} key finishes the current numeric entry, or otherwise
29637 duplicates the top entry on the stack.
29638
29639 The @key{UNDO} key undoes the most recent Calc operation.
29640 @kbd{INV UNDO} is the ``redo'' command, and @kbd{HYP UNDO} is
29641 ``last arguments'' (@kbd{M-@key{RET}}).
29642
29643 The @key{<-} key acts as a ``backspace'' during numeric entry.
29644 At other times it removes the top stack entry. @kbd{INV <-}
29645 clears the entire stack. @kbd{HYP <-} takes an integer from
29646 the stack, then removes that many additional stack elements.
29647
29648 The @key{EXEC} key prompts you to enter any keystroke sequence
29649 that would normally work in Calc mode. This can include a
29650 numeric prefix if you wish. It is also possible simply to
29651 switch into the Calc window and type commands in it; there is
29652 nothing ``magic'' about this window when Keypad mode is active.
29653
29654 The other keys in this display perform their obvious calculator
29655 functions. @key{CLN2} rounds the top-of-stack by temporarily
29656 reducing the precision by 2 digits. @key{FLT} converts an
29657 integer or fraction on the top of the stack to floating-point.
29658
29659 The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys combined with several of these keys
29660 give you access to some common functions even if the appropriate menu
29661 is not displayed. Obviously you don't need to learn these keys
29662 unless you find yourself wasting time switching among the menus.
29663
29664 @table @kbd
29665 @item INV +/-
29666 is the same as @key{1/x}.
29667 @item INV +
29668 is the same as @key{SQRT}.
29669 @item INV -
29670 is the same as @key{CONJ}.
29671 @item INV *
29672 is the same as @key{y^x}.
29673 @item INV /
29674 is the same as @key{INV y^x} (the @expr{x}th root of @expr{y}).
29675 @item HYP/INV 1
29676 are the same as @key{SIN} / @kbd{INV SIN}.
29677 @item HYP/INV 2
29678 are the same as @key{COS} / @kbd{INV COS}.
29679 @item HYP/INV 3
29680 are the same as @key{TAN} / @kbd{INV TAN}.
29681 @item INV/HYP 4
29682 are the same as @key{LN} / @kbd{HYP LN}.
29683 @item INV/HYP 5
29684 are the same as @key{EXP} / @kbd{HYP EXP}.
29685 @item INV 6
29686 is the same as @key{ABS}.
29687 @item INV 7
29688 is the same as @key{RND} (@code{calc-round}).
29689 @item INV 8
29690 is the same as @key{CLN2}.
29691 @item INV 9
29692 is the same as @key{FLT} (@code{calc-float}).
29693 @item INV 0
29694 is the same as @key{IMAG}.
29695 @item INV .
29696 is the same as @key{PREC}.
29697 @item INV ENTER
29698 is the same as @key{SWAP}.
29699 @item HYP ENTER
29700 is the same as @key{RLL3}.
29701 @item INV HYP ENTER
29702 is the same as @key{OVER}.
29703 @item HYP +/-
29704 packs the top two stack entries as an error form.
29705 @item HYP EEX
29706 packs the top two stack entries as a modulo form.
29707 @item INV EEX
29708 creates an interval form; this removes an integer which is one
29709 of 0 @samp{[]}, 1 @samp{[)}, 2 @samp{(]} or 3 @samp{()}, followed
29710 by the two limits of the interval.
29711 @end table
29712
29713 The @kbd{OFF} key turns Calc off; typing @kbd{C-x * k} or @kbd{C-x * *}
29714 again has the same effect. This is analogous to typing @kbd{q} or
29715 hitting @kbd{C-x * c} again in the normal calculator. If Calc is
29716 running standalone (the @code{full-calc-keypad} command appeared in the
29717 command line that started Emacs), then @kbd{OFF} is replaced with
29718 @kbd{EXIT}; clicking on this actually exits Emacs itself.
29719
29720 @node Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Mode
29721 @section Functions Menu
29722
29723 @smallexample
29724 @group
29725 |----+----+----+----+----+----2
29726 |IGAM|BETA|IBET|ERF |BESJ|BESY|
29727 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29728 |IMAG|CONJ| RE |ATN2|RAND|RAGN|
29729 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29730 |GCD |FACT|DFCT|BNOM|PERM|NXTP|
29731 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29732 @end group
29733 @end smallexample
29734
29735 @noindent
29736 This menu provides various operations from the @kbd{f} and @kbd{k}
29737 prefix keys.
29738
29739 @key{IMAG} multiplies the number on the stack by the imaginary
29740 number @expr{i = (0, 1)}.
29741
29742 @key{RE} extracts the real part a complex number. @kbd{INV RE}
29743 extracts the imaginary part.
29744
29745 @key{RAND} takes a number from the top of the stack and computes
29746 a random number greater than or equal to zero but less than that
29747 number. (@xref{Random Numbers}.) @key{RAGN} is the ``random
29748 again'' command; it computes another random number using the
29749 same limit as last time.
29750
29751 @key{INV GCD} computes the LCM (least common multiple) function.
29752
29753 @key{INV FACT} is the gamma function.
29754 @texline @math{\Gamma(x) = (x-1)!}.
29755 @infoline @expr{gamma(x) = (x-1)!}.
29756
29757 @key{PERM} is the number-of-permutations function, which is on the
29758 @kbd{H k c} key in normal Calc.
29759
29760 @key{NXTP} finds the next prime after a number. @kbd{INV NXTP}
29761 finds the previous prime.
29762
29763 @node Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode
29764 @section Binary Menu
29765
29766 @smallexample
29767 @group
29768 |----+----+----+----+----+----3
29769 |AND | OR |XOR |NOT |LSH |RSH |
29770 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29771 |DEC |HEX |OCT |BIN |WSIZ|ARSH|
29772 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29773 | A | B | C | D | E | F |
29774 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29775 @end group
29776 @end smallexample
29777
29778 @noindent
29779 The keys in this menu perform operations on binary integers.
29780 Note that both logical and arithmetic right-shifts are provided.
29781 @key{INV LSH} rotates one bit to the left.
29782
29783 The ``difference'' function (normally on @kbd{b d}) is on @key{INV AND}.
29784 The ``clip'' function (normally on @w{@kbd{b c}}) is on @key{INV NOT}.
29785
29786 The @key{DEC}, @key{HEX}, @key{OCT}, and @key{BIN} keys select the
29787 current radix for display and entry of numbers: Decimal, hexadecimal,
29788 octal, or binary. The six letter keys @key{A} through @key{F} are used
29789 for entering hexadecimal numbers.
29790
29791 The @key{WSIZ} key displays the current word size for binary operations
29792 and allows you to enter a new word size. You can respond to the prompt
29793 using either the keyboard or the digits and @key{ENTER} from the keypad.
29794 The initial word size is 32 bits.
29795
29796 @node Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Modes Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Mode
29797 @section Vectors Menu
29798
29799 @smallexample
29800 @group
29801 |----+----+----+----+----+----4
29802 |SUM |PROD|MAX |MAP*|MAP^|MAP$|
29803 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29804 |MINV|MDET|MTRN|IDNT|CRSS|"x" |
29805 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29806 |PACK|UNPK|INDX|BLD |LEN |... |
29807 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29808 @end group
29809 @end smallexample
29810
29811 @noindent
29812 The keys in this menu operate on vectors and matrices.
29813
29814 @key{PACK} removes an integer @var{n} from the top of the stack;
29815 the next @var{n} stack elements are removed and packed into a vector,
29816 which is replaced onto the stack. Thus the sequence
29817 @kbd{1 ENTER 3 ENTER 5 ENTER 3 PACK} enters the vector
29818 @samp{[1, 3, 5]} onto the stack. To enter a matrix, build each row
29819 on the stack as a vector, then use a final @key{PACK} to collect the
29820 rows into a matrix.
29821
29822 @key{UNPK} unpacks the vector on the stack, pushing each of its
29823 components separately.
29824
29825 @key{INDX} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds a vector of
29826 integers from 1 to @var{n}. @kbd{INV INDX} takes three numbers
29827 from the stack: The vector size @var{n}, the starting number,
29828 and the increment. @kbd{BLD} takes an integer @var{n} and any
29829 value @var{x} and builds a vector of @var{n} copies of @var{x}.
29830
29831 @key{IDNT} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds an @var{n}-by-@var{n}
29832 identity matrix.
29833
29834 @key{LEN} replaces a vector by its length, an integer.
29835
29836 @key{...} turns on or off ``abbreviated'' display mode for large vectors.
29837
29838 @key{MINV}, @key{MDET}, @key{MTRN}, and @key{CROSS} are the matrix
29839 inverse, determinant, and transpose, and vector cross product.
29840
29841 @key{SUM} replaces a vector by the sum of its elements. It is
29842 equivalent to @kbd{u +} in normal Calc (@pxref{Statistical Operations}).
29843 @key{PROD} computes the product of the elements of a vector, and
29844 @key{MAX} computes the maximum of all the elements of a vector.
29845
29846 @key{INV SUM} computes the alternating sum of the first element
29847 minus the second, plus the third, minus the fourth, and so on.
29848 @key{INV MAX} computes the minimum of the vector elements.
29849
29850 @key{HYP SUM} computes the mean of the vector elements.
29851 @key{HYP PROD} computes the sample standard deviation.
29852 @key{HYP MAX} computes the median.
29853
29854 @key{MAP*} multiplies two vectors elementwise. It is equivalent
29855 to the @kbd{V M *} command. @key{MAP^} computes powers elementwise.
29856 The arguments must be vectors of equal length, or one must be a vector
29857 and the other must be a plain number. For example, @kbd{2 MAP^} squares
29858 all the elements of a vector.
29859
29860 @key{MAP$} maps the formula on the top of the stack across the
29861 vector in the second-to-top position. If the formula contains
29862 several variables, Calc takes that many vectors starting at the
29863 second-to-top position and matches them to the variables in
29864 alphabetical order. The result is a vector of the same size as
29865 the input vectors, whose elements are the formula evaluated with
29866 the variables set to the various sets of numbers in those vectors.
29867 For example, you could simulate @key{MAP^} using @key{MAP$} with
29868 the formula @samp{x^y}.
29869
29870 The @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable name @expr{x} onto the
29871 stack. To build the formula @expr{x^2 + 6}, you would use the
29872 key sequence @kbd{"x" 2 y^x 6 +}. This formula would then be
29873 suitable for use with the @key{MAP$} key described above.
29874 With @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, or @key{INV} and @key{HYP}, the
29875 @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable names @expr{y}, @expr{z}, and
29876 @expr{t}, respectively.
29877
29878 @node Keypad Modes Menu, , Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Mode
29879 @section Modes Menu
29880
29881 @smallexample
29882 @group
29883 |----+----+----+----+----+----5
29884 |FLT |FIX |SCI |ENG |GRP | |
29885 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29886 |RAD |DEG |FRAC|POLR|SYMB|PREC|
29887 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29888 |SWAP|RLL3|RLL4|OVER|STO |RCL |
29889 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29890 @end group
29891 @end smallexample
29892
29893 @noindent
29894 The keys in this menu manipulate modes, variables, and the stack.
29895
29896 The @key{FLT}, @key{FIX}, @key{SCI}, and @key{ENG} keys select
29897 floating-point, fixed-point, scientific, or engineering notation.
29898 @key{FIX} displays two digits after the decimal by default; the
29899 others display full precision. With the @key{INV} prefix, these
29900 keys pop a number-of-digits argument from the stack.
29901
29902 The @key{GRP} key turns grouping of digits with commas on or off.
29903 @kbd{INV GRP} enables grouping to the right of the decimal point as
29904 well as to the left.
29905
29906 The @key{RAD} and @key{DEG} keys switch between radians and degrees
29907 for trigonometric functions.
29908
29909 The @key{FRAC} key turns Fraction mode on or off. This affects
29910 whether commands like @kbd{/} with integer arguments produce
29911 fractional or floating-point results.
29912
29913 The @key{POLR} key turns Polar mode on or off, determining whether
29914 polar or rectangular complex numbers are used by default.
29915
29916 The @key{SYMB} key turns Symbolic mode on or off, in which
29917 operations that would produce inexact floating-point results
29918 are left unevaluated as algebraic formulas.
29919
29920 The @key{PREC} key selects the current precision. Answer with
29921 the keyboard or with the keypad digit and @key{ENTER} keys.
29922
29923 The @key{SWAP} key exchanges the top two stack elements.
29924 The @key{RLL3} key rotates the top three stack elements upwards.
29925 The @key{RLL4} key rotates the top four stack elements upwards.
29926 The @key{OVER} key duplicates the second-to-top stack element.
29927
29928 The @key{STO} and @key{RCL} keys are analogous to @kbd{s t} and
29929 @kbd{s r} in regular Calc. @xref{Store and Recall}. Click the
29930 @key{STO} or @key{RCL} key, then one of the ten digits. (Named
29931 variables are not available in Keypad mode.) You can also use,
29932 for example, @kbd{STO + 3} to add to register 3.
29933
29934 @node Embedded Mode, Programming, Keypad Mode, Top
29935 @chapter Embedded Mode
29936
29937 @noindent
29938 Embedded mode in Calc provides an alternative to copying numbers
29939 and formulas back and forth between editing buffers and the Calc
29940 stack. In Embedded mode, your editing buffer becomes temporarily
29941 linked to the stack and this copying is taken care of automatically.
29942
29943 @menu
29944 * Basic Embedded Mode::
29945 * More About Embedded Mode::
29946 * Assignments in Embedded Mode::
29947 * Mode Settings in Embedded Mode::
29948 * Customizing Embedded Mode::
29949 @end menu
29950
29951 @node Basic Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
29952 @section Basic Embedded Mode
29953
29954 @noindent
29955 @kindex C-x * e
29956 @pindex calc-embedded
29957 To enter Embedded mode, position the Emacs point (cursor) on a
29958 formula in any buffer and press @kbd{C-x * e} (@code{calc-embedded}).
29959 Note that @kbd{C-x * e} is not to be used in the Calc stack buffer
29960 like most Calc commands, but rather in regular editing buffers that
29961 are visiting your own files.
29962
29963 Calc will try to guess an appropriate language based on the major mode
29964 of the editing buffer. (@xref{Language Modes}.) If the current buffer is
29965 in @code{latex-mode}, for example, Calc will set its language to La@TeX{}.
29966 Similarly, Calc will use @TeX{} language for @code{tex-mode},
29967 @code{plain-tex-mode} and @code{context-mode}, C language for
29968 @code{c-mode} and @code{c++-mode}, FORTRAN language for
29969 @code{fortran-mode} and @code{f90-mode}, Pascal for @code{pascal-mode},
29970 and eqn for @code{nroff-mode} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
29971 These can be overridden with Calc's mode
29972 changing commands (@pxref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}). If no
29973 suitable language is available, Calc will continue with its current language.
29974
29975 Calc normally scans backward and forward in the buffer for the
29976 nearest opening and closing @dfn{formula delimiters}. The simplest
29977 delimiters are blank lines. Other delimiters that Embedded mode
29978 understands are:
29979
29980 @enumerate
29981 @item
29982 The @TeX{} and La@TeX{} math delimiters @samp{$ $}, @samp{$$ $$},
29983 @samp{\[ \]}, and @samp{\( \)};
29984 @item
29985 Lines beginning with @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} (except matrix delimiters);
29986 @item
29987 Lines beginning with @samp{@@} (Texinfo delimiters).
29988 @item
29989 Lines beginning with @samp{.EQ} and @samp{.EN} (@dfn{eqn} delimiters);
29990 @item
29991 Lines containing a single @samp{%} or @samp{.\"} symbol and nothing else.
29992 @end enumerate
29993
29994 @xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to make Calc recognize
29995 your own favorite delimiters. Delimiters like @samp{$ $} can appear
29996 on their own separate lines or in-line with the formula.
29997
29998 If you give a positive or negative numeric prefix argument, Calc
29999 instead uses the current point as one end of the formula, and includes
30000 that many lines forward or backward (respectively, including the current
30001 line). Explicit delimiters are not necessary in this case.
30002
30003 With a prefix argument of zero, Calc uses the current region (delimited
30004 by point and mark) instead of formula delimiters. With a prefix
30005 argument of @kbd{C-u} only, Calc uses the current line as the formula.
30006
30007 @kindex C-x * w
30008 @pindex calc-embedded-word
30009 The @kbd{C-x * w} (@code{calc-embedded-word}) command will start Embedded
30010 mode on the current ``word''; in this case Calc will scan for the first
30011 non-numeric character (i.e., the first character that is not a digit,
30012 sign, decimal point, or upper- or lower-case @samp{e}) forward and
30013 backward to delimit the formula.
30014
30015 When you enable Embedded mode for a formula, Calc reads the text
30016 between the delimiters and tries to interpret it as a Calc formula.
30017 Calc can generally identify @TeX{} formulas and
30018 Big-style formulas even if the language mode is wrong. If Calc
30019 can't make sense of the formula, it beeps and refuses to enter
30020 Embedded mode. But if the current language is wrong, Calc can
30021 sometimes parse the formula successfully (but incorrectly);
30022 for example, the C expression @samp{atan(a[1])} can be parsed
30023 in Normal language mode, but the @code{atan} won't correspond to
30024 the built-in @code{arctan} function, and the @samp{a[1]} will be
30025 interpreted as @samp{a} times the vector @samp{[1]}!
30026
30027 If you press @kbd{C-x * e} or @kbd{C-x * w} to activate an embedded
30028 formula which is blank, say with the cursor on the space between
30029 the two delimiters @samp{$ $}, Calc will immediately prompt for
30030 an algebraic entry.
30031
30032 Only one formula in one buffer can be enabled at a time. If you
30033 move to another area of the current buffer and give Calc commands,
30034 Calc turns Embedded mode off for the old formula and then tries
30035 to restart Embedded mode at the new position. Other buffers are
30036 not affected by Embedded mode.
30037
30038 When Embedded mode begins, Calc pushes the current formula onto
30039 the stack. No Calc stack window is created; however, Calc copies
30040 the top-of-stack position into the original buffer at all times.
30041 You can create a Calc window by hand with @kbd{C-x * o} if you
30042 find you need to see the entire stack.
30043
30044 For example, typing @kbd{C-x * e} while somewhere in the formula
30045 @samp{n>2} in the following line enables Embedded mode on that
30046 inequality:
30047
30048 @example
30049 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n>2$.
30050 @end example
30051
30052 @noindent
30053 The formula @expr{n>2} will be pushed onto the Calc stack, and
30054 the top of stack will be copied back into the editing buffer.
30055 This means that spaces will appear around the @samp{>} symbol
30056 to match Calc's usual display style:
30057
30058 @example
30059 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n > 2$.
30060 @end example
30061
30062 @noindent
30063 No spaces have appeared around the @samp{+} sign because it's
30064 in a different formula, one which we have not yet touched with
30065 Embedded mode.
30066
30067 Now that Embedded mode is enabled, keys you type in this buffer
30068 are interpreted as Calc commands. At this point we might use
30069 the ``commute'' command @kbd{j C} to reverse the inequality.
30070 This is a selection-based command for which we first need to
30071 move the cursor onto the operator (@samp{>} in this case) that
30072 needs to be commuted.
30073
30074 @example
30075 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $2 < n$.
30076 @end example
30077
30078 The @kbd{C-x * o} command is a useful way to open a Calc window
30079 without actually selecting that window. Giving this command
30080 verifies that @samp{2 < n} is also on the Calc stack. Typing
30081 @kbd{17 @key{RET}} would produce:
30082
30083 @example
30084 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $17$.
30085 @end example
30086
30087 @noindent
30088 with @samp{2 < n} and @samp{17} on the stack; typing @key{TAB}
30089 at this point will exchange the two stack values and restore
30090 @samp{2 < n} to the embedded formula. Even though you can't
30091 normally see the stack in Embedded mode, it is still there and
30092 it still operates in the same way. But, as with old-fashioned
30093 RPN calculators, you can only see the value at the top of the
30094 stack at any given time (unless you use @kbd{C-x * o}).
30095
30096 Typing @kbd{C-x * e} again turns Embedded mode off. The Calc
30097 window reveals that the formula @w{@samp{2 < n}} is automatically
30098 removed from the stack, but the @samp{17} is not. Entering
30099 Embedded mode always pushes one thing onto the stack, and
30100 leaving Embedded mode always removes one thing. Anything else
30101 that happens on the stack is entirely your business as far as
30102 Embedded mode is concerned.
30103
30104 If you press @kbd{C-x * e} in the wrong place by accident, it is
30105 possible that Calc will be able to parse the nearby text as a
30106 formula and will mangle that text in an attempt to redisplay it
30107 ``properly'' in the current language mode. If this happens,
30108 press @kbd{C-x * e} again to exit Embedded mode, then give the
30109 regular Emacs ``undo'' command (@kbd{C-_} or @kbd{C-x u}) to put
30110 the text back the way it was before Calc edited it. Note that Calc's
30111 own Undo command (typed before you turn Embedded mode back off)
30112 will not do you any good, because as far as Calc is concerned
30113 you haven't done anything with this formula yet.
30114
30115 @node More About Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Basic Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30116 @section More About Embedded Mode
30117
30118 @noindent
30119 When Embedded mode ``activates'' a formula, i.e., when it examines
30120 the formula for the first time since the buffer was created or
30121 loaded, Calc tries to sense the language in which the formula was
30122 written. If the formula contains any La@TeX{}-like @samp{\} sequences,
30123 it is parsed (i.e., read) in La@TeX{} mode. If the formula appears to
30124 be written in multi-line Big mode, it is parsed in Big mode. Otherwise,
30125 it is parsed according to the current language mode.
30126
30127 Note that Calc does not change the current language mode according
30128 the formula it reads in. Even though it can read a La@TeX{} formula when
30129 not in La@TeX{} mode, it will immediately rewrite this formula using
30130 whatever language mode is in effect.
30131
30132 @tex
30133 \bigskip
30134 @end tex
30135
30136 @kindex d p
30137 @pindex calc-show-plain
30138 Calc's parser is unable to read certain kinds of formulas. For
30139 example, with @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) you can
30140 specify matrix display styles which the parser is unable to
30141 recognize as matrices. The @kbd{d p} (@code{calc-show-plain})
30142 command turns on a mode in which a ``plain'' version of a
30143 formula is placed in front of the fully-formatted version.
30144 When Calc reads a formula that has such a plain version in
30145 front, it reads the plain version and ignores the formatted
30146 version.
30147
30148 Plain formulas are preceded and followed by @samp{%%%} signs
30149 by default. This notation has the advantage that the @samp{%}
30150 character begins a comment in @TeX{} and La@TeX{}, so if your formula is
30151 embedded in a @TeX{} or La@TeX{} document its plain version will be
30152 invisible in the final printed copy. Certain major modes have different
30153 delimiters to ensure that the ``plain'' version will be
30154 in a comment for those modes, also.
30155 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode} to see how to change the ``plain''
30156 formula delimiters.
30157
30158 There are several notations which Calc's parser for ``big''
30159 formatted formulas can't yet recognize. In particular, it can't
30160 read the large symbols for @code{sum}, @code{prod}, and @code{integ},
30161 and it can't handle @samp{=>} with the righthand argument omitted.
30162 Also, Calc won't recognize special formats you have defined with
30163 the @kbd{Z C} command (@pxref{User-Defined Compositions}). In
30164 these cases it is important to use ``plain'' mode to make sure
30165 Calc will be able to read your formula later.
30166
30167 Another example where ``plain'' mode is important is if you have
30168 specified a float mode with few digits of precision. Normally
30169 any digits that are computed but not displayed will simply be
30170 lost when you save and re-load your embedded buffer, but ``plain''
30171 mode allows you to make sure that the complete number is present
30172 in the file as well as the rounded-down number.
30173
30174 @tex
30175 \bigskip
30176 @end tex
30177
30178 Embedded buffers remember active formulas for as long as they
30179 exist in Emacs memory. Suppose you have an embedded formula
30180 which is @cpi{} to the normal 12 decimal places, and then
30181 type @w{@kbd{C-u 5 d n}} to display only five decimal places.
30182 If you then type @kbd{d n}, all 12 places reappear because the
30183 full number is still there on the Calc stack. More surprisingly,
30184 even if you exit Embedded mode and later re-enter it for that
30185 formula, typing @kbd{d n} will restore all 12 places because
30186 each buffer remembers all its active formulas. However, if you
30187 save the buffer in a file and reload it in a new Emacs session,
30188 all non-displayed digits will have been lost unless you used
30189 ``plain'' mode.
30190
30191 @tex
30192 \bigskip
30193 @end tex
30194
30195 In some applications of Embedded mode, you will want to have a
30196 sequence of copies of a formula that show its evolution as you
30197 work on it. For example, you might want to have a sequence
30198 like this in your file (elaborating here on the example from
30199 the ``Getting Started'' chapter):
30200
30201 @smallexample
30202 The derivative of
30203
30204 ln(ln(x))
30205
30206 is
30207
30208 @r{(the derivative of }ln(ln(x))@r{)}
30209
30210 whose value at x = 2 is
30211
30212 @r{(the value)}
30213
30214 and at x = 3 is
30215
30216 @r{(the value)}
30217 @end smallexample
30218
30219 @kindex C-x * d
30220 @pindex calc-embedded-duplicate
30221 The @kbd{C-x * d} (@code{calc-embedded-duplicate}) command is a
30222 handy way to make sequences like this. If you type @kbd{C-x * d},
30223 the formula under the cursor (which may or may not have Embedded
30224 mode enabled for it at the time) is copied immediately below and
30225 Embedded mode is then enabled for that copy.
30226
30227 For this example, you would start with just
30228
30229 @smallexample
30230 The derivative of
30231
30232 ln(ln(x))
30233 @end smallexample
30234
30235 @noindent
30236 and press @kbd{C-x * d} with the cursor on this formula. The result
30237 is
30238
30239 @smallexample
30240 The derivative of
30241
30242 ln(ln(x))
30243
30244
30245 ln(ln(x))
30246 @end smallexample
30247
30248 @noindent
30249 with the second copy of the formula enabled in Embedded mode.
30250 You can now press @kbd{a d x @key{RET}} to take the derivative, and
30251 @kbd{C-x * d C-x * d} to make two more copies of the derivative.
30252 To complete the computations, type @kbd{3 s l x @key{RET}} to evaluate
30253 the last formula, then move up to the second-to-last formula
30254 and type @kbd{2 s l x @key{RET}}.
30255
30256 Finally, you would want to press @kbd{C-x * e} to exit Embedded
30257 mode, then go up and insert the necessary text in between the
30258 various formulas and numbers.
30259
30260 @tex
30261 \bigskip
30262 @end tex
30263
30264 @kindex C-x * f
30265 @kindex C-x * '
30266 @pindex calc-embedded-new-formula
30267 The @kbd{C-x * f} (@code{calc-embedded-new-formula}) command
30268 creates a new embedded formula at the current point. It inserts
30269 some default delimiters, which are usually just blank lines,
30270 and then does an algebraic entry to get the formula (which is
30271 then enabled for Embedded mode). This is just shorthand for
30272 typing the delimiters yourself, positioning the cursor between
30273 the new delimiters, and pressing @kbd{C-x * e}. The key sequence
30274 @kbd{C-x * '} is equivalent to @kbd{C-x * f}.
30275
30276 @kindex C-x * n
30277 @kindex C-x * p
30278 @pindex calc-embedded-next
30279 @pindex calc-embedded-previous
30280 The @kbd{C-x * n} (@code{calc-embedded-next}) and @kbd{C-x * p}
30281 (@code{calc-embedded-previous}) commands move the cursor to the
30282 next or previous active embedded formula in the buffer. They
30283 can take positive or negative prefix arguments to move by several
30284 formulas. Note that these commands do not actually examine the
30285 text of the buffer looking for formulas; they only see formulas
30286 which have previously been activated in Embedded mode. In fact,
30287 @kbd{C-x * n} and @kbd{C-x * p} are a useful way to tell which
30288 embedded formulas are currently active. Also, note that these
30289 commands do not enable Embedded mode on the next or previous
30290 formula, they just move the cursor.
30291
30292 @kindex C-x * `
30293 @pindex calc-embedded-edit
30294 The @kbd{C-x * `} (@code{calc-embedded-edit}) command edits the
30295 embedded formula at the current point as if by @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}).
30296 Embedded mode does not have to be enabled for this to work. Press
30297 @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish the edit, or @kbd{C-x k} to cancel.
30298
30299 @node Assignments in Embedded Mode, Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30300 @section Assignments in Embedded Mode
30301
30302 @noindent
30303 The @samp{:=} (assignment) and @samp{=>} (``evaluates-to'') operators
30304 are especially useful in Embedded mode. They allow you to make
30305 a definition in one formula, then refer to that definition in
30306 other formulas embedded in the same buffer.
30307
30308 An embedded formula which is an assignment to a variable, as in
30309
30310 @example
30311 foo := 5
30312 @end example
30313
30314 @noindent
30315 records @expr{5} as the stored value of @code{foo} for the
30316 purposes of Embedded mode operations in the current buffer. It
30317 does @emph{not} actually store @expr{5} as the ``global'' value
30318 of @code{foo}, however. Regular Calc operations, and Embedded
30319 formulas in other buffers, will not see this assignment.
30320
30321 One way to use this assigned value is simply to create an
30322 Embedded formula elsewhere that refers to @code{foo}, and to press
30323 @kbd{=} in that formula. However, this permanently replaces the
30324 @code{foo} in the formula with its current value. More interesting
30325 is to use @samp{=>} elsewhere:
30326
30327 @example
30328 foo + 7 => 12
30329 @end example
30330
30331 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a general discussion of @samp{=>}.
30332
30333 If you move back and change the assignment to @code{foo}, any
30334 @samp{=>} formulas which refer to it are automatically updated.
30335
30336 @example
30337 foo := 17
30338
30339 foo + 7 => 24
30340 @end example
30341
30342 The obvious question then is, @emph{how} can one easily change the
30343 assignment to @code{foo}? If you simply select the formula in
30344 Embedded mode and type 17, the assignment itself will be replaced
30345 by the 17. The effect on the other formula will be that the
30346 variable @code{foo} becomes unassigned:
30347
30348 @example
30349 17
30350
30351 foo + 7 => foo + 7
30352 @end example
30353
30354 The right thing to do is first to use a selection command (@kbd{j 2}
30355 will do the trick) to select the righthand side of the assignment.
30356 Then, @kbd{17 @key{TAB} @key{DEL}} will swap the 17 into place (@pxref{Selecting
30357 Subformulas}, to see how this works).
30358
30359 @kindex C-x * j
30360 @pindex calc-embedded-select
30361 The @kbd{C-x * j} (@code{calc-embedded-select}) command provides an
30362 easy way to operate on assignments. It is just like @kbd{C-x * e},
30363 except that if the enabled formula is an assignment, it uses
30364 @kbd{j 2} to select the righthand side. If the enabled formula
30365 is an evaluates-to, it uses @kbd{j 1} to select the lefthand side.
30366 A formula can also be a combination of both:
30367
30368 @example
30369 bar := foo + 3 => 20
30370 @end example
30371
30372 @noindent
30373 in which case @kbd{C-x * j} will select the middle part (@samp{foo + 3}).
30374
30375 The formula is automatically deselected when you leave Embedded
30376 mode.
30377
30378 @kindex C-x * u
30379 @pindex calc-embedded-update-formula
30380 Another way to change the assignment to @code{foo} would simply be
30381 to edit the number using regular Emacs editing rather than Embedded
30382 mode. Then, we have to find a way to get Embedded mode to notice
30383 the change. The @kbd{C-x * u} (@code{calc-embedded-update-formula})
30384 command is a convenient way to do this.
30385
30386 @example
30387 foo := 6
30388
30389 foo + 7 => 13
30390 @end example
30391
30392 Pressing @kbd{C-x * u} is much like pressing @kbd{C-x * e = C-x * e}, that
30393 is, temporarily enabling Embedded mode for the formula under the
30394 cursor and then evaluating it with @kbd{=}. But @kbd{C-x * u} does
30395 not actually use @kbd{C-x * e}, and in fact another formula somewhere
30396 else can be enabled in Embedded mode while you use @kbd{C-x * u} and
30397 that formula will not be disturbed.
30398
30399 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * u} updates all active
30400 @samp{=>} formulas in the buffer. Formulas which have not yet
30401 been activated in Embedded mode, and formulas which do not have
30402 @samp{=>} as their top-level operator, are not affected by this.
30403 (This is useful only if you have used @kbd{m C}; see below.)
30404
30405 With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{C-u C-x * u} updates only in the
30406 region between mark and point rather than in the whole buffer.
30407
30408 @kbd{C-x * u} is also a handy way to activate a formula, such as an
30409 @samp{=>} formula that has freshly been typed in or loaded from a
30410 file.
30411
30412 @kindex C-x * a
30413 @pindex calc-embedded-activate
30414 The @kbd{C-x * a} (@code{calc-embedded-activate}) command scans
30415 through the current buffer and activates all embedded formulas
30416 that contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols. This does not mean
30417 that Embedded mode is actually turned on, but only that the
30418 formulas' positions are registered with Embedded mode so that
30419 the @samp{=>} values can be properly updated as assignments are
30420 changed.
30421
30422 It is a good idea to type @kbd{C-x * a} right after loading a file
30423 that uses embedded @samp{=>} operators. Emacs includes a nifty
30424 ``buffer-local variables'' feature that you can use to do this
30425 automatically. The idea is to place near the end of your file
30426 a few lines that look like this:
30427
30428 @example
30429 --- Local Variables: ---
30430 --- eval:(calc-embedded-activate) ---
30431 --- End: ---
30432 @end example
30433
30434 @noindent
30435 where the leading and trailing @samp{---} can be replaced by
30436 any suitable strings (which must be the same on all three lines)
30437 or omitted altogether; in a @TeX{} or La@TeX{} file, @samp{%} would be a good
30438 leading string and no trailing string would be necessary. In a
30439 C program, @samp{/*} and @samp{*/} would be good leading and
30440 trailing strings.
30441
30442 When Emacs loads a file into memory, it checks for a Local Variables
30443 section like this one at the end of the file. If it finds this
30444 section, it does the specified things (in this case, running
30445 @kbd{C-x * a} automatically) before editing of the file begins.
30446 The Local Variables section must be within 3000 characters of the
30447 end of the file for Emacs to find it, and it must be in the last
30448 page of the file if the file has any page separators.
30449 @xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the
30450 Emacs manual}.
30451
30452 Note that @kbd{C-x * a} does not update the formulas it finds.
30453 To do this, type, say, @kbd{M-1 C-x * u} after @w{@kbd{C-x * a}}.
30454 Generally this should not be a problem, though, because the
30455 formulas will have been up-to-date already when the file was
30456 saved.
30457
30458 Normally, @kbd{C-x * a} activates all the formulas it finds, but
30459 any previous active formulas remain active as well. With a
30460 positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * a} first deactivates
30461 all current active formulas, then actives the ones it finds in
30462 its scan of the buffer. With a negative prefix argument,
30463 @kbd{C-x * a} simply deactivates all formulas.
30464
30465 Embedded mode has two symbols, @samp{Active} and @samp{~Active},
30466 which it puts next to the major mode name in a buffer's mode line.
30467 It puts @samp{Active} if it has reason to believe that all
30468 formulas in the buffer are active, because you have typed @kbd{C-x * a}
30469 and Calc has not since had to deactivate any formulas (which can
30470 happen if Calc goes to update an @samp{=>} formula somewhere because
30471 a variable changed, and finds that the formula is no longer there
30472 due to some kind of editing outside of Embedded mode). Calc puts
30473 @samp{~Active} in the mode line if some, but probably not all,
30474 formulas in the buffer are active. This happens if you activate
30475 a few formulas one at a time but never use @kbd{C-x * a}, or if you
30476 used @kbd{C-x * a} but then Calc had to deactivate a formula
30477 because it lost track of it. If neither of these symbols appears
30478 in the mode line, no embedded formulas are active in the buffer
30479 (e.g., before Embedded mode has been used, or after a @kbd{M-- C-x * a}).
30480
30481 Embedded formulas can refer to assignments both before and after them
30482 in the buffer. If there are several assignments to a variable, the
30483 nearest preceding assignment is used if there is one, otherwise the
30484 following assignment is used.
30485
30486 @example
30487 x => 1
30488
30489 x := 1
30490
30491 x => 1
30492
30493 x := 2
30494
30495 x => 2
30496 @end example
30497
30498 As well as simple variables, you can also assign to subscript
30499 expressions of the form @samp{@var{var}_@var{number}} (as in
30500 @code{x_0}), or @samp{@var{var}_@var{var}} (as in @code{x_max}).
30501 Assignments to other kinds of objects can be represented by Calc,
30502 but the automatic linkage between assignments and references works
30503 only for plain variables and these two kinds of subscript expressions.
30504
30505 If there are no assignments to a given variable, the global
30506 stored value for the variable is used (@pxref{Storing Variables}),
30507 or, if no value is stored, the variable is left in symbolic form.
30508 Note that global stored values will be lost when the file is saved
30509 and loaded in a later Emacs session, unless you have used the
30510 @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command to save them;
30511 @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
30512
30513 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns automatic
30514 recomputation of @samp{=>} forms on and off. If you turn automatic
30515 recomputation off, you will have to use @kbd{C-x * u} to update these
30516 formulas manually after an assignment has been changed. If you
30517 plan to change several assignments at once, it may be more efficient
30518 to type @kbd{m C}, change all the assignments, then use @kbd{M-1 C-x * u}
30519 to update the entire buffer afterwards. The @kbd{m C} command also
30520 controls @samp{=>} formulas on the stack; @pxref{Evaluates-To
30521 Operator}. When you turn automatic recomputation back on, the
30522 stack will be updated but the Embedded buffer will not; you must
30523 use @kbd{C-x * u} to update the buffer by hand.
30524
30525 @node Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Customizing Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30526 @section Mode Settings in Embedded Mode
30527
30528 @kindex m e
30529 @pindex calc-embedded-preserve-modes
30530 @noindent
30531 The mode settings can be changed while Calc is in embedded mode, but
30532 by default they will revert to their original values when embedded mode
30533 is ended. However, the modes saved when the mode-recording mode is
30534 @code{Save} (see below) and the modes in effect when the @kbd{m e}
30535 (@code{calc-embedded-preserve-modes}) command is given
30536 will be preserved when embedded mode is ended.
30537
30538 Embedded mode has a rather complicated mechanism for handling mode
30539 settings in Embedded formulas. It is possible to put annotations
30540 in the file that specify mode settings either global to the entire
30541 file or local to a particular formula or formulas. In the latter
30542 case, different modes can be specified for use when a formula
30543 is the enabled Embedded mode formula.
30544
30545 When you give any mode-setting command, like @kbd{m f} (for Fraction
30546 mode) or @kbd{d s} (for scientific notation), Embedded mode adds
30547 a line like the following one to the file just before the opening
30548 delimiter of the formula.
30549
30550 @example
30551 % [calc-mode: fractions: t]
30552 % [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30553 @end example
30554
30555 When Calc interprets an embedded formula, it scans the text before
30556 the formula for mode-setting annotations like these and sets the
30557 Calc buffer to match these modes. Modes not explicitly described
30558 in the file are not changed. Calc scans all the way to the top of
30559 the file, or up to a line of the form
30560
30561 @example
30562 % [calc-defaults]
30563 @end example
30564
30565 @noindent
30566 which you can insert at strategic places in the file if this backward
30567 scan is getting too slow, or just to provide a barrier between one
30568 ``zone'' of mode settings and another.
30569
30570 If the file contains several annotations for the same mode, the
30571 closest one before the formula is used. Annotations after the
30572 formula are never used (except for global annotations, described
30573 below).
30574
30575 The scan does not look for the leading @samp{% }, only for the
30576 square brackets and the text they enclose. In fact, the leading
30577 characters are different for different major modes. You can edit the
30578 mode annotations to a style that works better in context if you wish.
30579 @xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to change the style
30580 that Calc uses when it generates the annotations. You can write
30581 mode annotations into the file yourself if you know the syntax;
30582 the easiest way to find the syntax for a given mode is to let
30583 Calc write the annotation for it once and see what it does.
30584
30585 If you give a mode-changing command for a mode that already has
30586 a suitable annotation just above the current formula, Calc will
30587 modify that annotation rather than generating a new, conflicting
30588 one.
30589
30590 Mode annotations have three parts, separated by colons. (Spaces
30591 after the colons are optional.) The first identifies the kind
30592 of mode setting, the second is a name for the mode itself, and
30593 the third is the value in the form of a Lisp symbol, number,
30594 or list. Annotations with unrecognizable text in the first or
30595 second parts are ignored. The third part is not checked to make
30596 sure the value is of a valid type or range; if you write an
30597 annotation by hand, be sure to give a proper value or results
30598 will be unpredictable. Mode-setting annotations are case-sensitive.
30599
30600 While Embedded mode is enabled, the word @code{Local} appears in
30601 the mode line. This is to show that mode setting commands generate
30602 annotations that are ``local'' to the current formula or set of
30603 formulas. The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command
30604 causes Calc to generate different kinds of annotations. Pressing
30605 @kbd{m R} repeatedly cycles through the possible modes.
30606
30607 @code{LocEdit} and @code{LocPerm} modes generate annotations
30608 that look like this, respectively:
30609
30610 @example
30611 % [calc-edit-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30612 % [calc-perm-mode: float-format: (sci 5)]
30613 @end example
30614
30615 The first kind of annotation will be used only while a formula
30616 is enabled in Embedded mode. The second kind will be used only
30617 when the formula is @emph{not} enabled. (Whether the formula
30618 is ``active'' or not, i.e., whether Calc has seen this formula
30619 yet, is not relevant here.)
30620
30621 @code{Global} mode generates an annotation like this at the end
30622 of the file:
30623
30624 @example
30625 % [calc-global-mode: fractions t]
30626 @end example
30627
30628 Global mode annotations affect all formulas throughout the file,
30629 and may appear anywhere in the file. This allows you to tuck your
30630 mode annotations somewhere out of the way, say, on a new page of
30631 the file, as long as those mode settings are suitable for all
30632 formulas in the file.
30633
30634 Enabling a formula with @kbd{C-x * e} causes a fresh scan for local
30635 mode annotations; you will have to use this after adding annotations
30636 above a formula by hand to get the formula to notice them. Updating
30637 a formula with @kbd{C-x * u} will also re-scan the local modes, but
30638 global modes are only re-scanned by @kbd{C-x * a}.
30639
30640 Another way that modes can get out of date is if you add a local
30641 mode annotation to a formula that has another formula after it.
30642 In this example, we have used the @kbd{d s} command while the
30643 first of the two embedded formulas is active. But the second
30644 formula has not changed its style to match, even though by the
30645 rules of reading annotations the @samp{(sci 0)} applies to it, too.
30646
30647 @example
30648 % [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30649 1.23e2
30650
30651 456.
30652 @end example
30653
30654 We would have to go down to the other formula and press @kbd{C-x * u}
30655 on it in order to get it to notice the new annotation.
30656
30657 Two more mode-recording modes selectable by @kbd{m R} are available
30658 which are also available outside of Embedded mode.
30659 (@pxref{General Mode Commands}.) They are @code{Save}, in which mode
30660 settings are recorded permanently in your Calc init file (the file given
30661 by the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.calc.el})
30662 rather than by annotating the current document, and no-recording
30663 mode (where there is no symbol like @code{Save} or @code{Local} in
30664 the mode line), in which mode-changing commands do not leave any
30665 annotations at all.
30666
30667 When Embedded mode is not enabled, mode-recording modes except
30668 for @code{Save} have no effect.
30669
30670 @node Customizing Embedded Mode, , Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30671 @section Customizing Embedded Mode
30672
30673 @noindent
30674 You can modify Embedded mode's behavior by setting various Lisp
30675 variables described here. These variables are customizable
30676 (@pxref{Customizing Calc}), or you can use @kbd{M-x set-variable}
30677 or @kbd{M-x edit-options} to adjust a variable on the fly.
30678 (Another possibility would be to use a file-local variable annotation at
30679 the end of the file;
30680 @pxref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the Emacs manual}.)
30681 Many of the variables given mentioned here can be set to depend on the
30682 major mode of the editing buffer (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
30683
30684 @vindex calc-embedded-open-formula
30685 The @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} variable holds a regular
30686 expression for the opening delimiter of a formula. @xref{Regexp Search,
30687 , Regular Expression Search, emacs, the Emacs manual}, to see
30688 how regular expressions work. Basically, a regular expression is a
30689 pattern that Calc can search for. A regular expression that considers
30690 blank lines, @samp{$}, and @samp{$$} to be opening delimiters is
30691 @code{"\\`\\|^\n\\|\\$\\$?"}. Just in case the meaning of this
30692 regular expression is not completely plain, let's go through it
30693 in detail.
30694
30695 The surrounding @samp{" "} marks quote the text between them as a
30696 Lisp string. If you left them off, @code{set-variable} or
30697 @code{edit-options} would try to read the regular expression as a
30698 Lisp program.
30699
30700 The most obvious property of this regular expression is that it
30701 contains indecently many backslashes. There are actually two levels
30702 of backslash usage going on here. First, when Lisp reads a quoted
30703 string, all pairs of characters beginning with a backslash are
30704 interpreted as special characters. Here, @code{\n} changes to a
30705 new-line character, and @code{\\} changes to a single backslash.
30706 So the actual regular expression seen by Calc is
30707 @samp{\`\|^ @r{(newline)} \|\$\$?}.
30708
30709 Regular expressions also consider pairs beginning with backslash
30710 to have special meanings. Sometimes the backslash is used to quote
30711 a character that otherwise would have a special meaning in a regular
30712 expression, like @samp{$}, which normally means ``end-of-line,''
30713 or @samp{?}, which means that the preceding item is optional. So
30714 @samp{\$\$?} matches either one or two dollar signs.
30715
30716 The other codes in this regular expression are @samp{^}, which matches
30717 ``beginning-of-line,'' @samp{\|}, which means ``or,'' and @samp{\`},
30718 which matches ``beginning-of-buffer.'' So the whole pattern means
30719 that a formula begins at the beginning of the buffer, or on a newline
30720 that occurs at the beginning of a line (i.e., a blank line), or at
30721 one or two dollar signs.
30722
30723 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} looks just
30724 like this example, with several more alternatives added on to
30725 recognize various other common kinds of delimiters.
30726
30727 By the way, the reason to use @samp{^\n} rather than @samp{^$}
30728 or @samp{\n\n}, which also would appear to match blank lines,
30729 is that the former expression actually ``consumes'' only one
30730 newline character as @emph{part of} the delimiter, whereas the
30731 latter expressions consume zero or two newlines, respectively.
30732 The former choice gives the most natural behavior when Calc
30733 must operate on a whole formula including its delimiters.
30734
30735 See the Emacs manual for complete details on regular expressions.
30736 But just for your convenience, here is a list of all characters
30737 which must be quoted with backslash (like @samp{\$}) to avoid
30738 some special interpretation: @samp{. * + ? [ ] ^ $ \}. (Note
30739 the backslash in this list; for example, to match @samp{\[} you
30740 must use @code{"\\\\\\["}. An exercise for the reader is to
30741 account for each of these six backslashes!)
30742
30743 @vindex calc-embedded-close-formula
30744 The @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} variable holds a regular
30745 expression for the closing delimiter of a formula. A closing
30746 regular expression to match the above example would be
30747 @code{"\\'\\|\n$\\|\\$\\$?"}. This is almost the same as the
30748 other one, except it now uses @samp{\'} (``end-of-buffer'') and
30749 @samp{\n$} (newline occurring at end of line, yet another way
30750 of describing a blank line that is more appropriate for this
30751 case).
30752
30753 @vindex calc-embedded-word-regexp
30754 The @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} variable holds a regular expression
30755 used to define an expression to look for (a ``word'') when you type
30756 @kbd{C-x * w} to enable Embedded mode.
30757
30758 @vindex calc-embedded-open-plain
30759 The @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} variable is a string which
30760 begins a ``plain'' formula written in front of the formatted
30761 formula when @kbd{d p} mode is turned on. Note that this is an
30762 actual string, not a regular expression, because Calc must be able
30763 to write this string into a buffer as well as to recognize it.
30764 The default string is @code{"%%% "} (note the trailing space), but may
30765 be different for certain major modes.
30766
30767 @vindex calc-embedded-close-plain
30768 The @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} variable is a string which
30769 ends a ``plain'' formula. The default is @code{" %%%\n"}, but may be
30770 different for different major modes. Without
30771 the trailing newline here, the first line of a Big mode formula
30772 that followed might be shifted over with respect to the other lines.
30773
30774 @vindex calc-embedded-open-new-formula
30775 The @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} variable is a string
30776 which is inserted at the front of a new formula when you type
30777 @kbd{C-x * f}. Its default value is @code{"\n\n"}. If this
30778 string begins with a newline character and the @kbd{C-x * f} is
30779 typed at the beginning of a line, @kbd{C-x * f} will skip this
30780 first newline to avoid introducing unnecessary blank lines in
30781 the file.
30782
30783 @vindex calc-embedded-close-new-formula
30784 The @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} variable is the corresponding
30785 string which is inserted at the end of a new formula. Its default
30786 value is also @code{"\n\n"}. The final newline is omitted by
30787 @w{@kbd{C-x * f}} if typed at the end of a line. (It follows that if
30788 @kbd{C-x * f} is typed on a blank line, both a leading opening
30789 newline and a trailing closing newline are omitted.)
30790
30791 @vindex calc-embedded-announce-formula
30792 The @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} variable is a regular
30793 expression which is sure to be followed by an embedded formula.
30794 The @kbd{C-x * a} command searches for this pattern as well as for
30795 @samp{=>} and @samp{:=} operators. Note that @kbd{C-x * a} will
30796 not activate just anything surrounded by formula delimiters; after
30797 all, blank lines are considered formula delimiters by default!
30798 But if your language includes a delimiter which can only occur
30799 actually in front of a formula, you can take advantage of it here.
30800 The default pattern is @code{"%Embed\n\\(% .*\n\\)*"}, but may be
30801 different for different major modes.
30802 This pattern will check for @samp{%Embed} followed by any number of
30803 lines beginning with @samp{%} and a space. This last is important to
30804 make Calc consider mode annotations part of the pattern, so that the
30805 formula's opening delimiter really is sure to follow the pattern.
30806
30807 @vindex calc-embedded-open-mode
30808 The @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} variable is a string (not a
30809 regular expression) which should precede a mode annotation.
30810 Calc never scans for this string; Calc always looks for the
30811 annotation itself. But this is the string that is inserted before
30812 the opening bracket when Calc adds an annotation on its own.
30813 The default is @code{"% "}, but may be different for different major
30814 modes.
30815
30816 @vindex calc-embedded-close-mode
30817 The @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} variable is a string which
30818 follows a mode annotation written by Calc. Its default value
30819 is simply a newline, @code{"\n"}, but may be different for different
30820 major modes. If you change this, it is a good idea still to end with a
30821 newline so that mode annotations will appear on lines by themselves.
30822
30823 @node Programming, Copying, Embedded Mode, Top
30824 @chapter Programming
30825
30826 @noindent
30827 There are several ways to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator, depending
30828 on the nature of the problem you need to solve.
30829
30830 @enumerate
30831 @item
30832 @dfn{Keyboard macros} allow you to record a sequence of keystrokes
30833 and play them back at a later time. This is just the standard Emacs
30834 keyboard macro mechanism, dressed up with a few more features such
30835 as loops and conditionals.
30836
30837 @item
30838 @dfn{Algebraic definitions} allow you to use any formula to define a
30839 new function. This function can then be used in algebraic formulas or
30840 as an interactive command.
30841
30842 @item
30843 @dfn{Rewrite rules} are discussed in the section on algebra commands.
30844 @xref{Rewrite Rules}. If you put your rewrite rules in the variable
30845 @code{EvalRules}, they will be applied automatically to all Calc
30846 results in just the same way as an internal ``rule'' is applied to
30847 evaluate @samp{sqrt(9)} to 3 and so on. @xref{Automatic Rewrites}.
30848
30849 @item
30850 @dfn{Lisp} is the programming language that Calc (and most of Emacs)
30851 is written in. If the above techniques aren't powerful enough, you
30852 can write Lisp functions to do anything that built-in Calc commands
30853 can do. Lisp code is also somewhat faster than keyboard macros or
30854 rewrite rules.
30855 @end enumerate
30856
30857 @kindex z
30858 Programming features are available through the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z}
30859 prefix keys. New commands that you define are two-key sequences
30860 beginning with @kbd{z}. Commands for managing these definitions
30861 use the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix. (The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing})
30862 command is described elsewhere; @pxref{Troubleshooting Commands}.
30863 The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command is also
30864 described elsewhere; @pxref{User-Defined Compositions}.)
30865
30866 @menu
30867 * Creating User Keys::
30868 * Keyboard Macros::
30869 * Invocation Macros::
30870 * Algebraic Definitions::
30871 * Lisp Definitions::
30872 @end menu
30873
30874 @node Creating User Keys, Keyboard Macros, Programming, Programming
30875 @section Creating User Keys
30876
30877 @noindent
30878 @kindex Z D
30879 @pindex calc-user-define
30880 Any Calculator command may be bound to a key using the @kbd{Z D}
30881 (@code{calc-user-define}) command. Actually, it is bound to a two-key
30882 sequence beginning with the lower-case @kbd{z} prefix.
30883
30884 The @kbd{Z D} command first prompts for the key to define. For example,
30885 press @kbd{Z D a} to define the new key sequence @kbd{z a}. You are then
30886 prompted for the name of the Calculator command that this key should
30887 run. For example, the @code{calc-sincos} command is not normally
30888 available on a key. Typing @kbd{Z D s sincos @key{RET}} programs the
30889 @kbd{z s} key sequence to run @code{calc-sincos}. This definition will remain
30890 in effect for the rest of this Emacs session, or until you redefine
30891 @kbd{z s} to be something else.
30892
30893 You can actually bind any Emacs command to a @kbd{z} key sequence by
30894 backspacing over the @samp{calc-} when you are prompted for the command name.
30895
30896 As with any other prefix key, you can type @kbd{z ?} to see a list of
30897 all the two-key sequences you have defined that start with @kbd{z}.
30898 Initially, no @kbd{z} sequences (except @kbd{z ?} itself) are defined.
30899
30900 User keys are typically letters, but may in fact be any key.
30901 (@key{META}-keys are not permitted, nor are a terminal's special
30902 function keys which generate multi-character sequences when pressed.)
30903 You can define different commands on the shifted and unshifted versions
30904 of a letter if you wish.
30905
30906 @kindex Z U
30907 @pindex calc-user-undefine
30908 The @kbd{Z U} (@code{calc-user-undefine}) command unbinds a user key.
30909 For example, the key sequence @kbd{Z U s} will undefine the @code{sincos}
30910 key we defined above.
30911
30912 @kindex Z P
30913 @pindex calc-user-define-permanent
30914 @cindex Storing user definitions
30915 @cindex Permanent user definitions
30916 @cindex Calc init file, user-defined commands
30917 The @kbd{Z P} (@code{calc-user-define-permanent}) command makes a key
30918 binding permanent so that it will remain in effect even in future Emacs
30919 sessions. (It does this by adding a suitable bit of Lisp code into
30920 your Calc init file; that is, the file given by the variable
30921 @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.calc.el}.) For example,
30922 @kbd{Z P s} would register our @code{sincos} command permanently. If
30923 you later wish to unregister this command you must edit your Calc init
30924 file by hand. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to
30925 use a different file for the Calc init file.)
30926
30927 The @kbd{Z P} command also saves the user definition, if any, for the
30928 command bound to the key. After @kbd{Z F} and @kbd{Z C}, a given user
30929 key could invoke a command, which in turn calls an algebraic function,
30930 which might have one or more special display formats. A single @kbd{Z P}
30931 command will save all of these definitions.
30932 To save an algebraic function, type @kbd{'} (the apostrophe)
30933 when prompted for a key, and type the function name. To save a command
30934 without its key binding, type @kbd{M-x} and enter a function name. (The
30935 @samp{calc-} prefix will automatically be inserted for you.)
30936 (If the command you give implies a function, the function will be saved,
30937 and if the function has any display formats, those will be saved, but
30938 not the other way around: Saving a function will not save any commands
30939 or key bindings associated with the function.)
30940
30941 @kindex Z E
30942 @pindex calc-user-define-edit
30943 @cindex Editing user definitions
30944 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command edits the definition
30945 of a user key. This works for keys that have been defined by either
30946 keyboard macros or formulas; further details are contained in the relevant
30947 following sections.
30948
30949 @node Keyboard Macros, Invocation Macros, Creating User Keys, Programming
30950 @section Programming with Keyboard Macros
30951
30952 @noindent
30953 @kindex X
30954 @cindex Programming with keyboard macros
30955 @cindex Keyboard macros
30956 The easiest way to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator is to use standard
30957 keyboard macros. Press @w{@kbd{C-x (}} to begin recording a macro. From
30958 this point on, keystrokes you type will be saved away as well as
30959 performing their usual functions. Press @kbd{C-x )} to end recording.
30960 Press shift-@kbd{X} (or the standard Emacs key sequence @kbd{C-x e}) to
30961 execute your keyboard macro by replaying the recorded keystrokes.
30962 @xref{Keyboard Macros, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for further
30963 information.
30964
30965 When you use @kbd{X} to invoke a keyboard macro, the entire macro is
30966 treated as a single command by the undo and trail features. The stack
30967 display buffer is not updated during macro execution, but is instead
30968 fixed up once the macro completes. Thus, commands defined with keyboard
30969 macros are convenient and efficient. The @kbd{C-x e} command, on the
30970 other hand, invokes the keyboard macro with no special treatment: Each
30971 command in the macro will record its own undo information and trail entry,
30972 and update the stack buffer accordingly. If your macro uses features
30973 outside of Calc's control to operate on the contents of the Calc stack
30974 buffer, or if it includes Undo, Redo, or last-arguments commands, you
30975 must use @kbd{C-x e} to make sure the buffer and undo list are up-to-date
30976 at all times. You could also consider using @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args})
30977 instead of @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
30978
30979 Calc extends the standard Emacs keyboard macros in several ways.
30980 Keyboard macros can be used to create user-defined commands. Keyboard
30981 macros can include conditional and iteration structures, somewhat
30982 analogous to those provided by a traditional programmable calculator.
30983
30984 @menu
30985 * Naming Keyboard Macros::
30986 * Conditionals in Macros::
30987 * Loops in Macros::
30988 * Local Values in Macros::
30989 * Queries in Macros::
30990 @end menu
30991
30992 @node Naming Keyboard Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
30993 @subsection Naming Keyboard Macros
30994
30995 @noindent
30996 @kindex Z K
30997 @pindex calc-user-define-kbd-macro
30998 Once you have defined a keyboard macro, you can bind it to a @kbd{z}
30999 key sequence with the @kbd{Z K} (@code{calc-user-define-kbd-macro}) command.
31000 This command prompts first for a key, then for a command name. For
31001 example, if you type @kbd{C-x ( n @key{TAB} n @key{TAB} C-x )} you will
31002 define a keyboard macro which negates the top two numbers on the stack
31003 (@key{TAB} swaps the top two stack elements). Now you can type
31004 @kbd{Z K n @key{RET}} to define this keyboard macro onto the @kbd{z n} key
31005 sequence. The default command name (if you answer the second prompt with
31006 just the @key{RET} key as in this example) will be something like
31007 @samp{calc-User-n}. The keyboard macro will now be available as both
31008 @kbd{z n} and @kbd{M-x calc-User-n}. You can backspace and enter a more
31009 descriptive command name if you wish.
31010
31011 Macros defined by @kbd{Z K} act like single commands; they are executed
31012 in the same way as by the @kbd{X} key. If you wish to define the macro
31013 as a standard no-frills Emacs macro (to be executed as if by @kbd{C-x e}),
31014 give a negative prefix argument to @kbd{Z K}.
31015
31016 Once you have bound your keyboard macro to a key, you can use
31017 @kbd{Z P} to register it permanently with Emacs. @xref{Creating User Keys}.
31018
31019 @cindex Keyboard macros, editing
31020 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
31021 been defined by a keyboard macro tries to use the @code{edmacro} package
31022 edit the macro. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and update
31023 the definition stored on the key, or, to cancel the edit, kill the
31024 buffer with @kbd{C-x k}.
31025 The special characters @code{RET}, @code{LFD}, @code{TAB}, @code{SPC},
31026 @code{DEL}, and @code{NUL} must be entered as these three character
31027 sequences, written in all uppercase, as must the prefixes @code{C-} and
31028 @code{M-}. Spaces and line breaks are ignored. Other characters are
31029 copied verbatim into the keyboard macro. Basically, the notation is the
31030 same as is used in all of this manual's examples, except that the manual
31031 takes some liberties with spaces: When we say @kbd{' [1 2 3] @key{RET}},
31032 we take it for granted that it is clear we really mean
31033 @kbd{' [1 @key{SPC} 2 @key{SPC} 3] @key{RET}}.
31034
31035 @kindex C-x * m
31036 @pindex read-kbd-macro
31037 The @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) command reads an Emacs ``region''
31038 of spelled-out keystrokes and defines it as the current keyboard macro.
31039 It is a convenient way to define a keyboard macro that has been stored
31040 in a file, or to define a macro without executing it at the same time.
31041
31042 @node Conditionals in Macros, Loops in Macros, Naming Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
31043 @subsection Conditionals in Keyboard Macros
31044
31045 @noindent
31046 @kindex Z [
31047 @kindex Z ]
31048 @pindex calc-kbd-if
31049 @pindex calc-kbd-else
31050 @pindex calc-kbd-else-if
31051 @pindex calc-kbd-end-if
31052 @cindex Conditional structures
31053 The @kbd{Z [} (@code{calc-kbd-if}) and @kbd{Z ]} (@code{calc-kbd-end-if})
31054 commands allow you to put simple tests in a keyboard macro. When Calc
31055 sees the @kbd{Z [}, it pops an object from the stack and, if the object is
31056 a non-zero value, continues executing keystrokes. But if the object is
31057 zero, or if it is not provably nonzero, Calc skips ahead to the matching
31058 @kbd{Z ]} keystroke. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a set of commands for
31059 performing tests which conveniently produce 1 for true and 0 for false.
31060
31061 For example, @kbd{@key{RET} 0 a < Z [ n Z ]} implements an absolute-value
31062 function in the form of a keyboard macro. This macro duplicates the
31063 number on the top of the stack, pushes zero and compares using @kbd{a <}
31064 (@code{calc-less-than}), then, if the number was less than zero,
31065 executes @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}). Otherwise, the change-sign
31066 command is skipped.
31067
31068 To program this macro, type @kbd{C-x (}, type the above sequence of
31069 keystrokes, then type @kbd{C-x )}. Note that the keystrokes will be
31070 executed while you are making the definition as well as when you later
31071 re-execute the macro by typing @kbd{X}. Thus you should make sure a
31072 suitable number is on the stack before defining the macro so that you
31073 don't get a stack-underflow error during the definition process.
31074
31075 Conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. However, there should be exactly
31076 one @kbd{Z ]} for each @kbd{Z [} in a keyboard macro.
31077
31078 @kindex Z :
31079 The @kbd{Z :} (@code{calc-kbd-else}) command allows you to choose between
31080 two keystroke sequences. The general format is @kbd{@var{cond} Z [
31081 @var{then-part} Z : @var{else-part} Z ]}. If @var{cond} is true
31082 (i.e., if the top of stack contains a non-zero number after @var{cond}
31083 has been executed), the @var{then-part} will be executed and the
31084 @var{else-part} will be skipped. Otherwise, the @var{then-part} will
31085 be skipped and the @var{else-part} will be executed.
31086
31087 @kindex Z |
31088 The @kbd{Z |} (@code{calc-kbd-else-if}) command allows you to choose
31089 between any number of alternatives. For example,
31090 @kbd{@var{cond1} Z [ @var{part1} Z : @var{cond2} Z | @var{part2} Z :
31091 @var{part3} Z ]} will execute @var{part1} if @var{cond1} is true,
31092 otherwise it will execute @var{part2} if @var{cond2} is true, otherwise
31093 it will execute @var{part3}.
31094
31095 More precisely, @kbd{Z [} pops a number and conditionally skips to the
31096 next matching @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]} key. @w{@kbd{Z ]}} has no effect when
31097 actually executed. @kbd{Z :} skips to the next matching @kbd{Z ]}.
31098 @kbd{Z |} pops a number and conditionally skips to the next matching
31099 @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]}; thus, @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z |} are functionally
31100 equivalent except that @kbd{Z [} participates in nesting but @kbd{Z |}
31101 does not.
31102
31103 Calc's conditional and looping constructs work by scanning the
31104 keyboard macro for occurrences of character sequences like @samp{Z:}
31105 and @samp{Z]}. One side-effect of this is that if you use these
31106 constructs you must be careful that these character pairs do not
31107 occur by accident in other parts of the macros. Since Calc rarely
31108 uses shift-@kbd{Z} for any purpose except as a prefix character, this
31109 is not likely to be a problem. Another side-effect is that it will
31110 not work to define your own custom key bindings for these commands.
31111 Only the standard shift-@kbd{Z} bindings will work correctly.
31112
31113 @kindex Z C-g
31114 If Calc gets stuck while skipping characters during the definition of a
31115 macro, type @kbd{Z C-g} to cancel the definition. (Typing plain @kbd{C-g}
31116 actually adds a @kbd{C-g} keystroke to the macro.)
31117
31118 @node Loops in Macros, Local Values in Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31119 @subsection Loops in Keyboard Macros
31120
31121 @noindent
31122 @kindex Z <
31123 @kindex Z >
31124 @pindex calc-kbd-repeat
31125 @pindex calc-kbd-end-repeat
31126 @cindex Looping structures
31127 @cindex Iterative structures
31128 The @kbd{Z <} (@code{calc-kbd-repeat}) and @kbd{Z >}
31129 (@code{calc-kbd-end-repeat}) commands pop a number from the stack,
31130 which must be an integer, then repeat the keystrokes between the brackets
31131 the specified number of times. If the integer is zero or negative, the
31132 body is skipped altogether. For example, @kbd{1 @key{TAB} Z < 2 * Z >}
31133 computes two to a nonnegative integer power. First, we push 1 on the
31134 stack and then swap the integer argument back to the top. The @kbd{Z <}
31135 pops that argument leaving the 1 back on top of the stack. Then, we
31136 repeat a multiply-by-two step however many times.
31137
31138 Once again, the keyboard macro is executed as it is being entered.
31139 In this case it is especially important to set up reasonable initial
31140 conditions before making the definition: Suppose the integer 1000 just
31141 happened to be sitting on the stack before we typed the above definition!
31142 Another approach is to enter a harmless dummy definition for the macro,
31143 then go back and edit in the real one with a @kbd{Z E} command. Yet
31144 another approach is to type the macro as written-out keystroke names
31145 in a buffer, then use @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the
31146 macro.
31147
31148 @kindex Z /
31149 @pindex calc-break
31150 The @kbd{Z /} (@code{calc-kbd-break}) command allows you to break out
31151 of a keyboard macro loop prematurely. It pops an object from the stack;
31152 if that object is true (a non-zero number), control jumps out of the
31153 innermost enclosing @kbd{Z <} @dots{} @kbd{Z >} loop and continues
31154 after the @kbd{Z >}. If the object is false, the @kbd{Z /} has no
31155 effect. Thus @kbd{@var{cond} Z /} is similar to @samp{if (@var{cond}) break;}
31156 in the C language.
31157
31158 @kindex Z (
31159 @kindex Z )
31160 @pindex calc-kbd-for
31161 @pindex calc-kbd-end-for
31162 The @kbd{Z (} (@code{calc-kbd-for}) and @kbd{Z )} (@code{calc-kbd-end-for})
31163 commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and @kbd{Z >}, except that they make the
31164 value of the counter available inside the loop. The general layout is
31165 @kbd{@var{init} @var{final} Z ( @var{body} @var{step} Z )}. The @kbd{Z (}
31166 command pops initial and final values from the stack. It then creates
31167 a temporary internal counter and initializes it with the value @var{init}.
31168 The @kbd{Z (} command then repeatedly pushes the counter value onto the
31169 stack and executes @var{body} and @var{step}, adding @var{step} to the
31170 counter each time until the loop finishes.
31171
31172 @cindex Summations (by keyboard macros)
31173 By default, the loop finishes when the counter becomes greater than (or
31174 less than) @var{final}, assuming @var{initial} is less than (greater
31175 than) @var{final}. If @var{initial} is equal to @var{final}, the body
31176 executes exactly once. The body of the loop always executes at least
31177 once. For example, @kbd{0 1 10 Z ( 2 ^ + 1 Z )} computes the sum of the
31178 squares of the integers from 1 to 10, in steps of 1.
31179
31180 If you give a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{Z (}, the loop is
31181 forced to use upward-counting conventions. In this case, if @var{initial}
31182 is greater than @var{final} the body will not be executed at all.
31183 Note that @var{step} may still be negative in this loop; the prefix
31184 argument merely constrains the loop-finished test. Likewise, a prefix
31185 argument of @mathit{-1} forces downward-counting conventions.
31186
31187 @kindex Z @{
31188 @kindex Z @}
31189 @pindex calc-kbd-loop
31190 @pindex calc-kbd-end-loop
31191 The @kbd{Z @{} (@code{calc-kbd-loop}) and @kbd{Z @}}
31192 (@code{calc-kbd-end-loop}) commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and
31193 @kbd{Z >}, except that they do not pop a count from the stack---they
31194 effectively create an infinite loop. Every @kbd{Z @{} @dots{} @kbd{Z @}}
31195 loop ought to include at least one @kbd{Z /} to make sure the loop
31196 doesn't run forever. (If any error message occurs which causes Emacs
31197 to beep, the keyboard macro will also be halted; this is a standard
31198 feature of Emacs. You can also generally press @kbd{C-g} to halt a
31199 running keyboard macro, although not all versions of Unix support
31200 this feature.)
31201
31202 The conditional and looping constructs are not actually tied to
31203 keyboard macros, but they are most often used in that context.
31204 For example, the keystrokes @kbd{10 Z < 23 @key{RET} Z >} push
31205 ten copies of 23 onto the stack. This can be typed ``live'' just
31206 as easily as in a macro definition.
31207
31208 @xref{Conditionals in Macros}, for some additional notes about
31209 conditional and looping commands.
31210
31211 @node Local Values in Macros, Queries in Macros, Loops in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31212 @subsection Local Values in Macros
31213
31214 @noindent
31215 @cindex Local variables
31216 @cindex Restoring saved modes
31217 Keyboard macros sometimes want to operate under known conditions
31218 without affecting surrounding conditions. For example, a keyboard
31219 macro may wish to turn on Fraction mode, or set a particular
31220 precision, independent of the user's normal setting for those
31221 modes.
31222
31223 @kindex Z `
31224 @kindex Z '
31225 @pindex calc-kbd-push
31226 @pindex calc-kbd-pop
31227 Macros also sometimes need to use local variables. Assignments to
31228 local variables inside the macro should not affect any variables
31229 outside the macro. The @kbd{Z `} (@code{calc-kbd-push}) and @kbd{Z '}
31230 (@code{calc-kbd-pop}) commands give you both of these capabilities.
31231
31232 When you type @kbd{Z `} (with a backquote or accent grave character),
31233 the values of various mode settings are saved away. The ten ``quick''
31234 variables @code{q0} through @code{q9} are also saved. When
31235 you type @w{@kbd{Z '}} (with an apostrophe), these values are restored.
31236 Pairs of @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} commands may be nested.
31237
31238 If a keyboard macro halts due to an error in between a @kbd{Z `} and
31239 a @kbd{Z '}, the saved values will be restored correctly even though
31240 the macro never reaches the @kbd{Z '} command. Thus you can use
31241 @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} without having to worry about what happens
31242 in exceptional conditions.
31243
31244 If you type @kbd{Z `} ``live'' (not in a keyboard macro), Calc puts
31245 you into a ``recursive edit.'' You can tell you are in a recursive
31246 edit because there will be extra square brackets in the mode line,
31247 as in @samp{[(Calculator)]}. These brackets will go away when you
31248 type the matching @kbd{Z '} command. The modes and quick variables
31249 will be saved and restored in just the same way as if actual keyboard
31250 macros were involved.
31251
31252 The modes saved by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} are the current precision
31253 and binary word size, the angular mode (Deg, Rad, or HMS), the
31254 simplification mode, Algebraic mode, Symbolic mode, Infinite mode,
31255 Matrix or Scalar mode, Fraction mode, and the current complex mode
31256 (Polar or Rectangular). The ten ``quick'' variables' values (or lack
31257 thereof) are also saved.
31258
31259 Most mode-setting commands act as toggles, but with a numeric prefix
31260 they force the mode either on (positive prefix) or off (negative
31261 or zero prefix). Since you don't know what the environment might
31262 be when you invoke your macro, it's best to use prefix arguments
31263 for all mode-setting commands inside the macro.
31264
31265 In fact, @kbd{C-u Z `} is like @kbd{Z `} except that it sets the modes
31266 listed above to their default values. As usual, the matching @kbd{Z '}
31267 will restore the modes to their settings from before the @kbd{C-u Z `}.
31268 Also, @w{@kbd{Z `}} with a negative prefix argument resets the algebraic mode
31269 to its default (off) but leaves the other modes the same as they were
31270 outside the construct.
31271
31272 The contents of the stack and trail, values of non-quick variables, and
31273 other settings such as the language mode and the various display modes,
31274 are @emph{not} affected by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '}.
31275
31276 @node Queries in Macros, , Local Values in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31277 @subsection Queries in Keyboard Macros
31278
31279 @c @noindent
31280 @c @kindex Z =
31281 @c @pindex calc-kbd-report
31282 @c The @kbd{Z =} (@code{calc-kbd-report}) command displays an informative
31283 @c message including the value on the top of the stack. You are prompted
31284 @c to enter a string. That string, along with the top-of-stack value,
31285 @c is displayed unless @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) has been used
31286 @c to turn such messages off.
31287
31288 @noindent
31289 @kindex Z #
31290 @pindex calc-kbd-query
31291 The @kbd{Z #} (@code{calc-kbd-query}) command prompts for an algebraic
31292 entry which takes its input from the keyboard, even during macro
31293 execution. All the normal conventions of algebraic input, including the
31294 use of @kbd{$} characters, are supported. The prompt message itself is
31295 taken from the top of the stack, and so must be entered (as a string)
31296 before the @kbd{Z #} command. (Recall, as a string it can be entered by
31297 pressing the @kbd{"} key and will appear as a vector when it is put on
31298 the stack. The prompt message is only put on the stack to provide a
31299 prompt for the @kbd{Z #} command; it will not play any role in any
31300 subsequent calculations.) This command allows your keyboard macros to
31301 accept numbers or formulas as interactive input.
31302
31303 As an example,
31304 @kbd{2 @key{RET} "Power: " @key{RET} Z # 3 @key{RET} ^} will prompt for
31305 input with ``Power: '' in the minibuffer, then return 2 to the provided
31306 power. (The response to the prompt that's given, 3 in this example,
31307 will not be part of the macro.)
31308
31309 @xref{Keyboard Macro Query, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for a description of
31310 @kbd{C-x q} (@code{kbd-macro-query}), the standard Emacs way to accept
31311 keyboard input during a keyboard macro. In particular, you can use
31312 @kbd{C-x q} to enter a recursive edit, which allows the user to perform
31313 any Calculator operations interactively before pressing @kbd{C-M-c} to
31314 return control to the keyboard macro.
31315
31316 @node Invocation Macros, Algebraic Definitions, Keyboard Macros, Programming
31317 @section Invocation Macros
31318
31319 @kindex C-x * z
31320 @kindex Z I
31321 @pindex calc-user-invocation
31322 @pindex calc-user-define-invocation
31323 Calc provides one special keyboard macro, called up by @kbd{C-x * z}
31324 (@code{calc-user-invocation}), that is intended to allow you to define
31325 your own special way of starting Calc. To define this ``invocation
31326 macro,'' create the macro in the usual way with @kbd{C-x (} and
31327 @kbd{C-x )}, then type @kbd{Z I} (@code{calc-user-define-invocation}).
31328 There is only one invocation macro, so you don't need to type any
31329 additional letters after @kbd{Z I}. From now on, you can type
31330 @kbd{C-x * z} at any time to execute your invocation macro.
31331
31332 For example, suppose you find yourself often grabbing rectangles of
31333 numbers into Calc and multiplying their columns. You can do this
31334 by typing @kbd{C-x * r} to grab, and @kbd{V R : *} to multiply columns.
31335 To make this into an invocation macro, just type @kbd{C-x ( C-x * r
31336 V R : * C-x )}, then @kbd{Z I}. Then, to multiply a rectangle of data,
31337 just mark the data in its buffer in the usual way and type @kbd{C-x * z}.
31338
31339 Invocation macros are treated like regular Emacs keyboard macros;
31340 all the special features described above for @kbd{Z K}-style macros
31341 do not apply. @kbd{C-x * z} is just like @kbd{C-x e}, except that it
31342 uses the macro that was last stored by @kbd{Z I}. (In fact, the
31343 macro does not even have to have anything to do with Calc!)
31344
31345 The @kbd{m m} command saves the last invocation macro defined by
31346 @kbd{Z I} along with all the other Calc mode settings.
31347 @xref{General Mode Commands}.
31348
31349 @node Algebraic Definitions, Lisp Definitions, Invocation Macros, Programming
31350 @section Programming with Formulas
31351
31352 @noindent
31353 @kindex Z F
31354 @pindex calc-user-define-formula
31355 @cindex Programming with algebraic formulas
31356 Another way to create a new Calculator command uses algebraic formulas.
31357 The @kbd{Z F} (@code{calc-user-define-formula}) command stores the
31358 formula at the top of the stack as the definition for a key. This
31359 command prompts for five things: The key, the command name, the function
31360 name, the argument list, and the behavior of the command when given
31361 non-numeric arguments.
31362
31363 For example, suppose we type @kbd{' a+2b @key{RET}} to push the formula
31364 @samp{a + 2*b} onto the stack. We now type @kbd{Z F m} to define this
31365 formula on the @kbd{z m} key sequence. The next prompt is for a command
31366 name, beginning with @samp{calc-}, which should be the long (@kbd{M-x}) form
31367 for the new command. If you simply press @key{RET}, a default name like
31368 @code{calc-User-m} will be constructed. In our example, suppose we enter
31369 @kbd{spam @key{RET}} to define the new command as @code{calc-spam}.
31370
31371 If you want to give the formula a long-style name only, you can press
31372 @key{SPC} or @key{RET} when asked which single key to use. For example
31373 @kbd{Z F @key{RET} spam @key{RET}} defines the new command as
31374 @kbd{M-x calc-spam}, with no keyboard equivalent.
31375
31376 The third prompt is for an algebraic function name. The default is to
31377 use the same name as the command name but without the @samp{calc-}
31378 prefix. (If this is of the form @samp{User-m}, the hyphen is removed so
31379 it won't be taken for a minus sign in algebraic formulas.)
31380 This is the name you will use if you want to enter your
31381 new function in an algebraic formula. Suppose we enter @kbd{yow @key{RET}}.
31382 Then the new function can be invoked by pushing two numbers on the
31383 stack and typing @kbd{z m} or @kbd{x spam}, or by entering the algebraic
31384 formula @samp{yow(x,y)}.
31385
31386 The fourth prompt is for the function's argument list. This is used to
31387 associate values on the stack with the variables that appear in the formula.
31388 The default is a list of all variables which appear in the formula, sorted
31389 into alphabetical order. In our case, the default would be @samp{(a b)}.
31390 This means that, when the user types @kbd{z m}, the Calculator will remove
31391 two numbers from the stack, substitute these numbers for @samp{a} and
31392 @samp{b} (respectively) in the formula, then simplify the formula and
31393 push the result on the stack. In other words, @kbd{10 @key{RET} 100 z m}
31394 would replace the 10 and 100 on the stack with the number 210, which is
31395 @expr{a + 2 b} with @expr{a=10} and @expr{b=100}. Likewise, the formula
31396 @samp{yow(10, 100)} will be evaluated by substituting @expr{a=10} and
31397 @expr{b=100} in the definition.
31398
31399 You can rearrange the order of the names before pressing @key{RET} to
31400 control which stack positions go to which variables in the formula. If
31401 you remove a variable from the argument list, that variable will be left
31402 in symbolic form by the command. Thus using an argument list of @samp{(b)}
31403 for our function would cause @kbd{10 z m} to replace the 10 on the stack
31404 with the formula @samp{a + 20}. If we had used an argument list of
31405 @samp{(b a)}, the result with inputs 10 and 100 would have been 120.
31406
31407 You can also put a nameless function on the stack instead of just a
31408 formula, as in @samp{<a, b : a + 2 b>}. @xref{Specifying Operators}.
31409 In this example, the command will be defined by the formula @samp{a + 2 b}
31410 using the argument list @samp{(a b)}.
31411
31412 The final prompt is a y-or-n question concerning what to do if symbolic
31413 arguments are given to your function. If you answer @kbd{y}, then
31414 executing @kbd{z m} (using the original argument list @samp{(a b)}) with
31415 arguments @expr{10} and @expr{x} will leave the function in symbolic
31416 form, i.e., @samp{yow(10,x)}. On the other hand, if you answer @kbd{n},
31417 then the formula will always be expanded, even for non-constant
31418 arguments: @samp{10 + 2 x}. If you never plan to feed algebraic
31419 formulas to your new function, it doesn't matter how you answer this
31420 question.
31421
31422 If you answered @kbd{y} to this question you can still cause a function
31423 call to be expanded by typing @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}).
31424 Also, Calc will expand the function if necessary when you take a
31425 derivative or integral or solve an equation involving the function.
31426
31427 @kindex Z G
31428 @pindex calc-get-user-defn
31429 Once you have defined a formula on a key, you can retrieve this formula
31430 with the @kbd{Z G} (@code{calc-user-define-get-defn}) command. Press a
31431 key, and this command pushes the formula that was used to define that
31432 key onto the stack. Actually, it pushes a nameless function that
31433 specifies both the argument list and the defining formula. You will get
31434 an error message if the key is undefined, or if the key was not defined
31435 by a @kbd{Z F} command.
31436
31437 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
31438 been defined by a formula uses a variant of the @code{calc-edit} command
31439 to edit the defining formula. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and
31440 store the new formula back in the definition, or kill the buffer with
31441 @kbd{C-x k} to
31442 cancel the edit. (The argument list and other properties of the
31443 definition are unchanged; to adjust the argument list, you can use
31444 @kbd{Z G} to grab the function onto the stack, edit with @kbd{`}, and
31445 then re-execute the @kbd{Z F} command.)
31446
31447 As usual, the @kbd{Z P} command records your definition permanently.
31448 In this case it will permanently record all three of the relevant
31449 definitions: the key, the command, and the function.
31450
31451 You may find it useful to turn off the default simplifications with
31452 @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) when entering a formula to be
31453 used as a function definition. For example, the formula @samp{deriv(a^2,v)}
31454 which might be used to define a new function @samp{dsqr(a,v)} will be
31455 ``simplified'' to 0 immediately upon entry since @code{deriv} considers
31456 @expr{a} to be constant with respect to @expr{v}. Turning off
31457 default simplifications cures this problem: The definition will be stored
31458 in symbolic form without ever activating the @code{deriv} function. Press
31459 @kbd{m D} to turn the default simplifications back on afterwards.
31460
31461 @node Lisp Definitions, , Algebraic Definitions, Programming
31462 @section Programming with Lisp
31463
31464 @noindent
31465 The Calculator can be programmed quite extensively in Lisp. All you
31466 do is write a normal Lisp function definition, but with @code{defmath}
31467 in place of @code{defun}. This has the same form as @code{defun}, but it
31468 automagically replaces calls to standard Lisp functions like @code{+} and
31469 @code{zerop} with calls to the corresponding functions in Calc's own library.
31470 Thus you can write natural-looking Lisp code which operates on all of the
31471 standard Calculator data types. You can then use @kbd{Z D} if you wish to
31472 bind your new command to a @kbd{z}-prefix key sequence. The @kbd{Z E} command
31473 will not edit a Lisp-based definition.
31474
31475 Emacs Lisp is described in the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. This section
31476 assumes a familiarity with Lisp programming concepts; if you do not know
31477 Lisp, you may find keyboard macros or rewrite rules to be an easier way
31478 to program the Calculator.
31479
31480 This section first discusses ways to write commands, functions, or
31481 small programs to be executed inside of Calc. Then it discusses how
31482 your own separate programs are able to call Calc from the outside.
31483 Finally, there is a list of internal Calc functions and data structures
31484 for the true Lisp enthusiast.
31485
31486 @menu
31487 * Defining Functions::
31488 * Defining Simple Commands::
31489 * Defining Stack Commands::
31490 * Argument Qualifiers::
31491 * Example Definitions::
31492
31493 * Calling Calc from Your Programs::
31494 * Internals::
31495 @end menu
31496
31497 @node Defining Functions, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions, Lisp Definitions
31498 @subsection Defining New Functions
31499
31500 @noindent
31501 @findex defmath
31502 The @code{defmath} function (actually a Lisp macro) is like @code{defun}
31503 except that code in the body of the definition can make use of the full
31504 range of Calculator data types. The prefix @samp{calcFunc-} is added
31505 to the specified name to get the actual Lisp function name. As a simple
31506 example,
31507
31508 @example
31509 (defmath myfact (n)
31510 (if (> n 0)
31511 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31512 1))
31513 @end example
31514
31515 @noindent
31516 This actually expands to the code,
31517
31518 @example
31519 (defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
31520 (if (math-posp n)
31521 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
31522 1))
31523 @end example
31524
31525 @noindent
31526 This function can be used in algebraic expressions, e.g., @samp{myfact(5)}.
31527
31528 The @samp{myfact} function as it is defined above has the bug that an
31529 expression @samp{myfact(a+b)} will be simplified to 1 because the
31530 formula @samp{a+b} is not considered to be @code{posp}. A robust
31531 factorial function would be written along the following lines:
31532
31533 @smallexample
31534 (defmath myfact (n)
31535 (if (> n 0)
31536 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31537 (if (= n 0)
31538 1
31539 nil))) ; this could be simplified as: (and (= n 0) 1)
31540 @end smallexample
31541
31542 If a function returns @code{nil}, it is left unsimplified by the Calculator
31543 (except that its arguments will be simplified). Thus, @samp{myfact(a+1+2)}
31544 will be simplified to @samp{myfact(a+3)} but no further. Beware that every
31545 time the Calculator reexamines this formula it will attempt to resimplify
31546 it, so your function ought to detect the returning-@code{nil} case as
31547 efficiently as possible.
31548
31549 The following standard Lisp functions are treated by @code{defmath}:
31550 @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^} or
31551 @code{expt}, @code{=}, @code{<}, @code{>}, @code{<=}, @code{>=},
31552 @code{/=}, @code{1+}, @code{1-}, @code{logand}, @code{logior}, @code{logxor},
31553 @code{logandc2}, @code{lognot}. Also, @code{~=} is an abbreviation for
31554 @code{math-nearly-equal}, which is useful in implementing Taylor series.
31555
31556 For other functions @var{func}, if a function by the name
31557 @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if a function by the
31558 name @samp{math-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if @var{func} itself
31559 is defined as a function it is used, otherwise @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} is
31560 used on the assumption that this is a to-be-defined math function. Also, if
31561 the function name is quoted as in @samp{('integerp a)} the function name is
31562 always used exactly as written (but not quoted).
31563
31564 Variable names have @samp{var-} prepended to them unless they appear in
31565 the function's argument list or in an enclosing @code{let}, @code{let*},
31566 @code{for}, or @code{foreach} form,
31567 or their names already contain a @samp{-} character. Thus a reference to
31568 @samp{foo} is the same as a reference to @samp{var-foo}.
31569
31570 A few other Lisp extensions are available in @code{defmath} definitions:
31571
31572 @itemize @bullet
31573 @item
31574 The @code{elt} function accepts any number of index variables.
31575 Note that Calc vectors are stored as Lisp lists whose first
31576 element is the symbol @code{vec}; thus, @samp{(elt v 2)} yields
31577 the second element of vector @code{v}, and @samp{(elt m i j)}
31578 yields one element of a Calc matrix.
31579
31580 @item
31581 The @code{setq} function has been extended to act like the Common
31582 Lisp @code{setf} function. (The name @code{setf} is recognized as
31583 a synonym of @code{setq}.) Specifically, the first argument of
31584 @code{setq} can be an @code{nth}, @code{elt}, @code{car}, or @code{cdr} form,
31585 in which case the effect is to store into the specified
31586 element of a list. Thus, @samp{(setq (elt m i j) x)} stores @expr{x}
31587 into one element of a matrix.
31588
31589 @item
31590 A @code{for} looping construct is available. For example,
31591 @samp{(for ((i 0 10)) body)} executes @code{body} once for each
31592 binding of @expr{i} from zero to 10. This is like a @code{let}
31593 form in that @expr{i} is temporarily bound to the loop count
31594 without disturbing its value outside the @code{for} construct.
31595 Nested loops, as in @samp{(for ((i 0 10) (j 0 (1- i) 2)) body)},
31596 are also available. For each value of @expr{i} from zero to 10,
31597 @expr{j} counts from 0 to @expr{i-1} in steps of two. Note that
31598 @code{for} has the same general outline as @code{let*}, except
31599 that each element of the header is a list of three or four
31600 things, not just two.
31601
31602 @item
31603 The @code{foreach} construct loops over elements of a list.
31604 For example, @samp{(foreach ((x (cdr v))) body)} executes
31605 @code{body} with @expr{x} bound to each element of Calc vector
31606 @expr{v} in turn. The purpose of @code{cdr} here is to skip over
31607 the initial @code{vec} symbol in the vector.
31608
31609 @item
31610 The @code{break} function breaks out of the innermost enclosing
31611 @code{while}, @code{for}, or @code{foreach} loop. If given a
31612 value, as in @samp{(break x)}, this value is returned by the
31613 loop. (Lisp loops otherwise always return @code{nil}.)
31614
31615 @item
31616 The @code{return} function prematurely returns from the enclosing
31617 function. For example, @samp{(return (+ x y))} returns @expr{x+y}
31618 as the value of a function. You can use @code{return} anywhere
31619 inside the body of the function.
31620 @end itemize
31621
31622 Non-integer numbers (and extremely large integers) cannot be included
31623 directly into a @code{defmath} definition. This is because the Lisp
31624 reader will fail to parse them long before @code{defmath} ever gets control.
31625 Instead, use the notation, @samp{:"3.1415"}. In fact, any algebraic
31626 formula can go between the quotes. For example,
31627
31628 @smallexample
31629 (defmath sqexp (x) ; sqexp(x) == sqrt(exp(x)) == exp(x*0.5)
31630 (and (numberp x)
31631 (exp :"x * 0.5")))
31632 @end smallexample
31633
31634 expands to
31635
31636 @smallexample
31637 (defun calcFunc-sqexp (x)
31638 (and (math-numberp x)
31639 (calcFunc-exp (math-mul x '(float 5 -1)))))
31640 @end smallexample
31641
31642 Note the use of @code{numberp} as a guard to ensure that the argument is
31643 a number first, returning @code{nil} if not. The exponential function
31644 could itself have been included in the expression, if we had preferred:
31645 @samp{:"exp(x * 0.5)"}. As another example, the multiplication-and-recursion
31646 step of @code{myfact} could have been written
31647
31648 @example
31649 :"n * myfact(n-1)"
31650 @end example
31651
31652 A good place to put your @code{defmath} commands is your Calc init file
31653 (the file given by @code{calc-settings-file}, typically
31654 @file{~/.calc.el}), which will not be loaded until Calc starts.
31655 If a file named @file{.emacs} exists in your home directory, Emacs reads
31656 and executes the Lisp forms in this file as it starts up. While it may
31657 seem reasonable to put your favorite @code{defmath} commands there,
31658 this has the unfortunate side-effect that parts of the Calculator must be
31659 loaded in to process the @code{defmath} commands whether or not you will
31660 actually use the Calculator! If you want to put the @code{defmath}
31661 commands there (for example, if you redefine @code{calc-settings-file}
31662 to be @file{.emacs}), a better effect can be had by writing
31663
31664 @example
31665 (put 'calc-define 'thing '(progn
31666 (defmath ... )
31667 (defmath ... )
31668 ))
31669 @end example
31670
31671 @noindent
31672 @vindex calc-define
31673 The @code{put} function adds a @dfn{property} to a symbol. Each Lisp
31674 symbol has a list of properties associated with it. Here we add a
31675 property with a name of @code{thing} and a @samp{(progn ...)} form as
31676 its value. When Calc starts up, and at the start of every Calc command,
31677 the property list for the symbol @code{calc-define} is checked and the
31678 values of any properties found are evaluated as Lisp forms. The
31679 properties are removed as they are evaluated. The property names
31680 (like @code{thing}) are not used; you should choose something like the
31681 name of your project so as not to conflict with other properties.
31682
31683 The net effect is that you can put the above code in your @file{.emacs}
31684 file and it will not be executed until Calc is loaded. Or, you can put
31685 that same code in another file which you load by hand either before or
31686 after Calc itself is loaded.
31687
31688 The properties of @code{calc-define} are evaluated in the same order
31689 that they were added. They can assume that the Calc modules @file{calc.el},
31690 @file{calc-ext.el}, and @file{calc-macs.el} have been fully loaded, and
31691 that the @samp{*Calculator*} buffer will be the current buffer.
31692
31693 If your @code{calc-define} property only defines algebraic functions,
31694 you can be sure that it will have been evaluated before Calc tries to
31695 call your function, even if the file defining the property is loaded
31696 after Calc is loaded. But if the property defines commands or key
31697 sequences, it may not be evaluated soon enough. (Suppose it defines the
31698 new command @code{tweak-calc}; the user can load your file, then type
31699 @kbd{M-x tweak-calc} before Calc has had chance to do anything.) To
31700 protect against this situation, you can put
31701
31702 @example
31703 (run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
31704 @end example
31705
31706 @findex calc-check-defines
31707 @noindent
31708 at the end of your file. The @code{calc-check-defines} function is what
31709 looks for and evaluates properties on @code{calc-define}; @code{run-hooks}
31710 has the advantage that it is quietly ignored if @code{calc-check-defines}
31711 is not yet defined because Calc has not yet been loaded.
31712
31713 Examples of things that ought to be enclosed in a @code{calc-define}
31714 property are @code{defmath} calls, @code{define-key} calls that modify
31715 the Calc key map, and any calls that redefine things defined inside Calc.
31716 Ordinary @code{defun}s need not be enclosed with @code{calc-define}.
31717
31718 @node Defining Simple Commands, Defining Stack Commands, Defining Functions, Lisp Definitions
31719 @subsection Defining New Simple Commands
31720
31721 @noindent
31722 @findex interactive
31723 If a @code{defmath} form contains an @code{interactive} clause, it defines
31724 a Calculator command. Actually such a @code{defmath} results in @emph{two}
31725 function definitions: One, a @samp{calcFunc-} function as was just described,
31726 with the @code{interactive} clause removed. Two, a @samp{calc-} function
31727 with a suitable @code{interactive} clause and some sort of wrapper to make
31728 the command work in the Calc environment.
31729
31730 In the simple case, the @code{interactive} clause has the same form as
31731 for normal Emacs Lisp commands:
31732
31733 @smallexample
31734 (defmath increase-precision (delta)
31735 "Increase precision by DELTA." ; This is the "documentation string"
31736 (interactive "p") ; Register this as a M-x-able command
31737 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
31738 @end smallexample
31739
31740 This expands to the pair of definitions,
31741
31742 @smallexample
31743 (defun calc-increase-precision (delta)
31744 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31745 (interactive "p")
31746 (calc-wrapper
31747 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta))))
31748
31749 (defun calcFunc-increase-precision (delta)
31750 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31751 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta)))
31752 @end smallexample
31753
31754 @noindent
31755 where in this case the latter function would never really be used! Note
31756 that since the Calculator stores small integers as plain Lisp integers,
31757 the @code{math-add} function will work just as well as the native
31758 @code{+} even when the intent is to operate on native Lisp integers.
31759
31760 @findex calc-wrapper
31761 The @samp{calc-wrapper} call invokes a macro which surrounds the body of
31762 the function with code that looks roughly like this:
31763
31764 @smallexample
31765 (let ((calc-command-flags nil))
31766 (unwind-protect
31767 (save-excursion
31768 (calc-select-buffer)
31769 @emph{body of function}
31770 @emph{renumber stack}
31771 @emph{clear} Working @emph{message})
31772 @emph{realign cursor and window}
31773 @emph{clear Inverse, Hyperbolic, and Keep Args flags}
31774 @emph{update Emacs mode line}))
31775 @end smallexample
31776
31777 @findex calc-select-buffer
31778 The @code{calc-select-buffer} function selects the @samp{*Calculator*}
31779 buffer if necessary, say, because the command was invoked from inside
31780 the @samp{*Calc Trail*} window.
31781
31782 @findex calc-set-command-flag
31783 You can call, for example, @code{(calc-set-command-flag 'no-align)} to
31784 set the above-mentioned command flags. Calc routines recognize the
31785 following command flags:
31786
31787 @table @code
31788 @item renum-stack
31789 Stack line numbers @samp{1:}, @samp{2:}, and so on must be renumbered
31790 after this command completes. This is set by routines like
31791 @code{calc-push}.
31792
31793 @item clear-message
31794 Calc should call @samp{(message "")} if this command completes normally
31795 (to clear a ``Working@dots{}'' message out of the echo area).
31796
31797 @item no-align
31798 Do not move the cursor back to the @samp{.} top-of-stack marker.
31799
31800 @item position-point
31801 Use the variables @code{calc-position-point-line} and
31802 @code{calc-position-point-column} to position the cursor after
31803 this command finishes.
31804
31805 @item keep-flags
31806 Do not clear @code{calc-inverse-flag}, @code{calc-hyperbolic-flag},
31807 and @code{calc-keep-args-flag} at the end of this command.
31808
31809 @item do-edit
31810 Switch to buffer @samp{*Calc Edit*} after this command.
31811
31812 @item hold-trail
31813 Do not move trail pointer to end of trail when something is recorded
31814 there.
31815 @end table
31816
31817 @kindex Y
31818 @kindex Y ?
31819 @vindex calc-Y-help-msgs
31820 Calc reserves a special prefix key, shift-@kbd{Y}, for user-written
31821 extensions to Calc. There are no built-in commands that work with
31822 this prefix key; you must call @code{define-key} from Lisp (probably
31823 from inside a @code{calc-define} property) to add to it. Initially only
31824 @kbd{Y ?} is defined; it takes help messages from a list of strings
31825 (initially @code{nil}) in the variable @code{calc-Y-help-msgs}. All
31826 other undefined keys except for @kbd{Y} are reserved for use by
31827 future versions of Calc.
31828
31829 If you are writing a Calc enhancement which you expect to give to
31830 others, it is best to minimize the number of @kbd{Y}-key sequences
31831 you use. In fact, if you have more than one key sequence you should
31832 consider defining three-key sequences with a @kbd{Y}, then a key that
31833 stands for your package, then a third key for the particular command
31834 within your package.
31835
31836 Users may wish to install several Calc enhancements, and it is possible
31837 that several enhancements will choose to use the same key. In the
31838 example below, a variable @code{inc-prec-base-key} has been defined
31839 to contain the key that identifies the @code{inc-prec} package. Its
31840 value is initially @code{"P"}, but a user can change this variable
31841 if necessary without having to modify the file.
31842
31843 Here is a complete file, @file{inc-prec.el}, which makes a @kbd{Y P I}
31844 command that increases the precision, and a @kbd{Y P D} command that
31845 decreases the precision.
31846
31847 @smallexample
31848 ;;; Increase and decrease Calc precision. Dave Gillespie, 5/31/91.
31849 ;; (Include copyright or copyleft stuff here.)
31850
31851 (defvar inc-prec-base-key "P"
31852 "Base key for inc-prec.el commands.")
31853
31854 (put 'calc-define 'inc-prec '(progn
31855
31856 (define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sI" inc-prec-base-key)
31857 'increase-precision)
31858 (define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sD" inc-prec-base-key)
31859 'decrease-precision)
31860
31861 (setq calc-Y-help-msgs
31862 (cons (format "%s + Inc-prec, Dec-prec" inc-prec-base-key)
31863 calc-Y-help-msgs))
31864
31865 (defmath increase-precision (delta)
31866 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31867 (interactive "p")
31868 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
31869
31870 (defmath decrease-precision (delta)
31871 "Decrease precision by DELTA."
31872 (interactive "p")
31873 (setq calc-internal-prec (- calc-internal-prec delta)))
31874
31875 )) ; end of calc-define property
31876
31877 (run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
31878 @end smallexample
31879
31880 @node Defining Stack Commands, Argument Qualifiers, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions
31881 @subsection Defining New Stack-Based Commands
31882
31883 @noindent
31884 To define a new computational command which takes and/or leaves arguments
31885 on the stack, a special form of @code{interactive} clause is used.
31886
31887 @example
31888 (interactive @var{num} @var{tag})
31889 @end example
31890
31891 @noindent
31892 where @var{num} is an integer, and @var{tag} is a string. The effect is
31893 to pop @var{num} values off the stack, resimplify them by calling
31894 @code{calc-normalize}, and hand them to your function according to the
31895 function's argument list. Your function may include @code{&optional} and
31896 @code{&rest} parameters, so long as calling the function with @var{num}
31897 parameters is valid.
31898
31899 Your function must return either a number or a formula in a form
31900 acceptable to Calc, or a list of such numbers or formulas. These value(s)
31901 are pushed onto the stack when the function completes. They are also
31902 recorded in the Calc Trail buffer on a line beginning with @var{tag},
31903 a string of (normally) four characters or less. If you omit @var{tag}
31904 or use @code{nil} as a tag, the result is not recorded in the trail.
31905
31906 As an example, the definition
31907
31908 @smallexample
31909 (defmath myfact (n)
31910 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31911 (interactive 1 "fact")
31912 (if (> n 0)
31913 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31914 (and (= n 0) 1)))
31915 @end smallexample
31916
31917 @noindent
31918 is a version of the factorial function shown previously which can be used
31919 as a command as well as an algebraic function. It expands to
31920
31921 @smallexample
31922 (defun calc-myfact ()
31923 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31924 (interactive)
31925 (calc-slow-wrapper
31926 (calc-enter-result 1 "fact"
31927 (cons 'calcFunc-myfact (calc-top-list-n 1)))))
31928
31929 (defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
31930 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31931 (if (math-posp n)
31932 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
31933 (and (math-zerop n) 1)))
31934 @end smallexample
31935
31936 @findex calc-slow-wrapper
31937 The @code{calc-slow-wrapper} function is a version of @code{calc-wrapper}
31938 that automatically puts up a @samp{Working...} message before the
31939 computation begins. (This message can be turned off by the user
31940 with an @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) command.)
31941
31942 @findex calc-top-list-n
31943 The @code{calc-top-list-n} function returns a list of the specified number
31944 of values from the top of the stack. It resimplifies each value by
31945 calling @code{calc-normalize}. If its argument is zero it returns an
31946 empty list. It does not actually remove these values from the stack.
31947
31948 @findex calc-enter-result
31949 The @code{calc-enter-result} function takes an integer @var{num} and string
31950 @var{tag} as described above, plus a third argument which is either a
31951 Calculator data object or a list of such objects. These objects are
31952 resimplified and pushed onto the stack after popping the specified number
31953 of values from the stack. If @var{tag} is non-@code{nil}, the values
31954 being pushed are also recorded in the trail.
31955
31956 Note that if @code{calcFunc-myfact} returns @code{nil} this represents
31957 ``leave the function in symbolic form.'' To return an actual empty list,
31958 in the sense that @code{calc-enter-result} will push zero elements back
31959 onto the stack, you should return the special value @samp{'(nil)}, a list
31960 containing the single symbol @code{nil}.
31961
31962 The @code{interactive} declaration can actually contain a limited
31963 Emacs-style code string as well which comes just before @var{num} and
31964 @var{tag}. Currently the only Emacs code supported is @samp{"p"}, as in
31965
31966 @example
31967 (defmath foo (a b &optional c)
31968 (interactive "p" 2 "foo")
31969 @var{body})
31970 @end example
31971
31972 In this example, the command @code{calc-foo} will evaluate the expression
31973 @samp{foo(a,b)} if executed with no argument, or @samp{foo(a,b,n)} if
31974 executed with a numeric prefix argument of @expr{n}.
31975
31976 The other code string allowed is @samp{"m"} (unrelated to the usual @samp{"m"}
31977 code as used with @code{defun}). It uses the numeric prefix argument as the
31978 number of objects to remove from the stack and pass to the function.
31979 In this case, the integer @var{num} serves as a default number of
31980 arguments to be used when no prefix is supplied.
31981
31982 @node Argument Qualifiers, Example Definitions, Defining Stack Commands, Lisp Definitions
31983 @subsection Argument Qualifiers
31984
31985 @noindent
31986 Anywhere a parameter name can appear in the parameter list you can also use
31987 an @dfn{argument qualifier}. Thus the general form of a definition is:
31988
31989 @example
31990 (defmath @var{name} (@var{param} @var{param...}
31991 &optional @var{param} @var{param...}
31992 &rest @var{param})
31993 @var{body})
31994 @end example
31995
31996 @noindent
31997 where each @var{param} is either a symbol or a list of the form
31998
31999 @example
32000 (@var{qual} @var{param})
32001 @end example
32002
32003 The following qualifiers are recognized:
32004
32005 @table @samp
32006 @item complete
32007 @findex complete
32008 The argument must not be an incomplete vector, interval, or complex number.
32009 (This is rarely needed since the Calculator itself will never call your
32010 function with an incomplete argument. But there is nothing stopping your
32011 own Lisp code from calling your function with an incomplete argument.)
32012
32013 @item integer
32014 @findex integer
32015 The argument must be an integer. If it is an integer-valued float
32016 it will be accepted but converted to integer form. Non-integers and
32017 formulas are rejected.
32018
32019 @item natnum
32020 @findex natnum
32021 Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must be non-negative.
32022
32023 @item fixnum
32024 @findex fixnum
32025 Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must fit into a native Lisp integer,
32026 which on most systems means less than 2^23 in absolute value. The
32027 argument is converted into Lisp-integer form if necessary.
32028
32029 @item float
32030 @findex float
32031 The argument is converted to floating-point format if it is a number or
32032 vector. If it is a formula it is left alone. (The argument is never
32033 actually rejected by this qualifier.)
32034
32035 @item @var{pred}
32036 The argument must satisfy predicate @var{pred}, which is one of the
32037 standard Calculator predicates. @xref{Predicates}.
32038
32039 @item not-@var{pred}
32040 The argument must @emph{not} satisfy predicate @var{pred}.
32041 @end table
32042
32043 For example,
32044
32045 @example
32046 (defmath foo (a (constp (not-matrixp b)) &optional (float c)
32047 &rest (integer d))
32048 @var{body})
32049 @end example
32050
32051 @noindent
32052 expands to
32053
32054 @example
32055 (defun calcFunc-foo (a b &optional c &rest d)
32056 (and (math-matrixp b)
32057 (math-reject-arg b 'not-matrixp))
32058 (or (math-constp b)
32059 (math-reject-arg b 'constp))
32060 (and c (setq c (math-check-float c)))
32061 (setq d (mapcar 'math-check-integer d))
32062 @var{body})
32063 @end example
32064
32065 @noindent
32066 which performs the necessary checks and conversions before executing the
32067 body of the function.
32068
32069 @node Example Definitions, Calling Calc from Your Programs, Argument Qualifiers, Lisp Definitions
32070 @subsection Example Definitions
32071
32072 @noindent
32073 This section includes some Lisp programming examples on a larger scale.
32074 These programs make use of some of the Calculator's internal functions;
32075 @pxref{Internals}.
32076
32077 @menu
32078 * Bit Counting Example::
32079 * Sine Example::
32080 @end menu
32081
32082 @node Bit Counting Example, Sine Example, Example Definitions, Example Definitions
32083 @subsubsection Bit-Counting
32084
32085 @noindent
32086 @ignore
32087 @starindex
32088 @end ignore
32089 @tindex bcount
32090 Calc does not include a built-in function for counting the number of
32091 ``one'' bits in a binary integer. It's easy to invent one using @kbd{b u}
32092 to convert the integer to a set, and @kbd{V #} to count the elements of
32093 that set; let's write a function that counts the bits without having to
32094 create an intermediate set.
32095
32096 @smallexample
32097 (defmath bcount ((natnum n))
32098 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
32099 (let ((count 0))
32100 (while (> n 0)
32101 (if (oddp n)
32102 (setq count (1+ count)))
32103 (setq n (lsh n -1)))
32104 count))
32105 @end smallexample
32106
32107 @noindent
32108 When this is expanded by @code{defmath}, it will become the following
32109 Emacs Lisp function:
32110
32111 @smallexample
32112 (defun calcFunc-bcount (n)
32113 (setq n (math-check-natnum n))
32114 (let ((count 0))
32115 (while (math-posp n)
32116 (if (math-oddp n)
32117 (setq count (math-add count 1)))
32118 (setq n (calcFunc-lsh n -1)))
32119 count))
32120 @end smallexample
32121
32122 If the input numbers are large, this function involves a fair amount
32123 of arithmetic. A binary right shift is essentially a division by two;
32124 recall that Calc stores integers in decimal form so bit shifts must
32125 involve actual division.
32126
32127 To gain a bit more efficiency, we could divide the integer into
32128 @var{n}-bit chunks, each of which can be handled quickly because
32129 they fit into Lisp integers. It turns out that Calc's arithmetic
32130 routines are especially fast when dividing by an integer less than
32131 1000, so we can set @var{n = 9} bits and use repeated division by 512:
32132
32133 @smallexample
32134 (defmath bcount ((natnum n))
32135 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
32136 (let ((count 0))
32137 (while (not (fixnump n))
32138 (let ((qr (idivmod n 512)))
32139 (setq count (+ count (bcount-fixnum (cdr qr)))
32140 n (car qr))))
32141 (+ count (bcount-fixnum n))))
32142
32143 (defun bcount-fixnum (n)
32144 (let ((count 0))
32145 (while (> n 0)
32146 (setq count (+ count (logand n 1))
32147 n (lsh n -1)))
32148 count))
32149 @end smallexample
32150
32151 @noindent
32152 Note that the second function uses @code{defun}, not @code{defmath}.
32153 Because this function deals only with native Lisp integers (``fixnums''),
32154 it can use the actual Emacs @code{+} and related functions rather
32155 than the slower but more general Calc equivalents which @code{defmath}
32156 uses.
32157
32158 The @code{idivmod} function does an integer division, returning both
32159 the quotient and the remainder at once. Again, note that while it
32160 might seem that @samp{(logand n 511)} and @samp{(lsh n -9)} are
32161 more efficient ways to split off the bottom nine bits of @code{n},
32162 actually they are less efficient because each operation is really
32163 a division by 512 in disguise; @code{idivmod} allows us to do the
32164 same thing with a single division by 512.
32165
32166 @node Sine Example, , Bit Counting Example, Example Definitions
32167 @subsubsection The Sine Function
32168
32169 @noindent
32170 @ignore
32171 @starindex
32172 @end ignore
32173 @tindex mysin
32174 A somewhat limited sine function could be defined as follows, using the
32175 well-known Taylor series expansion for
32176 @texline @math{\sin x}:
32177 @infoline @samp{sin(x)}:
32178
32179 @smallexample
32180 (defmath mysin ((float (anglep x)))
32181 (interactive 1 "mysn")
32182 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
32183 (let ((sum x) ; Initial term of Taylor expansion of sin.
32184 newsum
32185 (nfact 1) ; "nfact" equals "n" factorial at all times.
32186 (xnegsqr :"-(x^2)")) ; "xnegsqr" equals -x^2.
32187 (for ((n 3 100 2)) ; Upper limit of 100 is a good precaution.
32188 (working "mysin" sum) ; Display "Working" message, if enabled.
32189 (setq nfact (* nfact (1- n) n)
32190 x (* x xnegsqr)
32191 newsum (+ sum (/ x nfact)))
32192 (if (~= newsum sum) ; If newsum is "nearly equal to" sum,
32193 (break)) ; then we are done.
32194 (setq sum newsum))
32195 sum))
32196 @end smallexample
32197
32198 The actual @code{sin} function in Calc works by first reducing the problem
32199 to a sine or cosine of a nonnegative number less than @cpiover{4}. This
32200 ensures that the Taylor series will converge quickly. Also, the calculation
32201 is carried out with two extra digits of precision to guard against cumulative
32202 round-off in @samp{sum}. Finally, complex arguments are allowed and handled
32203 by a separate algorithm.
32204
32205 @smallexample
32206 (defmath mysin ((float (scalarp x)))
32207 (interactive 1 "mysn")
32208 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
32209 (with-extra-prec 2 ; Evaluate with extra precision.
32210 (cond ((complexp x)
32211 (mysin-complex x))
32212 ((< x 0)
32213 (- (mysin-raw (- x))) ; Always call mysin-raw with x >= 0.
32214 (t (mysin-raw x))))))
32215
32216 (defmath mysin-raw (x)
32217 (cond ((>= x 7)
32218 (mysin-raw (% x (two-pi)))) ; Now x < 7.
32219 ((> x (pi-over-2))
32220 (- (mysin-raw (- x (pi))))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/2.
32221 ((> x (pi-over-4))
32222 (mycos-raw (- x (pi-over-2)))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/4.
32223 ((< x (- (pi-over-4)))
32224 (- (mycos-raw (+ x (pi-over-2))))) ; Now -pi/4 <= x <= pi/4,
32225 (t (mysin-series x)))) ; so the series will be efficient.
32226 @end smallexample
32227
32228 @noindent
32229 where @code{mysin-complex} is an appropriate function to handle complex
32230 numbers, @code{mysin-series} is the routine to compute the sine Taylor
32231 series as before, and @code{mycos-raw} is a function analogous to
32232 @code{mysin-raw} for cosines.
32233
32234 The strategy is to ensure that @expr{x} is nonnegative before calling
32235 @code{mysin-raw}. This function then recursively reduces its argument
32236 to a suitable range, namely, plus-or-minus @cpiover{4}. Note that each
32237 test, and particularly the first comparison against 7, is designed so
32238 that small roundoff errors cannot produce an infinite loop. (Suppose
32239 we compared with @samp{(two-pi)} instead; if due to roundoff problems
32240 the modulo operator ever returned @samp{(two-pi)} exactly, an infinite
32241 recursion could result!) We use modulo only for arguments that will
32242 clearly get reduced, knowing that the next rule will catch any reductions
32243 that this rule misses.
32244
32245 If a program is being written for general use, it is important to code
32246 it carefully as shown in this second example. For quick-and-dirty programs,
32247 when you know that your own use of the sine function will never encounter
32248 a large argument, a simpler program like the first one shown is fine.
32249
32250 @node Calling Calc from Your Programs, Internals, Example Definitions, Lisp Definitions
32251 @subsection Calling Calc from Your Lisp Programs
32252
32253 @noindent
32254 A later section (@pxref{Internals}) gives a full description of
32255 Calc's internal Lisp functions. It's not hard to call Calc from
32256 inside your programs, but the number of these functions can be daunting.
32257 So Calc provides one special ``programmer-friendly'' function called
32258 @code{calc-eval} that can be made to do just about everything you
32259 need. It's not as fast as the low-level Calc functions, but it's
32260 much simpler to use!
32261
32262 It may seem that @code{calc-eval} itself has a daunting number of
32263 options, but they all stem from one simple operation.
32264
32265 In its simplest manifestation, @samp{(calc-eval "1+2")} parses the
32266 string @code{"1+2"} as if it were a Calc algebraic entry and returns
32267 the result formatted as a string: @code{"3"}.
32268
32269 Since @code{calc-eval} is on the list of recommended @code{autoload}
32270 functions, you don't need to make any special preparations to load
32271 Calc before calling @code{calc-eval} the first time. Calc will be
32272 loaded and initialized for you.
32273
32274 All the Calc modes that are currently in effect will be used when
32275 evaluating the expression and formatting the result.
32276
32277 @ifinfo
32278 @example
32279
32280 @end example
32281 @end ifinfo
32282 @subsubsection Additional Arguments to @code{calc-eval}
32283
32284 @noindent
32285 If the input string parses to a list of expressions, Calc returns
32286 the results separated by @code{", "}. You can specify a different
32287 separator by giving a second string argument to @code{calc-eval}:
32288 @samp{(calc-eval "1+2,3+4" ";")} returns @code{"3;7"}.
32289
32290 The ``separator'' can also be any of several Lisp symbols which
32291 request other behaviors from @code{calc-eval}. These are discussed
32292 one by one below.
32293
32294 You can give additional arguments to be substituted for
32295 @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, and so on in the main expression. For
32296 example, @samp{(calc-eval "$/$$" nil "7" "1+1")} evaluates the
32297 expression @code{"7/(1+1)"} to yield the result @code{"3.5"}
32298 (assuming Fraction mode is not in effect). Note the @code{nil}
32299 used as a placeholder for the item-separator argument.
32300
32301 @ifinfo
32302 @example
32303
32304 @end example
32305 @end ifinfo
32306 @subsubsection Error Handling
32307
32308 @noindent
32309 If @code{calc-eval} encounters an error, it returns a list containing
32310 the character position of the error, plus a suitable message as a
32311 string. Note that @samp{1 / 0} is @emph{not} an error by Calc's
32312 standards; it simply returns the string @code{"1 / 0"} which is the
32313 division left in symbolic form. But @samp{(calc-eval "1/")} will
32314 return the list @samp{(2 "Expected a number")}.
32315
32316 If you bind the variable @code{calc-eval-error} to @code{t}
32317 using a @code{let} form surrounding the call to @code{calc-eval},
32318 errors instead call the Emacs @code{error} function which aborts
32319 to the Emacs command loop with a beep and an error message.
32320
32321 If you bind this variable to the symbol @code{string}, error messages
32322 are returned as strings instead of lists. The character position is
32323 ignored.
32324
32325 As a courtesy to other Lisp code which may be using Calc, be sure
32326 to bind @code{calc-eval-error} using @code{let} rather than changing
32327 it permanently with @code{setq}.
32328
32329 @ifinfo
32330 @example
32331
32332 @end example
32333 @end ifinfo
32334 @subsubsection Numbers Only
32335
32336 @noindent
32337 Sometimes it is preferable to treat @samp{1 / 0} as an error
32338 rather than returning a symbolic result. If you pass the symbol
32339 @code{num} as the second argument to @code{calc-eval}, results
32340 that are not constants are treated as errors. The error message
32341 reported is the first @code{calc-why} message if there is one,
32342 or otherwise ``Number expected.''
32343
32344 A result is ``constant'' if it is a number, vector, or other
32345 object that does not include variables or function calls. If it
32346 is a vector, the components must themselves be constants.
32347
32348 @ifinfo
32349 @example
32350
32351 @end example
32352 @end ifinfo
32353 @subsubsection Default Modes
32354
32355 @noindent
32356 If the first argument to @code{calc-eval} is a list whose first
32357 element is a formula string, then @code{calc-eval} sets all the
32358 various Calc modes to their default values while the formula is
32359 evaluated and formatted. For example, the precision is set to 12
32360 digits, digit grouping is turned off, and the Normal language
32361 mode is used.
32362
32363 This same principle applies to the other options discussed below.
32364 If the first argument would normally be @var{x}, then it can also
32365 be the list @samp{(@var{x})} to use the default mode settings.
32366
32367 If there are other elements in the list, they are taken as
32368 variable-name/value pairs which override the default mode
32369 settings. Look at the documentation at the front of the
32370 @file{calc.el} file to find the names of the Lisp variables for
32371 the various modes. The mode settings are restored to their
32372 original values when @code{calc-eval} is done.
32373
32374 For example, @samp{(calc-eval '("$+$$" calc-internal-prec 8) 'num a b)}
32375 computes the sum of two numbers, requiring a numeric result, and
32376 using default mode settings except that the precision is 8 instead
32377 of the default of 12.
32378
32379 It's usually best to use this form of @code{calc-eval} unless your
32380 program actually considers the interaction with Calc's mode settings
32381 to be a feature. This will avoid all sorts of potential ``gotchas'';
32382 consider what happens with @samp{(calc-eval "sqrt(2)" 'num)}
32383 when the user has left Calc in Symbolic mode or No-Simplify mode.
32384
32385 As another example, @samp{(equal (calc-eval '("$<$$") nil a b) "1")}
32386 checks if the number in string @expr{a} is less than the one in
32387 string @expr{b}. Without using a list, the integer 1 might
32388 come out in a variety of formats which would be hard to test for
32389 conveniently: @code{"1"}, @code{"8#1"}, @code{"00001"}. (But
32390 see ``Predicates'' mode, below.)
32391
32392 @ifinfo
32393 @example
32394
32395 @end example
32396 @end ifinfo
32397 @subsubsection Raw Numbers
32398
32399 @noindent
32400 Normally all input and output for @code{calc-eval} is done with strings.
32401 You can do arithmetic with, say, @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" nil a b)}
32402 in place of @samp{(+ a b)}, but this is very inefficient since the
32403 numbers must be converted to and from string format as they are passed
32404 from one @code{calc-eval} to the next.
32405
32406 If the separator is the symbol @code{raw}, the result will be returned
32407 as a raw Calc data structure rather than a string. You can read about
32408 how these objects look in the following sections, but usually you can
32409 treat them as ``black box'' objects with no important internal
32410 structure.
32411
32412 There is also a @code{rawnum} symbol, which is a combination of
32413 @code{raw} (returning a raw Calc object) and @code{num} (signaling
32414 an error if that object is not a constant).
32415
32416 You can pass a raw Calc object to @code{calc-eval} in place of a
32417 string, either as the formula itself or as one of the @samp{$}
32418 arguments. Thus @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" 'raw a b)} is an
32419 addition function that operates on raw Calc objects. Of course
32420 in this case it would be easier to call the low-level @code{math-add}
32421 function in Calc, if you can remember its name.
32422
32423 In particular, note that a plain Lisp integer is acceptable to Calc
32424 as a raw object. (All Lisp integers are accepted on input, but
32425 integers of more than six decimal digits are converted to ``big-integer''
32426 form for output. @xref{Data Type Formats}.)
32427
32428 When it comes time to display the object, just use @samp{(calc-eval a)}
32429 to format it as a string.
32430
32431 It is an error if the input expression evaluates to a list of
32432 values. The separator symbol @code{list} is like @code{raw}
32433 except that it returns a list of one or more raw Calc objects.
32434
32435 Note that a Lisp string is not a valid Calc object, nor is a list
32436 containing a string. Thus you can still safely distinguish all the
32437 various kinds of error returns discussed above.
32438
32439 @ifinfo
32440 @example
32441
32442 @end example
32443 @end ifinfo
32444 @subsubsection Predicates
32445
32446 @noindent
32447 If the separator symbol is @code{pred}, the result of the formula is
32448 treated as a true/false value; @code{calc-eval} returns @code{t} or
32449 @code{nil}, respectively. A value is considered ``true'' if it is a
32450 non-zero number, or false if it is zero or if it is not a number.
32451
32452 For example, @samp{(calc-eval "$<$$" 'pred a b)} tests whether
32453 one value is less than another.
32454
32455 As usual, it is also possible for @code{calc-eval} to return one of
32456 the error indicators described above. Lisp will interpret such an
32457 indicator as ``true'' if you don't check for it explicitly. If you
32458 wish to have an error register as ``false'', use something like
32459 @samp{(eq (calc-eval ...) t)}.
32460
32461 @ifinfo
32462 @example
32463
32464 @end example
32465 @end ifinfo
32466 @subsubsection Variable Values
32467
32468 @noindent
32469 Variables in the formula passed to @code{calc-eval} are not normally
32470 replaced by their values. If you wish this, you can use the
32471 @code{evalv} function (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}). For example,
32472 if 4 is stored in Calc variable @code{a} (i.e., in Lisp variable
32473 @code{var-a}), then @samp{(calc-eval "a+pi")} will return the
32474 formula @code{"a + pi"}, but @samp{(calc-eval "evalv(a+pi)")}
32475 will return @code{"7.14159265359"}.
32476
32477 To store in a Calc variable, just use @code{setq} to store in the
32478 corresponding Lisp variable. (This is obtained by prepending
32479 @samp{var-} to the Calc variable name.) Calc routines will
32480 understand either string or raw form values stored in variables,
32481 although raw data objects are much more efficient. For example,
32482 to increment the Calc variable @code{a}:
32483
32484 @example
32485 (setq var-a (calc-eval "evalv(a+1)" 'raw))
32486 @end example
32487
32488 @ifinfo
32489 @example
32490
32491 @end example
32492 @end ifinfo
32493 @subsubsection Stack Access
32494
32495 @noindent
32496 If the separator symbol is @code{push}, the formula argument is
32497 evaluated (with possible @samp{$} expansions, as usual). The
32498 result is pushed onto the Calc stack. The return value is @code{nil}
32499 (unless there is an error from evaluating the formula, in which
32500 case the return value depends on @code{calc-eval-error} in the
32501 usual way).
32502
32503 If the separator symbol is @code{pop}, the first argument to
32504 @code{calc-eval} must be an integer instead of a string. That
32505 many values are popped from the stack and thrown away. A negative
32506 argument deletes the entry at that stack level. The return value
32507 is the number of elements remaining in the stack after popping;
32508 @samp{(calc-eval 0 'pop)} is a good way to measure the size of
32509 the stack.
32510
32511 If the separator symbol is @code{top}, the first argument to
32512 @code{calc-eval} must again be an integer. The value at that
32513 stack level is formatted as a string and returned. Thus
32514 @samp{(calc-eval 1 'top)} returns the top-of-stack value. If the
32515 integer is out of range, @code{nil} is returned.
32516
32517 The separator symbol @code{rawtop} is just like @code{top} except
32518 that the stack entry is returned as a raw Calc object instead of
32519 as a string.
32520
32521 In all of these cases the first argument can be made a list in
32522 order to force the default mode settings, as described above.
32523 Thus @samp{(calc-eval '(2 calc-number-radix 16) 'top)} returns the
32524 second-to-top stack entry, formatted as a string using the default
32525 instead of current display modes, except that the radix is
32526 hexadecimal instead of decimal.
32527
32528 It is, of course, polite to put the Calc stack back the way you
32529 found it when you are done, unless the user of your program is
32530 actually expecting it to affect the stack.
32531
32532 Note that you do not actually have to switch into the @samp{*Calculator*}
32533 buffer in order to use @code{calc-eval}; it temporarily switches into
32534 the stack buffer if necessary.
32535
32536 @ifinfo
32537 @example
32538
32539 @end example
32540 @end ifinfo
32541 @subsubsection Keyboard Macros
32542
32543 @noindent
32544 If the separator symbol is @code{macro}, the first argument must be a
32545 string of characters which Calc can execute as a sequence of keystrokes.
32546 This switches into the Calc buffer for the duration of the macro.
32547 For example, @samp{(calc-eval "vx5\rVR+" 'macro)} pushes the
32548 vector @samp{[1,2,3,4,5]} on the stack and then replaces it
32549 with the sum of those numbers. Note that @samp{\r} is the Lisp
32550 notation for the carriage-return, @key{RET}, character.
32551
32552 If your keyboard macro wishes to pop the stack, @samp{\C-d} is
32553 safer than @samp{\177} (the @key{DEL} character) because some
32554 installations may have switched the meanings of @key{DEL} and
32555 @kbd{C-h}. Calc always interprets @kbd{C-d} as a synonym for
32556 ``pop-stack'' regardless of key mapping.
32557
32558 If you provide a third argument to @code{calc-eval}, evaluation
32559 of the keyboard macro will leave a record in the Trail using
32560 that argument as a tag string. Normally the Trail is unaffected.
32561
32562 The return value in this case is always @code{nil}.
32563
32564 @ifinfo
32565 @example
32566
32567 @end example
32568 @end ifinfo
32569 @subsubsection Lisp Evaluation
32570
32571 @noindent
32572 Finally, if the separator symbol is @code{eval}, then the Lisp
32573 @code{eval} function is called on the first argument, which must
32574 be a Lisp expression rather than a Calc formula. Remember to
32575 quote the expression so that it is not evaluated until inside
32576 @code{calc-eval}.
32577
32578 The difference from plain @code{eval} is that @code{calc-eval}
32579 switches to the Calc buffer before evaluating the expression.
32580 For example, @samp{(calc-eval '(setq calc-internal-prec 17) 'eval)}
32581 will correctly affect the buffer-local Calc precision variable.
32582
32583 An alternative would be @samp{(calc-eval '(calc-precision 17) 'eval)}.
32584 This is evaluating a call to the function that is normally invoked
32585 by the @kbd{p} key, giving it 17 as its ``numeric prefix argument.''
32586 Note that this function will leave a message in the echo area as
32587 a side effect. Also, all Calc functions switch to the Calc buffer
32588 automatically if not invoked from there, so the above call is
32589 also equivalent to @samp{(calc-precision 17)} by itself.
32590 In all cases, Calc uses @code{save-excursion} to switch back to
32591 your original buffer when it is done.
32592
32593 As usual the first argument can be a list that begins with a Lisp
32594 expression to use default instead of current mode settings.
32595
32596 The result of @code{calc-eval} in this usage is just the result
32597 returned by the evaluated Lisp expression.
32598
32599 @ifinfo
32600 @example
32601
32602 @end example
32603 @end ifinfo
32604 @subsubsection Example
32605
32606 @noindent
32607 @findex convert-temp
32608 Here is a sample Emacs command that uses @code{calc-eval}. Suppose
32609 you have a document with lots of references to temperatures on the
32610 Fahrenheit scale, say ``98.6 F'', and you wish to convert these
32611 references to Centigrade. The following command does this conversion.
32612 Place the Emacs cursor right after the letter ``F'' and invoke the
32613 command to change ``98.6 F'' to ``37 C''. Or, if the temperature is
32614 already in Centigrade form, the command changes it back to Fahrenheit.
32615
32616 @example
32617 (defun convert-temp ()
32618 (interactive)
32619 (save-excursion
32620 (re-search-backward "[^-.0-9]\\([-.0-9]+\\) *\\([FC]\\)")
32621 (let* ((top1 (match-beginning 1))
32622 (bot1 (match-end 1))
32623 (number (buffer-substring top1 bot1))
32624 (top2 (match-beginning 2))
32625 (bot2 (match-end 2))
32626 (type (buffer-substring top2 bot2)))
32627 (if (equal type "F")
32628 (setq type "C"
32629 number (calc-eval "($ - 32)*5/9" nil number))
32630 (setq type "F"
32631 number (calc-eval "$*9/5 + 32" nil number)))
32632 (goto-char top2)
32633 (delete-region top2 bot2)
32634 (insert-before-markers type)
32635 (goto-char top1)
32636 (delete-region top1 bot1)
32637 (if (string-match "\\.$" number) ; change "37." to "37"
32638 (setq number (substring number 0 -1)))
32639 (insert number))))
32640 @end example
32641
32642 Note the use of @code{insert-before-markers} when changing between
32643 ``F'' and ``C'', so that the character winds up before the cursor
32644 instead of after it.
32645
32646 @node Internals, , Calling Calc from Your Programs, Lisp Definitions
32647 @subsection Calculator Internals
32648
32649 @noindent
32650 This section describes the Lisp functions defined by the Calculator that
32651 may be of use to user-written Calculator programs (as described in the
32652 rest of this chapter). These functions are shown by their names as they
32653 conventionally appear in @code{defmath}. Their full Lisp names are
32654 generally gotten by prepending @samp{calcFunc-} or @samp{math-} to their
32655 apparent names. (Names that begin with @samp{calc-} are already in
32656 their full Lisp form.) You can use the actual full names instead if you
32657 prefer them, or if you are calling these functions from regular Lisp.
32658
32659 The functions described here are scattered throughout the various
32660 Calc component files. Note that @file{calc.el} includes @code{autoload}s
32661 for only a few component files; when Calc wants to call an advanced
32662 function it calls @samp{(calc-extensions)} first; this function
32663 autoloads @file{calc-ext.el}, which in turn autoloads all the functions
32664 in the remaining component files.
32665
32666 Because @code{defmath} itself uses the extensions, user-written code
32667 generally always executes with the extensions already loaded, so
32668 normally you can use any Calc function and be confident that it will
32669 be autoloaded for you when necessary. If you are doing something
32670 special, check carefully to make sure each function you are using is
32671 from @file{calc.el} or its components, and call @samp{(calc-extensions)}
32672 before using any function based in @file{calc-ext.el} if you can't
32673 prove this file will already be loaded.
32674
32675 @menu
32676 * Data Type Formats::
32677 * Interactive Lisp Functions::
32678 * Stack Lisp Functions::
32679 * Predicates::
32680 * Computational Lisp Functions::
32681 * Vector Lisp Functions::
32682 * Symbolic Lisp Functions::
32683 * Formatting Lisp Functions::
32684 * Hooks::
32685 @end menu
32686
32687 @node Data Type Formats, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals, Internals
32688 @subsubsection Data Type Formats
32689
32690 @noindent
32691 Integers are stored in either of two ways, depending on their magnitude.
32692 Integers less than one million in absolute value are stored as standard
32693 Lisp integers. This is the only storage format for Calc data objects
32694 which is not a Lisp list.
32695
32696 Large integers are stored as lists of the form @samp{(bigpos @var{d0}
32697 @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for positive integers 1000000 or more, or
32698 @samp{(bigneg @var{d0} @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for negative integers
32699 @mathit{-1000000} or less. Each @var{d} is a base-1000 ``digit,'' a Lisp integer
32700 from 0 to 999. The least significant digit is @var{d0}; the last digit,
32701 @var{dn}, which is always nonzero, is the most significant digit. For
32702 example, the integer @mathit{-12345678} is stored as @samp{(bigneg 678 345 12)}.
32703
32704 The distinction between small and large integers is entirely hidden from
32705 the user. In @code{defmath} definitions, the Lisp predicate @code{integerp}
32706 returns true for either kind of integer, and in general both big and small
32707 integers are accepted anywhere the word ``integer'' is used in this manual.
32708 If the distinction must be made, native Lisp integers are called @dfn{fixnums}
32709 and large integers are called @dfn{bignums}.
32710
32711 Fractions are stored as a list of the form, @samp{(frac @var{n} @var{d})}
32712 where @var{n} is an integer (big or small) numerator, @var{d} is an
32713 integer denominator greater than one, and @var{n} and @var{d} are relatively
32714 prime. Note that fractions where @var{d} is one are automatically converted
32715 to plain integers by all math routines; fractions where @var{d} is negative
32716 are normalized by negating the numerator and denominator.
32717
32718 Floating-point numbers are stored in the form, @samp{(float @var{mant}
32719 @var{exp})}, where @var{mant} (the ``mantissa'') is an integer less than
32720 @samp{10^@var{p}} in absolute value (@var{p} represents the current
32721 precision), and @var{exp} (the ``exponent'') is a fixnum. The value of
32722 the float is @samp{@var{mant} * 10^@var{exp}}. For example, the number
32723 @mathit{-3.14} is stored as @samp{(float -314 -2) = -314*10^-2}. Other constraints
32724 are that the number 0.0 is always stored as @samp{(float 0 0)}, and,
32725 except for the 0.0 case, the rightmost base-10 digit of @var{mant} is
32726 always nonzero. (If the rightmost digit is zero, the number is
32727 rearranged by dividing @var{mant} by ten and incrementing @var{exp}.)
32728
32729 Rectangular complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(cplx @var{re}
32730 @var{im})}, where @var{re} and @var{im} are each real numbers, either
32731 integers, fractions, or floats. The value is @samp{@var{re} + @var{im}i}.
32732 The @var{im} part is nonzero; complex numbers with zero imaginary
32733 components are converted to real numbers automatically.
32734
32735 Polar complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(polar @var{r}
32736 @var{theta})}, where @var{r} is a positive real value and @var{theta}
32737 is a real value or HMS form representing an angle. This angle is
32738 usually normalized to lie in the interval @samp{(-180 ..@: 180)} degrees,
32739 or @samp{(-pi ..@: pi)} radians, according to the current angular mode.
32740 If the angle is 0 the value is converted to a real number automatically.
32741 (If the angle is 180 degrees, the value is usually also converted to a
32742 negative real number.)
32743
32744 Hours-minutes-seconds forms are stored as @samp{(hms @var{h} @var{m}
32745 @var{s})}, where @var{h} is an integer or an integer-valued float (i.e.,
32746 a float with @samp{@var{exp} >= 0}), @var{m} is an integer or integer-valued
32747 float in the range @w{@samp{[0 ..@: 60)}}, and @var{s} is any real number
32748 in the range @samp{[0 ..@: 60)}.
32749
32750 Date forms are stored as @samp{(date @var{n})}, where @var{n} is
32751 a real number that counts days since midnight on the morning of
32752 January 1, 1 AD. If @var{n} is an integer, this is a pure date
32753 form. If @var{n} is a fraction or float, this is a date/time form.
32754
32755 Modulo forms are stored as @samp{(mod @var{n} @var{m})}, where @var{m} is a
32756 positive real number or HMS form, and @var{n} is a real number or HMS
32757 form in the range @samp{[0 ..@: @var{m})}.
32758
32759 Error forms are stored as @samp{(sdev @var{x} @var{sigma})}, where @var{x}
32760 is the mean value and @var{sigma} is the standard deviation. Each
32761 component is either a number, an HMS form, or a symbolic object
32762 (a variable or function call). If @var{sigma} is zero, the value is
32763 converted to a plain real number. If @var{sigma} is negative or
32764 complex, it is automatically normalized to be a positive real.
32765
32766 Interval forms are stored as @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{lo} @var{hi})},
32767 where @var{mask} is one of the integers 0, 1, 2, or 3, and @var{lo} and
32768 @var{hi} are real numbers, HMS forms, or symbolic objects. The @var{mask}
32769 is a binary integer where 1 represents the fact that the interval is
32770 closed on the high end, and 2 represents the fact that it is closed on
32771 the low end. (Thus 3 represents a fully closed interval.) The interval
32772 @w{@samp{(intv 3 @var{x} @var{x})}} is converted to the plain number @var{x};
32773 intervals @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{x} @var{x})} for any other @var{mask}
32774 represent empty intervals. If @var{hi} is less than @var{lo}, the interval
32775 is converted to a standard empty interval by replacing @var{hi} with @var{lo}.
32776
32777 Vectors are stored as @samp{(vec @var{v1} @var{v2} @dots{})}, where @var{v1}
32778 is the first element of the vector, @var{v2} is the second, and so on.
32779 An empty vector is stored as @samp{(vec)}. A matrix is simply a vector
32780 where all @var{v}'s are themselves vectors of equal lengths. Note that
32781 Calc vectors are unrelated to the Emacs Lisp ``vector'' type, which is
32782 generally unused by Calc data structures.
32783
32784 Variables are stored as @samp{(var @var{name} @var{sym})}, where
32785 @var{name} is a Lisp symbol whose print name is used as the visible name
32786 of the variable, and @var{sym} is a Lisp symbol in which the variable's
32787 value is actually stored. Thus, @samp{(var pi var-pi)} represents the
32788 special constant @samp{pi}. Almost always, the form is @samp{(var
32789 @var{v} var-@var{v})}. If the variable name was entered with @code{#}
32790 signs (which are converted to hyphens internally), the form is
32791 @samp{(var @var{u} @var{v})}, where @var{u} is a symbol whose name
32792 contains @code{#} characters, and @var{v} is a symbol that contains
32793 @code{-} characters instead. The value of a variable is the Calc
32794 object stored in its @var{sym} symbol's value cell. If the symbol's
32795 value cell is void or if it contains @code{nil}, the variable has no
32796 value. Special constants have the form @samp{(special-const
32797 @var{value})} stored in their value cell, where @var{value} is a formula
32798 which is evaluated when the constant's value is requested. Variables
32799 which represent units are not stored in any special way; they are units
32800 only because their names appear in the units table. If the value
32801 cell contains a string, it is parsed to get the variable's value when
32802 the variable is used.
32803
32804 A Lisp list with any other symbol as the first element is a function call.
32805 The symbols @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^},
32806 and @code{|} represent special binary operators; these lists are always
32807 of the form @samp{(@var{op} @var{lhs} @var{rhs})} where @var{lhs} is the
32808 sub-formula on the lefthand side and @var{rhs} is the sub-formula on the
32809 right. The symbol @code{neg} represents unary negation; this list is always
32810 of the form @samp{(neg @var{arg})}. Any other symbol @var{func} represents a
32811 function that would be displayed in function-call notation; the symbol
32812 @var{func} is in general always of the form @samp{calcFunc-@var{name}}.
32813 The function cell of the symbol @var{func} should contain a Lisp function
32814 for evaluating a call to @var{func}. This function is passed the remaining
32815 elements of the list (themselves already evaluated) as arguments; such
32816 functions should return @code{nil} or call @code{reject-arg} to signify
32817 that they should be left in symbolic form, or they should return a Calc
32818 object which represents their value, or a list of such objects if they
32819 wish to return multiple values. (The latter case is allowed only for
32820 functions which are the outer-level call in an expression whose value is
32821 about to be pushed on the stack; this feature is considered obsolete
32822 and is not used by any built-in Calc functions.)
32823
32824 @node Interactive Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Data Type Formats, Internals
32825 @subsubsection Interactive Functions
32826
32827 @noindent
32828 The functions described here are used in implementing interactive Calc
32829 commands. Note that this list is not exhaustive! If there is an
32830 existing command that behaves similarly to the one you want to define,
32831 you may find helpful tricks by checking the source code for that command.
32832
32833 @defun calc-set-command-flag flag
32834 Set the command flag @var{flag}. This is generally a Lisp symbol, but
32835 may in fact be anything. The effect is to add @var{flag} to the list
32836 stored in the variable @code{calc-command-flags}, unless it is already
32837 there. @xref{Defining Simple Commands}.
32838 @end defun
32839
32840 @defun calc-clear-command-flag flag
32841 If @var{flag} appears among the list of currently-set command flags,
32842 remove it from that list.
32843 @end defun
32844
32845 @defun calc-record-undo rec
32846 Add the ``undo record'' @var{rec} to the list of steps to take if the
32847 current operation should need to be undone. Stack push and pop functions
32848 automatically call @code{calc-record-undo}, so the kinds of undo records
32849 you might need to create take the form @samp{(set @var{sym} @var{value})},
32850 which says that the Lisp variable @var{sym} was changed and had previously
32851 contained @var{value}; @samp{(store @var{var} @var{value})} which says that
32852 the Calc variable @var{var} (a string which is the name of the symbol that
32853 contains the variable's value) was stored and its previous value was
32854 @var{value} (either a Calc data object, or @code{nil} if the variable was
32855 previously void); or @samp{(eval @var{undo} @var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})},
32856 which means that to undo requires calling the function @samp{(@var{undo}
32857 @var{args} @dots{})} and, if the undo is later redone, calling
32858 @samp{(@var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})}.
32859 @end defun
32860
32861 @defun calc-record-why msg args
32862 Record the error or warning message @var{msg}, which is normally a string.
32863 This message will be replayed if the user types @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why});
32864 if the message string begins with a @samp{*}, it is considered important
32865 enough to display even if the user doesn't type @kbd{w}. If one or more
32866 @var{args} are present, the displayed message will be of the form,
32867 @samp{@var{msg}: @var{arg1}, @var{arg2}, @dots{}}, where the arguments are
32868 formatted on the assumption that they are either strings or Calc objects of
32869 some sort. If @var{msg} is a symbol, it is the name of a Calc predicate
32870 (such as @code{integerp} or @code{numvecp}) which the arguments did not
32871 satisfy; it is expanded to a suitable string such as ``Expected an
32872 integer.'' The @code{reject-arg} function calls @code{calc-record-why}
32873 automatically; @pxref{Predicates}.
32874 @end defun
32875
32876 @defun calc-is-inverse
32877 This predicate returns true if the current command is inverse,
32878 i.e., if the Inverse (@kbd{I} key) flag was set.
32879 @end defun
32880
32881 @defun calc-is-hyperbolic
32882 This predicate is the analogous function for the @kbd{H} key.
32883 @end defun
32884
32885 @node Stack Lisp Functions, Predicates, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals
32886 @subsubsection Stack-Oriented Functions
32887
32888 @noindent
32889 The functions described here perform various operations on the Calc
32890 stack and trail. They are to be used in interactive Calc commands.
32891
32892 @defun calc-push-list vals n
32893 Push the Calc objects in list @var{vals} onto the stack at stack level
32894 @var{n}. If @var{n} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements
32895 are pushed at the top of the stack. If @var{n} is greater than 1, the
32896 elements will be inserted into the stack so that the last element will
32897 end up at level @var{n}, the next-to-last at level @var{n}+1, etc.
32898 The elements of @var{vals} are assumed to be valid Calc objects, and
32899 are not evaluated, rounded, or renormalized in any way. If @var{vals}
32900 is an empty list, nothing happens.
32901
32902 The stack elements are pushed without any sub-formula selections.
32903 You can give an optional third argument to this function, which must
32904 be a list the same size as @var{vals} of selections. Each selection
32905 must be @code{eq} to some sub-formula of the corresponding formula
32906 in @var{vals}, or @code{nil} if that formula should have no selection.
32907 @end defun
32908
32909 @defun calc-top-list n m
32910 Return a list of the @var{n} objects starting at level @var{m} of the
32911 stack. If @var{m} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements are
32912 taken from the top of the stack. If @var{n} is omitted, it also
32913 defaults to 1, so that the top stack element (in the form of a
32914 one-element list) is returned. If @var{m} is greater than 1, the
32915 @var{m}th stack element will be at the end of the list, the @var{m}+1st
32916 element will be next-to-last, etc. If @var{n} or @var{m} are out of
32917 range, the command is aborted with a suitable error message. If @var{n}
32918 is zero, the function returns an empty list. The stack elements are not
32919 evaluated, rounded, or renormalized.
32920
32921 If any stack elements contain selections, and selections have not
32922 been disabled by the @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command,
32923 this function returns the selected portions rather than the entire
32924 stack elements. It can be given a third ``selection-mode'' argument
32925 which selects other behaviors. If it is the symbol @code{t}, then
32926 a selection in any of the requested stack elements produces an
32927 ``invalid operation on selections'' error. If it is the symbol @code{full},
32928 the whole stack entry is always returned regardless of selections.
32929 If it is the symbol @code{sel}, the selected portion is always returned,
32930 or @code{nil} if there is no selection. (This mode ignores the @kbd{j e}
32931 command.) If the symbol is @code{entry}, the complete stack entry in
32932 list form is returned; the first element of this list will be the whole
32933 formula, and the third element will be the selection (or @code{nil}).
32934 @end defun
32935
32936 @defun calc-pop-stack n m
32937 Remove the specified elements from the stack. The parameters @var{n}
32938 and @var{m} are defined the same as for @code{calc-top-list}. The return
32939 value of @code{calc-pop-stack} is uninteresting.
32940
32941 If there are any selected sub-formulas among the popped elements, and
32942 @kbd{j e} has not been used to disable selections, this produces an
32943 error without changing the stack. If you supply an optional third
32944 argument of @code{t}, the stack elements are popped even if they
32945 contain selections.
32946 @end defun
32947
32948 @defun calc-record-list vals tag
32949 This function records one or more results in the trail. The @var{vals}
32950 are a list of strings or Calc objects. The @var{tag} is the four-character
32951 tag string to identify the values. If @var{tag} is omitted, a blank tag
32952 will be used.
32953 @end defun
32954
32955 @defun calc-normalize n
32956 This function takes a Calc object and ``normalizes'' it. At the very
32957 least this involves re-rounding floating-point values according to the
32958 current precision and other similar jobs. Also, unless the user has
32959 selected No-Simplify mode (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), this involves
32960 actually evaluating a formula object by executing the function calls
32961 it contains, and possibly also doing algebraic simplification, etc.
32962 @end defun
32963
32964 @defun calc-top-list-n n m
32965 This function is identical to @code{calc-top-list}, except that it calls
32966 @code{calc-normalize} on the values that it takes from the stack. They
32967 are also passed through @code{check-complete}, so that incomplete
32968 objects will be rejected with an error message. All computational
32969 commands should use this in preference to @code{calc-top-list}; the only
32970 standard Calc commands that operate on the stack without normalizing
32971 are stack management commands like @code{calc-enter} and @code{calc-roll-up}.
32972 This function accepts the same optional selection-mode argument as
32973 @code{calc-top-list}.
32974 @end defun
32975
32976 @defun calc-top-n m
32977 This function is a convenient form of @code{calc-top-list-n} in which only
32978 a single element of the stack is taken and returned, rather than a list
32979 of elements. This also accepts an optional selection-mode argument.
32980 @end defun
32981
32982 @defun calc-enter-result n tag vals
32983 This function is a convenient interface to most of the above functions.
32984 The @var{vals} argument should be either a single Calc object, or a list
32985 of Calc objects; the object or objects are normalized, and the top @var{n}
32986 stack entries are replaced by the normalized objects. If @var{tag} is
32987 non-@code{nil}, the normalized objects are also recorded in the trail.
32988 A typical stack-based computational command would take the form,
32989
32990 @smallexample
32991 (calc-enter-result @var{n} @var{tag} (cons 'calcFunc-@var{func}
32992 (calc-top-list-n @var{n})))
32993 @end smallexample
32994
32995 If any of the @var{n} stack elements replaced contain sub-formula
32996 selections, and selections have not been disabled by @kbd{j e},
32997 this function takes one of two courses of action. If @var{n} is
32998 equal to the number of elements in @var{vals}, then each element of
32999 @var{vals} is spliced into the corresponding selection; this is what
33000 happens when you use the @key{TAB} key, or when you use a unary
33001 arithmetic operation like @code{sqrt}. If @var{vals} has only one
33002 element but @var{n} is greater than one, there must be only one
33003 selection among the top @var{n} stack elements; the element from
33004 @var{vals} is spliced into that selection. This is what happens when
33005 you use a binary arithmetic operation like @kbd{+}. Any other
33006 combination of @var{n} and @var{vals} is an error when selections
33007 are present.
33008 @end defun
33009
33010 @defun calc-unary-op tag func arg
33011 This function implements a unary operator that allows a numeric prefix
33012 argument to apply the operator over many stack entries. If the prefix
33013 argument @var{arg} is @code{nil}, this uses @code{calc-enter-result}
33014 as outlined above. Otherwise, it maps the function over several stack
33015 elements; @pxref{Prefix Arguments}. For example,
33016
33017 @smallexample
33018 (defun calc-zeta (arg)
33019 (interactive "P")
33020 (calc-unary-op "zeta" 'calcFunc-zeta arg))
33021 @end smallexample
33022 @end defun
33023
33024 @defun calc-binary-op tag func arg ident unary
33025 This function implements a binary operator, analogously to
33026 @code{calc-unary-op}. The optional @var{ident} and @var{unary}
33027 arguments specify the behavior when the prefix argument is zero or
33028 one, respectively. If the prefix is zero, the value @var{ident}
33029 is pushed onto the stack, if specified, otherwise an error message
33030 is displayed. If the prefix is one, the unary function @var{unary}
33031 is applied to the top stack element, or, if @var{unary} is not
33032 specified, nothing happens. When the argument is two or more,
33033 the binary function @var{func} is reduced across the top @var{arg}
33034 stack elements; when the argument is negative, the function is
33035 mapped between the next-to-top @mathit{-@var{arg}} stack elements and the
33036 top element.
33037 @end defun
33038
33039 @defun calc-stack-size
33040 Return the number of elements on the stack as an integer. This count
33041 does not include elements that have been temporarily hidden by stack
33042 truncation; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
33043 @end defun
33044
33045 @defun calc-cursor-stack-index n
33046 Move the point to the @var{n}th stack entry. If @var{n} is zero, this
33047 will be the @samp{.} line. If @var{n} is from 1 to the current stack size,
33048 this will be the beginning of the first line of that stack entry's display.
33049 If line numbers are enabled, this will move to the first character of the
33050 line number, not the stack entry itself.
33051 @end defun
33052
33053 @defun calc-substack-height n
33054 Return the number of lines between the beginning of the @var{n}th stack
33055 entry and the bottom of the buffer. If @var{n} is zero, this
33056 will be one (assuming no stack truncation). If all stack entries are
33057 one line long (i.e., no matrices are displayed), the return value will
33058 be equal @var{n}+1 as long as @var{n} is in range. (Note that in Big
33059 mode, the return value includes the blank lines that separate stack
33060 entries.)
33061 @end defun
33062
33063 @defun calc-refresh
33064 Erase the @code{*Calculator*} buffer and reformat its contents from memory.
33065 This must be called after changing any parameter, such as the current
33066 display radix, which might change the appearance of existing stack
33067 entries. (During a keyboard macro invoked by the @kbd{X} key, refreshing
33068 is suppressed, but a flag is set so that the entire stack will be refreshed
33069 rather than just the top few elements when the macro finishes.)
33070 @end defun
33071
33072 @node Predicates, Computational Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Internals
33073 @subsubsection Predicates
33074
33075 @noindent
33076 The functions described here are predicates, that is, they return a
33077 true/false value where @code{nil} means false and anything else means
33078 true. These predicates are expanded by @code{defmath}, for example,
33079 from @code{zerop} to @code{math-zerop}. In many cases they correspond
33080 to native Lisp functions by the same name, but are extended to cover
33081 the full range of Calc data types.
33082
33083 @defun zerop x
33084 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically zero, in any of the Calc data
33085 types. (Note that for some types, such as error forms and intervals,
33086 it never makes sense to return true.) In @code{defmath}, the expression
33087 @samp{(= x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-zerop x)},
33088 and @samp{(/= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-zerop x))}.
33089 @end defun
33090
33091 @defun negp x
33092 Returns true if @var{x} is negative. This accepts negative real numbers
33093 of various types, negative HMS and date forms, and intervals in which
33094 all included values are negative. In @code{defmath}, the expression
33095 @samp{(< x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-negp x)},
33096 and @samp{(>= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-negp x))}.
33097 @end defun
33098
33099 @defun posp x
33100 Returns true if @var{x} is positive (and non-zero). For complex
33101 numbers, none of these three predicates will return true.
33102 @end defun
33103
33104 @defun looks-negp x
33105 Returns true if @var{x} is ``negative-looking.'' This returns true if
33106 @var{x} is a negative number, or a formula with a leading minus sign
33107 such as @samp{-a/b}. In other words, this is an object which can be
33108 made simpler by calling @code{(- @var{x})}.
33109 @end defun
33110
33111 @defun integerp x
33112 Returns true if @var{x} is an integer of any size.
33113 @end defun
33114
33115 @defun fixnump x
33116 Returns true if @var{x} is a native Lisp integer.
33117 @end defun
33118
33119 @defun natnump x
33120 Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative integer of any size.
33121 @end defun
33122
33123 @defun fixnatnump x
33124 Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative Lisp integer.
33125 @end defun
33126
33127 @defun num-integerp x
33128 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically an integer, i.e., either a
33129 true integer or a float with no significant digits to the right of
33130 the decimal point.
33131 @end defun
33132
33133 @defun messy-integerp x
33134 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically, but not literally, an integer.
33135 A value is @code{num-integerp} if it is @code{integerp} or
33136 @code{messy-integerp} (but it is never both at once).
33137 @end defun
33138
33139 @defun num-natnump x
33140 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically a nonnegative integer.
33141 @end defun
33142
33143 @defun evenp x
33144 Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer.
33145 @end defun
33146
33147 @defun looks-evenp x
33148 Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer, or a formula with a leading
33149 multiplicative coefficient which is an even integer.
33150 @end defun
33151
33152 @defun oddp x
33153 Returns true if @var{x} is an odd integer.
33154 @end defun
33155
33156 @defun ratp x
33157 Returns true if @var{x} is a rational number, i.e., an integer or a
33158 fraction.
33159 @end defun
33160
33161 @defun realp x
33162 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number, i.e., an integer, fraction,
33163 or floating-point number.
33164 @end defun
33165
33166 @defun anglep x
33167 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or HMS form.
33168 @end defun
33169
33170 @defun floatp x
33171 Returns true if @var{x} is a float, or a complex number, error form,
33172 interval, date form, or modulo form in which at least one component
33173 is a float.
33174 @end defun
33175
33176 @defun complexp x
33177 Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular or polar complex number
33178 (but not a real number).
33179 @end defun
33180
33181 @defun rect-complexp x
33182 Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular complex number.
33183 @end defun
33184
33185 @defun polar-complexp x
33186 Returns true if @var{x} is a polar complex number.
33187 @end defun
33188
33189 @defun numberp x
33190 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or a complex number.
33191 @end defun
33192
33193 @defun scalarp x
33194 Returns true if @var{x} is a real or complex number or an HMS form.
33195 @end defun
33196
33197 @defun vectorp x
33198 Returns true if @var{x} is a vector (this simply checks if its argument
33199 is a list whose first element is the symbol @code{vec}).
33200 @end defun
33201
33202 @defun numvecp x
33203 Returns true if @var{x} is a number or vector.
33204 @end defun
33205
33206 @defun matrixp x
33207 Returns true if @var{x} is a matrix, i.e., a vector of one or more vectors,
33208 all of the same size.
33209 @end defun
33210
33211 @defun square-matrixp x
33212 Returns true if @var{x} is a square matrix.
33213 @end defun
33214
33215 @defun objectp x
33216 Returns true if @var{x} is any numeric Calc object, including real and
33217 complex numbers, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
33218 modulo forms. (Note that error forms and intervals may include formulas
33219 as their components; see @code{constp} below.)
33220 @end defun
33221
33222 @defun objvecp x
33223 Returns true if @var{x} is an object or a vector. This also accepts
33224 incomplete objects, but it rejects variables and formulas (except as
33225 mentioned above for @code{objectp}).
33226 @end defun
33227
33228 @defun primp x
33229 Returns true if @var{x} is a ``primitive'' or ``atomic'' Calc object,
33230 i.e., one whose components cannot be regarded as sub-formulas. This
33231 includes variables, and all @code{objectp} types except error forms
33232 and intervals.
33233 @end defun
33234
33235 @defun constp x
33236 Returns true if @var{x} is constant, i.e., a real or complex number,
33237 HMS form, date form, or error form, interval, or vector all of whose
33238 components are @code{constp}.
33239 @end defun
33240
33241 @defun lessp x y
33242 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically less than @var{y}. Returns false
33243 if @var{x} is greater than or equal to @var{y}, or if the order is
33244 undefined or cannot be determined. Generally speaking, this works
33245 by checking whether @samp{@var{x} - @var{y}} is @code{negp}. In
33246 @code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(< x y)} will automatically be
33247 converted to @samp{(lessp x y)}; expressions involving @code{>}, @code{<=},
33248 and @code{>=} are similarly converted in terms of @code{lessp}.
33249 @end defun
33250
33251 @defun beforep x y
33252 Returns true if @var{x} comes before @var{y} in a canonical ordering
33253 of Calc objects. If @var{x} and @var{y} are both real numbers, this
33254 will be the same as @code{lessp}. But whereas @code{lessp} considers
33255 other types of objects to be unordered, @code{beforep} puts any two
33256 objects into a definite, consistent order. The @code{beforep}
33257 function is used by the @kbd{V S} vector-sorting command, and also
33258 by @kbd{a s} to put the terms of a product into canonical order:
33259 This allows @samp{x y + y x} to be simplified easily to @samp{2 x y}.
33260 @end defun
33261
33262 @defun equal x y
33263 This is the standard Lisp @code{equal} predicate; it returns true if
33264 @var{x} and @var{y} are structurally identical. This is the usual way
33265 to compare numbers for equality, but note that @code{equal} will treat
33266 0 and 0.0 as different.
33267 @end defun
33268
33269 @defun math-equal x y
33270 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y} are numerically equal, either because
33271 they are @code{equal}, or because their difference is @code{zerop}. In
33272 @code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(= x y)} will automatically be
33273 converted to @samp{(math-equal x y)}.
33274 @end defun
33275
33276 @defun equal-int x n
33277 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{n} are numerically equal, where @var{n}
33278 is a fixnum which is not a multiple of 10. This will automatically be
33279 used by @code{defmath} in place of the more general @code{math-equal}
33280 whenever possible.
33281 @end defun
33282
33283 @defun nearly-equal x y
33284 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y}, as floating-point numbers, are
33285 equal except possibly in the last decimal place. For example,
33286 314.159 and 314.166 are considered nearly equal if the current
33287 precision is 6 (since they differ by 7 units), but not if the current
33288 precision is 7 (since they differ by 70 units). Most functions which
33289 use series expansions use @code{with-extra-prec} to evaluate the
33290 series with 2 extra digits of precision, then use @code{nearly-equal}
33291 to decide when the series has converged; this guards against cumulative
33292 error in the series evaluation without doing extra work which would be
33293 lost when the result is rounded back down to the current precision.
33294 In @code{defmath}, this can be written @samp{(~= @var{x} @var{y})}.
33295 The @var{x} and @var{y} can be numbers of any kind, including complex.
33296 @end defun
33297
33298 @defun nearly-zerop x y
33299 Returns true if @var{x} is nearly zero, compared to @var{y}. This
33300 checks whether @var{x} plus @var{y} would by be @code{nearly-equal}
33301 to @var{y} itself, to within the current precision, in other words,
33302 if adding @var{x} to @var{y} would have a negligible effect on @var{y}
33303 due to roundoff error. @var{X} may be a real or complex number, but
33304 @var{y} must be real.
33305 @end defun
33306
33307 @defun is-true x
33308 Return true if the formula @var{x} represents a true value in
33309 Calc, not Lisp, terms. It tests if @var{x} is a non-zero number
33310 or a provably non-zero formula.
33311 @end defun
33312
33313 @defun reject-arg val pred
33314 Abort the current function evaluation due to unacceptable argument values.
33315 This calls @samp{(calc-record-why @var{pred} @var{val})}, then signals a
33316 Lisp error which @code{normalize} will trap. The net effect is that the
33317 function call which led here will be left in symbolic form.
33318 @end defun
33319
33320 @defun inexact-value
33321 If Symbolic mode is enabled, this will signal an error that causes
33322 @code{normalize} to leave the formula in symbolic form, with the message
33323 ``Inexact result.'' (This function has no effect when not in Symbolic mode.)
33324 Note that if your function calls @samp{(sin 5)} in Symbolic mode, the
33325 @code{sin} function will call @code{inexact-value}, which will cause your
33326 function to be left unsimplified. You may instead wish to call
33327 @samp{(normalize (list 'calcFunc-sin 5))}, which in Symbolic mode will
33328 return the formula @samp{sin(5)} to your function.
33329 @end defun
33330
33331 @defun overflow
33332 This signals an error that will be reported as a floating-point overflow.
33333 @end defun
33334
33335 @defun underflow
33336 This signals a floating-point underflow.
33337 @end defun
33338
33339 @node Computational Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Predicates, Internals
33340 @subsubsection Computational Functions
33341
33342 @noindent
33343 The functions described here do the actual computational work of the
33344 Calculator. In addition to these, note that any function described in
33345 the main body of this manual may be called from Lisp; for example, if
33346 the documentation refers to the @code{calc-sqrt} [@code{sqrt}] command,
33347 this means @code{calc-sqrt} is an interactive stack-based square-root
33348 command and @code{sqrt} (which @code{defmath} expands to @code{calcFunc-sqrt})
33349 is the actual Lisp function for taking square roots.
33350
33351 The functions @code{math-add}, @code{math-sub}, @code{math-mul},
33352 @code{math-div}, @code{math-mod}, and @code{math-neg} are not included
33353 in this list, since @code{defmath} allows you to write native Lisp
33354 @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, and unary @code{-},
33355 respectively, instead.
33356
33357 @defun normalize val
33358 (Full form: @code{math-normalize}.)
33359 Reduce the value @var{val} to standard form. For example, if @var{val}
33360 is a fixnum, it will be converted to a bignum if it is too large, and
33361 if @var{val} is a bignum it will be normalized by clipping off trailing
33362 (i.e., most-significant) zero digits and converting to a fixnum if it is
33363 small. All the various data types are similarly converted to their standard
33364 forms. Variables are left alone, but function calls are actually evaluated
33365 in formulas. For example, normalizing @samp{(+ 2 (calcFunc-abs -4))} will
33366 return 6.
33367
33368 If a function call fails, because the function is void or has the wrong
33369 number of parameters, or because it returns @code{nil} or calls
33370 @code{reject-arg} or @code{inexact-result}, @code{normalize} returns
33371 the formula still in symbolic form.
33372
33373 If the current simplification mode is ``none'' or ``numeric arguments
33374 only,'' @code{normalize} will act appropriately. However, the more
33375 powerful simplification modes (like Algebraic Simplification) are
33376 not handled by @code{normalize}. They are handled by @code{calc-normalize},
33377 which calls @code{normalize} and possibly some other routines, such
33378 as @code{simplify} or @code{simplify-units}. Programs generally will
33379 never call @code{calc-normalize} except when popping or pushing values
33380 on the stack.
33381 @end defun
33382
33383 @defun evaluate-expr expr
33384 Replace all variables in @var{expr} that have values with their values,
33385 then use @code{normalize} to simplify the result. This is what happens
33386 when you press the @kbd{=} key interactively.
33387 @end defun
33388
33389 @defmac with-extra-prec n body
33390 Evaluate the Lisp forms in @var{body} with precision increased by @var{n}
33391 digits. This is a macro which expands to
33392
33393 @smallexample
33394 (math-normalize
33395 (let ((calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec @var{n})))
33396 @var{body}))
33397 @end smallexample
33398
33399 The surrounding call to @code{math-normalize} causes a floating-point
33400 result to be rounded down to the original precision afterwards. This
33401 is important because some arithmetic operations assume a number's
33402 mantissa contains no more digits than the current precision allows.
33403 @end defmac
33404
33405 @defun make-frac n d
33406 Build a fraction @samp{@var{n}:@var{d}}. This is equivalent to calling
33407 @samp{(normalize (list 'frac @var{n} @var{d}))}, but more efficient.
33408 @end defun
33409
33410 @defun make-float mant exp
33411 Build a floating-point value out of @var{mant} and @var{exp}, both
33412 of which are arbitrary integers. This function will return a
33413 properly normalized float value, or signal an overflow or underflow
33414 if @var{exp} is out of range.
33415 @end defun
33416
33417 @defun make-sdev x sigma
33418 Build an error form out of @var{x} and the absolute value of @var{sigma}.
33419 If @var{sigma} is zero, the result is the number @var{x} directly.
33420 If @var{sigma} is negative or complex, its absolute value is used.
33421 If @var{x} or @var{sigma} is not a valid type of object for use in
33422 error forms, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
33423 @end defun
33424
33425 @defun make-intv mask lo hi
33426 Build an interval form out of @var{mask} (which is assumed to be an
33427 integer from 0 to 3), and the limits @var{lo} and @var{hi}. If
33428 @var{lo} is greater than @var{hi}, an empty interval form is returned.
33429 This calls @code{reject-arg} if @var{lo} or @var{hi} is unsuitable.
33430 @end defun
33431
33432 @defun sort-intv mask lo hi
33433 Build an interval form, similar to @code{make-intv}, except that if
33434 @var{lo} is less than @var{hi} they are simply exchanged, and the
33435 bits of @var{mask} are swapped accordingly.
33436 @end defun
33437
33438 @defun make-mod n m
33439 Build a modulo form out of @var{n} and the modulus @var{m}. Since modulo
33440 forms do not allow formulas as their components, if @var{n} or @var{m}
33441 is not a real number or HMS form the result will be a formula which
33442 is a call to @code{makemod}, the algebraic version of this function.
33443 @end defun
33444
33445 @defun float x
33446 Convert @var{x} to floating-point form. Integers and fractions are
33447 converted to numerically equivalent floats; components of complex
33448 numbers, vectors, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
33449 modulo forms are recursively floated. If the argument is a variable
33450 or formula, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
33451 @end defun
33452
33453 @defun compare x y
33454 Compare the numbers @var{x} and @var{y}, and return @mathit{-1} if
33455 @samp{(lessp @var{x} @var{y})}, 1 if @samp{(lessp @var{y} @var{x})},
33456 0 if @samp{(math-equal @var{x} @var{y})}, or 2 if the order is
33457 undefined or cannot be determined.
33458 @end defun
33459
33460 @defun numdigs n
33461 Return the number of digits of integer @var{n}, effectively
33462 @samp{ceil(log10(@var{n}))}, but much more efficient. Zero is
33463 considered to have zero digits.
33464 @end defun
33465
33466 @defun scale-int x n
33467 Shift integer @var{x} left @var{n} decimal digits, or right @mathit{-@var{n}}
33468 digits with truncation toward zero.
33469 @end defun
33470
33471 @defun scale-rounding x n
33472 Like @code{scale-int}, except that a right shift rounds to the nearest
33473 integer rather than truncating.
33474 @end defun
33475
33476 @defun fixnum n
33477 Return the integer @var{n} as a fixnum, i.e., a native Lisp integer.
33478 If @var{n} is outside the permissible range for Lisp integers (usually
33479 24 binary bits) the result is undefined.
33480 @end defun
33481
33482 @defun sqr x
33483 Compute the square of @var{x}; short for @samp{(* @var{x} @var{x})}.
33484 @end defun
33485
33486 @defun quotient x y
33487 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return an integer quotient
33488 and discard the remainder. If @var{x} or @var{y} is negative, the
33489 direction of rounding is undefined.
33490 @end defun
33491
33492 @defun idiv x y
33493 Perform an integer division; if @var{x} and @var{y} are both nonnegative
33494 integers, this uses the @code{quotient} function, otherwise it computes
33495 @samp{floor(@var{x}/@var{y})}. Thus the result is well-defined but
33496 slower than for @code{quotient}.
33497 @end defun
33498
33499 @defun imod x y
33500 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return the integer remainder
33501 and discard the quotient. Like @code{quotient}, this works only for
33502 integer arguments and is not well-defined for negative arguments.
33503 For a more well-defined result, use @samp{(% @var{x} @var{y})}.
33504 @end defun
33505
33506 @defun idivmod x y
33507 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return a cons cell whose
33508 @code{car} is @samp{(quotient @var{x} @var{y})} and whose @code{cdr}
33509 is @samp{(imod @var{x} @var{y})}.
33510 @end defun
33511
33512 @defun pow x y
33513 Compute @var{x} to the power @var{y}. In @code{defmath} code, this can
33514 also be written @samp{(^ @var{x} @var{y})} or
33515 @w{@samp{(expt @var{x} @var{y})}}.
33516 @end defun
33517
33518 @defun abs-approx x
33519 Compute a fast approximation to the absolute value of @var{x}. For
33520 example, for a rectangular complex number the result is the sum of
33521 the absolute values of the components.
33522 @end defun
33523
33524 @findex e
33525 @findex gamma-const
33526 @findex ln-2
33527 @findex ln-10
33528 @findex phi
33529 @findex pi-over-2
33530 @findex pi-over-4
33531 @findex pi-over-180
33532 @findex sqrt-two-pi
33533 @findex sqrt-e
33534 @findex two-pi
33535 @defun pi
33536 The function @samp{(pi)} computes @samp{pi} to the current precision.
33537 Other related constant-generating functions are @code{two-pi},
33538 @code{pi-over-2}, @code{pi-over-4}, @code{pi-over-180}, @code{sqrt-two-pi},
33539 @code{e}, @code{sqrt-e}, @code{ln-2}, @code{ln-10}, @code{phi} and
33540 @code{gamma-const}. Each function returns a floating-point value in the
33541 current precision, and each uses caching so that all calls after the
33542 first are essentially free.
33543 @end defun
33544
33545 @defmac math-defcache @var{func} @var{initial} @var{form}
33546 This macro, usually used as a top-level call like @code{defun} or
33547 @code{defvar}, defines a new cached constant analogous to @code{pi}, etc.
33548 It defines a function @code{func} which returns the requested value;
33549 if @var{initial} is non-@code{nil} it must be a @samp{(float @dots{})}
33550 form which serves as an initial value for the cache. If @var{func}
33551 is called when the cache is empty or does not have enough digits to
33552 satisfy the current precision, the Lisp expression @var{form} is evaluated
33553 with the current precision increased by four, and the result minus its
33554 two least significant digits is stored in the cache. For example,
33555 calling @samp{(pi)} with a precision of 30 computes @samp{pi} to 34
33556 digits, rounds it down to 32 digits for future use, then rounds it
33557 again to 30 digits for use in the present request.
33558 @end defmac
33559
33560 @findex half-circle
33561 @findex quarter-circle
33562 @defun full-circle symb
33563 If the current angular mode is Degrees or HMS, this function returns the
33564 integer 360. In Radians mode, this function returns either the
33565 corresponding value in radians to the current precision, or the formula
33566 @samp{2*pi}, depending on the Symbolic mode. There are also similar
33567 function @code{half-circle} and @code{quarter-circle}.
33568 @end defun
33569
33570 @defun power-of-2 n
33571 Compute two to the integer power @var{n}, as a (potentially very large)
33572 integer. Powers of two are cached, so only the first call for a
33573 particular @var{n} is expensive.
33574 @end defun
33575
33576 @defun integer-log2 n
33577 Compute the base-2 logarithm of @var{n}, which must be an integer which
33578 is a power of two. If @var{n} is not a power of two, this function will
33579 return @code{nil}.
33580 @end defun
33581
33582 @defun div-mod a b m
33583 Divide @var{a} by @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. This returns @code{nil} if
33584 there is no solution, or if any of the arguments are not integers.
33585 @end defun
33586
33587 @defun pow-mod a b m
33588 Compute @var{a} to the power @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. If @var{a},
33589 @var{b}, and @var{m} are integers, this uses an especially efficient
33590 algorithm. Otherwise, it simply computes @samp{(% (^ a b) m)}.
33591 @end defun
33592
33593 @defun isqrt n
33594 Compute the integer square root of @var{n}. This is the square root
33595 of @var{n} rounded down toward zero, i.e., @samp{floor(sqrt(@var{n}))}.
33596 If @var{n} is itself an integer, the computation is especially efficient.
33597 @end defun
33598
33599 @defun to-hms a ang
33600 Convert the argument @var{a} into an HMS form. If @var{ang} is specified,
33601 it is the angular mode in which to interpret @var{a}, either @code{deg}
33602 or @code{rad}. Otherwise, the current angular mode is used. If @var{a}
33603 is already an HMS form it is returned as-is.
33604 @end defun
33605
33606 @defun from-hms a ang
33607 Convert the HMS form @var{a} into a real number. If @var{ang} is specified,
33608 it is the angular mode in which to express the result, otherwise the
33609 current angular mode is used. If @var{a} is already a real number, it
33610 is returned as-is.
33611 @end defun
33612
33613 @defun to-radians a
33614 Convert the number or HMS form @var{a} to radians from the current
33615 angular mode.
33616 @end defun
33617
33618 @defun from-radians a
33619 Convert the number @var{a} from radians to the current angular mode.
33620 If @var{a} is a formula, this returns the formula @samp{deg(@var{a})}.
33621 @end defun
33622
33623 @defun to-radians-2 a
33624 Like @code{to-radians}, except that in Symbolic mode a degrees to
33625 radians conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*pi/180}.
33626 @end defun
33627
33628 @defun from-radians-2 a
33629 Like @code{from-radians}, except that in Symbolic mode a radians to
33630 degrees conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*180/pi}.
33631 @end defun
33632
33633 @defun random-digit
33634 Produce a random base-1000 digit in the range 0 to 999.
33635 @end defun
33636
33637 @defun random-digits n
33638 Produce a random @var{n}-digit integer; this will be an integer
33639 in the interval @samp{[0, 10^@var{n})}.
33640 @end defun
33641
33642 @defun random-float
33643 Produce a random float in the interval @samp{[0, 1)}.
33644 @end defun
33645
33646 @defun prime-test n iters
33647 Determine whether the integer @var{n} is prime. Return a list which has
33648 one of these forms: @samp{(nil @var{f})} means the number is non-prime
33649 because it was found to be divisible by @var{f}; @samp{(nil)} means it
33650 was found to be non-prime by table look-up (so no factors are known);
33651 @samp{(nil unknown)} means it is definitely non-prime but no factors
33652 are known because @var{n} was large enough that Fermat's probabilistic
33653 test had to be used; @samp{(t)} means the number is definitely prime;
33654 and @samp{(maybe @var{i} @var{p})} means that Fermat's test, after @var{i}
33655 iterations, is @var{p} percent sure that the number is prime. The
33656 @var{iters} parameter is the number of Fermat iterations to use, in the
33657 case that this is necessary. If @code{prime-test} returns ``maybe,''
33658 you can call it again with the same @var{n} to get a greater certainty;
33659 @code{prime-test} remembers where it left off.
33660 @end defun
33661
33662 @defun to-simple-fraction f
33663 If @var{f} is a floating-point number which can be represented exactly
33664 as a small rational number. return that number, else return @var{f}.
33665 For example, 0.75 would be converted to 3:4. This function is very
33666 fast.
33667 @end defun
33668
33669 @defun to-fraction f tol
33670 Find a rational approximation to floating-point number @var{f} to within
33671 a specified tolerance @var{tol}; this corresponds to the algebraic
33672 function @code{frac}, and can be rather slow.
33673 @end defun
33674
33675 @defun quarter-integer n
33676 If @var{n} is an integer or integer-valued float, this function
33677 returns zero. If @var{n} is a half-integer (i.e., an integer plus
33678 @mathit{1:2} or 0.5), it returns 2. If @var{n} is a quarter-integer,
33679 it returns 1 or 3. If @var{n} is anything else, this function
33680 returns @code{nil}.
33681 @end defun
33682
33683 @node Vector Lisp Functions, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Computational Lisp Functions, Internals
33684 @subsubsection Vector Functions
33685
33686 @noindent
33687 The functions described here perform various operations on vectors and
33688 matrices.
33689
33690 @defun math-concat x y
33691 Do a vector concatenation; this operation is written @samp{@var{x} | @var{y}}
33692 in a symbolic formula. @xref{Building Vectors}.
33693 @end defun
33694
33695 @defun vec-length v
33696 Return the length of vector @var{v}. If @var{v} is not a vector, the
33697 result is zero. If @var{v} is a matrix, this returns the number of
33698 rows in the matrix.
33699 @end defun
33700
33701 @defun mat-dimens m
33702 Determine the dimensions of vector or matrix @var{m}. If @var{m} is not
33703 a vector, the result is an empty list. If @var{m} is a plain vector
33704 but not a matrix, the result is a one-element list containing the length
33705 of the vector. If @var{m} is a matrix with @var{r} rows and @var{c} columns,
33706 the result is the list @samp{(@var{r} @var{c})}. Higher-order tensors
33707 produce lists of more than two dimensions. Note that the object
33708 @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} is a vector of vectors not all the same size,
33709 and is treated by this and other Calc routines as a plain vector of two
33710 elements.
33711 @end defun
33712
33713 @defun dimension-error
33714 Abort the current function with a message of ``Dimension error.''
33715 The Calculator will leave the function being evaluated in symbolic
33716 form; this is really just a special case of @code{reject-arg}.
33717 @end defun
33718
33719 @defun build-vector args
33720 Return a Calc vector with @var{args} as elements.
33721 For example, @samp{(build-vector 1 2 3)} returns the Calc vector
33722 @samp{[1, 2, 3]}, stored internally as the list @samp{(vec 1 2 3)}.
33723 @end defun
33724
33725 @defun make-vec obj dims
33726 Return a Calc vector or matrix all of whose elements are equal to
33727 @var{obj}. For example, @samp{(make-vec 27 3 4)} returns a 3x4 matrix
33728 filled with 27's.
33729 @end defun
33730
33731 @defun row-matrix v
33732 If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a row matrix, i.e.,
33733 a matrix whose single row is @var{v}. If @var{v} is already a matrix,
33734 leave it alone.
33735 @end defun
33736
33737 @defun col-matrix v
33738 If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a column matrix, i.e., a
33739 matrix with each element of @var{v} as a separate row. If @var{v} is
33740 already a matrix, leave it alone.
33741 @end defun
33742
33743 @defun map-vec f v
33744 Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the Calc vector @var{v}. For example,
33745 @samp{(map-vec 'math-floor v)} returns a vector of the floored components
33746 of vector @var{v}.
33747 @end defun
33748
33749 @defun map-vec-2 f a b
33750 Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the two vectors @var{a} and @var{b}.
33751 If @var{a} and @var{b} are vectors of equal length, the result is a
33752 vector of the results of calling @samp{(@var{f} @var{ai} @var{bi})}
33753 for each pair of elements @var{ai} and @var{bi}. If either @var{a} or
33754 @var{b} is a scalar, it is matched with each value of the other vector.
33755 For example, @samp{(map-vec-2 'math-add v 1)} returns the vector @var{v}
33756 with each element increased by one. Note that using @samp{'+} would not
33757 work here, since @code{defmath} does not expand function names everywhere,
33758 just where they are in the function position of a Lisp expression.
33759 @end defun
33760
33761 @defun reduce-vec f v
33762 Reduce the function @var{f} over the vector @var{v}. For example, if
33763 @var{v} is @samp{[10, 20, 30, 40]}, this calls @samp{(f (f (f 10 20) 30) 40)}.
33764 If @var{v} is a matrix, this reduces over the rows of @var{v}.
33765 @end defun
33766
33767 @defun reduce-cols f m
33768 Reduce the function @var{f} over the columns of matrix @var{m}. For
33769 example, if @var{m} is @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4], [5, 6]]}, the result
33770 is a vector of the two elements @samp{(f (f 1 3) 5)} and @samp{(f (f 2 4) 6)}.
33771 @end defun
33772
33773 @defun mat-row m n
33774 Return the @var{n}th row of matrix @var{m}. This is equivalent to
33775 @samp{(elt m n)}. For a slower but safer version, use @code{mrow}.
33776 (@xref{Extracting Elements}.)
33777 @end defun
33778
33779 @defun mat-col m n
33780 Return the @var{n}th column of matrix @var{m}, in the form of a vector.
33781 The arguments are not checked for correctness.
33782 @end defun
33783
33784 @defun mat-less-row m n
33785 Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th row deleted. The
33786 number @var{n} must be in range from 1 to the number of rows in @var{m}.
33787 @end defun
33788
33789 @defun mat-less-col m n
33790 Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th column deleted.
33791 @end defun
33792
33793 @defun transpose m
33794 Return the transpose of matrix @var{m}.
33795 @end defun
33796
33797 @defun flatten-vector v
33798 Flatten nested vector @var{v} into a vector of scalars. For example,
33799 if @var{v} is @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} the result is @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
33800 @end defun
33801
33802 @defun copy-matrix m
33803 If @var{m} is a matrix, return a copy of @var{m}. This maps
33804 @code{copy-sequence} over the rows of @var{m}; in Lisp terms, each
33805 element of the result matrix will be @code{eq} to the corresponding
33806 element of @var{m}, but none of the @code{cons} cells that make up
33807 the structure of the matrix will be @code{eq}. If @var{m} is a plain
33808 vector, this is the same as @code{copy-sequence}.
33809 @end defun
33810
33811 @defun swap-rows m r1 r2
33812 Exchange rows @var{r1} and @var{r2} of matrix @var{m} in-place. In
33813 other words, unlike most of the other functions described here, this
33814 function changes @var{m} itself rather than building up a new result
33815 matrix. The return value is @var{m}, i.e., @samp{(eq (swap-rows m 1 2) m)}
33816 is true, with the side effect of exchanging the first two rows of
33817 @var{m}.
33818 @end defun
33819
33820 @node Symbolic Lisp Functions, Formatting Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Internals
33821 @subsubsection Symbolic Functions
33822
33823 @noindent
33824 The functions described here operate on symbolic formulas in the
33825 Calculator.
33826
33827 @defun calc-prepare-selection num
33828 Prepare a stack entry for selection operations. If @var{num} is
33829 omitted, the stack entry containing the cursor is used; otherwise,
33830 it is the number of the stack entry to use. This function stores
33831 useful information about the current stack entry into a set of
33832 variables. @code{calc-selection-cache-num} contains the number of
33833 the stack entry involved (equal to @var{num} if you specified it);
33834 @code{calc-selection-cache-entry} contains the stack entry as a
33835 list (such as @code{calc-top-list} would return with @code{entry}
33836 as the selection mode); and @code{calc-selection-cache-comp} contains
33837 a special ``tagged'' composition (@pxref{Formatting Lisp Functions})
33838 which allows Calc to relate cursor positions in the buffer with
33839 their corresponding sub-formulas.
33840
33841 A slight complication arises in the selection mechanism because
33842 formulas may contain small integers. For example, in the vector
33843 @samp{[1, 2, 1]} the first and last elements are @code{eq} to each
33844 other; selections are recorded as the actual Lisp object that
33845 appears somewhere in the tree of the whole formula, but storing
33846 @code{1} would falsely select both @code{1}'s in the vector. So
33847 @code{calc-prepare-selection} also checks the stack entry and
33848 replaces any plain integers with ``complex number'' lists of the form
33849 @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)}. This list will be displayed the same as a
33850 plain @var{n} and the change will be completely invisible to the
33851 user, but it will guarantee that no two sub-formulas of the stack
33852 entry will be @code{eq} to each other. Next time the stack entry
33853 is involved in a computation, @code{calc-normalize} will replace
33854 these lists with plain numbers again, again invisibly to the user.
33855 @end defun
33856
33857 @defun calc-encase-atoms x
33858 This modifies the formula @var{x} to ensure that each part of the
33859 formula is a unique atom, using the @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)} trick
33860 described above. This function may use @code{setcar} to modify
33861 the formula in-place.
33862 @end defun
33863
33864 @defun calc-find-selected-part
33865 Find the smallest sub-formula of the current formula that contains
33866 the cursor. This assumes @code{calc-prepare-selection} has been
33867 called already. If the cursor is not actually on any part of the
33868 formula, this returns @code{nil}.
33869 @end defun
33870
33871 @defun calc-change-current-selection selection
33872 Change the currently prepared stack element's selection to
33873 @var{selection}, which should be @code{eq} to some sub-formula
33874 of the stack element, or @code{nil} to unselect the formula.
33875 The stack element's appearance in the Calc buffer is adjusted
33876 to reflect the new selection.
33877 @end defun
33878
33879 @defun calc-find-nth-part expr n
33880 Return the @var{n}th sub-formula of @var{expr}. This function is used
33881 by the selection commands, and (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) treats
33882 sums and products as flat many-element formulas. Thus if @var{expr}
33883 is @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, calling @code{calc-find-nth-part} with
33884 @var{n} equal to four will return @samp{d}.
33885 @end defun
33886
33887 @defun calc-find-parent-formula expr part
33888 Return the sub-formula of @var{expr} which immediately contains
33889 @var{part}. If @var{expr} is @samp{a*b + (c+1)*d} and @var{part}
33890 is @code{eq} to the @samp{c+1} term of @var{expr}, then this function
33891 will return @samp{(c+1)*d}. If @var{part} turns out not to be a
33892 sub-formula of @var{expr}, the function returns @code{nil}. If
33893 @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, the function returns @code{t}.
33894 This function does not take associativity into account.
33895 @end defun
33896
33897 @defun calc-find-assoc-parent-formula expr part
33898 This is the same as @code{calc-find-parent-formula}, except that
33899 (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) it continues widening the selection
33900 to contain a complete level of the formula. Given @samp{a} from
33901 @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, @code{calc-find-parent-formula} will
33902 return @samp{a + b} but @code{calc-find-assoc-parent-formula} will
33903 return the whole expression.
33904 @end defun
33905
33906 @defun calc-grow-assoc-formula expr part
33907 This expands sub-formula @var{part} of @var{expr} to encompass a
33908 complete level of the formula. If @var{part} and its immediate
33909 parent are not compatible associative operators, or if @kbd{j b}
33910 has been used, this simply returns @var{part}.
33911 @end defun
33912
33913 @defun calc-find-sub-formula expr part
33914 This finds the immediate sub-formula of @var{expr} which contains
33915 @var{part}. It returns an index @var{n} such that
33916 @samp{(calc-find-nth-part @var{expr} @var{n})} would return @var{part}.
33917 If @var{part} is not a sub-formula of @var{expr}, it returns @code{nil}.
33918 If @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, it returns @code{t}. This
33919 function does not take associativity into account.
33920 @end defun
33921
33922 @defun calc-replace-sub-formula expr old new
33923 This function returns a copy of formula @var{expr}, with the
33924 sub-formula that is @code{eq} to @var{old} replaced by @var{new}.
33925 @end defun
33926
33927 @defun simplify expr
33928 Simplify the expression @var{expr} by applying various algebraic rules.
33929 This is what the @w{@kbd{a s}} (@code{calc-simplify}) command uses. This
33930 always returns a copy of the expression; the structure @var{expr} points
33931 to remains unchanged in memory.
33932
33933 More precisely, here is what @code{simplify} does: The expression is
33934 first normalized and evaluated by calling @code{normalize}. If any
33935 @code{AlgSimpRules} have been defined, they are then applied. Then
33936 the expression is traversed in a depth-first, bottom-up fashion; at
33937 each level, any simplifications that can be made are made until no
33938 further changes are possible. Once the entire formula has been
33939 traversed in this way, it is compared with the original formula (from
33940 before the call to @code{normalize}) and, if it has changed,
33941 the entire procedure is repeated (starting with @code{normalize})
33942 until no further changes occur. Usually only two iterations are
33943 needed:@: one to simplify the formula, and another to verify that no
33944 further simplifications were possible.
33945 @end defun
33946
33947 @defun simplify-extended expr
33948 Simplify the expression @var{expr}, with additional rules enabled that
33949 help do a more thorough job, while not being entirely ``safe'' in all
33950 circumstances. (For example, this mode will simplify @samp{sqrt(x^2)}
33951 to @samp{x}, which is only valid when @var{x} is positive.) This is
33952 implemented by temporarily binding the variable @code{math-living-dangerously}
33953 to @code{t} (using a @code{let} form) and calling @code{simplify}.
33954 Dangerous simplification rules are written to check this variable
33955 before taking any action.
33956 @end defun
33957
33958 @defun simplify-units expr
33959 Simplify the expression @var{expr}, treating variable names as units
33960 whenever possible. This works by binding the variable
33961 @code{math-simplifying-units} to @code{t} while calling @code{simplify}.
33962 @end defun
33963
33964 @defmac math-defsimplify funcs body
33965 Register a new simplification rule; this is normally called as a top-level
33966 form, like @code{defun} or @code{defmath}. If @var{funcs} is a symbol
33967 (like @code{+} or @code{calcFunc-sqrt}), this simplification rule is
33968 applied to the formulas which are calls to the specified function. Or,
33969 @var{funcs} can be a list of such symbols; the rule applies to all
33970 functions on the list. The @var{body} is written like the body of a
33971 function with a single argument called @code{expr}. The body will be
33972 executed with @code{expr} bound to a formula which is a call to one of
33973 the functions @var{funcs}. If the function body returns @code{nil}, or
33974 if it returns a result @code{equal} to the original @code{expr}, it is
33975 ignored and Calc goes on to try the next simplification rule that applies.
33976 If the function body returns something different, that new formula is
33977 substituted for @var{expr} in the original formula.
33978
33979 At each point in the formula, rules are tried in the order of the
33980 original calls to @code{math-defsimplify}; the search stops after the
33981 first rule that makes a change. Thus later rules for that same
33982 function will not have a chance to trigger until the next iteration
33983 of the main @code{simplify} loop.
33984
33985 Note that, since @code{defmath} is not being used here, @var{body} must
33986 be written in true Lisp code without the conveniences that @code{defmath}
33987 provides. If you prefer, you can have @var{body} simply call another
33988 function (defined with @code{defmath}) which does the real work.
33989
33990 The arguments of a function call will already have been simplified
33991 before any rules for the call itself are invoked. Since a new argument
33992 list is consed up when this happens, this means that the rule's body is
33993 allowed to rearrange the function's arguments destructively if that is
33994 convenient. Here is a typical example of a simplification rule:
33995
33996 @smallexample
33997 (math-defsimplify calcFunc-arcsinh
33998 (or (and (math-looks-negp (nth 1 expr))
33999 (math-neg (list 'calcFunc-arcsinh
34000 (math-neg (nth 1 expr)))))
34001 (and (eq (car-safe (nth 1 expr)) 'calcFunc-sinh)
34002 (or math-living-dangerously
34003 (math-known-realp (nth 1 (nth 1 expr))))
34004 (nth 1 (nth 1 expr)))))
34005 @end smallexample
34006
34007 This is really a pair of rules written with one @code{math-defsimplify}
34008 for convenience; the first replaces @samp{arcsinh(-x)} with
34009 @samp{-arcsinh(x)}, and the second, which is safe only for real @samp{x},
34010 replaces @samp{arcsinh(sinh(x))} with @samp{x}.
34011 @end defmac
34012
34013 @defun common-constant-factor expr
34014 Check @var{expr} to see if it is a sum of terms all multiplied by the
34015 same rational value. If so, return this value. If not, return @code{nil}.
34016 For example, if called on @samp{6x + 9y + 12z}, it would return 3, since
34017 3 is a common factor of all the terms.
34018 @end defun
34019
34020 @defun cancel-common-factor expr factor
34021 Assuming @var{expr} is a sum with @var{factor} as a common factor,
34022 divide each term of the sum by @var{factor}. This is done by
34023 destructively modifying parts of @var{expr}, on the assumption that
34024 it is being used by a simplification rule (where such things are
34025 allowed; see above). For example, consider this built-in rule for
34026 square roots:
34027
34028 @smallexample
34029 (math-defsimplify calcFunc-sqrt
34030 (let ((fac (math-common-constant-factor (nth 1 expr))))
34031 (and fac (not (eq fac 1))
34032 (math-mul (math-normalize (list 'calcFunc-sqrt fac))
34033 (math-normalize
34034 (list 'calcFunc-sqrt
34035 (math-cancel-common-factor
34036 (nth 1 expr) fac)))))))
34037 @end smallexample
34038 @end defun
34039
34040 @defun frac-gcd a b
34041 Compute a ``rational GCD'' of @var{a} and @var{b}, which must both be
34042 rational numbers. This is the fraction composed of the GCD of the
34043 numerators of @var{a} and @var{b}, over the GCD of the denominators.
34044 It is used by @code{common-constant-factor}. Note that the standard
34045 @code{gcd} function uses the LCM to combine the denominators.
34046 @end defun
34047
34048 @defun map-tree func expr many
34049 Try applying Lisp function @var{func} to various sub-expressions of
34050 @var{expr}. Initially, call @var{func} with @var{expr} itself as an
34051 argument. If this returns an expression which is not @code{equal} to
34052 @var{expr}, apply @var{func} again until eventually it does return
34053 @var{expr} with no changes. Then, if @var{expr} is a function call,
34054 recursively apply @var{func} to each of the arguments. This keeps going
34055 until no changes occur anywhere in the expression; this final expression
34056 is returned by @code{map-tree}. Note that, unlike simplification rules,
34057 @var{func} functions may @emph{not} make destructive changes to
34058 @var{expr}. If a third argument @var{many} is provided, it is an
34059 integer which says how many times @var{func} may be applied; the
34060 default, as described above, is infinitely many times.
34061 @end defun
34062
34063 @defun compile-rewrites rules
34064 Compile the rewrite rule set specified by @var{rules}, which should
34065 be a formula that is either a vector or a variable name. If the latter,
34066 the compiled rules are saved so that later @code{compile-rules} calls
34067 for that same variable can return immediately. If there are problems
34068 with the rules, this function calls @code{error} with a suitable
34069 message.
34070 @end defun
34071
34072 @defun apply-rewrites expr crules heads
34073 Apply the compiled rewrite rule set @var{crules} to the expression
34074 @var{expr}. This will make only one rewrite and only checks at the
34075 top level of the expression. The result @code{nil} if no rules
34076 matched, or if the only rules that matched did not actually change
34077 the expression. The @var{heads} argument is optional; if is given,
34078 it should be a list of all function names that (may) appear in
34079 @var{expr}. The rewrite compiler tags each rule with the
34080 rarest-looking function name in the rule; if you specify @var{heads},
34081 @code{apply-rewrites} can use this information to narrow its search
34082 down to just a few rules in the rule set.
34083 @end defun
34084
34085 @defun rewrite-heads expr
34086 Compute a @var{heads} list for @var{expr} suitable for use with
34087 @code{apply-rewrites}, as discussed above.
34088 @end defun
34089
34090 @defun rewrite expr rules many
34091 This is an all-in-one rewrite function. It compiles the rule set
34092 specified by @var{rules}, then uses @code{map-tree} to apply the
34093 rules throughout @var{expr} up to @var{many} (default infinity)
34094 times.
34095 @end defun
34096
34097 @defun match-patterns pat vec not-flag
34098 Given a Calc vector @var{vec} and an uncompiled pattern set or
34099 pattern set variable @var{pat}, this function returns a new vector
34100 of all elements of @var{vec} which do (or don't, if @var{not-flag} is
34101 non-@code{nil}) match any of the patterns in @var{pat}.
34102 @end defun
34103
34104 @defun deriv expr var value symb
34105 Compute the derivative of @var{expr} with respect to variable @var{var}
34106 (which may actually be any sub-expression). If @var{value} is specified,
34107 the derivative is evaluated at the value of @var{var}; otherwise, the
34108 derivative is left in terms of @var{var}. If the expression contains
34109 functions for which no derivative formula is known, new derivative
34110 functions are invented by adding primes to the names; @pxref{Calculus}.
34111 However, if @var{symb} is non-@code{nil}, the presence of undifferentiable
34112 functions in @var{expr} instead cancels the whole differentiation, and
34113 @code{deriv} returns @code{nil} instead.
34114
34115 Derivatives of an @var{n}-argument function can be defined by
34116 adding a @code{math-derivative-@var{n}} property to the property list
34117 of the symbol for the function's derivative, which will be the
34118 function name followed by an apostrophe. The value of the property
34119 should be a Lisp function; it is called with the same arguments as the
34120 original function call that is being differentiated. It should return
34121 a formula for the derivative. For example, the derivative of @code{ln}
34122 is defined by
34123
34124 @smallexample
34125 (put 'calcFunc-ln\' 'math-derivative-1
34126 (function (lambda (u) (math-div 1 u))))
34127 @end smallexample
34128
34129 The two-argument @code{log} function has two derivatives,
34130 @smallexample
34131 (put 'calcFunc-log\' 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / dx
34132 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
34133 (put 'calcFunc-log\'2 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / db
34134 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
34135 @end smallexample
34136 @end defun
34137
34138 @defun tderiv expr var value symb
34139 Compute the total derivative of @var{expr}. This is the same as
34140 @code{deriv}, except that variables other than @var{var} are not
34141 assumed to be constant with respect to @var{var}.
34142 @end defun
34143
34144 @defun integ expr var low high
34145 Compute the integral of @var{expr} with respect to @var{var}.
34146 @xref{Calculus}, for further details.
34147 @end defun
34148
34149 @defmac math-defintegral funcs body
34150 Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of one argument;
34151 this macro is very similar in format to @code{math-defsimplify}.
34152 The main difference is that here @var{body} is the body of a function
34153 with a single argument @code{u} which is bound to the argument to the
34154 function being integrated, not the function call itself. Also, the
34155 variable of integration is available as @code{math-integ-var}. If
34156 evaluation of the integral requires doing further integrals, the body
34157 should call @samp{(math-integral @var{x})} to find the integral of
34158 @var{x} with respect to @code{math-integ-var}; this function returns
34159 @code{nil} if the integral could not be done. Some examples:
34160
34161 @smallexample
34162 (math-defintegral calcFunc-conj
34163 (let ((int (math-integral u)))
34164 (and int
34165 (list 'calcFunc-conj int))))
34166
34167 (math-defintegral calcFunc-cos
34168 (and (equal u math-integ-var)
34169 (math-from-radians-2 (list 'calcFunc-sin u))))
34170 @end smallexample
34171
34172 In the @code{cos} example, we define only the integral of @samp{cos(x) dx},
34173 relying on the general integration-by-substitution facility to handle
34174 cosines of more complicated arguments. An integration rule should return
34175 @code{nil} if it can't do the integral; if several rules are defined for
34176 the same function, they are tried in order until one returns a non-@code{nil}
34177 result.
34178 @end defmac
34179
34180 @defmac math-defintegral-2 funcs body
34181 Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of two arguments.
34182 This is exactly analogous to @code{math-defintegral}, except that @var{body}
34183 is written as the body of a function with two arguments, @var{u} and
34184 @var{v}.
34185 @end defmac
34186
34187 @defun solve-for lhs rhs var full
34188 Attempt to solve the equation @samp{@var{lhs} = @var{rhs}} by isolating
34189 the variable @var{var} on the lefthand side; return the resulting righthand
34190 side, or @code{nil} if the equation cannot be solved. The variable
34191 @var{var} must appear at least once in @var{lhs} or @var{rhs}. Note that
34192 the return value is a formula which does not contain @var{var}; this is
34193 different from the user-level @code{solve} and @code{finv} functions,
34194 which return a rearranged equation or a functional inverse, respectively.
34195 If @var{full} is non-@code{nil}, a full solution including dummy signs
34196 and dummy integers will be produced. User-defined inverses are provided
34197 as properties in a manner similar to derivatives:
34198
34199 @smallexample
34200 (put 'calcFunc-ln 'math-inverse
34201 (function (lambda (x) (list 'calcFunc-exp x))))
34202 @end smallexample
34203
34204 This function can call @samp{(math-solve-get-sign @var{x})} to create
34205 a new arbitrary sign variable, returning @var{x} times that sign, and
34206 @samp{(math-solve-get-int @var{x})} to create a new arbitrary integer
34207 variable multiplied by @var{x}. These functions simply return @var{x}
34208 if the caller requested a non-``full'' solution.
34209 @end defun
34210
34211 @defun solve-eqn expr var full
34212 This version of @code{solve-for} takes an expression which will
34213 typically be an equation or inequality. (If it is not, it will be
34214 interpreted as the equation @samp{@var{expr} = 0}.) It returns an
34215 equation or inequality, or @code{nil} if no solution could be found.
34216 @end defun
34217
34218 @defun solve-system exprs vars full
34219 This function solves a system of equations. Generally, @var{exprs}
34220 and @var{vars} will be vectors of equal length.
34221 @xref{Solving Systems of Equations}, for other options.
34222 @end defun
34223
34224 @defun expr-contains expr var
34225 Returns a non-@code{nil} value if @var{var} occurs as a subexpression
34226 of @var{expr}.
34227
34228 This function might seem at first to be identical to
34229 @code{calc-find-sub-formula}. The key difference is that
34230 @code{expr-contains} uses @code{equal} to test for matches, whereas
34231 @code{calc-find-sub-formula} uses @code{eq}. In the formula
34232 @samp{f(a, a)}, the two @samp{a}s will be @code{equal} but not
34233 @code{eq} to each other.
34234 @end defun
34235
34236 @defun expr-contains-count expr var
34237 Returns the number of occurrences of @var{var} as a subexpression
34238 of @var{expr}, or @code{nil} if there are no occurrences.
34239 @end defun
34240
34241 @defun expr-depends expr var
34242 Returns true if @var{expr} refers to any variable the occurs in @var{var}.
34243 In other words, it checks if @var{expr} and @var{var} have any variables
34244 in common.
34245 @end defun
34246
34247 @defun expr-contains-vars expr
34248 Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables, or @code{nil} if @var{expr}
34249 contains only constants and functions with constant arguments.
34250 @end defun
34251
34252 @defun expr-subst expr old new
34253 Returns a copy of @var{expr}, with all occurrences of @var{old} replaced
34254 by @var{new}. This treats @code{lambda} forms specially with respect
34255 to the dummy argument variables, so that the effect is always to return
34256 @var{expr} evaluated at @var{old} = @var{new}.
34257 @end defun
34258
34259 @defun multi-subst expr old new
34260 This is like @code{expr-subst}, except that @var{old} and @var{new}
34261 are lists of expressions to be substituted simultaneously. If one
34262 list is shorter than the other, trailing elements of the longer list
34263 are ignored.
34264 @end defun
34265
34266 @defun expr-weight expr
34267 Returns the ``weight'' of @var{expr}, basically a count of the total
34268 number of objects and function calls that appear in @var{expr}. For
34269 ``primitive'' objects, this will be one.
34270 @end defun
34271
34272 @defun expr-height expr
34273 Returns the ``height'' of @var{expr}, which is the deepest level to
34274 which function calls are nested. (Note that @samp{@var{a} + @var{b}}
34275 counts as a function call.) For primitive objects, this returns zero.
34276 @end defun
34277
34278 @defun polynomial-p expr var
34279 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable (or sub-expression)
34280 @var{var}. If so, return the degree of the polynomial, that is, the
34281 highest power of @var{var} that appears in @var{expr}. For example,
34282 for @samp{(x^2 + 3)^3 + 4} this would return 6. This function returns
34283 @code{nil} unless @var{expr}, when expanded out by @kbd{a x}
34284 (@code{calc-expand}), would consist of a sum of terms in which @var{var}
34285 appears only raised to nonnegative integer powers. Note that if
34286 @var{var} does not occur in @var{expr}, then @var{expr} is considered
34287 a polynomial of degree 0.
34288 @end defun
34289
34290 @defun is-polynomial expr var degree loose
34291 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable or sub-expression
34292 @var{var}, and, if so, return a list representation of the polynomial
34293 where the elements of the list are coefficients of successive powers of
34294 @var{var}: @samp{@var{a} + @var{b} x + @var{c} x^3} would produce the
34295 list @samp{(@var{a} @var{b} 0 @var{c})}, and @samp{(x + 1)^2} would
34296 produce the list @samp{(1 2 1)}. The highest element of the list will
34297 be non-zero, with the special exception that if @var{expr} is the
34298 constant zero, the returned value will be @samp{(0)}. Return @code{nil}
34299 if @var{expr} is not a polynomial in @var{var}. If @var{degree} is
34300 specified, this will not consider polynomials of degree higher than that
34301 value. This is a good precaution because otherwise an input of
34302 @samp{(x+1)^1000} will cause a huge coefficient list to be built. If
34303 @var{loose} is non-@code{nil}, then a looser definition of a polynomial
34304 is used in which coefficients are no longer required not to depend on
34305 @var{var}, but are only required not to take the form of polynomials
34306 themselves. For example, @samp{sin(x) x^2 + cos(x)} is a loose
34307 polynomial with coefficients @samp{((calcFunc-cos x) 0 (calcFunc-sin
34308 x))}. The result will never be @code{nil} in loose mode, since any
34309 expression can be interpreted as a ``constant'' loose polynomial.
34310 @end defun
34311
34312 @defun polynomial-base expr pred
34313 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in any variable that occurs in it;
34314 if so, return that variable. (If @var{expr} is a multivariate polynomial,
34315 this chooses one variable arbitrarily.) If @var{pred} is specified, it should
34316 be a Lisp function which is called as @samp{(@var{pred} @var{subexpr})},
34317 and which should return true if @code{mpb-top-expr} (a global name for
34318 the original @var{expr}) is a suitable polynomial in @var{subexpr}.
34319 The default predicate uses @samp{(polynomial-p mpb-top-expr @var{subexpr})};
34320 you can use @var{pred} to specify additional conditions. Or, you could
34321 have @var{pred} build up a list of every suitable @var{subexpr} that
34322 is found.
34323 @end defun
34324
34325 @defun poly-simplify poly
34326 Simplify polynomial coefficient list @var{poly} by (destructively)
34327 clipping off trailing zeros.
34328 @end defun
34329
34330 @defun poly-mix a ac b bc
34331 Mix two polynomial lists @var{a} and @var{b} (in the form returned by
34332 @code{is-polynomial}) in a linear combination with coefficient expressions
34333 @var{ac} and @var{bc}. The result is a (not necessarily simplified)
34334 polynomial list representing @samp{@var{ac} @var{a} + @var{bc} @var{b}}.
34335 @end defun
34336
34337 @defun poly-mul a b
34338 Multiply two polynomial coefficient lists @var{a} and @var{b}. The
34339 result will be in simplified form if the inputs were simplified.
34340 @end defun
34341
34342 @defun build-polynomial-expr poly var
34343 Construct a Calc formula which represents the polynomial coefficient
34344 list @var{poly} applied to variable @var{var}. The @kbd{a c}
34345 (@code{calc-collect}) command uses @code{is-polynomial} to turn an
34346 expression into a coefficient list, then @code{build-polynomial-expr}
34347 to turn the list back into an expression in regular form.
34348 @end defun
34349
34350 @defun check-unit-name var
34351 Check if @var{var} is a variable which can be interpreted as a unit
34352 name. If so, return the units table entry for that unit. This
34353 will be a list whose first element is the unit name (not counting
34354 prefix characters) as a symbol and whose second element is the
34355 Calc expression which defines the unit. (Refer to the Calc sources
34356 for details on the remaining elements of this list.) If @var{var}
34357 is not a variable or is not a unit name, return @code{nil}.
34358 @end defun
34359
34360 @defun units-in-expr-p expr sub-exprs
34361 Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables which can be
34362 interpreted as units. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{t}, the entire
34363 expression is searched. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{nil}, this
34364 checks whether @var{expr} is directly a units expression.
34365 @end defun
34366
34367 @defun single-units-in-expr-p expr
34368 Check whether @var{expr} contains exactly one units variable. If so,
34369 return the units table entry for the variable. If @var{expr} does
34370 not contain any units, return @code{nil}. If @var{expr} contains
34371 two or more units, return the symbol @code{wrong}.
34372 @end defun
34373
34374 @defun to-standard-units expr which
34375 Convert units expression @var{expr} to base units. If @var{which}
34376 is @code{nil}, use Calc's native base units. Otherwise, @var{which}
34377 can specify a units system, which is a list of two-element lists,
34378 where the first element is a Calc base symbol name and the second
34379 is an expression to substitute for it.
34380 @end defun
34381
34382 @defun remove-units expr
34383 Return a copy of @var{expr} with all units variables replaced by ones.
34384 This expression is generally normalized before use.
34385 @end defun
34386
34387 @defun extract-units expr
34388 Return a copy of @var{expr} with everything but units variables replaced
34389 by ones.
34390 @end defun
34391
34392 @node Formatting Lisp Functions, Hooks, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Internals
34393 @subsubsection I/O and Formatting Functions
34394
34395 @noindent
34396 The functions described here are responsible for parsing and formatting
34397 Calc numbers and formulas.
34398
34399 @defun calc-eval str sep arg1 arg2 @dots{}
34400 This is the simplest interface to the Calculator from another Lisp program.
34401 @xref{Calling Calc from Your Programs}.
34402 @end defun
34403
34404 @defun read-number str
34405 If string @var{str} contains a valid Calc number, either integer,
34406 fraction, float, or HMS form, this function parses and returns that
34407 number. Otherwise, it returns @code{nil}.
34408 @end defun
34409
34410 @defun read-expr str
34411 Read an algebraic expression from string @var{str}. If @var{str} does
34412 not have the form of a valid expression, return a list of the form
34413 @samp{(error @var{pos} @var{msg})} where @var{pos} is an integer index
34414 into @var{str} of the general location of the error, and @var{msg} is
34415 a string describing the problem.
34416 @end defun
34417
34418 @defun read-exprs str
34419 Read a list of expressions separated by commas, and return it as a
34420 Lisp list. If an error occurs in any expressions, an error list as
34421 shown above is returned instead.
34422 @end defun
34423
34424 @defun calc-do-alg-entry initial prompt no-norm
34425 Read an algebraic formula or formulas using the minibuffer. All
34426 conventions of regular algebraic entry are observed. The return value
34427 is a list of Calc formulas; there will be more than one if the user
34428 entered a list of values separated by commas. The result is @code{nil}
34429 if the user presses Return with a blank line. If @var{initial} is
34430 given, it is a string which the minibuffer will initially contain.
34431 If @var{prompt} is given, it is the prompt string to use; the default
34432 is ``Algebraic:''. If @var{no-norm} is @code{t}, the formulas will
34433 be returned exactly as parsed; otherwise, they will be passed through
34434 @code{calc-normalize} first.
34435
34436 To support the use of @kbd{$} characters in the algebraic entry, use
34437 @code{let} to bind @code{calc-dollar-values} to a list of the values
34438 to be substituted for @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on, and bind
34439 @code{calc-dollar-used} to 0. Upon return, @code{calc-dollar-used}
34440 will have been changed to the highest number of consecutive @kbd{$}s
34441 that actually appeared in the input.
34442 @end defun
34443
34444 @defun format-number a
34445 Convert the real or complex number or HMS form @var{a} to string form.
34446 @end defun
34447
34448 @defun format-flat-expr a prec
34449 Convert the arbitrary Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form,
34450 in the style used by the trail buffer and the @code{calc-edit} command.
34451 This is a simple format designed
34452 mostly to guarantee the string is of a form that can be re-parsed by
34453 @code{read-expr}. Most formatting modes, such as digit grouping,
34454 complex number format, and point character, are ignored to ensure the
34455 result will be re-readable. The @var{prec} parameter is normally 0; if
34456 you pass a large integer like 1000 instead, the expression will be
34457 surrounded by parentheses unless it is a plain number or variable name.
34458 @end defun
34459
34460 @defun format-nice-expr a width
34461 This is like @code{format-flat-expr} (with @var{prec} equal to 0),
34462 except that newlines will be inserted to keep lines down to the
34463 specified @var{width}, and vectors that look like matrices or rewrite
34464 rules are written in a pseudo-matrix format. The @code{calc-edit}
34465 command uses this when only one stack entry is being edited.
34466 @end defun
34467
34468 @defun format-value a width
34469 Convert the Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form, using the
34470 format seen in the stack buffer. Beware the string returned may
34471 not be re-readable by @code{read-expr}, for example, because of digit
34472 grouping. Multi-line objects like matrices produce strings that
34473 contain newline characters to separate the lines. The @var{w}
34474 parameter, if given, is the target window size for which to format
34475 the expressions. If @var{w} is omitted, the width of the Calculator
34476 window is used.
34477 @end defun
34478
34479 @defun compose-expr a prec
34480 Format the Calc number or formula @var{a} according to the current
34481 language mode, returning a ``composition.'' To learn about the
34482 structure of compositions, see the comments in the Calc source code.
34483 You can specify the format of a given type of function call by putting
34484 a @code{math-compose-@var{lang}} property on the function's symbol,
34485 whose value is a Lisp function that takes @var{a} and @var{prec} as
34486 arguments and returns a composition. Here @var{lang} is a language
34487 mode name, one of @code{normal}, @code{big}, @code{c}, @code{pascal},
34488 @code{fortran}, @code{tex}, @code{eqn}, @code{math}, or @code{maple}.
34489 In Big mode, Calc actually tries @code{math-compose-big} first, then
34490 tries @code{math-compose-normal}. If this property does not exist,
34491 or if the function returns @code{nil}, the function is written in the
34492 normal function-call notation for that language.
34493 @end defun
34494
34495 @defun composition-to-string c w
34496 Convert a composition structure returned by @code{compose-expr} into
34497 a string. Multi-line compositions convert to strings containing
34498 newline characters. The target window size is given by @var{w}.
34499 The @code{format-value} function basically calls @code{compose-expr}
34500 followed by @code{composition-to-string}.
34501 @end defun
34502
34503 @defun comp-width c
34504 Compute the width in characters of composition @var{c}.
34505 @end defun
34506
34507 @defun comp-height c
34508 Compute the height in lines of composition @var{c}.
34509 @end defun
34510
34511 @defun comp-ascent c
34512 Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is on or
34513 above the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be one.
34514 @end defun
34515
34516 @defun comp-descent c
34517 Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is below
34518 the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be zero.
34519 @end defun
34520
34521 @defun comp-first-char c
34522 If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the first
34523 (leftmost) character of the composition as an integer. Otherwise,
34524 return @code{nil}.
34525 @end defun
34526
34527 @defun comp-last-char c
34528 If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the last
34529 (rightmost) character, otherwise return @code{nil}.
34530 @end defun
34531
34532 @comment @node Lisp Variables, Hooks, Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
34533 @comment @subsubsection Lisp Variables
34534 @comment
34535 @comment @noindent
34536 @comment (This section is currently unfinished.)
34537
34538 @node Hooks, , Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
34539 @subsubsection Hooks
34540
34541 @noindent
34542 Hooks are variables which contain Lisp functions (or lists of functions)
34543 which are called at various times. Calc defines a number of hooks
34544 that help you to customize it in various ways. Calc uses the Lisp
34545 function @code{run-hooks} to invoke the hooks shown below. Several
34546 other customization-related variables are also described here.
34547
34548 @defvar calc-load-hook
34549 This hook is called at the end of @file{calc.el}, after the file has
34550 been loaded, before any functions in it have been called, but after
34551 @code{calc-mode-map} and similar variables have been set up.
34552 @end defvar
34553
34554 @defvar calc-ext-load-hook
34555 This hook is called at the end of @file{calc-ext.el}.
34556 @end defvar
34557
34558 @defvar calc-start-hook
34559 This hook is called as the last step in a @kbd{M-x calc} command.
34560 At this point, the Calc buffer has been created and initialized if
34561 necessary, the Calc window and trail window have been created,
34562 and the ``Welcome to Calc'' message has been displayed.
34563 @end defvar
34564
34565 @defvar calc-mode-hook
34566 This hook is called when the Calc buffer is being created. Usually
34567 this will only happen once per Emacs session. The hook is called
34568 after Emacs has switched to the new buffer, the mode-settings file
34569 has been read if necessary, and all other buffer-local variables
34570 have been set up. After this hook returns, Calc will perform a
34571 @code{calc-refresh} operation, set up the mode line display, then
34572 evaluate any deferred @code{calc-define} properties that have not
34573 been evaluated yet.
34574 @end defvar
34575
34576 @defvar calc-trail-mode-hook
34577 This hook is called when the Calc Trail buffer is being created.
34578 It is called as the very last step of setting up the Trail buffer.
34579 Like @code{calc-mode-hook}, this will normally happen only once
34580 per Emacs session.
34581 @end defvar
34582
34583 @defvar calc-end-hook
34584 This hook is called by @code{calc-quit}, generally because the user
34585 presses @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} while in Calc. The Calc buffer will
34586 be the current buffer. The hook is called as the very first
34587 step, before the Calc window is destroyed.
34588 @end defvar
34589
34590 @defvar calc-window-hook
34591 If this hook is non-@code{nil}, it is called to create the Calc window.
34592 Upon return, this new Calc window should be the current window.
34593 (The Calc buffer will already be the current buffer when the
34594 hook is called.) If the hook is not defined, Calc will
34595 generally use @code{split-window}, @code{set-window-buffer},
34596 and @code{select-window} to create the Calc window.
34597 @end defvar
34598
34599 @defvar calc-trail-window-hook
34600 If this hook is non-@code{nil}, it is called to create the Calc Trail
34601 window. The variable @code{calc-trail-buffer} will contain the buffer
34602 which the window should use. Unlike @code{calc-window-hook}, this hook
34603 must @emph{not} switch into the new window.
34604 @end defvar
34605
34606 @defvar calc-embedded-mode-hook
34607 This hook is called the first time that Embedded mode is entered.
34608 @end defvar
34609
34610 @defvar calc-embedded-new-buffer-hook
34611 This hook is called each time that Embedded mode is entered in a
34612 new buffer.
34613 @end defvar
34614
34615 @defvar calc-embedded-new-formula-hook
34616 This hook is called each time that Embedded mode is enabled for a
34617 new formula.
34618 @end defvar
34619
34620 @defvar calc-edit-mode-hook
34621 This hook is called by @code{calc-edit} (and the other ``edit''
34622 commands) when the temporary editing buffer is being created.
34623 The buffer will have been selected and set up to be in
34624 @code{calc-edit-mode}, but will not yet have been filled with
34625 text. (In fact it may still have leftover text from a previous
34626 @code{calc-edit} command.)
34627 @end defvar
34628
34629 @defvar calc-mode-save-hook
34630 This hook is called by the @code{calc-save-modes} command,
34631 after Calc's own mode features have been inserted into the
34632 Calc init file and just before the ``End of mode settings''
34633 message is inserted.
34634 @end defvar
34635
34636 @defvar calc-reset-hook
34637 This hook is called after @kbd{C-x * 0} (@code{calc-reset}) has
34638 reset all modes. The Calc buffer will be the current buffer.
34639 @end defvar
34640
34641 @defvar calc-other-modes
34642 This variable contains a list of strings. The strings are
34643 concatenated at the end of the modes portion of the Calc
34644 mode line (after standard modes such as ``Deg'', ``Inv'' and
34645 ``Hyp''). Each string should be a short, single word followed
34646 by a space. The variable is @code{nil} by default.
34647 @end defvar
34648
34649 @defvar calc-mode-map
34650 This is the keymap that is used by Calc mode. The best time
34651 to adjust it is probably in a @code{calc-mode-hook}. If the
34652 Calc extensions package (@file{calc-ext.el}) has not yet been
34653 loaded, many of these keys will be bound to @code{calc-missing-key},
34654 which is a command that loads the extensions package and
34655 ``retypes'' the key. If your @code{calc-mode-hook} rebinds
34656 one of these keys, it will probably be overridden when the
34657 extensions are loaded.
34658 @end defvar
34659
34660 @defvar calc-digit-map
34661 This is the keymap that is used during numeric entry. Numeric
34662 entry uses the minibuffer, but this map binds every non-numeric
34663 key to @code{calcDigit-nondigit} which generally calls
34664 @code{exit-minibuffer} and ``retypes'' the key.
34665 @end defvar
34666
34667 @defvar calc-alg-ent-map
34668 This is the keymap that is used during algebraic entry. This is
34669 mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-map}.
34670 @end defvar
34671
34672 @defvar calc-store-var-map
34673 This is the keymap that is used during entry of variable names for
34674 commands like @code{calc-store} and @code{calc-recall}. This is
34675 mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-completion-map}.
34676 @end defvar
34677
34678 @defvar calc-edit-mode-map
34679 This is the (sparse) keymap used by @code{calc-edit} and other
34680 temporary editing commands. It binds @key{RET}, @key{LFD},
34681 and @kbd{C-c C-c} to @code{calc-edit-finish}.
34682 @end defvar
34683
34684 @defvar calc-mode-var-list
34685 This is a list of variables which are saved by @code{calc-save-modes}.
34686 Each entry is a list of two items, the variable (as a Lisp symbol)
34687 and its default value. When modes are being saved, each variable
34688 is compared with its default value (using @code{equal}) and any
34689 non-default variables are written out.
34690 @end defvar
34691
34692 @defvar calc-local-var-list
34693 This is a list of variables which should be buffer-local to the
34694 Calc buffer. Each entry is a variable name (as a Lisp symbol).
34695 These variables also have their default values manipulated by
34696 the @code{calc} and @code{calc-quit} commands; @pxref{Multiple Calculators}.
34697 Since @code{calc-mode-hook} is called after this list has been
34698 used the first time, your hook should add a variable to the
34699 list and also call @code{make-local-variable} itself.
34700 @end defvar
34701
34702 @node Copying, GNU Free Documentation License, Programming, Top
34703 @appendix GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
34704 @include gpl.texi
34705
34706 @node GNU Free Documentation License, Customizing Calc, Copying, Top
34707 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
34708 @include doclicense.texi
34709
34710 @node Customizing Calc, Reporting Bugs, GNU Free Documentation License, Top
34711 @appendix Customizing Calc
34712
34713 The usual prefix for Calc is the key sequence @kbd{C-x *}. If you wish
34714 to use a different prefix, you can put
34715
34716 @example
34717 (global-set-key "NEWPREFIX" 'calc-dispatch)
34718 @end example
34719
34720 @noindent
34721 in your .emacs file.
34722 (@xref{Key Bindings,,Customizing Key Bindings,emacs,
34723 The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more information on binding keys.)
34724 A convenient way to start Calc is with @kbd{C-x * *}; to make it equally
34725 convenient for users who use a different prefix, the prefix can be
34726 followed by @kbd{=}, @kbd{&}, @kbd{#}, @kbd{\}, @kbd{/}, @kbd{+} or
34727 @kbd{-} as well as @kbd{*} to start Calc, and so in many cases the last
34728 character of the prefix can simply be typed twice.
34729
34730 Calc is controlled by many variables, most of which can be reset
34731 from within Calc. Some variables are less involved with actual
34732 calculation, and can be set outside of Calc using Emacs's
34733 customization facilities. These variables are listed below.
34734 Typing @kbd{M-x customize-variable RET @var{variable-name} RET}
34735 will bring up a buffer in which the variable's value can be redefined.
34736 Typing @kbd{M-x customize-group RET calc RET} will bring up a buffer which
34737 contains all of Calc's customizable variables. (These variables can
34738 also be reset by putting the appropriate lines in your .emacs file;
34739 @xref{Init File, ,Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.)
34740
34741 Some of the customizable variables are regular expressions. A regular
34742 expression is basically a pattern that Calc can search for.
34743 See @ref{Regexp Search,, Regular Expression Search, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}
34744 to see how regular expressions work.
34745
34746 @defvar calc-settings-file
34747 The variable @code{calc-settings-file} holds the file name in
34748 which commands like @kbd{m m} and @kbd{Z P} store ``permanent''
34749 definitions.
34750 If @code{calc-settings-file} is not your user init file (typically
34751 @file{~/.emacs}) and if the variable @code{calc-loaded-settings-file} is
34752 @code{nil}, then Calc will automatically load your settings file (if it
34753 exists) the first time Calc is invoked.
34754
34755 The default value for this variable is @code{"~/.calc.el"}.
34756 @end defvar
34757
34758 @defvar calc-gnuplot-name
34759 See @ref{Graphics}.@*
34760 The variable @code{calc-gnuplot-name} should be the name of the
34761 GNUPLOT program (a string). If you have GNUPLOT installed on your
34762 system but Calc is unable to find it, you may need to set this
34763 variable. You may also need to set some Lisp variables to show Calc how
34764 to run GNUPLOT on your system, see @ref{Devices, ,Graphical Devices} .
34765 The default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-name} is @code{"gnuplot"}.
34766 @end defvar
34767
34768 @defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command
34769 @defvarx calc-gnuplot-print-command
34770 See @ref{Devices, ,Graphical Devices}.@*
34771 The variables @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and
34772 @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command} represent system commands to
34773 display and print the output of GNUPLOT, respectively. These may be
34774 @code{nil} if no command is necessary, or strings which can include
34775 @samp{%s} to signify the name of the file to be displayed or printed.
34776 Or, these variables may contain Lisp expressions which are evaluated
34777 to display or print the output.
34778
34779 The default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} is @code{nil},
34780 and the default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command} is
34781 @code{"lp %s"}.
34782 @end defvar
34783
34784 @defvar calc-language-alist
34785 See @ref{Basic Embedded Mode}.@*
34786 The variable @code{calc-language-alist} controls the languages that
34787 Calc will associate with major modes. When Calc embedded mode is
34788 enabled, it will try to use the current major mode to
34789 determine what language should be used. (This can be overridden using
34790 Calc's mode changing commands, @xref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}.)
34791 The variable @code{calc-language-alist} consists of a list of pairs of
34792 the form @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} . @var{LANGUAGE})}; for example,
34793 @code{(latex-mode . latex)} is one such pair. If Calc embedded is
34794 activated in a buffer whose major mode is @var{MAJOR-MODE}, it will set itself
34795 to use the language @var{LANGUAGE}.
34796
34797 The default value of @code{calc-language-alist} is
34798 @example
34799 ((latex-mode . latex)
34800 (tex-mode . tex)
34801 (plain-tex-mode . tex)
34802 (context-mode . tex)
34803 (nroff-mode . eqn)
34804 (pascal-mode . pascal)
34805 (c-mode . c)
34806 (c++-mode . c)
34807 (fortran-mode . fortran)
34808 (f90-mode . fortran))
34809 @end example
34810 @end defvar
34811
34812 @defvar calc-embedded-announce-formula
34813 @defvarx calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist
34814 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34815 The variable @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} helps determine
34816 what formulas @kbd{C-x * a} will activate in a buffer. It is a
34817 regular expression, and when activating embedded formulas with
34818 @kbd{C-x * a}, it will tell Calc that what follows is a formula to be
34819 activated. (Calc also uses other patterns to find formulas, such as
34820 @samp{=>} and @samp{:=}.)
34821
34822 The default pattern is @code{"%Embed\n\\(% .*\n\\)*"}, which checks
34823 for @samp{%Embed} followed by any number of lines beginning with
34824 @samp{%} and a space.
34825
34826 The variable @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist} is used to
34827 set @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} to different regular
34828 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34829 It consists of a list of pairs of the form @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} .
34830 @var{REGEXP})}, and its default value is
34831 @example
34832 ((c++-mode . "//Embed\n\\(// .*\n\\)*")
34833 (c-mode . "/\\*Embed\\*/\n\\(/\\* .*\\*/\n\\)*")
34834 (f90-mode . "!Embed\n\\(! .*\n\\)*")
34835 (fortran-mode . "C Embed\n\\(C .*\n\\)*")
34836 (html-helper-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
34837 (html-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
34838 (nroff-mode . "\\\\\"Embed\n\\(\\\\\" .*\n\\)*")
34839 (pascal-mode . "@{Embed@}\n\\(@{.*@}\n\\)*")
34840 (sgml-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
34841 (xml-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
34842 (texinfo-mode . "@@c Embed\n\\(@@c .*\n\\)*"))
34843 @end example
34844 Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
34845 should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}
34846 and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}.
34847 @end defvar
34848
34849 @defvar calc-embedded-open-formula
34850 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-formula
34851 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-formula-alist
34852 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34853 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} and
34854 @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} control the region that Calc will
34855 activate as a formula when Embedded mode is entered with @kbd{C-x * e}.
34856 They are regular expressions;
34857 Calc normally scans backward and forward in the buffer for the
34858 nearest text matching these regular expressions to be the ``formula
34859 delimiters''.
34860
34861 The simplest delimiters are blank lines. Other delimiters that
34862 Embedded mode understands by default are:
34863 @enumerate
34864 @item
34865 The @TeX{} and La@TeX{} math delimiters @samp{$ $}, @samp{$$ $$},
34866 @samp{\[ \]}, and @samp{\( \)};
34867 @item
34868 Lines beginning with @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} (except matrix delimiters);
34869 @item
34870 Lines beginning with @samp{@@} (Texinfo delimiters).
34871 @item
34872 Lines beginning with @samp{.EQ} and @samp{.EN} (@dfn{eqn} delimiters);
34873 @item
34874 Lines containing a single @samp{%} or @samp{.\"} symbol and nothing else.
34875 @end enumerate
34876
34877 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-formula-alist} is used to
34878 set @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} and
34879 @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} to different regular
34880 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34881 It consists of a list of lists of the form
34882 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-FORMULA-REGEXP}
34883 @var{CLOSE-FORMULA-REGEXP})}, and its default value is
34884 @code{nil}.
34885 @end defvar
34886
34887 @defvar calc-embedded-word-regexp
34888 @defvarx calc-embedded-word-regexp-alist
34889 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34890 The variable @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} determines the expression
34891 that Calc will activate when Embedded mode is entered with @kbd{C-x *
34892 w}. It is a regular expressions.
34893
34894 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} is
34895 @code{"[-+]?[0-9]+\\(\\.[0-9]+\\)?\\([eE][-+]?[0-9]+\\)?"}.
34896
34897 The variable @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp-alist} is used to
34898 set @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} to a different regular
34899 expression depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34900 It consists of a list of lists of the form
34901 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{WORD-REGEXP})}, and its default value is
34902 @code{nil}.
34903 @end defvar
34904
34905 @defvar calc-embedded-open-plain
34906 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-plain
34907 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist
34908 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34909 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} and
34910 @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} are used to delimit ``plain''
34911 formulas. Note that these are actual strings, not regular
34912 expressions, because Calc must be able to write these string into a
34913 buffer as well as to recognize them.
34914
34915 The default string for @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} is
34916 @code{"%%% "}, note the trailing space. The default string for
34917 @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} is @code{" %%%\n"}, without
34918 the trailing newline here, the first line of a Big mode formula
34919 that followed might be shifted over with respect to the other lines.
34920
34921 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist} is used to
34922 set @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} and
34923 @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} to different strings
34924 depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34925 It consists of a list of lists of the form
34926 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-PLAIN-STRING}
34927 @var{CLOSE-PLAIN-STRING})}, and its default value is
34928 @example
34929 ((c++-mode "// %% " " %%\n")
34930 (c-mode "/* %% " " %% */\n")
34931 (f90-mode "! %% " " %%\n")
34932 (fortran-mode "C %% " " %%\n")
34933 (html-helper-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
34934 (html-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
34935 (nroff-mode "\\\" %% " " %%\n")
34936 (pascal-mode "@{%% " " %%@}\n")
34937 (sgml-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
34938 (xml-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
34939 (texinfo-mode "@@c %% " " %%\n"))
34940 @end example
34941 Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}
34942 should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
34943 and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}.
34944 @end defvar
34945
34946 @defvar calc-embedded-open-new-formula
34947 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-new-formula
34948 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-new-formula-alist
34949 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34950 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} and
34951 @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} are strings which are
34952 inserted before and after a new formula when you type @kbd{C-x * f}.
34953
34954 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} is
34955 @code{"\n\n"}. If this string begins with a newline character and the
34956 @kbd{C-x * f} is typed at the beginning of a line, @kbd{C-x * f} will skip
34957 this first newline to avoid introducing unnecessary blank lines in the
34958 file. The default value of @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} is
34959 also @code{"\n\n"}. The final newline is omitted by @w{@kbd{C-x * f}}
34960 if typed at the end of a line. (It follows that if @kbd{C-x * f} is
34961 typed on a blank line, both a leading opening newline and a trailing
34962 closing newline are omitted.)
34963
34964 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-new-formula-alist} is used to
34965 set @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} and
34966 @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} to different strings
34967 depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34968 It consists of a list of lists of the form
34969 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-NEW-FORMULA-STRING}
34970 @var{CLOSE-NEW-FORMULA-STRING})}, and its default value is
34971 @code{nil}.
34972 @end defvar
34973
34974 @defvar calc-embedded-open-mode
34975 @defvarx calc-embedded-close-mode
34976 @defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist
34977 See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34978 The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} and
34979 @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} are strings which Calc will place before
34980 and after any mode annotations that it inserts. Calc never scans for
34981 these strings; Calc always looks for the annotation itself, so it is not
34982 necessary to add them to user-written annotations.
34983
34984 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} is @code{"% "}
34985 and the default value of @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} is
34986 @code{"\n"}.
34987 If you change the value of @code{calc-embedded-close-mode}, it is a good
34988 idea still to end with a newline so that mode annotations will appear on
34989 lines by themselves.
34990
34991 The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist} is used to
34992 set @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} and
34993 @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} to different strings
34994 expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34995 It consists of a list of lists of the form
34996 @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-MODE-STRING}
34997 @var{CLOSE-MODE-STRING})}, and its default value is
34998 @example
34999 ((c++-mode "// " "\n")
35000 (c-mode "/* " " */\n")
35001 (f90-mode "! " "\n")
35002 (fortran-mode "C " "\n")
35003 (html-helper-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35004 (html-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35005 (nroff-mode "\\\" " "\n")
35006 (pascal-mode "@{ " " @}\n")
35007 (sgml-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35008 (xml-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35009 (texinfo-mode "@@c " "\n"))
35010 @end example
35011 Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}
35012 should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
35013 and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}.
35014 @end defvar
35015
35016 @defvar calc-multiplication-has-precedence
35017 The variable @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} determines
35018 whether multiplication has precedence over division in algebraic
35019 formulas in normal language modes. If
35020 @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is non-@code{nil}, then
35021 multiplication has precedence (and, for certain obscure reasons, is
35022 right associative), and so for example @samp{a/b*c} will be interpreted
35023 as @samp{a/(b*c)}. If @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is
35024 @code{nil}, then multiplication has the same precedence as division
35025 (and, like division, is left associative), and so for example
35026 @samp{a/b*c} will be interpreted as @samp{(a/b)*c}. The default value
35027 of @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is @code{t}.
35028 @end defvar
35029
35030 @node Reporting Bugs, Summary, Customizing Calc, Top
35031 @appendix Reporting Bugs
35032
35033 @noindent
35034 If you find a bug in Calc, send e-mail to Jay Belanger,
35035
35036 @example
35037 jay.p.belanger@@gmail.com
35038 @end example
35039
35040 @noindent
35041 There is an automatic command @kbd{M-x report-calc-bug} which helps
35042 you to report bugs. This command prompts you for a brief subject
35043 line, then leaves you in a mail editing buffer. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to
35044 send your mail. Make sure your subject line indicates that you are
35045 reporting a Calc bug; this command sends mail to the maintainer's
35046 regular mailbox.
35047
35048 If you have suggestions for additional features for Calc, please send
35049 them. Some have dared to suggest that Calc is already top-heavy with
35050 features; this obviously cannot be the case, so if you have ideas, send
35051 them right in.
35052
35053 At the front of the source file, @file{calc.el}, is a list of ideas for
35054 future work. If any enthusiastic souls wish to take it upon themselves
35055 to work on these, please send a message (using @kbd{M-x report-calc-bug})
35056 so any efforts can be coordinated.
35057
35058 The latest version of Calc is available from Savannah, in the Emacs
35059 CVS tree. See @uref{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/emacs}.
35060
35061 @c [summary]
35062 @node Summary, Key Index, Reporting Bugs, Top
35063 @appendix Calc Summary
35064
35065 @noindent
35066 This section includes a complete list of Calc keystroke commands.
35067 Each line lists the stack entries used by the command (top-of-stack
35068 last), the keystrokes themselves, the prompts asked by the command,
35069 and the result of the command (also with top-of-stack last).
35070 The result is expressed using the equivalent algebraic function.
35071 Commands which put no results on the stack show the full @kbd{M-x}
35072 command name in that position. Numbers preceding the result or
35073 command name refer to notes at the end.
35074
35075 Algebraic functions and @kbd{M-x} commands that don't have corresponding
35076 keystrokes are not listed in this summary.
35077 @xref{Command Index}. @xref{Function Index}.
35078
35079 @iftex
35080 @begingroup
35081 @tex
35082 \vskip-2\baselineskip \null
35083 \gdef\sumrow#1{\sumrowx#1\relax}%
35084 \gdef\sumrowx#1\:#2\:#3\:#4\:#5\:#6\relax{%
35085 \leavevmode%
35086 {\smallfonts
35087 \hbox to5em{\sl\hss#1}%
35088 \hbox to5em{\tt#2\hss}%
35089 \hbox to4em{\sl#3\hss}%
35090 \hbox to5em{\rm\hss#4}%
35091 \thinspace%
35092 {\tt#5}%
35093 {\sl#6}%
35094 }}%
35095 \gdef\sumlpar{{\rm(}}%
35096 \gdef\sumrpar{{\rm)}}%
35097 \gdef\sumcomma{{\rm,\thinspace}}%
35098 \gdef\sumexcl{{\rm!}}%
35099 \gdef\sumbreak{\vskip-2.5\baselineskip\goodbreak}%
35100 \gdef\minus#1{{\tt-}}%
35101 @end tex
35102 @let@:=@sumsep
35103 @let@r=@sumrow
35104 @catcode`@(=@active @let(=@sumlpar
35105 @catcode`@)=@active @let)=@sumrpar
35106 @catcode`@,=@active @let,=@sumcomma
35107 @catcode`@!=@active @let!=@sumexcl
35108 @end iftex
35109 @format
35110 @iftex
35111 @advance@baselineskip-2.5pt
35112 @let@c@sumbreak
35113 @end iftex
35114 @r{ @: C-x * a @: @: 33 @:calc-embedded-activate@:}
35115 @r{ @: C-x * b @: @: @:calc-big-or-small@:}
35116 @r{ @: C-x * c @: @: @:calc@:}
35117 @r{ @: C-x * d @: @: @:calc-embedded-duplicate@:}
35118 @r{ @: C-x * e @: @: 34 @:calc-embedded@:}
35119 @r{ @: C-x * f @:formula @: @:calc-embedded-new-formula@:}
35120 @r{ @: C-x * g @: @: 35 @:calc-grab-region@:}
35121 @r{ @: C-x * i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
35122 @r{ @: C-x * j @: @: @:calc-embedded-select@:}
35123 @r{ @: C-x * k @: @: @:calc-keypad@:}
35124 @r{ @: C-x * l @: @: @:calc-load-everything@:}
35125 @r{ @: C-x * m @: @: @:read-kbd-macro@:}
35126 @r{ @: C-x * n @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-next@:}
35127 @r{ @: C-x * o @: @: @:calc-other-window@:}
35128 @r{ @: C-x * p @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-previous@:}
35129 @r{ @: C-x * q @:formula @: @:quick-calc@:}
35130 @r{ @: C-x * r @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-rectangle@:}
35131 @r{ @: C-x * s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
35132 @r{ @: C-x * t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
35133 @r{ @: C-x * u @: @: @:calc-embedded-update-formula@:}
35134 @r{ @: C-x * w @: @: @:calc-embedded-word@:}
35135 @r{ @: C-x * x @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
35136 @r{ @: C-x * y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
35137 @r{ @: C-x * z @: @: @:calc-user-invocation@:}
35138 @r{ @: C-x * : @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-down@:}
35139 @r{ @: C-x * _ @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-across@:}
35140 @r{ @: C-x * ` @:editing @: 30 @:calc-embedded-edit@:}
35141 @r{ @: C-x * 0 @:(zero) @: @:calc-reset@:}
35142
35143 @c
35144 @r{ @: 0-9 @:number @: @:@:number}
35145 @r{ @: . @:number @: @:@:0.number}
35146 @r{ @: _ @:number @: @:-@:number}
35147 @r{ @: e @:number @: @:@:1e number}
35148 @r{ @: # @:number @: @:@:current-radix@tfn{#}number}
35149 @r{ @: P @:(in number) @: @:+/-@:}
35150 @r{ @: M @:(in number) @: @:mod@:}
35151 @r{ @: @@ ' " @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
35152 @r{ @: h m s @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
35153
35154 @c
35155 @r{ @: ' @:formula @: 37,46 @:@:formula}
35156 @r{ @: $ @:formula @: 37,46 @:$@:formula}
35157 @r{ @: " @:string @: 37,46 @:@:string}
35158
35159 @c
35160 @r{ a b@: + @: @: 2 @:add@:(a,b) a+b}
35161 @r{ a b@: - @: @: 2 @:sub@:(a,b) a@minus{}b}
35162 @r{ a b@: * @: @: 2 @:mul@:(a,b) a b, a*b}
35163 @r{ a b@: / @: @: 2 @:div@:(a,b) a/b}
35164 @r{ a b@: ^ @: @: 2 @:pow@:(a,b) a^b}
35165 @r{ a b@: I ^ @: @: 2 @:nroot@:(a,b) a^(1/b)}
35166 @r{ a b@: % @: @: 2 @:mod@:(a,b) a%b}
35167 @r{ a b@: \ @: @: 2 @:idiv@:(a,b) a\b}
35168 @r{ a b@: : @: @: 2 @:fdiv@:(a,b)}
35169 @r{ a b@: | @: @: 2 @:vconcat@:(a,b) a|b}
35170 @r{ a b@: I | @: @: @:vconcat@:(b,a) b|a}
35171 @r{ a b@: H | @: @: 2 @:append@:(a,b)}
35172 @r{ a b@: I H | @: @: @:append@:(b,a)}
35173 @r{ a@: & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(a) 1/a}
35174 @r{ a@: ! @: @: 1 @:fact@:(a) a!}
35175 @r{ a@: = @: @: 1 @:evalv@:(a)}
35176 @r{ a@: M-% @: @: @:percent@:(a) a%}
35177
35178 @c
35179 @r{ ... a@: @summarykey{RET} @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
35180 @r{ ... a@: @summarykey{SPC} @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
35181 @r{... a b@: @summarykey{TAB} @: @: 3 @:@:... b a}
35182 @r{. a b c@: M-@summarykey{TAB} @: @: 3 @:@:... b c a}
35183 @r{... a b@: @summarykey{LFD} @: @: 1 @:@:... a b a}
35184 @r{ ... a@: @summarykey{DEL} @: @: 1 @:@:...}
35185 @r{... a b@: M-@summarykey{DEL} @: @: 1 @:@:... b}
35186 @r{ @: M-@summarykey{RET} @: @: 4 @:calc-last-args@:}
35187 @r{ a@: ` @:editing @: 1,30 @:calc-edit@:}
35188
35189 @c
35190 @r{ ... a@: C-d @: @: 1 @:@:...}
35191 @r{ @: C-k @: @: 27 @:calc-kill@:}
35192 @r{ @: C-w @: @: 27 @:calc-kill-region@:}
35193 @r{ @: C-y @: @: @:calc-yank@:}
35194 @r{ @: C-_ @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
35195 @r{ @: M-k @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-as-kill@:}
35196 @r{ @: M-w @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-region-as-kill@:}
35197
35198 @c
35199 @r{ @: [ @: @: @:@:[...}
35200 @r{[.. a b@: ] @: @: @:@:[a,b]}
35201 @r{ @: ( @: @: @:@:(...}
35202 @r{(.. a b@: ) @: @: @:@:(a,b)}
35203 @r{ @: , @: @: @:@:vector or rect complex}
35204 @r{ @: ; @: @: @:@:matrix or polar complex}
35205 @r{ @: .. @: @: @:@:interval}
35206
35207 @c
35208 @r{ @: ~ @: @: @:calc-num-prefix@:}
35209 @r{ @: < @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-left@:}
35210 @r{ @: > @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-right@:}
35211 @r{ @: @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-down@:}
35212 @r{ @: @} @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-up@:}
35213 @r{ @: ? @: @: @:calc-help@:}
35214
35215 @c
35216 @r{ a@: n @: @: 1 @:neg@:(a) @minus{}a}
35217 @r{ @: o @: @: 4 @:calc-realign@:}
35218 @r{ @: p @:precision @: 31 @:calc-precision@:}
35219 @r{ @: q @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
35220 @r{ @: w @: @: @:calc-why@:}
35221 @r{ @: x @:command @: @:M-x calc-@:command}
35222 @r{ a@: y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
35223
35224 @c
35225 @r{ a@: A @: @: 1 @:abs@:(a)}
35226 @r{ a b@: B @: @: 2 @:log@:(a,b)}
35227 @r{ a b@: I B @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
35228 @r{ a@: C @: @: 1 @:cos@:(a)}
35229 @r{ a@: I C @: @: 1 @:arccos@:(a)}
35230 @r{ a@: H C @: @: 1 @:cosh@:(a)}
35231 @r{ a@: I H C @: @: 1 @:arccosh@:(a)}
35232 @r{ @: D @: @: 4 @:calc-redo@:}
35233 @r{ a@: E @: @: 1 @:exp@:(a)}
35234 @r{ a@: H E @: @: 1 @:exp10@:(a) 10.^a}
35235 @r{ a@: F @: @: 1,11 @:floor@:(a,d)}
35236 @r{ a@: I F @: @: 1,11 @:ceil@:(a,d)}
35237 @r{ a@: H F @: @: 1,11 @:ffloor@:(a,d)}
35238 @r{ a@: I H F @: @: 1,11 @:fceil@:(a,d)}
35239 @r{ a@: G @: @: 1 @:arg@:(a)}
35240 @r{ @: H @:command @: 32 @:@:Hyperbolic}
35241 @r{ @: I @:command @: 32 @:@:Inverse}
35242 @r{ a@: J @: @: 1 @:conj@:(a)}
35243 @r{ @: K @:command @: 32 @:@:Keep-args}
35244 @r{ a@: L @: @: 1 @:ln@:(a)}
35245 @r{ a@: H L @: @: 1 @:log10@:(a)}
35246 @r{ @: M @: @: @:calc-more-recursion-depth@:}
35247 @r{ @: I M @: @: @:calc-less-recursion-depth@:}
35248 @r{ a@: N @: @: 5 @:evalvn@:(a)}
35249 @r{ @: P @: @: @:@:pi}
35250 @r{ @: I P @: @: @:@:gamma}
35251 @r{ @: H P @: @: @:@:e}
35252 @r{ @: I H P @: @: @:@:phi}
35253 @r{ a@: Q @: @: 1 @:sqrt@:(a)}
35254 @r{ a@: I Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
35255 @r{ a@: R @: @: 1,11 @:round@:(a,d)}
35256 @r{ a@: I R @: @: 1,11 @:trunc@:(a,d)}
35257 @r{ a@: H R @: @: 1,11 @:fround@:(a,d)}
35258 @r{ a@: I H R @: @: 1,11 @:ftrunc@:(a,d)}
35259 @r{ a@: S @: @: 1 @:sin@:(a)}
35260 @r{ a@: I S @: @: 1 @:arcsin@:(a)}
35261 @r{ a@: H S @: @: 1 @:sinh@:(a)}
35262 @r{ a@: I H S @: @: 1 @:arcsinh@:(a)}
35263 @r{ a@: T @: @: 1 @:tan@:(a)}
35264 @r{ a@: I T @: @: 1 @:arctan@:(a)}
35265 @r{ a@: H T @: @: 1 @:tanh@:(a)}
35266 @r{ a@: I H T @: @: 1 @:arctanh@:(a)}
35267 @r{ @: U @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
35268 @r{ @: X @: @: 4 @:calc-call-last-kbd-macro@:}
35269
35270 @c
35271 @r{ a b@: a = @: @: 2 @:eq@:(a,b) a=b}
35272 @r{ a b@: a # @: @: 2 @:neq@:(a,b) a!=b}
35273 @r{ a b@: a < @: @: 2 @:lt@:(a,b) a<b}
35274 @r{ a b@: a > @: @: 2 @:gt@:(a,b) a>b}
35275 @r{ a b@: a [ @: @: 2 @:leq@:(a,b) a<=b}
35276 @r{ a b@: a ] @: @: 2 @:geq@:(a,b) a>=b}
35277 @r{ a b@: a @{ @: @: 2 @:in@:(a,b)}
35278 @r{ a b@: a & @: @: 2,45 @:land@:(a,b) a&&b}
35279 @r{ a b@: a | @: @: 2,45 @:lor@:(a,b) a||b}
35280 @r{ a@: a ! @: @: 1,45 @:lnot@:(a) !a}
35281 @r{ a b c@: a : @: @: 45 @:if@:(a,b,c) a?b:c}
35282 @r{ a@: a . @: @: 1 @:rmeq@:(a)}
35283 @r{ a@: a " @: @: 7,8 @:calc-expand-formula@:}
35284
35285 @c
35286 @r{ a@: a + @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:sum@:(a,i,l,h)}
35287 @r{ a@: a - @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:asum@:(a,i,l,h)}
35288 @r{ a@: a * @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:prod@:(a,i,l,h)}
35289 @r{ a b@: a _ @: @: 2 @:subscr@:(a,b) a_b}
35290
35291 @c
35292 @r{ a b@: a \ @: @: 2 @:pdiv@:(a,b)}
35293 @r{ a b@: a % @: @: 2 @:prem@:(a,b)}
35294 @r{ a b@: a / @: @: 2 @:pdivrem@:(a,b) [q,r]}
35295 @r{ a b@: H a / @: @: 2 @:pdivide@:(a,b) q+r/b}
35296
35297 @c
35298 @r{ a@: a a @: @: 1 @:apart@:(a)}
35299 @r{ a@: a b @:old, new @: 38 @:subst@:(a,old,new)}
35300 @r{ a@: a c @:v @: 38 @:collect@:(a,v)}
35301 @r{ a@: a d @:v @: 4,38 @:deriv@:(a,v)}
35302 @r{ a@: H a d @:v @: 4,38 @:tderiv@:(a,v)}
35303 @r{ a@: a e @: @: @:esimplify@:(a)}
35304 @r{ a@: a f @: @: 1 @:factor@:(a)}
35305 @r{ a@: H a f @: @: 1 @:factors@:(a)}
35306 @r{ a b@: a g @: @: 2 @:pgcd@:(a,b)}
35307 @r{ a@: a i @:v @: 38 @:integ@:(a,v)}
35308 @r{ a@: a m @:pats @: 38 @:match@:(a,pats)}
35309 @r{ a@: I a m @:pats @: 38 @:matchnot@:(a,pats)}
35310 @r{ data x@: a p @: @: 28 @:polint@:(data,x)}
35311 @r{ data x@: H a p @: @: 28 @:ratint@:(data,x)}
35312 @r{ a@: a n @: @: 1 @:nrat@:(a)}
35313 @r{ a@: a r @:rules @:4,8,38 @:rewrite@:(a,rules,n)}
35314 @r{ a@: a s @: @: @:simplify@:(a)}
35315 @r{ a@: a t @:v, n @: 31,39 @:taylor@:(a,v,n)}
35316 @r{ a@: a v @: @: 7,8 @:calc-alg-evaluate@:}
35317 @r{ a@: a x @: @: 4,8 @:expand@:(a)}
35318
35319 @c
35320 @r{ data@: a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:fit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35321 @r{ data@: I a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:xfit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35322 @r{ data@: H a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:efit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35323 @r{ a@: a I @:v, l, h @: 38 @:ninteg@:(a,v,l,h)}
35324 @r{ a b@: a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeq@:(op,a,b)}
35325 @r{ a b@: I a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqr@:(op,a,b)}
35326 @r{ a b@: H a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqp@:(op,a,b)}
35327 @r{ a g@: a N @:v @: 38 @:minimize@:(a,v,g)}
35328 @r{ a g@: H a N @:v @: 38 @:wminimize@:(a,v,g)}
35329 @r{ a@: a P @:v @: 38 @:roots@:(a,v)}
35330 @r{ a g@: a R @:v @: 38 @:root@:(a,v,g)}
35331 @r{ a g@: H a R @:v @: 38 @:wroot@:(a,v,g)}
35332 @r{ a@: a S @:v @: 38 @:solve@:(a,v)}
35333 @r{ a@: I a S @:v @: 38 @:finv@:(a,v)}
35334 @r{ a@: H a S @:v @: 38 @:fsolve@:(a,v)}
35335 @r{ a@: I H a S @:v @: 38 @:ffinv@:(a,v)}
35336 @r{ a@: a T @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:table@:(a,i,l,h)}
35337 @r{ a g@: a X @:v @: 38 @:maximize@:(a,v,g)}
35338 @r{ a g@: H a X @:v @: 38 @:wmaximize@:(a,v,g)}
35339
35340 @c
35341 @r{ a b@: b a @: @: 9 @:and@:(a,b,w)}
35342 @r{ a@: b c @: @: 9 @:clip@:(a,w)}
35343 @r{ a b@: b d @: @: 9 @:diff@:(a,b,w)}
35344 @r{ a@: b l @: @: 10 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
35345 @r{ a n@: H b l @: @: 9 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
35346 @r{ a@: b n @: @: 9 @:not@:(a,w)}
35347 @r{ a b@: b o @: @: 9 @:or@:(a,b,w)}
35348 @r{ v@: b p @: @: 1 @:vpack@:(v)}
35349 @r{ a@: b r @: @: 10 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
35350 @r{ a n@: H b r @: @: 9 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
35351 @r{ a@: b t @: @: 10 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
35352 @r{ a n@: H b t @: @: 9 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
35353 @r{ a@: b u @: @: 1 @:vunpack@:(a)}
35354 @r{ @: b w @:w @: 9,50 @:calc-word-size@:}
35355 @r{ a b@: b x @: @: 9 @:xor@:(a,b,w)}
35356
35357 @c
35358 @r{c s l p@: b D @: @: @:ddb@:(c,s,l,p)}
35359 @r{ r n p@: b F @: @: @:fv@:(r,n,p)}
35360 @r{ r n p@: I b F @: @: @:fvb@:(r,n,p)}
35361 @r{ r n p@: H b F @: @: @:fvl@:(r,n,p)}
35362 @r{ v@: b I @: @: 19 @:irr@:(v)}
35363 @r{ v@: I b I @: @: 19 @:irrb@:(v)}
35364 @r{ a@: b L @: @: 10 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
35365 @r{ a n@: H b L @: @: 9 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
35366 @r{ r n a@: b M @: @: @:pmt@:(r,n,a)}
35367 @r{ r n a@: I b M @: @: @:pmtb@:(r,n,a)}
35368 @r{ r n a@: H b M @: @: @:pmtl@:(r,n,a)}
35369 @r{ r v@: b N @: @: 19 @:npv@:(r,v)}
35370 @r{ r v@: I b N @: @: 19 @:npvb@:(r,v)}
35371 @r{ r n p@: b P @: @: @:pv@:(r,n,p)}
35372 @r{ r n p@: I b P @: @: @:pvb@:(r,n,p)}
35373 @r{ r n p@: H b P @: @: @:pvl@:(r,n,p)}
35374 @r{ a@: b R @: @: 10 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
35375 @r{ a n@: H b R @: @: 9 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
35376 @r{ c s l@: b S @: @: @:sln@:(c,s,l)}
35377 @r{ n p a@: b T @: @: @:rate@:(n,p,a)}
35378 @r{ n p a@: I b T @: @: @:rateb@:(n,p,a)}
35379 @r{ n p a@: H b T @: @: @:ratel@:(n,p,a)}
35380 @r{c s l p@: b Y @: @: @:syd@:(c,s,l,p)}
35381
35382 @r{ r p a@: b # @: @: @:nper@:(r,p,a)}
35383 @r{ r p a@: I b # @: @: @:nperb@:(r,p,a)}
35384 @r{ r p a@: H b # @: @: @:nperl@:(r,p,a)}
35385 @r{ a b@: b % @: @: @:relch@:(a,b)}
35386
35387 @c
35388 @r{ a@: c c @: @: 5 @:pclean@:(a,p)}
35389 @r{ a@: c 0-9 @: @: @:pclean@:(a,p)}
35390 @r{ a@: H c c @: @: 5 @:clean@:(a,p)}
35391 @r{ a@: H c 0-9 @: @: @:clean@:(a,p)}
35392 @r{ a@: c d @: @: 1 @:deg@:(a)}
35393 @r{ a@: c f @: @: 1 @:pfloat@:(a)}
35394 @r{ a@: H c f @: @: 1 @:float@:(a)}
35395 @r{ a@: c h @: @: 1 @:hms@:(a)}
35396 @r{ a@: c p @: @: @:polar@:(a)}
35397 @r{ a@: I c p @: @: @:rect@:(a)}
35398 @r{ a@: c r @: @: 1 @:rad@:(a)}
35399
35400 @c
35401 @r{ a@: c F @: @: 5 @:pfrac@:(a,p)}
35402 @r{ a@: H c F @: @: 5 @:frac@:(a,p)}
35403
35404 @c
35405 @r{ a@: c % @: @: @:percent@:(a*100)}
35406
35407 @c
35408 @r{ @: d . @:char @: 50 @:calc-point-char@:}
35409 @r{ @: d , @:char @: 50 @:calc-group-char@:}
35410 @r{ @: d < @: @: 13,50 @:calc-left-justify@:}
35411 @r{ @: d = @: @: 13,50 @:calc-center-justify@:}
35412 @r{ @: d > @: @: 13,50 @:calc-right-justify@:}
35413 @r{ @: d @{ @:label @: 50 @:calc-left-label@:}
35414 @r{ @: d @} @:label @: 50 @:calc-right-label@:}
35415 @r{ @: d [ @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-up@:}
35416 @r{ @: d ] @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-down@:}
35417 @r{ @: d " @: @: 12,50 @:calc-display-strings@:}
35418 @r{ @: d @summarykey{SPC} @: @: @:calc-refresh@:}
35419 @r{ @: d @summarykey{RET} @: @: 1 @:calc-refresh-top@:}
35420
35421 @c
35422 @r{ @: d 0 @: @: 50 @:calc-decimal-radix@:}
35423 @r{ @: d 2 @: @: 50 @:calc-binary-radix@:}
35424 @r{ @: d 6 @: @: 50 @:calc-hex-radix@:}
35425 @r{ @: d 8 @: @: 50 @:calc-octal-radix@:}
35426
35427 @c
35428 @r{ @: d b @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-line-breaking@:}
35429 @r{ @: d c @: @: 50 @:calc-complex-notation@:}
35430 @r{ @: d d @:format @: 50 @:calc-date-notation@:}
35431 @r{ @: d e @: @: 5,50 @:calc-eng-notation@:}
35432 @r{ @: d f @:num @: 31,50 @:calc-fix-notation@:}
35433 @r{ @: d g @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-group-digits@:}
35434 @r{ @: d h @:format @: 50 @:calc-hms-notation@:}
35435 @r{ @: d i @: @: 50 @:calc-i-notation@:}
35436 @r{ @: d j @: @: 50 @:calc-j-notation@:}
35437 @r{ @: d l @: @: 12,50 @:calc-line-numbering@:}
35438 @r{ @: d n @: @: 5,50 @:calc-normal-notation@:}
35439 @r{ @: d o @:format @: 50 @:calc-over-notation@:}
35440 @r{ @: d p @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-plain@:}
35441 @r{ @: d r @:radix @: 31,50 @:calc-radix@:}
35442 @r{ @: d s @: @: 5,50 @:calc-sci-notation@:}
35443 @r{ @: d t @: @: 27 @:calc-truncate-stack@:}
35444 @r{ @: d w @: @: 12,13 @:calc-auto-why@:}
35445 @r{ @: d z @: @: 12,50 @:calc-leading-zeros@:}
35446
35447 @c
35448 @r{ @: d B @: @: 50 @:calc-big-language@:}
35449 @r{ @: d C @: @: 50 @:calc-c-language@:}
35450 @r{ @: d E @: @: 50 @:calc-eqn-language@:}
35451 @r{ @: d F @: @: 50 @:calc-fortran-language@:}
35452 @r{ @: d M @: @: 50 @:calc-mathematica-language@:}
35453 @r{ @: d N @: @: 50 @:calc-normal-language@:}
35454 @r{ @: d O @: @: 50 @:calc-flat-language@:}
35455 @r{ @: d P @: @: 50 @:calc-pascal-language@:}
35456 @r{ @: d T @: @: 50 @:calc-tex-language@:}
35457 @r{ @: d L @: @: 50 @:calc-latex-language@:}
35458 @r{ @: d U @: @: 50 @:calc-unformatted-language@:}
35459 @r{ @: d W @: @: 50 @:calc-maple-language@:}
35460
35461 @c
35462 @r{ a@: f [ @: @: 4 @:decr@:(a,n)}
35463 @r{ a@: f ] @: @: 4 @:incr@:(a,n)}
35464
35465 @c
35466 @r{ a b@: f b @: @: 2 @:beta@:(a,b)}
35467 @r{ a@: f e @: @: 1 @:erf@:(a)}
35468 @r{ a@: I f e @: @: 1 @:erfc@:(a)}
35469 @r{ a@: f g @: @: 1 @:gamma@:(a)}
35470 @r{ a b@: f h @: @: 2 @:hypot@:(a,b)}
35471 @r{ a@: f i @: @: 1 @:im@:(a)}
35472 @r{ n a@: f j @: @: 2 @:besJ@:(n,a)}
35473 @r{ a b@: f n @: @: 2 @:min@:(a,b)}
35474 @r{ a@: f r @: @: 1 @:re@:(a)}
35475 @r{ a@: f s @: @: 1 @:sign@:(a)}
35476 @r{ a b@: f x @: @: 2 @:max@:(a,b)}
35477 @r{ n a@: f y @: @: 2 @:besY@:(n,a)}
35478
35479 @c
35480 @r{ a@: f A @: @: 1 @:abssqr@:(a)}
35481 @r{ x a b@: f B @: @: @:betaI@:(x,a,b)}
35482 @r{ x a b@: H f B @: @: @:betaB@:(x,a,b)}
35483 @r{ a@: f E @: @: 1 @:expm1@:(a)}
35484 @r{ a x@: f G @: @: 2 @:gammaP@:(a,x)}
35485 @r{ a x@: I f G @: @: 2 @:gammaQ@:(a,x)}
35486 @r{ a x@: H f G @: @: 2 @:gammag@:(a,x)}
35487 @r{ a x@: I H f G @: @: 2 @:gammaG@:(a,x)}
35488 @r{ a b@: f I @: @: 2 @:ilog@:(a,b)}
35489 @r{ a b@: I f I @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
35490 @r{ a@: f L @: @: 1 @:lnp1@:(a)}
35491 @r{ a@: f M @: @: 1 @:mant@:(a)}
35492 @r{ a@: f Q @: @: 1 @:isqrt@:(a)}
35493 @r{ a@: I f Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
35494 @r{ a n@: f S @: @: 2 @:scf@:(a,n)}
35495 @r{ y x@: f T @: @: @:arctan2@:(y,x)}
35496 @r{ a@: f X @: @: 1 @:xpon@:(a)}
35497
35498 @c
35499 @r{ x y@: g a @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add@:}
35500 @r{ @: g b @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-border@:}
35501 @r{ @: g c @: @: @:calc-graph-clear@:}
35502 @r{ @: g d @: @: 41 @:calc-graph-delete@:}
35503 @r{ x y@: g f @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast@:}
35504 @r{ @: g g @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-grid@:}
35505 @r{ @: g h @:title @: @:calc-graph-header@:}
35506 @r{ @: g j @: @: 4 @:calc-graph-juggle@:}
35507 @r{ @: g k @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-key@:}
35508 @r{ @: g l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-x@:}
35509 @r{ @: g n @:name @: @:calc-graph-name@:}
35510 @r{ @: g p @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-plot@:}
35511 @r{ @: g q @: @: @:calc-graph-quit@:}
35512 @r{ @: g r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-x@:}
35513 @r{ @: g s @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-line-style@:}
35514 @r{ @: g t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-x@:}
35515 @r{ @: g v @: @: @:calc-graph-view-commands@:}
35516 @r{ @: g x @:display @: @:calc-graph-display@:}
35517 @r{ @: g z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-x@:}
35518
35519 @c
35520 @r{ x y z@: g A @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add-3d@:}
35521 @r{ @: g C @:command @: @:calc-graph-command@:}
35522 @r{ @: g D @:device @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-device@:}
35523 @r{ x y z@: g F @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast-3d@:}
35524 @r{ @: g H @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-hide@:}
35525 @r{ @: g K @: @: @:calc-graph-kill@:}
35526 @r{ @: g L @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-y@:}
35527 @r{ @: g N @:number @: 43,51 @:calc-graph-num-points@:}
35528 @r{ @: g O @:filename @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-output@:}
35529 @r{ @: g P @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-print@:}
35530 @r{ @: g R @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-y@:}
35531 @r{ @: g S @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-point-style@:}
35532 @r{ @: g T @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-y@:}
35533 @r{ @: g V @: @: @:calc-graph-view-trail@:}
35534 @r{ @: g X @:format @: @:calc-graph-geometry@:}
35535 @r{ @: g Z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-y@:}
35536
35537 @c
35538 @r{ @: g C-l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-z@:}
35539 @r{ @: g C-r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-z@:}
35540 @r{ @: g C-t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-z@:}
35541
35542 @c
35543 @r{ @: h b @: @: @:calc-describe-bindings@:}
35544 @r{ @: h c @:key @: @:calc-describe-key-briefly@:}
35545 @r{ @: h f @:function @: @:calc-describe-function@:}
35546 @r{ @: h h @: @: @:calc-full-help@:}
35547 @r{ @: h i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
35548 @r{ @: h k @:key @: @:calc-describe-key@:}
35549 @r{ @: h n @: @: @:calc-view-news@:}
35550 @r{ @: h s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
35551 @r{ @: h t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
35552 @r{ @: h v @:var @: @:calc-describe-variable@:}
35553
35554 @c
35555 @r{ @: j 1-9 @: @: @:calc-select-part@:}
35556 @r{ @: j @summarykey{RET} @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-selection@:}
35557 @r{ @: j @summarykey{DEL} @: @: 27 @:calc-del-selection@:}
35558 @r{ @: j ' @:formula @: 27 @:calc-enter-selection@:}
35559 @r{ @: j ` @:editing @: 27,30 @:calc-edit-selection@:}
35560 @r{ @: j " @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-expand-formula@:}
35561
35562 @c
35563 @r{ @: j + @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-add-both-sides@:}
35564 @r{ @: j - @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-sub-both-sides@:}
35565 @r{ @: j * @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-mul-both-sides@:}
35566 @r{ @: j / @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-div-both-sides@:}
35567 @r{ @: j & @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-invert@:}
35568
35569 @c
35570 @r{ @: j a @: @: 27 @:calc-select-additional@:}
35571 @r{ @: j b @: @: 12 @:calc-break-selections@:}
35572 @r{ @: j c @: @: @:calc-clear-selections@:}
35573 @r{ @: j d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-selections@:}
35574 @r{ @: j e @: @: 12 @:calc-enable-selections@:}
35575 @r{ @: j l @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-less@:}
35576 @r{ @: j m @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-more@:}
35577 @r{ @: j n @: @: 4 @:calc-select-next@:}
35578 @r{ @: j o @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once@:}
35579 @r{ @: j p @: @: 4 @:calc-select-previous@:}
35580 @r{ @: j r @:rules @:4,8,27 @:calc-rewrite-selection@:}
35581 @r{ @: j s @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here@:}
35582 @r{ @: j u @: @: 27 @:calc-unselect@:}
35583 @r{ @: j v @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-evaluate@:}
35584
35585 @c
35586 @r{ @: j C @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-commute@:}
35587 @r{ @: j D @: @: 4,27 @:calc-sel-distribute@:}
35588 @r{ @: j E @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-jump-equals@:}
35589 @r{ @: j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@:}
35590 @r{ @: H j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@: (full)}
35591 @r{ @: j L @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-left@:}
35592 @r{ @: j M @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-merge@:}
35593 @r{ @: j N @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-negate@:}
35594 @r{ @: j O @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once-maybe@:}
35595 @r{ @: j R @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-right@:}
35596 @r{ @: j S @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here-maybe@:}
35597 @r{ @: j U @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-unpack@:}
35598
35599 @c
35600 @r{ @: k a @: @: @:calc-random-again@:}
35601 @r{ n@: k b @: @: 1 @:bern@:(n)}
35602 @r{ n x@: H k b @: @: 2 @:bern@:(n,x)}
35603 @r{ n m@: k c @: @: 2 @:choose@:(n,m)}
35604 @r{ n m@: H k c @: @: 2 @:perm@:(n,m)}
35605 @r{ n@: k d @: @: 1 @:dfact@:(n) n!!}
35606 @r{ n@: k e @: @: 1 @:euler@:(n)}
35607 @r{ n x@: H k e @: @: 2 @:euler@:(n,x)}
35608 @r{ n@: k f @: @: 4 @:prfac@:(n)}
35609 @r{ n m@: k g @: @: 2 @:gcd@:(n,m)}
35610 @r{ m n@: k h @: @: 14 @:shuffle@:(n,m)}
35611 @r{ n m@: k l @: @: 2 @:lcm@:(n,m)}
35612 @r{ n@: k m @: @: 1 @:moebius@:(n)}
35613 @r{ n@: k n @: @: 4 @:nextprime@:(n)}
35614 @r{ n@: I k n @: @: 4 @:prevprime@:(n)}
35615 @r{ n@: k p @: @: 4,28 @:calc-prime-test@:}
35616 @r{ m@: k r @: @: 14 @:random@:(m)}
35617 @r{ n m@: k s @: @: 2 @:stir1@:(n,m)}
35618 @r{ n m@: H k s @: @: 2 @:stir2@:(n,m)}
35619 @r{ n@: k t @: @: 1 @:totient@:(n)}
35620
35621 @c
35622 @r{ n p x@: k B @: @: @:utpb@:(x,n,p)}
35623 @r{ n p x@: I k B @: @: @:ltpb@:(x,n,p)}
35624 @r{ v x@: k C @: @: @:utpc@:(x,v)}
35625 @r{ v x@: I k C @: @: @:ltpc@:(x,v)}
35626 @r{ n m@: k E @: @: @:egcd@:(n,m)}
35627 @r{v1 v2 x@: k F @: @: @:utpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
35628 @r{v1 v2 x@: I k F @: @: @:ltpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
35629 @r{ m s x@: k N @: @: @:utpn@:(x,m,s)}
35630 @r{ m s x@: I k N @: @: @:ltpn@:(x,m,s)}
35631 @r{ m x@: k P @: @: @:utpp@:(x,m)}
35632 @r{ m x@: I k P @: @: @:ltpp@:(x,m)}
35633 @r{ v x@: k T @: @: @:utpt@:(x,v)}
35634 @r{ v x@: I k T @: @: @:ltpt@:(x,v)}
35635
35636 @c
35637 @r{ @: m a @: @: 12,13 @:calc-algebraic-mode@:}
35638 @r{ @: m d @: @: @:calc-degrees-mode@:}
35639 @r{ @: m e @: @: @:calc-embedded-preserve-modes@:}
35640 @r{ @: m f @: @: 12 @:calc-frac-mode@:}
35641 @r{ @: m g @: @: 52 @:calc-get-modes@:}
35642 @r{ @: m h @: @: @:calc-hms-mode@:}
35643 @r{ @: m i @: @: 12,13 @:calc-infinite-mode@:}
35644 @r{ @: m m @: @: @:calc-save-modes@:}
35645 @r{ @: m p @: @: 12 @:calc-polar-mode@:}
35646 @r{ @: m r @: @: @:calc-radians-mode@:}
35647 @r{ @: m s @: @: 12 @:calc-symbolic-mode@:}
35648 @r{ @: m t @: @: 12 @:calc-total-algebraic-mode@:}
35649 @r{ @: m v @: @: 12,13 @:calc-matrix-mode@:}
35650 @r{ @: m w @: @: 13 @:calc-working@:}
35651 @r{ @: m x @: @: @:calc-always-load-extensions@:}
35652
35653 @c
35654 @r{ @: m A @: @: 12 @:calc-alg-simplify-mode@:}
35655 @r{ @: m B @: @: 12 @:calc-bin-simplify-mode@:}
35656 @r{ @: m C @: @: 12 @:calc-auto-recompute@:}
35657 @r{ @: m D @: @: @:calc-default-simplify-mode@:}
35658 @r{ @: m E @: @: 12 @:calc-ext-simplify-mode@:}
35659 @r{ @: m F @:filename @: 13 @:calc-settings-file-name@:}
35660 @r{ @: m N @: @: 12 @:calc-num-simplify-mode@:}
35661 @r{ @: m O @: @: 12 @:calc-no-simplify-mode@:}
35662 @r{ @: m R @: @: 12,13 @:calc-mode-record-mode@:}
35663 @r{ @: m S @: @: 12 @:calc-shift-prefix@:}
35664 @r{ @: m U @: @: 12 @:calc-units-simplify-mode@:}
35665
35666 @c
35667 @r{ @: r s @:register @: 27 @:calc-copy-to-register@:}
35668 @r{ @: r i @:register @: @:calc-insert-register@:}
35669
35670 @c
35671 @r{ @: s c @:var1, var2 @: 29 @:calc-copy-variable@:}
35672 @r{ @: s d @:var, decl @: @:calc-declare-variable@:}
35673 @r{ @: s e @:var, editing @: 29,30 @:calc-edit-variable@:}
35674 @r{ @: s i @:buffer @: @:calc-insert-variables@:}
35675 @r{ @: s k @:const, var @: 29 @:calc-copy-special-constant@:}
35676 @r{ a b@: s l @:var @: 29 @:@:a (letting var=b)}
35677 @r{ a ...@: s m @:op, var @: 22,29 @:calc-store-map@:}
35678 @r{ @: s n @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-neg@: (v/-1)}
35679 @r{ @: s p @:var @: 29 @:calc-permanent-variable@:}
35680 @r{ @: s r @:var @: 29 @:@:v (recalled value)}
35681 @r{ @: r 0-9 @: @: @:calc-recall-quick@:}
35682 @r{ a@: s s @:var @: 28,29 @:calc-store@:}
35683 @r{ a@: s 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-quick@:}
35684 @r{ a@: s t @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-into@:}
35685 @r{ a@: t 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-into-quick@:}
35686 @r{ @: s u @:var @: 29 @:calc-unstore@:}
35687 @r{ a@: s x @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-exchange@:}
35688
35689 @c
35690 @r{ @: s A @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-AlgSimpRules@:}
35691 @r{ @: s D @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Decls@:}
35692 @r{ @: s E @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-EvalRules@:}
35693 @r{ @: s F @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-FitRules@:}
35694 @r{ @: s G @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-GenCount@:}
35695 @r{ @: s H @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Holidays@:}
35696 @r{ @: s I @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-IntegLimit@:}
35697 @r{ @: s L @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-LineStyles@:}
35698 @r{ @: s P @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PointStyles@:}
35699 @r{ @: s R @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PlotRejects@:}
35700 @r{ @: s T @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-TimeZone@:}
35701 @r{ @: s U @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Units@:}
35702 @r{ @: s X @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-ExtSimpRules@:}
35703
35704 @c
35705 @r{ a@: s + @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-plus@: (v+a)}
35706 @r{ a@: s - @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-minus@: (v-a)}
35707 @r{ a@: s * @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-times@: (v*a)}
35708 @r{ a@: s / @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-div@: (v/a)}
35709 @r{ a@: s ^ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-power@: (v^a)}
35710 @r{ a@: s | @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-concat@: (v|a)}
35711 @r{ @: s & @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-inv@: (v^-1)}
35712 @r{ @: s [ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-decr@: (v-1)}
35713 @r{ @: s ] @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-incr@: (v-(-1))}
35714 @r{ a b@: s : @: @: 2 @:assign@:(a,b) a @tfn{:=} b}
35715 @r{ a@: s = @: @: 1 @:evalto@:(a,b) a @tfn{=>}}
35716
35717 @c
35718 @r{ @: t [ @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-first@:}
35719 @r{ @: t ] @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-last@:}
35720 @r{ @: t < @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-left@:}
35721 @r{ @: t > @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-right@:}
35722 @r{ @: t . @: @: 12 @:calc-full-trail-vectors@:}
35723
35724 @c
35725 @r{ @: t b @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-backward@:}
35726 @r{ @: t d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-trail-display@:}
35727 @r{ @: t f @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-forward@:}
35728 @r{ @: t h @: @: @:calc-trail-here@:}
35729 @r{ @: t i @: @: @:calc-trail-in@:}
35730 @r{ @: t k @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-kill@:}
35731 @r{ @: t m @:string @: @:calc-trail-marker@:}
35732 @r{ @: t n @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-next@:}
35733 @r{ @: t o @: @: @:calc-trail-out@:}
35734 @r{ @: t p @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-previous@:}
35735 @r{ @: t r @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-backward@:}
35736 @r{ @: t s @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-forward@:}
35737 @r{ @: t y @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-yank@:}
35738
35739 @c
35740 @r{ d@: t C @:oz, nz @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
35741 @r{d oz nz@: t C @:$ @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
35742 @r{ d@: t D @: @: 15 @:date@:(d)}
35743 @r{ d@: t I @: @: 4 @:incmonth@:(d,n)}
35744 @r{ d@: t J @: @: 16 @:julian@:(d,z)}
35745 @r{ d@: t M @: @: 17 @:newmonth@:(d,n)}
35746 @r{ @: t N @: @: 16 @:now@:(z)}
35747 @r{ d@: t P @:1 @: 31 @:year@:(d)}
35748 @r{ d@: t P @:2 @: 31 @:month@:(d)}
35749 @r{ d@: t P @:3 @: 31 @:day@:(d)}
35750 @r{ d@: t P @:4 @: 31 @:hour@:(d)}
35751 @r{ d@: t P @:5 @: 31 @:minute@:(d)}
35752 @r{ d@: t P @:6 @: 31 @:second@:(d)}
35753 @r{ d@: t P @:7 @: 31 @:weekday@:(d)}
35754 @r{ d@: t P @:8 @: 31 @:yearday@:(d)}
35755 @r{ d@: t P @:9 @: 31 @:time@:(d)}
35756 @r{ d@: t U @: @: 16 @:unixtime@:(d,z)}
35757 @r{ d@: t W @: @: 17 @:newweek@:(d,w)}
35758 @r{ d@: t Y @: @: 17 @:newyear@:(d,n)}
35759
35760 @c
35761 @r{ a b@: t + @: @: 2 @:badd@:(a,b)}
35762 @r{ a b@: t - @: @: 2 @:bsub@:(a,b)}
35763
35764 @c
35765 @r{ @: u a @: @: 12 @:calc-autorange-units@:}
35766 @r{ a@: u b @: @: @:calc-base-units@:}
35767 @r{ a@: u c @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-units@:}
35768 @r{ defn@: u d @:unit, descr @: @:calc-define-unit@:}
35769 @r{ @: u e @: @: @:calc-explain-units@:}
35770 @r{ @: u g @:unit @: @:calc-get-unit-definition@:}
35771 @r{ @: u p @: @: @:calc-permanent-units@:}
35772 @r{ a@: u r @: @: @:calc-remove-units@:}
35773 @r{ a@: u s @: @: @:usimplify@:(a)}
35774 @r{ a@: u t @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-temperature@:}
35775 @r{ @: u u @:unit @: @:calc-undefine-unit@:}
35776 @r{ @: u v @: @: @:calc-enter-units-table@:}
35777 @r{ a@: u x @: @: @:calc-extract-units@:}
35778 @r{ a@: u 0-9 @: @: @:calc-quick-units@:}
35779
35780 @c
35781 @r{ v1 v2@: u C @: @: 20 @:vcov@:(v1,v2)}
35782 @r{ v1 v2@: I u C @: @: 20 @:vpcov@:(v1,v2)}
35783 @r{ v1 v2@: H u C @: @: 20 @:vcorr@:(v1,v2)}
35784 @r{ v@: u G @: @: 19 @:vgmean@:(v)}
35785 @r{ a b@: H u G @: @: 2 @:agmean@:(a,b)}
35786 @r{ v@: u M @: @: 19 @:vmean@:(v)}
35787 @r{ v@: I u M @: @: 19 @:vmeane@:(v)}
35788 @r{ v@: H u M @: @: 19 @:vmedian@:(v)}
35789 @r{ v@: I H u M @: @: 19 @:vhmean@:(v)}
35790 @r{ v@: u N @: @: 19 @:vmin@:(v)}
35791 @r{ v@: u S @: @: 19 @:vsdev@:(v)}
35792 @r{ v@: I u S @: @: 19 @:vpsdev@:(v)}
35793 @r{ v@: H u S @: @: 19 @:vvar@:(v)}
35794 @r{ v@: I H u S @: @: 19 @:vpvar@:(v)}
35795 @r{ @: u V @: @: @:calc-view-units-table@:}
35796 @r{ v@: u X @: @: 19 @:vmax@:(v)}
35797
35798 @c
35799 @r{ v@: u + @: @: 19 @:vsum@:(v)}
35800 @r{ v@: u * @: @: 19 @:vprod@:(v)}
35801 @r{ v@: u # @: @: 19 @:vcount@:(v)}
35802
35803 @c
35804 @r{ @: V ( @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-parens@:}
35805 @r{ @: V @{ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-braces@:}
35806 @r{ @: V [ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-brackets@:}
35807 @r{ @: V ] @:ROCP @: 50 @:calc-matrix-brackets@:}
35808 @r{ @: V , @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-commas@:}
35809 @r{ @: V < @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-left-justify@:}
35810 @r{ @: V = @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-center-justify@:}
35811 @r{ @: V > @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-right-justify@:}
35812 @r{ @: V / @: @: 12,50 @:calc-break-vectors@:}
35813 @r{ @: V . @: @: 12,50 @:calc-full-vectors@:}
35814
35815 @c
35816 @r{ s t@: V ^ @: @: 2 @:vint@:(s,t)}
35817 @r{ s t@: V - @: @: 2 @:vdiff@:(s,t)}
35818 @r{ s@: V ~ @: @: 1 @:vcompl@:(s)}
35819 @r{ s@: V # @: @: 1 @:vcard@:(s)}
35820 @r{ s@: V : @: @: 1 @:vspan@:(s)}
35821 @r{ s@: V + @: @: 1 @:rdup@:(s)}
35822
35823 @c
35824 @r{ m@: V & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(m) 1/m}
35825
35826 @c
35827 @r{ v@: v a @:n @: @:arrange@:(v,n)}
35828 @r{ a@: v b @:n @: @:cvec@:(a,n)}
35829 @r{ v@: v c @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mcol@:(v,n)}
35830 @r{ v@: v c @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrcol@:(v,-n)}
35831 @r{ m@: v c @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
35832 @r{ v@: v d @: @: 25 @:diag@:(v,n)}
35833 @r{ v m@: v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m)}
35834 @r{ v m f@: H v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m,f)}
35835 @r{ v a@: v f @: @: 26 @:find@:(v,a,n)}
35836 @r{ v@: v h @: @: 1 @:head@:(v)}
35837 @r{ v@: I v h @: @: 1 @:tail@:(v)}
35838 @r{ v@: H v h @: @: 1 @:rhead@:(v)}
35839 @r{ v@: I H v h @: @: 1 @:rtail@:(v)}
35840 @r{ @: v i @:n @: 31 @:idn@:(1,n)}
35841 @r{ @: v i @:0 @: 31 @:idn@:(1)}
35842 @r{ h t@: v k @: @: 2 @:cons@:(h,t)}
35843 @r{ h t@: H v k @: @: 2 @:rcons@:(h,t)}
35844 @r{ v@: v l @: @: 1 @:vlen@:(v)}
35845 @r{ v@: H v l @: @: 1 @:mdims@:(v)}
35846 @r{ v m@: v m @: @: 2 @:vmask@:(v,m)}
35847 @r{ v@: v n @: @: 1 @:rnorm@:(v)}
35848 @r{ a b c@: v p @: @: 24 @:calc-pack@:}
35849 @r{ v@: v r @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mrow@:(v,n)}
35850 @r{ v@: v r @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrrow@:(v,-n)}
35851 @r{ m@: v r @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
35852 @r{ v i j@: v s @: @: @:subvec@:(v,i,j)}
35853 @r{ v i j@: I v s @: @: @:rsubvec@:(v,i,j)}
35854 @r{ m@: v t @: @: 1 @:trn@:(m)}
35855 @r{ v@: v u @: @: 24 @:calc-unpack@:}
35856 @r{ v@: v v @: @: 1 @:rev@:(v)}
35857 @r{ @: v x @:n @: 31 @:index@:(n)}
35858 @r{ n s i@: C-u v x @: @: @:index@:(n,s,i)}
35859
35860 @c
35861 @r{ v@: V A @:op @: 22 @:apply@:(op,v)}
35862 @r{ v1 v2@: V C @: @: 2 @:cross@:(v1,v2)}
35863 @r{ m@: V D @: @: 1 @:det@:(m)}
35864 @r{ s@: V E @: @: 1 @:venum@:(s)}
35865 @r{ s@: V F @: @: 1 @:vfloor@:(s)}
35866 @r{ v@: V G @: @: @:grade@:(v)}
35867 @r{ v@: I V G @: @: @:rgrade@:(v)}
35868 @r{ v@: V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,n)}
35869 @r{ v w@: H V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,w,n)}
35870 @r{ v1 v2@: V I @:mop aop @: 22 @:inner@:(mop,aop,v1,v2)}
35871 @r{ m@: V J @: @: 1 @:ctrn@:(m)}
35872 @r{ m1 m2@: V K @: @: @:kron@:(m1,m2)}
35873 @r{ m@: V L @: @: 1 @:lud@:(m)}
35874 @r{ v@: V M @:op @: 22,23 @:map@:(op,v)}
35875 @r{ v@: V N @: @: 1 @:cnorm@:(v)}
35876 @r{ v1 v2@: V O @:op @: 22 @:outer@:(op,v1,v2)}
35877 @r{ v@: V R @:op @: 22,23 @:reduce@:(op,v)}
35878 @r{ v@: I V R @:op @: 22,23 @:rreduce@:(op,v)}
35879 @r{ a n@: H V R @:op @: 22 @:nest@:(op,a,n)}
35880 @r{ a@: I H V R @:op @: 22 @:fixp@:(op,a)}
35881 @r{ v@: V S @: @: @:sort@:(v)}
35882 @r{ v@: I V S @: @: @:rsort@:(v)}
35883 @r{ m@: V T @: @: 1 @:tr@:(m)}
35884 @r{ v@: V U @:op @: 22 @:accum@:(op,v)}
35885 @r{ v@: I V U @:op @: 22 @:raccum@:(op,v)}
35886 @r{ a n@: H V U @:op @: 22 @:anest@:(op,a,n)}
35887 @r{ a@: I H V U @:op @: 22 @:afixp@:(op,a)}
35888 @r{ s t@: V V @: @: 2 @:vunion@:(s,t)}
35889 @r{ s t@: V X @: @: 2 @:vxor@:(s,t)}
35890
35891 @c
35892 @r{ @: Y @: @: @:@:user commands}
35893
35894 @c
35895 @r{ @: z @: @: @:@:user commands}
35896
35897 @c
35898 @r{ c@: Z [ @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-if@:}
35899 @r{ c@: Z | @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-else-if@:}
35900 @r{ @: Z : @: @: @:calc-kbd-else@:}
35901 @r{ @: Z ] @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-if@:}
35902
35903 @c
35904 @r{ @: Z @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-kbd-loop@:}
35905 @r{ c@: Z / @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-break@:}
35906 @r{ @: Z @} @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-loop@:}
35907 @r{ n@: Z < @: @: @:calc-kbd-repeat@:}
35908 @r{ @: Z > @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-repeat@:}
35909 @r{ n m@: Z ( @: @: @:calc-kbd-for@:}
35910 @r{ s@: Z ) @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-for@:}
35911
35912 @c
35913 @r{ @: Z C-g @: @: @:@:cancel if/loop command}
35914
35915 @c
35916 @r{ @: Z ` @: @: @:calc-kbd-push@:}
35917 @r{ @: Z ' @: @: @:calc-kbd-pop@:}
35918 @r{ @: Z # @: @: @:calc-kbd-query@:}
35919
35920 @c
35921 @r{ comp@: Z C @:func, args @: 50 @:calc-user-define-composition@:}
35922 @r{ @: Z D @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define@:}
35923 @r{ @: Z E @:key, editing @: 30 @:calc-user-define-edit@:}
35924 @r{ defn@: Z F @:k, c, f, a, n@: 28 @:calc-user-define-formula@:}
35925 @r{ @: Z G @:key @: @:calc-get-user-defn@:}
35926 @r{ @: Z I @: @: @:calc-user-define-invocation@:}
35927 @r{ @: Z K @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define-kbd-macro@:}
35928 @r{ @: Z P @:key @: @:calc-user-define-permanent@:}
35929 @r{ @: Z S @: @: 30 @:calc-edit-user-syntax@:}
35930 @r{ @: Z T @: @: 12 @:calc-timing@:}
35931 @r{ @: Z U @:key @: @:calc-user-undefine@:}
35932
35933 @end format
35934
35935 @noindent
35936 NOTES
35937
35938 @enumerate
35939 @c 1
35940 @item
35941 Positive prefix arguments apply to @expr{n} stack entries.
35942 Negative prefix arguments apply to the @expr{-n}th stack entry.
35943 A prefix of zero applies to the entire stack. (For @key{LFD} and
35944 @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}, the meaning of the sign is reversed.)
35945
35946 @c 2
35947 @item
35948 Positive prefix arguments apply to @expr{n} stack entries.
35949 Negative prefix arguments apply to the top stack entry
35950 and the next @expr{-n} stack entries.
35951
35952 @c 3
35953 @item
35954 Positive prefix arguments rotate top @expr{n} stack entries by one.
35955 Negative prefix arguments rotate the entire stack by @expr{-n}.
35956 A prefix of zero reverses the entire stack.
35957
35958 @c 4
35959 @item
35960 Prefix argument specifies a repeat count or distance.
35961
35962 @c 5
35963 @item
35964 Positive prefix arguments specify a precision @expr{p}.
35965 Negative prefix arguments reduce the current precision by @expr{-p}.
35966
35967 @c 6
35968 @item
35969 A prefix argument is interpreted as an additional step-size parameter.
35970 A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix means to prompt for the step size.
35971
35972 @c 7
35973 @item
35974 A prefix argument specifies simplification level and depth.
35975 1=Default, 2=like @kbd{a s}, 3=like @kbd{a e}.
35976
35977 @c 8
35978 @item
35979 A negative prefix operates only on the top level of the input formula.
35980
35981 @c 9
35982 @item
35983 Positive prefix arguments specify a word size of @expr{w} bits, unsigned.
35984 Negative prefix arguments specify a word size of @expr{w} bits, signed.
35985
35986 @c 10
35987 @item
35988 Prefix arguments specify the shift amount @expr{n}. The @expr{w} argument
35989 cannot be specified in the keyboard version of this command.
35990
35991 @c 11
35992 @item
35993 From the keyboard, @expr{d} is omitted and defaults to zero.
35994
35995 @c 12
35996 @item
35997 Mode is toggled; a positive prefix always sets the mode, and a negative
35998 prefix always clears the mode.
35999
36000 @c 13
36001 @item
36002 Some prefix argument values provide special variations of the mode.
36003
36004 @c 14
36005 @item
36006 A prefix argument, if any, is used for @expr{m} instead of taking
36007 @expr{m} from the stack. @expr{M} may take any of these values:
36008 @iftex
36009 {@advance@tableindent10pt
36010 @end iftex
36011 @table @asis
36012 @item Integer
36013 Random integer in the interval @expr{[0 .. m)}.
36014 @item Float
36015 Random floating-point number in the interval @expr{[0 .. m)}.
36016 @item 0.0
36017 Gaussian with mean 1 and standard deviation 0.
36018 @item Error form
36019 Gaussian with specified mean and standard deviation.
36020 @item Interval
36021 Random integer or floating-point number in that interval.
36022 @item Vector
36023 Random element from the vector.
36024 @end table
36025 @iftex
36026 }
36027 @end iftex
36028
36029 @c 15
36030 @item
36031 A prefix argument from 1 to 6 specifies number of date components
36032 to remove from the stack. @xref{Date Conversions}.
36033
36034 @c 16
36035 @item
36036 A prefix argument specifies a time zone; @kbd{C-u} says to take the
36037 time zone number or name from the top of the stack. @xref{Time Zones}.
36038
36039 @c 17
36040 @item
36041 A prefix argument specifies a day number (0-6, 0-31, or 0-366).
36042
36043 @c 18
36044 @item
36045 If the input has no units, you will be prompted for both the old and
36046 the new units.
36047
36048 @c 19
36049 @item
36050 With a prefix argument, collect that many stack entries to form the
36051 input data set. Each entry may be a single value or a vector of values.
36052
36053 @c 20
36054 @item
36055 With a prefix argument of 1, take a single
36056 @texline @var{n}@math{\times2}
36057 @infoline @mathit{@var{N}x2}
36058 matrix from the stack instead of two separate data vectors.
36059
36060 @c 21
36061 @item
36062 The row or column number @expr{n} may be given as a numeric prefix
36063 argument instead. A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix says to take @expr{n}
36064 from the top of the stack. If @expr{n} is a vector or interval,
36065 a subvector/submatrix of the input is created.
36066
36067 @c 22
36068 @item
36069 The @expr{op} prompt can be answered with the key sequence for the
36070 desired function, or with @kbd{x} or @kbd{z} followed by a function name,
36071 or with @kbd{$} to take a formula from the top of the stack, or with
36072 @kbd{'} and a typed formula. In the last two cases, the formula may
36073 be a nameless function like @samp{<#1+#2>} or @samp{<x, y : x+y>}, or it
36074 may include @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, etc. (where @kbd{$} will correspond to the
36075 last argument of the created function), or otherwise you will be
36076 prompted for an argument list. The number of vectors popped from the
36077 stack by @kbd{V M} depends on the number of arguments of the function.
36078
36079 @c 23
36080 @item
36081 One of the mapping direction keys @kbd{_} (horizontal, i.e., map
36082 by rows or reduce across), @kbd{:} (vertical, i.e., map by columns or
36083 reduce down), or @kbd{=} (map or reduce by rows) may be used before
36084 entering @expr{op}; these modify the function name by adding the letter
36085 @code{r} for ``rows,'' @code{c} for ``columns,'' @code{a} for ``across,''
36086 or @code{d} for ``down.''
36087
36088 @c 24
36089 @item
36090 The prefix argument specifies a packing mode. A nonnegative mode
36091 is the number of items (for @kbd{v p}) or the number of levels
36092 (for @kbd{v u}). A negative mode is as described below. With no
36093 prefix argument, the mode is taken from the top of the stack and
36094 may be an integer or a vector of integers.
36095 @iftex
36096 {@advance@tableindent-20pt
36097 @end iftex
36098 @table @cite
36099 @item -1
36100 (@var{2}) Rectangular complex number.
36101 @item -2
36102 (@var{2}) Polar complex number.
36103 @item -3
36104 (@var{3}) HMS form.
36105 @item -4
36106 (@var{2}) Error form.
36107 @item -5
36108 (@var{2}) Modulo form.
36109 @item -6
36110 (@var{2}) Closed interval.
36111 @item -7
36112 (@var{2}) Closed .. open interval.
36113 @item -8
36114 (@var{2}) Open .. closed interval.
36115 @item -9
36116 (@var{2}) Open interval.
36117 @item -10
36118 (@var{2}) Fraction.
36119 @item -11
36120 (@var{2}) Float with integer mantissa.
36121 @item -12
36122 (@var{2}) Float with mantissa in @expr{[1 .. 10)}.
36123 @item -13
36124 (@var{1}) Date form (using date numbers).
36125 @item -14
36126 (@var{3}) Date form (using year, month, day).
36127 @item -15
36128 (@var{6}) Date form (using year, month, day, hour, minute, second).
36129 @end table
36130 @iftex
36131 }
36132 @end iftex
36133
36134 @c 25
36135 @item
36136 A prefix argument specifies the size @expr{n} of the matrix. With no
36137 prefix argument, @expr{n} is omitted and the size is inferred from
36138 the input vector.
36139
36140 @c 26
36141 @item
36142 The prefix argument specifies the starting position @expr{n} (default 1).
36143
36144 @c 27
36145 @item
36146 Cursor position within stack buffer affects this command.
36147
36148 @c 28
36149 @item
36150 Arguments are not actually removed from the stack by this command.
36151
36152 @c 29
36153 @item
36154 Variable name may be a single digit or a full name.
36155
36156 @c 30
36157 @item
36158 Editing occurs in a separate buffer. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} (or
36159 @key{LFD}, or in some cases @key{RET}) to finish the edit, or kill the
36160 buffer with @kbd{C-x k} to cancel the edit. The @key{LFD} key prevents evaluation
36161 of the result of the edit.
36162
36163 @c 31
36164 @item
36165 The number prompted for can also be provided as a prefix argument.
36166
36167 @c 32
36168 @item
36169 Press this key a second time to cancel the prefix.
36170
36171 @c 33
36172 @item
36173 With a negative prefix, deactivate all formulas. With a positive
36174 prefix, deactivate and then reactivate from scratch.
36175
36176 @c 34
36177 @item
36178 Default is to scan for nearest formula delimiter symbols. With a
36179 prefix of zero, formula is delimited by mark and point. With a
36180 non-zero prefix, formula is delimited by scanning forward or
36181 backward by that many lines.
36182
36183 @c 35
36184 @item
36185 Parse the region between point and mark as a vector. A nonzero prefix
36186 parses @var{n} lines before or after point as a vector. A zero prefix
36187 parses the current line as a vector. A @kbd{C-u} prefix parses the
36188 region between point and mark as a single formula.
36189
36190 @c 36
36191 @item
36192 Parse the rectangle defined by point and mark as a matrix. A positive
36193 prefix @var{n} divides the rectangle into columns of width @var{n}.
36194 A zero or @kbd{C-u} prefix parses each line as one formula. A negative
36195 prefix suppresses special treatment of bracketed portions of a line.
36196
36197 @c 37
36198 @item
36199 A numeric prefix causes the current language mode to be ignored.
36200
36201 @c 38
36202 @item
36203 Responding to a prompt with a blank line answers that and all
36204 later prompts by popping additional stack entries.
36205
36206 @c 39
36207 @item
36208 Answer for @expr{v} may also be of the form @expr{v = v_0} or
36209 @expr{v - v_0}.
36210
36211 @c 40
36212 @item
36213 With a positive prefix argument, stack contains many @expr{y}'s and one
36214 common @expr{x}. With a zero prefix, stack contains a vector of
36215 @expr{y}s and a common @expr{x}. With a negative prefix, stack
36216 contains many @expr{[x,y]} vectors. (For 3D plots, substitute
36217 @expr{z} for @expr{y} and @expr{x,y} for @expr{x}.)
36218
36219 @c 41
36220 @item
36221 With any prefix argument, all curves in the graph are deleted.
36222
36223 @c 42
36224 @item
36225 With a positive prefix, refines an existing plot with more data points.
36226 With a negative prefix, forces recomputation of the plot data.
36227
36228 @c 43
36229 @item
36230 With any prefix argument, set the default value instead of the
36231 value for this graph.
36232
36233 @c 44
36234 @item
36235 With a negative prefix argument, set the value for the printer.
36236
36237 @c 45
36238 @item
36239 Condition is considered ``true'' if it is a nonzero real or complex
36240 number, or a formula whose value is known to be nonzero; it is ``false''
36241 otherwise.
36242
36243 @c 46
36244 @item
36245 Several formulas separated by commas are pushed as multiple stack
36246 entries. Trailing @kbd{)}, @kbd{]}, @kbd{@}}, @kbd{>}, and @kbd{"}
36247 delimiters may be omitted. The notation @kbd{$$$} refers to the value
36248 in stack level three, and causes the formula to replace the top three
36249 stack levels. The notation @kbd{$3} refers to stack level three without
36250 causing that value to be removed from the stack. Use @key{LFD} in place
36251 of @key{RET} to prevent evaluation; use @kbd{M-=} in place of @key{RET}
36252 to evaluate variables.
36253
36254 @c 47
36255 @item
36256 The variable is replaced by the formula shown on the right. The
36257 Inverse flag reverses the order of the operands, e.g., @kbd{I s - x}
36258 assigns
36259 @texline @math{x \coloneq a-x}.
36260 @infoline @expr{x := a-x}.
36261
36262 @c 48
36263 @item
36264 Press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see how to choose a model. Answer the
36265 variables prompt with @expr{iv} or @expr{iv;pv} to specify
36266 independent and parameter variables. A positive prefix argument
36267 takes @mathit{@var{n}+1} vectors from the stack; a zero prefix takes a matrix
36268 and a vector from the stack.
36269
36270 @c 49
36271 @item
36272 With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, replace the current region of the
36273 destination buffer with the yanked text instead of inserting.
36274
36275 @c 50
36276 @item
36277 All stack entries are reformatted; the @kbd{H} prefix inhibits this.
36278 The @kbd{I} prefix sets the mode temporarily, redraws the top stack
36279 entry, then restores the original setting of the mode.
36280
36281 @c 51
36282 @item
36283 A negative prefix sets the default 3D resolution instead of the
36284 default 2D resolution.
36285
36286 @c 52
36287 @item
36288 This grabs a vector of the form [@var{prec}, @var{wsize}, @var{ssize},
36289 @var{radix}, @var{flfmt}, @var{ang}, @var{frac}, @var{symb}, @var{polar},
36290 @var{matrix}, @var{simp}, @var{inf}]. A prefix argument from 1 to 12
36291 grabs the @var{n}th mode value only.
36292 @end enumerate
36293
36294 @iftex
36295 (Space is provided below for you to keep your own written notes.)
36296 @page
36297 @endgroup
36298 @end iftex
36299
36300
36301 @c [end-summary]
36302
36303 @node Key Index, Command Index, Summary, Top
36304 @unnumbered Index of Key Sequences
36305
36306 @printindex ky
36307
36308 @node Command Index, Function Index, Key Index, Top
36309 @unnumbered Index of Calculator Commands
36310
36311 Since all Calculator commands begin with the prefix @samp{calc-}, the
36312 @kbd{x} key has been provided as a variant of @kbd{M-x} which automatically
36313 types @samp{calc-} for you. Thus, @kbd{x last-args} is short for
36314 @kbd{M-x calc-last-args}.
36315
36316 @printindex pg
36317
36318 @node Function Index, Concept Index, Command Index, Top
36319 @unnumbered Index of Algebraic Functions
36320
36321 This is a list of built-in functions and operators usable in algebraic
36322 expressions. Their full Lisp names are derived by adding the prefix
36323 @samp{calcFunc-}, as in @code{calcFunc-sqrt}.
36324 @iftex
36325 All functions except those noted with ``*'' have corresponding
36326 Calc keystrokes and can also be found in the Calc Summary.
36327 @end iftex
36328
36329 @printindex tp
36330
36331 @node Concept Index, Variable Index, Function Index, Top
36332 @unnumbered Concept Index
36333
36334 @printindex cp
36335
36336 @node Variable Index, Lisp Function Index, Concept Index, Top
36337 @unnumbered Index of Variables
36338
36339 The variables in this list that do not contain dashes are accessible
36340 as Calc variables. Add a @samp{var-} prefix to get the name of the
36341 corresponding Lisp variable.
36342
36343 The remaining variables are Lisp variables suitable for @code{setq}ing
36344 in your Calc init file or @file{.emacs} file.
36345
36346 @printindex vr
36347
36348 @node Lisp Function Index, , Variable Index, Top
36349 @unnumbered Index of Lisp Math Functions
36350
36351 The following functions are meant to be used with @code{defmath}, not
36352 @code{defun} definitions. For names that do not start with @samp{calc-},
36353 the corresponding full Lisp name is derived by adding a prefix of
36354 @samp{math-}.
36355
36356 @printindex fn
36357
36358 @bye
36359
36360
36361 @ignore
36362 arch-tag: 77a71809-fa4d-40be-b2cc-da3e8fb137c0
36363 @end ignore